Slightly crazy author who mixes fan fiction with original stuff, plus sharing in with different universes. Has a tendency to be mean to characters. Also tends to take a while to post things, so if you don't see things updating check her blog or send her a message to see if she is still working, as she is also trying to make money at this writing thing as well.
Likes reading and replying to comments.
Heather O'Malley
A Poetic Journey
I decided to try something different for this contest. I strung together some poems to give a span of a relationship. There is romance in here, honest.
Please enjoy.
Heather
I Tiresias
I had this dream of walking
in an old and dark forest
could feel the trees alive
watching me with cold,
dirt fed minds, reaching out
to snag my white tunic.
Their voices were clear in
the creak of wood, rustle of branch,
in the shudder of leaves.
I beheld these two serpents,
helixed about each other,
a caduceus without the wings.
I stood there and watched them twine,
and when I saw a gap open.
I set my staff there. That’s it.
That’s the dream I had. Now this,
This is my life, my curse, mine
and I am telling you as my friend.
I cried the first day after changing.
That was new. I’d never wept until hiccups
shook me, my face burning from the salt.
I don’t really know if this is real or dream.
I was a man and now I am a woman
but in a way neither feels right.
Is my life a dream? Do I sleep now,
dreaming my life as a woman
or did I dream my life as a boy?
I wish I knew. I cannot think
of any way to tell one from the other,
that I’m not some thing of braided gender?
The only thing I can think of to return
to my former life, the life I miss, is to
find those snakes again, set my staff.
That old life calls to me strongly
and so does this one. It’s difficult
to live this life of separation.
All I ever wanted was a normal life,
without all these vagaries, to be a boy,
a girl, either would be better than this.
Simple Facts
The simple facts of life
rub out the delicate traces
of childhood footsteps
stumbling forward,
of washing dishes by hand
when the dishwasher breaks
and feeling oddly that they
are cleaner somehow,
of sorting laundry into piles
more complex than mere color,
measuring soap, bleach,
making sure the water thins them
before adding clothes to the machine,
of washing the shower walls,
removing soap scum, dye stains,
pulling strands of red and brown
from the drain, throwing them away,
of cutting vegetables for a salad
in uneven pieces, making dressing
from oil and vinegar, herbs, red onion,
shaking well, pouring over food,
of each little act that draws the eye,
other senses, in a weave
that shows clearly,
in a simple way,
why I love you.
Sunday Night
She lies a naked tangle in the sheets,
clutching fabric, clutching hair,
arching like a bow, strong and taut,
never stopping, thrashing the bed
until she collapses, a spent moment,
breath short, panting like a runner,
eyes blinking the ceiling, walls, face
of the shy smile, reverently gazing back.
Sleeping in Candlelight
She stole my pillow,
lying diagonally across the bed,
sheets flung off her naked body.
Flickering bronze light stains
her flesh, shadows shroud her face
as the rise and fall of her breaths
shift her breasts away from the center.
Her hair is the darker for light,
skin glistening wetly under
fires distant caress, curves
enhanced by the flame’s dance
while other fires spark inside.
Her eyes flicker as I shift her,
never really rising to waking
as blankets are tucked loose,
as I undress and join her,
brushing wayward strands
of hair from her cheeks.
I reach up
and snuff the flame with a breath,
dry lips brush her forehead
as I lean into sleep,
tonight was good enough.
Lash of Memory
I forgot the memory of weeping rocks,
of water trickling down gray,
dripping from dangling moss
to make small pools below,
of the flash of daylight at night
burning the image of trees before thunder
into the hungry retina of my eyes,
of the delirious flavor of smoke
spicing camped food, tainting
cool draught of water with ash,
of fields in autumn,
golden grain moving with the wind,
birds lifting into visibility.
I forgot the memory of you,
pale skinned, naked, laughing
in the snow as I move above you,
the cold banking the ardor,
tempering the thrusting,
to crest screaming, shivering in climax,
to fall next to you, kissing blue lips.
I forgot the acrid smell of your anger,
eyes returning nothing as I reached
out to touch forgiveness,
the bitter taste of a phone buzzing dead,
held unbelieving to my ear,
wanting it all to not be true,
the bite of words fading to memory,
sound bites stored forever,
to speak when the pain fades.
I forgot until reminiscence
tore open healed wounds
with the lash of memory.
I forgot pain isn’t forever.
I Blush
The ripe, juicy explosion
of the plum in my mouth
tingling my tongue with
grainy sweetness
leads me to remember you
and burn.
Springtime
Springtime is the worst,
for I can still remember
laying my head against your breasts
and hearing the season’s urge
roar through your blood
like a plague
and me desperate to have caught
the sickness of you.
![]() |
Complete Deirdre is trying really hard to deal with a lot of things that are all overwhelming: transition, starting College, a surly brother, parents who don't get it yet and a suicide event that haunts her. She is trying to pick up the broken pieces of her life and put them back together in some sort of order, but it isn't easy. A Splintered Life
Copyright © 2009 by poetheather
All Rights Reserved. |
![]() |
Deirdre is trying really hard to deal with a lot of things that are all overwhelming: transition, starting College, a surly brother, parents who don't get it yet and a suicide event that haunts her. She is trying to pick up the broken pieces of her life and put them back together in some sort of order, but it isn't easy. A Splintered Life
Chapter 1 - Welcome to My Life Copyright © 2009 by poetheather
|
The music wove around her in a tangle of drums and guitars, seeping through the room, and she immersed herself in the tide of music, the flow, rhythm, breathing deeply and evenly, eyes closed lightly watching something that serpentined inside. Something that flowed up her arms and out her hands.
The music danced her body in the chair. The blade wove through the air and again over the ridged skin of the wrist. The candlelight pooled wetly over the steel and the skin, incense curling towards the ceiling, eddies forming and breaking apart with the movement. The scent of sandalwood filled her brown hair, mingling with the flowery scent of her shampoo. Her heart relaxed from the daily tension in the embrace of steel and sound. Here there was peace.
The wa, the spirit of the room, shifted. Her spirit was disturbed as the door opened and breath rushed in to be held. Tension returned to the room - to her, crashing like waves against her soul. She turned her head slowly to the left, cracking open one brown eye and then the other to see what, or rather who, had disturbed her moment of solace with sound and steel.
Her brother stood in the doorway, broad shouldered and muscle ridden, eyes transfixed on the blade, which still rocked back and forth lazily across her wrist. The moment hung there heavy until the CD player chunked as it shifted to another song. She could see the tightness along his clenched jaw, reflecting candlelight across the stubble. His eyes were dancing with anger and worry. She raised an eyebrow in question.
Her brother glared at her, trying to loom menacingly, while he growled out, “What are you doing!?”
“Listening to music. Why didn’t you knock?” She asked, purposefully evading his question and redirecting it towards his disturbance of her privacy. The knife never wavered in its slow movements along her arm. His eyes followed it.
“John, are you going to slash your wrists open again?” This time his words were more measured and exact. There was something in his tone that she couldn’t quite catch, something hidden and cold.
Her eyebrows rose in question. The blade paused in its movement and hovered there along her wrist.
“The knife. What are you doing?” There was an edge of concern that tremored his voice. She noted that his face seemed a little paler, his eyes pinched with something more than concern. He seemed completely focused on the blade by her wrist.
She turned quickly in her seat, letting her hand with the blade drop down beside her leg in a natural extension of the movement. Some of the tension that filled the room bled out of him at that point. She could almost hear the sigh of relief he made. His eyes unclenched a little. She paused watching him watching the blade.
She wiped along her PJ bottoms, cleaning the blade out of habit. Without taking her eyes off her brother, she picked up the sheath from where she had placed it, near at hand. The blade slid easily home. She placed the sheathed blade on the small table by her chair. As she moved her hand away from it he relaxed even more. “Is that better?”
“Thank you. It still unnerves me to see you with one of those in your hands after last year. It just makes me nervous.” He remained in the doorway as the music played on, moving sinuously.
“Is there something I can help you with David?” She kept most of the annoyance from his interruption of her personal time out of her voice due to lots of practice. She had gotten lots of practice in the last year. It did her little good to argue with her brother. Most of the time she just wanted to be on her own, alone, with no one to bother her. Instead she was trapped, feeling smothered by the presence of her brother. At least she had escaped the scrutiny of her parents. Life had changed her.
“Mom’s on the phone.”
She sighed and stood, straightening her PJs from where they had shifted on her. David stepped aside and followed her out into the living room. She rolled her eyes at this but said nothing. Being treated as if she was going to kill herself at any moment was getting old. David didn’t trust her not to try again, and there was something else between them that she could not figure out. Sometimes it was like being on the locked ward again.
The cordless phone sat on the coffee table in front of the TV, next to a bottle of beer that David had obviously been drinking. There was another empty bottle next to it. As she picked the phone up David sat down and turned his attention back to his baseball game and his beer. She took the phone and walked over to the area that passed for their kitchen and dining room.
“Yes Mom, what is it?”
“John?” The voice wavered nervously. David had probably mentioned the whole knife thing to her more than once. She found the blade soothing for her nerves but it drove others up the wall. Her shrink wasn’t very happy with the practice but agreed that helping her relax was an important part of her therapy and her transition.
“Mom, I told you not to call me that. My name’s Deirdre now. Remember?” There were traces of annoyance in her voice. This was not the first time she had to chide her mom over the name thing. It was getting old having to constantly go over the same argument.
“Sorry, Deirdre. I’m still getting used to that. I’ll try to be better about that.” Her mother sounded sincere. Her mom may have had troubles with all of this but she was at least trying to cope with it all. “I was calling to see how you were doing and how you are feeling?”
“Not too bad, all things considered, Mom. It’s still about a week until classes start. I have gotten all of my books and supplies, so I am mostly ready. My schedule isn’t too rough, though. That should help a lot. I scheduled free time, like you suggested.” Deirdre sighed a little. Her mom had been calling her about two or three times a day since she and David had reached the apartment they were forced to share. It had been bad right after they had arrived. Hopefully the phone calls would drop to once a day and then maybe once a week. There was such a thing as too much parental advice and concern.
Their apartment was not that much, a two bedroom with the kitchen and living room open to each other. Thankfully there was no shared bathroom. Deirdre was not sure if her brother could have handled sharing a bathroom with her. He barely seemed pleased to even be sharing an apartment, but their parents had insisted on it. She definitely would have preferred to be alone. David seemed to want that as well, but the events of last year seemed to keep that from happening. Maybe a year from now their parents would allow that.
“I meant otherwise. You’ve already told me about school.”
“Uh...not too bad. I haven’t been too depressed lately. My medication is fine. Dr. Hendricks said that my blood levels were good and everything is going normally. If things keep going well, they are thinking of lowering my levels of anti-depressants.” She hoped her mom would be satisfied with that. She got tired of having to explain her emotional state all the time. This high level of scrutiny kept her from just relaxing and live.
“That’s good to hear. We don’t want a repeat of last year. If things get bad call me or your doctor. We want to make sure you’re alright. Have you made any new friends?”
“Not yet Mom. When school starts I should be fine. I’ll actually be able to meet more people.” She sighed again; she didn’t want to go through this conversation again. “Look can I get going? I was going to make some dinner for the two of us and call it an early night. I’m tired.”
Deirdre watched as David picked up his keys and shook his head, mouthing no emphatically. She looked questioningly at him as he stalked toward the door. He scowled and headed out. Thankfully the door closed quietly.
“Well, alright then. You take care of yourself Sweetie. Stay safe. I love you.”
“Bye mom. I love you too.” She heard the phone click off. She sighed for a third time. Thankfully David was gone and she would not have to put up with his shit, his petty treatment of her for the rest of the evening. Once he left he was usually gone for several hours.
David still refused to call her by her name, despite the fact that it had been legally hers for the last five months. He never wanted to talk about what she was going through. If it had not been for her parent’s insistence she doubted if David would have ever talked to or have seen her again. Living with him didn’t help making her feel any better; in fact it made her uncomfortable. When he looked at her, his gaze always seemed to carry disgust and anger. It made her skin crawl. There was something about David that made her a little twitchy. He seemed to be somehow offended by her choice, as if suffering and dying were preferred to living and being happy. He clearly didn’t want her to be a girl.
Deirdre didn’t regret the decision to go through gender transition. Things had gotten better after she has started along this path. It had been difficult and often painful but she felt something besides bone deep sorrow for a change. The Hormone Replacement Therapy had really changed things dramatically and that had surprised her. And it wasn’t just the physical changes she was going through either. Her thoughts had gotten clearer which had helped her state of mind, and her grades. School had gotten easier and her mom was proud of her grades.
Hopefully, life would be good now that she had gotten her name changed, fixed all of her records and transferred to a new Junior College. She felt as if she had made a new start, had been reborn in some deeply fundamental way. The same old fears had followed her but many other things no longer haunted her. She wasn’t sure why she was so surprised that while one part of her life changed the others didn’t. She was still getting used to the fact that changing gender or more to the point discovering her actual gender didn’t solve all of her problems.
Deirdre brushed back a lock of her brown hair from her eyes, tucking it back behind her ear. She was hungry and if David was gone she wouldn’t have to cook for two. And she wouldn’t have to listen to comments about the weirdness of her food. A bickering free evening would be a nice change.
She got out a pot, filed it halfway with water and started it boiling on the stove. She pulled out some ramen noodles, an egg, and a slice of American cheese from the refrigerator. Once the noodles were done she mixed in the seasonings and tossed in the egg and cheese. It smelled really good. It may have looked horrid but it tasted nice. Chris had taught her this little cooking trick back in high school. It was tasty but looked like a swamp.
She hadn’t thought about Chris for a while, not since their fight after this all came out, the first in a series of friendship losses. Deirdre was not sure why there seemed to have been such a sense of betrayal from so many people. Chris had acted as if he...as if she had betrayed everything that was holy and sacred between them when she had started on this path. No one seemed to remember that the path was the other option. The first had been release.
She looked at the thin white scars across her wrists. The pain that had led up to that night had faded as had the despair and soul crushing sadness. She couldn’t look or be like she wanted and the dissonance in her life couldn’t be resolved. Just another regret. She had been drowning in regrets with no one to confide in. That sorrow had drawn the bath and slit her wrists. She had been left with picking up the pieces.
She shook her head to clear her thoughts. The last thing she needed was to drive herself into another depressive cycle. She sighed and started cleaning up after herself. Not much to it and it meant David had one less thing to bitch about. David couldn’t call her a slob any more, of that she was glad. Deirdre had not taken care of herself when she had been John, she had utterly ignored her body. She had dressed poorly and had cultivated bad hygiene. Now she was getting the body she wanted. And she meant to take better care of herself from now on. She was happy and wanted to be healthy.
She looked around the apartment, though there really wasn’t much to it. Two bedrooms, bathrooms, a living room, dining room and kitchen. It felt large and spacious whenever David was not home, but close and tight when he was. David usually sprawled out on the couch, taking ownership of the television and of the living room. Since the couch was the only chair in the living room she couldn’t be in there unless she dragged in one of the chairs from the dining room. Yet since he also dominated the remote, the TV was always on what he wanted to watch. She hadn’t liked sports so that left her in her room, reading or on the computer. She didn’t see any way to reach a compromise with him. When she tried David would scowl and turn up the volume on the TV.
She paced through the rooms, dodging furniture. She wanted to do something, get out of this little hamster cage, but she knew no one and barely knew the area. Her thoughts drifted over registration a couple of days ago and all the clubs hawking their existence. She had gotten info from two of them: the gaming club and the Gay, Lesbian, Bisexual and Transgender Support group. She hoped that she would be able to make some friends in both groups. The GLBT flyer had a couple of contact numbers listed. Maybe she could call and talk to someone. That should help. After all she had no friends since her transition. Maybe some of the GLBT folks would accept her without calling her a freak. It would be a nice change of pace.
The pile of school stuff in her room had yet to be sorted. She moved books aside and looked into various notebooks until she found the pink flyer. The two contacts were listed on the flyer as Jack and Jill. She smiled, remembering the joke Jack had made about that. Jack had seemed to be really nice, really approachable. She took the cordless phone into her room and dialed Jack’s number.
After a few rings the answering machine picked up. “Hello, this is Mark and Jack’s apartment. Neither of them are here right now. If you would please leave your name and number, they’ll try to get back to you...maybe.”
Beep. “Uh...Jack, this is Deirdre. We met at the booth the other day. I was just trying to find someone to talk to as I’m bored at the moment and I don’t know anybody. I guess I’ll talk to you later.”
She hung up the phone. She was starting to feel a little more down. It was lonely and none of the neighbors seemed to be disposed to talk to the shy little T-girl. She hoped none of them knew she was a T-girl. And to be honest, she had little interest in talking to them.
She dialed the other number on the flyer. Hopefully Jill would be there. She hadn’t been as approachable but she had been friendly. After two rings someone picked up. A pleasant female voice answered, “Hello, it’s your dime.”
“Uh...hello. Is Jill home?”
“Sorry, you just missed her. Her girlfriend came by, handcuffed her and dragged her away. Do you want to leave a message for her? I’ll put it on her door. I’m just not sure when she’ll get it. Odds are that she’ll be gone for the weekend.”
“Uhm...tell her Deirdre called and just wanted to talk, that’s all.” She sighed, not really looking forward to another night trapped in the apartment, alone. She had read all of her books and really didn’t want to start rereading them again. Six times through her books was enough for her to want a break from them.
“Right...Deirdre. Oh...Hey, are you the T-Girl who just signed up for classes? Who just transferred here?”
Deirdre’s breath caught nervously. What now? “Yes...that’s me.”
“Cool...I’m Megan. So are you like on Hormones and stuff?” The voice seemed to bounce with excitement and interest. Deirdre was a little taken aback. This was not a response she was used to.
“...yes. I’ve been on them for about nine months so far.”
“Wow. That’s pretty wild. So, with Jill gone will I do for talking?” Her voice was really upbeat and infectious. Deirdre smiled in spite of her confusion. Megan seemed friendly.
“Sure. I’m just really lonely since I don’t know anyone here yet.”
“Great! Do you want to meet somewhere? We could get a bite to eat or maybe some coffee. Just coffee, not Coffee.”
“Alright. Where do you want to meet?” Deirdre’s mood lightened a bit. It would be nice to meet someone. Megan seemed friendly, if not a little odd and this could be her first step towards making some friends who actually accepted her as her. Having a friend, or even a simple acquaintance would make this whole thing easier to deal with. After all, her shrink said making friends was an important part of the whole transition process. Normalized social interactions or some thing like that.
“So where do you live? We could go some place close to you, since I am not sure how well you know the area.”
“I don’t really know this place at all. I have no car so I am limited to my options. I’m at the Marwood Apartments, across the street from the campus.”
“Okay...I know where that is. Hey, there is that really cool 50’s style diner just down the street from where you live. I think it is like a block or something away from that complex. Will that do? I’ll meet you there in about ten minutes. If you get there first grab a table and I’ll find you. If not, I’ll find you anyway. Wait...what color is your hair?”
“Brown.”
“Long or short?”
“Uh…long. Why do you ask?” Deirdre liked how infectious Megan seemed to be. This could be fun. She already seemed like the kind of person that would be exciting to hang around with.
“Great! See you there!” The line went dead.
End of Part 1
To Be Continued...
![]() |
John goes to share what has been going on with his Coven. Things have been really rough and he is looking for support.
Will anyone understand what he is going through?
A Splintered Life
Chapter 2 - Covening Copyright © 2009 by poetheather
|
His mom had let him take the car. He was happy for that, as he wanted to be able to leave if this turned out badly. To be stuck with someone who was screaming at him for a ride was not a good option. So he had been able to drive across town to where the Coven met. He wanted both to see them again and to run away. It reminded him of that Tarot card position. He smirked a little.
His therapist had suggested allowing him to continue his life, as he was actually working on addressing the things that had caused his to slash his wrists in the first place. John was still a little shaky but the therapist was definitely good at making him deal with himself and keep him from hiding.
The Coven met at the High Priestesses house, just outside of the city limits. It was an old barn that she had converted into a house over the course of a few years. There was a great deal of room inside and it felt warm and comfortable thanks to the paint and decor. He found a place to park on her grass amongst the other cars and a few motorcycles. He looked around and shut off the car. A couple of deep breaths helped to slow his racing heart. He got out of the car slowly and made his way purposefully across the yard to the house. He knocked lightly on the door, hoping that no one would hear. That would allow him to run.
Susan, the High Priestess, opened the door promptly. She took one look at John and pulled him into her arms. He was almost crushed by her large breasts and her strong arms. The hug caught him by surprise, despite the fact that this was how she greeted everyone. This time she did it just a little bit more vigorously. “John, thank the Gods, you’re alright. We were so worried about you when we heard what had happened. Why didn’t you call?”
He heard other voices responding to the sound of his name with excitement and nervousness. Perhaps some of them felt like he did. He spoke up. “I’m fine Susan. I’m doing a lot better now. The two weeks in the hospital helped me a lot. My therapist is really good and I am on some anti-depressants. They seem to be helping.”
“Sweetie, why didn’t you call? We would have done what we could to have helped you. After all, we’re your coven. We’re here for you, for each other.” Her voice dropped to a more maternal concern. She was like the loving mother no one ever had. She really did try to take care of everyone who fell under her influence.
“I know, I know. I’m sorry, but at the time I just felt really alone and hopeless. I felt nothing but pain and regrets. Calling anyone would have taken effort, and effort was something I didn’t really have. I felt like no one would understand my pain.” He hung his head a little at this. He didn’t want to meet her eyes. He was actually ashamed for weakening as much as he had. David was right a bit when he said that killing himself was a copout, a cheap escape, and a sign of deep weakness. It wasn’t something that a man did.
“Come on in. John, part of being a High Priestess is being able to deal with difficult things. I have helped counsel other people past suicide before. It wouldn’t have been the first time I would have been called to do that. It’s part of my job.” Her smile was reflected by him. He began to feel better. Maybe tonight wouldn’t be so hard after all. Maybe they might just understand. He really could use their support. “Tonight we are doing a sharing circle. I will start it and we will share some pain and some joy. We will then turn our energy to weakening our pain and strengthening our joy. I hope this will help. I had you in mind when I put this together.”
She didn’t wait for an answer as she was quickly displaced by several other members of the coven, who hugged him and a few even kissed him. They really made him feel welcomed as he blushed a little. They treated him as family. The feeling made him feel bad about not trusting anyone with what had been bothering him, been driving him crazy. But the secret had been too big for him to deal with at that point. It was still too big and almost invisible to him. He was dealing with it now, though. He could finally see the barest outlines of it. It was funny that he had never really known what had been driving him towards death.
“John, are you alright?” This was from Estelle, who had introduced him to the people of the coven two years ago, when they were in high school. The two of them had even gone out for a little while, but it hadn’t really worked out for either of them. Something had gotten in the way between the two of them. John thought that maybe the secret had destroyed his relationship with her. It was possible after all. They had managed to remain good friends despite all of that. Her concern now was proof of that.
“Mostly. I’m still a little shaky and they said it would take a while to get my blood volume back to normal. I lost a lot of blood before my mom found me. I’m a bit anemic right now, but I am getting better.” He barely remembered the screams, or even the paramedics pulling him from the water. Things had been really faint and fuzzy at that point. But he did recall the ER and being escorted upstairs to the psych ward after they had bandaged and refilled him. He doubted he would forget either of those events. To blink back into life, looking up at a doctor and a nurse was very odd. He had been both sad and relieved. And the inhabitants of the locked floor, were...an experience. That was perhaps the nicest way to put it. Some of them had made him feel painfully normal.
“Why didn’t you call and talk to me?” she accused, her fists balled tight on her hips, her gaze stern. “You know I would have been there for you, regardless of whatever the reason.”
John felt his face go red with embarrassment. He had been doing that a lot more recently. He wasn’t sure if he liked it or not. “Yeah. I know. It’s just that I felt so overwhelmed and hopeless. I didn’t think anyone else would understand what I was going through. I hurt so bad that death seemed like a good way to get rid of the pain. I should have called.”
She hugged him again, tightly. He could feel her breasts press against him. She kissed him briefly on the cheek. “I’m sorry myself. I wish I had been there for you so you would have trusted me. I had been so busy with my own life that I had not noticed what you were going through. I wish I had been more of a friend.”
John half-smiled at her. He might have trusted her with this, but he was still worried that people wouldn’t understand what he had been repressing. He still had to work to face it himself. It wasn’t easy and it hurt to think of. Hopefully he could find some assistance and comfort from the coven. They all had been there for him before. They had been there for others. He remembered that Liz had been helped a lot during her pregnancy. Maybe they would be there for this.
Susan came back into the living room a short while later. She had pulled on her black ritual robe and let down her hair, streaks of gray framed her face. She clapped to get everyone’s attention. They all turned and looked at her. “Everybody, I’m ready for tonight’s ritual. Once everybody is in the ritual room and seated we can get going. We’ll start soon.”
The whole group walked slowly into the family room which also doubled as the coven’s ritual room and got themselves seated on various pillows and chairs that were scattered about. John chose the pillow that he usually sat on. It was a green pillow that had a heavy canvas cover. He liked it and it was comfortable. Some of the pillows were really thin and uncomfortable. Plus, it was near Estelle.
The brick wall by the fireplace had the altar set up in front of it. There was a black cloth covering an end table or maybe even a coffee table, some small low table that John had never seen. It had been embroidered with silver thread in a number of magical symbols along the outer edges. He had never been sure which it was, end table or coffee table. It didn’t matter, but he was still curious. There were also several candles on there of varying colors. Susan busied herself with lighting the candles on the altar and the sticks of incense. The candles in the wall sconces were already lit.
A rich woody scent filled the room. The smoke braided its way up to get blown about by the air coming from the vents. The stream of brown smoke tore apart at that point, from still steady stream into an ever widening haze. Susan stood there, before the alter, with her eyes closed, facing the eastern wall, which had a poster of a solstice sunrise through the stones of Stonehenge on it. Susan held her black handled athame comfortably in her right hand. She raised the tip of the blade until the tip of the athame rested against her forehead, between her bushy eyebrows. John could hear the slow release of her breath and she moved the blade forward.
“Spirit of the East, spirit of fire, spirit of the rising sun hear me. I call you forth to stand and witness this my magical art.” The blade traced out the lines of a pentacle as she spoke, starting from her left hip and ending with a circle enclosing the symbol. She placed the blade into the center of the pentacle and turned to the right, to face the south. John could picture the lines of blue fire that he used when calling his own circles. The athame returned to that spot between the brows.
“Spirit of the South, spirit of earth, spirit of growth hear me. I call you forth to stand and witness this my magical art.”
“Spirit of the West, spirit of water, spirit of the setting sun hear me. I call you forth to stand and witness this my magical art.”
“Spirit of the North, spirit of air, spirit of intellect hear me. I call you forth to stand and witness this my magical art.”
Susan then turned her gently lined face to the ceiling, her arms outstretched. “Great Lord, youth, father, sage, hear me. I call you forth to stand and witness this my magical art.”
The athame moved to turn the circle to a sphere with another traced pentacle at the top. She then turned to face the floor. “Great Lady, maiden, mother, crone hear me. I call you forth to stand and witness this my magical art.”
With the tracing done she clutched the blade to her chest, point rising between her full breasts. “Spirit within hear me. I call you forth to stand and witness this my magical art. All other helpful spirits welcome to this circle. In beauty it is begun, in beauty it is cast, in beauty it is finished, in beauty it is done.”
Susan placed the athame back onto the altar. There was a moment of silence where John could feel her tension begin to fade. He was now between worlds. He was safe. A quiet descended on him, like the peace of a church between services, a house filled with loving presence.
Susan’s voice rose again. “Lord, Lady I call upon you from the center of my coven. Thank you for all the blessings you have given us and thank you for all of our lives. Please let your blessings descend upon each of us here.”
Susan sat next to the altar. She stretched out her hands to either side and the group joined hands. “Welcome everyone to this celebration of the full moon, this esbat. We are especially blessed for the return of John who has returned to us from the arms of death on the new moon. Due to this, and partly to help us deal and share the pain that John has gone through we are going to have a night of sharing. Each of us will share some pain with the group. It can be simple or deep, it doesn’t matter. Shared pain is lessened. After that we will all speak of something that gives us joy. Whatever you want to talk about, if it makes you happy and joyful mention it. Then we will all send our energy to the Lord and Lady to thank them and cherish their unconditional love they have for all of us. Sounds easy enough? Any questions?”
The silence was heavy, as if everything was trying to think of what they were going to share. Susan gave the last little bit of directions, while handing over the talking stick. “Okay. Mary, you start.”
The middle aged woman with short brown hair started. “My Pain is that I have been battling alcoholism. I began drinking when I was eleven. At first I did it cause it was cool and made me feel adult. I mean, there were all these movies where the cool people drank. I wanted to be cool, so I drank. It eventually got to the point where I couldn’t function without a drink or two everyday. That turned to three and four, and so on. I lost my husband due to drinking and it began to destroy what I had made of my life. Four years ago, I started AA and it has helped. I have finally made it to one year of sobriety. I know this is something that is going to haunt me till I die and I can never let my guard down.
“My Joy is actually this coven. I know, it’s cheesy, but it’s true. When I started coming here the rituals, teaching and friendships made fighting of the urge to drink easier. This coven makes me happy and I’ll probably be here as long as it is.”
The older man to her left spoke up. “My Pain is the death of my wife. She died six years ago and it still hurts. I see her face everywhere I turn. Everything reminds me of her. We were together for thirty-three years when cancer took her. Chemo didn’t work and she just wasted away before me.” His eyes misted and a few tears rolled down his face.
“My Joy is my Granddaughter. Thankfully my wife was able to see her after she was born. She is the apple of my eye. She has made a difference to me.”
“My Pain is my shoulder,” spoke up the young man next in the circle. “I injured it in college, playing basketball with some of my friends. After two surgeries, it still hasn’t really healed right. It hurts all the time and I have to get shots every three months to make the pain bearable. And my joy is that my fiancée and I can still have sex.”
A bunch of people laughed at that.
Susan took the stick and passed it on. “My pain is that I had Cancer. Due to the fact that I had breast Cancer I lost my right breast. I use a breast form to keep me balanced. My joy is this coven. You have all helped me with my faith and my grief.”
Estelle took the stick. “My pain is the fact that when I was six my father tried to have sex with me.”
The quiet in the room took on a deeper tone, as the pain and fear in her voice filled the circle. “He came in to the room to tell me a bedtime story and started to rub my back. He began lingering on my butt. I felt weird but not sure what to do. He began to inch up my PJ’s and keep going. I just laid there, my heart pounding. My mom walked in when he started pulling down my underwear. He left that night and I never saw him again.”
She was silent a moment before her voice began again, “My Joy is in painting. There is such a great outlet from mixing paint and making the paint do what you want. It is so liberating to be able to do that. I started with watercolors and am now moving on to oils. It’s my absolute Joy.”
She handed John the stick and the tension in the room shifted again. He took a deep breath and blew it out slowly as the old guy, Ron, had taught him. His pounding heart slowed a little though his mouth still felt really dry. “My Pain is my life.”
He could feel the weight of all of the eyes on him. It made him shift uncomfortably. It was now or never he thought. “All my life I have been hiding from something. Something that scared the crap out of me. I made my life in a fashion to keep my pain hidden. It never really helped. The discomfort I felt with my body and with myself grew and grew. I finally couldn’t handle the fact that my thoughts and feelings and my body didn’t match. I didn’t really know of a way to escape. So I planned to kill myself.”
His heart was pounding. “My pain was that I was male.”
This time his fellow coveners were the ones to shift uncomfortably. The room felt a little cold and he shivered a little bit. His heart raced and it felt like it was in his throat, trying to keep him from talking. His palms were really sweaty. He wiped them off on his pants. “I was conflicted because what I felt I was and what everyone else told me I was never matched up. It was horrible. I hated myself and the body I was in. I was jealous of women for having the bodies I so desperately wanted. The pain kept growing until I cut my wrists. Why should I live if all I would be is tortured?”
He again took a deep breath and blew it out slowly. “My joy is that I am getting help with this. I have a new therapist who has dealt a lot with this. Apparently it is called Gender Dysphoria. I don’t know what therapy will bring but hopefully I’ll be able to have a life.”
He passed on the stick to the person next to him. They took it automatically, not really thinking about it. The silence was profound. The girl who had taken the stick, shook herself for a moment. She shifted away from John, attempting to make it look like she was getting comfortable. He could feel their eyes on him. It was uncomfortable. Maybe he shouldn’t have mentioned it to them.
The rest of the night seemed to go woodenly. After the circle was down John left Susan’s house and no one tried to stop him from leaving. He got in his car and drove for a while, calling his mom to let her know he was going to get something to eat. He wasn’t hungry but it would keep him out from under her watchful eye for another hour at least.
David had shared with him the special joy of driving. His brother had told him all about the healing power of miles. The more he drove the better he felt. John didn’t feel quite the same way. To him driving was a way to get from place to place. He couldn’t escape anything that way.
He drove to the local lake and parked his car in one of the lots close to the water. He got out and sat on the grass watching the water. It had been a risk to tell everyone tonight and it proved to be a bad plan. He felt that his coven would never talk to him again. Great, more people to ostracize him for being himself. So much for the power of the truth.
His phone rang.
He picked it up. “Hello?”
“John?” It was Estelle.
“Yeah?”
“I was worried about you. You left so quickly that we didn’t have a chance to talk. Are you by the lake?”
She did sound a bit worried to him. “Yeah. The usual spot.”
“I’ll be there in a few minutes.”
The line went dead in his hand.
She pulled up a few minutes later in her red two door. She got out and sat next to him. For a few minutes the just quietly watched the water.
“So, why do you think you’re a girl?” It was an honest question. Her voice sounded interested.
“I don’t really know. I have felt this way my whole life. Why do you think you’re a girl?” He countered.
“That’s easy. I got tits, a pussy and I bleed monthly. That’s why I’m a girl. You don’t have those, I know. You’re a great fuck and you seemed to enjoy it. Why this?”
“I don’t know!” He threw a stick into the water. It slashed into the water with a wet sound. He knew what he felt, he just didn’t really know how to express himself.
“Well, hopefully this doctor will cure you and you’ll get to feeling better.” She hugged him and kissed him on the cheek. “You are definitely on of the nicest boys I know. Don’t go changing that now.”
John just looked out at the water. Estelle didn’t really seem to be getting it. None of them probably did. He wasn’t sure even he did. How could he explain it to anyone else when he barely understood it himself? “I don’t really plan on it. I just want to be myself, whatever that is. I’m confused and it hurts. I don’t know who I am and I probably have never known.”
She hugged him again. She took his head in her hands, turned his face to hers and kissed him. His mouth slowly opened and her tongue took the opportunity to reach his. He relaxed into the kiss and held her to him. She broke the kiss and whispered sweetly into his ear. “Don’t change John. You’re such a wonderful man.”
End of Part 2
To Be Continued...
![]() |
Deirdre just wants to make friends and reached out with a phone call. Now she is heading to a 50's diner with no clue what to expect, but heading into the unknown is certainly better than being around her brother. A Splintered Life
Chapter 3 - Meetings Copyright © 2009 by poetheather
|
The diner was only two blocks away from the apartment. It wasn’t a long walk, and the movement did her some good. Some of the tension she had been holding on to seemed to release during the walk. The air smelled of smog and flower trees. She watched as a line of ants moved from a flowerbed into the street, collecting food from the trash.
The Diner served classic American food, had neon signs and prints from that time. There were several Norman Rockwell prints as well. They also had those table jukeboxes so you could request a song and not leave your booth. The wait staff all dressed in 50’s style and the hostess wore a poodle skirt. It screamed of wholesomeness. Deirdre thought it was a nice place and that the food was good.
The hostess led her to a booth along the front wall, with large windows that looked out at traffic and the other side of the street. She slid in, facing the door and took the menu that was being offered to her. She glanced over it in the short time between being seated and the waitress showing. Dessert and a drink were all that sounded good to her right now. A hot fudge sundae and a Coke should give her a good sugar rush. That would be helpful right about now. It would certainly make her feel better.
The waitress took her order and smiled. When she returned with the drink, Deirdre thanked her. She smiled again. The Coke was nice and cold. It soothed her tension.
As she was drinking, an oriental girl with shoulder-length black hair and wearing an army field jacket entered the restaurant. She spoke briefly with the hostess and scanned the room, her eyes narrowed with concentration. She spotted Deirdre. Deirdre felt her throat go dry with nervousness, despite the drink. The girl waved and started to head over. When she got there, she spoke, “Deirdre?”
The voice was definitely that of the girl she had spoken to on the phone. She nodded a bit shyly and nervously. This was the not first time she was meeting someone new who only would know her as Deirdre but it was close. “Yes. Megan?”
The girl smiled brightly and slid in opposite. “That’s me. Miss, Coke please.”
The waitress brought another drink quickly. Megan took a deep drink and sighed happily. She then looked at Deirdre, “So, you’re new here?”
“Yes. I just transferred here. Due to my life being my life I ended up taking a year off. So you could say I’m at least a year behind where I should be.”
“Could simply be a year sideways you know. Don’t stress. I’m a freshman as well, which puts me more than a year behind, but that is only if we use your system.” Megan blew a stray strand from her face.
“What were you doing if you weren’t going to school?” Deirdre leaned forward, resting her head on her hands.
“I was in the military. Spent four years in. That’s where I got this neat jacket. Any way you said you wanted to talk, so talk.”
“Well, I don’t know anyone in town and I was just trying to make some friends. Jack said I could call and talk to either him or Jill. I guessed it would be a good idea to get to know other people. That and my therapist said friends would be a good thing.”
“Therapist?” prompted Megan.
“Sure. You think they would let folks like me deal with this without keeping tabs on us?” There was only a slight trace of bitterness to her voice.
“That’s right...the whole T thing.” Now Megan leaned forward with interest. Deirdre liked her gentle brown eyes. “You want to talk about it?”
“Sure but I would rather do it some place less filled with people.” She glanced around the moderately crowded restaurant to see if anyone was paying attention to their conversation. There didn’t seem to be anybody not engrossed in either their food or their own table talk. “Certain things are not for public consumption. But someplace else, sure.”
“Okay, I will contain my raging curiosity. Can you answer a quick question than, to tide me over? Pre or post?”
“Uh...pre. I’m on hormones and am about halfway through my real life test. On the other side of that is surgery. I already am on a waiting list, so once the time is past I go get it done. My parents have been somewhat understanding.”
“Wow.” Conversation stopped as the hot fudge sundae arrived. The waitress had brought two spoons with it. The sundae was huge. Four scoops of vanilla practically drowned in hot fudge. It was topped with whip cream and chopped nuts. There was a cherry partially sunk in the whip cream. Deirdre’s eyes widened at the sight. It was actually larger than the picture on the menu had made it. She was glad there was someone there to help share in the task of consuming this monstrosity. Deirdre wordlessly pushed the extra spoon towards Megan.
The Asian girl smiled and waited until Deirdre had her first bite before she dug in as well. They both closed their eyes and savored the first mix of flavors. Both of their eyes opened and they were looking right into each others eyes. Deirdre blushed.
“Mmmmmmm....good hot fudge. I keep forgetting how good these are. So what does a girl like you do for fun?” asked Megan, as she spooned out another bite of sundae.
“Not much really. I like to read, listen to music, and go to movies. I don’t really do much else except play role playing games.”
“Role playing games? Are you a gamer geek?” She responded with a mock look of horror on her face.
“What of it?” asked Deirdre defensively.
“Nothing. Can’t I tease you a little?”
Deirdre shrugged a little. “I suppose so. Do you play?”
“Nope. I have a number of other hobbies which eat all of my time. I find them to be fun at any rate. Jill says a Lipstick like me needs daintier hobbies.” Megan drank deeply again from her Coke. The ice clinked as the glass was set back down on the table.
“Not to seem totally ignorant, but what do you mean by lipstick? I take it not what you put on your lips?” She had never heard the term used to describe a person before.
“Huh? Oh...it usually refers to lesbians who tend to be girly. Sweet little dainty things, like me.” Megan fluttered her eyelashes and gave Deirdre a completely pure and innocent look. It made her look twelve. It was almost even convincing.
Deirdre smiled. “Oh, I completely understand. Gosh, thank you for telling me.” The look she returned was one almost as innocent. And about as convincing. Both broke out laughing.
Megan leaned forward conspiratorially. Deirdre leaned in as well. “Deirdre, if I didn’t know you were a T-girl I would never have known.”
She blushed again. The complement made her feel really good, as if something pleasant were swelling within her chest. If a lesbian thought she looked good she figured she might actually look like the woman she felt she was. “Thank you.”
Soon enough the sundae was gone and they were reduced to trying to spoon out the dregs of fudge and melted ice cream out of the glass bowl. Deirdre felt a little forlorn at that, not wanting things to end. Making some sort of connection with another human being who didn’t despise her for her mere existence was nice. Comforting. She wished things would continue.
Megan seemed to be following the same train of thought. “So, Deirdre, you want to come with me to get some coffee? I know a nice place with a friendly environment where we can sit and talk. It might even qualify for semi-private like. What do you say? I might be able to introduce you to a few more people.”
Deirdre didn’t really have to ponder much. Keep talking to Megan or go home and do what? It really wasn’t much of a choice. “Sure. Sounds good.”
They paid and tipped. Megan led them outside and to her car. She drove a four door teal Saturn with a number of bumper stickers on the back. There was one that said “Free Tibet” next to her U.S. Army sticker, which read “Hooah! It’s an Army thing.” There was even one that said, “Born Again? Why? I got it right the first time.” Deirdre smiled at the sight of them. They seemed to fit Megan or at least what she had learned so far.
With a turn of the key, the doors unlocked. They both climbed in, moving around the automatic seat belts. The car was a little messy, having that lived in look that most cars took on after a short while with their owner. The car smelled faintly of vanilla.
Megan started the car and the sound of Fleetwood Mac exploded out of the speakers. Deirdre’s eyes popped a little at the volume of the music. Megan mouthed sorry and turned it down. The sound seemed to be echoing in Deirdre’s ears. She blinked a few times and turned towards Megan. “I take it you like Fleetwood Mac?”
Megan blushed a little, the color just touching her ears. “Yes. My mom introduced me to them. That was some time after Clinton’s election. I really like their stuff. So since we are fairly private at the moment why don’t you tell me about the whole T thing?”
Megan backed out and moved into traffic easily. The roads had little traffic. Deirdre nodded. “Sure. What do you want to know?”
“How long have you felt you were a girl?”
“I guess I noticed it about five or six. I always wanted to play with the girls because they made more sense, felt more right and I thought like I was one of them. That caused some grief, and I got beat up a time or three over it. I was getting the fact that I was supposed to be a boy beaten into me.” The memories still hurt and the confusion felt was still there, in raw wounds still tender with healing. Each sharing made it hurt a little less.
“I take it the beatings got that through to you?”
“Eventually. By the time I was in third grade it had gotten through to me that, for survival, I had to pretend to be a boy. Getting caught in my mom’s clothes didn’t help matters any.”
Megan snickered. Deirdre liked the sound, it made her feel a little soft, fluttery in her stomach. “By the end of third grade I had learned that lesson very well. I started acting tough, picking fights and becoming a wonderful example of why boys can be pains in the ass. I got dirty and muddy all the time. Started coping an attitude with my parents and trying to act tough like my brother.”
“You sound like you are the poster child for repression.”
“Exactly. Well, long about fifth or sixth grade the girls in my class started developing. They ran through the whole gamut of responses from proud to embarrassed. I had the same responses as all of the late bloomers, envy and jealousy. But at this point I had fooled my self into believing I was a boy. So I had no idea why I felt this way. The feeling only grew as they grew. I grew more upset and confused, depressed and the like. I had no connection to myself and others. I started to hate my body. I got involved in Dungeons and Dragons at that point. The gaming helped to take the edge off.”
Megan looked over at her, confused, while she was changing lanes. “How can that take the edge off of anything? I mean, isn’t that a game for dorks?”
“It is not a game for Dorks!” Deirdre bristled. “The game is actually a lot of fun. Don’t knock it till you try it!”
Megan raised her hands in surrender and the car drifted slowly to the left. She corrected that easily. “Sorry. I’ll get more information before I dump on gaming again. Please continue your story.”
She humphed and continued. “Well, near the end of my second semester of college I had more than enough. I lit some candles, drew a tub, and slashed my wrists. My mom found me before it was too late. It came out in therapy three days later that this was what I was going through. So I started on hormones and here I am, trying to start my life over again.”
Megan maneuvered through some more traffic in silence. She pulled up to a coffee shop. She turned off the car and opened her door. “So, coffee?”
Deirdre nodded, unsure of herself. Megan had shown no real reaction to the story of her life. No “I’m sorry” or “Gee, that sounds tough”. Her story had always seemed to get some sort of response from people. Megan seemed unaffected by the whole thing. Deirdre felt awkward as she got of the car.
The coffee shop, “The Last Drop”, was in an older building. It had warm wooden walls with what seemed like the work of local artists hanging on the walls, for sale. There were a number of small tables inside and out filled with a wide mixture of people. The window had numerous posters and flyers attached. There were even some cozy chairs and a couch. Megan was waiting up by the counter, in line. Deirdre joined her, her uncertainty naked on her face.
“Want me to order?” Megan asked, with a slight smile on her face. When a nod was returned, she turned to the server. “Two Sumatra Mandheling, medium.”
“Four dollars. At Carousel and Flower.” Money changed hands. Megan led her to the other end of the bar. There were paper cups under this metal holder for coffee filters, each spot with a different colorful picture on it. The guy behind the counter scooped out some of the beans into two filters. He then ground each set of beans. After that, he placed the filters and slowly poured hot water over them. Both girls waited for their coffee, why the guy flirted a little with Deirdre.
She blushed and thanked him for the coffee. Megan led her over to the prep station. Megan added sugar in the raw and cream to her coffee, while Deirdre used white sugar and milk. The table outside seemed a good spot for conversation and people watching.
Deirdre raised her eyes in surprise as she sipped the coffee. Megan chuckled. “What? Never had real coffee before?”
“No. I got used to drinking Folgers my senior year and last year. This is so much better.” She drank again, savoring the taste. It was quite unlike anything she had drunk before. “It actually tastes like it smells.”
Megan handed her cup over. “Try it with the sugar in the raw and cream.”
Deirdre did, followed by a longer sip. Megan rescued her coffee and drank from it possessively. “So do you know what you are going to major in yet?”
She shook her head no, her hair flipping along her jaw line. “I really don’t have a clue. I figure I could get my AA, take some electives and figure it out from there. So that gives me about two years to try and choose something. Life has been so crazy that I never really had time for it. How about you?”
Megan sipped thoughtfully from her coffee, her eyes closed, enjoying the aroma. “I’m not sure. I thought about PolySci but I’m not sure. I can get into the CIA, FBI or even NSA with my military background. But I don’t want to learn criminal justice and while foreign policy decisions are interesting I’m not too sure I could be happy doing that for the rest of my life. Like you I still have to find what I want to do.”
“So were in the same boat?”
“Pretty much.”
“Why did you leave the Army?” Deirdre cocked her head questioningly.
“Well, I was nearing the end of my term and I had made Sergeant. I was dating this girl I had met in town. There was another girl in my unit who was also a lesbian. She got caught in her barracks room making out with her date. She was Chaptered out of the Army under “Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell”. She made one bad choice about where to have sex and was discharged. I didn’t want to run that risk so I kept to the straight and narrow until my enlistment was up. I kept turning down enticements for me to re-up, but I couldn’t tell them that their policy on my dating habits made me uncomfortable.”
“What was the Army like?”
“Orderly. Very rules-oriented. I had some fun, but there was the right way, the wrong way, and the Army way. It got old after a bit.”
“Doesn’t sound all that fun.” She though about the mindset that Megan’s statement implied and it did not really appeal to her.
“Don’t get me wrong. I had some fun in the Army and I know some guys and girls who have made careers out of it, despite the need to keep their sex lives compartmentalized. The Army is fine, but not everyone is suited to such a life.” Megan drank more of her coffee.
For a moment, the two of them sat silently, drinking. Both seemed momentarily lost to their own thoughts. Deirdre looked up after a bit and noticed Megan looking at her appraisingly. Deirdre blushed and looked down again quickly. Megan chuckled.
“You know Deirdre, you really are quite cute.”
Deirdre was surprised by the comment. As she looked up again, her eyes plainly showing her astonishment, her mouth open a little. “Really?”
Megan sighed. “I think so at any rate.”
End of Part 3
To Be Continued...
![]() |
David just couldn't wrap his head around his brother's choice to live as a girl. It disgusted him and he felt betrayed. Drivning around and drinking were his only refuge. What else could he do? A Splintered Life
Chapter 4 - A Bitter Brotherhood Copyright © 2009 by poetheather
|
David shoved his hands deeper into the pockets of his leather jacket. Of all the dumb ass things that could have happened in his life, he had to deal with a younger brother who was a freak and a fucking queer. Wanted to be a fucking girl. Why the fuck would he want to do that?
He was glad they had moved. So many of his friends, who he had known for most of his life had given so much shit about his brother wanting to be a girl. They had even dared to wonder if it was contagious and if he would be in a dress soon. He had beaten Robert severely for that comment. It hadn’t really made him feel any better.
David got into his car and started the engine. The mustang rumbled to life. He could feel the body of the car shake with power. He turned on his radio as he pulled out of the apartment complex. The hard rock thrummed with the sound of his car. It helped ease his tension.
Every time he had to look at that sissy’s face and body, he got all angry again. Why did this have to happen to him?
John and him had been best buds back in the day. He used to get picked on when he was younger and David had stood up for him. He didn’t know how many people he had punched out for daring to call his little brother a fag. They played sports and video games together. Life had been good. Hell, David remembered going out on double dates and making out in the back seat of his car, while John did the same in the front seat. He had lots of good memories of John, just none with this freak Deirdre.
David drove along the streets of the town getting used to where everything was. It was relaxing. Just cruising was always a good way to calm down. He had discovered this when he was sixteen and just allowed to drive. His troubles rolled away as he drove along.
He pulled into a burger joint that had carhops. He really liked the tight shirts and short shorts they wore. They even roller-skated to your car. He loved a little shake with his food. The thought made him smile. He rolled down his window as his pulled alongside a speaker.
“Can I help you?” the teenager’s voice hade the sound of most people working and just watching the clock. David smiled.
“Yeah. Give me a double bacon cheeseburger, chili cheese fries, and a large chocolate milkshake.”
“No problem. It will be out shortly.”
David moved his seat back from the steering wheel. It didn’t really have a long way to go. He adjusted his rear-view so he could watch the approach to the carhop.
He watched the girl approach the car. She looked really hot. Tight ass and huge tits. He just wanted to reach out and touch them. He smiled at her. She smiled back and it became genuine when he tipped her two dollars. He watched her departure.
He shifted his penis, which had gotten hard with the thoughts about the girl and her body. She looked like she would be a good fuck. He might even see if he could get her number and possibly score. That would be nice. He just wasn’t sure if he could have sex with John in the house. Just thinking about that developing body made him a little sick to his stomach. He stopped that train of thought and took a drink from his milkshake.
He needed to get his mind off John and onto something more fun. Perhaps he would hit a club or something tonight. That should make him feel a little better. Having a few beers might wash out the nasty taste in his mouth that John left there.
That bastard was so damn selfish. How could he have chosen to do this to the family? They had had to move after he had started his damn transition. All of his friends, all the places he knew, all the girls. Now he was here. Dad was uncomfortable with the damn freak and he knew mom cried about it. Bastard didn’t think about them at all. How selfish could one person be? All he wanted was to have his perverse life, regardless of the pain it caused everyone else.
He definitely needed a few beers, maybe even a few shots to get the taste out of his mouth. He would try to get his mom to let him out of this damn situation. If he had to stay with that bastard, he was going to snap. Having to watch out for the little fairy was unfair. And if “she” brought home some guy to fuck he would probably snap. How disgusting could John get? Was this some fucking gay fantasy? Was his brother a fag, as well as a freak? The thought made his stomach churn again.
The chocolate milkshake barely took the taste out of his mouth. He shook himself and finished his food. A club. Hitting on some girls. Hopefully sex. And without a doubt a few drinks, maybe even more than a few.
He knew just the place. David had found the bar on one of his driving trips two weeks ago. It was small but it had a nice atmosphere. There was live music Thursday through Sunday. There were lots of women there when there was music. And tonight there was going to be music.
The lights on the road slid past him as he drove. It was only about another 10 blocks until he got to the bar. Maybe five minutes until he could start to drink his problem away. That would be nice. Maybe he could dance with a couple of girls? Maybe one was lonely and looking for some company. That would be nice.
The music throbbed out of the speakers as he headed towards his refuge, his oasis. Where the cooling drafts of beer would ease his chaffed self. Perhaps he could even spend some time not thinking about the little fag.
He pulled up into the parking across the street. There was a small line at the moment. The band hadn’t started yet. As soon as they did, the hordes would descend on the place. It would be nice if he managed to get a seat at one of the tables near the stage. That would make it easier to dance.
There were a couple of hot girls in the line before him. He listened to their voices happily. He loved women. Absolutely adored them. There was just something about them that made him feel like a man. It was invigorating. And it kept him dating. He hadn’t found anyone special yet, but he was sure he would run into her when the time was right. He just had to be patient and go where the girls were. Only then could lightning strike.
He smiled at them when they looked his way. It was too early in the evening to approach them. A few drinks for them and a few for him and it would be smooth sailing. He would have to see how things developed.
He had made it through his first two beers when the band finally started their first set. The music was good and he could feel the bass and the drums throbbing through his body. It was great. He could really dance to this stuff. No one was on the floor yet, but the room was beginning to fill up more.
David scanned the room. So many cute girls to choose from, how to decide. He finally spotted this Asian girl with a nice rack. Curvy and hot, just the way he liked them. He hoped that he would be able to score with her. Kung Fu theatre was to blame for his love of Asian girls. He had no problem admitting that.
He checked her hand for rings and didn’t spot any on the left hand. There were two on the right, but they weren’t the kind of rings that a guy would buy for his girl. She also didn’t seem to be here with anyone else. She just stood at the bar and swayed to the music. Her body moved lithely. Yep, it looked like it was his lucky day.
He sidled up to the bar and moved past her. He ordered another beer and turned to her, “Hey, want something to drink? Since I’m here I can just get you one.”
She smiled, “Sure. Could you get me another beer?”
He noted what type of beer she was drinking and ordered another. “Hey, my friend Rob didn’t show. You want to join me at my table? It’s by the stage.”
She nodded and followed him to the table. Things were starting to go his way. He sat with his back to the band and she sat across from him.
The night went well. They chatted between sets and they even danced some. She had agreed to coffee and he drove her to the Denny’s by the bar. He followed her home and the end of the evening. His grin was painfully huge as he contemplated the night ahead and how little sleep he was hoping on getting.
![]() |
Deirdre has found more people to hang out with, people with whom she had something in common, gaming. She goes to her first meeting a little nervous and gets home after a little scare. A Splintered Life
Chapter 5 - Let the dice fall where they may! Copyright © 2009 by poetheather
|
Deirdre was a little nervous as she grabbed up her dice and her gaming notebook. The old spiral bound notebook had a collection of the characters she had created and played over the years. She had started playing Dungeons and Dragons when she was thirteen. She had been in middle school then and it was practically her only social outlet. Now it was almost the case. She did not want to know how sad her social life would be without the GLBT group and the Gaming group.
She loved gaming. It was a lot of fun and she enjoyed making the characters. She had characters for all kinds of systems in her notebook. It was almost full. If she died fairly quickly she might need to get another one fairly soon.
She grabbed her coat and headed out of the apartment. The group was meeting on campus and today was one of her days without classes. She would simply walk to the school and meet them in the meeting room in the Student Center. It wouldn’t take more than ten minutes to get over there, and it was a nice walk, through the sports fields.
David was sitting on the couch watching the baseball game. He didn’t really look up as Deirdre exited the house. Things were getting worse instead of better. David was really starting to make her nervous. She figured she would talk to her shrink about that. It couldn’t hurt.
The air was clearer than it had been due to the breeze that was blowing the smog elsewhere. She was sure it wasn’t that good for whoever had to deal with it, but it was fine by her. Clean air was a good thing as far as she was concerned.
There was little traffic as she made her way across the street and over onto the campus. The fields were filled with light as various sports teams held their practices where they were running, throwing, and practicing all the things that made athletes better at their chosen game. She could see both the soccer teams and the football team working out. The tennis courts were filled as well. This school had a good sports program and had helped a number of athletes raise their grades enough to transfer into a good school.
She passed the library and into the quad where she sat when she had classes. There were some nice trees and benches. It had an almost park like atmosphere to it. She really appreciated that. Being able to sit against a tree and relax helped with her classes. It certainly helped her to keep from stressing on the tests.
The Student Center building was on the right hand side of the quad. She walked purposefully there.
The building was two stories high, of red brick and glass. It was a nice mix of old and new and blended in with the rest of the buildings here. The cafeteria was here as well as a small food court, where several fast food chains had vied to have places. There was even a small coffee bar. All in all not a bad place. There was a game room in the basement with arcade games, a pool table, and air hockey. The upper floor held the ballroom. All in all it was a nice building.
The room she was heading towards was on the first floor, in one of the other corridors. It was a room used for club meetings. She had the number and headed there. She should be on time, according to the clock by the food court. She didn’t want to be late at the first meeting.
The door was already open and she could hear several voices inside. She entered the room and saw about fifteen people near the front of the room. There were three girls there as well. That would be good. Hopefully the gamer hordes would not descend on her like fresh meat. She had seen that sort of behavior drive girls away from game. But at least she knew the reason. She really wasn’t going into this blind, just wearing a skirt.
She headed towards the front of the class. She could see Dean, the clubs president standing up there. Of course, it was difficult to miss someone six foot four inches, with bright blue hair. He was easily one of the tallest gamers she had ever known. She wondered how he had managed to avoid basketball in high school.
Dean spotted her and waved her over. “Deirdre, hey. Thanks for coming. Everyone, this is Deirdre. She’s a freshman.”
Everyone turned and looked at her. She shifted nervously under the scrutiny. One of the girls spoke up, a heavyset girl with long black hair in braids. “Welcome to the group. What do you usually play?”
“Uh...I used to play Dungeons and Dragons, 2nd ed. I haven’t played since a little while after 3rd ed came out. Haven’t even looked at the books for 3.5. Fantasy I really like. I played a little Exalted and Vampire, some GURPS and that’s about it. I’m willing to play anything however.” Deirdre rattled off the litany of things she had done, leaving out only a few games.
This thin boy with a potbelly, greasy short hair, and glasses piped up. “Fantasy, huh? Want to join the Hackmaster campaign?”
“The what?” Deirdre had never heard of the game.
“It’s a game based on the rules for 1st and 2nd ed D&D, with a lot of the flaws removed. If you liked old D&D you’d love Hackmaster.” He really seemed excited. Some of the other people only rolled their eyes. Deirdre took it to mean he was a bit excitable.
“I’d be willing to give it a try.” She replied noncommittally.
The dark haired girl with braids spoke up. “There is also a Buffy the Vampire Slayer game going. I think Dean is running a d20 Modern game and a d20 X-Crawl. Rashem, who isn’t here so far, is running a Nyambe game. That one’s cool. Set in a mystical Africa. So that’s what’s being run. On meeting nights, we talk, brag, recruit, do club business, and play card games like Chez Geek and Ninja Burger. So you can game six nights a week. That’s one day for study, so no worries.”
Deirdre smiled at that. She loved gaming but knew if she wasn’t careful she could ruin her life gaming the days away. Not that she would mind. “Who has openings?”
“Rashem has one opening and there is an opening in Hackmaster. Both games are fun. I’m in both, not to sway you that way. Dean may have some openings soon for X-Crawl. Oh...my name’s Liz.”
This cool looking African American boy with dreads and sunglasses walked in. Deirdre thought he was hot and blushed a little at the thought. She had never found boys attractive before. She felt her face warming. His voice was warm and very masculine, the kind of voice she had always wanted and had never gotten as John. “Hey, am I late?”
“Not yet. Sven is the only one not here yet. Say hi to Deirdre, new girl.” Dean gestured towards her.
Rashem turned to her and smiled broadly. His teeth were dazzlingly white. “Ire. Welcome to Geeks Anonymous! My name's Rashem and I’m a geek.”
A couple of people laughed. Deirdre giggled at this. “Hi.”
“Rashem, she was thinking of joining the Nyambe game.” This from Liz, who was prodding her forward.
“Really? Cool. The game is really interesting. Fantasy Africa. Monsters, lions, elephants, pygmies, cannibals, lost cities and buried treasure. Actually, the stuff of almost every game, but less armor. We meet on Thursday nights at my house.”
“I think I’d like that. Liz, when is Hackmaster?”
“Tuesday night in here. I can help you make a character this week and then you can join next week. We're between adventures right now so it’s a good time.”
“Great.” She sat near Liz. Liz seemed comfortable and safe to her right now. Hopefully this could turn into friendship.
“Sven!!” Everyone turned and joined in on the yell. In walked in this short, dark haired boy who looked fourteen, except for the goatee. He wore round glasses, like some mod Harry Potter. He waved briefly.
Dean chuckled and stood up. “Great, since we are all here let’s get started. So far, we only have one new member, Deirdre, but the semester is still young. So go out and recruit. Same games as last semester and Sven mentioned to me that he is running a Halloween game. Like last years only more so. Live Action Call of Cthulu. Remember last years? He says he has a better place and about fifteen or so non-players working for him. Besides us, he expects another twenty people. So tickets will go fast. Fifteen dollars.”
“Spirit week is like last one, so we need to get started on the karaoke bit. Still waiting on the theme, but if we want to win again we have to have everyone ready to go once we know.” Dean casually read of the sheet of paper in his hand. “Dues are ten dollars payable as soon as possible. Liz brought snacks and let’s have some fun. Meeting adjourned.”
There was scattered applause and people getting out of their chairs to get snacks. Deirdre joined them. There seemed to be both freshly baked cookies and brownies on the table, as well as several two-liters of generic soda. There was a line and nobody was shoving. Soon enough she had two Macadamia and white chocolate cookies and a brownie. They were good.
Liz, Rashem, and several others were talking about the Hackmaster game. She sat there listening, trying to get a feel for the game. It sounded fun to her based on the descriptions. One of the players, of something called a pixie faerie, was talking about a near suicidal charge against an ogre. The story was funny, as well as the story about a half ogre who pulled a groin muscle trying to get coconuts and ended up with them falling on his face.
A couple of people pulled out some card games and started playing them as well. She got dragged into a game on Ninja Burger. It wasn’t that hard of a game to learn and she had fun. She also enjoyed a game called Apples to Apples.
After about two hours, people began filtering out of the room. Liz and she made arrangements to meet during the week to get her Hackmaster character rolled up. Rashem offered to take her home.
She blushed again, a little embarrassed to be asked and agreed. He walked her to his car, a Toyota. He opened the door for her and then went around and let himself in. “So, where to?”
“The apartments across the street.”
“Ouch. And here I was trying to spend some more time with an attractive girl. A mere two or three minute drive. Can I get a little more time?” Rashem’s voice was plaintive.
“Uh... sure. What did you have in mind?” blurted out Deirdre.
“Maybe coffee, maybe food. Your call. I just wouldn’t mind spending time with someone cute like you.” He smiled broadly again.
Her face went hot again. Rashem certainly knew how to get her all flustered. “Food would be good.”
“Right-o.” He pulled out of the lot and headed away from the school, chatting casually as if they had been friends for years. It was nice. She relaxed and barely paid attention to the road. She was surprised when they pulled into a Denny’s.
“Didn’t you say food?”
Rashem blinked and then looked at the yellow sign, “You don’t like Moons over My Hammie?”
“Yep. But the usually have something edible. I guess this will work.” She sighed and he escorted her into the place. The hostess quickly escorted them to a booth. They both slid in and ordered Cokes. This made them both laugh. They stopped and stared at each awkwardly, in the same fashion. Deirdre shivered.
“Okay...that was weird.”
Rashem simply nodded.
They ordered pie, different kinds and talked gaming for an hour or so. Character histories, favorite campaigns, favorite systems they haven’t had time to play. In a way, the situation reminded Deirdre of Chris, before things fell apart.
Rashem reminded her heavily of Chris in a number of ways, with the exception of being a lot cuter. That and Rashem smiled more. He was nice to talk to and she was starting to get over her hesitant shyness. She did blink when he reached over and took her hand.
“You’re really a pretty neat lady Deirdre. I wouldn’t mind seeing more of you, if that’s okay.”
The warmth of his hand and his words surprised her again. It seemed as if this was her night for it. She nodded slightly as her thoughts were a whirl. A guy liked her? A cute guy liked her?
After that, Deirdre remembered very little of the evening. They finished their pie and drinks, headed back out to the car and they went parking.
Her mouth opened happily to accept Rashem’s kiss. Their tongues intertwined and explored each other’s mouths. Her breath kept catching in her throat and her head was spinning. She kept thinking off and on that surely this wasn’t really happening. She focused a bit more when she felt the warmth of his palm on her breast. Her nipples were tight.
Time seemed to slide as they both kissed and caressed each other. His hand traced a slow line down her belly, tickling her slightly in her belly button and traced the top of her panties. That snapped her back.
“Rashem, please stop.”
He kept nibbling her neck and letting his fingers do the walking.
“Rashem, please. Now is not a good time for that.”
He didn’t speak but instead brought his hand to her hair and ran his fingers through it. As long as her secret was safe, she was fine. There was pressure down there as her shrunken penis grew hard and confined by the tucking but with the kisses, she had little trouble ignoring it. She worked her hand through his dreads, feeling the novelty of them.
Finally, they both rose for air. Rashem grinned broadly. ‘You sure kiss well for a gamer geek.”
“So do you. It was nice but could I get home?” Deirdre kept her eyes downcast. She was enjoying herself but the fear of being discovered was rising. She didn’t want to deal with that again. She would rather pass lazily under the radar. And her genitals wouldn’t do that for at least a year or so.
“Was it something I said or did?” Rashem looked a little crestfallen.
“No...it’s just me. I...I...”
“You’re on your period?”
Deirdre blinked. A way out. “Yeah...that’s it. I just...”
He leaned over and kissed her again. “No problem D. Do you want to go home?”
“Please. Thank you. It was fun. And you really kiss good.”
“No problem there. I was glad to oblige. Let’s get you home. Maybe we can pick this up again some other time?” He waggled his eyebrows at her suggestively.
She smiled brightly. “We’ll see.”
![]() |
Megan is nervous and unsure what to do. She has had a lot of dating fail lately and she really wants Deirdre to like her favorite restaurant. She is nervous and worried and hoping the night ends well. A Splintered Life
Chapter 6 - Dating Copyright © 2009 by poetheather
|
Megan looked into her closet and tried to decide what to wear. She was having some trouble trying to decide what to wear. Since Deirdre was not like other lesbians, she wanted to do something nice for her. And something that she couldn’t accessorize with her field jacket. That did make the choices rather slim.
She looked everything and decided that her LBD would be just the thing. She was taking Deirdre to a fairly nice restaurant and the little black dress would be appropriate. It was a nice seafood place where they served lots of tasty things. Megan loved eating there.
None of her other dates had really liked it, but when Deirdre had mentioned liking sushi and other fish, Megan knew she would like it. It would be a nice place to go and hopefully build some good memories there with someone other than herself. Maybe they would then do coffee. Hopefully they would end the night making out. Megan certainly hoped so. She had shaved special for it.
Megan wiggled into her LBD and dug out a nice pair of heels. If Deirdre wore flats, like usual, then they would be eye to eye if she wore her two inch heels. That would be good. Deirdre had pretty eyes. Once she slipped them on and buckled the thin strap she walked into the bathroom and did her makeup. Just a little to emphasize. Nothing too over board.
She walked out into the living room and Jill looked away from the TV. “Wow, you look hot. What’s the occasion?”
“Going out with Deirdre.”
“The Tranny? Let me guess you’re going to that fish place you like and be all nice and sweet. I probably don’t need to wait up for you. It’s so cute when Lipsticks date.”
“Watch it, butchie. I’ve seen you in a dress and have both the pictures and the negatives to prove it.” Megan had been sure to do that when Jill had dressed up nicely for a party her parents were taking her to. She had grumbled about it for weeks.
“That was under duress.” shot back Jill.
“No, you were under the dress.” Jill groaned at that and mimed throwing something at her. They both laughed. “Gotta go. I need to pick her up and make it to the place in time for the reservation.”
“Take care, Megan. Have fun and be safe!” Jill called after her. Jill headed out to her car and slid in. She drove as usual to the apartment, weaving through traffic through holes only she could see.
Megan liked Deirdre despite her handicap of being born a man, and despite being properly equipped genetically to Megan’s tastes. But she was cute, in a bewildered nearly deer in the headlights sort of way. She found that oddly endearing. Better than some of the butches that she had dated. Besides, Deirdre was a little les with training wheels on. If she did this right, she would get to help her be the les Megan would prefer. Helping someone find themselves for her own pleasure. She grinned.
She pulled up to the apartment complex where Deirdre lived and entered the security code. The gate rolled slowly open. She pulled up to the apartment and headed up the stairs. She knocked twice.
Deirdre opened the door shortly wearing this really nice, flowered dress. It fit her well and Deirdre looked very soft and feminine in it. Megan’s heart fluttered at the sight. “Hey there, good looking. Ready to go out and eat?”
“Yes. I’m hungry. I can’t wait. Fish sounds great.” She turned and locked the apartment. The two headed towards Megan’s car, their heels slowly beginning to click in time. Megan chuckled at that. “What?”
“Ever since I was in the military I always seem to match time with who ever I am walking with. That habit became ingrained in me and I guess I still do it. Sounds funny the first few times.” Megan chuckled. “The first time I did that with Jill she thought I was making fun of her.”
Deirdre giggled a little. “I guess she gets a little jumpy about that.”
“You have no idea. She takes herself seriously most of the time, especially with the GLBT group. She wants it to go well and have very few problems. Jack is a bit of a party boy and so most of the work falls on Jill. She isn’t very keen on that. She also works to keep everyone from bitching too much. I don’t envy her. But she does a fairly good job.”
They drove through a different section of town than Deirdre had ever seen. It was a bit ritzier and not geared to catering to the tastes of college students. There were nicer houses and more upscale businesses.
Megan had cleaned her car and washed it, to try and subtly impress Deirdre. As she looked over, Deirdre seemed to be smiling. “Penny for your thoughts?”
“Just thinking about how different this is from when I was seeing Rashem a few weeks ago. He was nice, kissed great, but high dating was a chain restaurant a step or two higher than Denny’s. He made me feel special and I felt more like a girl than I ever had before, but I was so worried about him finding out that I didn’t have a good time. I still play at his table, but it feels a little awkward.”
“And there is the whole fact that while I liked him and liked being kissed, it didn’t really set fire to me. So far, he has been the only guy I found hot and it didn’t do anything for me.” complained Deirdre.
“Now that sounds like a bad lead in for a confession of lesbian-hood.” quipped Megan.
“What?”
“Come on. I have had sex with men. It was fun and I did enjoy both sucking and getting fucked. But that is not all there is to anything. My problem wasn’t the sex. My problem was everything else. If sex were the only thing I would probably still be het. But I’m not. I found both men and women sexy, but men were willing to ask me out. I liked that. Most of the women I know are a little shy when it comes to that. Some aren’t but some are. I like getting swept off my feet. Guys were good for that. But girls were something I could cuddle with and enjoy it. They seemed to have the padding where I wanted it. In relationships, I prefer them to men. But in a lot of ways there is nothing inherently superior about either.”
“So Rasheem didn’t do it for you, and you haven’t found anyone else hot. That doesn’t automatically make you a lesbian. You might want to sit the fence for a while. If your still skittish about being caught then you need to wait and calm down about that before you choose. Be yourself and date who you want. Why play the naming game?”
Deirdre sat there quietly and Megan mentally kicked her own ass. This was supposed to be a date not a lecture. She sighed. “I’m sorry Deirdre. I just want you to be happy. I like you and would really enjoy spending time with you. But I want you to be happy more than that.”
Deirdre sighed. “That’s okay. You’re probably right you know. Just when I think the hard stuff is over with transition something else crops up. My shrink said the biggest problem is in having to relearn a lifetimes worth of social conditioning in a crash course.”
Megan reached over, ran her hand down her cheek, and rested her hand on Deirdre’s thigh. “Then relax. I’ll help you. I know everyone else in the club will help you if they are able. But from what you said no one knows you are anything other than what you appear to be. So just relax and be. One thing the Army taught me, is that if there is no way to change a thing than deal with it.”
Deirdre was quiet again. “I guess you’re right. Again.”
Megan beamed at her, “It’s what I’m good at.”
The rest of the drive was in comfortable silence, with Megan’s had still on Deirdre’s thigh. Megan thought it felt good there. She wanted to know how other parts felt as well.
The Fishery was a small elegant restaurant that sat on its own lot, separated from neighbors. There was a small parking lot that was fairly well filled with cars. Megan pulled into an open spot and got around to open Deirdre’s door. Both of them shared a smile. It was comfortable.
The doorman seemed to know Megan. “Hey there Megan. Coming back for more? And who is this?”
“Sam, this is Deirdre. I’m hoping to give her a taste of culture.”
Sam laughed at this. “Right this way then ladies. I have the best seat in the house waiting for you.”
Megan took Deirdre’s arm and followed Sam. The table was small and intimate, with a candle on it enclosed in a red glass jar. Sam held the chair for each of them as they sat. He produced menus out of nowhere. “Today’s special is the Grilled Swordfish and Sea Scallops. It is served with a medley of steamed vegetables on a bed of couscous. Today’s soup is seafood chowder. Michael will be your server.”
Sam smiled and bowed slightly and headed back to the front of the restaurant. Megan opened her menu and scanned it quickly. Nothing on it sounded better than the special, but that was going to be a lot of food. She could keep some of it for lunch tomorrow, maybe. Deirdre was scanning the menu, looking for something. Megan smiled, “I’m having the special. Want to join me?”
After another quick scan of the menu, she nodded. “There is so much that looks good I can’t decide. Is there anything else I want?”
“Sure. Get the Caesar salad and we’ll split a bowl of the chowder.”
“I’ve never really liked Caesar before.”
“Have you had real Caesar or what comes out of a bottle?”
“Uh...probably only bottle. I’ll give it a try.”
“That’s my girl.”
They both smiled at each other. Megan felt her heart start to beat faster. She was having fun, and Deirdre hadn’t made any jokes about the place looking like a bad shark movie set. Sure, there were nets and lobster cages on the wall. But Megan knew they were old ones that the owners family never used anymore. They really fished. That was the secret of their success. That and a really good chef.
Michael, a dark haired Hispanic boy came up and got their order. Megan ordered wine for both of them and their meal. He only smiled and took everything down. Megan thought he was cute, but not quite her type. If only he had been a girl. Deirdre seemed to like his looks as well. “Hey Deirdre. Are you flirting with the staff on our date?”
Deirdre blushed heavily. “Uh... no. Why do you ask?”
Megan chuckled. “That’s okay. Michael is really cute. He’s the owners youngest.”
“You know the owners?”
“I was one of the first people to make it through their doors. This place is so good that I came back all the time. That got me noticed. I helped them stay in business the first few weeks, until word of mouth spread. That’s why I know everyone here.”
“Cool. I wondered about the wine thing.”
“Shh. No need to advertise. Others might get jealous. This place is wonderful.”
Michael showed up with the salads. He smiled coyly at Deirdre when he sat down her salad. Megan mock glowered at him. They both laughed as he walked away. Deirdre smiled. It looked to Megan as if she was enjoying herself.
The food arrived promptly after their salads. The food, chowder, and wine were excellent and complemented everything nicely. Deirdre rolled her eyes blissfully several times. Megan smiled. So far things were going better than other dates she had brought here. Deirdre was enjoying the food and the atmosphere. She didn’t seem to mind the familiarity with the owners or anything. This helped her enjoy her own meal. She had been worried that Deirdre wouldn’t have liked the place. No one else had so far. She never knew why. The food was good and so was the atmosphere. Maybe they hadn’t liked seafood?
The small talk was nice and casual and Megan had gotten Deirdre to blush several times with the flirting. The night seemed to be progressing well. Megan wondered if it would continue to do so. She really wanted to spend the night with Deirdre. Hopefully tonight it would happen. She did want their relationship to move beyond friends. She was frustrated with just friends. Something about Deirdre made her feel more protective and butch. Which was weird. Even practicing her martial forms didn’t make her feel that way. It was probably the shy smile. She was a sucker for that smile.
Deirdre gave her another one of those smiles, which Megan took to be from being nervous, happy, and unsure what to do. She reached out her hand and gave Deirdre a reassuring squeeze. Her smile brightened some.
Megan paid the bill and escorted Deirdre back to the car. “Shall we go for coffee before we head home?”
Deirdre just nodded and turned to look at the few stars that made it through the light pollution. Megan followed her gaze. They certainly were bright tonight. More of them made it through the light haze the city gave off.
Megan opened the car door for Deirdre and held it for her. She got around and climbed in herself, smoothing her dress out before she sat. She didn’t want a wrinkled butt at the Last Drop.
She put her hand on Deirdre’s leg again as they drove off. Deirdre covered her hand with her own and for a moment Megan was afraid she would move her hand off. But Deirdre just rested it there, trying to intertwine her fingers. She smiled as she concentrated on the roads. Things were looking up.
They pulled into the fairly full parking lot at the Last Drop. As they walked in holding hands, Megan turned to Deirdre. “You look so cute when you’re blushing.”
“You know, you certainly aren’t helping any.” chided Deirdre.
“Me?” Megan stopped and had one hand pointing to herself, eyes wide in disbelief.
“Yes, you. Stop playing innocent.” Deirdre playfully swatted Megan’s arm.
“I am so deeply sorry, what should I do for penance?”
“Get me a mocha, with extra chocolate sprinkles you cad.” said Deirdre imperially.
“Certainly my lady. I shall return anon.” Deirdre was giggling as Megan headed for the counter. She ordered quickly and brought the drinks back to the table. Deirdre happily licked apart the whipped cream. Megan just watched her transfixed.
A voice called out from the doorway, disturbing them. “Megan?”
They both turned to face the young woman who was addressing them. She was tall thin blond whose shoulder length hair drifted across her right eye. Dressed in jeans and a t-shirt proudly proclaiming her to be a ‘Naughty Faerie’. “Who’s this, a new girlfriend? I thought you were seeing Melissa?”
“Alice, I haven’t been seeing Melissa for about a month. She went home to her parents and I haven’t heard from her since. Deirdre, Alice.”
Alice put out her hand and Deirdre took it. The shake was friendly but formal. The girl pulled up a seat and joined them. Megan rolled her eyes. “So De, are you a student?”
“Yes, I am. Please call me Deirdre, I don’t like De.” Deirdre’s voice was a bit sharp, Megan figured that she was about as irritated as Megan was getting.
‘Whatever. So Megan, have you heard anything about Sarah’s Homecoming party? I heard she rented some big party room at one of those hotels. That is so cool. I’m sure they’ll have a pay bar as well. Do you think she’ll do that keg thing again? That was really good beer.”
Megan sighed. “I don’t know Alice. Sarah and I don’t talk anymore. We got into a fight at the end of last semester. She drew a knife on me. I don’t really plan on going to her party.”
“But it’s going to be one of the best parties of the year?” Alice said plaintively.
“And this is important to me why?” asked Megan, sipping her coffee.
“It’s going to be one of the biggest social events of the year, and you Don’t want to be there?”
“Alice, I don’t really enjoy large parties. I never have and I doubt I ever will. I prefer small intimate gatherings to crowds. What about you Deirdre?”
“Small groups are best.” Deirdre shifted nervously in her seat. Megan noted that Alice was looking at her kind of funny.
“Alice, if you don’t mind. I’m on a date. So could you go elsewhere.”
Alice cocked her head quizzically at Megan and Megan could almost hear the gears slowly click through her brain. “Oh. Oh...! Sorry. I guess I’ll talk to you later then. Bye.”
Both Megan and Deirdre sighed when she left. “I’m sorry Deirdre. I wasn’t expecting anything like that at all.”
“It’s not your fault that she’s pushy and an airhead.” humphed Deirdre.
“Well, no...but I brought us here. I just didn’t think we would be mugged.”
“I wasn’t expecting that either. Shall we head to my place to finish our coffee with out being disturbed?”
Megan mentally cheered. This could end up with hot sweaty sex if she was lucky. “That would be fine.”
They returned to the car and drove the short way to the apartment. Megan followed her up the stairs, watching the movement of Deirdre’s ass the whole time. She was enjoying the view. She followed Deirdre in and they both headed towards the couch.
When they sat, Megan took a chance and put her arm around Deirdre. There was a slight moment of hesitation and then Deirdre relaxed into her embrace. They both sat there sipping their coffee in the silence.
Megan kissed the top of her head softly. Her hair smelled faintly of flowery shampoo. It suited Deirdre. The girl snuggled in closer to Megan.
Megan moved forward and put her cup down on the coffee table. She turned and raised Deirdre’s head into her kiss. The taste of coffee, chocolate, and lipstick mingled in the kiss, as Deirdre opened her mouth to the kiss. The silence was filled with the sounds of their kissing and breathing.
After an indeterminate time Deirdre broke off the kiss and stood. Megan watched her rise, her heart racing, wondering what was going on. Deirdre stretched out her hand to Megan. She took it and allowed Deirdre to help her stand. Deirdre walked backwards, pulling Megan after her. She even opened the door still looking at Megan. Megan recognized what was in Deirdre’s eyes, because it matched what was in hers.
The door closed with a slight snap. They moved into each other’s arms again. Their kisses were less tentative and more frantic, as the urge grew inside. Megan lifted Deirdre’s dress free. It fell in a puddle of flowery material on the floor.
Deirdre was wearing a cute flower print underwear set. Megan smiled at that. She also looked down at the only part of Deirdre that could bother her. She saw nothing but a smooth mound. She blinked in surprise.
Deirdre undressed her as well, the LBD falling next to her dress. Megan had on a matching set on as well. They both kept kissing and fondling each other. Their hearts were racing and they forgot most everything around them. Once their bras were off and their breasts were freed, they both fell onto the bed laughing. Megan took control, feasting on the very feminine looking nipples. Deirdre moaned appreciatively.
They took turns feasting on each other. Finally, after what seemed like hours of play, nibbling, and fingering they collapsed in each other’s sweaty arms with only the sheet covering them.
![]() |
Deirdre is worriedly talking to her mother about all of the things that have been bothering her lately. Why is it that parents don't really listen? A Splintered Life
Chapter 7 - Maternal Worries Copyright © 2009 by poetheather
|
“Hello?”
“Mom, it’s me...Deirdre. I really need to talk to you.” The stress in her voice should be fairly clear to her mother.
“What is it sweetie? Is something wrong?” Her mom also started to sound worried.
“Yes, there is. It’s David. He’s starting to act really weird. He comes in really late and I think he is drinking, a lot. Also he...looks at me funny.” Deirdre got up from her bed and made sure her door was locked. It was.
“Now Deirdre, I am sure you are over reacting. David drinks a little, but not a lot. Maybe he is just going out on dates?” She wasn’t certain but she didn’t think there was any real cause for Deirdre to worry herself about David.
“Mom, listen to me. Please. David is starting to act weird and it is making me worried.” Deirdre kept nervously looking towards the door. She really didn’t want David to hear her talking to mom about his drinking and other stuff.
“Did you want your father to talk to him about it? He could you know.” Her mother started to pick up on the worry that seemed to fill her son turned daughter.
“That would be good. But Mom, what am I supposed to do about the weird looks he keeps giving me. I don’t really feel safe around him. He’s starting to creep me out.”
“What do you mean by that?”
“I’ve seen him stare at me. It wasn’t the kind of stare that was nice to have either. His eyes were hard and he did not look happy when he was looking at me. He hasn’t really said anything, he just keeps looking at me. I also have caught him peeking at me when I have gotten out of the shower. Mom, He’s starting to bug me and I don’t know what to do.” Deirdre could feel herself starting to choke up as the tension and fear of the situation ate at her. She really hoped her mom would listen to her and take her seriously. The only reason David was in the apartment was because her parents had forced him to watch out for her. He hadn’t wanted to be there and it showed. Why couldn’t her parents see that?
“Are you sure? Or are you just stressed and starting to see things. I know I have miss read things when I have been nervous or stressed. Could that be what is going on?” Her mom’s voice sounded hopeful. Deirdre could understand, even she didn’t want to be afraid of David.
“I don’t know Mom. He’s acting weird and I am getting worried. We’ve even begun having arguments over stupid things. Since I didn’t know what to do I thought I’d call you.” Deirdre was sure how worried she was came through her voice. It sounded shaky even to her. She got up and checked the lock again.
“Alright, sweetie. I’ll talk to your father and have him talk to David. If you are really worried just try to stay out of his way. He’ll calm down in a bit. Don’t worry, he’s your brother. You know he loves you.”
“You’re right Mom. I’m just worried and nervous. This whole thing hasn’t been easy on any of us I guess. I’ll try to stop worrying so much about him.”
‘That’s my girl.”
“Thanks Mom.”
“No problem honey. It’s what Mom’s do. You have been both the son I wanted and the daughter I never had. I love you very much Deirdre. This has been hard and stressful. Your Dad’s starting to cope better and given time I’m sure David will as well. We all support you. I just wish you had talked to us instead of trying to kill yourself. I was so scared when I came in the bathroom and the tub was red. I didn’t want to lose my baby. What ever the reason for cutting your wrists I would have understood and tried to work with you.”
“I know that now Mom, but then I felt like a freak and all alone. I tried to kill myself because I couldn’t take it any more. I thought no one would understand and I didn’t believe you would love me anymore. It was dumb, but that’s how I felt.” Deirdre started to play with her hair nervously.
“Deirdre, listen to me. You are my child. I carried you for nine months and pushed you out of myself. I nursed you and changed you. How could I love you any less for you growing up to be your own person?” Deirdre smiled a little.
“I know Mom. There are still times where I wish this hadn’t happened to me. I never wanted this. I didn’t ask for this. I got stuck with it. And I found myself in a bind of either killing myself or becoming something I was afraid of. I was so scarred of losing you and Dad and David that it seemed easier to kill myself.”
The line was silent for a while. Deirdre could hear breathing from the other end of the line. “Sweetie. As we both told you in the hospital, we love you. No, this hasn’t been easy. And your father and I often wish there had been some other way to deal with this, but you are our kid. What were we going to do, abandon you to your pain? All that would have accomplished would have been your death. We would have loved for our little boy to be fine. But you are turning into a wonderful daughter. It just takes time to get used to such changes.”
“But it’s been over a year...” Deirdre’s voice was plaintive.
“And you had been our son for nineteen years before that. That is scarcely enough time to cope with the change. We know that things have changed and we are still getting used to it. We love you, for you. We would have preferred if this hadn’t happened but there you are. Life is what it is Deirdre. God has things happen for his reasons. Sometimes you just have to rely on faith that God’s plan makes sense. God gave you a tough path sweetie, but I’m sure he thought you could handle it.”
“Thanks Mom. This is hard on me as well. I’m doing fine, so far but I am so glad I am still in therapy. This would be a lot harder without you and Dad and the doc and Megan.”
The tension shifted again. “How is she?”
“Not bad. I think she is doing better in classes than I am. She asked about you today, wondering how you and Dad were doing. She also said to thank you for lunch last weekend and is wondering when we can get together again.”
“This is another one of those things I’m still trying to understand. It is obvious how much both of you care for each other, it’s just that I was getting ready for your first boyfriend. I wasn’t expecting you to start dating girls again.”
“I wasn’t either, but I’m happy with her. Megan jokingly said that my love of women must be some boyish part of me left. So in a way I am still your son, at least in who I choose to date.”
“She is a nice girl.” Deirdre could hear the smile. “I can see why you care for her. Just use protection if you have sex.”
“Mom!”
“What? You’re not having sex?”
“That’s not the point.”
“What is?”
“I... I... uh’m not sure. But it is not talking about my sex life with my Mom.”
“Deirdre, I had sex. Your father had sex. We both still have sex...”
“Ewwwwww....”
“...and we assume our children are having sex. It’s a normal part of a relationship. It’s weird gaining a daughter and finding out she’s a lesbian but your father is dealing with that part of it quite well. I’m still working on it, because it sounds odd to me. But you two seem happy. So I mostly think about that.”
“Mom, I’m infertile.”
“So you can’t get pregnant. But I do remember the doctor saying that as long as you had testicles you would have sperm. That means she can get pregnant. While I would love to be a grandma, this may be a bit early. And don’t forget disease.”
“Yes Mother.”
Her mother started laughing. Deirdre rolled her eyes and shook her head. “It’s not funny Mom.”
“Yes it is. That was the same tone I used when I had this talk with your Grandma. Oh... what a memory.” Her voice was warm. Deirdre relaxed.
“Sweetie, can you at least believe that your father and I want you to be happy?”
“Yes.”
“We know this isn’t easy for you. It’s not easy on us. But we want you to be happy. And your Dad will talk to David and try to find out what’s up. He’s only there because your Dad and I are worried about you.”
“I know mom.”
“Then don’t stress so much. Say hello to Megan for us and keep up those grades.”
“Yes Mom.”
“I love you Deirdre.”
“I love you too, Mom.”
![]() |
What do you do when things come to a head and conflict is your only option? A Splintered Life
Chapter 8 The Sword of Damocles Copyright © 2009 by poetheather
|
She could hear him stomping into the house, then the footsteps stopped. He heard the sound of David collapsing onto the couch. The TV barked into life. She heard the channel change until it stopped on some sort of sports game. She thought it was football. The walls of the house trembled with anticipation. Something was really bothering David and she figured that they were going to end up yelling at each other again. They had been fighting more lately over stupid things. She wondered what it would be about this time.
She finished cooking and ate what little of her ramen that she could. Her stomach was jumpy with the prospect of another argument. She cleaned up her dishes and put them in the drying rack. If she was lucky she could just make it back into her room and get back to working on her English paper. It was due tomorrow and she really didn’t need this. She took a deep breath in and blew it out slowly. She calmed down some and felt like she was ready to face her brother.
She rounded the corner and David was sitting on the couch looking disheveled. His hair was tousled and it looked as if he hadn’t shaved that morning. His eyes looked a little red as well, with his cheeks flushed. Deirdre wasn’t sure what was wrong but this was not a good sign. He was still wearing his leather jacket and she could smell the booze from where she was.
Deirdre tried to walk past. But David’s voice stopped her. “Why, John?”
Deirdre tensed. “Why what?”
“Why did you have to do this to us?” David’s voice was flat with some bitter undertones.
Deirdre paused and stood looking at David, who still watched the screen. “David, I didn’t try to do anything to anyone. I was just trying to be myself.”
“At the cost of all of us. How selfish can one person be?” David turned and faced Deirdre. She shrank against the wall under his gaze. His eyes were hard and a little bloodshot. David did not look good. Her heart began to race and her palms began sweating.
“You had to be your precious ‘self’. Did you ever think, even once, what the cost to the rest of us would be? Ever?”
“What do you want me to say, I’m sorry? Well, fine. I’m sorry David. I’m sorry my attempt at being happy has cost you. It wasn’t my plan.” She wiped her hands on her pants.
“What was your plan? To become something you’re not?” He sneered the last. His gaze was obviously disapproving. There was still an undercurrent of anger that seemed to be building, which worried Deirdre.
“David, this is what and who I am. I am not trying to lie to people.”
“Oh...so you tell everybody, look at me, I’m a little fairy. I was born with a penis but now I wear dresses. I’m a girl now.” David’s hands fluttered alongside as he mocked her.
“Asshole! That’s not true.” Deirdre’s fear was turning into anger. She moved from the safety of the wall a step towards her brother.
“Sure it is. You couldn’t handle being who you are so you decided to see if life would be better if you were something else. That’s chickenshit. My brother wasn’t that much of a chickenshit.”
“Do you think going through transition is easy? This is tough as hell. It takes all of my courage. I have been fighting to be myself David. Why don’t you understand?”
“Understand that you’re a coward? I already figured that out when you cut your wrists.”
“How is killing myself a cowardly act?”
“You were running from your problems instead of dealing with them. You copped out. Just like now.”
“Fine. I’ll give you suicide as a cop out, but this is not a copout. This is my life. I was ready to kill myself when I was not ready to deal with this. I lived and am now trying to become what I had been hiding from. What’s chickenshit about that?”
“Look at what you’ve become! A simpering shemale, pretending to be a girl. You are not my brother! My brother wouldn’t have done this to his family! I wish you had died, instead of this!”
End of Chapter 8
To Be Continued...
![]() |
John was filled with nothing but regrets and his future was hopeless, there was nothing left to do but prepare the bath and reminisce. A Splintered Life
Chapter 9 A Bath Before Dying Copyright © 2010 by poetheather
|
John placed the candles around the bathroom. He wanted to make sure they were in good positions. He wanted the room to be filled with the warm light of the candles. He had anointed them with olive oil and had said prayers over them.
He had also gotten a stick of incense out for the occasion. It was a bit large, but he liked the rich rose smell that it gave off when lit. The stick should burn for about forty minutes or so. The smell would linger in the small space of the bathroom even longer.
His regrets rose in his thoughts as he got everything ready. They had been doing that a lot recently and it was getting harder to concentrate on anything.
When he was five he remembered being jealous because this girl had on a pretty dress and he didn’t. He told her that he liked her dress and she had laughed at him. He had felt so embarrassed and shamed that day.
And that hadn’t been the last. Apparently, the little girl had shared his comments and the girls tormented him with it. They brought dresses for him to try on to school and that didn’t help with his making friends with the boys.
He remembered when the girls forced him into a dress at recess. He had thought he had looked so pretty. The girls were all smiling at him. When recess was over the trouble began. The teacher was upset. The girls claimed he had done it on his own and the boys started calling him a fag and a sissy. The girls had hidden his boy’s clothes so he couldn’t change. His mom had picked him up from school. He had burned from the shame.
The next day he had been beaten up for the first time.
The girls had cheered on the beating. The ring of boys and girls had shielded the fight from the teachers. John had limped home, sore and with the painful wedgie still impacted into him. He began to withdraw into himself from there. To be himself was to hurt. The first of the masks were raised.
He got out the knife that he had brought up for this. The straight edged blade was sharp. He had sharpened it to make sure it would cut true. He set it down reverently on the edge of the tub.
He had tried to talk to his Sunday School teacher. Jesus loved the little children. God made all people. Surely God could help him. He had told her what he had felt and how God could help him. She had looked surprised and worried. “These thoughts are from Satan Johnny. The Devil is trying to confuse you. God will protect you if you fight against the Devil’s urges. He made you a boy for a reason Johnny. God doesn’t make mistakes.”
Another mask raised.
John stepped into the water. He flinched a little. The heat almost scalded him. His skin grew tight and red. He stepped his other foot in.
He had buried that urge, that girl’s urge that filled him. He was a boy. God didn’t make mistakes. He would be a boy, like God wanted. However, he wasn’t sure what that meant.
He watched and followed David even more than before. His brother was strong, could fight, and seemed to be everything a boy was meant to be. He copied his big brother. Did everything he could to be like him. He liked it when David ruffled his hair and called him Squirt. His brother would make him a man.
Adventure films also taught him what he needed to know. I mean why be a girl? Girls were weak. Girls needed to be saved. They screamed a lot. However, they were good for kissing. Boys were the ones who did everything important. He could be a hero, but only if he was a boy.
Another mask raised.
John lowered himself into the water. He had to stop when the water reached his genitals. The pain was intense. John forced himself into the water. He lay back and tried to relax, keeping both wrists under the water. His heart pounded.
He had watched girls a lot. That wasn’t out of the ordinary. All boys were watching girls. He just had conflicting emotions. John could never figure out why he was jealous when he saw a pretty girl, or a nice outfit, or especially when they started to develop. It confused him and he felt himself beginning to come apart. He asserted his identity and buried the feelings as best as they could.
Another mask.
John often felt like two different people. When around the guys he was fine. He was a guy among guys. He almost felt normal. Around girls, things got confusing. He had really forgotten what his emotions were like so he wasn’t sure what he felt anymore. He got shy and tongue tied. He teased them and wished they would kiss him. He had to be man enough for them.
Another.
His mother’s satiny panties slid up his peach fuzzed legs and pulled tight against his crotch. The material was wonderful. He felt himself grow hard within her underwear. He looked at himself in the mirror and decided to see how he would look in her bra as well.
Another.
She had caught him after he had been doing the crossdressing for a while. He had two pairs socks in the bra for tits and hose on, to make her shoes fit better, especially the heels. The dress he had on his mother rarely wore. Today was the first time he had braved her make up. He did not know why dressing this way made him feel better, but it did. He also got excited, and he had learned how to deal with that.
She had yelled at him. Telling him that wasn’t what boys did. She had used a wet wipe to scrub the make up off John. She was angry and a little disgusted.
Another.
He found he could not help himself. Even when he had told himself over and over that wearing his mother’s clothes was wrong. He would wear her dirty clothes. He was safer in the basement than in her room. And when he exploded after masturbation he could easily clean up.
Another.
John picked up the knife and stared at it. The knife looked wet in the flickering light of the candles. Steam misted parts of the blade. He breathed in deep, settling his soul. This bright blade would end his pain and silence his regrets forever. He exhaled slowly. He was almost ready.
The dreams he had had changed into fantasies where his family had died and his only salvation was to hide out as a girl. To be a girl as much as possible or he would be found and killed. The dreams were comforting and disturbing.
Another.
Tammy had thought it was cute when she had dressed up John. John never minded and it always led to great sex. Thrusting into her, with the bra tight against his chest, the skirt hiked up to his hip was an amazing sensation that made his head spin. He was sure he loved her.
Another.
Tammy had told others of the dressing and he had to deal with more grief from girls. But thankfully it was almost summer. They would forget with time.
He was still able to dress on weekends when he went to Rocky Horror at the movie theatre. He had gotten the part of Frank N Furter and he loved prancing in the heels and underwear. He felt closer to himself and he didn’t know why.
Another.
The knife easily split his flesh open and the blood began to be stained a deep red. He did his other wrist and set the blade down on the edge of the tub. The cuts had stung but the hot water had sort of made the action bearable. He blinked away the tears of pain and rested back in the tub, his wrists pulsing blood.
Estelle had helped him dress as a medieval maiden for Halloween once. That had been fun. Few people could tell it was him and that had made him happy. He had never told Estelle why he had enjoyed himself so much. He felt real and he felt fake as John.
Another.
John had begun to have difficulty. He was falling apart. He didn’t feel real any more. He wanted to be a girl, but he was a boy. That was wrong. God had said so. But the Goddess didn’t mind. Did she? Estelle had kissed him when he was in the dress. He liked wearing her clothes. He had stolen some of her panties. They were nice. Girls weren’t hairy. They didn’t have penises. Then how could he be a girl? He was, wasn’t he. But he had a penis. What was he?
Another.
John found that he was getting tired and thirsty. His eyes were getting heavy. The water was warm and he was relaxing.
The slap had stung when Gwen had slapped him. She had come home from class early and found him in her clothes. She had screamed at him as he had struggled to put his own clothes on. Freak! A fucking Freak! That was what he was. Nothing but a freak! A betrayer of trusts and a liar. Never let me see you again!
Another.
He had curled up and sobbed as his life spun out of control. What was he? Why was this happening to him? What had he become? Was he a man? Was he a woman? What the hell was he? Why did this have to happen to him? Why couldn’t he be normal, like everyone else? He didn’t want to be a freak. He just wanted to be himself, whatever the hell that was. Why did he feel dressed up as a woman? Why did he feel false dressed in his own clothes?
Another.
John drifted a bit more. The pain was fading. He didn’t care any more. His pain was going away. He wouldn’t have to worry about that pain or the not knowing. He was bleeding away into peace. Girl? guy? It didn’t matter. Soon he would be dead.
.
…
......
........
...........
............... maybe this wasn’t such a bright idea after all.
![]() |
The fight with David continues and Deirdre starts yelling back. Can this end well? A Splintered Life
Chapter 10 The Hammer Falls Copyright © 2010 by poetheather
|
Deirdre stood there stunned, as if he had hit her. “Is that what you want David? For me to have died?”
The words came out scarcely above a whisper.
David glared at her, clenching and unclenching his fists, and barked out, “Hell yes! Look at all you have done to us all. If you had died, things would still be good. Sure my baby brother would be gone but I wouldn’t have a freak living in his place!”
Deirdre recoiled as if slapped. The venom in the words was palpable. So was the heavy smell of alcohol on his breath. She hadn’t really noticed how strong it was before, but it was clear now. As was his anger.
“I loved my baby brother. I fought for him. I looked out for him. I did everything I could for him, to help him grow up and be a man. Then you came along. I wish mom hadn’t found you in time for them to have saved you. They said if it had only been fifteen minutes later, it would have been too late. Fifteen fucking minutes.” David pulled a bottle from his coat and took a long pull from it. He sighed. “Fifteen minutes more and my brother would have died, but we would have been spared you.”
“You would rather I was dead?” Deirdre’s voice shook.
“Hell yes! Look at you! You’re a goddamn freak! Prancing around as if you were a girl. How can you stand knowing everyone is laughing at you?”
“They are not laughing at me David. I am a girl to everyone but you apparently. Why are you laughing?” Deirdre kept her voice level and clam. She felt like she was on a roller coaster ride hurtling out of control.
“I’m not laughing. Do I look like I’m laughing?” David growled this out, glaring at Deirdre. “All I ever wanted was for my little brother to be happy. And you… you fucking killed him.”
The words hung heavily in the air. Deirdre tried to say something twice before the words finally came out. “David, I’m still here. And this is what makes me happy. I had hoped you would understand. You always told me about the importance of being yourself, of standing your ground, of facing off against anyone who thought they knew me better than myself.”
“I didn’t think those words would make you a fairy.”
“But David, I still like women. Doesn’t that matter?”
“Oh... you mean your little lezzy girlfriend? Oh, sure. What do you do for her bro, bang her with your shemale cock? Or does she fuck you with a strap on?”
Deirdre gaped, unable to answer.
“Oh... yeah. I am sure you want to get real cock as well. Isn’t that why you wanted to be a girl John? So you could justify your need to get fucked.” He drank again from his bottle.
‘That is not why I did this!”
“Sure. Then why did you Johnny?” David said, sneering.
“I did this so I could be me, the me you always encouraged me to be.”
“I never encouraged you to be a girl!” screamed David at the top of his voice.
“Damnit David, if you think I chose this path to spite you you’re messed up. I wanted to die rather than deal with this. Do you think for a moment that I thought this would be some sort of fun game?”
“How the fuck should I know. You closed me out John. You pranced around, doing your little girly things, growing your girly tits and what about me? You left me behind without looking back. You obviously wanted something I couldn’t give you.”
“I was trying to find myself!! Jesus Christ David, this whole thing has nothing to do with you. Why would it? It was me dealing with me and trying to keep from killing myself. Shit, I’m finally happy and you start this.”
“John, you look stupid. How could you do this?”
“I did it so I wouldn’t die! How many times do I have to tell you that David. I didn’t do it because I wanted cock, I didn’t do it so I could be a little fairy, I did it because it was let that part of me come to life or fucking die!! What is so god damn hard to understand about that?!” screamed Deirdre, glaring angrily at her brother.
“You fucking faggot, don’t go preaching to me! You think it was this or die? Fine. But you didn’t even have the courtesy to die. You stayed alive and drug all of us into this fucking hell with you.”
“My life isn’t hell!”
“The Hell it’s not! I lost my friends, Johnny, my friends I had since I was four! I lost my girl, because she was afraid I might have caught whatever it was you had. I lost everything, all because little Johnny wanted some man meat to break him in.”
“I do not fucking want any god damn man meat!” Deirdre was ready to take a swing at her brother at that.
“Then why were you swapping spit with dreads boy?”
Deirdre again stopped as if someone had thrown ice water on her. She couldn’t think of anything to say.
“I guess you’re still the coward you have always been. I bet you just want to be broken in but are afraid, isn’t that right Johnny boy? You want dread boy’s prick inside you? Scared of it?” He pulled again from the bottle. Deirdre could smell it clearly on David’s breath.
“I am going to my room, you prick! Sober up before we continue this. You need help David, and I am not going to stand here and be yelled at by a drunk.” She started to storm out of the room.
Deirdre was slammed into the wall by his backhand. Her lip split where his class ring had hit her. She looked up in fright as his fist slammed into her stomach. She looked up from the ground at him, mouth bleeding, and heart pounding in fear. The look on his face scared her more than anything else had in her life. “Oh no Johnny, we’re going to finish this now. I’ll help you get past your fear. I’ll break you in.”
His fist plowed into her right eye and she rolled backwards. “If you want to be a girl, I’ll help you. Welcome to womanhood Johnny.”
![]() |
Just a nice comfortable evening at home, cuddling on the couch with the one you love, talking about family. A Splintered Life
Chapter 11 The Stuff of Love Copyright © 2010 by poetheather
|
Megan cuddled Deirdre closer to her as they watched the movie. It was a romantic comedy they had both wanted to see so they had picked up the movie, a nice feel good “Chick Flick”. Neither of them minded in the least, warm in each other’s arms. Megan pulled up on of Deirdre’s wrists and kissed the thin ridge of scar tissue lovingly.
“It’s funny to think that I never would have met you if you hadn’t tried to kill yourself.”
“That’s funny?” Deirdre shifted a little to be able to look into Megan’s face.
“Mostly from the perspective of who knows what leads to the now. We met because of the chain of events that got started when you cut your wrists. Your dying would have been bad, but your mom caught you before that. And now I caught you. See... funny.” Megan chuckled a little.
“You’re weird.”
“Like you have room to talk. Of course, I think your brother may win between the three of us.”
“How so?” asked Deirdre, as she snuggled closer again.
“Did you see how he goggled like a fish when we walked out of your bedroom? Eyes bulging and mouth wide like a fishes. It was funny. I was almost flattered when he blurted out, ‘But you’re a girl?’ Poor David, I thought he was going to have a stroke.” Megan laughed at the memory.
“Yeah, that was funny. But then I had to explain the whole situation to my mom, thanks to him. Whee. That reminds me, she wants to meet you next weekend.”
“Great, now the parental fun begins.” grumbled Megan.
“She’s not so bad. She has been really supportive of me through this. We can do lunch or something. It won’t be that bad. I promise.” Deirdre kissed her cheek.
Megan hugged her again. “Fine. But then I’ll force you to meet my folks. My dad is fairly traditional Japanese, sort of. You’ll see. He doesn’t mind my life style so much as when I failed to follow him in the family business. That irritated him.”
“What’s the family business?”
“Do you really want to know?”
“Yes. What is it?” begged Deirdre.
“Martial Arts. It’s a family tradition. Since I have no brothers, it needs to go to me. I’m just not sure I want to do that. My dad is trying to be understanding, but it’s a sore point.”
“That must be hard.” Deirdre looked up at her again. “Is your mom fine with things?”
“Sort of. We had gotten this all hashed out when I was in High School. They were more against my going into the military than my liking girls.”
“Weren’t they proud of you?”
“Eventually. But it took a while. They wanted me to go to school first. Now that the government is paying for my school, they don’t mind as much. They appreciate how I saved them money.” Megan chuckled again.
“Thank you.” said Deirdre.
“For what?”
“For being with me.”
“Why shouldn’t I be?”
“Well, I’m not like other girls, for one. I come with my own baggage.”
“Sweetie, everyone has baggage. I care about you, because you are worth caring about. I love you. You are fun, smart, and cute, a quick study in bed, can cook, and I enjoy being with you. Is it so hard to understand that?” Megan held her face and gazed into Deirdre’s eyes. She kissed her nose softly.
“I’m just not used to that. You take me as I am. I have been so used to being someone else that this feels weird.” Deirdre’s voice slid towards sorrow.
“Hey, now. Can’t you cope with the fact that I love you? I do. So cheer up or its tickle time!”
Deirdre squeaked. “I’ll be good. I’ll be good.”
Megan started tickling her anyhow. They both squirmed and eventually fell off the couch laughing.
“I love you Megan.”
“I love you to Deirdre.” Megan leaned forward and kissed her deeply. “Want to do something other than watch the movie?”
“Oh what ever could that be she asked shyly.” replied Deirdre.
“Come with me little girl and I’ll show you.”
Hand in hand, they entered into Deirdre’s room.
![]() |
David is simply trying to help his confused brother, that’s why he has hit him and why he is planning to rape him. It is purely looking out for him. A Splintered Life
Chapter 12 A Bitter Concern Copyright © 2010 by poetheather.
All Rights Reserved. |
David’s fist hurt a little from the punches but it felt good, right, just. He hauled up his little fag brother again. John’s face was starting to swell from where he had punched him. Blood was flowing freely down John’s face from his nose, across his split lip. David smiled as he punched John in the stomach again. He watched as John folded over his arm, his strong manly arm, hair covering the length of it.
He looked down at John, coughing on the ground, at his long hair, his thin arms, and his breasts. His breasts. David smiled evilly, pulled the bottle from his jacket, and took another long pull from it. The alcohol burned cleanly down his throat and made him feel justified. Yes, this would be satisfying. If John really wanted to be a girl, then David would be glad to help him. He would break his brother in, so that all of his boyfriends and his sicko girlfriend could fuck him all they wanted, just like Johnny wanted. Yes, that would be a good service. And if he wasn’t the first, it would just prove what a fag John was.
David reached down and hauled John up by his long brown hair, his hand twisting around a fistful. John moaned in pain and he struggled to his feet. David shoved him against the couch, so his shemale brother would be supported. It would not do to make him uncomfortable now would it? A deep, menacing chuckle filled David’s throat.
One by one, he tore the buttons off John’s blouse and bared his brother’s bra clad breasts. They were at least a B cup, if not larger. They definitely looked like a girl’s breasts. They filled the satiny material roundly. Not like freak breasts, not like freak breasts at all. They looked very real to David. John muttered no and David slapped him to shut him up.
“Well, well, Johnny, looks like you’ve been growing. Must have been drinking your milk. Let’s see those tits you are so proud of.” John struggled some but David just slapped him again. The front close bra came off with little effort after that.
His nipples were still filling in, but they had swelled out and the areolas were wide and deep rose. They did not look like a man’s breasts. They looked just like a woman’s. Like all the women’s breasts David had caressed and sucked and nibbled on. They looked familiar to David, despite being his brother’s. David enjoyed the sight and took another hard swig from the bottle. It sloshed as it emptied into him. He tossed the bottle to the side and ignored the sound of it breaking.
Yeah, this was obviously what John wanted. He wanted to be a woman so David would treat him like one. He would treat John like he had wanted to treat other women. He was only doing what his little brother wanted him to do. Right?
He reached out and started fondling John’s tits, gently. The skin was soft and it moved under his large hands as in his memory. A little blood had dripped from John’s chin and had spattered on the pale skin. David rubbed it in. Red streaks across the white skin. He pinched John’s nipples like he would have with one of his dates. They stiffened under the contact. David smiled toothily.
“Dav... David... pwease don’b do tis!” There was a look in Deirdre’s eyes that David had never really seen before and it confused him. Her eyes were wide with full pupils. They seemed to be pulsing a little. He couldn’t tell panic when he saw it.
“Hush, John. You like this and you know it. Don’t deny it. Look, your nipples got hard. Girl’s nipples get hard when they are enjoying themselves. See?” John gasped as David pinched both nipples hard, shaking the breasts a little to watch them jiggle. It was a pleasant sight.
Yes, this was what John wanted. His breathing had deepened. He must be enjoying it. After all, David was only doing this for him. Yes, he was going to fuck his shemale brother, because that was what John wanted. He was simply being a good brother, right? David laughed. John flinched from the sound.
“David... pwease.... gowd, pwease don’b do tis! Pwease... I won’b tell onb you.”
David slapped her again, and then held his head almost tenderly. He didn’t want to hurt him but he was making David do this. “Johnny, Johnny, hush now. There’s a good little fairy. I am only thinking of you right now. Your big brother will break you in so all those other dicks you want to suck and fuck won’t be so bad. I’ll make you feel like a woman alright. Isn’t that considerate of me? Isn’t that what you wanted?”
John tried to move through the couch, to get away from him, to escape. David grabbed him and shook him roughly. “Damnit, you want to be a girl John, then take it like a girl!”
He punched her again in the stomach and flinched as blood spattered on his shirt when air exploded out of John in a rush. He sighed, exhasperated, he had liked that shirt. Maybe Mom could help him get the stain out? She knew how to do things like that. David used the pause, while John collapsed to the floor again, to take another drink. The bottle was not there and he was a bit confused by that. Yep, he sure was starting to feel good now. If this worked out, he might not mind John being a fairy as much. Surely fucking a shemale in the ass didn’t make someone like him gay, did it? Surely not! It’s not like he would be doing the sucking and being fucked. And if the same shemale sucked his cock all to the good.
David waited calmly for John to stop coughing blood on the carpet. He reached down and grabbed John’s hair again. He pulled him up, tearing some hair out in the process. “Sorry about the hair Johnny. I just wanted to get you up.”
John sagged against the couch. His eyes had nearly swollen shut and the flow of blood from his nose was slowing. He was panicking and his breath was coming in gasps. David was too strong for him to resist and there was way to escape. He started crying.
David reached out and undid the button and zipper of Deirdre’s jeans. He spun her about and reached for them. He tugged them down to her ankles. He lifted her feet one at a time to get the jeans off. John was wearing these cute panties with flowers on them. David enjoyed the view. John’s ass had filled out nicely. It looked sexy.
David could feel the growing hardness of his cock starting to throb in time to his heart. Damnit if his brother didn’t look hot in panties, with his wide hips and nice ass. The panties also looked good, pulling up the crack of the ass a little, emphasizing the swell of his cheeks. This was going to be good. That ass screamed to be fucked.
“Hush now John. I’m going to fuck you, just like you want. Don’t worry, Big Brother will make a woman out of you.” With that, he pulled the panties to John’s feet. He struggled to get the feet spread until the panties worked themselves off one of John’s feet. He started stroking John’s ass with one hand while he undid his own pants with the other. He could feel John tremble under his light touch. It must be with anticipation. John must be looking forward to this, thought David. His cock throbbed in anticipation.
His cock sprung free of the band of his BVD’s and rubbed across John’s ass. It felt soft to David, nice, like the skin of the last girl he had fucked in the ass. Those memories, of the blond girl he had met at some bar and had fucked all night helped fuel his desire. Her name teased him but it didn’t come clear.
He was ready. He spit in his hand and coated his cock with the saliva. He spit again and rubbed it on John’s anus. The ring of muscle was tight and tried to resist David’s probing finger. David gave his brother’s ass a light slap. “Just relax John. If you fight this, it will hurt more. I don’t want you to hurt when I make you the woman you wanted to be. Aren’t I a nice brother?”
As David was working his finger in and out, stretching out his brother’s ass for his dick, he heard the sound of keys in the lock of the front door. He turned to see the door open and that Asian chick that was hot for his shemale brother come in. There was a long moment where they both stood there gazing at each other across the room. David was sure she would understand what he was doing as he was merely helping John. David felt a little embarrassed to be having his dick hanging out, but that was about it. Maybe he should apologize? Maybe he should explain this to her so she might join in?
Megan shifted a little and then his world exploded.
![]() |
Megan is just happy about life. She is surprised about what she feels for Deirdre and instead of confusing her it makes her feel good. It's new and different and different is good. A Splintered Life
Chapter 13 Angelic Embrace Copyright © 2010 by poetheather
|
Megan wanted to come by and surprise Deirdre. Lately, Deirdre had been busy with an English project and was busy trying to get that paper done so she could turn it in on time. True, it was only five pages but she was stressing over it. A surprise visit from the girlfriend would definitely help relieve the stress. That and the thought of kissing her made Megan’s nipples crinkle with excitement. There was just something about Deirdre that made Megan happier than she had ever been with any other girl she had dated. Perhaps Deirdre was the one.
The fact that the thought came up really rocked Megan back on her heals. Deirdre... the transsexual... the ex-male... she was her special girl? She stopped and let that thought roll over her for a minute, seeing how it felt. She was serious. Deirdre felt like the one, despite all of that other stuff. Despite having been a man. Despite still having a penis. Despite everything. Deirdre was the girl she loved and wanted to be with forever. She shook her head in amazement. Megan could hardly wait to see her.
She bounded up the stairs to the apartment and dug for her keys in her purse. Of all the times to shove them in to her purse automatically. She sighed in acceptance of her foibles. The key slid into the lock and she heard the lock slide back. She walked into the living room smiling and stopped, frozen by the scene before her.
David was standing there with his dick in his hand and it looked like Deirdre was bent over the couch. She noted the blood on David’s shirt and when Deirdre looked up in surprise, she saw the condition of her love’s face. There was blood on the carpet and there were obviously some signs of struggle. Deirdre’s clothes had been tossed away, though the panties Megan had bought her were hanging from one ankle. The air left her slowly.
Time dilated as she began to move. David was turning towards her as if trying to say something. She drove her fist into his solar plexus making him gasp for air at the same time she had freed her pepper spray on her key chain with her other hand. She gave him a full and concentrated blast in his mouth, nose, and eyes as she turned her head to avoid back blast. David screamed and his hands flew to his face. She followed this with a kick to the side of his knee that dropped him to the ground, spinning. She brought the heel of her hand down on to the base of his skull and watched the body slump into unconsciousness. She checked his pulse quickly, making sure she had not killed him. When she felt the throb of his pulse, she relaxed. It had all taken seconds to end the danger.
She stood and grabbed Deirdre gently, rocking her slightly. The poor girl was naked, bruised, and bloody. Her eyes were wide with terror and relief. Deirdre shook heavily with shock. Megan could feel her girlfriend’s pulse racing under her hands. Megan was slowly starting to move out of time dilation as she took in Deirdre’s condition. “Here sweetie, sit on the couch. I’ll get you a blanket. I’ll be right back.”
Deirdre stumbled around the couch, helped by Megan and collapsed onto the sofa, resting on one of the arms. Megan rushed to Deirdre’s room and grabbed the light blanket from the bed they had shared a number of times. It would smell like both of them. By the time she returned to the living room, the sobbing had begun.
She wrapped Deirdre gently and held her close. Deirdre clung to her desperately, whatever words she was trying to say drowned by the sobs. Megan kissed the wounded girl’s forehead softly, brushing her hair with one hand. “It’s okay Deirdre. It’s over. You’re okay. I stopped him. You’re okay.”
The gentling seemed to be working. The sobbing slowed into crying and shaking. She kept murmuring words of comfort until she heard a moan escape from David. Megan took this as a good sign to take further action and dug for her phone. She quickly dialed 911. The operator answered promptly. “911, how can I help you?”
“I’d like to report an assault and attempted rape at the following address,” Megan rattled off the information slowly and precisely, like she had been trained to do. “The perpetrator is currently unconscious. I rendered him so when I came across the situation. The victim is a twenty year old female with multiple contusions. She is in shock and he is injured as well. Will need both officers and a paramedic at the scene. Please send someone immediately.”
The 911 operator asked a few more questions about her and the situation. Megan rattled off the information with a calm precision that the military had drummed into her over the years of service. This was like so many other bits of battlefield information she had called in or crimes she had dealt with. Once she had given the operator all the information she wanted, Megan was informed that there were officers in route. Megan thanked the operator as she hung up, telling the woman that she could hear sirens in the distance, getting closer. She hugged Deirdre to her again and waited for the police, murmuring words of comfort.
![]() |
Deirdre is busy cleaning the house and thinking about all the things she has to be thankful for. She is not filled with regrets, but contentment. A Splintered Life
Chapter 14 Maternal Reflections Copyright © 2010 by poetheather
|
Melody ran outside screaming happily. The little six year old was dressed in a bright blue play jumper that was just like her eyes. The puppy loped behind her, bounding almost in time with the little girl.
Deirdre watched the scene happily, smiling from inside the house. Melody was such a beautiful little girl who looked just like her mother. She had Megan’s hair and nose. Some of the other features were from the donor the two of them had chosen and they were okay with that. They had both agreed on the choice and had happily begun the pregnancy.
Deirdre remembered her sympathy weight gain and pains. It had been touching, but funny. Megan had laughed at her when they were both waddling around the park for exercise. They both had so much fun reading to Megan’s swelling belly and playing music to it as well. It had been a great time of coming together. They had never felt so close.
It had taken them four weeks to finally decide on a name after the ultrasound revealed it was a girl. They had gone through baby book after baby book and had consulted both sets of parents. Melody was the only name everyone managed to agree on. Some of the ones they had rejected were a little scary. She thought it was funny the kind of names they had chosen. Thankfully, some sanity had returned when they checked the names to see if their child would get beaten up in school.
The grandparents all doted on her. Melody had wanted for nothing. Both sets of Grandparents had bought all sorts of clothes, dolls, and furniture for her. That had freed up enough money for Megan and her to get the house, which had been nice.
It was hard to believe that she and Megan had been together for over ten years now. They had managed to get married before Deirdre’s surgery would make it more difficult. Despite legislation, they had found a way to get together legally. Megan had stayed with her through the difficulty of surgery, dilation, and recovery. Megan had also laughed at her during her first ob-gyn appointment when the stirrups came out, and the duck bill went in. Her eyes had gotten large is surprise with how cold it had been. The two of them were happy and it showed.
It had not always been easy but they had been there, together, and that had helped. She remembered the ramen days with a smile and the days when they had been without a car or a phone. It had gotten better when they had graduated and got real work. Life certainly had given them an E ticket ride.
The pictures that covered the wall told part of that history, but certainly not all of it. The pictures didn’t tell about the phone call many years ago when David had called her and apologized to her for everything he had done. There were no pictures for that. No pictures of her shock and surprise. No pictures of the resentment and anger that was still there after years of therapy. David had also said that he still had trouble coping and would be staying away for his own good. He didn’t want to snap like he had before and even the idea of that happening scared him away. Prison had shown him that and had helped him deal with what he had become. He cared about her, even loved her, but was not able to deal with her, at least not yet. And David was sorry for that.
Melody would probably never meet her Uncle, but he had always sent her a present on her birthday. It was a start. Maybe time would help him get past his problems, but that was not Deirdre’s concern. David had to come to terms with himself, just like she had all those years ago.
Megan would be home from work soon. Deirdre started to get supper ready. She was making pasta, which was a family favorite. She had found she had enjoyed being the stay at home mom. PTA, school meetings, cleaning and cooking, she found those tasks fun and fulfilling, which had been a surprise. She even ran a website for the local PTA. That brought in some extra money. She was content and at peace with herself. She guessed time could heal most anything.
Deirdre got the sauce going and cooked up a little Italian sausage to go with it. She also fixed something for Melody. Their daughter was still a messy eater. She figured that she would always be that way.
Still lost in memories, she remembered the tear filled first day of school for her daughter. It had been a painful moment for Melody, she had cried before she had gone into class as she wanted her mommies. Despite everything, she had enjoyed herself, but it had been tough at the beginning. Normal life had the funniest way of being interesting despite the lack of events. Daily things held her interest enough for now.
Megan came in the house and headed straight for her, hugging her tightly. “Hey there Deirdre. How was your day?”
Deirdre kissed her, “Not too bad. Just been wandering through memories.”
“Woolgathering again? Sometimes I wonder why you do that to yourself. You get maudlin at times.”
“Well, sometimes, but I am getting better. I was thinking about how things have changed. It is hard to look back and see how I got here from there. So much has changed in ten years. It’s amazing.”
“Sweetie, don’t worry about it. I love you and I want to stay with you forever. The past has gone on its way. Let’s worry about the future.”
Awakenings
by poetheather
How does a soul awaken to itself? To what limits would they pursue this? What boundaries would they cross just to hear the voice inside. Albert Buchanan takes that step and he and his family have to deal with the results.
This is a short series that has been running through my mind. Enjoy...
Awakenings
With hands outstretched, face to the sky I whirled. They sky revolved around me and I laughed, deep full body laughs that had tears streaming down my face. I don’t know how long it had been since I had allowed my self the simple pleasure of twirling. My hair spun out like the bottom of my skirt and I turned my spins into a dance, freely moving on the grass.
Other people stared at me, the weird bohemian girl with flowers in her hair, weeping while she laughed. I felt sorry for them. Perhaps they would never know the innocent and freeing joy that this movement gave me. Perhaps they had never known that soul cleansing moment of movement. It was sad, almost enough to be depressing. So I threw myself into my dance even more, desperate to dance for those who had lost that capacity for movement and true joy.
I was also a little jealous, truth be told. Perhaps they had been spared the pain and suffering that was needed to let one simply dance their joy. Or perhaps they had never needed to suffer to feel that joy. Maybe they were already free and I, too busy trying to dance out of my prison, never noticed the joy in a simple gesture or a curious smile. Perhaps I was the one who was out of step here. Perhaps there was reason to stare as they did. But never the less, I danced.
Dizzy and exhausted I fell, tripping and rolling down the slight rise in the field. The park had several of those and they were lovely for just lying about with the clouds in your eyes, watching fluff turn into castles. I lay there and felt the world turn as I clutched onto the grass, trying to keep myself of falling into the sky, to be lost forever amongst the accumulation of potential rain. Perhaps they could help me weep to cleanliness. Maybe that would help me get close to God.
I closed my eyes, no longer laughing, but still weeping, sobbing out all that had turned and roiled within me for so long, that had kept me from the truth of a mirror that gagged me with myself. I had escaped that, or at least sidestepped that particular moment. I never wanted to return to that darkness, so I danced in the light.
Help me! Help Me!
The words were screamed out to the sky, as the spinning world stopped making me earth-sick, the turning no longer pulling me from my now. I wanted an answer but who could answer that plea? Perhaps there was some truth to the statement that God was dead. I didn’t know. All I needed and wanted was something, some way for this joy and release, this relief at standing in the sun and dancing the truth of who I was before the whole park. Something to help me shrug off the heavy mantle of manhood and to dance in the light of the girl within, to let the sun shine on her face rather than bake the skin of his. I wanted to let this self, this projection to become true. I wanted these pads, this foam and plastic to become flesh, to be my in truth instead of truth revealed by putting on another mask.
Help me!
The words were sobbed out this time and I curled up, tight and tightening. I wanted to hold this joy inside, this moment in the sun, free of all that stood between myself and the self I had to be. What was so wrong with that?
But there was no answer, no God, no joy, nothing but the sorrow that those other people had been right, had been able to see from the outside that which I could not see on the inside. Why couldn’t mirrors show what I felt inside? Why did they lie and show this lie, this mockery of the glory that burned within my skin? Why couldn’t I simply be this who I saw as opposed to the lie my mother bore squalling into the world? Why? Why did this have to happen to me? Why? Why did this chalice have to pass to me? Why?
All I remember is the sobbing and the soul draining pain. Then nothing else.
********
The ER was busy as usual. The injured, sick, and dying filled the lobby and rooms. Mrs. Buchanan bustled in frantically, still clutching the cell phone that had told her of this latest disaster. She looked around, eyes wide, almost a look of fear, for what had happened, what others might think, that she might be seen by someone who mattered. She made it to the desk, clutching her lifeline to a more real world.
“Yes, can I help you?” The voice was bored and polite, obvious in the fact that they really didn’t care for her problems.
“Yes, my name is Elizabeth Buchanan and I was told that my son is here. His name is Albert Buchanan and I don’t know where he is. Can I see him?” There was a slight nod, as if recognizing her problem and perhaps the person behind the desk would be able to help them get past this thing.
“Albert Buchanan? He is currently in room 22. You can’t go back and see him right now. The Doctor will be with you shortly to explain what is going on. Please have a seat.” With that she was dismissed.
Mrs. Buchanan turned and surveyed the seats. They were that industrial plastic that could be sprayed off if they had to. Squalling children, people holding their heads, bloody towels, and more were all she saw. There were aged magazines scattered about like the detritus after a storm. She gingerly made her way to a corner that seemed isolated. Wishing she had gloves and a wet wipes she brushed aside an old Women’s Day magazine to perch nervously at the edge, watching the electric doors for any sign that the Doctor would come and let her know what was going on, what was wrong with her son.
The requisite televisions droned on with afternoon programming that was mindless noise to her. She wanted her son, or to be able to get back to work. She needed to be there for those clients who needed their paperwork done and done right in the way only she could do it. She took pride in her ability to produce nicely typed and arranged text. But that did nothing for her at this moment, trapped in a place she didn’t want to be.
After what certainly felt like an eternity she heard her name and blinked out of the doze she had slipped into. “Mrs. Buchanan?”
She raised her head and stood, stumbling towards a man in a white coat, a man she could trust to tell her the truth. When her name was called again it was by a woman younger than her with blond hair, dressed in casual clothes, badge clipped to her belt. “Mrs. Buchanan, my name is Dr. Sarathi. I am the on call Psych doctor. From what we can tell, your son was high on some sort of substance that we are still trying to determine and suffered a major psychological crash during that. He is currently sedated and we are hoping that what ever he took will work its way out of his system in a few hours. I am recommending that he be hospitalized for observation so we can figure out what is going on with him.”
Mrs. Buchanan blinked slowly at this news. “He what? He would never do anything like that. He doesn’t take drugs. What are you insinuating? I want to see my son and take him home.”
Dr. Sarathi took a deep breath and sighed. “Mrs. Buchanan I can understand what you are feeling. This is not easy. He was found at the park dressed like a girl, in a skirt and wearing a wig. A number of people saw him spinning and laughing. He tumbled down a small slope and screamed for help. People got to him and he was fetal and sobbing. We don’t know why yet.”
Mrs. Buchanan shook her head this time. “That doesn’t sound like my boy. Are you sure it was him?” There was a need in her voice for this to be untrue, to be some sort of simple mistake that dragged her to this less than savory spot. She wanted it to be wrong.
The doctor nodded in a slow and sure way. “Yes, it is your son. He was wearing his medical identification bracelet. When the Paramedics got there they saw the tag and thought it could have been another seizure. But it wasn’t. Did you want to come see him?”
His mother nodded and followed the doctor back into the ER, into a place she had really only seen on television. Thankfully she did not have to see anything too real for her to bear.
The room was small and had very little inside. She noticed that Albert was strapped to the bed, with one of those IV things draining into him drip by drip. He was pale, eyes closed, hair wild and desperately needing a comb. The skirt and wig were in a bag, lying open like a wound. Neither thing were hers and even if they were she would deny their relation to her.
He wasn’t moving, just laying there, face slack, head turned slightly to the right and away from her. Mrs. Buchanan wanted to get him home, to get him safe and away from all these things that had obviously corrupted him, to make him a broken thing, laying there lifeless. “When can I take him home?”
“Ma’am, I recommend at least seventy-two hours of observation on the psych ward. We want to determine if his action were leading him to become a threat to himself and others.” The Doctor seemed confused as to why the mother was unable to understand the process.
“Will he be fine?” The simple question hung with potential and dread. There was the fear that her child had become a broken thing.
“We hope so, but it is too soon to tell. That is something we will have to discover.”
“Let me know when he has woken up. I’ll come in then to talk to him. I’ve got to go and take care of some other things. Call me.”
With that she walked from the room, cell phone still clutched in her hand, already planning the next set of calls she had to make. This had really lost her time.
*****
There was no light when I opened my eyes, just a greyness, brought into clarity by a radiance from somewhere that I couldn’t see. I could not move and there was a lack of the joy and warmth that had been my last memory. I didn’t know where I was or why I had a tube in my arm or if it really mattered because to be apart from the sun was to be trapped into the life I had laid out before me as if the guiding star was mine. I sighed and let the mattress and pillow take me into their embrace. I wanted to die and here was as good as any. But God had long since stopped listening to me.
The shaking in my chest and the trickles of wetness down my face alerted me to the tears I was shedding. I didn’t know why they were there but they were something, something other than the sterile walls and the slow drip of the plastic tube that violated my already violated flesh. There was a need for something and I didn’t want to know what. There were too many needs already that went starving into the cold. I couldn’t bear to think of another need.
The door opened into the light and I wept for the sight. But it was the false light of bulbs. A man in greens walked in. He smiled at me and I didn’t know what to do. I tried to smile and only a little of my mouth twitched. I don’t know how he took it and I hoped this wouldn’t mean that his opinion of me had shifted. “How are you?”
I stared at him, trying to figure out what he meant. How was I? “I don’t know. I…I just want to be free.”
“Well, the doctor will decide when you get out of those. Do you need anything before I go get her?” He misconstrued my words and I felt as if I had failed again. There were things I could never get right and talking to people and letting them know what was churning inside was definitely in that category. But then there was that need. What need could he help with? Was there something that he could actually do for me?
I shook my head. He wasn’t listening but I shouldn’t be too surprised at the failings of others in this case. My own life served to remind me that there was too much to possibly stick onto words before they fell to pieces under the burden of meaning. Perhaps it was safer to be mute, to let gestures and the others interpretations serve as language. Perhaps then I might be able to get things right. I started to cry.
What was trapping me? What was holding me into this meat cage that I knew I could never escape? What the hell was wrong with me and why was this my life? Whose fault was it that I had to endure this whole charade, this masque, this masquerade ball to charm a prince and reveal a princess? What role was I to play in this absurd pantomime? I felt the tears continue to etch their salt trails into my face. Perhaps they would remain and show the world I had suffered, then perhaps I would have endured my sentence and I could finally go free. I just wish I knew what it would take short of a sharp knife and a hot tub.
The door opened again. She was beautiful. She was everything I loved and hated. Her hair was like whipped sunshine and it was long, strands curled behind her ear. She was dressed like someone from the real world and not this place I had found myself. I longed for her eyes.
“Hello Albert, my name is Doctor Sarathi. First question, what was it that you took?”
I cocked my head at her. “I don’t remember. I just know that it cost the fifty dollars I had and that it made me feel free.”
“Did you smoke it, snort it, swallow it?”
“I let it savor along my tongue, feeling like the molten joy of the night poured along me.” Perhaps she might be able to hear me? To hear my souls anguish and notice the betrayal of flesh.
She nodded, as if she knew what I was saying. “When did you take this?”
“I took this after another day in that nursery box that passes for my education. I burst free and found and paid for my taste of molten night, of liquid light filling me with stars. I wanted it to burn away, to strip the chaff from the meat, to peel back the layers to the burdened me.”
I could see the translation of my words shape themselves in her head. I felt joy start to pour more tears down my face. Was this someone who could finally hear the girl screaming in the dark?
“What was it that was so bad that you had to hide?” Her eyes were intense, like the ice blue that nothing ever obtained, like the orbs of ghosts blinking at me. Her cold tried to melt the sun of my darkened pain.
“I am not who I am, I am another and she cannot stand the charade any more. She wants to dance this body and she is tired of the pain. I want to let her dance lest I fall.” I spoke the secret things into the air, not just to myself but to another. I began to curl but couldn’t, held in place like a butterfly pinned under glass, fluttering feebly to fly free. I rolled my head back and forth, trying to make the truth of the words go away. It closed my eyes to shut out the cold.
Something burned and then tingled my veins, itching my head with a bone deep inability to scratch, bringing the long blinks that barely glimpsed the withdrawing glint of metal, the red box devouring and the door closing into darkness.
********
Doctor Sarathi wasn’t sure what to do with this latest guest to her work. She could feel his pain through the rambling. It obviously meant something and she had a feeling what it was driving him into this state. When the LSD finally worked its way through his system she might be able to get better answers. There was another good stretch of time before it faded enough to make her questions hold any value. This was something she had to follow up on, up on the floor, up where others were locked away until she could follow the treasure maps they presented and lead them from their mazes.
Albert’s maze seemed to be tangled up with grief, pain, depression and crossdressing. She did have recordings of what he had been babbling since he got here, as the drug ravings often held keys out to her. The answers were all there, she just had to be patient enough to get inside. If this was some sort of response of Gender Dysphoria, then maybe the pieces would fall into place.
She chided herself slightly. Her snap appraisal got him in here. Now she had to take the time to figure him out. It could be several things, the least of which could have arisen from the LSD. She could get answers from Albert in the morning.
It felt like I was swimming through a sea of blackness and vague echoes of pain rolled through me. I blinked my eyes open and all that greeted me was faint light. I tried to roll over, to work my way to my feet, when I realized that my arms were restrained. So were my legs.
Bound
poetheather
It felt like I was swimming through a sea of blackness and vague echoes of pain rolled through me. I blinked my eyes open and all that greeted me was faint light. I tried to roll over, to work my way to my feet, when I realized that my arms were restrained. So were my legs.
I turned my head to get a better view of the room when I realized that the feeling of weight on my chest had to be these breasts. How the hell did I get breasts and at least D cup by the size of them? What the hell had happened to me?
I struggled to recollect what I last remembered however my thoughts were a murky soup. I had vague, wavy memories of being in Hannigan’s pub on All Soul’s Day, drinking a toast to my mother. That was as far as I could get. Maybe when I woke up more the memories would return.
The sound of boards creaking, as if someone were creeping up to me, caused a shiver down my restrained body. What I could see of the room, it looked old and ill kempt, like I was in an abandoned building. Why the hell was I here?
The sound of the creaking grew ever nearer, but I could see no one. The foggy haze of my mind began to clear so I could make a better assessment of my situation. It seemed as if I were bound to some sort of padded table by wide leather cuffs. When I moved my arms the slight amount I was able I could hear the clink of chains. My legs felt similarly restrained. I was securely bound and there was no way I could escape.
I raised my body up, arching my back some, but it wasn’t all that far as I felt weak. I also felt some pain in my ribs and a kind of muffled feeling in my crotch.
Oh God…what had they done to me? Given the mounds of flesh on my chest I could only imagine what they had done. I…I had probably been given a vagina. I started to cry, violated and afraid. What they hell did they want with me and why had they done this to me?
The creaking stopped.
I looked frantically back and forth, trying to see if I could see any one. I raised my head but my vision was blocked enough that I could see nothing but the top of a doorway. The lintel was cracked and the paint peeling in flakes. This had to be some sort of abandoned something or other.
I tried to scream, but my throat throbbed in pain. All that came out was a pitiful squeak. I wanted to bring my hand to my throat and tugged at my chains. I tried to simply say something and my voice had been changed as well, what came out was the high pitched voice of a soprano. “Hello? Is there anybody there?”
The wind shook the room, howling through gaps in the walls, I flinched as a section of plaster fell by my bed. “Help me.”
There was the creak again. Was somebody there and was that good or bad?
The bar…I had been at the bar when the bet was made. I remembered something about $200 if I would go into the abandoned asylum and get something from deep in the place. It was a stupid bet, or so I thought. What had happened? Dear God, what had happened to me?
“Elizabeth…” Was that a voice or the wind playing tricks with my ears? I struggled some more hoping against hope that I could get out of this mess.
“Elizabeth…” The creak grew ever nearer and the lights began to flicker some.
“Help!” I screamed as loud as I could, but the throat was too weak to make much noise. I struggled in my bonds, feeling the bed move slightly. “Let me out!”
“Elizabeth…” The wind had to have moaned that…right?
My arms ached from the strain I was putting on them. I needed to get free. I needed to escape before things got worse. “Somebody help me!!”
“Elizabeth…” The creaking was right up on me. I felt a cold touch on my inner thigh. I strained to look but there was no one there. It felt as if something was being loosened, or something. I screamed when whatever it was up inside me was pulled out. Oh God…I really had a vagina. Tears ran down my face as I struggled despite the pain.
Once that was removed I felt the same cold hand slide up my body and over my breasts. My nipples tightened painfully at the cold. How could my nipples have gotten so large? I squirmed, to get away from that cold, invisible hand.
“Elizabeth…” It was whispered in my ear.
“Who are you and why are you doing this to me?” I screamed out the question in my overly soft voice.
“Elizabeth…” The air shimmered to my right. I turned to look and this woman was shifting and flickering in the air next to me. Her movements looked odd and I could see the walls through her. I screamed.
“Elizabeth…”
The shimmering figure stroked my face and smiled down at me. Her face shifted from her young beautiful face to a rotted corpses face. I wet myself in fear, feeling the warm liquid run down the curve of my ass. Dear God what had I done to deserve this?
“Elizabeth…”
The thing leaned down, its changing face grinning down at me. The hand on the side of my face was gentle and colder than ice. I wanted to flinch away but I couldn’t move away enough. Was it going to kiss me?
“Elizabeth…”
I could feel the cold musty air against my face, from where it had spoken. I shuddered. The lips touched mine and the freezing lips and tongue kissed me. As I inhaled, I could feel something begin to fill my lungs, like breathing really cold air in winter, painful and burning.
The figure slipped away like smoke, and they it was gone. The cuffs opened, as if other unseen hands were working them. My body shuddered and then stood, all without my control. It walked over to the ruins of a door, with shards of a mirror. I could see that my face had changed, I looked feminine. My body was that of a woman and I couldn’t control anything.
The face broke into a smile that chilled my heart, gazing into my eyes. “Elizabeth…”
I struggled to regain control of my limbs as my body began to get dressed, first pulling soft, silky panties up my legs. Then the arms got a lacy bra on me, bending to shift the breasts into proper place. Next was the dress which slithered over my skin, to hang perfectly on my stolen body. Shoes followed; a pair of flats that fit my feet perfectly.
There was nothing that I could do to regain control of my body. I was trapped and alone. This new me, this woman, this Elizabeth walked outside where a few of the bars patrons stood, grinning at me with faces that seemed to flicker slightly, shifting from living to dead.
I screamed out my eyes but nobody could hear me.
by poetheather
All in a quest to fight for equality, Richard O'Rourke tries to challenge the Sorority system only to have the tables turned on him. Now Richard begins to finds out what life is like for a College Girl.
College Girl
By poetheather
Chap 1
My curiosity and sense of humor get the best of me every once in a while, and some of what amuses me often leads me into trouble. This was most definitely one of those times.
I have always been one for equality, you know no exclusive clubs or organizations or groups. So I wanted to get into one of these exclusive clubs and change things around. I was of the opinion that this course of action was all for the good. But things don’t always work out they way you plan them.
I had just graduated High School and was getting ready to head to the state university. My eighteenth birthday had passed and I was still hoping to start shaving, or at least to start growing a goatee for college. If my voice managed to cooperate I could start to sound manly as well. Muscle development was also lagging behind as well, so no intramural sports for me. This was all due to my lovely, quirky genetic heritage. Late onset puberty was rather disconcerting in high school but thankfully some of my friends turned some of the assholes aside. That had at least made life bearable.
In a way, I felt like Davy Jones of the Monkeys who started shaving and all of that fun in his thirties. My dad had started full puberty in his late twenties. All he had prior was downy pubic hair, peach fuzz on his cheeks and a somewhat more adult penis. He had let me know all of this before he had died. Kind of a what to look forward to speech.
My luck with women was also only bearable. I’d been on a few dates but not much had come of them. Perhaps my own appearance had something to do with it. . I had shoulder length sandy blond hair that just kind of sat there, hazel eyes and just dressed for comfort. Add to that the fact that I still looked more like a junior high school kid than a near adult and it might make some sense. I knew I was not some gorgeous hunk or some such nonsense, but I was getting used to it. It was not very comfortable, but you can get used to anything over time.
So keeping all of these things in mind I approached my latest venture.
I thought it would be a good little fight if I tried to get into a Sorority. Naturally they would try to bar a man from entering and I could push the issue for a certain amusement value. My father’s inheritance could help me fund such a thing. I wrote off to the Sorority I had chosen and requested some information on their Fall Rush; including the dress code necessary. I smirked to myself at the thought. This would be fun.
I also had a good friend who also lived in the city and went to the University as well. Rebecca had been there about a year already. I was going to stay with her while I hunted for an apartment and made my first contacts with the sorority. It had been her name and address I had used to gather my initial information. I packed my bags and set out on this grand adventure.
* * * * * * * * * * *
The city was very nice. It had been built among slight rolling hills with trees everywhere and a river running through it. All very nice and what you might expect from a college town. I pulled up to Rebecca’s apartment in my Volkswagen Jetta, my mother’s graduation present to me. I carried my bags up to her apartment and went through the mail that had arrived from the sorority. It gave plenty of descriptions of what Rush week would entail. It took place before classes started so as to not interfere with studying. Rebecca chuckled as she saw me go through the mail. “So Richard, you are really going to do this?”
“Sure Becca, why not? It sounds fun and it will be amusing.” I was kind of confused by her stance.
“Well, they are nice girls. They are not as stuck up as some of the other Sor Whores out there. I don’t want to see you actually hurt them.”
“Hurt them? How would I do that? All I am going to do is try to make it in to the Sorority, not do something mean. Besides, you know how I feel about some of these groups.”
“I know Richard. I’ll do what I can to help, I told you I would. You know me, I get worried about you.” She smiled her lopsided smile at me.
She and I had become friends in junior high after an attempt at dating. After the ‘can’t we be friends’ speech we actually did that. She had helped keep me safe through High School. Her being a year ahead of me didn’t hurt.
“Thanks Becca. I can’t tell you how much this means to me.” I hugged her. “Well, I should get my first meeting with them started so we can see how this plays out. I’ll tell you all about it when I get back.”
I went downstairs and headed to the house to talk my way in. This would, no doubt, keep me chuckling for years.
The house was so impressive. It was a huge three-story plantation style mansion in white with a darker wood trim about. The Greek letters were in the middle of the well-groomed lawn in various colored flowers. The whole thing was really very pretty.
I went up to the door and rang the bell, checking to make sure I didn’t look too wrinkled, in my white dress shirt and blue jeans. I tugged on my ponytail to make sure it held. I needed to play this right if it was going to work.
After a short wait a young woman with blue eyes and sandy blond hair wearing jeans and a nice blouse answered the door. “Yes, can I help you?”
I smiled as nicely as I knew how. “ Yes, I would like to speak with the President of the house and the Rush Chairwoman if it is at all possible.”
Research had always done some good things for me in the past. Now it had let me know the power structure of the house and who it was I really needed to talk to.
“Certainly. Please come inside and have a seat while I get them, Mr. …?”
“Richard O’Rourke.”
“Mr. O’Rourke. I’ll be right back.” She led me to a sitting room just inside the foyer. It was beautifully decorated, with nice wallpaper and fresh flowers. The chair I sat in was quite comfortable. Obviously this particular Sorority was doing quite well.
Again I did not have to wait very long, as a few minutes later in walked two quite striking women, one with brown hair in a sundress and the other with black hair in jeans and a t-shirt. The brown haired one spoke first. “Hello, I’m Sandra Gray, President of this Sorority and this is Nadia Grunwald, our Rush Chair. I was told that you wanted to speak with us?”
I shook their hands politely as the introduced themselves. “Yes. My name is Richard O’Rourke. It is a pleasure to meet you both.”
We all sat down. They looked curiously at me, hoping to get some idea as to what I wanted. “The reason I am here is this; I would like to join your Sorority. I wish to so as that I consider it a form of bias, not seriously considering and accepting all who apply for an organization. I am very serious about wanting to join your sorority and will do what ever I need to for you to let me join.”
They both sat back looking amused. I was sure I would be shot down at this point and I could move on to the next phase of my plan. However, my plan did not exactly go as planned.
“Let me get this straight Mr. O’Rourke. You want to join our Sorority, even though it is a woman’s only organization, and you are willing to do anything to do so? Is that correct?” asked Miss Gray, calmly.
“Yes. I will do whatever I have to in order to join.”
Miss Grunwald slid forward with an intense look in her eyes. “Due to the way you phrased this and the way you are doing this, I assume you have prepared a suitable legal response should we just dismiss your request.”
I nodded slowly. She was really astute. That fact itself made me a bit worried. “Yes I have, should I need to.”
Miss Gray’s eyes narrowed thoughtfully. “Well then, in order to avoid any legal problems, let us take you seriously then.”
The two of them spent the next half-hour effectively interrogating me. By the end of that time I think they had gotten each piece of information they wanted out of me. I felt wrung out and worried.
“Now Richard, you know we have a dress code for our pledges, which includes skirts and dresses?” asked Miss Grunwald.
“Yes, I am aware of that. Like I said earlier, I will do whatever I have to in order to make it in.”
“If we decide to let you in you would have to abide by our houses codes and not make us look foolish. If you join, you would need to bring honor to our house. Can you honestly say that this idea of yours will bring honor to our house?” This was from Miss Gray, who looked piercingly at me.
I boldly drove on, feeling that I could actually pull this off. “Whatever I had to do to get in and to bring honor to this house would be fine with me.”
“Even if it meant that you would have to look like a Sorority girl? All the time?” asked Miss Gray, raising one eyebrow questioningly.
“Sure. If that’s all it took, wear dresses and skirts, so be it. I am seriously considering this. It is not some sort of joke.”
“Well, thank you for your time Richard. Let us speak to the ladies of the house and we will take a vote. I will also need to get approval from National if the ladies decide to let you try. I will call you in a day or two. Good day.”
I was seen out of the house and stood there as the door closed behind me. I left the house smiling. This was certainly turning out better than I thought it would. If they had to put it to a vote, there was no way they would actually vote for this. I returned to Rebecca’s apartment whistling.
Rebecca was waiting for me. “So how did it go?”
“Pretty good. They took me fairly seriously and are going to put it to a vote. I should hear back in a day or two.” I beamed.
“What are you going to do if they say yes?”
“Join. It can’t be that bad.”
“Even if it means dressing like a girl?” She cocked her head at me.
“Sure. Remember my outfit for Halloween in my junior year. I looked fairly believable according to you. And it should only be for functions and the like. Otherwise I’ll be me.”
“Alright. I just don’t want you to get in over your head.”
“I won’t. Like they’re going to even do this. So where would you like to go eat?”
Three days later I got called back. I had been thinking that they might not even call me and so I was actually getting the paperwork together for the next step when the phone rang. I answered it. “Hello?”
“Richard? This is Nadia Grunwald, the Rush Chair. I suppose you have been waiting for this call. I am sorry it took longer than we thought.”
“No problem.”
“Before I can tell you anything I need an answer to this question: You will do anything to join the house and to bring honor to it? I must advise you that this call is being recorded.”
A very smart legal move on her part, my answer would be evidence should we have to go to court over this. “As I said at our meeting, yes. Anything.”
“ Alright. Now if you are not busy could you come by the house?”
“Certainly. I will be there in about twenty minutes.”
I left Rebecca a note as to what was going on and I drove over there with some trepidation. Was this actually going to work? And if so what had my answer gotten me into?
I parked my car and walked up towards the door, wiping my now sweaty hands on my pants nervously. I was ushered into the house after I rang the bell. The same blonde girl answered and led me to the sitting room again. Miss Gray and Miss Grunwald were waiting for me. I took the offered seat nervously.
Sandra Gray’s smile was genuinely evil. “Well, Mr. O’Rourke, it looks as if you may get what you want. The ladies voted and decided to provisionally accept you. We also got National approval so as to avoid any legal annoyance or undue attention. Besides, after you hear the proposal it is doubtful that you will want to stay.”
They had accepted me?! Provisionally of course, but they had said yes. I had to hear the conditions first, even though a sense of dread filled me. “And these conditions are?”
“While you are a pledge and while you are here at this University you will live, look and act like a woman, as all in this house are supposed to be ladies. Should you agree, you will live in this house under close supervision, at least for the first year and tutored in the ways of being a lady. You will be a lady! Anything that the ladies of the house feel are necessary to accomplish this task will be done. These are the conditions of your admission and by your own admission on tape you said you would do what ever was necessary to become one of the sisters of this house.” Sandra sat back into her chair looking smug. The literal cat who ate the canary. Who would possibly take them up under those conditions?
I sat back as well and thought it over. What did I have to lose? I was sure I could make my mom understand the why and the how of this. She always said she just wanted me to be happy. My dad was dead, so there was no need to worry about him taking it poorly. Rebecca would laugh at me for getting caught in my own plot, but that was fine. Besides a yes would knock that smug smile from Miss Gray’s face. A yes would be the last thing they would be expecting. Surely, no man would actually take this seriously. “If that is what it takes, alright. I said I was serious.”
Again, I had miss judged the situation, and the effect that I thought would happen didn’t. The two women looked at each other and grinned even broader. “We hoped you would say that.” Replied Nadia.
I got really worried at that point. What had I done to myself this time? My beautiful plan to harass a Sorority turned and bit me in the proverbial ass. The two ladies stood and gestured to the door. “Shall we Richard?”
I stood and followed the two women deeper into the house, realizing that I may have trapped myself in this by means of my own cleverness. I was sure I could quit at any time during this but that may have been something they were counting on. Surely one of them would develop a problem with this as it went along. I would go through with this come what may.
We walked through the house, back into what must have been their meeting room. There were about thirty women in there all seated like some sort of tribunal. Sandra and Nadia let me in front of them. I stood there, trying to look calm but more probably like a scared rabbit. Sandra addressed them all, with both of her hands on my shoulders. “Sisters, let me introduce the subject of our discussions, Richard O’Rourke, our newest pledge and our special project. Richard, these are the women who might someday become your sisters, if you don’t quit.”
I smiled and felt all their eyes weighing me, trying to find out what kind of a nut I was.
“Well, ladies, let’s have lunch. Those of you who are to take charge of Richard come on over.” Four of the women came over and joined Sandra and Nadia. The seven of us walked to a table and took food from the family style service.
“Now Richard let me introduce you to those who will be working with you. First off, is Gwen,” she pointed to a brunette with bright blue eyes and a great figure. “She will be your roommate and nominally in charge of you while you are with us. She will help you in school and in becoming a woman. Meredith here will be working on getting you to look right. She is a theatre make-up major.”
The blonde who had let me in smiled at me, cute dimples. Sandra then gestured to an Asian girl with raven black hair braided tightly. “This is Anne. She is going to help you sound like a woman. She is a speech therapist in training. And this is Rebecca. She is Nadia’s Vice Rush Chair. Those two will teach you all you need to know to become a sister of the house. The rest of us will correct your actions until you blend in perfectly. Now Richard, you this means your time here will all be done looking, acting, and sounding like a woman? No guy stuff. As a pledge you will basically have to do as you are told until you become a sister. One last time, to join this sorority you will have to all but become a woman, as we will do whatever we must to make you appear as a woman so our house will not have shame brought upon it. Are you still willing?”
After the introductions and being told the extent to which this went I almost said no. I mean why would I want to go through school as a woman? I was a guy. But I had decided that a guy joining a sorority would be of some amusement value, besides all I would be doing is acting a part. I had never acted before, but I could do this. “Yes. I am still willing Sandra.”
“Good. Well, you can’t be Richard if you are a college girl. So we need to give you a new name.” She responded.
“Uh…I don’t think I had thought through that part yet.” A new name?
“Well, we did. Caitlin Deirdre O’Rourke. Cait for short. You will need to learn it so you react to it as if it were your own, which it now is.”
“Caitlin? Uh…that’s… nice… I think.” What? That was a really girly name. Why couldn’t they have done something with my own name? Surely there was a girly sounding version of Richard?
Gwen laughed. “Richard doesn’t like it. Pay up Merri, I win.”
Meredith fumed a little and began to dig into her purse. I blurted out, “No, the name is fine. I just… never have been called anything like that. I’m trying to get used to all of this. It is going a lot faster than I had expected.”
Meredith laughed this time. “Hah, I knew he hadn’t really thought this through all the way. Pay up Nadia.”
Now it was Nadia’s turn to grumble and dig out some money. She handed a five over to Meredith who was now clutching ten dollars and chuckling happily. Sandra just shook her head. “You two would think you would have learned by now. No one has ever won a bet against Merri yet.”
Richard smiled. He was probably going to like these people, especially Meredith. She seemed to be his kind of weird.
“Well, Caitlin, I’ll leave you in the good care of these ladies. They will be able to take care of all of the necessary arrangements. You move in tonight. There is a lot to do get you ready for both school and Rush week. You only have three weeks till Rush week. Work hard.” With that Sandra, Nadia and Rebecca got up and left the table.
Meredith smiled at me brightly. “Well Caitlin, who used to be Richard, let’s go up to your room and get down to work.”
Gwen, Meredith and I took the back stairway up to the third floor to the room I was going to be living in. When we got there Gwen opened the door and let me walk in first. The room was all bright colors and flowers. It was a very feminine room, what with all the stuffed animals on the bed and posters of both unicorns and nearly naked men.
College Girl
By poetheather
Chap 2
Gwen, Meredith and I took the back stairway up to the third floor to the room I was going to be living in. When we got there Gwen opened the door and let me walk in first. The room was all bright colors and flowers. It was a very feminine room, what with all the stuffed animals on the bed and posters of both unicorns and nearly naked men. On the opposite side of the room was an empty bed, dresser and a desk. Meredith disappeared as Gwen gave me the 50-cent tour, but she did return quickly with a bag weighted down with stuff. She set it down and pulled out a clipboard and a measuring tape. “Right. Okay Caitlin, I need you to undress so I can take your measurements. All the way to your BVD’s. I got a rough idea of your sizes when we first met but I want to be accurate.”
I nodded and undressed rather shyly. I had never been talked to this way by a woman before and it was odd. She handed the clipboard to Gwen who looked me up and down appraisingly. Meredith quickly and efficiently took my measurements and had Gwen write them down. She looked at me with a rather calculating eye. I felt like a bug pinned under her gaze. She looked me up and down slowly, checking the numbers Gwen put down on the clipboard. Finally she nodded her head, satisfied. “Well, your measurements aren’t bad. They are within the range of some women. I can work with them. Your hair is long enough that we can get it styled nicely. That will help frame your face well. I can get your colors later. I think we will get your hair dyed.”
She scribbled some as I stood there with my hands over my still mostly unchanged groin. “Uh…Meredith? Can I get dressed?”
“What? Oh…sure. Sorry.” As I pulled on my clothes she continued. “All right Caitlin let me tell you today’s schedule. We will drop by your friends place and get your stuff. Some of the other sisters are going to be coming with us if there are more than just a few bags. Then it is off to get your body hair removed. That appointment is a three and then after that we go to the hairdressers to get your hair styled. We will get you dressed after the hair removal appointment. You may not need it though. We’ll see. Ready?”
“Sure.” I didn’t feel that way at all.
Faster than I imagined I was being ushered into a plastic surgeons office. My stuff had been picked up and I had left a note to Becca. That was all I had had time to do. Now I was quickly ushered into a private room and told to undress completely. A slightly older woman came in and hugged Meredith. “Hi Sis, is this the one?”
“Yep. This is Richard, lately renamed Caitlin. She is going to be joining the Sorority, maybe.”
Meredith’s sister looked my body over carefully. “So, what do want to get done? I assumed legs, chest, abs, face and bikini area.”
“Yep. The works. Add the arms as well.” She smiled wickedly.
“Okay. So Caitlin, how often do you need to shave?”
“I’ve been waiting to. All I got is this really fine downy peach fuzz that isn’t even noticeable enough to shave.”
“Hmn. Interesting. Merri, he doesn’t need any treatments right now. Dressed right he would merely look like a tomboy or a really young lesbian. If we really wanted to go for permanent hair removal I would suggest the laser. On his…her skin it would work really well. If you wanted something done now I would suggest waxing. I got some ready.”
“Could you? Gwen and I needed to run a quick errand, as we thought he might be here a while. Please?” She batted her eyes at her older sister, giving her the cute puppy look.
“Fine. Leave Richard with me. I’ll take care of him. Besides, it will take a while to get him done with the wax. I wouldn’t want to give him a burn.”
“Okay. Caitlin, you be good and nice to my sister. Gwen and I will be back in about what? An hour?” Meredith’s sister nodded. “Bye Caitlin.”
With that I was alone with her sister. So looked at me and cocked her head. “So how did you manage to get yourself into this one?”
“Didn’t Meredith tell you?” I blurted out.
“Yep. But that still doesn’t answer my question. What motivated you to do this?”
“I thought it would be funny, at least to me.” I replied, rather embarrassed.
“Well, it looks like the joke is on you. So you are going to go through with all of this?”
“I guess so. If I quit I give them what they want and I got nothing out of it. So I might as well give it a go. I don’t see how it can hurt?” It was the best defense I could do at this point.
“Well, let’s get started.”
The wax was put on my body a section at a time and then torn off. After a ten-minute period she took a break and let me recuperate. In Meredith’s idea of a cute joke her sister had given me a cute heart shape for what was left of my fine pubic hair. Once she was done she had me rinse off in the shower. The warm water felt really different on my now bare skin.
After I got out I was given some body lotion. I rubbed it all over my body. The lotion was cool and made my skin feel silky. My body felt cooler. I had never been very hairy and I now I was even less so. My body was quite naked now.
Over an hour had passed while I was in the care of Meredith’s sister. Meredith and Gwen returned as I was running my hands over my now smooth skin. They both smiled as they watched me. Merri brought me back to reality however. “Caitlin? Richard?! Are you ready to get dressed?”
The question sounded innocuous, but in relation to my new femininely smooth body it began to occur to me just how serious these ladies were about this. I really got myself this time. I swallowed loudly. “Yes, I am.”
“Given the measurements, we bought you some things in your size. Only some. We’ll go shopping later. Now let’s get you ready.” Meredith reached into the bag she had brought from her room and pulled out a box and a tube of something. She opened the box and there were two flesh colored teardrop shapes. She reached in and pulled out a breast.
My eyes must have bulged a bit. I stared at the breast she held in her hand as she walked closer as if it were a snake. “What is that?”
“This, my dear Caitlin, is your right breast. I made them in one of my theatre make-up classes. When worn they are about as life like as can be made. They are attached with surgical adhesive. You can leave them on for several days at a time, shower, do sports, everything. They move like the real thing. I’m glad I still had these. They took me over a week to make and finish. The guy, who tested them for me played basketball, swam a mile, ran a mile and even had sex with them on. And they didn’t come off. Don’t worry about temp. They warm to your skin temperature in about twenty minutes. Now let me get them on you and smooth the edges.”
She applied the glue to the back of the breast and moved the skin of my chest, pulling it towards my sternum. The glue was cold against my skin as she placed the form and quickly adjusted it. She did the same with the other one and then smoothed out the edges with a little bit of makeup on her finger. The edges disappeared magically.
The new weight pulled me forward. I had some trouble standing straight as I was trying to compensate for new weight on me. Gwen pulled me up and rocked my shoulders back. It helped but the weight felt weird. Looking down and seeing two breasts, with dark nipples and areolas on myself was way beyond weird. Gwen tapped me on the shoulder, bringing me back to the real world. “Caitlin. These are for you.”
In her hand was a white bra and panty set, with just a little lace. The bra was a thirty-four B I noted with some dismay. This was all a little disconcerting. Gwen helped me get it on and set my breasts into it, adjusting it till it set right. The snug fit of the bra helped me keep my shoulders back and it did support me well. It felt really different. I had never worn anything like it. Then came the panties.
I pulled them up my smooth legs, but the bulge in front didn’t look quite right. Meredith and Gwen both tsked at me. “Caitlin, that doesn’t look right. You need to tuck your testicles up inside and fold your penis back and under.”
I did as instructed, pushing my testicles up into my body. The feeling was uncomfortable. Then I pulled my penis back under me and pulled up the panties. There was no bulge, only a smooth curve where the bulge used to be. I moved my hands over the now smooth area. Gwen coughed and I looked up towards her.
She was standing by a full-length mirror I had looked at my hairless self earlier in. I saw the new reflection of me. With my bare skin, breasts and tucked self I looked female from the neck down. My face was familiar, but my body was now a stranger. I looked away and Meredith and Gwen were smiling at each other. Gwen was the first to break the silence. “I really think this will work.”
Meredith chuckled. “Was there any doubt? I told you it would work. Now we need to get you dressed and do your face. Here put these on."
She handed me a knee length blue skirt, a white t-shirt decorated with blue and yellow flowers and a pair of blue flats. As I was pulling those on she got out a small tackle box and opened it up. She had me sit down after I dressed and pulled my hair into a ponytail as Gwen pushed my knees together. “Remember, you’re a girl now Richard. Try not to flash anyone.”
Meredith busied herself making me up, applying all sorts of things to my face. I was basically numb from all the changes wrought by this joke I had planned. It had definitely had been turned back onto me. She stepped back and appraised me. “Well, you look fine to me. Your lack of an Adam’s apple helps a lot. What do you think Gwen?”
“Merri, I would never have believed that you could turn a guy into a girl in just a few hours. That is just incredible. And she doesn’t look like she is really wearing any make-up.” Gwen replied hesitantly, peering at my face intently.
They both moved aside and now even my face was no longer familiar. Where I know I was sitting sat a young woman, very lightly made up and looking cute. My eyes widened in shock. I sat there staring at myself while the other two packed up. Finally the two ladies grabbed me and pulled me to my feet, dragging me out of the building, pausing long enough to say their goodbyes.
As we pulled out of the parking lot Gwen turned and looked at me. “You know Richard, you don’t look like a guy anymore so…I think you need to accept your new name and get used to it.”
“I’m going to try, but this has been all so sudden. This morning I knew who I was and now…? A new name, a new face, a new body. I’m a guy, a man, not a woman.” I sounded a little tightly strung as I talked.
Gwen reached out and took my hand in hers. “I think you will like being a woman. It will be different, difficult at times, but you will learn. And besides we will all be helping you. When we are done, you will be more woman than some females. If you don’t want to do this you don’t have to.”
I looked into her warm eyes and noticed that Merri was looking at me in the mirror. Her eyes smiled at me before returning to the road. I took a deep breath and let it out slowly. “I’m trying. It is just so different. But yes, I want to do this.”
Meredith chimed in at this point. “Great. Now lets get your hair and nails done.”
We pulled into the parking lot of the beauty parlor and went on in. We checked in and sat, while the woman who was going to style my hair finished with another customer. As we flipped through magazines of various haircuts Nadia leaned over and whispered. “Keep your voice soft and act shy. We’ll take care of everything. Trust us.”
This was good as I was slowly building up to a level of panic. I was sure people could see right through the clothes and the makeup and knew I was a guy. It didn’t matter that I could barely tell, I was sure they were much more astute.
Gwen picked out a style that kept my hair long, gave me bangs and was straight. Meredith looked at me, then at the picture and nodded. “This one can be turned into a lot of things: braided, pulled up, curled. Good choice.”
The stylist finished up and called us over. Gwen jumped in, obviously thinking quickly. “This is a friend of mine, Caitlin. You have got to save her hair. We thought this would be a good, basic style to start with. And then a French manicure. Anything to get away from the whole Goth look. No arguments from you Cait, you said you would wait until we were done.”
Meredith chimed in at this point. “And while you’re at it could you dye it red?”
The stylist clucked over me and washed and conditioned my hair. Her hands massaging my hair felt wonderful and much of the stress and shock left me as I began to relax. The warm water soothed my confusion. As she began to cut my hair I looked into my new face. There was confusion there to be sure but the sense of familiarity returned as I sat there and relearned myself. I looked different but I was still me. I answered questions non-commit ally in the soft, shy voice that Gwen had told me to use. Meredith and Gwen chatted with the stylist, fending off a wide barrage of questions.
Once she was done cutting she dyed my hair, painting on the color. My head tingled and itched a little as the dye did its work. Fifteen minutes later she was washing it out and finishing up my hair.
I looked at myself, as my now even more feminine face looked back at me. How I looked really intrigued me and I wondered if I could learn to be a woman. All ready Meredith had taken a plain eighteen year old boy and turned him into a fairly attractive woman. What more could be done in time? I asked myself if I really wanted to keep going.
Soon the stylist finished up. As I refocused from my introspection I realized that there was very little masculinity left in my appearance. My once lifeless hair was softly curled at the bottom, just brushing my shoulders. My bangs hung just over my plucked thin eyebrows. Meredith had done her job exceptionally well. My face was still alien to me, what with the red hair and the new style and everything.
I was ushered over to a little table for my manicure. I sat through it in a daze. Soon my hands were graced with nails that were white tipped which made my hands appear to be delicate. I knew they weren’t, but my eyes deceived me again. After this we were on our way out and back to the house.
“Well Caitlin, like your hair and nails? I hope so. This day cost me a fair amount.” Teased Meredith.
“I’ll pay you back. I get a stipend from my inheritance and I have a gold card, which I’ve barely used. So paying you back shouldn’t be difficult.” I smiled as I said that, trying to keep my voice soft.
“That will make the rest of the shopping easier. You need to get stuff for your room, clothes, jewelry, shoes, you know stuff.” Remarked Gwen. “That will be on the agenda tomorrow afternoon and for a while thereafter, as you definitely need to learn how to shop.”
“Meredith, I just wanted you to know that what you have done with me is incredible. I can’t even begin to imagine the difficulty in doing this.”
“It’s not that much Caitlin. I’ve been doing stage makeup since I was in high school. I went to cosmetology school for a bit to get that side of the makeup down. I learned the basics of prose tics from a good friend of mine who was into Fangoria magazine. The breasts and all the prep work to do were done for a specialty makeup class. I just took a few larger steps in getting you ready. The hair removal and having your hair styled was about the only modifications I made to my original plan. We still need to work on your figure, so aerobics and diet for you, so hopefully we won’t need any other padding. If we can keep you as really you as possible it will make it easier on you. And more believable in the long run.”
I nodded my head. “So what is next, in this transformation?”
“Well, after dinner we were going to pierce your ears and relax. Get to know the girls and for them to get to know you.” Responded Gwen. “It will take time, for you to be accepted by everyone, but it will happen. The sisters of the house all agreed to take you in, provided you did this.”
“I told Sandra that I would do whatever I had to to get in. I think I am proving that.”
“We’ll see. It will get harder.” Stated Meredith. “This is actually just the start of all of this. We are going to change you a lot by the time you are done with all of this. The physical part is just the fastest and the easiest.”
Gwen joined in after her. “You have a lot to learn to be a woman, Caitlin. There is how to talk, dress, act, and think. All sorts of little things. Time will be able to do that. You are in immersion learning now. That is why we did it this way. We are going to treat you like a woman in all ways that matter, save physical. You set yourself up for a difficult time with this idea of yours. You are in and this is all up to you now.”
“I’ll do what I can to learn all I need as fast as I can. I promise. I guess I really didn’t think all of this through.” I promised.
Meredith laughed at that. “Yes you did. You just didn’t expect that someone would call you on this and make you do it. You underestimated the sisters. And now you are being shown the error of your ways.”
This was getting interesting to be sure, but it was also very disturbing as well. I was a guy but they had effectively changed that in only a few hours. Visually I looked totally different. What would happen if I stayed with this?
College Girl
Chapter 3
by poetheather
We returned to the house and I took my suitcases upstairs with Gwen helping me. The rest of my bags of stuff were already there. We laid out my stuff on the bed and started to go through it. Nadia, the Rush Chair, showed up and helped us, making statements about Meredith’s work throughout.
Very few of my clothes survived the purge, mostly some sweaters and a few of my flannel shirts. All stuff that was deemed too masculine was packed back up and taken down to storage. Even my luggage was sent down. I was left with almost nothing of my old life.
Dinner went well; all of the ladies came up and introduced themselves, congratulating Meredith on a job extremely well done. My appearance seemed to settle some of the discomfort in a few of the ladies. Everyone approved of my new name and agreed that it was much more feminine than Richard. I tried to keep from causing any disturbances and Gwen helped deflect any near disasters on my part, by jostling me in the ribs to get me to shut up. It worked pretty well. I only hoped that I didn’t have any bruises.
Meredith and Gwen took me upstairs after a while. I was actually relieved. Gwen smiled brightly at me. “Not bad for less than a day as a woman, Caitlin. However there is still a ways to go.”
My shoulders slumped a little at that. Just how much did I have to do to give the illusion of womanhood? Meredith laid a hand on my shoulder and gave me an encouraging smile. “Caitlin, don’t get discouraged. You have not been at this too long. Remember you will get plenty of practice and I will help you go from Richard to Caitlin, as will everyone in this house. It’s a process, just like creating a character for a play. Only this play will last you a bit longer than expected.”
“I’ve never made a character for a play. I have no idea what to do. Give me some ideas? Please?” If I was going to succeed in this I had to do whatever I had to to be believed. I could do this and some help would make it easier. Better to reach out to those who planned on helping me rather than not.
“Well, my plan for you, when Sandra told me this idea, when you first brought this up to her, was fairly easy. I mean Sandra wanted to know if it was even possible. What I told her was this. We get you to look and dress as a woman. We then work on making you talk like a woman, move like a woman and try to think like a woman. The plan at this stage is simple; you are going to be surrounded by feminine things until Rush week in three weeks. Twenty-four, seven immersion in being a woman. That will allow you to go to class without being caught. So we will buy you skirts, dresses, jewelry, shoes, feminine sheets, a diary to organize your thoughts, at least one teddy bear, feminine magazines and books, watch ‘chick flicks’, various things along those lines. We are going to talk about boys, being a woman, periods, cramps, ob-gyn appointments, have PJ parties, facials, things like that. All you really have to do is just learn and not fight the changes. If you just relax and go with this you will become a woman mentally to the point where you will forget Richard and become Caitlin. At that point there will be no way for anyone to catch you. Now let’s get changed into PJ’s. I got some films for us to watch. We’ll have some drinks and relax. Smile, the worst is over.”
With that Meredith hustled off to her room to get her stuff. I went inside with Gwen and had a seat on my bed. “So what should I change into? I don’t have any Pj’s. The ones I had didn’t survive the purge.”
“We bought you a nice nightgown. Can’t miss it. It’s the green satin one in the bag on your bed. We found it when we picked up your outfit earlier.” She moved off to her side of the room and began to change. I snuck glances at her while we both changed. I was just your normal red-blooded American boy after all, with a few exceptions. Gwen was beautiful and her body was magnificent. I removed my blouse and skirt and bra after I happily noticed her removing her own. I thought she was extremely attractive, as did another part of my body. I turned my back to her to hopefully hide my notice. It felt quite constricted in my panties, almost to the point of hurting. While I pulled on my nightgown she had put on hers.
Mine was a hunter green satin gown with spaghetti straps that came down to the middle of my now bare thighs. The material was soft and cool next to my skin and it clung to me, my breasts rising from my chest.
Gwen was wearing a gown of black satin that came down to her ankles, with spaghetti straps as well. Just looking at her, her brown hair coming over one shoulder as she brushed it got me even more aroused. I could feel my penis begin to swell even more in my panties, becoming fairly uncomfortable in it’s restriction. I had to look at any thing else to regain control.
Gwen put down her brush and grabbed her towel and what looked like a shaving kit with a flower print on it. “Let’s go remove our make-up and wash up. I’ll show you what to do. We’ll get you your own stuff tomorrow.”
We walked down the hall to the communal bathroom and stepped up to the sinks. She got out several things and set them down. “First you clean off your makeup with either a make-up remover or cold cream. Then you rinse your face with an astringent to get the last of the residue, and then you moisturize it. We’ll cover this more when we need to.”
We washed up, with me following her lead and borrowing her stuff. Finally we finished and the distracting pressure abated. I went into one of the stalls and sat down on the toilet. It was a kind of a pain pulling down the panties and my nightgown up but I could cope. I figured if I did my business this way it would help keep the illusion going. I finished and wiped, then tucked myself back up, pulling my panties up tight. I returned to the room and saw Gwen sitting against the wall on her bed. Nadia, who was wearing a cotton-ruffled nightgown, was sitting with her. Meredith was sitting on the floor in a Winnie the Pooh oversized shirt. Meredith patted the ground beside her invitingly. “We got two movies for tonight, The Secret Garden and A Room with a View. They are for enjoyment and study. Listen to how they talk and try to mimic it. Also see how the women relate to each other.”
“Meredith just let the poor girl enjoy the movies. Either she’ll get it or she won’t. Don’t beat a dead horse.” Remarked Nadia. “Caitlin will do fine.”
I smiled back at her. “I’ll try.”
Both films were very enjoyable and I did pay attention to how the characters talked and related. We drank some wine coolers while we watched and I had a great time. The others talked about the movies and then onto men they were interested in. Other girls drifted in and out of the room, sometimes joining in, others just listening for a bit. It was a very different conversation to listen to. They brought up how they felt about things a lot more than I was used to. And they did seem to pay attention to what they were each talking about. That was different. I just closed my eyes and let their voices and opinions seep into me.
I felt like I was drifting away as the alcohol began to really effect me. I got lost in the feel of my smooth, hairless body, the feel of the fabric on my body, the weight of my new breasts, the bangs on my forehead and how my hair sat. The sensations were much more enjoyable than those of my male body had been. Some one helped me up and led me to my bed. I crawled in and slept.
The morning came with a nudge. I woke to see Gwen smiling down at me. “Time to get up sleepyhead. We got a big day ahead of us Caitlin, so let’s get going. We’ve got to shower and dress. Meet you in the bathroom.”
I got out of bed and the weight of my breasts threw me off some. I could see myself in Gwen’s mirror and a stranger stared back at me. I looked like a woman and that snapped me more awake. The day prior came back to me in a rush. I had spent a night in a Sorority house, as a woman and as a pledge. What would today bring?
I walked down the hall to the bathroom, yawning. It was mostly the way my hair was cut and the nightgown, but still if this was after only one day then who knew how convincing I would look after say a month had passed.
I entered the bathroom and said good morning to a few of the other girls there. A few of them smiled at me as I headed to the showers. Gwen was waiting next to the shower stalls for me. “Well Caitlin, we need to work on you some. You need to shampoo and condition your hair daily, wash using a moisturizing soap to get your skin softer. Facial scrubs and masques and all that will become part of your skin care regime so your skin will take on a more feminine appearance. I’ll pass you over the stuff when I am done with it.”
Showering my now hairless body was different. My skin was smooth and the soap felt good. The water even felt different on my skin. After using the soap my skin did feel smoother. After using Gwen’s shampoo and conditioner my hair felt different as well. Soft. It was nice.
Washing my body aroused me some. I ran my hands over my fake breasts, which looked totally real and the feel of the nipples under my hands got me even more aroused. I stroked my stiffening cock as I ran my other hand over my now feminine body. The sight of my breasts moving with my breath and under my other hand added to my arousal. I sped up my strokes on my erect shaft and felt my testicles tighten in preparation. Just the thought of me masturbating in the bathroom of a Sorority, with girls around me helped push me over the edge. On a whim I caught my cum in my left hand as I milked myself dry. I don’t know why but I did. Once I stopped ejaculating I brought it up to my lips. As I wondered what went through a girls mind as they gave a blowjob I licked my own cum from my hand. The salty thickness of it surprised me.
I rinsed off, getting the last stringy traces of my cum from my now limp penis and my left hand. I turned off the water and began to dry off. I looked down at my heart shaped pubic hair and smirked, when I tucked myself up and under I looked like a woman. It was odd.
I wrapped a towel around myself, remembering to cover my breasts and exited the shower. Gwen was waiting for me with a sly smile on her face. We gathered up the shower stuff up and went to the room. After we entered Gwen locked the door.
“That was really erotic Caitlin, watching you masturbate and eat your own cum. It turned me on, but please try to remember that you are a girl now. Don’t try to hit on any of the ladies of the house or you will find yourself charged with a crime and kicked out all nice and legal. However, Meredith and I like you. She and I talked about you after you fell asleep.”
I was embarrassed and surprised: embarrassed over having been caught in the showers and surprised over someone actually talking about me. I generally had no one talk about me. I was a forgetful person, no one remembered me.
“We both are of the opinion that we can make you a beautiful girl, if you let us. We also think you look really good with the equipment you have. You were a plain boy, but you will be a remarkable woman. But time will tell if we decide to go any further with you. The better you do, the more likely it will be. I know the idea gives me flutters in my belly.” Gwen smiled brightly at me. “But we have things to do. Hopefully that bit of info will tempt you out of any trouble.”
I was stunned. A woman, no two women found me attractive like this? They wanted me to look like a woman as well, to all but be a woman. They were both attractive and their company was nice. Why choose me? The possibility set my head a whirl. I got dressed in a near daze, tucking myself in and pulling my panties up tight.
I put my skirt on again and another shirt, one of my own white dress shirts, which had survived the purge, except now it fit me very differently. It was not buttoned all the way up and showed the roundness of my breasts. My bra felt good, helping to support the still new weight on my chest. The flats slipped on easily.
Gwen waved me over to her as she finished getting dressed. “Let me get your hair Caitlin. Pay attention. You need to start doing this soon. Meredith will be along soon for your make-up.”
She taught me how to comb my hair out and free tangles. I had mostly just pulled them free. This way hurt much less. Then she just pulled it back and used one of her hair clips to hold it back. The effect was quite feminine. I was surprised at how the transition was going. There was a knock at the door and Gwen went and let Meredith in. Gwen whispered something to her while they were still in the doorway. I was sure it was about what had happened earlier. When Meredith broke into a broad grin I was sure of it.
Meredith sat me down in one of my chairs while Gwen finished getting herself ready. First she moisturized me, then applied the base, powder, blush, eyeliner and shadow and finally mascara. She explained the whole process as she did it. She stepped back when she was done. “We forgot something last night Caitlin.”
“What? I didn’t think there was anything else to do last night, except watch movies?” I couldn’t think of anything we had missed.
“Piercing your ears.” She pulled out her piercing gun, already loaded. She quickly and efficiently pierced my ears. It stung a little, but the feeling passed quickly. “Turn the posts about every half-hour and leave them in for a while so the holes heal correctly. Now don’t loose those posts. Those were the first diamond studs I got when my ears were pierced.”
I was touched by her gesture, “Thank you Meredith. That’s really nice of you. Thank you.”
She smiled and gave me a quick hug. “You’re welcome Caitlin. See how they look.”
The diamond studs added something to the face that looked back at me. They were so obviously not a man’s earrings. My face was looking more feminine with each change they made. “Wow! It looks wonderful. Thank you again. So, what is on the plan for today?”
“Gwen and I are going to work on your walk and carriage. Then you are going to work on speech with Anne. Oh, I was wondering, can I use pictures of you for a school project?”
“Pictures of me? Why?” Pictures of me for a project? That I really didn’t understand.
“Well, my advisor in the theatre department brought up the option for me to transform a man into a woman as a project. The more real the transformation the higher my grade will be in the end.” She looked at me all pleadingly. I have always been a sucker for a girl looking cute and asking for my help.
“Oh, all right. I guess it would be okay. I have some pictures of me from before this whole thing started and I don’t see a problem with you taking more pictures.” I really didn’t know what to think about the whole thing but she did ask nicely. What could it hurt?
“Enough. Let’s get breakfast and got started.” chided Gwen.
Breakfast passed quickly and then they began to correct my posture and the way I walked and how I carried myself. Getting my hips to sway correctly without exaggerating the movement was difficult. I copied Gwen, Meredith and a couple of the other girls in the TV room where we were practicing. When I finally moved well enough for them they started in on how to hold my hands and move them when I walked.
Getting your hands to be held lightly and more open took some work. I also had to move them out so they would not hit my hips as they swung. After an hour and a half they stopped and got Anne.
Again her raven hair was braided, but it was now held in by a bow in the back and she wore a letter t-shirt. She had with her a tape recorder and several tapes. She asked me a couple of simple questions just to get my voice recorded. She and Meredith were both pleased with the fact that puberty has not really hit me and my voice had not deepened. Apparently the thing that bothered me the most growing up was a benefit in this.
“Richard…ah…Caitlin, listen to me. With the way your voice is right now you could all but sound like a girl. We’ll use a couple of tricks to keep it sounding the way we want. Talk like Mickey Mouse for a second.” ordered Anne.
“Okay.” I did so, feeling kind of weird. I said a few things and she looked pleased.
“Do it again. Feel your throat when you do.”
Again I followed her directions and felt the vibrations near the bottom of my throat. She had me feel the vibrations of my voice normally and resonated higher.
“Caitlin, that lower vibration is where you want to talk. Now just talk, but keep your voice at the upper range. Try to match the vibration.”
Anne kept me at that for another hour and a half, taping me again towards the end of that time. She played the first tape and then the second. I sounded much more like a girl on the second tape. “Caitlin, I need you to concentrate on talking at that lower vibration all the time until you can talk there without thinking about it. Gwen, you and Meredith keep on him…her until she gets this right.”
She reached across the table where we sat and patted my hand comfortingly. “You’re going to do alright Caitlin. If you can keep your voice there you are over halfway there. We’ll see how things are coming along tomorrow and go from there. Talk lots. That will set the voice. If your throat gets sore, gargle with some warm water. That will soothe your vocal cords.”
I smiled and nodded.” I’ll do that Anne and hopefully my voice will sound right really soon.”
She smiled and left, going through her notes. Meri came over and pulled me up. “No rest for the oppressed Caitlin. Back to walking. We got you a new treat.”
Gwen handed me a pair of nylon socks and a pair of heels. The heels must have been about three inches. They looked absolutely huge. I stared at them.
Gwen’s chuckling broke me out of that spell. “These will shorten your steps and help you walk right. If you move your hips right the heels will be easy.”
I slipped off my flats and pulled on both nylons and shoes. I stood hesitantly, using the chair I had been sitting in for support. I took a few short steps, wobbling a little. That drew a couple of chuckles from my audience. Gwen shushed them with a reminder that they had all wobbled learning heels. Meredith gave me some more advice. “Try to walk as if you were on a balance beam, one foot in front of the other. If your hips swing correctly then you will have no problem setting your feet correctly. Now let’s go.”
Another hour of walking apparently helped my appearance walking and turning. I called for a rest and sat down. My feet ached from the heels and my legs were getting tired. That’s when they started in on the way I sat. I needed to cross my legs correctly, hold my hands differently. At least I was able to sit through most of it. Nadia and Sandra came in and watched the end of my walking and my lessons in sitting. They looked pleased by my performance.
Another girl came in to the room and rescued me, by announcing lunch. We stopped the movement lessons and headed off to eat. Thankfully they had let me put my flats back on. I had hoped for a reprieve but that was not to be. I got my first lessons in how to eat. No scarfing of my food this time. I had to take smaller bites and hold my utensils correctly. Also my sitting was corrected and they all jumped on any alteration of my voice. It was maddening. I was really beginning to think I couldn’t pull this off; not if I had to keep putting up with this.
College Girl
By poetheather
Chap 4
Somehow I made it through lunch without screaming. I was getting frustrated by the constant correcting. Nadia had whispered something to Gwen, who passed it to Meredith who smiled and nodded. I knew something was up and almost bothered to worry about it, but I had gone beyond caring. They were winning and now I was going along for the ride. After all, the only thing I could do was quit, which I wouldn’t do. I had given my word.
When we finished lunch Gwen and Meredith hustled me upstairs. “We need to do some shopping to get you what you need. We have a list.”
I grabbed my gold card along with my purse and the three of us headed out to the mall. What followed could be best described as a typhoon. Though I barely recall everything that happened, Meredith and Gwen outfitted me with skirts, dresses, slacks, leggings, blouses, t-shirts, shoes, exercise clothes, a bikini and a swimsuit, makeup, make up brushes, perfume, panties, bras, other lingerie, feminine sheets, posters, jewelry, a few stuffed animals, romance novels, magazines, other books on things like fashion and makeup, a journal, and many other things. Everything a girl would need to explode full born into the world.
I had some say in things, like color choices and no to the posters of men, but it was mostly the two of them picking things for me. Despite the chaos, or because of it, the shopping was fun. I enjoyed trying on the various outfits and seeing how I looked. Meredith’s work on me was amazing to behold. And, of course, all along the way they corrected me on my voice and how I moved. It was enough to make any one crazy.
When we returned to the House after having dinner we all worked on putting all my new stuff away. Soon my dresser drawers were filled with panties of all colors, bras, pantyhose and the like. My closet was filled with skirts, blouses, dresses and the few slacks I had gotten. Shoes of various types filled the bottom of the closet. I had posters of art and the like. I could handle the unicorns, and faeries but I had been outvoted when I had complained about it. Now my side of the room looked like any other girls.
My throat was sore at this point and my voice sounded tired as I had been trying to speak in the new voice all day. Anne said that was natural as I was teaching new vocal muscles. I gargled with some warm salt water to soothe my voice. It helped a lot. I hoped that I could avoid talking too much to night.
We settled down and watched a couple of films for me to use as references. As long as I stayed relaxed it was easier for me to accept all these changes. However, thinking about it got me all confused. I was male. I had male equipment. I did not dress in ruffles, lace and silk. I was not meant to have French manicured nails, pierced ears or smell of perfume. I drank a little more of my wine cooler and tried to let that train of thought go.
It was a little disconcerting seeing all these feminine things around me. I was a guy and I had been happy as a guy. Sometimes I really wished that I had learned how to keep my big mouth shut. If I hadn’t given my word I could have backed down and gone on with my life. But I had said that and I was honor bound to live a girl’s life. Maybe I needed to find a new hobby?
I put myself into this position. I had agreed to the conditions of this game and I could leave anytime I wanted to. And besides, the idea of following this up and seeing if I could pull it off was intriguing. Despite all of Meredith’s work I really doubted that people would really believe that I was a girl. And this game was raising a number of new feelings within me, things I had never felt before. I guessed that I should follow up on this, after all what could it hurt?
After the films I cleaned up, moisturized my skin with lotion and got dressed in my nightgown. The feeling of the material felt wonderful, all smooth and slick and cool against my skin. Again the night passed easily and I spent most of it in thought. I drifted off to sleep under my new feminine sheets holding my new teddy bear for comfort some time after midnight. Sleeping with the bear had been one of Gwen’s bright ideas.
I woke early as I heard Gwen moving about the room. I got up, stretched and grabbed my shower stuff. I got busy getting ready for another new day as Caitlin. Gwen helped me do my makeup, helping me where I could not quite get it. She, of course, jumped on me first thing about my voice and movements. I would have screamed if it would have helped. Besides she probably would have made comments about how that wasn’t very ladylike. I got dressed in a nice cotton jumper I had bought the day before, slipped on my flats and she and I headed down for breakfast.
Meredith was waiting for the two of us, along with Anne. “Well Caitlin, today will be similar to yesterday. But after lunch we’ll do something fun. We were thinking of going sunbathing and we wanted to take you along. Sound good?”
“Sure. Sounds fun.” Sunbathing? I have seen some women doing it but how fun could lying there be? I mean, wasn’t that really boring?
“Great. Well, let’s get started.”
Again I spent the day walking, sitting and then carrying things. It was fairly maddening. What had I done to myself? Finally it moved to Anne’s lessons with my voice. I found it easier to stay in the range today. For the most part I had spent the day before trying to talk the way they wanted me to. We concentrated on shaping my vowels. Anne seemed pleased at my progress.
Just before lunch Meredith plopped down on the couch next to me. “Got some more fun for you, Caitlin. We got some magazines for you to read and study from. We will be testing you to make sure you are serious about this, so enjoy.”
She didn’t seem to have anything in her hands so I was wondering what was up. “Where are the magazines?”
“Up in my room. Vogue, Mademoiselle, Cosmo and the like. We’ll bring some out with us when we sunbathe. We’ll bake and read. It’ll be fun.”
“Alright.” We went off and ate. The amount of food I was getting was less than I was used to, but I figured I was supposed to be eating less. Gwen and I went up and we changed into our bikinis. I looked at Gwen as we changed and was thrilled when I saw her neatly trimmed furry triangle. I tucked myself up and under and pulled up my bottoms. It looked odd to me and I thought it was obvious that I was a guy but Gwen told me I looked fine. We grabbed our towels and headed to the back lawn of the house.
When we got there we rubbed lotion onto each other and then lay out on our towels. I read from the copy of Cosmo I had been given while I was lying on my stomach. It wasn’t the most comfortable position but I could deal with it. The articles in the magazine had a very different slant and vocabulary choice then any of the magazines I usually read. The topics were different as well. I guess that goes without saying but still. Different makeup techniques, fashion tips, articles on how the female body worked, etc... Interesting, but different. I was not sure what I would be tested on so I resolved to study it all. If it weren’t for that stupid test I never would have picked up the stupid magazine.
After a while Gwen put down her magazine and looked over at me. “Hey there Caitlin. Time to roll over. You wouldn’t want to burn your skin now would you?”
I sighed and flipped over. I just lay there basking, my eyes closed. The warmth of the sun felt good on my hairless body. The warmth seeped into my bones and I just relaxed into the moment.
The bikini felt really odd. I had only worn swim shorts before so I felt practically naked in them. The small bit of fabric felt different than a bra and panties and I wondered how these different tan lines would look on my body. That would be a sight I was sure to see in the near future.
After we tanned for a total of thirty minutes we went inside and headed up to the room to change. Meredith followed Gwen and me into the room. She walked over to my desk and picked up my diary which she had bought. “See this? This will be one of the most important items in helping you pull this off. In it you need to put your feelings, apprehensions, hopes, and dreams, all of that sort of thing. Women tend to be emotional. We always have some sort of emotional response to something and we are usually familiar enough with our emotions to state that feeling. Men, on the other hand, are not really connected to their emotions. This is a cultural thing and is what causes them to really have a lot of trouble expressing what they are feeling. This diary can be your emotional playground. It is yours and private. You can say anything you want in it, including that we are making you crazy and homicidal. It will help Caitlin, I am sure of it.”
I smiled and went to my closet to choose an outfit to change into. “Thank you Meredith. I appreciate that. I wouldn’t have thought of that on my own. So what are we going to do now?”
“Well, your walk has improved and your voice is more consistent. Those will improve over time with use. We were just going to take the next couple of days to continue on with the same sort of things. Your mornings will be given over to classes and after lunch we will get some sun and relax. Remember it is our summer break after all.”
“True. Are we going to be watching any more movies?” I had enjoyed those we had already watched and I loved spending my summers watching films. It was what I had planned to do anyway, though with different films.
“I think that can be arranged. Come on and get dressed. We got lots more to do.” Said Meredith, pretending to crack a whip at me.
I dressed casually in a soft cotton skirt and blouse and we watched soaps. The stories jumped all over the place, but since I was sure to be tested on this I tried to pay attention to the complex weaves of relationships. I was also given a stack of magazines and romance novels from the girls of the house. I was told I would be responsible for the information in them. I sighed and was ready to read those as well. This whole plan had completely screwed up and I felt honor bound to follow through on my end of the deal. I sighed and got to work. So this was going to be how I spent my summer vacation.
College Girl
By poetheather
Chap 5
The test at the end of the week was fairly rough, on clothing, how to use make up and do my hair and colors. It pretty much told me what I know and don’t know. In fact I am not so sure that too many girls actually know all this stuff themselves but I had to know it. Meredith told me afterwards that she didn’t really know anyone who could answer everything and that enabled me to be graded on a curve. I was actually really thankful for that.
I hadn’t gotten a hold of my mom yet to let her know about all of this so I wrote her a letter. I wasn’t sure about calling her and letting her hear how much my voice had changed, just the whole idea scares me. I told her all about my plan and how it seemed to have backfired on me. I told her all about my first week here and the people I had met. Hopefully she would understand all of this. I did my best to put a positive spin on things. She probably would understand as I had been pulling stunts like this for a while now. However this was the first time the table really had gotten turned on me. And what a way it had turned.
I also was told to invite Rebecca over, so she could see me after a week of the tender mercies of the Sisters. That was sure to be fun. I really had no choice in the matter as they didn’t want me to simply fall off the face of the earth. I had planned on doing that but they stopped me. I dialed the number and Meredith stood next to me as the phone rang on the other end. Unfortunately she was home. “Rebecca?”
“Yes? Who is this?” She sounded a little worried.
“Uh...this is Richard.” I blushed as I admitted that.
“Really? You sound different. What’s going on?” She really did seem confused. I guess simply checking in wouldn’t work.
“Well, you know how I had that thing going with the sorority?”
“Yeah, and I have been worried since I haven’t heard from you. What’s up? Did they do something horrible to you?” Her voice grew hard. I knew she was worried about me and I felt bad about not letting her know sooner.
“They accepted me.”
“No way! Really? Is this why you are talking funny? Are they torturing you? Sexually molesting you?”
“Not unless you call voice lessons and walking in heels torture. And no molestation. I feel so cheated.” I made a weak joke. It did seem to help the tension in our call.
“Richard, you are such a dork. So what’s up?”
“My keepers said to call you and invite you over this evening. So you could see the results.”
“Awesome. Is it okay if I laugh at you for getting caught?” said Rebecca.
“Love you too. They said seven tonight, is that okay?”
“Sure. See you then.”
I hung up the phone and Meredith smiled at me. “See, that wasn’t so bad. I’ll come up and help you get ready. Why not go upstairs and relax, maybe write in your journal.”
I nodded and headed upstairs. It had been a hectic day so far. I had been out sunbathing again early in the morning and had taken the tests they had concocted for me. I actually felt like I had lots of stuff to put in my journal. I got it out and began to write about everything and work on my handwriting, which wasn’t easy. That part of things was taking a good portion of my time, since it required much more attention to detail than I usually gave my writing. I needed to have passable handwriting by the time classes started in about three more weeks. So I had my writing drilled into me, as well as walking, talking, holding things and the like.
I wrote in my diary about how it felt as if I were being reformed and how I was sure I was being reshaped in many ways, some of which I was sure I had no idea what was going on. I was losing weight due to my now lighter diet that I had been put on, and I had to admit that it was healthier. This first week had been intense and my head was spinning. I just wrote about how I was feeling and how this whole thing made me feel.
It was odd but in a way I was enjoying this. I mean, I was getting attention from several really hot girls and I was able to live a completely different life. I had occasionally wondered what being a girl was like and now I was living that, or at least the form of that. The girls seemed to find this whole project interesting and a few of the other girls were warming up to me. They still left when I went into the shower room but I guess I could understand that. All in all, I was still a boy to them, despite how Meredith had made me look.
They way my body felt, hairless, still was taking some getting used to. Not shaving was a good thing. I hadn’t felt any stubble yet but Meredith told me that it would be back in a little bit and then for round two. Apparently it needed to be done about four or five times to keep the hair from coming back, ever. I wasn’t sure about that part, but I have never backed out on a deal yet and I had given my word that I would do this. So I could take whatever they could dish out. I put that in my diary as well. Despite everything they did to me, I would still be me. Right?
I stretched and looked at the clock. I had been writing for about an hour. I flexed my hand. It was almost cramping. I don’t think I had ever written so much before in my life. I figured that if this kept up I would be able to write for much longer than usual. My handwriting was changing. I noticed that when I looked over the entry. I stood and wondered what was going to happen tonight when Rebecca got there. It did scare me a little and I wasn’t sure what to do about that.
There was a knock at the door and I turned, looked at the door and asked. “Who is it?”
“Meredith. We have to talk about tonight? I mean this is the first time you are going to be seeing one of your old friends since this has started. She is going to be coming over for dinner. So we just need to have you get semi-fancied up.” She said as she entered the room and walked over.
“Okay. What should I wear? A nice dress or something?”
“Maybe a nice blouse and a skirt would work as well.” added Meredith.
“Sure. What are we going to be doing?” I knew that I was sounding really nervous.
“Well, I thought we could eat and maybe go out for a movie. Kind of a girl’s night out.” Meredith smiled at me, as if that should be the easiest thing in the world for me to do.
“Uh…okay. Are you sure?”
“What’s wrong Caitlin? You haven’t had any problems going out in public before.” Meredith sat down on the bed and looked at me.
I shifted a little nervously. Given everything I didn’t want to admit any weaknesses to any of them but she was my friend so far. Maybe telling her would be okay. “Part of it has to do with the fact that it is with Rebecca. I…this…uh…I’m not sure. I haven’t seen any one I know while I have been dressed like this and I’m nervous. I don’t know what she’ll think. I…I don’t want to be a freak. You all have been making me feeling welcome for the most part and not like a freak or anything. I am worried about what she’ll think of me. I am worried about what all of you think.”
Meredith sat there for a moment, thinking. There was a little crease between her eyebrows. She seemed to be weighing something before she spoke. This made me worried. I wasn’t expecting what she said however. “Well, Gwen and I like you. A lot. I think I could find myself happy with you, because you are actually going through with this and not being overly weird about it. Some of my sisters here are a bit worried about you, waiting to see how you deal with this. I’m not worried. You said Rebecca was your friend and was okay with you doing this. So she should be okay with how this has turned out. You look great and I don’t think she’ll be upset with you. All we can do is find out.”
I nodded. Maybe I should give this a chance. I was just afraid of what Rebecca might say and I was letting it get to me. I guess living through this and seeing what was going on with her would be the only possible way to cope. Not much I could do otherwise.
“Come on lets get you ready. If you look good I am sure it will help you.” said Meredith cheerfully.
She helped me pick out a nice skirt and blouse to wear that was casual. I thought it would look good as well. She helped me do my makeup though I was able to do it myself by now. She just did it faster and better. Probably had something to do with the whole make-up artist thing.
I went downstairs with her and we waited for Rebecca to show up. I was reading a magazine when she walked in. She walked up to Nadia who was sitting there as well and asked to see me. I smiled as Nadia let her know I was already there. It took her a few minutes to pick me out of the few girls who were there in the day room reading or talking.
“Oh…my…God! Look at you!” gushed Rebecca.
“Well, it’s all thanks to Meredith here. She did all of the work. I just followed directions.” Meredith smiled proudly as I lauded her with praise.
“Well, what ever you did you look amazing. And you sound like a girl as well. How did you do all of this?”
Meredith smile only got brighter. “Well, I do stage makeup and stuff and we have several other talented girls in our Sorority. Not all of these Greek groups are filled with bitches and stuck up prigs. Some are, and we have a few, but we try to move past that.”
Suddenly, Rebecca hugged me. And it felt really good. We had never done that as it was not really the male/female friend thing to do when friends. At least that is what I had been taught growing up. I was also starting to learn that what I had been taught was not going to be my life from now on. Things seemed really different in this girl’s world. I felt like I was exploring uncharted territory, at least for me.
Meredith tapped Rebecca on the shoulder. “Come on, let’s get going. I wanted to grab something to eat before we head off to the movie. This should be fun.”
We all headed out and piled into Meredith’s car. She stated, “I was thinking of going to Perkins. Is that okay?”
Rebecca and I both nodded. I replied, “Sounds good to me.”
She drove off, blaring her music like she always did. It was basically too loud to hear anything but the music. Meredith seemed to be dancing along as she drove. A few times I was in fear for my life as she slalomed through traffic. She pulled to a stop at the restaurant and shut off the car. “Let’s get a table.”
She bounded out of the car and Rebecca and I pulled ourselves out. My ears were ringing from the music and I hoped I would be able to hear anyone over the ringing. When the two of us entered there she was waving from a table. I smiled and headed over. It ended up with me sitting across from Meredith with Rebecca sitting next to me. I was okay with that. The view was good what ever way I looked.
The waitress showed up and took our order for drinks. I got a glass of water and began to look over the menu. The others were doing that as well. I wasn’t all that hungry so I just ordered a chocolate chocolate chip muffin. They were huge and should work to fill me up. I had eaten them before and had liked them. No need to change everything about myself just for this project.
Rebecca smiled at me and asked, “So….Caitlin? Where do you tuck your…you know?”
Meredith smiled evilly again and looked at me. “Yes Caitlin, how do you do that?”
I blushed painfully. I really didn’t want to answer but the looks I was getting from Rebecca made me sigh and give in. “I…uh…erm…push my testicles inside my body and fold my…you know…back and under.”
Rebecca stared at me, almost wide eyed. “Really? Doesn’t that hurt?”
“A little at first. I am starting to get used to it, now it only hurts if I get… excited.” I felt like I was burning up. I must have been blushing really brightly. My face almost hurt.
“Wow….” Was her only response, “And you’re fine with all of this?”
I glanced over at Meredith and then back at Rebecca. “Uhrm…not really. I hadn’t really thought my plan through completely. I was counting more on being told no rather than yes. I thought that if they took me in I would still dress like me…but I was outsmarted. I feel really awkward a good portion of the time and they are running me ragged.”
Rebecca frowned, not happy by what I was saying. She turned to face my keeper. “Meredith, why did you all do this to him…er…her?”
She shrugged. “Look. This was actually a really heated discussion. We talked to the national council, to our lawyers and the general membership of the house. The decision that was made was that Richard seemed ready to take this to trial; you were ready for a No. We figured that what you weren’t ready for was a Yes. We were also sure you wouldn’t agree with the decision to go through with things once we said yes and explained the rules of the house, which National had passed. I was held in reserve in case you did say yes. And you did which completely surprised us. So I took charge of all of this and here we are.”
“I’m sorry. I hadn’t really meant to cause you all that much trouble. Well, maybe I did. But I didn’t really know you at the time. I’m sorry.” I was starting to feel bad about what I had started. I don’t think I really thought through the implications of this carefully enough.
“It’s okay. I like you and Nadia for one thinks you have tremendous guts to stick through this. That’s why things were so intense up front, to see if you would back out. Some of the other girls who are staying at the house wanted to be mean and really stick it to you, some sort of panty torture but cooler heads prevailed. It could have been really bad for you if we hadn’t. But I thought, as did a number of others, that this might become a hell of a trip for you and a real eye opening experience for all of us.”
Rebecca asked, “You mean let him see the upsides to being a girl?”
“Exactly. There are a more than a few. And there are some downsides as well. We can’t give you cramps and a period, but you will have all the joy of being treated like a second class citizen. Having a guy talk to your breasts and not you. Having to worry about being alone in an unfamiliar place. These are things women deal with every day and now you get that joy too. So that was what made the others realize that this was not going to be a picnic for you. That helped change a few minds.”
I sat there in silence, wondering at what Meredith had just said. I had thought this would be a simple game, a simple way for me to have a little fun at the expense of the Sorority but it wasn’t. And unless I quit I was stuck like this for at least four years. I had painted myself into a corner and I couldn’t find a way out. What the hell had I gotten my self into?
College Girl
By poetheather
Chap 6
I guess I must have looked a little scared at that realization; I know I felt it. I had effectively agreed to give up four years of my life for this. How in the hell had I not managed to figure that out until now? What the hell was I going to do? I didn’t want to be a girl for four years. I took a drink of my water. It was a big one and I almost choked on it. I coughed and the two girls patted me on the back as I tried to catch my breath.
“Relax Caitlin, its okay. Trust me, if you stay with this I will make sure you are okay, as will the house. I will keep you safe Caitlin, I give you my word.” whispered Meredith in my ear. From the look on Rebecca’s face she heard it as well.
“You promise?” I could hear my voice shaking almost as much as I was inside. The worry must have been clear on my face as the two girls shared a look of concern.
Meredith looked right in my eyes, very focused and determined. She looked much more serious than I ever had seen her look before. It was a little terrifying. “This whole plan revolves on my ability to transform you. If you are not happy and want to quit at any time, I mean really quit, I will ensure it will be done in a way to keep your identity safe and keep the house from looking bad. If any of the sisters give you grief, tell me and I’ll fix it. I really like you, Richard, and I do want to make you happy with whatever your plan is.”
I breathed a sigh of relief. If Meredith was this focused and concerned I could relax. It was scary but I had come to depend on her heavily in the last week. I also had to admit that I have had fun while going through this whole insane project. It was definitely different and interesting. Sure, it felt weird but I’m enjoying it so far. Aren’t I? It’s like I am fooling the whole world, not just screwing with a group. And if I believe in equality I should be able to walk a mile in the others shoes, right? I took a deep breath in and let it out slowly. “Okay. I’m better now.”
Rebecca stopped looking as worried and took a drink of her iced tea, slowly and carefully. I guess she didn’t want to choke on it like I had with mine. I was glad she was still my friend even through this stupid idea.
“Tell you what.” said Meredith, “Let’s go back to the house and watch something. I think I have had all the excitement I can handle for a while. We can watch movies in my room. And besides, Rebecca, you’ve never seen what a house is like. So, let’s go.”
We got our checks, paid and left. Meredith went to the bathroom and came back grinning. I looked at her curiously but she just ignored me, as she did occasionally. We walked to the car and hopped in. I was sitting in the backseat, again. We just chatted our way back to the house, the conversation nice and light.
Once there, the three of us trooped up to Meredith’s room. We got there and grabbed seats. I sat against her bed and Rebecca took the desk chair. It liked the spot. I had a great view of the TV and Meredith had moved the speakers to focus on this area. She usually sat on the bed right above this spot. This also had the bonus of having her play with my hair, so it was all good in my opinion.
While Rebecca was moving her seat to have a better view of the screen, Nadia came by and knocked on the open door. “Hey, can anybody join in?”
“Sure. Come on in Nadia.” replied Meredith.
Nadia did that, smiling. “What are you watching?”
“Not sure yet. Rebecca, you see anything you want to see?”
Rebecca looked away from the DVD’s arranged in the bookshelf. “Oh, yeah. Can we watch Jersey Girl? I love Kevin Smith. And I heard Liv Tyler is good in it. J Lo also dies in the first five minutes, so that’s something positive as far as I’m concerned.”
Meredith smiled. “I liked it. Sounds good to me.”
Nadia nodded as well. “Sure. Caitlin?”
“Whatever.” I was busy running through things in my head. Did I really want to do this? Sometimes I wasn’t sure. I mean, this all started out as a fun game and I was getting moved about, permanently loosing my facial hair, getting stuck like this for my college career and having to pretend to be a girl for the honor of the house. I really wondered what the hell I had been thinking when I had decided this and why hadn’t I gotten a Sorority that had no spine? Why couldn’t I have gotten a group of airheads that got all nervous and jittery at the idea, thus allowing me to take them to court? But then I guess that did mean that I was actually trying to make fun of the system. I wasn’t sure how I felt about that.
They started the film and it played. Nadia made popcorn for us all and I ate some of it absently. It was salty and buttery and I licked my fingers clean. I only caught a few of the scenes as I ran through things in my head. The scene where Ben and Liv got caught in the shower was priceless. And the scene with Will Smith was great. But I had more important things to work through. What did I really think about this whole thing?
I got up towards the end of the film and headed to my room. My mind was buzzing and I didn’t feel like good company. I needed the quiet to work through this. I sat down on my bed and held my knees. I needed some time alone, to think about if I could really do this. I mean what I had agreed to was spending at least four years as a girl. Did I want to do that? If so, why? I didn’t know.
I had only thought I would have a little legal fun at the expense of these girls. They had called my bluff and let me enter their house and their Sorority. They were welcoming me, for the most part, as one of their own. I wasn’t sure how to deal with that. I had never really been accepted for being me.
And did I want to spend all of my years in college with my penis tucked up and under, pretending to be a girl? Would this make me a better person or screw me up? Would I want to stay a girl or could I manage to go back to my life? And I also wasn’t sure how I felt about this lie? There were a lot of things I had no answers for.
Meredith was really friendly and had been hitting on me a little, encouraging me to go through this process, both for the house and for her own grades. If she could track my transformation from start to finish she was going to get a really good grade for what was an independent project for credit. She had something to gain through this but what did I have to gain through all of this?
Sure, there was the illusion of getting to know how the other side lives and what they put up with. But in a lot of ways I don’t really care about how the other side lives. They were just girls, nothing special. Just girls.
I shook my head. Maybe this would be good for me if I thought anyone was “just” anything. No one was “just” anything. No one was fundamentally better than anyone else. No one. That’s why I had started all of this in the first place. That’s why I have done this a couple of other times against groups that kept other people out. I didn’t like people thinking they were better back at home and I really don’t like it here. They let me in, with rules on my appearance and behavior. That seemed fair. Groups did have the right to have standards for their members. I may be a little confused but I was still aware what is fair and right.
I had agreed to this but had the liberty of being able to quit at any time. And did I want to? Christ, I don’t know. I rubbed my now smooth legs and frowned. I looked like a girl now, in almost all ways but totally naked. With the hair of my face gone and with my hair like this I didn’t look like a guy. But that was still what I was. Shouldn’t I be pissed about this, or really upset? I wasn’t sure. What the hell was I supposed to do?
I looked around the room I shared with Gwen. I had bought a lot of stuff to support this illusion. Sheets, clothes, jewelry, loads of other stuff. I had been convinced that I had needed all this stuff to fit in here, to be one of the girls. What the hell was I going to do with all of this stuff if I left? Give it to Rebecca, Meredith, Gwen or someone else? Hold a garage sale? I was committed financially to this little social experiment as well.
But I had just wanted to join and be myself, not to be this created girl. I didn’t want to be a girl at all but this whole situation was definitely working on making me that way. If I spent four years living as a girl how much of me would shift to become Caitlin and how far would Richard fade? I wasn’t sure I was ready for that answer. I already knew that some of the stuff they were teaching me was sinking in, I didn’t think about some of the things they had taught me anymore. Some of the behavior they were teaching me was becoming second nature.
I knew if I stayed with this I would all but become a girl. I had never wanted that, ever. But really, what an amazingly manly figure I usually cut. As a man I’m small and scrawny and barely muscular. I’m the kind of man that says I’m a target, pick on me. I was ignored, picked on, pushed around and belittled for most of my life. I hate that. I’m tired of being picked on but nothing I do helps me grow stronger or taller, not weight training, not running, not protein shakes, nothing. Puberty barely has started to play with me. I look like I’m fourteen or fifteen, when I’m not made up like Caitlin. And now here I am becoming a sissy of my own free will. What the fuck was wrong with me?
Damnit! I’m not a sissy! I’m not a weak little girly man who flounced about. I pounded the bed in frustration, screaming into my pillow. I’m going through with this whole stupid fucking plan because I’m a man of honor. I had given my word; in that I am much more manly than about every one else I had ever met. I feel trapped, unable to figure a way out of this. What am I going to do?
I clutched my teddy bear and cried in frustration, soaking the top of his head. Why do I feel like every thing was falling apart around me? Why does life have to be this hard? Why do I have to fail at everything I do? I fell asleep weeping.
* * * * * *
I felt a hand shaking me awake. A soft gentle voice asked, “Hey, sweetie, are you okay?”
“No.” I mumbled. I wasn’t sure I wanted to deal with the world just yet, so I remained curled around my teddy bear.
Meredith began to stroke my head gently. It felt really good, and I raised my head up a little to feel it better. She mumbled softly, soothingly in my ear. “It’ll be okay. Shhh….it’ll be okay.”
“I just hate this. I don’t want to be a girl. I just want to be me. I don’t want to be a girl.” I almost sobbed this admission. I was embarrassed by my failure in this. Maybe I should just quit and admit I was wrong?
Meredith bent down, kissed my forehead and continued to talk in her gentle voice. “Sweetie, no one is trying to make you be something other than yourself. If you don’t want to do this you can stop. Just say so and we’ll call it a day. You can go back to the apartment with Rebecca and we can forget all about this. It’s okay.”
“I gave my word, and I stand by it. I’ll always stand by my word even if it hurts me. That’s what my Dad taught me. It’s just this hurts so much. What am I becoming?” I began to cry a little more. I shook a little and clutched my bear tighter, as if it was able to protect me.
“You aren’t becoming anything except a better person. You are just a really brave man going through something different, something unexpected and following through with your word. That’s admirable.” she kept stroking my hair.
“Is it? I don’t know any more.” I almost whispered.
“I’ve told you about this. You are going through a lot and it’s bound to be stressful. We want you….I want you to be happy. The Sorority is about the power and joy of sisterhood and for having fun. You were voted in to change things, to try something different for us as well as you. But we also didn’t want to be laughed at. So we made this agreement, which we mean to stand by. Do you want to quit?” Her voice was really supportive and helped me to calm down some.
“I don’t know. Maybe. No. Yes. I don’t know.” I started shaking as I cried some more. I felt so lost and confused. I wasn’t sure of almost anything any more. What the hell was I going to do?
“Why don’t you sleep on it? We can talk about it in the morning.” she started to move away from me and stand. I didn’t let go of her leg so she sat back down on the bed. “It’s okay. Really. Just rest and we can talk about this tomorrow. You should feel better in the morning.”
“Please. Don’t leave me.” I looked up at her with my tear stained face and red eyes. In so many ways she was becoming my lifeline to sanity and who I had been. Her magic had managed to turn me into a beautiful girl from an uninspiring boy.
Meredith’s eyes softened as she met mine. “Okay sweetie. I’ll stay the night with you. Just relax. I’ll be right back. Give me a chance to change and I’ll come join you.”
She kissed the top of my head again and climbed off the bed after freeing herself from my arms. I could hear the door open and close. I kept crying and clutching my bear. Oh God, what is wrong with me? Why can’t I just decide?
A few minutes later Meredith came back into the room and I turned to look at her. She was dressed in a pair of her pajama bottoms and an old white t-shirt. She looked really cute. “Schooch over.”
I did and I could feel her lie up against me, spooned behind me. She wormed an arm under me and pulled me into her. I could feel her breasts against my back, warm and soft. Her nipples were a bit hard against me, which felt good. It was different, unlike anything I had felt before. I felt comforted, safe and secure. I had never slept with a woman in any way, so this was a first. I thought I was too wound up to sleep but as I relaxed into her arms I began to relax and drift. Meredith murmured soothing words into my ear until I fell asleep.
College Girl
By poetheather
Chap 7
I awoke shaking and sweating, tangled in my sheets. My dreams had been filled with lots of nightmares, of taunting and beatings by faceless jocks or being exposed and laughed at by faceless girls. I remembered half-waking a few times through the night, to be calmed and soothed by Meredith. I vaguely recalled her holding me and murmuring in my ear. She was still curled about me, breathing softly. She looked like she had slept well. Lucky her.
I had dreams of falling, of being discovered and beaten, of being trapped, of the masks to my soul being ripped away painfully. I shuddered; some of them had been so graphic. The blood and the pain and the sound of the taunts and jeers filled my ears. I was scared. Was this the life I had agreed to? Was this my future? Did I set myself up to be found out to be some sort of fake thing, a play woman? What would happen if they found me out? I could feel the stress rising and the beginnings of another panic attack. It was harder to breathe, my heart racing.
Meredith murffled in my ear and rolled over. She brushed some hair from her face and looked at me. “Wha time is it?”
I glanced over at the red lights of my clock. “uhrm….about eight?”
“In the morning?” She rose up on an elbow and looked confused.
“Usually.” I shook again. My heart beat was starting to slow down. Meredith said she would help me deal with this and I trusted her. I tried to fix my breathing but it still came out a bit ragged.
Meredith hugged me again. “It’s going to be alright Caitlin! I‘m here. It’ll be alright.”
I turned and hugged her back. She felt soft and safe against me. I shook and started to cry again. I was so jangled up inside. I felt her hand run through my hair. “Hush sweetie. It’ll be okay. Let’s talk about this.”
I nodded. I felt the bed move and Meredith was brushing my back as she stood. “Come on Richard, let’s get up and get you cleaned up.”
I nodded and felt numb and shook a little. She pulled me to my feet, as I wasn’t sure I could stand. Nightmares always messed me up for a while and this time it seemed worse than usual. “Let’s get you into the shower.”
“uhrm...” I stumbled over to my bath stuff and grabbed my towel. Meredith picked up my shampoo and things and carried them for me. Since my eyes were blurry with tears she steered me through the hallway and into the bathroom. There were a couple of girls who had finished their showers who Meredith gestured to leave. Soon we were alone in the bathroom.
She forced me to sit on the bench and then she started one of the showers. After she was done adjusting the temperature she undressed me, pulling my nightgown over my head. She helped me to my feet and gently pushed me inside.
The warm water was soothing, and it flowed down my front. I leaned forward and held my weight by my arms on the shower wall, the water soaking my head and running down my face as rivulets. I was wrung out emotionally. It had taken me a while to realize that and to figure out that I needed a break. “Meredith?”
“Yes?” She answered from outside the stall.
“I think I need a break. Is there some way I can just relax all day?” my voice was plaintive. I felt like I was whining and I hated that.
“Sure. Let me just make a call. I can get us into my sister’s spa for a day of pampering. She always has a few spots free for friends and family. We can get Massage and hot tubs and having our hair and nails done. Basically the whole day is taken care of. They even feed us. And it is an hour long massage. Isn’t that cool?” Meredith seemed excited. It was obvious that she had done this before and had really enjoyed it.
I grunted non-committaly. The massage sounded good however, as did the hot tub. Meredith might have come up with a plan that could work. I could hear her dialing her cell phone as I began to wash. “Can I speak to Tanya? Thank you. Tanya? Hey, Caitlin and I want to come in for the spa day thing. Yep, the whole day. We’ll be in about an hour from now, is that okay? Great. Will Caitlin get the discount as well? You rock. I love you sis. See you soon.”
I stood there and listened. Another adventure. Maybe this would actually be a rest instead another chance for Richard to screw himself over. I really couldn’t take anymore surprises and emotional trauma. I was determined to take it and not quit. It would be too easy to quit and it would show that I wasn’t a man of my word. I just hated that having given my word had ended with me here.
I left the shower feeling a little more alive. I was ushered back into the room and Meredith shut the door. “Okay. Since we are going to be naked for part of the whole spa day I was going to help you with another thing I made. This should help keep you from being found out by anyone there.”
She pulled out a section of fake flesh with some hair on it. There was a sleeve on one side and a slit on another. It looked really odd just sitting there all limp and floppy. Then I figured out what I was looking at. “Holy Christ, is that a…”
Meredith smiled her evil smile, which I was getting used to. “Yep. I was keeping it as a surprise. I know you need a break, so I am treating you to a day at the spa, since I am technically your keeper. It is an all day pamper event. And once this has been put on no one should notice anything that would tell them something other than what they are to be led to believe. And for the massage, have them only work on your back. That way you can get the majority of your tension out and not have to stress about them figuring it out.”
I nodded dumbly. She had me lie down on the bed and she rubbed some sort of cream on my penis and testicles. It was tingly and cold. It felt really odd. Then she pushed the testicles in and up and slid me into the sleeve. She then used the same adhesive that was being used for my breasts. With some minor adjusting and tugging she finally got it set correctly on my crotch. She held it there for a moment and then stood. She then had me stand and look at myself in the mirror.
I looked like a woman, everywhere. Oh my God, what the hell was going on? My head swooned and she helped me back to the bed. “It’s okay. Just relax. Let’s get you into some comfy clothes and head out for this. It will all be okay. Trust me.”
I got dressed with her help and then we headed to her room to get her things. She quickly changed and we headed out. Despite how much the things Meredith had made and attached to me. “I’m not sure of this, Meredith?”
“Why? This will be nice. Your hair and nails are fine so we can go for facials and scalp massages, maybe a couple of other things. It will help you relax. Come on Richard, have you ever been pampered? Taken care of, like this? Ever?” Meredith stopped and turned to face me.
“No. I’m just worried.” I couldn’t really look her in the eyes.
“Let me take care of that. I know how wrung out you are. I am just trying to help you relax and feel good. My treat, as I said before. And we can talk about you continuing this or not. This is not supposed to be some sort of emotional torture for you. Honest.” She looked as sincere as I had ever seen her. Maybe this would work out.
I nodded. “Okay. I am just so confused right now. I guess I didn’t really think this whole thing out as well as I had thought. I certainly hadn’t expected this.”
“That’s okay. I still think you can do this. I know its four years of your life, but you will have all of the girls of the house helping you in school and anything else you need. The new girls will not learn about this, probably ever, unless you tell them. We have all agreed to this already.”
“That’s good to know. I know the house didn’t want to get embarrassed but I don’t want to either. I think I am getting worried about getting caught. It scares me.” I shook a little. I think some of my nightmares had been about that. Just thinking about the situation made my heart beat faster and my breath catch.
“Caitlin, I will do everything I can to keep you from getting caught. I swear. I have actually put a lot of thought into this and talked about this with the others. I don’t want you hurt, and the other girls don’t want that either. Right now we are working on trying what to do to get a guy to be your escort for things who is not a threat. You’ll need an escort for some functions. Relax. I am doing all I can to take care of this one.”
My eyes widened. What the fuck? “A guy?”
“Yes. But don’t worry. I am working on this to come up with a pain free solution for you. You won’t have to do anything you don’t want to, I promise. Don’t think about it right now. Besides we are supposed to be relaxing.”
We were pulling into the parking lot of the spa salon where her sister worked. That put the conversation on hold for the moment. Meredith’s sister was outside waiting for us. She waved as she spotted the car. “Hey there sis. Morning Caitlin.”
Meredith went up and gave Tanya a hug. She smiled at her sister and said. “Thanks for pulling this together. Caitlin has had a rough couple of days and really needs to relax. And of course I thought that this would be the best way to relax.”
Tanya rolled her eyes. She was used to her sister’s games. “Okay Merri. Caitlin, are you okay?”
I just nodded my head. I really didn’t feel like talking. I needed to think, and I was here as much as I could be. If this turned out to be as relaxing as Meredith said than it would be worth being here. If not, then maybe I needed to just quit and admit that I couldn’t hack this.
Tanya escorted us inside. Two girls in pale pink cover ups were waiting for us. “Ladies this is April and May. That is really their names. They will be taking care of you all day. Oh, and Merri, I booked you both the ultra deluxe package.”
The blond April smiled and gestured down one hallway. “If you would both come this way we can show you to your lockers and get you both into the hot tub.”
I looked over at Meredith and she nodded slightly. She also looked a bit pinched around the eyes. This might be expensive, but given that she was part of the source of my suffering I wasn’t too upset by that. We walked deeper into the place and shown into a changing room. May, the brunette, pointed out our lockers and handed us two robes. “Here you go. Once you are ready come on out and we’ll take you to the hot tub.”
I took off my sweats and underwear, folded them and put them in the locker. The robe fell to mid thigh. It was comfy but I was a touch worried about how much it could show. Meredith was also ready. “Come on girl. Let’s relax.”
I followed her out and down the hall with our helpers. They opened the door to the hot tub room. The room was dimly lit, with candles burning. The room also seemed to have scented oil in the air. The room itself was soothing. The water was bubbling happily. I sighed. Maybe Meredith was right and that this would be good for me.
April said, “Please get in and soak. We will come and get you both in about twenty minutes. Then we’ll take you to get your massages. Enjoy.”
With that she closed the door. Meredith smiled at me as she took off her robe. I took in her naked both and smiled, she was beautiful. However, I didn’t feel any response from my penis. What had she slathered on me? “Come on Caitlin. In we go.”
The water was hot, but comfortable. I sat with one of the jets against my back. I could feel the tension in my back begin to relax as the jet worked its magic. Meredith moaned happily and wiggled a bit, probably to get better positioned. “Okay, if the thought of having a guy as a date is too much, I guess we can go with plan two which is to tell people that you are a lesbian. That has its own problems but we can deal with that.”
“This is just overwhelming. I just need some time to think about everything. Right now I am not sure about anything so I don’t think I can make that decision yet.” I said, with my eyes still closed. The room smelled wonderful. I think I was actually starting to relax. Meredith really could come up with good ideas. We both just sat there and blissfully relaxed while she left me alone with my thoughts.
After what seemed like only a short period of time the two girls came into the room with two towels. They held them out for us. “Alright ladies, here are your towels.”
Here was the big test of Meredith’s latex thingy. We stood up and got out and the girls didn’t even blink at my appearance. The towels they wrapped around us were warmed, as if they were fresh out of the dryer. I sighed happily. That felt great. I really needed to be able to do that more often. We fastened the towels around us and then pulled on the robes. The girls then led us to another room as short walk away. Two other women were there. Meredith smiled at them. “We would like only our backs worked on.”
The women nodded. “If you could just disrobe and lie down, that will be great. Also could you pull the sheet over you? We will be back in a moment.”
Once they left Meredith dropped her robe and towel on a chair and hopped up onto her massage table. I looked around the room at all the odd things around the room. I wondered what was going to be used and what wasn’t. I followed Meredith’s example and pulled the sheet over me. We lay there a short while, just resting. It was a nice change of pace from having to constantly follow the girl’s directions.
The women knocked on the door and came on in. “First we are going to give you a rock massage and then work on your backs. Is that okay?”
“Yep, sounds great. Let’s get started.” replied Meredith. I sat there and thought what the hell is a rock massage? I had no idea but I was sure I was going to find out.
The massage therapist rolled the sheet down, exposing my whole back. I heard her open something and then a warm to almost hot rock was placed onto my back. The heat seeped into my back and felt really good. ‘This is odd’ I thought.
A number of rocks were placed onto my back. The heat of them radiated into my already warmed back from the hot tub and my muscles were relaxing. I started to drift off to sleep, or at least to get in that state between sleeping and waking. Was this what being stress free was like? After several minutes she removed them and began to run one of the rocks over my back, slick with oil. ‘This isn’t so bad. So, what should I do about this? Do I want to be a girl for four years? Would that really be bad? I have already been one for a while and it hasn’t been that bad. But would I want to be a guy again after four years when this is over? Will I lose myself?’
I felt the massage therapist roll the sheet up my back. She then rolled it up my legs and I felt the rocks return. God this rock thing was nice. As the tension drained from my body I thought over my life so far. ‘What have I really done with my life? I know I don’t like things that are unfair. They really get me mad. But what can I do about that? Become a lawyer? That way I could help people get to their equality. But what about me right now? What do I want?’
After she finished rubbing my legs with the warm rock I felt her hands begin to work on my feet. The oil was warm as well. It felt wonderful. I hadn’t realized how tight the muscles in my feet were. How had I managed to have that much tension in my feet? ‘I have always wanted to be happy and to have friends. I never had that many friends in High School as people viewed me as an outcast. And in the sorority I already have several friends. I have people who know me and seem to like me as I am. If I quit this whole thing, I am back in the same situation I was when I got here. But do I want it enough to be a girl?’
She moved to work on my legs. Her hands were strong and felt nice on my hairless skin. She was finding knots of pain that I didn’t even know I had. I sighed happily. ‘What is wrong with being a girl? Is there anything wrong with being one? I don’t think so. It’s just a way of being, that’s it. I mean. Half the world lives like that and they seem fine for the most part. But will it be too much for me to handle. I am a boy and I only really know boy things. But I am learning to be a girl. Living like a girl for four years won’t kill me, will it? So maybe I should simply give it a try, to actually see how girls live and are treated by the rest of society. I mean I know they get the short end of the stick in terms of equality. Now I can live that, to know what I can fight for. I can go back to being me after this is over and I’ll be the better for the experience.’
The sheet was rolled back down my legs. It felt warm. Then my back and butt was exposed and she started to rub there. Why where my butt muscles all tense? More and more it seemed like I really had no clue how to relax. ‘I get to see Meredith and maybe I can find a way to go out with her. She said she was interested. Maybe I can ask about that and find out if there is a way to be a girl and to have her? It might be a good compensation for all of this.’
My thoughts faded as I drifted asleep, as the massage soothed everything.
I woke with a gentle nudge to my shoulder. The massage therapist was saying, “Miss, wake up.”
I blinked awake and turned to face the massage therapist. What was her name? I nodded and wiped a bit of drool from my lip. I must have really relaxed.
Meredith was being woken as well. I laughed a little at that. We both got back to the upright position, holding the sheets to us. The girls left the room and left us to put our robes back on. I happily got to see Merri’s naked body again.
“So what do you think so far?” asked Meredith, as she stretched towards the ceiling.
“I feel great. And to think that we still have more ahead is wonderful.” I smiled happily at her.
The knock at the door let us know that the girls were ready to come back in. I opened the door and we both walked out. “This way please.”
We followed them to yet another room. They opened the door and led us into a room with several tables. A lunch was set up there. I was wondering how long this had been going on. My stomach rumbled a little and I saw a clock. Two and a half hours?! I was surprised by how long the massage and the hot tub had taken. They had only said twenty minutes for the tub and then an hour for the massage. Wait, the rock thing. That could have added to the time.
The table was set and had two salads on it and glasses of water. We sat and May handed us menus. There wasn’t a lot of stuff on them. The pick was from either a steak meal, a chicken meal, a shrimp meal or some fish thing. The shrimp dish sounded good so I ordered that with ice tea to drink. Meredith got the fish.
They brought us an Italian vinaigrette dressing for our salads. We spooned it onto our salads, which was a first for me. It smelled good. The salad was crisp and tasty. Meredith dug into her salad ravenously.
“Meredith?” I was really nervous about this, but now was as good as any. I was going to take this chance.
“Yes?” She looked up from her salad.
“Can…can I ask you something?”
“Sure. What is it?” She looked concerned, as if something bad was happening.
“Were you serious about saying that you liked me, and not just as a friend?” The words rushed out of my mouth, as I was too nervous to say them slowly.
Meredith blushed and looked away. “Well, that was unexpected.”
“Well?” I was completely nervous about her answer. I was really interested in her and she had said she was interested in me, so….
“Uhm…yes. I really do like you and I think you and I can really hit it off. I’m bisexual, so you actually feed both of my interests as you are right now.” She was really looking at her lunch, as if she could figure out the molecular composition of the lettuce leaves.
“Do you think we can be in a relationship while I am going through this?” This was the question I was really afraid of.
She thought about it for a little, chewing her salad thoughtfully. After she swallowed she looked at me. “I think it can be done and not cause a problem in the House. We’ll have to be discrete and we should go out with some guys every once in a while, to muddle the picture. I really don’t want to make anyone in the House nervous. Would that be okay?”
I nodded as my heart soared. A really hot girl wanted to go out with me. “I think I can deal with that. I just am not sure how much attention I can take from guys. It is a bit scary.”
“That is always the question, Caitlin. Let’s just enjoy today and we can talk about this more back at the House.”
The girls arrived with our lunches at that point. My shrimp curry over rice with steamed vegetables was wonderful. Meredith had a dish made with Tilapia on saffron rice with black beans, cheese and a tomatillio salsa on it. She also had the steamed vegetables. Conversation was delayed due to how good the food was. I was relaxing and no longer stressing over this whole thing. I could do this. I could be a girl if it meant I got Meredith. It could all balance out.
Once we finished we were given small dishes of a tropical fruit sorbet. It was tasty. We both finished that happily, trying to scoop every last bit of it out. We washed down the desert with our drinks and stood. My muscles were still feeling relaxed and warm from the massage. I could really get used to this sort of treatment. This part of being a girl was great, but then a guy could get all of this as well. Well, maybe not all of it.
The next stop was for facials and pedicures. That should be fun. I was wondering what all sorts of things went into some sort of spa facial treatment. I was sure I was going to find out.
College Girl
By poetheather
Chapter 8
I felt good. This whole thing might not be so bad when all was said and done. She liked me. Meredith liked me and was interested in going out with me. I was floating on the air. Add to that the fact that my body never felt so good and it was easy to see why I was feeling that way.
Meredith looked over at me as we followed our guides, noticing my goofy grin. “What is it?”
“Nothing. I just feel great. Thank you for this Merry.” I hugged her tight.
She hugged back and laughed, “Now I feel like a hobbit.”
I joined in with her. It felt good to simply relax. Maybe this whole thing wouldn’t be so bad, as long as I didn’t loose myself in the process. With Merry as my girlfriend I might be able to do this, so long as puberty held off. And knowing family history I shouldn’t get my hopes up anytime soon.
We were led into a room with a number of barber’s chairs. We sat down next to each other and then two women came up to us. Like everyone here they were smiling. “Ready for your facials?”
We both nodded yes and the ladies went to work. They applied this mud masque thing to our faces. It began to warm which was surprising. The feeling was nice but different. I had never felt anything quite like this in my entire life. Guys never really had things like facials and I had never heard of a spa day. But maybe this was just something that was missing. I enjoyed it. Wouldn’t other guys enjoy it as well? I just lay back and drifted away with these feelings of relaxation.
* * * * * *
I felt much more relaxed as we headed back towards the house. I had never felt so pampered and taken care of in my life. I felt like my body glowed. I even felt like the tightness of my back had relaxed. That massage certainly had helped. I didn’t feel as freaked out as I had the day before, which really was a wonderful feeling.
I could do this. I really could do this for four years and walk on. Merry and I were a couple now and she would help me make it through this. I lay on my bed looking at the ceiling going over my various worries. None of them were messing with my inner calm at the moment, so that was fine. Dinner would be in a while but for now I was just enjoying life. Hell, I even was enjoying what I was wearing, despite the uncomfortable nature of being tucked and I was even getting used to that.
As I looked over my life I found that I had no real complaints about my life to this point. And that was a little weird. I figured that I might be a little sad about the way things had turned out, but I wasn’t. Except for the tables being excellently turned on me by the women of this sorority my life had gone as I had planned. I still had some trouble believing that I was actually going to go through with this sorority thing, but I still had some time to go before school started. If I couldn’t cope, I could just start my life again. I could start classes in the Spring. I was still Richard, but I think I was also becoming Caitlin. That was no longer scaring me any more.
I had been writing all of these observations in my journal when there was a knock at my door. I looked up and Merry was smiling at me. “Hey, ready for dinner?”
“Sure. Just a second.” I put my journal away and made sure I looked alright. My face was still glowing from the facial. I felt wonderful. I stretched, letting my muscles move happily.
Merry looked awesome as well. “Come on slowpoke. I don’t want to get the last of the food.”
“What?” I was confused again.
“It’s House Dinner night. Come on. I think we are having Thai tonight. The Pad Thai goes really fast.”
I followed her through the house quickly and we were near the middle of the group of arriving girls. It was indeed Thai night and the food was excellent. Besides the Pad Thai there was some sort of Shrimp and Pineapple Curry and Chicken Satay. I happily ate my fill as many of the other girls were as well.
There seemed to be more girls here then I had seen earlier. It seemed as if more Sisters appeared to get here in time for Rush week, at least that was what I figured was going on. There was an excited buzz in the air about the upcoming Rush class. I managed to hear my name mentioned a few times in some of the other conversations around me. I wondered if that was good or bad. I hoped it would be good.
Merry took off to talk with some other people and I was left to fend for myself. I wasn’t too worried. I knew I looked and sounded like a girl thanks to their help so now would just be a chance to get to know some of the others. They were all usually busy so maybe tonight I would get a chance to talk to a few more of them. I looked around wondering what group I should go and join.
A few of the girls came over and sat with me. That was nice. They started off talking and tried to draw me into the conversation. They were talking about their classes and what they were looking forward to this semester. I mentioned that I had already had an amazing semester and school hadn’t even started. We all laughed at that.
I got a good idea about a lot of their feelings and opinions on men, sex, their periods and several other topics which I had rarely been privy to. I did think it was interesting though having discussions that revolved around how cute Brad Pitt’s ass was took some getting used to. I could understand why he was “Cute” but I just didn’t get it. Hopefully, I never would.
Merry came back and she and Gwen joined in on the conversation. I was learning a lot. I had never really gotten to hear girls talk amongst themselves. I realized that there actually had been a lot of editing going on when I sat in on conversations before. That was another realization. Why was that I wondered? I know most guys didn’t care about much more then themselves, but not all guys? Some guys would have had no trouble listening to this conversation and being supportive. So why the differences?
Maybe it had something to do with types of intimacy? It was easier talking about intimate things with people like you rather than those unlike you. That seemed to make sense. Maybe it was right. I paused, thinking it through some more. If that was so, then what did it mean that I felt more comfortable talking with girls? Oh God.
The conversation turned to something else then and aimed pretty squarely at me. It really took me by surprise and threw me out of my current train of thoughts.
“So Caitlin, you do know that you are going to have to go on some dates, right?” asked Rachel, a sophomore.
“Uhm, yeah. Meredith told me about that.” I knew that. What was so bad about dates that they wanted to make sure I was aware of it?
“Because an active social life is a part of life for a sorority girl. We have formals, semi-formals and parties of all kinds. So it kind of helps to have a guy with you, if for no other reason than to keep off the other guys.” remarked Allison.
“I have to actually date guys?” The question squeaked out. I could feel my back and neck tighten up. I hadn’t thought about that part of things. This was not a good plan. I wasn’t gay and had no interest in guys.
“Well, you could date girls, but we try to keep things like that quiet and in house. We don’t want to get the rep of being the Lez house. The Kappa Delts have earned that distinction and they get a lot of grief for it. And besides Caitlin, its not like you have to get romantically involved with them. It’s not that bad. Dates can be fun.” said Alison smiling.
Meredith nodded in agreement then added, “Caitlin, remember you are no longer a guy but a woman. Women are expected to date men, especially in a Sorority setting. Don’t you think that being taken out on a date where the other person spends money on you and tries to make you feel good so you’ll smile would be fun?”
I nodded. It didn’t sound all that bad when she said it. That’s what worried me. “But what about kissing and sex. I should know that guys want sex. I’m not sure if I can deal with any of that.”
The girls at the table laughed at what I said. Gwen smiled and said, “It’s all in the manipulating of a guy and making sure that you don’t come on too strong. There really is a way of dealing with things and managing the cues you send out. We can definitely help you with that. It’s not like we plan on throwing you to the wolves unarmed.”
Allison smiled as well, I was so glad I could bring amusement to my friends. “Besides we can tell people that you have never really dated before because your parents would not let you do that while in High School. That would explain your nervousness and skittishness. People can try and go on double dates with you to keep you out of trouble until you learn the ropes. See, we all look out for each other.”
Meredith jumped in, “And if it comes time for something more, you’ll know it and can cope with it from there. Besides, a kiss can go from a peck to a full passionate lip lock. Just don’t get naked, well, maybe down to your bra but we set your limits and you keep them. Personally, I really enjoy kissing and getting felt up by someone gentle. It’s nice.”
I hoped I hadn’t blushed when she said that. I really didn’t want to give things away, what with us being a couple and everything. Maybe later, after I had been comfortably in the Sorority for a while. That way the other girls wouldn’t kill me. I hoped.
“Absolutely,” added Gwen, helpfully. “And there is really nothing quite as nice as giving a blowjob. I love it when they spurt.”
A couple of the girls made ick noises and laughed. I may have turned green. I don’t know, but just the image of a guy spurting in my mouth made me gag a little. “Gwen! We’re trying to help Caitlin get ready for possible kissing not deep throating!”
The laughter got louder and I turned bright red. I was getting nervous about this whole crazy thing again but I was a bit better than before. I knew I didn’t look like a guy. My hair was different and I didn’t look anything like I had before. I realized that no one could see Richard any more, even me. So I guess I could understand their point. Guys probably would be interested and I would need to deal with them from a girl’s stand point. That certainly didn’t make me happy but I could manage. I hoped.
Nadia came in and joined us. “Hey there. Caitlin, I have your new class schedule. It is pretty much the same, except we have you in classes with someone from the Sorority all day. That way there will be someone there to help you take care of things. We don’t want to throw you into the deep end too early.”
I took the sheet of paper she offered and looked over it quickly. The only thing that had changed on my schedule was the times I was taking things. I could live with that. I had half expected to be taking nothing but ballet and women’s studies classes. Again these girls were surprising me. No wonder they had been able to trap me in my own words. “Thanks.”
“No problem. And next week we have Rush events. So be ready for those.” said Nadia as she took a seat.
“Like what?” I had no idea what to expect. I had done some research when I had started this thing, but apparently there had been massive holes in the information that really was available. Man this had been a stupid idea. I should have gone after a Fraternity.
“Cookouts, a semi-formal at the end of the week. Basically it is a chance for the girls of the house to meet and get an idea of the other girls trying to join the house. As someone who has already been accepted by a House you will be going just to get to know the other Houses. It has already been agreed on by the Pan-Hellenic council. So you just get to go and have fun, meeting new people as Caitlin.”
“Oh…” What else could I say? They had basically managed to direct my life so there was really nothing I could say or argue about.
“And here are your new IDs. We have your school ID and a driver’s license for you. Everything else we figured you could handle.” She slid an envelope over to me.
I opened it and looked at my new face looking back at me. There they were, my new name and look staring up at me from these pieces of identification. Things were definitely different now. It was like my new identity had taken on some more weight and substance. This wasn’t just a game anymore. The girls had taken it to a new level.
I swallowed nervously. I could do this. I knew I could. But this was getting more and more involved. Meredith left to go arrange for us to go out tomorrow night with some guys she knew, in order to get me used to the idea in a safe environment. I was going to go out on a date with a guy. A guy! When I stuck my foot in it I didn’t do it by halves.
College Girl
By poetheather
Chapter 9
The sun was really warm on my back as I lay there on the back lawn of the house. I was propped up on my elbows and reading one of the magazines that I had been assigned. I wasn’t keen on articles on how to please my man, or many other things but I was sure there was some sort of purpose for all of this. At least I hoped there was. As long as they didn’t test me on “20 ways to please your man in Bed” I would be fine.
The only thing I thought was weird was the whole wearing a bikini to sunbathe. First off I had never sunbathed before and then never wearing something that I felt quite so exposed in. It was a bit nerve wracking to walk out of the house in that outfit and lie down. I felt like there were people all over the place watching me. Meredith and Gwen wouldn’t let me cover up. They said something about it being normal but I was too weirded out still by the clothes to care.
I had mentioned this to Gwen who had laughed. “Yeah, I understand that Caitlin. For a large part, that is why we moved our sunbathing back here. For a while we would sunbathe on the front lawn, since it is more open and gets better sun, but guys would then start to drive by and just start oogling. So we moved to here. It has been quieter.”
“That couldn’t have been fun.” I said, thinking about how uncomfortable that had to have been, guys driving up and down the street staring at me. I shuddered.
“It wasn’t. You end up feeling like a piece of meat, like something for their enjoyment, not real. A lot of the time most guys look at you like an object and not a person. You’ll get used to it over time. It’s not like you have any choice.” She replied, irritation clear.
I shuddered some. Did I really want to get used to that? If it was a part of life as a girl did I really think I could take being looked at like a thing? If a girl could do that surely I could. Couldn’t I?
Gwen spoke up, breaking my reflection of earlier conversations. “Caitlin, you need to roll over. You have cooked enough on one side, so it’s time to flip.”
I rolled over and put my magazine down. After the spa yesterday, this level of relaxing was nice. Just feeling the sun bake my skin was great, it was very sensual. The feel of the bikini bottom was odd, however, and I reached down my hands and tugged it more in place. Once it felt better I put my head down and rested.
This whole thing has been odd and fun. Time was passing slowly for me as there were all sorts of new things to learn and experience. Each day had something new, at least several things. I was enjoying it now once things shifted away from a really uncomfortable place of first coping with this. I was getting better with this whole thing. It was something more than I had thought but it was getting less odd.
I just tried to be comfortable with things. I didn’t know where I was going with this whole social experiment I had stumbled into, but it was definitely more interesting than being who I had been. As Richard I was practically a non-entity for the most part. I was invisible. But now I was definitely more visible. My clothes were different, I stood out more. I was a bit uncomfortable with that but Meredith and Gwen seemed to know what they were doing for the most part, as did the rest of the girls.
I smiled when I thought of Meredith. She was really going out of her way to make me feel comfortable with things. She was beautiful and smart and amazing and she wanted to be with me. I wasn’t really sure what to do with that but it did make me smile. If dressing like this helped me with Meredith than I could live with being a girl. Though I wasn’t sure what I would do once I graduated. Would I stay like this? Would I be able to return to my life?
“Caitlin?”
I shaded my face with a hand and looked up at the voice. “Yes?”
Nadia was looking down at me. “Are you free after lunch?”
I nodded. “I think so. As far as I know I only have classes this morning. Is it something important?”
She smiled and shook her head. “No. I just want to talk to you is all. See you after lunch.”
With that she turned and headed back into the house. Meredith was coming out and I saw the two of them talk a little. I was wondering what was up but I was a bit too warm and comfortable to stress over anything.
Meredith walked up and stood off to the side, out of my light. “Hey, Caitlin!”
I smiled as I looked up at her. “What?”
“Time to stop baking and come inside. Get changed, we have some things to do.” With that she turned and headed back inside. I sighed, no rest for the weary.
I stood up and adjusted my bikini bottom again. Didn’t those things ever stay in place? I grabbed my towel and headed inside. Meredith swatted my butt as I walked past her and I yelped, jumping forward. She laughed and I grumbled as I headed upstairs, rubbing my sore ass. The shower did feel really nice after the sun though. I didn’t wash my hair as I didn’t want to have to dry it again. Taking care of long hair was really a bit of a pain, especially doing it the way they showed me how to do it.
I rubbed in lotion and brushed out my hair. That was definitely one of the things I liked about this. I got dressed in a light blue sundress with flowers and butterflies that I really liked. I would have preferred it to be on Meredith or even Gwen but I did think I looked good in it. The changes they had made to me certainly made me look like the girl I was supposed to be. I put on a pair of strappy sandals and headed downstairs. More unending torture with classes I was sure.
And it certainly was that. They were now leading me through the long drawn out process of creating of a female history. I learned about periods, puberty, masturbation, crushes, boys and all sorts of other things that I had never thought about, like what the hell was a horse girl? Thankfully they decided I wasn’t one. I figured I liked faeries better. But I had no idea why that was important, but when they started talking about all the faerie stuff that we would get I was starting to get the idea. Apparently some of these developmental phases affected you for a long time. It almost felt like I had lost out some experiences. Once this was created I was supposed to memorize it, to have reference material.
I was also given more books for reading and study. I had no idea what Reviving Ophelia was about but I had to read it. And I was also given some book called Manifesta. I was told it was good but different, about something called Third Wave Feminism. School was definitely starting early for me this year. At least that book wasn’t some sort of romance novel. However I was told I had to read Rhapsody at some point. Some sort of Fantasy Adventure Romance novel. I was told it was good and that I would enjoy it. I wasn’t sure. This whole thing kept getting more and more involved as things went on. If I didn’t have all this help there is no way I could have pulled this off on my own.
They worked some more on my moving and standing and the way I held my arms and hands and books and everything. I would have screamed but it wouldn’t have really helped me in the long run. If I wanted to be here I would have to play by their rules and I did want to be here. Thankfully, compared to the whole history thing it wasn’t half bad.
After a few hours of this, it was lunch time. I really liked my chicken salad with some sort of bleu cheese vinaigrette on it. That was so good that I really wanted more. There were tomatoes and other things in it as well and plenty of chicken. I liked it and I had never had a dressing like it before. Thankfully it was a large salad, as I was quite hungry. I was really starting to like salads for lunch but then you can get used to anything over time.
Several of the girls and I were talking about various movies that were out. They were talking about several films I hadn’t seen and several of the summer blockbusters that I had. I never had really thought about girls going on their own to action films before. The things they remembered were a bit different than my own observations. I actually got a different kind of appreciation of the films from the conversation. It made me want to see them again so I could try and spot what they spotted. The girls did seem to think and see things differently than I did. It made me wonder if it was learned or innate.
As we chatted I saw Nadia wave to me from the doorway. I nodded to her and said my goodbyes to everybody else. As I headed over Nadia turned and headed towards the room where we had met the first time. I was really wondering what was going on.
It must have shown on my face. She smiled as she took a seat. “Relax Caitlin; there is nothing to worry about. You aren’t in any trouble. I have heard nothing but praise from the girls and most of them agree that this was a good idea so far. I was just worried about you. Meredith told me about the problems you were having and I have been concerned.”
“I’m fine, really.” I replied quickly. I wasn’t sure if I wanted to talk about these things with the woman who could end this with a word.
“I know this probably isn’t the easiest thing for you to do Caitlin, but I have been extremely impressed and I have been sending reports to National about you and what you have been doing. They are impressed as well. But why don’t you tell me what has been bothering you lately?” she rested a hand on my knee, something I had come to understand as a gesture of compassion and caring.
I sighed, no real choice at this point. And it really did seem as if Nadia did care about what was going on with me. “Alright, it is just going through this has been really odd. Sometimes I am not sure who I am any more. The other night was the worst it has been, but it is also keeping me up at night sometimes. This has put my head in a spin, to say the least. I feel lost more often than not, like I have no idea who I am.”
Nadia nodded her head. She really was very attractive and I liked her smile. It certainly seemed as if she did care. “Well, I guess this would be hard. Actually, I hadn’t thought about it too much. We have been worried about you bringing disrespect to our house so we may have been pushing you too hard. Honestly Caitlin, we don’t really know what we are doing with this. With Meredith’s help we are making things up to try and have you blend in without taking any permanent steps. We want you to do this on your own and not try to force you to do any of this. If it is too much we can stop, no harm no foul.”
I shook my head. I had endured too much to give up now. “I don’t want to quit. I gave my word to you and the other Sisters and I intend to keep it. If you had said no I would have taken you to court but you didn’t. I may not have started this with the full intention of joining but when you let me in I felt honor bound to accept. Otherwise, I would have been a hypocrite. There has been so much I have learned in the short time I have been here that its amazing. It hasn’t even been remotely easy but it has been interesting and fun.”
“What sort of problems are you having?” She actually looked concerned for me. I guess maybe she really was. None of the women of the House were mean or cruel, so maybe I could trust her.
“Well, I am still having issues with how I look. I look…odd. Sometimes it makes me think that I might not be me any more. But I am getting better with that. Meredith has definitely been helping with that. I also feel like I am breaking up at times and I don’t really want that. Maybe I haven’t had enough time to just relax.”
“We can fix that. You are doing so well we will move the classes and stuff to every other day until we think you have enough to fit in without being noticed. We, as a House, don’t want to be laughed at for letting a guy in. We have no problem with it, but National is afraid of the negative press and image that might portray. They are still trying to decide if this was a good idea. I hope we can show them that you are a man of your word and honestly want to be a Sister of this House.” She seemed really passionate about what she was saying. I had to agree with her as I didn’t want the grief that would come from being exposed as well. This had already gone to the point that it never could be lived down. I would have to move to another country as I was fairly certain I couldn’t get off planet.
“Thank you for that, Nadia. I just really haven’t had the time to just sit with all of this and feel it out for my self. And I want to do some normal stuff occasionally. If I am supposed to be one of the girls I need to relax into being a girl, not feel like I am cramming for a test all the time.”
She smiled at me. “Not a problem Caitlin…Richard…uhm...not a problem. Heh…I already think of you as one of the girls. You are worlds different than you where when you first came here. I like you and hope you can make it through this. And many of the other girls do as well. If you act in a way that is without fault then the ones who are worried might be able to cope with things.”
“I wasn’t aware that there were some people who didn’t want this?” I was worried a little bit. Would this cause trouble?
“Don’t worry about it. Meredith and Gwen assure me and the others that you are holding up their end of the bargain and that you are trying to become a Sister of this House. That is helping, as is your attitude. You also have a number of the other Sisters saying only good things about you.”
I smiled and felt my face grow warm. I had never really been praised before and I was getting really embarrassed. I looked at the floor and stammered. “Erm…thank you.”
She smiled again and laughed a little. “You go and enjoy yourself. Tonight should be fun.”
I turned and headed upstairs, waving as I went. About halfway up the flight of stairs it hit me...I would be going out with a guy tonight. I stumbled a bit at that realization but continued upstairs. I stopped at the top of the stairs and breathed deeply. I would be all right. Meredith wouldn’t let anything happen to me. She wouldn’t.
Gwen must have noticed something when I walked into the room because she helped me to my bed and got me to sit down. I barely noticed that until she hugged me. “It’ll be okay Caitlin. They’re only boys, nothing to be scared of. They shouldn’t even be that stinky.”
I calmed down some, but her breasts against my face did little to calm other things. I pulled away when I felt better, but I know my face was red, and I was very hard and very uncomfortable because of it. I turned away, feeling like I was unable to look at her. The whole thing was very awkward and I wished I could hide.
“Caitlin? What’s wrong?” Gwen was too perceptive for my own good.
“Uhm…that was a bit more exciting than I needed…” I caught her eyes, glanced down at my crotch and then back up.
She laughed and began apologizing. “I’m sorry Caitlin. Next time I’ll keep my boobs out of your face.”
We both laughed about that. “What do you want to do until it’s time to get ready for your date?”
“I am just going to sit and write in my journal a bit if that’s okay. I want to veg for a bit. Things have been far too action packed for me lately. I could use the down time.” I lay back against my pillows, reaching over for my journal.
She nodded. “Sounds good to me. I’m gonna run to Starbucks, want anything?”
“No thank you. Starbucks is evil.” I wasn’t sure I wanted to get into my rant about Starbucks.
“Okay…more for me. I’ll see you when I get back.” With that she grabbed her purse and headed out. She waved from the door.
I was alone in my room.
My room…with décor from the girls. What did I want? How would I decorate this room? I wasn’t sure. If I was supposed to be a girl, and considering how I looked it wasn’t really an option to be otherwise, what did I like? The questions earlier that day were running through my head. What did I like?
I actually didn’t know. Things had changed and some of my ideas had as well. I looked over my posters and other stuff. I did like my bear. That was really nice and very cuddly. It helped when I was feeling off or confused. She was amazingly helpful. My bear. She had become my bear. That was different. I had never had a bear or any other stuffed animal. And I was starting to like different things for décor. Maybe I could change my room around?
Also, I was coming to like wearing dresses, skirts and nightgowns. That was also a bit odd. The materials were so nice and they moved nicely against my hairless skin. Thinking back over my other clothes I felt so drab and boring and the material was so rough on my skin as well. There were a lot of things to be said about women’s clothes.
What the hell was happening to me? Was this bad? I actually liked some of this? Shouldn’t I hate this? I was…I am a guy, so shouldn’t I not like this stuff? Shouldn’t I be enraged by all the feminine things that surrounded me?
I shook my head to clear it. I was where I was. There was no shame in what I was doing. I was honoring my word and going through something that other guys could never imagine. I was living in a Sorority house. I took showers in the same room as other girls. It was really awesome. So it meant wearing the clothes of and living as a girl. The perks really seemed to be nice as well. And I have friends. Friends who might actually remain my friends after I leave this school. And my first ever girlfriend, but I am going to avoid telling Merri that one. Sometimes all of that was more important than the difficult things.
I just sat and relaxed, letting my thoughts drift away with me. I was getting better with dealing with this whole thing. Maybe I would even be able to cope with the fact that I was about to go on a date with a guy. Merri said she would make it up to me and arrange it so I would have a beard, whatever that meant. But Merri said she was going to try and find a way to cover me without my having to do anything really special. I probably should have been worried, but I am a sucker when it comes to Meredith. All she had to do was give me that smile and I would agree to anything.
I looked over at the clock and cursed. It was about time to start getting ready for tonight. Meredith had said casual, so I was going to wear a comfortable skirt and a nice airy blouse. The two looked really good together and their color was nice on me. They made me look good.
I also did up my makeup, a bit heavier than normal, doing my eyes and going for a darker lipstick. That would help as well. I styled my hair and slipped on some sandals that went with the outfit. Once I grabbed my purse I headed over to Meredith’s room and knocked on the door. I heard a muffled “Come in.”
Meredith was topless, getting her bra on. I smiled at this sight. “Evening Merri.”
She looked up as well and smiled. “Evening. You look wonderful. That is a great skirt. Are you ready for this?”
“I think so. I am willing to go through with it at any rate.”
She came up and hugged me. As she pulled back she brushed my face with her hand. “That’s my girl.”
I smiled and blushed, looking away.
She pulled on her blouse and grabbed her purse. “Let’s get going. Those two should be over here really soon.”
“You haven’t told me who this date is with.” I stated nervously.
“Oh, sorry. They are both friends of mine, Albert and Paul. They are both in a fraternity. Paul has a bit of a problem, as he is gay. Al knows but none of the other brothers know. I figured that if you had a ‘boyfriend’ who wasn’t going to do anything it would kill two birds with one stone. Besides he is really cute.”
“Won’t Al hit on you?”
“Doubtful, as I have already told him that I met someone over the summer, but that I wouldn’t mind going out with him as a friend. He is a nice guy and all of that but I really don’t want to do anything more with him than hang out occasionally. Besides, you are more my type you sexy thing.” With that she grabbed my ass. I yelped and she started laughing. “It’ll be fine Caitlin; I am not worried at all about you.”
“I am a bit worried, but if you think this whole thing is safe I guess I will believe you.” I was still not overly pleased with the whole going out on a date with a guy thing, but if she said it would be fine than I was going to believe her. If she was lying to me, I was in a world of hurt waiting to happen. If they ever decided to turn mean I would be so screwed.
Her cell phone phone rang.
“Yes? Great. Tell them will be right down.”
After she hung up the phone she turned to me smiling like the cat that ate the canary. “Let’s go girlfriend, our dates are here.”
College Girl
By poetheather
Chap 10
I swallowed heavily. I was really nervous. I was going out on a date, my first date, and it was going to be with a guy. I followed Meredith down the stairs, my heart racing a mile a minute. It started racing faster when I actually saw our dates.
The two dark haired guys seemed to both be over six feet tall and have fairly athletic builds. They were the kind of guys I always wanted to become and hadn’t so far. They both were dressed alike in jeans, dress shirts and loafers. Their look screamed frat guys. If they found out about me I would get really hurt. That certainly didn’t help me stay calm.
Meredith walked up to one of them and hugged him tightly. The guy oofed as if his breath was being crushed from him. I felt a twinge of jealousy. That was my girl. “Hi Al.”
“Hey there Contrary. How does your garden grow?” His voice wasn’t as deep as I expected it. I guessed he sang tenor, if he sang at all. Yes, I had been in Choir, what?
“Not bad, lately. Al, this is Caitlin, she is new here and is going to pledge with us. Caitlin, this is Al, a good friend of mine in my theatre classes. Now that I completed this round, it is your turn Al.” She smiled broadly and reached up to ruffle his perfectly groomed hair. Albert looked like he was totally metrosexual and proud of it. If he was straight then he was probably one of the few in the Theatre department.
Al smiled broadly, with plenty of teeth and began talking like a game show host. It made me smile despite my nervousness. “Caitlin, allow me to introduce to you your date for this evening, Paul Devlin Smith. He likes long walks on the beach, drinking in hot tubs and giving long sensual massages. He will certainly rub you the right way. Say Hi to Paul.”
Paul had a sweet and shy smile. It was unsure and that showed in his eyes. I certainly had no idea that this guy could be gay. He looked like any of the jocks at my school. I wonder if this meant… “Hello Caitlin.”
He extended his hand towards me. I took it lightly and shook hands with him, just like I had been taught. “Hi Paul.”
My heart felt like it was in my throat. Paul had a deep, manly bass to his voice that sounded male in a way mine never had, even before Anne had altered it. Paul had deep blue eyes that seemed to look as nervous as I felt. The silence would have gone on as we nervously stared at each other if Meredith hadn’t jumped in. “So boys, us ladies were wondering what you had in store for us? Something fun, hopefully.”
Al smiled with his too perfect teeth. It was almost creepy, like a demonic used car salesman. “Paul and I were thinking perhaps we could go for the old stand by, dinner and a movie?”
Meredith glanced at me, arching an eyebrow in question. I shrugged. It didn’t matter to me as I was too busy trying to breathe and cope with my racing heart. I don’t think I had ever been so nervous in my entire life. Okay, besides coming to this Sorority the first time, it was definitely the worst. Besides, like my opinion actually mattered here, I just wanted to stay home and nibble on Meredith. “Well…that might just work. Where did you want to take us for food?”
“I was thinking about BBQ. Sound good?” stated Al.
“No way! How about Chinese?” countered Meredith.
“Ugh! No! Mexican?” returned Al.
“No! Denney’esque?” smacked back Merri.
Al thought a moment, looked at Paul and then nodded. “Sure, why not. Shall we?”
Meredith took my arm and led the way down the front steps to where Albert’s car was parked. It was a nice, sane four door Ford, not the massive SUV or race car I had imagined. So much for stereotypes. I got in back with Paul and Meredith took the passenger seat and off we went.
Thus began the small talk. Paul and Meredith chattered on about things with Paul and me occasionally throwing in our two cents worth on those rare occasions when they both had to breathe. We chattered through dinner as well, with Paul and me gradually adding more to the conversation, until by the end of dinner we were all talking easily together. On the ride to the movie theatre, Paul tentatively reached out his hand to touch mine, concealed to look like anything but that. The skin of his palm was somewhat coarse and damp on my smooth, soft hand.
My heart started pounding in my throat again. I thought about what Meredith said and decided to play along. I took his hand gently, fingers touching and crossed. His hand was warm on mine. When we reached the theatre Albert and Meredith walked in holding each other across the shoulders. Paul and I were holding hands, but too embarrassed to look at each other.
It felt good to be holding his hand. Confusing, but also comforting. His hand was larger than mine and made me think of holding hands with my mother when I was smaller. We ended up holding hands through the whole film, some romantic comedy that was good at the time but I don’t even remember what it was about. It felt nice when I just relaxed and let Meredith’s advice to just let things happen take hold. I felt comforted and secure, wanted in a way I never had felt before. Meredith kept looking over at me and Paul smiling. She was pleased so I must have passed what ever odd test she had concocted.
The movie ended and the group of us headed over to a coffee shop that was near the theatre so we could chat some more. Paul and I sat close, our knees touching as we talked about school, places we had been and never had been, where we were from and where we wanted to go. I just told him about my life, editing facts whenever it felt necessary. It was easy and I didn’t feel too weird about it. By the time we returned to the house I did feel that Paul was a nice guy and that I liked him. It was a bit disturbing if I thought about it, so I just kept staying in the moment.
When we were at the front door of the house he hugged and kissed me lightly on the lips before the two of them left. While it felt nice, it did throw my mind into a whirl. His lips were warm and when he pulled me in I felt both weak and secure. I wasn’t sure what to do with that. I let him do that and I never fought back.
Once upstairs and safely in my room I started to fight back tears, my emotions a jangled mess. I was upset because Albert and Paul were what I would never be, even when puberty eventually started. Now I felt like I was less then them. I was nothing like them. And to top it all off I felt somewhat attracted to Paul. What the fuck was going on? Was I gay? Was I bi? What was happening to me?
Meredith had obviously noticed my mood and returned to my room after a few minutes. She walked right in and sat down next to me on my bed. “Caitlin, what’s wrong? You did really well. Neither of them had any clue that you were not always a girl. Albert kept talking about the fact that you would be awesome at keeping Paul’s secret.”
“Merri, I want to be a guy like them. That’s what I have always wanted to be. Not some scrawny, easily forgotten boy, but a strong man. Big, tall, muscular, something other than tiny me.” I started crying at that point as it was again too much for me. I had been hit in two different areas and the combination was hurting.
Meredith took my head in her hands and pulled my head up. When we were eye to eye she said intently, “Why try to be what your body won’t let you? You told me about your family, how all the men are small. What is so wrong with that? I’ll tell you this, if you were easily forgotten as a boy then get used to being noticed. You make a wonderful woman. Think of it this way, the only thing I really changed was to give you breasts and make some superficial changes. That’s it. The rest of it is you, naturally. You are a beautiful woman who men and women look more than twice at. Why worry about not being tall and muscular? Right now as a woman you have real power.”
With that she leaned forward and kissed me softly on the lips. Her lips were definitely softer than Paul’s and tasted of her flavored lip balm. Her kiss had a similar, but stronger effect on me. She brushed her hand across my cheek, looking me in my eyes lovingly. “Cheer up Caitlin; you can be anything you want. My vote is for who you are now. You’re pretty cool and fun to hang out with.”
I smiled at that. She was making me feel better despite my internal conflicts. After all, wasn’t that what girlfriends were supposed to do? I really didn’t want to keep hashing out the same worries and problems, so I changed the subject. “Merri, why does Al call you Contrary?”
She laughed lightly. I loved that laugh, it made me feel really good inside. “Well, you know…Mary, Mary quite contrary, how does your garden grow? I guess I am so contrary that it fits. So that’s what the whole theatre department calls me.”
“I think that they’re right. It does fit you. You’d have to be contrary to be able to turn me into this.” I gestured over my body.
“Nope, that was just my schooling. The contrary part…that would be my being attracted to you. The more woman you become the more I find myself attracted to you. I know it’s a bit weird, and I’m not attracted to other women…just you.” She leaned forward again and kissed me with a little more force and passion. That certainly helped how I felt. “That is your reward for being such a good sport tonight. I was actually getting all hot and bothered watching you and Paul kiss. You have no idea how wet it made me.”
I smiled brightly, feeling quite a bit better, at least about our relationship. I was being rewarded for acting like a woman and I did like it, which was hard to admit. “Thanks Merri. I think you know that I am hot for you too, but for the usual reasons.”
She chuckled at that and then beamed at me. Her smile made me feel really alive. “Well good night girl. I will see you in the morning. Gwen passed her congratulations on to you as well. Sleep tight Caitlin.”
“Night Meredith.”
She left the room and some of the happiness went with her. I used my make up remover and changed into my silk night gown. I wanted to feel really nice tonight for some reason. I got out my diary and sat back on my bed, propping myself up on my pillows. I wrote about everything that had happened today and what I thought about it. Daily it seemed as if I was leaving more of Richard behind and becoming Caitlin more completely. Like that kiss. I had not fought it when Paul kissed me. Part of me had definitely wanted more. This was not the normal thought pattern of an eighteen year old boy on his way to college who was sure he was straight. I still thought I was straight. I mean I was hot for Meredith and Gwen made me happily hard as well. But there was what I felt with Paul, whatever that meant.
I finished that train of thought with the questions still unanswered, as usual. If I stayed with this crazy scheme what would I be like when I graduated? Would I even be a guy any more? Would I only want to be with guys? Would I lose Meredith and hook up with Paul? Would he be okay with me being a boy? I didn’t know and right now I didn’t want to know.
I crawled under the covers with my bear and hugged him really tight. That helped me settle down in my head enough and I drifted to sleep thinking about Paul and Meredith.
* * * *
The next day the weather was stormy so Meredith and I went to the mall. Meredith let me know that I needed to get two party dresses for Rush week. I was a bit unsure about what that entailed but followed her from store to store looking for the perfect dresses. I apparently had all the other clothes I might need for Rush week already. Not really much of a surprise.
We weren’t able to find anything that really seemed to be what she was looking for. I liked several of the dresses but Merri wanted to have her way, as usual. We had lunch at a soup and salad place in the mall. While we ate we talked about dating and men. I started things, fishing for information. “So Merri, what is this thing with you and Albert?”
“Actually, nothing. We are just really good friends…with privileges. I am at heart a free agent and don’t have any plans to limit myself. You however are a special case and I have no problems being with you.”
I blushed at that. How could Merri do that? “And that’s not a problem with anyone?”
“Why should it be Caitlin? No one owns me. I make decisions for myself that have nothing to do with anyone else. That is what modern feminism is all about, making your own decisions. I may be your girlfriend but I am still my own person with my own habits and quirks.” retorted Meredith, punctuating her points with her fork stabbing helpless salad. The slight crunch of the cucumbers was a bit disturbing.
“I guess I am still getting used to that concept. Too much of growing up where time seemed to be turned back a hundred years. Well go back to that later, but, how am I doing, really?” I was actually curious and a little worried. I knew she would tell me the truth, whether I wanted to hear it or not.
“Well Caitlin, right now I think you could pass a majority of the time without somebody there to nudge you. In some ways you seem somewhat tomboy-ish, but hey it’s only been about three weeks. Personally, I don’t think you can be taught much more at this point. Sure, try to learn the colors and styles, but some women I know don’t know them. So what we have ended up teaching you is more feminine than most women are. I think daily living and interacting, as well as your media intake will be the deciding factor. All you need now is time. We drilled the obvious stuff into you; your voice is practically perfect. Even your handwriting is almost there. It all comes down to time.” She smiled and took another bite of salad, smiling around the fork.
The appraisal stunned me. I was mostly there? Really? This was nice and worrisome at the same time. Was I really that much of a girl now?
“But anyway Caitlin I know I need a trim and I think you could probably stand one as well. Maybe we should also touch up the color, but I’m not sure, since it has only been a few weeks. Let me call my sister, we might be able to get in today.”
I shrugged. “Sounds good to me.”
Merri managed to get a hold of her sister and we were able to get into the beauty parlor and get our hair trimmed. As we left the mall and headed towards Merri’s car she started chuckling. I turned and looked at her. “What?”
“Did you see the number of guys who were checking you out? You really seem to be able to turn heads Caitlin. Personally, I think it is the hair color.”
“I was being checked out?” I was actually astounded. A guy would find me attractive enough to take a second look? A guy who wasn’t gay? That was new. I actually stopped in my tracks in surprise.
“Yep. Don’t worry though, you get used to the feel of eyes on you. It is just something that happens when you are attractive.” supplied Meredith as if she were sharing a state secret.
We both giggled over that. We drove the familiar route over to the spa. Miriam, Merri’s sister looked over my hair and it was decided that my roots needed to be touched up just a little. So I found myself with a brush being applied to my head, only covering a little bit of my hair. They managed to get the color matched nicely and it looked great. Once we were done I made an appointment for a facial for the middle of next week, as I would need the help relaxing once Rush started. I really enjoyed the facial I had gotten as it was really soothing.
Miriam, Merri and I then headed off to get some Chinese for dinner. We all went in Merri’s car. Miriam looked me over and applauded her sister and I. “Merri, you are indeed an artist. Caitlin, you are transformed beyond any expectation I had formed when my crazy sis told me about this nutty plan. Wow.”
Meredith bowed flamboyantly and I just blushed and looked at my plate of rice noodles. It was a bit embarrassing to get such praise and it was something I really wasn’t used to. Merri smiled and brushed it all aside and onto me. “Thanks Miri for all the praise but Caitlin here did most of the work. All my work would have been for naught if she hadn’t worked for this just as hard.”
“Remember Caitlin, when the hair starts to grow back enough to be visible come back in for another treatment.” reminded Miriam.
I smiled, even though I knew that. “Thanks Miriam.”
“Don’t mention it. I am glad to help out with this.”
After dinner we dropped off Miriam at her car and the two of us rented some movies. When we got up to her room we were joined by others in a fairly huge, impromptu pajama party. It was great fun. We watched the films, drank some, talked about lots of things from our dreams to boys and sex. I enjoyed myself immensely. Finally, after hours we all collapsed from exhaustion and slept on the floor all tangled up. It felt wonderful and I felt so accepted.
When I awoke in the morning I found myself cuddled between two of the girls, who were still sleeping soundly. I extricated myself slowly and returned to my room. My clock said that it was eight o’clock. I wiped the sleep from my eyes. I grabbed my shower stuff and headed out. Time to shower and get ready for the day.
A number of the other girls were somewhat awake when breakfast was served. I had plenty of company, as I was really being accepted more and more by the women of the house. The company was nice and I appreciated being invited to join a group of the girls for breakfast. Most of the girls were going to be busy with preparing for Rush week and I knew I needed to be out of the way. I really didn’t know what to do but a few of the girls who were not working on Rush offered to let me join them for a picnic and swim down at the lake. I happily accepted. It sounded like it would be fun.
Meredith was awake by the time I got back upstairs. I told her about the picnic and invited her to come along. “I would love to Caitlin, but I need to help Nadia with some of the plans for Rush week. It is going to be a fun but busy week. Have fun for me.”
She kissed me on the cheek and headed off downstairs to get to work. That saddened me but the plans for the day sounded fun. I grabbed a large bath sheet that I used for sunbathing and my tanning oil. I had some color but for some reason I couldn’t bake really dark like some of the other girls.
I changed into my bikini and then put a green jumper on over it. I pulled my hair back into a scrunchy and grabbed my sunglasses, the book I was reading, Rhapsody, my iPod and something else to read. All I would really need to do to be completely ready would be to grab some food and drinks.
As I headed downstairs I noticed that several of the other girls were also ready to head off to the lake. I rode with another girl, Michelle, as we all headed down to the lake. She had only been in the sorority for a semester before now. She was really nice and thought it was really brave of me to do this. I wasn’t sure what to say to that so I only said thank you. I mean what do you say when someone says that?
The group of us played in the water, swam some and baked in the sun some. The lunch we brought with us was good. I had never had so much fun with a group before, let alone a group of girls. I felt happier and more accepted by this group of women than I ever had by any group back in High School. Back there I was a social outcast; here I was just one of the girls. It seemed as if a number of them honestly liked me. I made more friends that day than I had in my old school for the four years I had been there. I wasn’t sure why. Were women friendlier or what? I couldn’t answer that so I stopped trying and had a really great time. I let myself be in the moment and stopped going over questions.
We came back to the house about mid-afternoon. I felt so relaxed and happy that I was having trouble not smiling. I showered to get the last of the tanning oil off me and to wash the lake water out of my hair. I moisturized my whole body afterwards, as it felt a bit dry. I really loved the feel of my hands moving over my hairless body. It was even better when Meredith was doing that. I was glad nothing had grown out yet.
As I sat down to comb out the tangles in my hair I thought over the past several weeks. I had gone from a drab boy to a maturing young woman quickly. I still had trouble finding my old self in whoever looked back from the mirror. I had gone on a date as a girl. I seemed to be a girl in love with another girl. I was so unsure what to do. I really had no reference points that would help me figure this whole thing out.
Being a girl both frightened and pleased me; only my own curiosity as to how this would turn out and my sense of honor kept me here in my frilly feminine room. I was liked as a girl. I mean, the girls of the house seemed to actually like me. That was new. I got attention, People seemed to notice me. I was no longer invisible. My life had changed so much already and if I stayed it would only change more. I had taken the leap from the lion’s mouth, trusting in faith. I was stuck with either letting my fear and worry win, quitting this whole social experiment and admitting I was wrong or I could travel further along this new and unknown path and see what happened.
I held my breast forms in my hands, lifting my breasts on my chest, weighing them as I thought this whole thing through. I looked up into the mirror at my face. Even without makeup or doing my hair, the face that looked back at me was feminine. I had always looked like this and waxing my eyebrows and doing my hair only made it even more obvious. This is what I looked like, what I actually looked like. Even if I left right now, I would still look this way for a while, at least until puberty really kicked in. My uncle hadn’t really had to shave or even have his muscles bulk up until he was in his late twenties. My dad was pretty much the same. I looked into my eyes and realized that I might as well enjoy this game until Mother Nature took me out of it by puberty finally hitting, which could literally be any day or not for a decade.
I nodded to my reflection. I really could do this and I had to admit that this whole insane situation was really fun. True, I might really need therapy in a big way at the end or even now but I was enjoying myself for the most part. If I could stop stressing about the whole being a girl thing life would definitely be better. I mean if a huge chunk of the world’s population could do this surely I could? Besides having Merri in my life was plenty of compensation for tight bras and heels.
I pulled out a pair of panties and pulled them on, tucking myself up and under, an act that no longer felt foreign. The matching bra followed. I grabbed a gypsy skirt and poets shirt and got dressed. I braided my hair and slid on a pair of strapy sandals. I grabbed Rhapsody and headed downstairs to one of the other rooms to curl up and read before dinner. I loved the book. Rhapsody, Achmed and Grunthor had just gotten out of the earth and off the Axis Mundi. They were now trying to find out where they were. Rhapsody was the coolest character. If I had to be a girl, being like her would be awesome. I was using a little bit of the book to add details to the rewriting of my history, well except for the whole whore part and the crawling through the world.
Meredith’s advice with my female history was for me to keep it simple and to change as little as possible, except for gender. She also had pointed out that going through a rebellious, tomboy phase would help explain the few masculine quirks that remained. It was funny, I was having both my past and future reworked because of what I thought would be a good joke and a blow for equality. Despite Nadia and the girls turning the tables on me, I actually may have made one of the best moves in my life. I mean, I simply could not complain about being liked and having friends. Besides, this really was an act of equality.
That feeling, to this degree, was so new, so unusual to my memory that it affected me like a drug. I think I enjoyed dressing like a girl and being feminine because the girls liked me this way. I was liked in a way I hadn’t been as a boy. Me, as Richard, was fading as I knew that me, as Caitlin, got me that kind of response from others. I guess I was starved for real attention. I wanted and needed that attention. It was like a drug. I realized that I actually preferred being a girl as I was liked, paid attention to, talked to, and looked at. As Richard I had gone through High School invisible and reviled, with only a few friends to call my own. Now I could barely contain the smiles that rose up from inside. I think I could honestly say that I loved being a girl.
I shook with the realization and shoved it all aside. It was a bit much and I was trembling. I turned back to my book, losing myself in fantasy adventure with a good dose of romantic flavoring. Even my pleasures had changed in the short time I had done this and I wasn’t complaining. I now liked “chick flicks”. Thankfully my taste in music hadn’t changed, but I had been introduced to some new artists and styles. I lost myself to the book, dreaming of being as beautiful as Rhapsody. This is where Meredith and Nadia found me around dinner time.
“Caitlin, time for dinner, so stop poisoning your mind with mush and lets eat.” remarked Meredith, as she plucked the book from my hands. I glared at her and she gave it back. I used my unicorn book mark to hold my place.
“Let’s go to dinner, Pledge. Do well and 11 weeks from now you may earn your letters and become a full sister of this house. By the way, National is proud of you and wanted me to pass on some more encouragement to you.” stated Nadia. “A lot of people really want you to stick to this and complete the pledge program.”
I smiled brightly at this. “I’ll do my best. I can hardly wait for Rush week.”
“Great. Well, let’s go eat.” We all headed for the dining room.
The chat was lively around the dining table. We talked about Rush week, school, movies, dates and the like. I chimed in and was made to feel at home and accepted. It looked as if some of the girls had forgotten I was Richard and only saw me as Caitlin.
Meredith dragged me upstairs after we ate. I followed her willingly. “I have the Rush schedule and I wanted to go over it with you. It should be fun.”
I took the list she offered and looked at it. There were a number of things on there. There was an Ice Cream Social, a movie night, a lake party, a semi-formal cocktail party and a formal party at the end of the week. It sounded fun. I was a bit worried about the fact that I had to have a date for the semi-formal and formal but I was sure Merri had thought about that. That could be why she introduced me to Paul in the first place. He was nice, I liked him and it would be better than a blind date.
I nodded at this and set the sheet down on my desk. Meredith smiled at me. “So Caitlin, what do you want to do tonight? It’s about 7 and we have a Saturday night in front of us. Want to go to a club?”
A club? I had never been to something like that. Besides, my town had been small enough that it hadn’t really had a club. “Sure, why not. It sounds fun. But I don’t know how to dance.”
She laughed brightly. I really loved her laugh. “It’s easy. You move side to side, sway, wiggle your hips and just move to the music, just like the aerobics only without all the exercise. You have been doing that daily for a while now so it shouldn’t be that odd, right?”
She did have me there and I couldn’t argue. “Alright. I suppose you have a place in mind for this fun and exciting trip?”
“Yes I do. I love this club and I think you will like it as well. Do you want Albert and Paul to pick us up here or meet us there?” she added mischievously. Her smile only grew bigger.
I shook my head. Sometimes Merri’s plots were very transparent. Like this time. “Meet us there, thank you. Don’t rush me too quickly into this whole dating guys thing. I’m still coping at the moment. And besides, are you really that tired of me already?”
Meredith grabbed my head and kissed me soundly. It was forceful, and filled with passion and I was getting dizzy from it. Our tongues played for a bit and I moaned into it, leaning into her. I was so totally hers. She finally broke for air leaving me gasping and leaning slightly forward for more. “Tired of you? Not hardly. I’ll tell them to meet us there, spoilsport. It should be a lot of fun. But if we want to be ready to go by around 8:30 or 9 we really should start getting ready now. I will call them. You, my sexy thing, wear something playful.”
Meredith spun on the ball of her foot and flounced out of the room. I was so totally in love with her.
After Meredith left, I smirked and turned to look at my pretty large wardrobe, thanks to the girls. What was I going to wear? I didn’t know what to wear for something like this. I guess I could wear that little black dress that they had insisted I buy. It clung to me tightly and showed every curve and yet still managed to look good. There was my plaid skirt and my white silk blouse that I could wear with those Mary Janes. I personally thought the catholic schoolgirl look was cute though I had to admit I preferred seeing it rather than wearing it. The short kilted skirt would definitely flare up, teasingly, showing my panties if I twirled too much. It would definitely qualify as playful. That sounded like the outfit I should wear as the little black dress was too sexy and too formal. I don’t think I was ready for sexy.
I got out a white bra and a pair of white panties. I was wondering about wearing hose or not. My legs were still hairless and nicely tanned so there was no real reason to wear them. Besides, hose did warm quick, especially if Meri ended up pulling me out onto the floor, as was eminently possible. White socks with the Mary Janes would complete the schoolgirl image, probably the ones that almost came to my knees. It definitely sounded cute. I at least liked it.
Once I managed to decide what I was going to wear I got changed. I was satisfied with my whole outfit and I began to do my hair and makeup. I curled my bangs and put my hair in two ponytails. I felt like I looked like I was maybe fourteen and fifteen. I laughed at that and took my hair down. There were some things that were even a bit too silly for me.
I pulled the sides up and clipped them into a bow. That looked good. I did my makeup a little heavier than normal just like I had been told. When I was done, I looked good and the smile I could not contain made me look cute. To my eyes, I appeared as the kind of girl I knew I never could have dated when I was in High School. I would never have been able to approach a girl that looked like I did now let alone talk to her without stammering. The odd twists of my life were certainly amusing. I now looked like what I desired.
I sprayed on some perfume and put on my earrings. It would only be a little while before Meredith and I headed out to the club. I was beginning to get nervous again, my hands were sweating. I wiped them off on my towel. I grabbed my purse and looked at the cards I had been given. They had gotten me fake ID’s now. I knew it was illegal, but what could I do? If I did anything with my male ID’s this whole scheme would be discovered. I just wished there was a way for me to get real ones. I was not a big fan of illegal actions. But getting real ID’s brought up some really tricky questions as to what that would take.
There was a knock at the door. I almost jumped before I called out. “Come in.”
Meredith walked in and looked me up and down. She whistled at me. “That outfit looks hot on you Caitlin.”
I smiled and twirled. “Like it?”
“Yes, it looks good on you. So, are you ready to go and have some fun at the club, dancing and flirting?” Meredith smiled broadly at me, here eyes bright with mischief.
I smirked at her. “Most definitely. I am looking forward to this as I have never been to a club. But I have no idea how to dance.”
“It is simple really. You sway to the music, move your hips in a circle, letting the music be your guide. Besides, as a woman, people will automatically think that you know what you are doing. But the secret is that most of us just make it up as we go. Besides you can always fall back onto some of the dance moves from aerobics.” Meredith’s words made me feel a little bit better about this whole thing. “Just flow with the music.”
“Okay. I think I might be willing to give it a try. So are we off to the club now?” I asked, somewhat nervously.
“Yep. Grab your purse and let’s head out.” said Meredith. “I’m driving so we don’t have to wait for the guys.”
We got into the car and Meri drove us to another section of the town. She parked and we headed inside the building which just looked like some sort of box make of cinder blocks. I was getting nervous again as we neared the front door. I really hoped that the cards would work. If these didn’t work I would be in so much trouble. The doorman looked at our ID’s and waved the two of us inside.
I sighed in relief as I walked into the place. I really hoped I didn’t feel like this every time I showed my IDs. This was not pleasant in the least. The music hit us as we walked into the room. The bass line hummed in my chest and it shook me, making it a little hard to breathe. The club was kind of dark, with a fairly large dance floor. There were bars on either side of the dance floor, with tables scattered about the room. Meredith tapped my on my shoulder. I turned and looked at her inquisitively.
“Go grab us a table over there while I get us some drinks. If I buy, you won’t get carded again.”
I nodded, went over and took a table near the floor, as that was where I guessed Meredith would want to sit. I really wanted to please her, to make her happy. Making her smile was important to me. She came back with two glasses and I smiled at her.
“Here, Caitlin. I got you a Sex on the Beach. They’re nice and tasty and the bartender here makes them good and strong. After you have just one you should get relaxed enough to get out onto the floor and dance with me. Cheers.”
We clinked glasses and I tasted the drink. She was right. It was good and sweet. I licked my lips after my sip. “Mmmmm…thanks.”
People began filling the club, since we had gotten there early. The music blasted out, pretty much dance tunes similar to what was played in aerobics. I began to move a little to the music as I made it to the halfway point in my drink. A few people were already dancing, laughing and having a good time as Meredith and I watched. We were both waiting for the guys to arrive.
The boys got there as we were talking to a couple of the girls from the house that had come here as well. We were all laughing at some joke when they walked up. “Hey, is there room for two more?”
Meredith smiled at that. “That depends; are you bearing gifts?”
“Sure, we will get the next two rounds.” replied Al, smiling at us both. “Will that work?”
Meredith thought about this for a few seconds before saying, “Sounds good to me. Have a seat.”
Al sat next to Meredith and Paul sat next to me, after pulling up another chair. We began chatting as best we could with the music playing. After a bit, first Al and then Paul got up and returned with the next round. Those drinks were good. I was getting a little warm and began to giggle. I was really having a good time. Meredith looked over at me and smiled. “Come on girl. Let’s dance. You boys can join us if you want.”
Merri took me by the hand and let me out onto the crowded floor. There were lots of people moving to the powerful beat the music held. The DJ was really good and the music was almost hypnotic. Merri spun me and we began to dance. I followed her advice and just moved, occasionally mimicking some of the other girls out there on the floor. I lost myself in the sound of the music, the pulse of the lights and the movement of my body. The alcohol must have really loosened me up, as I didn’t feel self conscious at all as I gyrated to the music. My nose was filled with the smell of drinks and sweaty bodies. I was having a blast.
Paul made it out there after a few songs and danced with me, or rather just close to me. I directed some of my moves to him like I saw some of the other girls doing. He was smiling and trying to relax, obviously a bit nervous about dancing with me. I remembered what it was like to be in that position. This feeling, from the other side, was much better by comparison. After a bit, I was starting to get thirsty again, so I grabbed Paul’s hand and led him off the floor.
My drink was gone, but then again I had probably finished that third drink already. I leaned against Paul and spoke in his ear. “Paul, could you get me some water and another Sex on the Beach? Please?”
The batting of my eyes must have worked as he smiled, nodded and went off in search of drinks. I was dripping with sweat, my clothes clinging to me. I blotted my face with one of the napkins we had at the table. It helped some. I grabbed a few ice cubes from Merri’s drink and sucked on one while holding the others against my neck. Those felt really good on my neck and made me feel better as the cool water ran down my back. It really was helping to cool me down.
I knew I was pretty tipsy, if not simply drunk. The fact that I was pleased that I had caught Paul and several other guys checking out my panties as I whirled about and my skirt rose up was different. I had even found myself flirting with Paul some as well, like I had done to get him to buy me something else to drink. It was fun and I could see why a number of the girls in the house had mentioned how much fun flirting was. I had to agree with them. I enjoyed just going with the sensations I was feeling.
Merri came back and plopped down into her seat, grabbed some ice cubes from her drink and did just what I had. We smiled at each other giggling slightly. “Having a good time Caitlin?”
“Yes. Thank you for this. I am having a blast.” I just grinned like the cat that had just eaten the canary.
“I told you dancing was fun. If you just let go you can’t help but to enjoy yourself. And you are so bad.” said Meredith.
“Me?” I think I sounded innocent. I’m sure I sounded innocent. I mean I was innocent, wasn’t I?
“You, little miss showing your panties to the world.”
“Did I hear panties?” Al walked up grinning like I had earlier. I started blushing, but with the lights and how flushed I was already from the alcohol I doubt any one could have actually noticed.
Meredith and I started laughing at that. Just about then Paul came up with the water and another drink for me. I took the bottle of water and drank the whole thing down almost in one pull. God I was thirsty. I heard Merri say imperiously, “That’s a brilliant idea. Al, fetch me some water.”
I could hear Al mock grumbling as he went in search of water. Meredith was smiling her mischievous smile. “So Paul, did you catch sight of Caitlin’s panties as she was dancing out there?”
I blushed again and Paul seemed to get embarrassed by that question as well. But that response also answered the question. I giggled a little. It really was amazing how much power a girl had over a guy, if she used it right. I mean, I barely knew what I was doing and I was able to get all sorts of responses out of Paul, who was gay. That confused things a bit but I let them slide. I wondered what I would be able to do later as I learned more about flirting and such. I shuddered to think about it. I was certainly getting an education with this whole thing. Things like this I had never expected when I started this. Sometimes I was too smart for my own good.
Meredith and I finished our water, took a quick trip to the bathroom and then it was back out onto the floor with us to continue with the dancing. Merri and I started dancing with each other as the boys were sitting this round out. At first it was just dancing but then it started to get more suggestive. We were flirting with each other with every move. It was great. I started to get hard and the pain of my penis struggling against my panties brought me back to my senses a little. I needed to get my mind off of sex. And how soft Meredith was, and how her kisses felt and oh God I need to think of something else.
Paul had made his way out onto the floor by that point. I smiled at Merri and turned to dance with him. The swelling faded and I was much happier with things. I needed to remember to avoid that if I could. That had really been uncomfortable, and I couldn’t just adjust myself like I could have if I were still a guy. That was definitely an inconvenience.
The night progressed really well. We alternated between talking and dancing; always having some more water when we got back to the table as well as occasional refills of our Sex on the Beach. I don’t think I ever had this much fun before. I didn’t really know what to do about it, so I just kept on dancing. Being really buzzed probably helped with that though.
After a while I was getting so warm that I needed to get some air. I had sweated so much that I really did need to cool off. I stood up to go outside for a while and Paul offered to join me. I smiled in answer and staggered towards the exit. Paul walked next to me, occasionally steering me in the direction we needed to go. He was somewhat drunk as well, but apparently not as buzzed as I was.
The summer air was actually cooler than the inside of the club had been. I shivered a little and Paul used that opportunity to pull me close to him. He was warm and that felt good. I relaxed into things and cuddled up against him as we walked around the building. The air helped clear my head and it was nice to get away from the pounding music that you could still sort of hear from out here, thrumming through the walls.
Paul stopped walking and I turned and looked up at him. He turned me to face him and bent down and kissed me. His lips were warm on mine and I opened my lips in surprise, thinking I would say something to get him to stop. His tongue slid in and began to play with mine. I felt dizzy, was this really happening? His lips felt firm on mine and I felt good as he held me. I sighed and began returning the kiss in earnest.
I was held tightly against Paul as our tongues played. I could feel his erection pushing up against me, hard ad warm through his pants. I should have been freaked out but I guess being buzzed let me relax and enjoy it. He began to kiss my neck and nibble on my ears, running a hand down to the small of my back. I put my arms around his neck and tried to move even closer to him. I felt beautiful, feminine and desired. I had never felt this way before and I loved what I was feeling. I was being held safe and secure by Paul as he kissed me and my body was responding to his. I was in bliss.
I lost track of time as I felt myself drift along with these wonderful feelings. It definitely wasn’t better than kissing Meredith, just different. It was harder, his lips not as soft and his kiss was firmer. That thought brought me up short as did feeling his hand begin to massage my ass through my skirt. I could clearly feel his swollen cock and felt the painful throbbing of my own. I needed to calm things down before I did something really stupid. I broke the kiss reluctantly and stepped back just a bit. I reached up and brushed a hand across his face, a move that felt appropriate. He smiled at me and hugged me tight. “Caitlin, I…I feel something for you. Meri told me the situation and I will protect you as you protect me. I…I really care for you.”
We kissed again, this time less desperately. I did feel something for him, which was odd. I liked being held by him and this situation was crazy but should cover both of us. “I care for you too Paul. I’m not sure I want a relationship but I wouldn’t mind doing this again.”
He smiled and kissed me again. It was making my head swoon. This was nice. He broke the kiss and we headed back into the club. I held onto Paul’s arm and stayed close as we walked towards the entrance. I enjoyed what I was feeling and I was sure the alcohol was letting me feel things without reacting to them. My thoughts weren’t getting all tangled up with my emotions and I was grateful for that. At that moment there was no more Richard, only Caitlin and she felt sexy and loved. The feeling was all the more pleasurable and addictive for its novelty.
I excused myself and went to the restroom after we got back into the club. I knew I needed to check on my makeup and try to let the pressure of my erect penis fade. I had to push my penis down in order to actually use the bathroom and that amazingly helped it to calm down. I sighed as I tucked my self back up after wiping. I flushed and headed out to the mirror. My lipstick was smeared a good bit and I wiped it off before reapplying it. Once I was sure I looked good I headed back to the table.
Meredith was grinning like a shark as I walked back to the table. The guys were no where to be seen. She looked me in the eyes and bluntly asked, “So, does he kiss well?”
I think I gave a goofy grin and I answered a little sheepishly. “Yes he does. He kisses really well.”
She grinned happily back at me. “You will have to tell me all about it when we get back home. Come on; let’s do some more dancing before we head back.”
“Sure, sounds good to me. I am a little tired, as today has been a really long day.” I kept grinning, my heart bubbling happily. Paul had been wonderful and I was spending time with my girlfriend. It was so much fun.
We danced some more and said our good byes to the guys. I really wanted to see Paul again as he treated me so well. I felt like a woman around him and not like a guy in a dress. It was odd but nice. I wondered how he did that? I kissed him good bye and it made my heart race and I had to catch my breath. Gods, he made me feel sexy.
I must have been daydreaming in the car, because I barely noticed the drive home. It was only when Meredith chuckled, that I noticed. “Once we get back to the house, change and come by my room. Then you can tell me all about Paul and how good he kissed.”
“Alright. I won’t be long.” After I got out of the car I almost bounded up the stairs. I was happy, certainly happier than I had ever been on any of my dates in High School. I loved Meredith with all of my heart but Paul made me feel good too. I didn’t know what to do, but for tonight I wasn’t going to care.
I grabbed my makeup remover and cleaned my face really well. The night time looks were heavier than I was used to and I definitely wanted to make sure I got everything off. I didn’t want to end up with pimples from not taking care of my face. Once that was done I took my clothes and shoes off. I rubbed the spot under my breast forms where the band of my bra had chafed. I sighed happily.
I grabbed my green silk nightgown and pulled it on. I really liked the feel of the silk against my skin. When this was over I was definitely going to keep this nightgown, regardless of how things turned out. It was just too damn comfortable. I brushed out my hair and put it up in a green scrunci. The ponytail was high on my head and left the nice air conditioned air on my neck. Hot weather or places and long hair didn’t mix I was discovering.
I drained a bottle of water from my fridge and was ready to head over to Meredith’s room. I felt like having Cuddles with me just then. I grabbed my bear and hugged tightly. It was comforting as my mind was still in a whirl over the nights events. What a completely bizarre evening. I had never thought that I would ever kiss another guy, let alone like it. It would probably disturb me if I weren’t still buzzed.
I headed off to Merri’s room, still hugging Cuddles to me. I knocked softly on the door and entered as I heard her call out, “Come in.”
The room was lit by candles, their glow flickering, casting shadows. I stepped in and closed the door behind me, as I scanned the room for my girlfriend. Meredith walked towards me slowly from one of the corners that was mostly in darkness. She was wearing a long silky nightgown like mine that was so sexy on her. My heart leapt at the sight of her, almost aching from the love I felt just then. I wanted her.
She smiled as she walked towards me. She locked the door, took my hand and led me to her bed. She took Cuddles from me and placed my bear on her nightstand. I was too stunned to say anything. God, she is beautiful.
“Caitlin, I wanted to tell you that I saw you and Paul, outside. I know I told you that I would reward you for a job well done, however you have been doing an incredible job. It almost seems as if you are becoming more woman than man at this point, in many ways. Watching the two of you kiss and make out really turned me on. I still am turned on, because of you.” With that she brushed a strand of hair from my face and kissed me.
It was soft and gentle and I needed it more than anything I had ever had. We fell into an embrace, kissing each other with growing passion. The feel of her nightgown was incredible against mine as I almost swooned into her. She pulled my scrunci free and ran her fingers through my hair. I moaned into her mouth with how good that felt. We kissed and caressed each other, losing ourselves into the sensuality of the moment.
Merri’s hand moved along my leg, pushing the silk upwards as her hand moved up my thigh. My penis ached and called for release as it strained against my panties. She rubbed my thighs, tightening her hand occasionally. That was another feeling that was new and yet enjoyed. I moaned again with the pleasurable feelings that Merri was giving me.
As we continued kissing, her hand kept moving upwards. Soon it rubbed against my panty clad penis. I thrust my hips upward a bit, to get more of her hand. She pulled it back and one of her nails dragged down the shaft of my penis, causing it to twitch. Merri pulled my panties down and freed my throbbing penis, which snapped upright. As she moved them down to my feet I got ready to kick them free. I moved the spaghetti straps of her nightgown off her shoulders so I could get to her breasts without the silky fabric in my way. I kissed my way down her neck and began to lick and nibble at one nipple, a hand circling the areola of the other. This brought a sound of pleasure from Meredith.
I could barely believe that this was happening, all of it, any of it. Here I was, getting ready to join a sorority, dressed like a girl, with prosthetic breasts making love to my girlfriend who was a sorority girl. How do these things happen to me?
Merri had gotten me so turned down that I had trouble thinking straight. I just lost myself in worshiping her breasts, kissing, licking, sucking and nibbling for all I was worth. I was in heaven. Certainly my life couldn’t get any better.
Meredith pulled me up from her breasts, kissed me deeply and pulled me to her bed. She fell back on it, resting on her elbows. “Caitlin, my love, come over here.”
I almost stumbled over to her, lost in a haze of pleasure. She whispered to me, “We have to be quiet so we don’t get caught. Kneel down.”
I complied as she laid back. She shimmied her hips closer to the edge of the bed. I realized what she was asking and had an idea of what to do. I reached up her nightgown and pulled down her satin panties. I breathed in a musky smell, which was really appealing. Meredith was so wonderful and smelled so good and her special place looked so nice in the flickering candle light. I wasn’t overwhelmed by any urgent need for myself, just a desire to please Meredith. As long as my penis wasn’t folded over I was happy. I knew that I had a different way of doing things before, when I was simply Richard. I wasn’t looking for relief from my erection but rather to make Meredith really happy. That flashed through my mind in an instant and I kind of knew what I wanted to do.
I leaned in and exhaled onto her mons and nuzzled at her sparse pubic hair. It was neatly trimmed and was very fine. She moaned softly. That encouraged me. I used my tongue delicately, like I thought a woman would, tracing her outer lips. I could feel them swell some and the musky smell of her increased. Merri’s hands ran through my hair, urging me closer to her. I smiled and moved in.
I used my tongue to part her labia and I tasted her wetness. It was wonderful. She tasted better than anyone else I had ever done this with, a pleasurable flavor that coated my tongue. I ran my tongue up to her clitoris and flicked it gently. Meredith inhaled sharply at that and I knew I was doing things the right way. I gradually picked up the speed of my actions and Merri’s breathing and moaning built in speed and volume. I buried my face in her, feeling it get slick from her juice. I lost myself in my task, licking and sucking on her clit as well as traveling all over. I lost track of the time again, worshiping my beloved.
After what seemed an eternity of pleasure and little tremors Merri arched her back and moaned loudly, thrashing a little. She pulled me up and kissed me deeply. “Caitlin, thank you for that. God that was incredible. It was gentle and passionate and I have never felt anything like that.”
I was getting dizzy from all the kisses but I didn’t mind. I was fine and didn’t really need anything else. I had made Meredith happy and that was wonderful. She gave me a washcloth to clean up with. After I wiped my face she held out her arms invitingly. I didn’t need to be told twice.
I climbed into bed with Meredith and snuggled against her. She snuggled back. “We shouldn’t do this but I don’t care. Please stay the night with me, Caitlin.”
“I would be so happy to stay the night. And thank you.” I replied, looking into her eyes.
“For what?” Meredith looked a bit confused at that.
“Foe sharing yourself with me. I am honored. Thank you.”
It was Meredith’s turn to blush, which actually was really cute. “Thank you. It was wonderful and amazing and several other really good adjectives.”
I giggled at that. We snuggled under the covers and drifted off to sleep blissfully. Today had been a really good day.
College Girl
By poetheather
Chap 12
I was a little disoriented when I woke up. Everything looked different and I wasn’t sure where I was. I felt someone lying next to me, their body warm and semi-snuggled. I turned my head and saw Meredith. I smiled at that point and kissed her on the forehead. I think I was really in love with her. I think I had certainly proved that I would do anything for her. Meredith had been one of the main reasons I now looked like I did and was living the life that I was. But I also had to admit that, in a way, I was happy.
This being a girl thing was odd and definitely something a bit problematic in a number of ways, but it had gotten me a greater appreciation of women and one of my own. I just really didn’t like everything that had gone into this life. It took me so much longer to get ready now that it was annoying. My days of simply pulling on clothes to start my day were a thing of the past. With doing my hair, makeup and making sure my outfit matched I at least doubled or maybe tripled the amount of time it took to get out and about.
There was that and the fact that sitting down when I was tucked was a bit uncomfortable. It hurt, especially if I happened to get an erection. That really was uncomfortable, much more than an erection in a pair of tight jeans. And if only part of you came untucked and trapped by the band of the panties, the pain was intense. And sitting down to pee still felt weird. But it really hadn’t been that long and maybe I would get used to all of this soon, maybe. I was just worried about being able to return to me after all of this was over, would I even remember who that was?
Meredith woke up a bit as I sat up in the bed. She murmured something that I couldn’t quite make out. I ran a hand through the tangle of her hair and said to her softly, “Hush Meredith, just heading back to my room, so you don’t get into trouble.”
She nodded and fell asleep again. I left quietly; making sure no one was in the hallway and returned to my room. I was awake and there would be no use in trying to go back to sleep. The house was almost silent. I took out my journal and began to write about all of these developments and what I thought about them. Life had certainly gotten interesting.
Gwen walked into the room a few hours later looking tired from her trip back home. “Hey there girl. Been busy?”
I smiled at her. “Absolutely. Been a wild and crazy thrill ride for me. Why don’t you get all the dirt from Meredith? She can tell you all about my ‘first date’ and the other fun that has happened since you have been gone.”
Gwen’s eyes went wide and she smiled. “No way?”
I nodded. Gwen smiled broadly, scampered out of the room and headed towards Meredith’s room. At least this way I wouldn’t have to say anything myself. Besides, knowing Meredith, Gwen would probably hear more than I was willing to share. But it would be okay.
I grabbed my shower stuff and went in to get cleaned up. I used a deep conditioner on my hair and checked my legs. They were still smooth and I really was starting to like that. I toweled off and headed back to the room. Gwen was already back and bouncing on my bed, you could feel the excitement from her. I smiled at her and headed over to get my clothes. “Yes?”
“Yes? Yes? Is that all you have to say? Your first date, first kiss and all sorts of other fun. Arrrraagggghhh…I miss the best things. So am I going to hear all about it or what?” Gwen was wide eyed and talked quickly. She seemed really interested in everything that had happened to me since she left.
I chuckled. Gwen seemed really easy to wind up. “Meredith didn’t tell you everything? Really?”
“Now I gotta know. Spill it girl.” Gwen looked totally eager to hear everything. “You gotta tell me everything and don’t leave out any details. I really want to hear about all of this.”
I told her most everything, leaving out the information about Meredith and I, since I didn’t know if it was okay to mention it since Meredith had never said anything about it. Her eyes got round several times as I told her about dancing and Paul and she made me describe the kiss at least three times. I actually didn’t mind that but it was odd. I never expected to actually enjoy being kissed by another guy, which was somewhat disturbing. But then was I really a guy anymore?
That was actually a good question that ran through my head as I rubbed lotion into my legs. It felt good and the fact that my legs were smooth and soft pleased me. Did that make me a girl? How could it make me a girl? How could that make a girl a girl? I was simply a guy in a dress… wasn’t I? Hell, at this point was I even that? What made me a guy? What made Gwen a girl? Was it all biology or something else? What the hell?
I got dressed in shorts and a tank top, pulling my hair back into a pony tail after I had brushed it. Gwen had gone off to bug Merri about more details as I had started to get dressed. I wanted to do some reading today and thankfully it was one of my few days off at the house. Maybe I would go see Rebecca some time today as well? That might be fun. Besides I knew she would want to see how things had progressed. I hadn’t called her lately and I was sure she might be a bit out of the loop.
I talked to Meredith at breakfast and she said that she was going to give me a lift there after lunch. I thanked her and headed off to read. I curled up in a chair and read a magazine. I was starting to like some of the articles in these girl magazines and that also had me wondering, but now I was just going to read and not stress over these things. Right now I was me and I was where I wanted to be. I was actually enjoying myself and that was a different feeling.
By and large that was what was important. I was enjoying myself and that was a bit difficult to deal with. I knew I wasn’t the manliest of men but still there was something about a being a guy and wearing girl’s clothes and liking that. I wonder if that made me queer?
I folded up the magazine and sat there, looking out the window at the house letters on the front lawn. Given everything would I be a good sister of the house? Could I be a sister of the house if I hadn’t been born a girl? I guess next week would show me. Monday was the start of Rush week and that did make me nervous. That would be a different level of scrutiny than I had coped with. Everyone here knew what I was and accepted me. None of the girls trying to get in would know anything about me and I couldn’t let them know. I would do my best to keep from being found out but was I really good enough to do that?
* * * * * *
“I really do like the food here. This almost makes everything worth it.”
Meredith smacked me on the arm playfully. It didn’t really hurt, but she knew how to punch. “This makes it worth it?”
I smiled and winked at her. “Well, maybe some other things help out.”
She shook her fist at me playfully. “One of these days girl, I am going to get you.”
I giggled and looked down at myself. “I thought you already had.”
Gwen, Meredith and I all laughed at that. It really was good to have friends for a change. This was also a nice new thing and one that I was not really sure I wanted to give up. How could I stay a guy if my friends knew me as a girl? Would that even matter to them? Sometimes I was sure I thought too much.
After lunch I grabbed my purse and Meredith dropped me off at Rebecca’s apartment, since they didn’t want me to drive my own car for a while. I wasn’t really sure why, but I just shrugged and agreed. I walked up the stairs and down the hall to her room. She answered the door quickly and gave me a big hug as a welcome. I was surprised, as that was still going to take me some time to get used to from her. We had never been all that physical before. We had hugged a few times, but that was about it. But I did like it. “Hey there Caitlin. Come on in.”
I followed her inside what had been our apartment for the little bit of time I had been here. I sat on the couch and she walked into the kitchen. “Want anything to drink? I have some of the ice tea you like.”
“Yes please. Ice tea.” She made the best green tea and honey sun tea. I don’t know how she did it and she never wanted to tell me how it was made either. I could drink glass upon glass of this stuff, and I had on other occasions. That I was getting some really made me happy.
When she came out she handed me my glass and she sat down on the opposite side of the couch facing me. “So how have things been going over at the House, Cait.”
“Cait?” What was with the diminutive?
“Sure. As one of your oldest and dearest friends, it is my right to be able to give you a nickname or three. After all, we did both end up naked in the pool that one time.” Rebecca snickered at that.
“Becca, we were on opposite sides of the pool and I couldn’t see a thing past the other people skinny dipping with us. All I got was a clear view of Tim’s hairy back. Big freaking deal!” It was true. I had been staying the night over at Becca’s house and her mom had simply let it be known that we could go skinny dipping with a bunch of our friends. Her parents were a little odd. “How are your parents anyway?”
“Mom is good and told me to give you a big hug. Dad is really proud of you for getting into a sorority, by the way. He wants you to pinch someone’s butt in the shower for him. My mom smacked him for that but what can you do?” She leaned back into the couch and stretched her legs alongside mine.
I almost spit up my tea at that. “You told them?”
She looked at me as if I had just forgotten what planet we were on. “Duh…of course I told them. They were asking about you and I let them know what you were up to. They both want a current picture by the way. And they said you could come home with me anytime, just in case you forgot. You didn’t forget did you?”
I groaned. I wasn’t even sure if my mom knew and here was Becca telling me that her parents knew. Granted they were like a second set of parents for me but still. “I remember. But Becca, my mom doesn’t know yet.”
She sat bolt up right. “What!? Please tell me you are joking. You did all of this without letting your mom know? Are you mental?”
I bowed my head. I knew it hadn’t been very bright but what else could I do. “Becca, I just couldn’t tell my mom about this. I didn’t know what to say. It took everything I had to let you know and you knew this was going on.”
She nodded. “Okay. Good point. But you need to tell her.”
I looked up sheepishly. “I wrote her a letter.”
“Richard Michael O’Roarke! You did not write her a letter.” She looked shocked and a little bit angry at that.
“Well, what was I supposed to do, call her? You certainly have noticed that my voice has changed through all of this. Just how could I explain all of this?” I looked at her plaintively. I really was at a loss here.
“Rich, just tell her like you told me. What you are doing is honoring your word and getting a very different education out of this. What is so bad about that? If you have any problem I can have my folks talk to her. Your mom at least deserves to hear from you and not from a fricking letter.” I bowed my head. I guess I really did need to call Mom and explain all of this to her personally. I just hated it when Becca talked all logical and made sense. It was so hard to argue with her.
“Okay. Can I use your phone? I don’t think I can do this without you.” I was really nervous. I really hated the thought that I might upset my mother. She was all the family I had left.
She hugged me again. “Of course.”
She got the phone and sat down next to me. I dialed the number and then held onto her hand as the phone rang. I was really hoping for my sake that my mom wasn’t home. But I guess I wasn’t that lucky. “Hello? O’Roarke residence.”
I swallowed, hard. This was going to be hard to do. “Hi Mom.”
“Richard? What’s wrong with your voice?” She sounded confused. I couldn’t blame her.
“It’s fine, just a part of something I got involved in.” I hoped vague would work, but Becca poked me in the ribs.
“Really? Club activities starting before school starts?”
“Uhm…not really. Do you remember my dislike of exclusive clubs?”
Her sigh was loud and filled with maternal exasperation. I figured that she could start to see where this was going. I mean, it wasn’t like I hadn’t done things like this before. “Richard, what did you do now?”
“I…um…I joined a Sorority.” The words barely came out and Becca squeezed my hand in support.
There was a long pause on the line. My mom’s voice was stern when she started up again. “Richard Michael O’Roarke…what in the name of Hades is going on?”
I gulped. This was not going well. This was why I didn’t want to call. “Uhm…well, you see…I kind of joined a Sorority, to…kind of…make things more equal. But they out smarted me. I could join so long as I could bring honor to the house and follow their dress code. So that’s where I am right now.”
I could hear her start to snicker. She definitely seemed amused by the whole situation. “They outsmarted you, that’s for sure. How are they dealing with the whole guy in a dress thing?”
“Uh…well, in order to let me in I agreed with them that I didn’t want to make them a laughing stock, so I agreed to…that is…to…uh…look like a girl.” When she started laughing, I flinched away from the phone.
“Richard, sweetie, why didn’t you simply say no?” Her voice was calm and filled with humor. Maybe this wouldn’t be that bad after all?
“Because I gave them my word that I was serious about joining the Sorority. It was a point of honor. You know how I am about my honor.” I got a little testy at that. I wasn’t a total idiot. I knew that I could have quit, and at any time but I had given my word.
Again she sighed. “You are so like your father sometimes. He was also so very stiff necked about his honor. So is that why you sound like a girl?”
“Yes mom.”
“And you wear dresses and skirts and everything?” she asked, trying to get a full and complete picture of things.
“Yes mom.”
“Hand the phone over to Becca, dear.” I goggled. Give it to Becca? But why?
Becca had obviously heard that and plucked the phone from my hand. “Hi, mom.”
All I could hear was one side of the conversation, but it really wasn’t making me feel any better. Maybe calling from Becca’s apartment was a bad idea.
“…No, I had nothing to do with this. It was all his idea. … Yeah, that is what he wears. He looks just like a girl. … No, he looks really pretty. … They are nice girls. They are really trying to take care of him. He told me that he is going to have tutors and everything, you know to help his grades. … I know, but I never felt like joining. … Yes, I can try again in the Spring. …Oh, because I know he will forget, his name is Caitlin. … It is really a pretty name. And he is very cute. … Yes I will send pictures. I already told my mom that I was going to send her one. … Sure. They said to call them if you needed to talk. …will do. I love you to mom. Here’s Caitlin.” Becca handed me the phone and smiled at me. It was her evil smile and I wasn’t all that comforted by it.
“Yes mom?” I was a bit worried.
“This is a bit crazy Rich, but if you got yourself into this and don’t want to get yourself out, then I have no real objection. I will try to call you Caitlin as this goes on. And could you give me the number for the Sorority?”
“All that information is in the letter I wrote you.” My voice was a bit shaky. At least she wasn’t completely freaking out about this. But was this reaction any better? Why was she so freaking calm? Her being calm was sorta freaking me out.
“Okay. Becca made you call then. Caitlin, I love you, however you are dressed. I have been worried since you hadn’t called. Keep in touch. I might just be able to help.” said my Mom.
“I will mom. I am sorry I didn’t call earlier, but it has been really crazy and I have barely had time to relax. Rush week starts on Monday and then school starts. I will get better with the whole calling thing.” I was a little embarrassed about the whole not calling thing now. How did she manage to make me feel guilty so easily? Must be a mother thing. “I love you.”
“I love you to. Now have a good time and take care.” She hung up the phone and I felt a great weight lift off of my shoulders. The relief must have been obvious.
“Feel better Cait?” asked Becca quietly.
I nodded. I felt like I was going to cry. My mother loved me, despite my doing something this stupid and life altering. “Yeah. I was just so worried about what she was going to say. You know?”
“Please. She totally loves you and all your dumb habits. But I can understand the worry.” She leaned over and gave me another hug. “So…now that we have that out of the way…what’s really going on?”
I swallowed and told her all about Meredith and Paul and the kiss and the everything. She goggled a bit a few times, especially when I admitted to kissing Paul. She smiled at the girlfriend thing as well.
“Wow…just wow. Cait, you have really gotten into this whole girl thing. So, did you like kissing him?” She was bouncing a little on the sofa. What was it with girls and bouncing?
I blushed and then she squealed excitedly. “Really? That is so cool. It sounds to me like you are having a lot of fun. And Meredith didn’t mind that you were kissing some guy?”
“Probably not, since she was the one who set me up with him. Paul is gay and apparently he is one of the only people outside of us that knows about me. Al doesn’t even know and he is Paul’s friend. I still don’t know how she managed to set that up. Merri is odd, you know?” I was fairly certain that Meredith didn’t mind me kissing Paul after all she had shown me how much she had liked the idea last night. I shivered in memory.
“What?” She cocked an eyebrow at me. She had always been able to read me like a book.
“Just remembering last night, with Meredith.” I blushed again.
“Sigh…my bestest girlfriend in the whole world finally gave up her virgin status. Oh how the angels must weep.” She played it for all of its melodramatic worth.
I smacked her lightly on the arm. She grinned at me. “I really am happy for you. It is odd though that things really seem to be taking off for you now that you are a girl, when they hadn’t been before. It’s odd.”
“Yeah. It is a little depressing to think I have more friends now, as Caitlin than I ever had as Richard. They like me, ask me to come do things with them and everything. It is almost enough to give a person a complex.” It was odd but I didn’t really mind things too much. There were a lot of benefits to this whole thing and very few of them involved seeing naked girls. Not that naked girls were a bad thing.
“Well, why don’t you avoid that one? You really don’t need another complex. So, since it is obvious that you like this whole girl thing, are you going to stay like this? You know after school?” She asked carefully.
I sat there and drank my iced tea as I tried to figure out the answer. I had thought about it but I hadn’t really come to a definite answer and four years were a long time. So much could change in that time that could easily effect my decision. “I just don’t know. I don’t think I want to be like this forever, but I know that I agreed to do this for four years. That is a long time and I may forget how to be Richard after all that time. So I’m scared.”
“Well, what if you quit after this semester?” It was a good question.
“I don’t know. What if I am still having a lot of fun? What if I can’t bear to part with these new friends? I mean, you are about my only real friend and now I am getting more. That will be tough to pass up. I don’t want to lose them if that is the price of turning back. I just don’t know.” She was nodding, as if agreeing with my points.
“Whatever happens Caitlin, Richard, I will always be your friend and I will always stand by you. You are my best friend and I love you.” We hugged again after that. This hugging thing was nice and I liked it. This girl thing did have a few perks. “So what do you want to do? I have some movies, or we could go to the mall or what?”
“Uhm…anything good?” There were just some films of hers that I could barely handle. Sometimes art films were a bit too much and I had really learned to speed read subtitles. But you could only put up with so many foreign films before your head exploded.
“Sure. I have a few foreign films and a couple of good romantic comedies. Everything else you have seen already.” She smiled happily. “That is unless you want to see something you have already seen?”
“Let’s go to the mall. I have seen plenty of chick flicks and I don’t want to watch any more foreign films for a while now. They don’t make any sense.” I retorted.
“Humph…film snob.” She turned her nose up in the air and turned away from me.
I stood up and grabbed my purse. “So, are we going or what?”
Becca laughed and grabbed her purse. We got down to her car and sped off to the mall. We didn’t really do too much while we were there, mostly window shopped, but Becca did talk me into getting a friendship necklace with her. We split the parts and each did the clasp for the other. That really made me happy. The two heart parts were neat and for some odd reason it did make me feel closer to Becca than before.
Of course, I did end up with more jewelry, mostly earrings, because Becca really loves them and wanted me to join her in her obsession with dangly things. I still am not sure how I got talked into all of those but some of them were definitely pretty. I called it quits after six pairs but she went on and picked up ten pairs of dangly things. They were nice but not that nice. I mean, I know earring are just some sort of decoration, but how many different ways were there to decorate the ear with pokey bits and dangly bits?
We did find some nice shoes and I bought a few pairs for Becca. They were nice and I did want to do something nice for her. I had the money for it and I could tell that she loved them, especially the boots. However that got her into dragging me into a perfume aisle. After a short while it got so overpowering that we both had to leave. The scents had all battled with each other and the jumble of scents was giving me a headache. I didn’t even know what I smelled like anymore, with all those testers sprayed onto me. Bleah!
She even indulged me and we played a few video games at the arcade. That was a nice break, even if I got beat a few times in some of my favorite games. It was nice and we even played Dance Dance Revolution a few times. It was a lot of fun, even though we weren’t as good as some of the people there, doing tricks and dancing on both pads at once. It was crazy.
We both decided to pick up some food from the food court for dinner and that was great. I got some Greek food and she got some of the fake Mexican. We each shared a few bites as she loved falafel and I liked chimichangas. She also had some salsa and between that and the hummus we ate our fill. We cleaned our plates and sat back and sighed in contentment. I had missed this.
This day had really been nice and relaxing and I liked that. With very few exceptions it was almost like every other trip to the mall with Rebecca had ever been. Thankfully, we hadn’t managed to get kicked out of this one. I still ribbed her about it and she still protested her innocence.
Becca dropped me off at the house and I went upstairs with my bag of loot. The day had been really pleasant, even the phone call to my mom. When I got to the room Gwen was waiting for me, looking worried.
I put down my bags and looked at her, trying to figure out what could be wrong. “Gwen, what’s up?”
“Caitlin, there is a problem.”
College Girl
By poetheather
Chap 13
“Caitlin, there is a problem.”
I blanched a little at that. What the hell had happened? I sat heavily on my bed. “What?”
“One of the girls has stated that she has a problem with you. She says that she doesn’t feel safe in the house anymore since you are here. She says she is worried about you peeking at her in the shower and possibly doing something. There is a house meeting going on right now about it. I already told Nadia my vote if it comes to it. I am sorry.” Gwen came up and hugged me. I didn’t know what to do, so I sat there, numb.
“The girl is new to the Sorority, having Rushed in the spring. We all know she can be a little picky but we didn’t think there was going to be a problem. She got here two days ago, and her room is on the bottom floor. She isn’t even up here. But since she has found out about you she has been making a bit of a fuss. I guess we will see how things go.”
I nodded. I hadn’t done anything but what these girls had asked me. I had followed their rules, done their tasks, let them change my identity, and now this? What more did I have to do to prove myself? Haven’t I shown them that I was going to be a good member of the House?
“I am so sorry this is happening Caitlin. I don’t want to lose you as a possible sister. I told Nadia that and I know Meredith is raising a fuss over it. Caitlin, what are you doing?” Gwen stared at me as I slowly had gotten up and dragged out my suitcases from the closet and towards the bed.
“Packing. If I am not wanted here then I had better go. I am sure Rebecca will let me stay with her.” I was just doing what I thought I had to do in this case. I wasn’t sure if I wanted to leave, but I really didn’t want to cause any problems in the house. I liked everyone here and this had become a wonderful experience and to lose it all over what?
Gwen took the suitcases from me and pushed me towards the bed. She looked worried and a bit wound up. “Sit down and wait before you give up. Weren’t you the one willing to take us to court for not letting you in? Didn’t you make such a fuss that we let you in? Then why let one girl make all this difference?”
I blinked at her. She did have a point and I had been willing to take the house to court over this before I had met them and gotten to know them. Maybe that fact might be able to shut that girl up? After all, they would be putting me out without giving me the chance to go through Rush week. And look at all I had done in proving that I was willing to do this, their kicking me out would be a bad move. And if that happened, I could stop dressing like this and maybe win the court case. Maybe getting kicked out over this could still be turned into something good. Maybe. “All right, I’ll wait.”
Time seemed to crawl, so I put my new things away and tidied up the room. Gwen joined me, trying to burn up her nervous energy. It didn’t take long to get to the point were we would need a buffer and other things to clean any more. Even the desks and books had been dusted. The room was spotless.
We both sat down and waited after we had finished, both of us fidgeting. There was nothing left to clean and neither of us felt like talking. All we could do was sit and wait for the verdict. My heart was beating a mile a minute, this was nerve wracking. Why did this have to happen?
* * * * * *
After what felt like an eternity there was a knock at the door. Gwen and I both looked up, my worry also on her face. She grabbed my hand tightly and I squeezed back. Meredith’s voice spoke out, “Caitlin, can I come in?”
I tried to speak and the words died in my throat. I tried to say something and it still didn’t happen. I was too nervous and worried to speak. Gwen called out. “Come in.”
Meredith opened the door and peaked in. Her smile made me feel a little better. “Hey, I wanted to let you know what was going on.”
I looked up at her words. “What is going on?”
She came in and looked over at Gwen. “We have been talking about you and this whole situation. Kerry was talking about all of her worries, that you would spy on us in the bathroom and would possibly take advantage of us. We let her have her say and then after that we had our say. Every girl, every one who has spent time with you and has worked with you spoke up on your behalf. All of them said that you were not like that and that none of them felt the way she does. We tabled this discussion until she has had a chance to get to know you. So, this will be revisited at the end of Rush week.”
I breathed a sigh of relief, my head slumping down. Why was I so happy that I was going to be staying in panties? Gwen laughed a little. Then she asked, “So there is nothing to worry about?”
“Not at the moment. Nadia is currently talking to Kerry and trying to get her to understand the House and National’s position on this situation.” explained Meredith.
“So there isn’t really a problem? It’s all sort of okay?” I wasn’t sure if I was relieved or irritated that I wasn’t going to get out of the whole situation. I just knew that this decision was important to me.
Meredith laughed. “No. No problem. Your plans, if we didn’t let you in were brought up, just so Kerry knew that we had agreed to let you in and give you a chance and that it would succeed or fail by you alone. You are clever Caitlin, but Nadia is really on top of things. She figured that this might count as not giving you a chance.”
I laughed as well. I guess I had been caught again by Nadia. Now there was someone who I could really look up to. Nadia really had a great head on her shoulders and was just awesome. I don’t think I had ever met anyone who had ever been able to out think me time and time again like Nadia seemed to be able to do. If it weren’t for the fact that Meredith would hurt me I might just venture to say that I was in love. “So what do I need to do for Rush week?”
Gwen seemed glad to have something to talk about that didn’t involve my getting kicked out. “Well, you can hang out with us all day or you can actually check out some of the other houses. Since Meredith got you all the ID in the world you should be able to check out the other sororities without any problem. Nadia had to submit your name to the Greek Life Office and that would have put you onto the list for this Rush.”
I blinked in surprise. “Really?”
Meredith nodded. “Yep. You can meet some of the others in the Greek organizations and get a feel for them. The odds are that you are going to be accepted here, even with Kerry. And remember, that they don’t know anything about you other than name, age and where you’re from.”
I thought about possibly going to see these other sororities. It made me nervous. I generally had trouble believing that no one could tell I wasn’t a girl. I figured it was obvious to everyone else even when I couldn’t tell. I felt better when Meredith was with me, because I figured she could get me out of most anything, but to go alone? It might be fun but it was also scary at the same time.
“So that starts tomorrow?” I asked, double checking my memory.
“Yep. That should be fun. We are having an Ice Cream social tomorrow, with homemade ice cream. Should be fun.” replied Gwen.
“Do you think you are going to check out any of the other sororities?” asked Meredith.
I shrugged. “I don’t really know. I mean I have been so busy with so many things happening that I’m not sure what to do now. Go, stay, sleep, don’t know.”
Gwen frowned at Meredith. “Have you actually given her enough time off to relax and just be herself?”
Meredith looked a little irritated. “Hey, we have done fun stuff.”
Gwen looked over at me. “Do you want to go play mini golf? Something not related to any of this project and just for fun?”
I thought about it. Mini golf was fun and I haven’t played in a few years. This might be a nice change of pace. “Sure.”
“Okay. Get dressed and we can head out. There is a place that is still open this late. I like playing mini-golf when it is dark outside and all the lights. Coming Meredith?” asked Gwen. It seemed to me like this was a type of apology. Maybe I was wrong, but I don’t know.
“Sounds good. We can go to the place with the bumper boats and go carts and stuff. Just goof off and play all night.” Meredith was now smiling. Given how bright her eyes were, I figured that she was planning some sort of mischief. Hopefully nothing too jarring.
I threw on a pair of shorts and a cute spaghetti top as it was still warm outside. I put my hair up in a pony tail and grabbed my purse and a sweater. Gwen was also dressed. I hadn’t noticed her changing. This was a little odd, given that I did think that Gwen was hot. Maybe Meredith was changing me in more was than one. That was not a comforting thought.
We all piled into my car, as I had more room and we headed to the mini golf place. Gwen and Meredith kept giving me different directions so I stopped in the middle of the street at one point and glared at them. We laughed as we drove on, other drivers looking over at us as if we were insane.
The mini-golf place wasn’t too crowded, as classes hadn’t started yet and the huge influx of people arrived. We each got our putters and balls and started the course. None of us were really very good so we just had fun, giggling about each of our occasional bad shots. Gwen kept teasing me about the guys staring at me, but I think they were looking at Gwen and Meredith. I mean, I was a guy under all of this, so how could I look hot, especially next to those two?
After the 18 holes of mini golf we tallied up the score and Gwen won by two strokes. I came in last, which was not too unusual. My stomach growled. “Hey, I’m hungry.”
“Sheesh Caitlin, do we have to feed you now?” whined Gwen, teasing me.
I nodded. “Yes. The Caitlin demands food. And drink. Go forth and bring me sustenance!”
Meredith started giggling as Gwen curtseyed and headed off to the concession stand. I smiled at Meredith. She was so beautiful that it just took my breath away. I was very lucky to have her and I really wanted to see where we could go. She was special to me, even after such a short period of time. I was just about to say something when I heard a deep voice say. “Hey there girls, can my friends and I join you?”
Meredith and I both looked up. There were three guys from one of the fraternities standing nearby. They were all big and broad, kind of intimidating really. Any words I had died in my throat just looking at them. If they figured me out then I would be so screwed. What the hell was I supposed to do?
Meredith came to the rescue. “Actually, no. Today is just a girl’s day out and unless you three happen to be girls, you can’t join us.”
The guy’s smile didn’t waver. It looked pasted on to me but then I had always figured out how to read enemies. “Don’t be that way. I figure the six of us could have a real good time. Play some air hockey, maybe ride the bumper boats and then you can come on over to our apartment for some drinks and stuff.”
Meredith laughed. It wasn’t her happy laugh but something new that I hadn’t heard before. “Wow. You really are dim. I said no.”
The smile wavered and the man’s eyes hardened. Going anywhere with this guy would be dangerous. “I was asking nicely. But if you don’t want to come, more for your friends. What do you say sweetie?”
He was looking at me with hard eyes and my mind kept screaming to me to run, scream, something rather than just sit there. I found my voice and managed to speak without it wavering. “Uhm…no.”
His smile turned into a sneer. He didn’t look all that pleased and I could feel some danger in the air. “Fine. Fucking dykes.”
The three of them stormed off and Gwen came back over with a tray of hot dogs and drinks. “What was that about?”
“Some jerks thought we needed to be spending so quality time with them.” explained Meredith.
Gwen laughed, looking off in the direction they had walked off. “Were they at least polite about it?”
“Not really. They were really pushy.” complained Meredith.
Gwen frowned. “That’s a shame really. One of them was cute.”
We all laughed at that and ate. The hot dogs weren’t all that bad and the chips were actually pretty good. We sat and talked while our food settled. We figured that the bumper boats would be next. Then some video games and lastly the go carts. It sounded like a plan.
The evening was a lot of fun, but I did notice that the three guys seemed to be shadowing our every movement. Once we realized that, none of us went any where alone in the place but we rather moved as a group. After a while the whole situation was just getting obnoxious, so we left early. We walked to the car rather swiftly. Meredith had her hand on her can of mace the whole time. Gwen was readying her pepper spray. I was really aware of being unarmed. This was getting really nerve wracking.
Thankfully we got to the car and locked the doors right after we got in. Gwen spotted the guys staring at us as we pulled out. I was so nervous I almost started shaking. “What the hell was that about?”
Meredith put her hand on my arm to help calm me down. “It’s okay. Some guys are like that, thinking that because they have a penis that they are God’s gift to us poor little defenseless women. I am sorry you had to deal with guys like that. Unfortunately, it is part of being a woman. Just because they are taller and stronger on the whole than us, some guys think that fact makes us theirs. No say, just their property. Jerks!”
Gwen chimed in as well, she was less pissed off but still irritated. “Not all guys are like that. Believe it or not, those guys are more the exception and not the rule. Don’t judge the whole group based off of the assholes.”
“Uhm…Gwen…you do remember that I am a guy?” I asked, unsure what her answer would be. Then again, what would my answer be?
“Sorry Caitlin. It’s just that you seem so much like one of us girls that it is hard to remember that you weren’t born this way.” apologized Gwen. I wasn’t sure how I felt about that.
We went to get some warm Chocolate Chocolate Chip muffins from Perkins. That was a nice treat being all warm and gooey. We just sat and talked and relaxed and I mostly forgot about those jerks from earlier. Mostly.
We all said good night and as I changed for bed I thought about those guys. They reminded me of some of the jocks at my school who felt like they were superior to everyone else. Like their physical prowess made them entitled. They really annoyed me a lot. I just didn’t get how someone could just assume that they were superior to anyone else for no real reason. Physique was no reason to base that kid of attitude on.
Those guys had seemed so cocky and sure, so willing to almost force themselves on us that it was like they were doing us a favor. I had known a lot of guys who had points of view similar to that, except by degree. Maybe Kerry did have a point and a reason for what she thought. Wasn’t the House supposed to be a safe place away from the guys? A place where the women of the House could be free of that sort of badgering? A place of their own to simply be themselves and not to be assaulted by other people’s expectations?
I figured that Kerry kind of saw me as that kind of guy, or that her experiences led her to see most guys were that way until she had gotten to know them. Maybe? I would definitely try to avoid doing that to her or to any other woman from now on. This was not to say I wouldn’t look if she was naked or anything, I mean I am a guy, but I did want her to know that I understood and respected the fact that this House was a safe space. It was a place where both she and I could be safe and free of that sort of treatment from other guys. I had been picked on as well by guys, just for a different reason.
Looking back over my high school days and even back into my junior high experiences I could see guys who had acted that way. I didn’t want to be like them in any way, to assume that other people were there for my use. I just wanted to live my life, be happy and be safe. I figured that the girls wanted that as well.
I wrote some of my thoughts down in my journal. Today had been fun, for a while. Those jerks had broken the thread of our fun and it had never really come back. That was interesting and I wondered why that was. Combined with the emotional fun of my time over at Rebecca’s and the day had been fairly intense.
I yawned. The day really had taken a lot out of me, with all the ups and downs. I finished up that page in my journal and put it back on my desk. I grabbed my bear and snuggled under my covers. Tomorrow would be the start of Rush week and I wanted to be plenty rested. I was excited about everything and really nervous as well. I was afraid to get caught, despite the fact that those guys hadn’t noticed anything out of the ordinary. More and more I just wanted to blend in and become a Sister of this House. I yawned again, turned off the lights and went to sleep.
College Girl
By poetheather
Chap 14
The alarm rang and I got up, still a little groggy. Rush was going to be starting today and I did want to get a good idea of what this whole Sorority thing was all about. The first meeting was at noon, some sort of lunch meeting that would explain the whole Rush process and get us started on our ways to the first activities at 6 tonight. What was I going to wear?
I got up and looked at the activity sheet and saw that the meeting was listed as casual. Okay. So maybe a nice skirt and blouse would be good. Or there was one of the sundresses that I had gotten that were really cute? That would be good. I had some nice sandals that would look good with that. Sundress it was.
I paused and looked down at myself and then over towards the mirror. I met my eyes and took a deep breath. Okay, I just was excited about what I was going to wear…this was not the end of the world nor a sign that I was going insane. I have spent weeks living like a girl. There should be no reason why I shouldn't be expecting to start to think like a girl. Mr. Watson in French class said that when you get good at a language you start thinking in it. Same thing here. I was just really starting to get the language and culture down. That's all. Immersion learning at its finest.
The shower helped me relax. I washed up and the warm water helped to loosen my back muscles. I shaved my legs and whatever else needed shaving since I wanted to look good for this and I was nervous. I would be going out, alone and had to pass utterly. I tried not to think about it. What little bit I did made my stomach flop.
I headed back to my room and looked at the clock. I still had a few hours until I had to go and that meant that I could eat breakfast if my stomach could take it. I decided on the sundress, because I really liked it even though the skirt I had in mind was really cute. I dried my hair and gave it a slight curl with the curling iron. Regular daytime makeup and I was ready to face the day.
All that was left for breakfast were English Muffins so I toasted one and enjoyed it with some juice. The crunch when you bite into them is nice. Relaxing was definitely the order of the day. I had one of the books I had been given and I went into the sitting room after breakfast to read. I did get absorbed into the book. I really enjoyed Fantasy books and the mix of fantasy and romance in Rhapsody really drew me into the book. I loved the characters and Hayden managed to create a great deal of tension throughout the book. I loved it and I was looking forward to borrowing the next book in the series. I really got into the characters and it was easy to fall in love with the main character, Rhapsody.
Rhapsody seemed to be everything: a good fighter, a feminine woman, a tremendous Bard, competent and loving. She was the kind of woman that should be around more. I realized that I was using her as a model for myself in a way and that was fun. If only I knew how to use a sword or could actually write poetry. I knew where my weak spots were and those were definitely holes in my education. Maybe I should try to write some poetry. That’s something girls do…right?
After making it through a chapter I looked up and checked out the time. I still had some time before I had to go but I wanted to get everything ready before hand. I headed upstairs to grab my purse and to see if my makeup needed a touch up. It didn't and I got my purse and headed out. Everyone in the house was getting ready for tonight and I wasn't expecting to see anyone. So I was quite surprised when Nadia came up and hugged me. "Have fun, Caitlin."
I smiled and headed to my car. That really was odd and completely unexpected. I dismissed it as yet another odd thing to happen to me while playing a girl. The list was getting huge. Life was really different on the other side and I kind of liked it.
The meeting was being held on campus at the Student Union Building and I made my way over there easily enough. I managed to find a nearby parking place and got out of the car. I followed the stream of girls into the building, figuring that they might know where this was being held. Amazingly, I somehow thought that real girls would just sort of magically know this.
I got into the room and was surprised at how many girls were in there. There were a lot who seemed like the usual sorority girls that you see in the movies but there were also a lot of girls who looked perfectly normal and quite unlike anything I was expecting. The two Goth girls really threw me as well. I was starting to realize even more that I had been screwing with a world I hadn't known enough about. Maybe this division made some sort of sense. I really wasn't sure. It certainly made me realize how little I knew about things. No wonder the tables got turned.
There was some mingling going on, but I really felt out of my depths. I hung against a wall trying not to panic and hide, which was actually difficult. Meredith would be disappointed if I didn't experience all of this. But I have to admit I was scared. Here I was a guy in girl's clothes surrounded by a huge number of girls who I knew nothing about. I didn't want to think about what would happen if these girls found out who I really was, under these clothes.
Finally, after what seemed like thirty minutes a voice called out for us to be seated. This really cute woman with red hair stepped up in front of everyone. She was wearing her letters and smiled happily. "Hello everyone and welcome to this years Fall Rush. My name is Teresa Goodwin and I work for Greek Life. I am here to explain to you all the process of Rush so you won't be confused and will understand what is expected of you."
The lights dimmed and a projector turned on. An image of the words Rush surrounded by the Greek letters of all the Sororities at the school came up on the screen. The image changed to a picture of girls in a group filling out different forms. "When we are done here you will be divided into groups of ten people each. You will be given name tags and these forms to fill out. Please list the houses you are most interested in on that sheet. This information will be made available to the membership directors of each house. That will let them know who is interested enough in the house for them to try and get to know you."
The image changed again. This time the same group was showing up at a house. It wasn’t our House. Wait…our House? "This group is who you will be with for the first two days, while you visit all of the houses. The third and fourth day you will be moved into a different group and you will again visit the houses you are interested in and the ones that asked to see you again."
The image shifted to one where a smaller group of girls were at one house. "Days three and four are there so that the houses where you are interested or are interested in you can get to know you better. You will be spending more time at those houses. The Fourth night is semi formal as well. So, make sure you dress appropriately."
Again the picture changed. There were large groups of girls each wearing different colored t-shirts with letters on them. "Friday Morning is Bid day. That is when one or maybe more sororities will be giving you a bid, which means they would like you to join their house. If you have more than one you have to choose which it will be. That evening is a formal party in recognition of those who have accepted bids. Each party will be at the house in question. It will be formal dress. Saturday will be your orientation into the pledge program in the house that chose you. If you are not chosen, please try again next semester. Any questions?"
No one seemed to have any questions about the process and I was sure I had none. The process seemed easy enough. All I would have to do would be to list the House as my first choice and I knew that they would choose me. But I figured I needed to play along in order to make sure that I wouldn't get caught. The woman up front began to call names out and giving groups of ten directions. When my name was called I ended up in a group with one of the Goth girls. She reminded me a bit of Amy Lee, the lead singer of Evanesence. I thought she was hot.
I walked up to her and smiled . "Hi…my name is Caitlin. What's yours?"
"Alison. But people usually call me Alley." She was very pale and her black hair shone it the light. It was almost blue black and looked natural and not dyed. It also fell to the small of her back.
"Pleased to meet you." She seemed nice, though I really had no idea since I had just met her. But hopefully she would like me. I kind of liked the Goth culture but never personally got into it. The Goths back at my High School were fun to hang with.
"Thanks. I'm just here because I want to test the level of hypocrisy in this system. I seriously doubt that this snooty girl club will let in anyone like me. I'll be impressed if that does happen but I doubt it." I completely knew where she was coming from. I learned this wasn't quite what I thought it was and I hoped Alley would be able to figure that out as well. I would try to put in a good word with Meredith and Nadia.
"Well, as long as you give them the chance to surprise you, you won't make that a self-fulfilling prophesy." I smiled at her, really hoping she could get in somewhere. That would make one less person to misunderstand sororities like I had.
"I'm just going to be myself and as friendly to them as they are to me." she challenged.
I liked her. I would definitely put in a good word for her with the others. We all filled out our preference sheets, handing them into the girl who was collecting them and acting as our guide. The other girls in the group split after we were done, except Alley who waited for me.
"So, you think that there is a chance for me?" she asked, really seeming interested.
I nodded. "I think this whole thing is really different from what any of us think. Personally I expect to be pleasantly surprised by all of this."
She smirked. "That would be nice. I just hope that most of them aren't like some of those bitches back in high school. They really pissed me off."
"Trust me; some of them aren't like that. Some may be, but not all of them are." I replied. "Besides, this should be fun, even if you don't get in."
"True enough. Hey, do you want to go get some lunch?" asked Alley.
I was hungry and lunch did sound good. Maybe I could call Meredith and have her meet us somewhere. That way she could meet Alison and that might help her in getting in. "Sure. Just let me call someone and we can go."
With that I got out my cell phone and gave my sweetie a call. I told her about lunch and she agreed that it would be a good thing. We all headed for this place that had great salads, soups and the like. Alley and I separated and headed there in our own cars, since neither of us wanted to leave them there. I was feeling good so I was singing along with a CD and even dancing a little as I drove. Thankfully, I didn't swerve too much and made it to the restaurant in one piece. But the songs were fun and I found I liked singing and dancing.
Alley had beaten me there and was standing outside waiting. A couple of people were staring at her and she was ignoring them with practiced disdain. I couldn't see why people were staring. She was a cute Goth and not even all that weird looking. No multi colored hair, no spikes or chains, nothing odd except a cute black Goth style dress. Well, maybe the pale make up was a factor. We chatted while we waited for Meredith.
She finally arrived, looking cute and artsy in her long gauze skirt and peasant blouse. How she looked made me smile. My girlfriend was really beautiful and that made my heart beat faster. She came over and gave me a hug and then turned to Alley. "Hi, my name is Meredith. What's your's?"
"Alley. Nice to meet you. Shall we go in and eat. I'm hungry." Alley turned and headed into the place. Meredith held me back.
"Where did you meet her?" she asked.
"At the Rush thing. She seems really nice and I thought she might have a chance of getting if you got to know her." I blushed a little. "I hope I didn't do anything wrong."
Meredith looked thoughtful. "Did you tell her I am in the Sorority?"
"No. I just said I wanted to call someone to join us." I wondered what all this was about. What was the problem?
"Good. Don't say anything about that. I can't talk to people about Sorority stuff officially. But we can chat and the like. They're rules that the Greek Council enforces during Rush week. It is to make the playing field fair." explained Meredith. “If she is nice enough to join then I can meet her at the House.”
I guess that made some sort of sense. A fair playing field was a good thing. We went in and got our food. It was an amazing salad bar, with all sorts of good things to eat. I loaded my plate up with as much goodness that I could. My plate was mounded and I drizzled a low fat Italian dressing onto the whole thing. I also grabbed a bowl of some sort of vegetable soup. This would be tasty.
We ate and talked about all sorts of things. It turned out that Alley and Meredith both shared a love for Joss Whedon and several bands and some horror movies. That was cool. I did like Buffy and Firefly but I had never watched much Angel. I got some horrified looks at that confession and they both vowed to correct that gap in my education. I sighed, knowing that I was going to end up watching lots of videos again. At least it would be interesting, I hoped. Certainly couldn’t be worse than some of the bad chick flicks I had to endure or Becca’s foreign films.
Alley headed off to get ready for tonight and Meredith and I headed back to the House to relax for a while. My group was going to be visiting the house the next day so that would be fun. It did mean that I would be missing the ice cream social they were doing tonight. Maybe when I got home after all of the traipsing about I could get some leftovers? I really hoped so, as I did love ice cream. And if they had hot fudge I would be utterly happy. That was a sweet yummy I could not pass up. It was my Doom.
I ended up reading again. It was fun and I got through a lot more of what was going on with Rhapsody and company. I had figured out she was the girl from the prologue but it really was sad that she wouldn't find her love from then. Sam was gone and there was no way that they would ever be reunited. Or was there? I didn't know as I was still in the first book. I really wanted to get through this before I went to the Rush event. I would have sat there in the comfy chair reading if Nadia hadn't come in and taken the book out of my hands. I was nudged out of the house and I grumbled as I headed to the car. I really wanted to keep reading. The story was picking up pace as they were hunting the F’dor.
I reached the designated meeting place and found my group. Alley was there and that was good. Part of me had been afraid that she would chicken out. We talked about fantasy novels to kill some time before we would be getting into the vans to travel to the different houses to be welcomed. I told her all about Rhapsody and she raved about Grania by Morgan Llywelyn. It sounded interesting and I mentally added it to the list of books I wanted to read. It kept growing and growing. If that kept up I wouldn’t have time to do anything else but read.
Finally, the van arrived and we all got in. We headed off to the first Rush event and I was nervous and excited at the same time. It felt to me that this would be another interesting glimpse into the world of girls. So far the trip had been fun. After all, it had already gotten me a girlfriend, so I couldn’t really complain that much.
The van pulled up at one of the houses and we all got out and headed into the House. It was a nice house and the decorations were cute. They were having a country themed thing. Alley and I both grimaced as we heard the strains of country coming out of the speakers. I did not like most country music and they seemed to be playing all the stuff that made my skin crawl. Alison seemed to be in similar pain.
A few of the girls from that House came and talked to us, but not that many. The other girls from our group had quite a few more girls talking to them while I would have to say we were being ignored. I wondered if it was the country thing or the fact that Alley was a Goth. I was sure I was getting shunned by association. We were both happy by the time we left. It was a very long thirty minutes.
Things were moderately better at the next house we visited. Several girls chatted us both up and the Sock Hop theme was pretty cool. Even the music was nice. I did feel out of place since I wasn't in a poodle skirt. But they were all nice girls. This house didn't seem all that bad and there was even a semi-Goth girl in the group. She and Alley talked a good bit before we had to leave and head off to the next house.
This went on for the next hour, visiting two more houses. There were lots of girls I met and things really became a blur in my mind as I thought about things. Maybe there was too much going on and I was overloaded. I couldn't even remember which House was which by the time we got back to the meeting place. When we all arrived, the Rush chairwoman talked a bit about having a successful first night and tried to pump us up and make the whole thing seem even more exciting than it was. I just wanted to go home and eat some ice cream.
Alley and I said goodbye and said that we were looking forward to seeing each other tomorrow. The drive home was thankfully quick. I entered and headed straight for the kitchen, figuring that was where the ice cream was. When I got there I saw that Kerry was there serving herself up some ice cream.
"Hi." I said, hoping it sounded friendly. Since she was the one nervous about me I knew I had to be careful when talking to her to avoid making her twitchy. That unfortunately made me twitchy. Not much I could do about that now.
"Hi." She replied. She held out the scooper. "Want some?"
I smiled and nodded yes, taking the scooper from her. I scooped myself a nice pile of French Vanilla Bean. "Yes. Thank you. I have been looking forward to this all night. Just the thought of all this ice cream made me drool."
Kerry smiled a little. Maybe there was some progress. That would be a good thing. "Oh, that's right you went out to the Rush events. How were they?"
I shrugged. "Okay I guess. It wasn't really all that exciting and some of the Houses seemed pretty boring. Some of them didn't treat a friend of mine and me very well. They were snotty and stand offish. It sucked."
"Some of the Houses are like that. Our House really does try to be friendly and inclusive. It used to be worse but the new president of the Sorority decided that we needed to stop being the stereotype and to become the exception. It has actually been really helpful for the House overall, from what I have heard." stated Kerry. "Taking you in is a bit…odd but given your plan I guess it was for the best."
"Well, I don't know if Nadia mentioned this to anyone, but she told me she had figured it out. I hadn't thought that I would get accepted and I was ready to bring a lawsuit. So I was surprised when I was offered to come into the house. I almost didn't accept, since I hadn't really planned on joining a Sorority." I admitted as I took another spoonful of hot fudgey goodness. "But since I had asked I felt honor bound to accept. Otherwise my asking would seem like some stupid ploy. I didn’t want that so I said yes. So now I'm here and I am actually even enjoying myself."
Kerry looked a little shocked at that. "You mean you decided to join the House despite the fact that you had to dress like this? To be a girl?"
"Well, Nadia asked if I was going to try and bring honor to the House or make it a laughing stock. I didn't want to ridicule anyone, so I agreed to those conditions. I really hate how some people ridicule things. I wanted to do something that I thought would bring more equality but I was wrong. The conditions were fair and I really didn't want to fight if they were going to let me in." I replied, stirring my ice cream into a thick gooey mess. Hot Fudge soup is a great goodness. "I can't say that I am completely enjoying all of this but it has been interesting overall."
"So…so you aren't getting your jollies out of this?" she asked, getting to the point of her questioning. This was where everything was focused. I wanted to answer this carefully.
"Well, I can't say I don't peek some when I am in the shower but usually I am too busy getting clean. Just getting ready for a day has changed for me and it is still something I really have to think about. After a while I just stopped looking for the most part. I'm not sure why, but I have. I think it’s weird as there are a lot of really attractive women on that floor but I am too busy to care about looking. I generally don't see anyone…not really. They’re just bodies in there, doing what I’m doing, so I just worry about myself. Am I making any sort of sense?" I replied.
Kerry nodded, looking thoughtful. "Yeah. You are."
"And living and dressing like this, and all the crap that I had to go through to be ready to be a girl has been more work than excitement. Basically, this whole thing hasn't been even remotely sexually exciting. It has actually had more of the opposite effect." I complained some as I had more of my ice cream goop. I really liked this and I had been doing it since I was a little kid. Goop was good.
Kerry seemed to relax some at that. It was clear that she was thinking about what I was saying. That was a good thing. "So you're not going to come into our rooms and sexually molest us?"
"Only if you ask me to." I quipped. "Actually, I was more afraid of you girls getting all evil on me and doing horrible things to me. I had visions of all sort of humiliating acts and a painful transformation to more of a mockery of a girl than a real one. I don't know if I could have stood that for very long before I called the cops. The thought of that really scared me."
Kerry actually looked horrified at the idea. "That…that would be wrong. Being a girl is wonderful and to torture someone into that would be like the exact opposite of what it's like. I don’t know how anyone could act that way."
"See, I guess we both had some misconceptions about things. I have certainly learned about being a girl and Sororities." I stated, smiling as I made my point.
"I guess we did. I am sorry for all the trouble I caused. You aren’t what I expected. Well, good night Caitlin. See you in the morning." With that she put her bowl in the sink and headed off to bed.
I sat there and ate my ice cream thinking about everything that had been said. Was I forced into looking like this? No…no…I guess not. I had chosen to do this. Every step of the way Nadia had made it clear that I was doing this because of my choices. I did this to myself.
Kerry's statement about how fun it was being a girl stuck with me. Was I having fun like this? Fun that I wouldn't have had if I had been able to remain Richard? I didn't know. Some of the things I had done had been fun. Sun bathing was actually kind of cool and going to the club had been exciting and different. The spa had been a great goodness and definitely a trip I wanted to do again. I guess by and large I was having a better time as a girl than I had as a guy. Why was that?
I guess part of the reason was definitely all the people in the House who had become my friends and dragged me off to do things. I seemed to have more friends now than before, friends beyond Rebecca. If I had stayed as Richard, what would I have done over the summer? Probably just sit around, read and play video games. So, basically, not a lot of exciting things. Maybe this was good for me? I finished my ice cream and put the bowl in the sink. I was tired and just wanted to sleep. After all, tomorrow was going to be filled with even more exciting Rush stuff and I needed the rest.
I made it too my room and found a note on my pillow. I opened it up and it was a cute card from Meredith. She said she loved me and wanted me to come and stay with her again tonight. I smiled broadly and bounced a little excitedly. I changed into my nightgown and headed over to her room. She kissed me fiercely when the door was closed. I melted into it. "I missed you today. Did you have fun?"
"It was okay. Some of the Houses were really boring and ignored me and Alley." I sounded mostly non-committal.
"Well, tomorrow you get to come to where the fun is. Also, I have talked to Nadia and several other girls about Alley. We are definitely going to see if she fits with the other girls. I like her and it would be a lot of fun to see her face when she would be offered a bid."
"Really? Honest and true?" This was actually kind of exciting. Then I yawned really wide. It almost hurt.
"Honest and true. Come on sleepy head. Get under the covers before you fall over." With that, she dragged me to the bed and we both snuggled in for the night. It was nice being all cuddled up with her and I fell asleep warm and safe in her arms.
College Girl
By poetheather
Chap 15
I woke up entwined with Meredith. It was a glorious start to my second day of Rush week. Getting to see the other houses was really cool and I liked that, despite the country music. I was actually glad that Nadia had managed to arrange for me to do this. It was certainly an eye opening experience.
I hugged Meredith and extracted myself from her embrace. My bladder had woken up and it was a bit urgent. Being in her arms was wonderful but some things were too important to put off. I really needed to pee and slowly wound myself out of her arms.
I padded off to the bathroom. I was happy. Things were actually starting to balance out. Maybe things would work out after all? I was still troubled a little by the kiss, but I figured that a girl kissing a guy was not completely out of the ordinary and I was a girl, for the most part. I really just wanted Merri to tell Nadia about the two of us so we didn’t have to sneak about. I figured everyone already knew, but I wasn’t sure. It made me twitchy.
Paul was a nice guy and if I had to go out with a guy to maintain the proper Sorority look, then I think I could handle it. I still had to come to terms with kissing him, but so it goes. To make this work I had to accept things and move on.
There were a couple of the other girls in the bathroom when I got there. I said good morning and got into the stall. When I sat and started to…well you know…I realized that I hadn’t really stared at one of the girls who had gotten out of the shower and hadn’t gotten her towel on yet. What was happening to me? I didn’t register a pretty girl? And Jessica was really hot, with an athletic body and nice firm breasts. Her ass was magnificent and I didn’t look. What? Why?
Once I finished I wiped, because urine in your panties was gross, and retucked myself. I was getting used to that, so much so that it was starting to feel normal. It really was funny when you think about it. Here I was, a guy, living as a girl and getting more and more used to feminine things. It was kind of laughable, especially when I wasn’t gay or transgendered. I was just amazed at how foolish it was to come after this Sorority. Going after the Country Music House would have worked better.
Yeah, I had learned that lovely piece of information. It was a bit disturbing, but so it goes. I knew I wasn’t that way, at least as far as I was aware of. But I had noticed that sometimes you were always the last to know some of these things. Maybe I was transgendered? After all I never really fought about this whole process.
I got back to my room and lay back on my bed, staring at the ceiling. Today was Day Two of the Rush activities. It looked like it was going to be fun. I was going to have to thank Nadia for helping get me into the Rush thing. I wasn’t supposed to do this, since I already had been accepted into the House. I would never have met Alison without going through Rush and she was definitely cool.
Lunch with her would be fun. I hoped Meredith and Gwen liked her. Those two should be able to get her into the House as they both seemed to have a lot of say in how things were run. It would be so cool to have Alison in here with me. I wasn’t attracted to her as anything but a friend and it certainly felt good. I just wanted to hang out with her and get to know her. Maybe the way I had friendships had changed? What did I think about friends?
It seemed like so much had changed. It was a bit dizzying when I thought of it, but I was trying to avoid stressing over the whole messy charade too much. Instead I had to hurry up and head out for lunch. I dressed casually in jean shorts and a cute blouse. Okay, it was bothersome to know that I was using words like cute but what could I do? All the intense preparation the girls had given me really affected me in more ways than I really cared to mention. And really, how many guys do you think want to know the intimate details of periods, such as clotting, heavy flows, cramps and the like. I certainly hadn’t but I hadn’t been spared that detail either. And don’t even mention yeast infections.
Merri was driving, as usual. She really loved driving and that was why she had a stick shift car. She said that it made her really feel the road more and like she was in control of her car. She was a bit of a control freak, which might explain my life. She certainly did what she could to try and mold my life to her liking, not that I was actually complaining.
We reached the restaurant and headed into the place. Spotting Alison was easy, as she was the only Goth in the place. She spotted me and waved us over. The group of us sat and chatted. I could tell that Gwen was initially thrown by the whole Goth thing, but Meredith wasn’t even fazed. It was a nice sign. I really wanted Alison to be in the House. She was cool and I thought that she would really get along with a lot of the other girls. And since Kerry mentioned about the House trying to be more inclusive, there was a chance.
Gwen really opened up as we talked. The two of them did seem to be getting along well. Merri glanced at her watch and looked shocked. “Uhm…ladies, Gwen and I need to get going. We have to get back and get ready for tonight. Come on Caitlin, time to go. See you later Alison.”
After we got in the car I turned to Merri and asked, “What was that all about?”
She looked confused. “What?”
“The whole thing about us having to leave and so abruptly at that?” That really struck me as being extremely rude. I couldn’t understand why she would do something like that.
“Uhm…Caitlin, do you have any idea what time it is?” replied Merri, cocking her head inquisitively.
I shook my head. I wasn’t wearing a watch so I really had no clue what time it actually was. “No.”
“You have a little more than an hour to get ready and head to the Student Union and we have to hurry back to help finish getting the House in order. I wasn’t being rude, so much as stressed. Ok?” explained Merri.
I nodded. It did make sense and it wasn’t in character for Merri to blow someone off like that. I knew there had to be a reason forher acting that way. “Ok. I’m sorry I misunderstood.”
Merri laughed. “No worries. These sorts of things happen.”
Once back at the House, I rushed upstairs to get ready and Gwen and Merri both headed off to help prepare for the party. I was actually looking forward to this. It would be fun to see the last of the Houses. There were a lot of differences between them, which I certainly hadn’t thought about. I really had thought that they would be pretty much all alike, sort of cookie cutter actually. I loved all the things I was learning through this.
I wanted to again wear something nice. I figured a skirt and nice blouse would be good, so long as they were really casual. I got the clothes out that I wanted and then got out the earrings I wanted to wear, as well as a necklace that went with the earrings. After I got dressed I looked at myself in the mirror to make sure everything was in place.
The fact that I was turning out to be really attractive was disturbing at the oddest times. I wasn’t going out with Paul, I wasn’t seeing my mother, I was simply going out and hanging out with girls from different Sororities. It should be a lot of fun and certainly no reason to feel so…hot.
Why did Merri have to make me look so attractive? I wasn’t sure I could handle the attention from guys. That really wasn’t an issue now, but I had noticed guys checking me out whenever we went somewhere public.
I grabbed my purse and everything else I needed and drove over to the meeting place. Alison was there looking again like Amy Lee. I thought about it and remembered seeing that outfit on Amy Lee in one of her videos. Alley looked great in it. I wondered where she had gotten it. “Hey there Alley. Long time no see.”
She grinned back. “Yeah. It’s been ages. We really need to catch up.”
We both snickered at that and headed towards the rest of the group. The other girls obviously blew us off, knowing Alley was weird and labeled me weird by association. The simple fact that I had already been accepted by a House and that they hadn’t, made their attitudes pretty amusing. I was sure some of them wouldn’t get picked by any house.
We moved as a gaggle, with Alley and I trailing behind, just far enough back to hear some of the catty comments. These surprisingly made Alison smile. “It’s sad that some people can only feel good about themselves when they are tearing others down. Too bad it won’t work on me.”
I grinned at her. I was definitely going to keep in contact with her after all of this, whatever happened. Back at school I had actually gotten along better with some of the more fringe groups like the punks, Goths and Emo kids, even though I fell into none of those groups. I figured that I viewed them all equally. So long as they were decent to me there was no reason to come down on them. And sometimes they were great fun to hang out with.
The first two Houses had nothing special to mention. They were the same old same old. They were older Houses with much more traditional viewpoints. I was glad I hadn’t tried for either of them, as I would have failed. I certainly lucked out by choosing the House I did. The third was my House.
I know it wasn’t mine yet, but I was developing an attachment to it. I realized as the group of us headed up to the House that I totally wanted to be a Sister of the House, whatever it took. I stopped as the realization shook me. I definitely wanted to be a Sister of the House. I was actually willing to make that four year commitment. That shook me. I was willing to do that, to be a girl that long?
Alison had noticed that I had stopped and turned around, giving me a questioning look. I shook my head to clear it and smiled. We needed to get inside for the House introduction by Nadia, and then the fun would begin. I would think about this later.
We got in and stood out by being late. I could tell that Nadia was suppressing a smile as I entered the house or was she. I was still trying to get used to reading faces. I pretended I was new there as I met eyes with some of the other girls of the house. After the House introduction we were all ushered into the dining room for the fun of movie night. I sat with Alison and we were all watching some other chick flick that I hadn’t been subjected to yet.
It was really nice, for the most part. Mostly, what happened was that the sisters of the house were getting drinks and kettle corn for the other girls and we chatted with each other while the movie played. A lot of the sisters came and talked to Alison, which was nice, but I was mostly left alone. This was starting to get me down. Was I being purposely ignored? To hide what was going on?
“So, enjoying things?” asked Nadia, as she walked up behind me. I was a bit surprised.
“Somewhat. No one is talking to me.” I complained.
“Caitlin, we already know you. They are just trying to figure out if they want to ask anyone else to join. It’s not you.” This comforted me and I sighed happily. Nadia giggled a little as she walked off to go talk to some more potential sisters.
I stood there, watching the crowd, trying to figure out what they were looking for. Some of the girls who were real bitches or seemed too involved in their clothes and makeup were somewhat left to the movie as other girls were being chatted up. Maybe this was sort of like getting to know someone you wanted to date? Maybe? I had no clue. I hadn’t exactly been a social expert in High School.
Alison seemed surprised by the interest that she was being paid. Meredith and Gwen were elsewhere, talking to other people. It looked like her idea of what some of the Sorority girls were like was falling apart around her. This did make me smile. I always liked watching people’s preconceptions fall apart.
All too soon we were ushered off to the last house we were going to visit. I was getting tired and I just wanted all this to end. The stress of trying to make sure no one figured out that I was a guy was pretty intense. It had been easy with the girls of the house, they were in on the secret, but I was nervous going out on my own without Meredith or Gwen to help me not make a fool of myself. I was sure that at any minute I would be discovered.
I sighed. If I were going to carry this whole thing off, I would have to be able to go about on my own, to not have a babysitter. To become the girl I was supposed to be portraying would require me to go off on my own. Maybe I was just afraid of finally committing everything to this charade? This would be rough at first but Meredith assured me that the role would become more natural over time. If I didn’t give in to the role, to really try to become Caitlin instead of Richard, I would be found out and that would bring shame and dishonor to the House, my House. I didn’t want that to happen.
As I was sitting through an ice cream social at this last House, I decided. I would commit to being Caitlin until I graduated. That way I could make sure that my Sisters would not have to be ashamed of the risk they took with me. I would be Caitlin and after I graduated I would return to Richard. I wanted to stay in the House and I would become Caitlin utterly to ensure that I could.
A wave of relaxation washed over me as I decided that. Some tension that I hadn’t been aware of holding released and I felt lighter. I was free, free to explore Caitlin more than I already had, free to wallow in girlhood. Hell, my Mom knew about this and was fine. To this Campus I was Caitlin and so I would be the best Caitlin I could be. I would do whatever I could for the Sisters of the House.
I had another spoonful of chocolate ice cream and smiled at Alison. She was looking grumpy as the girls of this house were what she thought Sorority girls were like. I didn’t like them either. They seemed like stuck up bitches. I figured that a couple of the girls in our group would feel right at home. But the ice cream was good. I was again in hot fudgey heaven
We finally finished up and returned to the Student Union. We filled out the House cards, stating which Houses we wanted to be considered for and making comments about the Houses we didn’t like. I only listed my House. I really didn’t want to go anywhere else. Besides, like I would be able to.
We turned them in and the day was over. Tomorrow was a more intensive time with the houses we chose, to better see if we meshed with them. Then Thursday was a semi-formal, no date necessary, thank God. Friday was for the Formal, and I would need a date. Thankfully I had Paul, as we still hadn’t told the Sisters of the House that Merri and I were dating. Maybe I needed to call Paul and see if he was available. The idea of that made me nervous. Calling a guy for a date was not something I had ever considered doing before.
I waved bye to Alison and headed back to the House, speeding along in my Jetta. I waved at the girls as I walked in. They were all crowded into the dining room watching another film. I found a spot near Meredith and got comfortable. She rested her head on my shoulder. It was nice to be close to her.
The film ended and we separated heading off to our rooms for bed. I wanted to stay with Merri, but I did understand. Since she hadn’t told them about us we really had to make sure we weren’t caught. I washed up and got changed for bed. I yawned widely.
There was a knock at the door. I answered it and the House President was standing there. I hadn’t spoken much to Sandra as she was always busy but I had seen her off and on. She looked serious. “Can I come in?”
I nodded and stepped aside so she could enter. I closed the door and sat on my bed while she took the desk chair. I waited, wondering about what the hell this could be about, my heart racing. “Caitlin, I have noticed something and I wanted to check with you. Please tell me the absolute truth. I already know quite a bit. So…what is going on between you and Meredith?”
My head spun and I swallowed hard. I wasn’t sure what I needed to say to keep Merri out of trouble. This is what I had been afraid of. “I…I…uhm…I…”
“This is very serious Caitlin. Tell me the truth.” She leaned forward, staring me in the eyes.
I nodded. “Uhm…you see…its like this…Merri and I are sort of dating I guess…maybe. We have been together for a short while. Please Sandra, don’t kick her out of the Sorority for this. I’ll go if I have to. I don’t want to leave the House as I love it here but I’ll go.”
Everything was in freefall. What the hell was I going to do? I guess I could move back in with Rebecca, but what about Meredith? What would happen to her? Oh God, what was going on?
“So…you admit it. You know one of the restraints we placed on you was for you to avoid causing this sort of problem with the Sisters of the House. While you haven’t exactly leered while in the bathroom, people have noticed and commented on what seemed to be growing between you and Meredith. You broke your word on this. How are we to trust that you won’t break it later and dishonor us?”
I began to cry. I realized that it was fairly true, that I had broken my word to them. I fucked up. I looked up at her and her face was serious and grim. I struggled to find words to say. “I’m…I’m sorry. I…I mean…I thought that it might be okay. Merri said that it could be worked out and I figured that it could be. I am so sorry. I never wanted to upset anyone. I never meant to break my word to you. I really like Merri and she said she liked me so I thought…”
I swallowed and wiped the tears. I was crying hard and not just for the possible loss of Meredith, but for the loss of the House as well. I didn’t want to move away. I loved it here and the women of the house were amazing. “I don’t want to leave the House. I love it here and I care about keeping the honor of the House. I never meant to upset any of the Sisters. Sandra, please, give me another chance. I won’t let you down.”
She stood and looked down at me. Tears were burning my face blurring what I could see. What else could I do? I just wanted to stay and become a Sister of the House. I looked up at her with pleading eyes. “Please.”
Her eyes narrowed as she looked at me. I had only seen this look once before, when I had first approached the Sorority. That made me even more worried. “We’ll see. I am going to talk to Meredith and then discuss this with the officers. Maybe you should just leave. We’ll call you back, if you get to stay.”
With that, she turned on her heel and walked out the door. When it slammed shut it felt like my heart broke with the sound. I panicked. I had no idea what to do. Going to Meredith might make the whole thing worse. Was I wanted here? Did they hate me? I didn’t know. I grabbed my keys and purse and fled into the night.
College Girl
By poetheather
Chap 16
I clutched my bear tight. The fur was soggy with tears, as I had cried off and on since I had gotten here. What the hell was going on? How had things changed so quickly? I shifted on Rebecca’s couch, trying to get more comfortable. I had left the House after that, not wanting to offend anyone else. I didn’t want to cause any more trouble than I already had. Gwen had been really concerned but I left without anyone else noticing. I couldn’t stay there when I knew I had broken my word. I couldn’t change in the room with Gwen or use the showers or anything. I felt ashamed and dirty.
Rebecca had been seriously concerned for me when I had turned up in my nightgown and flip-flops, wearing a hoodie over it, on her doorstep, clutching my soggy bear tightly to me. I had barely been able to let her know what had happened between my sobs and I slept fitfully on the couch. I lay there, looking out at the room, still sobbing for my loss. What had gone wrong? I couldn’t think of anything that I did that was wrong.
Rebecca came out of her room, dressed for the day. She came over, sat on the edge of the couch and ran a hand over my hair. Her voice was soft and gentle, as if she were talking to a kid with a skinned knee. “Did you want to get up and get dressed? We can go for doughnuts. I’ll even buy you a Boston Crá¨me.”
I smiled faintly as I shrugged. What difference did it make? I mean, why would she want to be seen with someone like me?
She sighed. “Richard…Caitiln uh…you need to get up and take a shower. You smell of sweat and upset. Let’s get you clean and then we can try to figure out something for you to wear. Alright?”
I nodded, since it was easier than arguing with her and rose from the couch. She gave me a gentle shove in the direction of the shower. I stumbled in, tugging the somewhat soggy nightgown, wet stains covering the top portion of the green fabric. I pulled off my panties and I looked at myself in the mirror.
I looked horrible, with dark circles under my eyes. Even in this state I looked feminine. I couldn’t escape it. I tugged weakly at the breasts adhered to my chest. I had forgotten to grab the solvent in my flight so now I was stuck with these. I sighed; it was too much work to worry.
I took a quick shower, not even bothering to wash my hair. I pulled aside the curtain and wrapped my towel around me, just like I had for the last couple of weeks. I didn’t wrap my hair as I couldn’t find a smaller towel, at least not one that hadn’t been claimed. Besides, what was the point? Who cared if my hair looked a mess? Rebecca?
I looked down at my nightgown and panties. I had left in such a hurry that I hadn’t bothered to pack. Now what was I going to wear? Was I going to wear girl’s clothes still or what? I sighed and stopped trying to solve yet another problem. Screw it! I pulled on my panties under my towel, tucked and walked out into the living room area to find Rebecca. “Do you have anything I can wear? I don’t have anything here and I don’t want to wear my nightgown all day.”
She nodded and I followed her into her room. She dug about and pulled out some sweatpants and a t-shirt that looked comfy. I nodded. I dropped the towel and pulled the clothes on not caring that she was there. I could tell that Becca was staring at me but I really couldn’t care. What the hell had gone wrong? How had this happened?
I had thought I had been following the rules, had been doing everything they had asked of me. Was it my fault that Meredith liked me or that I liked her? Had I really done anything all that bad? I hadn’t treated any of the girls in the House like those guys at the mini-golf place had treated Merri, Gwen and myself. I had been respectful of the Sisters of the House and did what I had been told to do to prove myself to them. I didn’t want to lose my House…my friends.
I have no idea how long I cried off and on as these thoughts ran through my head over and over. I couldn’t think of anything I had done except get involved with Meredith, and that was by mutual consent. As far as I knew Gwen didn’t have any problems with me. Becca had left me alone for the most part, just making sure I managed to have some breakfast even though I wasn’t hungry. She had plopped down three doughnuts when she got back. One was indeed a Boston Crá¨me. That made me smile and start crying again out of gratitude. Other than that I just moped.
At some point later, maybe around one in the afternoon, there was a knock at the door. Becca answered it as I just stared into space and tried to figure out how everything in my life had fallen apart so quickly. Soon I felt arms wrap around me and hug me tight. I turned, surprised and saw Merri hugging me. When I saw her I started crying again.
“I’m so sorry Caitlin. I am so sorry. I never meant to hurt you. We’ll work this out…we will.”
I just held her and she joined me in my crying. I have no idea how long we were sitting there, joined. But Merri was there with me and things were sure to get better. She made me feel safe and protected. I leaned in closer to her.
“I’m sorry Caitlin, I never meant for this to happen. That’s why I told Sandra to go fuck herself.” Her voice was filled with anger and her body shook with an urge to get up and hit something.
I pulled up from her hug and looked her in the eye. I could see her love and concern. “You said what?”
“Sandra confronted me this morning, just after I had gone by your room to get you for breakfast. We screamed at each other for a while and I stormed out of the House. I am so mad. We weren’t doing anything some of the other girls weren’t doing, so who cared? I mean, I know of two other lesbian couples in the house and one girl who is in a threesome.” Merri grumbled. “Fucking hypocrites.”
“But Merri, I promised everyone that I wouldn’t do anything like that. I broke my word to the House.” Merri hugged me tight again after I said that, kissing my forehead.
“Cait, you didn’t break your word. I hit on you. I started things. You only promised not to start anything with anyone in the House. You have still held true to your word. If anyone is to blame in all of this, it’s me. You are just so adorable that I couldn’t help myself. I am sorry about all of this.”
She and I just held each other. Finally, my stomach growled, realizing that it hadn’t had enough food. It had been a long time since those three doughnuts. I smiled at Merri sheepishly. She kissed me on the forehead, nose and lips. “Come on love, let’s go get some food. We could both use it.”
Rebecca bowed out, I guess she figured that we would need some serious alone time after everything that had happened. Maybe she was right. I hugged her tightly and thanked her for the clothes and the crash space and well…everything. She kissed me on the cheek and pushed me towards the door. Merri and I then left the apartment to get some sort of food.
My hand was on her thigh during the whole drive. Her hand rested on mine. It was nice. I felt like I was her’s and she was mine. I asked nervously. “So…what’s going to happen?”
“Well, there is going to be a meeting this afternoon to vote on things. So I figure we will know what the House decides in a few hours. But regardless, I am not letting you go. I love you Caitlin.” I melted at that. Of course, that was the first time a woman had ever said that to me, so I might be a softy. It was messed up that it was to me as Caitlin, but like I cared.
I was hungrier than I had thought. I had pancakes with my breakfast and drizzled syrup over them and everything. I almost never ate the pancakes as it was too much food. They usually filled me up way too much and I hurt afterwards, but today I was that hungry. They never really stood a chance as I tore into them.
Midway through the meal it dawned on me that I was done, that I no longer had to do this girl thing anymore. Part of me was relieved and another part of me was a bit sad. It had been a hell of an opportunity to learn all about things a guy never learned. I had learned a lot about women, how they thought, acted and saw things. I kind of liked that. But now that was at an end and I was ambivalent about it.
Then it struck me that as Richard I would never be able to come up to Alison and just start talking. Never. As Richard I was way too shy around girls and Alley was too hot for me to even consider talking to. But then Richard hadn’t talked to her.
Alison knew me as Caitlin and not Richard. How could I explain all of this in a way that would keep my word to the House about not making a commotion about the setup? I liked her and it looked as if that budding friendship was over, unless I could think of some way around things.
That meant I now had a total of two friends left now, Becca and Merri. I had lost all the other friends I had made, all in one brief moment when I was told to leave. I had lost Gwen, Nadia, Alison and the rest to the women of the House. I wasn’t sure what to do, laugh at the absurdity of it all or cry? Why me?
Merri kept pulling me out of the depressive spiral I kept finding myself in. She seemed able to tell whenever I started to brood over things too much. I still felt cut off from so much in my life. I felt like most of my life had been turned off and I only had patches of life left. At least I still had Meredith and that was a lot. I wasn’t sure if I would be able to make it through this without her. I realized that I relied on her for a great deal of support. She was definitely the stronger of the two of us.
When she was looking over the desert menu for the chocolatiest thing they had, the phone rang. She pulled it out and looked at the caller ID. As it rang she looked over at me and then answered it. “Hello?”
I looked up and saw her nod a few times. Nodding wasn’t useful when you were on the phone. “Okay. Thank you. However, I won’t believe anything until she calls me herself.”
After she hung up she decided that we absolutely must have the Death by Chocolate cake. I couldn’t argue with that. Besides, only a fool would get between a woman and her chocolate. I asked, “What was that about?”
“The House had the vote. I am not completely sure how things turned out yet, so I am waiting for Sandra to call. Until she tells me things, it isn’t official.”
“It’s done? They had the vote already?” I was surprised and a bit dismayed. My heart started pounding and my palms got slick with sweat. What had they said? What had they decided? Had they kicked me out?
Merri smiled at me. “We can worry about it later sweetie. Let’s finish eating and then see what’s going on.”
The cake was good and I did feel better after eating it. I wonder why that is? Is there something in chocolate that makes you feel better or is it the fact that chocolate is so good people feel better? I really had no idea and it really had no bearing on anything that was going on anyway. But it really did get me thinking. Could something like that be the reason for the serious chocolate addiction most women had?
Merri’s phone rang again. I loved hearing They Might Be Giants blaring out of her phone. It was cute and totally fit her. She looked at the caller ID, made a face and then answered it. Her voice was cold. It had to be Sandra. “Yes?”
The conversation was all one sided as far as I could tell. Merri didn’t get any less upset but maybe she did get a bit less tense. I wasn’t sure. Once she hung up she looked at me. “So…shall we go back to the House now?”
“What? Why? What Sandra did through all of this was wrong. I held true to my word, didn’t I? I held to my side of the bargain, just like I said I would, why couldn’t she hold true to hers? Why the hell did this happen?” I was not happy about any of this. I wasn’t sure about going back t the House, but I also wanted to rush back and find out what the hell had happened. I was just so conflicted.
“When we get to the House, people will explain things and we can see if what I was told is actually true. I’m not sure I really trust Sandra anymore.” replied Meredith, rubbing her forehead with one hand.
“What were you told?” I was curious. She seemed to know my fate yet hadn’t told me. Was it bad?
“They said that it would be okay and that everything had been worked out to everyone’s satisfaction. What that means I’m not sure. But Sandra and everyone else wanted to have their say, to both of us. So, do you want to come with me?” She held out her hand, asking me to join her and return to the House and my life as a girl.
I stood there staring and her and her hand. If I went with her now, I would be going back to being a girl, to living the life that the House had set up for me. I would go back to dresses and make-up and the whole nine yards. Right now, I had every right to leave and say to hell with this whole Sorority thing. Sandra had pissed me off. I had followed the rules, damn it! I had held to my word. I could go back to being a guy, to using my real ID and everything. No more breasts or tucking. But I would be giving up the friends, the fun and the experience. Was I willing to give up all of that without a fight?
College Girl
By poetheather
Chap 17
I was nervous. This whole situation was fairly unreal. I mean, I wanted to go back to this, to being a girl and I didn’t know why. I knew that I wouldn’t be able to explain it if asked and that didn’t help matters. I just felt like I wanted to complete this. Sure part of it was my pride and my sense of honor, but not completely. Hell, part of this I wasn’t sure I wanted to tell Meredith. Would she even understand?
The drive to the House was quiet as we were both thinking things through. I knew Sandra had really pissed off Merri but I wasn’t exactly sure how. I knew they had gotten into an argument, but maybe it was a good thing that I didn’t know the details. Merri was very intimidating when she was angry.
When I saw the House my heart started racing, my palms were sweating and I almost fainted. Merri pulled up in the back and pulled up the parking brake. We sat there for a moment, with her gazing at the House and holding my hand. Her touch calmed me down some; after all, we were together. Meredith looked at me and smiled faintly, “Come on.”
We walked into the House and into the common room. The room was filled with the Sisters all staring at us. Meredith held my hand tighter either top reassure me or her. I wasn’t sure which. We got fully into the room and stood there in front of everyone, and waited.
Nadia stepped forward. She looked upset, which I was sure didn’t bode well for me. “Meredith, Richard, we all had a vote about this, just so you know. This whole thing has been a big experiment and there were bound to be…issues. But we have decided that Richard can stay if he wants to.”
I was so relieved that I started to cry. Meredith hugged me and said, “And what about us? Sandra made it clear that the House could only be harmed by this, which is funny, as there are a couple of other different lifestyles here in the House.”
“There was a vote on that as well. It was decided that your relationship, while unexpected, is fine. It’s not like you’re a little kid who needs guidance.” Nadia smiled faintly. “So, Caitlin, did you want to stay or go back to being Richard? Either way we will still be your friends.”
I nodded, unable to speak at that point. Before the celebration began Meredith held her hand up for quiet. “Wait a second. This whole thing was brought about by one person. I demand an apology for myself and Caitlin.”
All heads turned to Sandra, who did not look overly happy. “I’m sorry.”
It wasn’t said with a great deal of sincerity but it was said. Once that was done a huge chunk of the girls came up and hugged me. They then rushed about to get various things done before the more intensive time to be spent that evening. Gwen took my hand and led me back to our room. Meredith smiled at me as we left and then started talking to Nadia.
Once the door was closed behind us Gwen hugged me fiercely. “Caitlin, don’t ever do that again! I panicked when I saw you weren’t in the room.”
“I’m sorry Gwen, but I was so thrown by what Sandra said to me that I just ran.” I shrugged and then hugged her.
She hugged back. It was getting a little odd. “You will ever guess what happened?”
“If I will never guess, why do I need to guess?” I replied logically.
“Well, after Sandra laid out why you needed to be gone the first person to speak up wasn’t me…it was Kerry.”
That floored. Kerry? The girl who had wanted to get rid of me? “Buh…wha…hunh?”
“Yeah. I know. She stood up and defended you, calling Sandra wrong. She insisted that you were not a threat to the House and that this whole thing might not be a bad idea.” Gwen smiled happily.
“Really?” I was stunned. Kerry did that?
“Yeah. She had been the biggest voice against you and then she turned into the biggest voice for you.”
Wow. Kerry really did that for me? I was amazed. I guess our talk the other night really had been helpful. I felt like a great burden had been lifted off of me. I was a bit dazed and I wasn’t sure what to do. I just sat there on my bed.
I was emotionally drained. I just wanted to lie down and rest. I undressed, dropping Rebecca’s clothes in a pile. I crawled under the covers and fell asleep fairly quickly.
* * * * * *
The room was fairly dark when I woke up. I thought I had heard someone calling my name. I opened my eyes and there was Meredith sitting on the edge of the bed. “Hey there sleepyhead.”
“Hey.”
“Feeling any better?” I thought about it and nodded. I was feeling better.
“We thought it would be better for you to sleep, so you don’t have to go to the Rush stuff tonight. You can just relax and try to get over the emotional ups and downs of the last few days.”
“That would be nice.” Why did my life have to be so crazy?
“Okay. I have to get back downstairs, but someone wanted to come in and say hi. Is that okay?” I nodded to Meredith who smiled and kissed me on the forehead.
Kerry was one of the last people I would have expected to come through the door. She smiled shyly at me. Merri left me and went back to the party. “How are you feeling?”
“Wrung out. I don’t really like emotional rollercoasters.”
“I am sorry for my part in things. I guess I just didn’t know you. But I want to get to know you better. I figure that really wouldn’t be possible if you were gone.”
I nodded. “Yeah, it would be difficult, as I may never have come back to the House.”
“Caitlin, I just wanted you to know I want to be your friend.”
I felt tightness in my chest. She really wanted to be my friend? I smiled at her, my eyes growing wet with tears. I really hoped I didn’t start crying again. What was with that anyway? “I would like that a lot.”
Kerry gave me a quick hug. “Okay. I have to get back downstairs and try to decide who I want to come in the House.”
“Oh, if you see a Goth girl, try to be nice to her. She is really cool and I think she might do well in the House.” I added.
Kerry thought about it. “Alright. If I see her I’ll talk to her. Bye.”
Once again I was alone. I looked around the room. Why hadn’t I said anything? I wanted to stay and would fight to do that, so why hadn’t I fought? Probably, because things had sort of worked out already. I was still pissed and a bit shaken. This whole thing had gotten me to look at this experiment in a new light.
This was where I wanted to be and being a girl for the four years I would be here would be fine. It wasn’t the end of the world and besides I had plenty of support. Well, mostly.
There was a knock at the door. “Come in.”
When Sandra walked in I got all nervous and worried. What the hell did she want? She was the one who started this whole thing both good and bad.
“Caitlin, are you doing okay? Need anything?” she asked politely.
“Yes. What the hell? Why would you have done this?”
Sandra pulled out the chair from the desk and sat down. “I am sorry, Caitlin. I was irritated with Merri for having a relationship with you. I didn’t think it was appropriate. I also thought that it was some sort of plot from you to ensure that you could stay in the House. I miss judged you badly.”
“Damn it Sandra, I told you I would keep my word. Didn’t you believe me?”
She blushed a little, embarrassed. “No, I didn’t. I couldn’t imagine a guy who would be able to put up with this and not hit on someone or make a scene. I still have trouble thinking that you want to put up with this.”
“But I do. I want to be here. I thought people were my friends and I liked that. I…I…also sort of like the whole girl thing. It’s different but freeing in some ways. I am not sure how I will feel once classes start and I really have to interact with people outside of the Sorority, but for now I like it.” I blushed as well, also from embarrassment.
Sandra sat there looking at me for a moment. “Are you Trans?”
I thought about things. Was I? Was this more than my word being honored? “I don’t know. Maybe. That is the best I can do. “
Sandra looked at me. “So you like some of this stuff?”
I nodded, looking at my comforter.
“And you don’t mind being a girl?”
I sighed. “I don’t mind being a girl. It bothered me a lot at first, but I have just gotten used to it. It feels normal now. And the whole notion of going through school with this many friends and the kind of support you all have is a great thought. So, I don’t mind as I think the benefits outweigh the pain of heels and such.”
Sandra nodded as if she was following what I was saying. “Okay. I won’t push things then. Just make sure you and Meredith are discrete. We don’t need any rumors to get started, alright?”
I nodded. “Yes. Thank you.”
“Don’t thank me. You are the one who is coping with all of this. I am sorry for upsetting you. I guess that I misinterpreted things.” admitted Sandra. “You get some rest. Tomorrow is semi-formal.”
Sandra left the room and I stared at the door. That question, was I trans. I realized that I had no answer for that. I was crossdressing but did that make me a crossdresser? I was enjoying living as a girl, but did that make me a transsexual? I sighed and lay back, staring at the ceiling. All I seemed to have was questions. When was I going to have answers?
College Girl
By poetheather
Chap 18
I awoke, my body sore and a desert in my mouth. I groaned as I sat up. I was in my room, with my teddy bear, posters and there was Gwen in her bed sound asleep. I was home.
I got up and headed to the bathroom. My bladder was more awake than I was and insisted that I get moving. I grabbed my shower caddy and left the room. There was no one in there, which was a bit odd, but I figured that it must be early in the morning. I had no idea what the time was as I hadn’t even looked at my clock.
I washed my hair, and checked my legs and face. Both were a bit scruffy so I shaved them quickly. I did want to look my best tonight for the semi-formal. I was nervous. With the way things had gone I was almost afraid of what might happen. I felt like I was in freefall with all of this. There was basically nothing that felt like my normal life. I had been spending these weeks groping for some sort of understanding, but was life really that convenient?
I dressed in a simple sundress. I didn’t want to go through too much work to get ready tonight. I grabbed my journal and headed for my favorite chair, the one that looked out the large window. I first went in to see if breakfast was ready. There was no one there and he was confused. He looked and saw that it was 5:30 in the morning. No wonder nobody else was awake.
I headed to the chair and sat down. I had a lot to think over and maybe the journal would help. I had helped to clarify some things earlier and maybe it would do that this time as well.
I was still tangled up over the whole thing with the House. I wanted to be there and that was despite the clothes I had to wear. I liked the women of the House and I really wanted to stay here. When I was in high school I had to deal with the fact that I had no real friends. Bullies learned to leave me alone after I had brought charges against them a few times. But I had been locked into my locker at least once, dumped into trashcans and punched a few times.
So far what had happened in the House came down to misunderstandings. But those were actually worse. I had been really hurt when Sandra ordered me to leave. Was it because I really did care about the women here? Probably. I mean, these people were liking me for who I was. It didn’t matter what I was wearing I was still myself, for the most part. Or was I?
I really didn’t know anymore. I was trying so hard to be the girl they wanted me to be that maybe I forgot to be me after all. I thought back. That was indeed part of the problem. I was letting myself slide away in an attempt to please these girls. I sighed. I had to either stop this or to take charge of it to make myself. I thought long and hard over this. I could hear some of the girls stirring and the sounds and smells of breakfast being cooked. I liked it here, it was nice. Maybe I could talk to Meredith and Nadia and try to come up with a plan?
What would that mean though? Was who I was that different than who I was? Wait…did that even make any sense? I closed my journal and got some breakfast. The eggs and hashbrowns were tasty. She enjoyed the rye toast. It was good and the coffee helped to perk me up some more.
I went over and told Nadia and Meredith that I needed to speak to them. They both looked a bit surprised at that and maybe a little worried. I didn’t think they needed to be but that wasn’t my call.
They met me back by my favorite chair. Nadia started off, “What’s up?”
“This whole thing, the Rush and the recent events have made me really think about things. I think I am losing who I am in all of this.”
“Do you want to stop then?” asked Meredith looking over at Nadia.
“That’s the thing, I don’t know. I love the House and all of the Sisters. You have all been so nice to me overall and that is different for me. But am I just some sort of experiment for you all, just some sort of means to have a little fun with someone? Would I have been chosen if I hadn’t tried to force you into a law suit?”
Nadia looked thoughtful. “I don’t know. A lot of the Sisters here like you. They have even been talking about who should be your Big Sister. It may have started off as an experiment but it soon went beyond that. But would you have been chosen without the legal threat…I don’t know.”
“Caitlin…you have challenged a number of ideas that Sisters of the House have had. You, not someone else. Just by trying as hard as you could and by being yourself you have made people question what they think about gender, about Sisterhood and about what the ideals of the House really mean. You have actually been making this House a better place.”
I blushed a little. It was flattering. “I haven’t tried to do anything like that. I have simply tried to follow the rules of the agreement.”
“Yeah…but you didn’t have to try that hard. Everyone has noticed that you have gone above and beyond the terms of the agreement. You haven’t become someone the House would have to worry about; you seem to becoming someone the House would be glad to have. The other girls have mentioned that.” Nadia shrugged. “They like you. How you are now, with all the dressing and attempts at becoming more feminine, have made the girls actually make sure I knew that they wanted you. But how you were before…not so sure.”
“What is so different now?” I was actually curious and was interested in her answer.
“Well, honestly, Richard was a dork and a pain in the ass. You seemed so self righteous that it was disturbing. Sandra thought letting you in, with all those limitations would break you.” stated Nadia.
“I think it did, but not in the way she thought. I kind of like dressing this way. That was completely unexpected. I like how people are treating me now. I am not being ignored or overlooked. I like that. It is unexpected though.”
“Caitlin, you have been incredible. You have adapted to this really well and that is one of the reasons I love you. You actually just roll with things. That is a wonderful trait.” said Meredith. She reached out and patted my knee.
I smiled at her. I really could tell that she loved me. “Sandra asked if I was a transsexual and I am not sure. I am not sure what I am anymore. I kind of like being a girl, but I am not sure I want to be once all the time. I miss being Richard at times.”
The two girls looked at each other and were obviously thinking about what I had told them. Nadia spoke first, “Do you get a sexual charge out of dressing this way?”
“No.”
“Do you feel more yourself dressed this way?”
“No, not really.”
“Have you always thought you were born in the wrong body?”
“No.”
“Does dressing this way relax you?”
“No. I mean, sometimes I actually get emotionally jammed up because of this.” I replied.
Nadia and Meredith looked thoughtfully again. I really wished I had telepathy. Meredith looked at me and said, “I don’t think you are a transsexual or a transvestite. All I know for sure is that you are you.”
This wasn’t really comforting but maybe I didn’t need a label to make things nice and tidy. My life had never really been tidy, so why should it be now? I did feel somewhat better, but not sure why. “Any ideas about what I can do to feel more like me?”
Meredith thought and thought. “Well, remember how I was telling you to create a history and such. Why not make it your own life but with a gender change? Why not trying to be you instead of trying to be like you think we want.”
“I think I can do that.” I admitted.
“Good. Then things will go well for you. You just need to make sure to take care of yourself.” said Nadia.
I nodded. “I will try, but things have been so hectic that I haven’t really had the time to relax.”
“That can be fixed.” Nadia shrugged as if it were nothing to worry about. “You certainly don’t need any more lessons and now you just have to live the life. So take time to relax.”
Meredith nodded. “See, all better. So why don’t you just relax, take the time to think about things and we’ll make sure you get ready for the semi-formal.”
I nodded. They really were trying to take care of me. Maybe I was too stressed out to be able to focus on things. I needed to relax before classes started or I would certainly fail.
They both left and I got a kiss from Meredith before she disappeared. That was nice. Kissing her was a goodness. I went upstairs and grabbed Rhapsody. I was almost done with the book and couldn’t wait for the next book. The F’dor was a complete asshat and I did want to see it get smacked down.
I finished the book and looked up. It was nearly time for the semi-formal and I wanted to look good. I went upstairs and pulled out my dress. It was nice, cocktail length and really pretty. Gwen had been the one to spot it when we were shopping and it was awesome. It really made my legs stand out.
I was also going to wear a pair of sheer nylons. Those would be nice. I had run them over my legs before and it was so amazingly sensual. But first things first. I grabbed the bottle of solvent and used it to release the breasts.
I took them off, cleaned them like I was supposed to and rested them on my bed. I was naked and had nothing on me. I was Richard again. I turned and looked into the mirror. I could see my whole body. I looked feminine without the breasts, or makeup or clothes. Was this really Richard? Did I really look this way?
I met my eyes in the mirror. This was who I was. True, I was coming across in a different way but this, my body, was mine. I didn’t mind the hairlessness, really. I just wanted to be able to be who I was.
I thought about Alison. She was being herself and was trying to get a Sorority to accept her for who she was. She had no problem letting herself out. Maybe I should let myself out?
I looked at the dress. It was nice and it did fit with who I had become. It was a very Caitlin dress. But was I Caitlin? Was I Richard?
I realized that I was both of those and that I was also neither of them. I was just me and maybe Richard and Caitlin were just masks I wore to be able to interact with the world without screaming. I was getting tangled up with the masks and not me.
Maybe Caitlin would be a good mask. I knew that if I quit and had gone back to being Richard I would have been changed by my experiences. That Richard would be different than the Richard who started this. I sighed, I really didn’t need an existential crisis now, and I had a semi-formal to go to.
I decided that I wanted to feel really secure so I got out the vagina that Merri had made and planned on wearing that as well. It made me feel safer about this whole thing. I turned from the mirror and got out what I was going to wear. I got out a nice lace and satin bra and panty set that I wanted to wear. They looked wonderful and I was looking forward to wearing it.
I put on the latex vagina and got everything tucked and into place. It felt weird, especially as the latex felt quite different than a regular pair of panties. I then put my breasts back on, after I washed their backs. I wanted them to be clean. Once they were settled I put on my panties and bra.
I looked good and there really was no sign that I could be anything other than a girl. That was nice. I grabbed the dress and slid it on. That was a bit awkward but I did it. I shifted it some to get it to fit just right. That took a bit but I managed it.
I smiled at the mirror, I felt pretty and I was looking forward to seeing the other girls. I also was wondering what Alison would be wearing. I was sure it was going to turn some heads. This semi-formal thing was going to be fun.
I got in the car and drove over to the meeting hall. I was a bit early, but I didn’t mind. There were a lot of girls there, looking like they were ready to head off to a fancy party. My dress wasn’t the most elaborate, but it was definitely in the top twenty. That also made me feel good.
Alison came in wearing some elaborate gothic Lolita out fit. It was hot. A lot of the other girls faded away from her and looked a bit disturbed by the outfit. I thought it was outstanding. Alison looked awesome.
I waved and she headed right towards me. Groups of girls moved away, afraid of the goth cooties I guess.
“Hey you, where were you yesterday?”
“I had some personal problems that needed to be resolved. I am sorry I wasn’t here for you.” I really was, but Alison would certainly be able to handle the rest of these girls.
“Okay. I just wanted my partner in crime with me as I faced off with some of the girls. Only one house had people in it that seemed like they wanted to talk to me. So that’s the only one I am heading off to. What about you?” Alison moved her head, like she was nodding out the question. It was different, but I rolled with it.
“I only have one House I am interested in as well.” We looked at each others sheets and we both only had the same House listed and nothing else. I smiled. “Maybe we can end up in the same House?”
Alison raised one eyebrow at that. “Maybe that would be a good thing? We could cause all sorts of trouble.”
I laughed at that. Tonight was going to be fun and Tomorrow night was bit night. I was excited, even though it meant going out with Paul again. But maybe there would be kisses.
We joined our group and headed off for the Houses. Alison seemed a bit nervous but I was relaxed. I knew I was getting in so there really was no stress. This was exciting though. I wonder what the house had in store for us?
College Girl
By poetheather
Chap 19
After everything that had happened so far, it shouldn’t be a surprise that I was a bit nervous about the semi-formal. Alison and I had gotten dropped off at the House with several other girls, maybe twenty in total. We were a bit of a mob and that really didn’t help. I was worried that they might see right through me, even though I had been assured time and again that it wasn’t likely to happen.
There was no formal introduction, just mingling. There was a nice light buffet of appetizers to graze on, which was a nice thing. Alison got pulled into a conversation before we made it to the table. I was alone, but thankfully it was mostly around the women of the House.
“So, Caitlin, having fun?” Of course this was asked as I had a bite of cucumber sandwich.
I swallowed and replied, “Yes, so far.”
It was one of the girls of the House that I really didn’t know all that well. I realized that I only really knew a small number of the sisters of the House. Maybe this would be a good chance to get to know more of the girls. “I’m sorry, I can’t seem to recall your name.”
She smiled, amused. “I’m Rachel, a Junior here.”
“Thanks. Some of this is sort of overwhelming.”
“Yeah, but there’s a reason for it. If things are overwhelming we might get a better idea of who the people are. It’s like their too stressed or excited to really put their masks on.” explained Rachel.
“That makes sense. You know…in a way I am glad that I didn’t have to go through this for real. Knowing that I have been already accepted has taken a lot of stress off of the whole thing.” I said, and then took a sip of my punch. “I think I would have chickened out without all the help the House has given me.”
“Well, you have done well and I think none of the others think you are anything but the girl you project. Everything should be fine. Well, if you would excuse me I am going to go back and talk to some of the others. Nice talking to you Caitlin.” said Rachel.
“Nice talking to you.” She left and I was alone again with the cucumber sandwiches. They were tasty. Trying to be nice I got a plate and collected some appetizers and headed over to a table.
I sat down, remembering to sort of sweep my hand under my butt to keep the skirt form getting overly wrinkled. That had taken me a few tries to get when I was first taught how to do that. It was sort of foreign for guys, unless they wore kilts.
It was interesting to watch the interactions of the girls, the way the moved through the various groups, talking to everyone. It reminded me of butterflies and how they flitted about. I just watched everyone and smiled to myself. I was in a place where I could look at girls all the time and not get in trouble for it.
Girls had always seemed to me like they lived in a different world than me and I had come to realize that the world they lived in was different. Similar to be sure, but different. With all the things that girls had to have in their heads, like makeup and at least the basics of fashion and color, it was little wonder that their perception of the world was not what a guy’s perception was.
Guy’s didn’t have to learn anything like that, but then they were not being judged based off of their appearance as much. Sure there was some bias given because of muscles or things like that, but it was only girls who seemed to be held up to a higher standard of appearance. It really wasn’t fair. And sadly, I had to admit, it was something I really hadn’t been aware of until I had come to live a female life.
I know knew all sorts of information that is considered foreign to guys, like designers, how to tell someone’s colors, how to wear heels, how to wear makeup and the like. All the other guys I knew would rebel at the thought of going through this. Maybe I was transgendered? Maybe I wasn’t a guy after all, since I kind of like this feminine world.
“Penny for your thoughts?”
I looked over and saw Meredith taking a seat. I smiled at her. “Not much. Just thinking about how men and women live in different worlds.”
“Well, duh…but then again, like you would have known. It’s not like you had to grow up as a second class citizen, or to be judged by your appearance. Your intelligence wasn’t slighted because of hair color or how you dressed determined how loose you were.”
“Yeah. I’m sorry. On behalf of my side of the fence, I’m sorry.”
Meredith smiled, “No worries. It’s not like you were the one who started it or were one of the people contributing to things. I mean you are here trying to fight for equality.”
I shrugged, “Yeah, but I wished I could do more.”
“Well, become a lawyer or something and try to fight against this sort of thing. You are at least doing something about it instead of most boys who stay on their side of the fence and pretend that they are top dogs because they have muscles different from ours.” Meredith seemed to really have similar feelings about this sort of inequality. I was so proud to have her as my girlfriend. “So, why are you just sitting here watching the world go by?”
“Well, I like to do this. I like watching people. The girls of the House know me and with all the stress of the last few days I think I might not really be good company.” I admitted.
“Okay. I understand. But maybe you should mingle a little. I mean, you look really good and it would be a shame for people not to see that.” I could tell she really was trying to get me more involved.
“Okay.” I stood and headed towards a group of people that included Alley. She was busy talking to a number of people, including Nadia. That made me happy. I was hoping that her preconceptions of Sorority girls was fading. I had learned the truth the hard way and I really hoped she learned it in a much easier way.
“…is why I think Creed may be one of the worst bands ever.” finished Alison as I walked up.
“So what do you think of My Chemical Romance?” asked one of the other girls trying to get into the House.
“Not too bad, but a little too emo for my taste. I still prefer The Cure. Their a bit old but their music is still really good.” It looked like she was in the middle of explaining the whole Goth thing.
“Uhm…do you, like, do any dark rituals or stuff? Cause I heard that Goths were like into that whole demon worshiping thing?” I blinked, was this girl for real?
Alison actually grinned. True it was more of a feral grin, but still. “Well, I am pagan but no, I haven’t done a ‘dark ritual’. I mean why would anybody risk summoning something like that? And no, Goths are not into that. At least none of the Goths that I know.”
“So you’re not Christian?” asked another girl, quite surprised by that bit of information.
“Nope. I haven’t been a Christian since I was thirteen. Paganism is more of an Earth based religion than anything else. It sees the earth as sacred and holds that any spiritual path that makes you a better person is valid. It has both male and female deities, because there is balance in the world.” She explained.
Conversation turned as some people drifted away. Alison smiled at me. “Thanks for helping me to stay in this. I am having fun, despite what I thought and the girls of this House are really nice. Maybe I might actually get a chance to stay. I think I would like that.”
“Maybe. The girls here do seem nice and aren’t as stuck up as some of the girls at the other Houses.” I said, thinking back to my visits to those Houses.
“True. These girls feel more…open, like they could accept anything. I like that.”
If only she knew how true those words were, I thought. They really were accepting since they accepted me. “Yeah. It’s nice.”
The evening ended and we all were taken back to the meeting room. We had to wait back at the UC for everyone to get back. Once the last van load of girls arrived the girl in charge of things addressed us. “Okay everyone. Tomorrow at noon is the bid acceptance. We have the bids for everyone right now and they will be handed out. The formal tomorrow is the last chance for the Houses to get a feel for you. The next day we will all meet out in front of Watson Hall, in that big field, for the Houses to call out who they have accepted. If you didn’t make it this time don’t worry, you can try again next semester. Okay, now there are tables set up in the other room to hand out your bids. They are arranged according to the alphabet. Find the sign that has your last name on it and get your bid. See you here tomorrow at noon.”
The hordes descended on the tables. I hung back. There were just too many girls vying for the front of the tables. I just found my table and waited for the sea of crazed women to fade. I got up there, said my name and waited while she dug out my one bid. I really hadn’t expected more but it would have been nice.
It was in a nice envelope and the card itself was really cool. It had calligraphy and a cool border. I liked how fancy it was. It invited me to the formal dance they were holding at the House. I smiled; this was going to be fun.
I drove back to the House and came in the back way. Everything looked like it had been cleaned up, which was kind of cool. I had planned on helping out but the work was already done. I chatted with a few of the girls and then headed upstairs. I was tired from all the emotional ups and downs as well as just the fact of spending that time in heels.
While I was changing Meredith came in. “Hey there sweetie, have a good evening?”
I smiled at her and sighed after she kissed me. “Yes. And the bid card is beautiful. And those cucumber sandwiches were very tasty.”
Merri chuckled at that. “Everyone did notice that. It almost seemed like you took the whole plate of them.”
“I did not.” I had to defend myself against this vicious slander.
She just smiled. “So, want to come spent the night with me?”
I felt a warmth inside and a tingly feeling of happiness roll through me. I smiled happily. I was so glad to see that we had survived the chaos. “Yes please.”
I put on slippers and I headed to her room dressed in my nightgown. A couple of the other girls gave us knowing smiles. I was glad that I didn’t have to sneak around anymore, or hope that we weren’t caught. To be accepted like this was a new and wonderful thing for me.
In high school I was basically ignored, by almost everyone. And of the few friends I had I was never sure how much any of them accepted me. Becca did and she was my best friend. I was coming to discover just how much she was my friend though. She accepted me still, even with all this girl stuff. I loved her for that.
When we got to her room Merri closed the door and hugged me tight. I felt so happy there in her arms. I kissed her and it felt good to melt in her arms. Soon we were on the bed kissing and snuggling. Neither of us seemed to be in the mood for much else, which was fine by me. We both apparently needed simply to feel loved and secure. The way we held each other made that happen.
I was nestled in my favorite spot, head resting on her shoulder, mouth just barely out of reach of her breast. She had her arm around me and I felt safe. I drifted away knowing that she loved me.
I froze, with a piece of toast most of the way to my mouth. Oh Gods…tonight was the formal. I sighed and put down the toast and rubbed my eyes. I had the dress, shoes, everything but in the chaos of everything else I had forgotten to call Paul and I was supposed to have a date for tonight. It wasn’t mandatory but expected. What the hell was I going to do?
College Girl
By poetheather
Chap 20
I froze, with a piece of toast most of the way to my mouth. Oh Gods…tonight was the formal. I sighed and put down the toast and rubbed my eyes. I had the dress, shoes, everything but in the chaos of everything else I had forgotten to call Paul and I was supposed to have a date for tonight. It wasn’t mandatory but expected. What the hell was I going to do?
I finished breakfast and went to find Meredith. She was my keeper so maybe she had an answer for me. I knew she had a meeting today about something so I was hoping to catch her right after.
She and several others were in the Chapter room. This was where all the special Sorority things happened. I had been in there already and saw it. It was a really nice room, with a flag of the letters, the Charter and a few trophies they had won in the Pan-Hellenic games. The Sorority seal was inlaid on the floor. The room was awesome.
I took a seat near the room and waited. I hoped that it wouldn’t be too long. It wasn’t. The doors opened and out walked Nadia, Sandra, Gwen and Meredith. My guess was that they were talking about either me or the other people trying to get in.
They all stopped and stared at me. That was really uncomfortable. I stammered out, “Uhm…Merri…can I talk to you for a minute?”
Meredith smiled and headed over while the others dispersed. “What is it?”
“Uhm…er…did I really need a date for tonight?”
“Well, it does look good but if you didn’t call Paul and set something up it isn’t a disaster. With the week you have had I think they can cope. Oh…and Sandra agreed to pay for a trip to the Salon for you, so you can get made up for tonight. OK?” Meredith bounced a little. “I already called my sister.”
I sighed. It looked like another trip to the Salon for me. Meredith really seemed to enjoy thrusting me into situations where I really felt alien. They were getting less scary so maybe that was the point. “Sure. When do we have to be there?”
“Oh…not till 4:30. Then we can get you gussied up just in time for the formal party. It’ll be great.”
I shrugged. “All right. I want to go see Alison and Becca for a bit. I can be back here before then.”
“Sure. Have fun.”
I headed upstairs to grab my purse. I wanted to talk with my friends and to do that and keep the secrecy about me living in the House I would need to do this somewhere else. Maybe I could get both Becca and Alison to have lunch with me?
As I headed towards the Mall, I called both of them. We were going to the Chinese place that Becca had told me about. I liked the food there. Becca and I had eaten there when I first got into town, before all this madness altered my life. Maybe it was an okay thing, this change.
When I got to the Mall I headed in to one of the department stores. I wanted some more earrings and I remembered these places having a fairly good selection. It wasn’t like I wanted anything expensive, just some nice silver hoops. I liked the look and wanted some. Both girls had agreed to meet me there so I was pretty excited. I hoped Becca would like Alison. I was fairly certain she would, but then again you never know.
I found a really nice pair and headed of to the restaurant. It wasn’t that far of a drive and I made it in no time. Becca rushed over and hugged me when I got out of the car. “Cait, what’s up?”
I smiled at her. “Not much. Wanted lunch with my best friend and to introduce you to a new friend.”
“Oh? Is he cute?” teased Becca.
“No you Fellini reject, she isn’t a he.” I started chuckling as what I just said registered. Becca joined in.
Alison arrived as the two of us were laughing. Becca looked over at her then at me and then back at Alison. “Uhm…hi. My name is Becca.”
Alison looked a bit confused. “Excuse me?”
“Don’t worry about her; she’s out of a day pass.” I quipped.
Alison then smiled as things fell into place. “Ah…right. Thanks for calling me. I was just stressing over tonight and I figured I really needed to take a break.”
I nodded. I knew I was a shoe in but the whole formal wear thing was disconcerting. And I was still not to comfortable in heels. Thankfully I hadn’t gotten Paul to be my date. That probably would have overloaded me and I had already had that happen too many times already.
We got inside and got seated. Alison and Rebecca seemed to be getting along well, so that was nice. I was pleased to hear that Alison had actually gotten two Houses to invite her. She was definitely stunned by that and was still trying to juggle which one she really wanted. I told her which house I had gotten and hoped that would help her make up her mind. I thought things would be easier if I had Alison there. She may not know what was really going on, but she was my friend.
The food was excellent and we all seemed to enjoy it. The Mai Fun was awesome and so was their Fried Rice. I could tell that Becca was beginning to like her, especially when Alison admitted to liking Foreign Films. That certainly helped.
I looked at my watch and realized that I was running late, again. I made my apologizes and headed straight to the salon. Alison and Becca both waved bye and returned to their conversation. I wasn’t sure if I needed to be worried about that or not.
Meredith was waiting for me when I got there. “Hey there, I was sure you were going to be late.”
“Sorry. Was busy having lunch with Becca and Alison.”
“Oh…how are they?”
“Alison is nervous and Becca seems to like Alley. They both have a thing for foreign films. Kind of disturbing really.” I shrugged, not much I could do now. I left both of them together so they could plot their welcome to friendship film-fest.
“Well, lets get you ready and we can deal with the scary people later.”
The Salon was still something scary. I mean the first time it had been a whirlwind tour. Then Spa day, where I was flying high from Merri and me getting together. Now I was here with nothing to really distract me from things.
Meredith’s sister waved as we walked in and headed off to do who knows what. We waited and I got more and more nervous the longer we sat there. What the hell was I doing? I was a guy for fucks sake. Guys didn’t get their hair and nails done, get their make up done for them in preparation for some big night. I closed my eyes and took some deep breaths.
That all might be true but I had committed myself to this. Hell, I had even told my mom about all of this. I could do this. And besides, like I was all that macho to begin with. No, I wasn’t a guy’s guy and I had know that since the seventh grade. I was a little runt who had survived by being smarter and more knowledgeable than the other guys. I tied them in circles with my mind and my words. Those were more girl traits than guy traits and I had known that. So, I just had to get over this gut feeling. It was just…what was the word… enculturation.
I had grown up as a guy and had all the training to be a guy. The girls of the House had done a great job of throwing me into the deep end and helping me to swim but I was still in unfamiliar waters. A lot of this stuff was so new, so different that it made me twitch. I knew that Meredith and the others didn’t want me to suffer through this but to rather enjoy this, so I tried. But growing up one way and suddenly trying to be something else was not easy.
Meredith looked a bit worried when I opened my eyes. “Are you okay?”
“Just some things running through my head. Don’t worry.”
“Caitlin, I know you like to keep things in but that is only going to make you more stressed in the long run.”
“I know, but here isn’t the best place to talk about this.”
Meredith blinked as if she was trying to figure it all out. “Is it about the whole…”
I nodded. I was relieved that she didn’t say anything.
“Okay. After we’re done here, we can talk at the House. That should be okay, yes?” I again nodded. I was so lucky to have her in my life.
“Caitlin O’Rourke?”
I looked up and there was the stylist who would be working on me. I smiled and stood up. Meredith came with me as we headed to the back. My hair was going to be trimmed to take care of any split ends and I would get a facial and have my make up done. Meredith rambled out the information about the color of the dress and everything. I could have done that if she had let me know what color the dress was, so I guess she wanted to watch my face when she said pink. I think I disappointed her when I just sighed.
The facial was nice. And while that was soaking into my face, she quickly trimmed my hair. I was getting used to this pampering. Maybe that was all part of Meredith’s nefarious plans, cause I knew she could be nefarious.
Soon enough the woman was working on my makeup, using various brushes and such that I knew I didn’t have in my makeup kit. I tried to pay attention, but it was difficult, especially after the relaxing facial. I glanced over at the clock and was surprised. It had been about an hour since I had gotten called back. I knew the facial had been nice, but I hadn’t expected it to have been that long.
But that meant it was about time to head home and get dressed for the Formal. Merri paid as I headed out to the car, shading my eyes from the sun as I walked out of the building. I had taken a look in the mirror and I looked wonderful. This was still odd. I wasn’t used to all of my flaws as a man playing into benefits as a woman. It was odd and just a bit disturbing. I really needed to spend a bit more time thinking through my plans.
Once we got back to the House I headed upstairs. I did notice that there was a lot of crepe paper hanging all over the place. It did look good but in an inexpensive sort of way. But then again, if this had to be done once a semester, then maybe it did make some sense.
I got out my gown and the heels and hose I was going to wear with it. I had been told that I was going to wear hose and a garter belt and I didn’t really have anything to say about it. The whole outfit had been picked out for me, so no real choice there. This would be the first time I got to see it, as Meredith had kept it in her room. Now it was hanging in mine.
The dress was something else. It was beautiful. It was light and this lovely pink color. The whole get up was just so feminine that it was stunning and I had to wear it. I just sat and stared at it for a while. After everything I had done it seemed like there always was some other step to take me farther and farther away from the things I was used to. And of course it had to be pink.
I sighed and looked at the clock. I needed to start getting ready so that I would be ready in time for the shindig. I got undressed and I carefully pulled on the hose. They were expensive and I didn’t want to get a run in them. I then put on the garter belt. Once I got everything attached I put on a pair of panties, because I actually wanted to have the option of going to the bathroom.
I got the strapless bra on and got my breasts settled into the cups. That still felt weird but it was becoming more and more normal. What would happen after all of this when I didn’t have any breasts? Would that feel weird as well?
I closed my eyes and sighed. I really didn’t need this. I had to finish getting ready for the party and head out. Then when it was all over I could come back here and crash. I needed a break and after tomorrows thing at noon I had a week until classes started. I needed a break. I would have to talk to Meredith and Becca. Maybe we could do something that would let me escape all this madness, if only for a little while.
I looked in the mirror. If I didn’t look at my face I could pretend it was some girl who was standing there in her underwear, but it wasn’t. I was looking at me. I sighed and grabbed the dress. It was cool as it slid over my skin. I shivered a little. The materiel felt wonderful.
I looked in the mirror again. The makeup and the dress color went beautifully together. I looked good. Really good. Perhaps too good. Was I ever going to get back to being Richard?
I grabbed my purse after I put on my heels and headed out. The sooner I got this over with, the sooner I could get out of the dress and pretend I really was a guy.
I drove to the University Center with thoughts rolling around in my head. I managed to get a spot close to the entrance but I just sat there in the car for a bit, letting my thoughts sort of quiet down. I looked at myself in the mirror and I closed my eyes as I felt a tightening in my chest that had nothing to do with my bra. I sighed and opened my eyes again. Richard didn’t look back from the rear-view mirror, Caitlin did.
Disclaimer
This is a work of fiction. There should be no way that these characters are like anyone else, but if that isn’t the case, it has definitely been unintentional. Also, if you happen to find that your life is represented in these pages, I’ll be impressed.
College Girl
By poetheather
Chap 21
I drove to the University Center with thoughts rolling around in my head. I managed to get a spot close to the entrance but I just sat there in the car for a bit, letting my thoughts sort of quiet down. I looked at myself in the mirror and I closed my eyes as I felt a tightening in my chest that had nothing to do with my bra. I sighed and opened my eyes again. Richard didn’t look back from the rear-view mirror, Caitlin did.
I grabbed my cell phone and called Becca. There was something I was wondering and I really needed her help with that right now. It rang a few times and after she answered I started right in, “Becca, do you have any of my clothes? You know…my guy stuff.”
“Yeah. I wanted to offer it to you the other day, but you were too upset. Why?” she asked, somewhat confused.
“I…uh…I wanted to see how I look in them. You know, to see if I look like me anymore.” I was worried about it and I really wanted to see how I looked now. A lot had changed, but how much was it permanent enough that it could be seen when I was dressed in my old clothes? “I wanted to come over, without the breasts and makeup and everything and see how I look.”
“Oh…okay. Don’t you think that’s a bit odd?” Becca sounded concerned, like I was beginning to crack. I can’t really say I wasn’t.
“Don’t you think this whole thing is a bit odd?” I countered.
“Okay. You have a point. So, tomorrow after that sorority thing?” she asked.
“Yeah. I just want to see how I look, see what the difference is.” I was a bit worried. I mean I had lived and dressed as a woman for almost a month. How much had that changed me? Would it be evident to anyone who could look at me? Just how much did the breast forms help? I wanted to know.
I looked at the clock on my car stereo and saw I needed to get in there. I had about another five minutes before I would be late. This would not be something I should miss. The week had already been crazy enough. “I’ll call you tomorrow and set up a time.”
“Okay. Take care of yourself Caitlin. I don’t want to see you get hurt.” The concern in her voice was nice to hear.
I felt warm inside, as if she had just hugged me. The fact that Becca and I had gotten closer again had been another great upside from this whole misadventure. “I love you too. Talk to you tomorrow.”
“Bye.”
I hung up the phone and stored it in my purse, which was little more than a clutch really. I wanted to get into the UC and get this whole thing started, as my butterflies were fighting with each other. There were streams of girls all dressed up heading into the building. Some of them looked awesome and some simply looked okay, as if they had only expended enough effort to qualify as dressed up. I didn’t spot Alison, but I figured we would meet inside.
I got in there and headed over to where our group was supposed to meet. It was everybody heading over to the particular House, marked with the Houses letters. The signs did make things easier.
When I got to the table I looked over the group. It was pretty diverse, which didn’t surprise me all that much, as the girls didn’t seem overly focused on any one thing, like sports or academics. There seemed to be several studious types, or at least I thought so because of their glasses. There was no uniformity color of skin like some of the Houses and there was no uniformity of weight. I was actually pretty impressed by the variety. There were a few who looked the stereotype but that was it. It made me feel so proud to be considered for Sisterhood with them.
I looked over at the front door waiting for Alison to show up. I wondered what she would be wearing tonight, as she always tried to be dressed in all of her Goth glory. She didn’t disappoint.
When she walked in she looked even more like Amy Lee from Evenascence, with her long black dress with a bit of a train that trailed behind her. It reminded me of an outfit she had worn in one of the videos. The room parted and let her in, almost as stunned as others by her appearance. Alison looked incredible. Her hair hung straight and long, glistening like one of those stupid hair commercials. It was simple but worked with the dress. Her pale skin shone, accentuated by the rich black. I was bowled over. She saw me and smiled. “Hey there Caitlin. You look great.”
“So do you. Wow…that dress is incredible.” It really was. I didn’t have the figure to wear such a dress but I could dream about it, right? Right?
The wait wasn’t long and soon each group was being ferried to the respective Houses. We arrived at the House and the group of us entered. I had known that the girls had been working on getting the House ready for this, but I hadn’t expected to see all of the girls wearing formal gowns as well. Several of them had boyfriends with them, dressed in suits or tuxes. I was totally impressed. It was stunning. I mean, Nadia, Gwen…all of them looked awesome. It was like Prom only better.
We were ushered in and then the mingling began. It was like the semi-formal, except that there was alcohol this time. I sipped on some white wine; I think it was a White Zinfandel, so more of a pink really. It was good and sweet and tasted nice. I noticed that it loosened up some of the others fairly quickly and real conversation was beginning. It helped to get some of the more stilted parts of conversation out of the way. I guess this was a good way to get to know us, without people trying to be someone they weren’t. Kind of an odd use of booze, but if it worked…
Alison was talking to a number of people and again I was mostly alone. They knew me and I was a shoe in, so why would they need to talk to me. But it was lonely. I swept the skirt of the dress under me and I took a seat. I just smiled and watched everyone interacting. I wondered if all fifteen of the girls that were here would make it in. Maybe, maybe not. I really didn’t know any of the dynamics that went into choosing people to join. I guess, if I made it in I would find out.
“Hungry?”
I turned and smiled up at Meredith. She had a number of ham and Swiss mini quiches, with a good sized dob of what smelled like Dijon mustard, on a small plate. Her dress was a simple sheath dress that clung to her like a glove and made my heart flutter. If only we could skip out for a while. I shook my head, “Not really. Everyone looks so good.”
“Yeah. One of the reasons behind this is to see what people think of themselves. If you really make an effort then you think something different about yourself than the girl who doesn’t. It is a way to sort of check who has esteem issues, as well as just to have an excuse to wear these beautiful dresses.” Meredith twirled and her skirt flared out. She stopped spinning and smiled broadly at me. I felt a sort of tickling feeling as I sort of felt fuzzy with my love for her. Emotions had never really been my strong point but I had been learning a great deal more nuanced emotions since this whole thing had started.
She came over and plopped down and began eating her quiches, dipping each bite into the mustard first. It was starting to make me a bit hungry. Maybe getting something to eat wouldn’t be a bad idea. I mean…the food was there, right? One of the other girls from the group came over and took a seat at the table as well, breaking my stomachs chain of thought. “This is kind of crazy, don’t you think?”
“Crazy how?” I asked. I didn’t think it was crazy, I thought it was nice. Okay…my part in all of this was pretty damned crazy, but everyone elses?
“I mean…we shell out all sorts of money for these things and this is the best they could do for decoration?” She grumped.
I looked around quickly. The same decorations were there, it still looked like it had just a minute or so ago, so what the hell was she talking about. And given the time they had to get ready between each of the events it made sense to have simple decorations. “How do you mean? I think this place looks nice.”
“Well, Rush costs us several hundred dollars and so if you think about it there should easily be enough money to do better than twisted streamers and such. I mean the foods nice and all but I expected so much more. I wonder what they are doing with the money?” I looked at her confused. Rush cost money? Since when?
Meredith cocked her head quizzically at the girl, her rant definitely attracting Merri’s attention. It reminded me of how birds look at things they are curious about. It was cute and made some of her hair fall across her face. “So, you think all of that money went into things like decorations?”
“Didn’t it?” The girl was obviously sure that it did. She struck me like one of those authorities on everything.
“What about a number of other fees that might be needed, like to be able to have alcohol on campus, to print out a large number of things such as flyers, the various food being served and other items, make t-shirts, etc… What about those aspects?” Meredith wasn’t trying to be aggressive but there was an edge to her voice. I could tell she was starting to get upset. I guess attacking her House was never a good plan. Maybe I should derail this train in the station.
“Hey Meredith, want to come with me to get something to eat? My stomach has finally caught up with me.” I asked, trying to distract her.
“Hunh? Oh…sure.” She stood up and joined me as we walked away from the idiot. What was she doing, attacking something she was trying to join? Was she a bit mental?
Meredith was grumbling a little over the whole thing so I steered us over towards Nadia. Nadia took one look at Merri and headed over. Once my upset sweetie was safely in hand I headed over to grab some of the cucumber sandwiches. I don’t know why they were so good, but I just couldn’t eat enough of them and seeing Meredith’s food had awakened my stomach and had informed me that I had been negligent about a meal. Mea Culpa.
Alison came over and joined me at the buffet, getting a few cheese cubes onto a small plate. She certainly had less food on her plate than I did. “Having fun?”
“Yeah. I really like all the girls from this House that I have met so far. What do you think about them?” I wanted to know. If I was starting to get the hang of things, they were going to let her in the House, which would be so cool.
“There are some really nice girls here. I think I might like it here, if they let me in. Who knows? Thank you for being my friend, Caitlin. I don’t know if I would have stayed with this long enough to get to meet these girls if it hadn’t been for you. Thanks.” Alison hugged me. I admit that I started to get hard. I mean, come on, Amy Lee is hot and Alison reminded me of her. It was uncomfortable, getting hard while tucked and I recommend it highly to no one.
She let go of me and I looked over at the clock on the wall. It was over. I must have been sitting at the tables a lot longer than I had been aware of. I sighed, as a wave of exhaustion rolled over me. “Well, I guess we find out tomorrow if we make it in?”
She nodded and looked over at the clock as well. Our driver came into the House and called for us. The whole group of us all started drifting towards the exit in ones and twos. Soon I could make it home and get some sleep. I was tired and tomorrow seemed like it would be a fairly long day. It was almost over and that would be nice. The week had been too busy for me, with way too many emotional ups and downs.
I think I dozed off some on the way back to the University Center because I woke with a start as the van stopped. I looked around, slightly confused at the other girls. I realized where I was after a few seconds of confusion and that helped. The trip hadn’t been long, but apparently it had been long enough for me to fall asleep. It did look like I wasn’t the only one to be run down by events though. When me piled out of the van I stretched, hugged Alison goodnight and headed towards my car. What a night.
I struggled to stay awake as I was driving. I really did. I even had to pull over at one point and try to wake up some more. It took a while to get back to the House, but I did. I made my way up the back stairs slowly, after having slipped the heels off. My feet ached, I was exhausted and I wanted to get out of the dress. I think I was already mostly asleep when I took my make-up off and used the bathroom. I stumbled over to the bed and fell over. It took me a bit to make my way under the covers as long nightgowns are not good for wriggling in and so I had to adjust my nightgown afterwards.
Gwen wasn’t in her bed. This confused me and woke me up just a little. I tried to figure out where she could be but couldn’t. I realized that I hadn’t seen anyone when I had entered or anything. That kind of concerned me but I was definitely far too tired to care. They were big girls and could take care of themselves. And this was the House, really, what could happen in here?
Since I didn’t have a Meredith to cuddle with I grabbed my bear and cuddled with her instead. It was nice, as she was soft and furry and warm. I closed my eyes and let myself drift off. One more day…one more day and all the Rush stuff was over and done with and I could live a more normal life. That might be a good thing. I wanted to be able to wear jeans again, even though they now fit me very differently than my old ones. I could start wearing things other than skirts. Tomorrow would be a good end to this Rush thing and real life could happen.
College Girl
By poetheather
Chap 22
I was walking through the University Center, the wind billowing around my legs and up my skirt. I was heading to the food court, weaving my way through people. The crowd was pretty dense but I was a not so big person, so I was able through to slide through several holes in the mass of people.
I slid through one such mass and ran into someone. Whoever they were smelled heavily of Old Spice, which made me think of Bruce Campbell. “Watch where you going!”
I knew that voice. Oh God. I looked up and it was Thomas Fairbanks, the old Quarterback for our football team. I eeped in surprise.
He glanced down at me sharply. “Richard?”
I stood there dazed. I didn’t know what to say, what to do. What was I going to do? “Uhm…”
“Dude, why are you in a skirt. You look like a chick.” accused Thomas.
I spluttered and my head spun. I was paralyzed with fear.
“I always knew you were a fucking faggot! Hey everybody!!” His deep masculine voice honed by years on the playing field immediately grabbed everyone’s attention. “Check this out!”
With that he lifted my skirt and pulled my panties down. My penis flopped out of the tuck, clear as day. “Check out the little Tranny!!”
I didn’t know what to do but my body had a plan. I started to run. However my panties tripped me and I landed ass up, with my skirt on my back. I started crying. What else could I do? The crowd roared with laughter and jeered at me, calling me all sorts of things and none of them kind. My face burned with embarrassment, literally.
I tried to cover my shame but various hands kept me from moving or covering up. I cried, too impotent to do anything else. I barely felt it when the cold steel cuffs went around my wrists and I was hauled upwards roughly.
* * * * * *
I jerked awoke, safe in my bed, covered in darkness. I could hear Gwen breathing softly as my eyes scanned the room, my heart still pounding in panic. Everything had been so clear, so real. I started crying.
I…I didn’t know if I could do this. What if someone found out? I hadn’t been popular at school and if one of those asshat jocks saw me and realized who I was, then I was screwed and the House as well. I would be exposed and then everything would collapse: my new life with friends, any hope of going to school here, my Sorority, basically I would be left with nothing.
I hugged my bear. She was getting a lot of mileage lately and that kind f made me feel bad. But she made me feel a bit calmer and that always helped. I think I finally realized my bear’s name…Felicity. I think my getting her was a felicitous event. She certainly had stayed by me and helped me through some of this insanity.
I sighed as I felt my heart rate slow down. I kept holding Felicity close and tried to relax. I began to get sleepy again as the adrenaline that had been racing through me faded. I lay back on my bed and stared at the ceiling. Was I really that easy to spot as Richard? Did I really look that much a guy?
I tried to get my mind to shut up and eventually it did. I finally got back to sleep.
In the morning I made sure to shower and clean the sweat off of me. I felt a bit gross. The warm water of the shower was really nice and the detachable shower heads let me direct the water wherever I wanted to. The tension from the nightmare flowed down the drain.
“Caitlin? You in here?” called out Meredith.
“Uhm…yeah. Just getting out now. What is it?”
“You need to get dressed and out of the House right now, like right now right now.”
My heart kicked into gear again. “Uhm…wha?”
“You need to get out of here. We will all see you at the thing at noon. Once you are out we can get to a number of the secret Sorority things we need to get done before today and we can’t do them if you are in the House. So you need to go so we have a chance of being ready by noon.” explained Merri as she was pulling me to my room. I was stumbling along trying to catch up.
I got into the room, still mostly dripping. As I was drying off she was going through my things, pulling out clothes for me to wear. I just focused on my getting dried off. Gwen was only starting to wake up because of the bustling, and I was supposed to hurry?
I dried my hair with the towel and turned to find Merri looking at me. “What?”
“Okay. I got you some clothes. Get dressed and head out. I am sorry this all seems so sudden but we really have to do a lot in a short period of time.” She explained apologetically.
I groused some but in the end I was dressed and out the door fairly quickly. As I drove away from the House I wondered what was going to happen today. I mean…was it really necessary to kick me out?
I looked at the clock on my car radio and tried to figure out what to do. We were supposed to meet at 1130 at the University Center to head out to the last part of Rush. This was where they called your name and you became a pledge. At least, so far as I knew.
I headed for the place with the lovely muffins, thinking that breakfast would be a good first step, since I was rushed off without the chance to grab anything. I headed there and considered what I was going to do.
The dream/nightmare flashed into my mind. What the hell was I going to do about that? I knew, KNEW, that there were a number of people from my High School here and what would happen if I ran into them? I don’t think that had actually been discussed. Granted, I had a lovely false background with the ID’s to prove it, but…
My nightmare could become real and I could be exposed. Things had been so crazy this morning that I hadn’t had a chance to talk to Merri, Gwen, Nadia, anybody about this. I really wanted their two cents on this. Hell I also wanted to talk to Becca about this, but since Friday was her film night she would still be asleep. So here I was, alone with only coffee and muffins to console me.
I had gotten a seat easily and the coffee was quick. It had taken longer for them to heat up the chocolate chocolate chip muffin. The butter was really nice and melted quickly, making the moist chocolaty goodness rich with the flavor of butter. Yum.
The food was making me feel better about life. There was really something about chocolate that really helped. I wish I could figure out what it was, because if it were bottled you could make a fortune. However, who would do that when they could simply get chocolate? So much for that idea.
I figured I could futz around for a few hours, get and early lunch and head off to campus. This was a big deal and I wanted to be ready for it. I had a fairly full tank of gas and this would give me some time to explore the town. I mean I was going to spend four or more years here and I had only run around a few places. Maybe this would be a good time for that. Plus it would give me time to think. And I think I needed to do a lot of that.
What was I going to do? That nightmare was so real that it still scared me. If it ever became real I would never be able to deal with it. Doing this was tough enough and I always felt like someone was going to realize that I had a penis, despite the amazing job that had been done transforming me. Sometimes it was a battle between my urge to explore this world and the urge to hide under my bed. Mostly I exploration won out but with the nightmare and the thoughts associated with it, it was getting harder to keep from hiding.
There were times I wished I was really the kind of person who just took orders because then I would be following what Merri said, or Nadia or Gwen. Hell, if that were the case I wouldn’t have even gotten into this screwed up situation in the first place. I haven’t fussed so much because it was interesting and Merri is really hot and I hadn’t wanted to loose her. It was good to know I wouldn’t loose her if I quit but at the moment it wasn’t much help.
I had seen a number of interesting stores and places as I had been driving about, my thoughts running the same information over and over and over. I still hadn’t come to any conclusion. But it was time and I needed to be heading over to the UC.
I was on the late side this time and I had to park a bit away and ended up walking to the UC. It was hot but I didn’t sweat all that much, the baking had helped with that. I got inside and things seemed to be chaotic. I looked for Alison, but didn’t spot her, which shouldn’t have been a problem. The doors shut and things began quickly.
“Ladies, today is what we have all been waiting for. Today you will get your bids and can get started on the way to becoming a Sorority girl. In a little bid we will be heading out to where the different houses waiting. There we will go down the names and let you know who offered you a bid. You have to make a decision right there, so make sure you know who you want to be with most.
“Each House will be in a solid color t-shirt with the letters, so you should be able to pick them out. When your name is called, make your choice and head over there. After we have gone through the list of names that have been given bids you will then head out with each House and start your first steps in this journey into Sisterhood. Those who are not chosen are to come back to here where we will discuss what will happen from there. Are there any questions?”
The room was quiet, though it buzzed with excitement. The tension was really high and I was glad things were going to be held outside where it wouldn’t be so compressed. Since there were no questions we headed out of the UC and down the hill to a tree shaded area with several hordes in colored t-shirts. Once they saw us they began to sing, each group vying for volume and clarity against all the others. Maybe the girls of the various Houses were as excited as this group?
When the woman who had been running this circus stepped up on a podium so she could be better seen, the crowd grew quiet. The process was deceptively simple. A name was called and when the girl walked over towards that House they cheered wildly. I heard Alison’s name called but I still couldn’t spot her. It really was annoying.
Finally they got to me. I headed over towards the House, spotting them by their letters fairly easily. That and spotting Gwen and Meredith hadn’t hurt much either. They cheered loudly and several people hugged me as I joined the mob. All too soon it was over and we were moving away from the rest of the groups. Sandra got everybody’s attention. “Thank you all for showing an interest in our House. I can honestly say that we are honored to have you among us. Let’s head back to the House where we will have lunch and start your orientation to our Sorority. So hurry off and drive on over.”
I hustled over to my car and drove over to the House. I was excited. The whole name calling thing had been energizing. And this was it, the end of Rush. Now I was a pledge to the House. I was smiling as broad as I could. I really couldn’t believe this. I was becoming a Sorority Girl, of sorts.
There were already a few of the other girls there ahead of me and so I just followed them into the House. It was beautiful. There were fresh flowers everywhere as well as beautiful decorations. The difference between last night and today was amazing. I was so impressed by what they had managed to get done that I was suddenly okay with this morning. Merri hadn’t been kidding.
“Hey there Caitlin.”
I turned and there was Alison, except that instead of being all Gothed out she was dressed really simply in jeans shorts and a black t-shirt. She did have a nice collection of silver on, but she looked so conservative compared to what I had seen her in earlier. “Wow.”
She smiled. “Thanks. I try to save the really Gothy stuff for clubs and wear basic black otherwise. So…disappointed?”
I hugged her quickly. “Not on your life. You look fine however you dress. I am so happy that you decided to stay.”
“Yeah…so am I. I fully expected to be one of the girls still standing on the field at the end of this, but I wasn’t. Thank you for keeping me in.”
“I didn’t do anything except to talk encouragingly to you.” I blushed. I really wasn’t used to praise, especially from someone as hot as she was.
“Well, you had my back and I am grateful.”
We hugged again and found seats at the tables. I wondered what tastiness was going to be dispensed for lunch. Even though I had something small at eleven I was hungry again. Before people started to eat the flowers Sandra stood up and addressed the group again. “For today, you pledges will be served, to thank you for joining our House. Thank you. Now let’s eat before the food gets cold.”
It was Thai food. I almost started drooling when I figured out what it was. There was soup, Pad Thai and Pad Khing. There were also spring rolls and lettuce wraps. I knew I was going to burst from the amount that I ate. It was a lot and it was so good.
There hadn’t been a lot of chatter and people dove into the food and savored the goodness that was the Thai. Soon you could see people sitting back with a stupid happy grin on their faces. Soon enough, everyone seemed to have stopped eating. Sandra again rose, “Ladies, please follow me to the Chapter Room. We will tell you more about the House and what you get to look forward to.”
The double doors of the Chapter Room opened and the group of us walked in. The walls were all hardwood and had been lovingly cared for, almost gleaming. There was a picture of the Shield of the House or whatever it was on one wall and a painting of some Victorian era woman on the wall opposite. There were no windows in the room, and it was big. The whole House could probably fit in here, which was probably the point come to think of it.
This is the last chapter in the current story arc. Enjoy.
College Girl
By poetheather
Chap 23
The double doors of the Chapter Room opened and the group of us walked in. The walls were all hardwood and had been lovingly cared for, almost gleaming. There was a picture of the Shield of the House or whatever it was on one wall and a painting of some Victorian era woman on the wall opposite. There were no windows in the room, and it was big. The whole House could probably fit in here, which was probably the point come to think of it.
The group of us went over and sat down on the padded benches as Sandra and Nadia stood in front of us. The whole group quieted down. Sandra cleared her throat. “Ladies, thank you for joining us. I hope that in a few short months you will all be Sisters of this House. In case you don’t remember, I am Sandra, the House President. This is Nadia. She is in charge of your Rush group. She is the one who is going to take you from normal girls and induct you in the secrets of our Sorority. Until your initiation you are to do anything she says. Okay Nadia, your show.”
Sandra left the room and the group of us looked at each other. We had no idea who anyone was and had no clue what was in store for us. Nadia smiled at us as she walked to the front of the group. “Okay. As you know, my name is Nadia. I am in charge of all of you Pledges until you Initiation. I am responsible for teaching you all about our House and the Sorority. So, let’s get started.”
One of the other Sisters handed out these little three ring binders which were a light blue. “These are your pledge books. Please keep them on you at all times. There are a lot of things you will end up having in them, such as the creed of the House, the coat of arms, information about our charity, etcetera. You will also be interviewing the Women of the House so you can get to know them better. You will be quizzed on this information. So learn this and be ready at anytime to repeat it.”
We all nodded. Nadia scanned us all and nodded. “Good. To let you know, your first assignment will be to learn about each other. Name, major, where they are from, and a couple of other things you can choose. Got it?”
Again we nodded. One of the girls farther down the line said “Got it.”
“Okay. Now, the important things. Our House was founded in 1867. The woman who founded it was a suffragette whose ideas were a little before her time. She had worked with Elizabeth Cady Stanton and others but in the end decided to try things her own way. Maureen Colfax had an idea and that was that women had no power because they were not allowed to reach their full potential.”
Nadia paused to let the information sink in. Several of the other girls nodded and I did as well. Maureen Colfax was pretty smart.
“To that end she founded our Sorority. We are not a House dedicated to Social Activities, Sports or Academics. Our House is dedicated to supporting each and every member in trying to find out who they are and what they can achieve. We want every one of you to follow your dreams and to become whatever it is that you want. To that end we are a Sorority of equals. Our President is the face of the House but not the sole voice. Do you think you can go after your dreams and to become everything you are?”
Nadia ended looking right at me. I swallowed. Well, this certainly explained a great deal of why they had accepted me in the first place, in a way it was part of their credo. However, if they wanted me to become myself and my best then why make me a girl? Why make me have to hide who I really was? But then again, who was I really?
I murmured in agreement with the others. Again and again I was faced with things that challenged the way I saw myself. I thought I had known who I was, but so much had changed. Even something as basic as my body had been changed.
“Okay. Now the group of you is all very different. Before we let you loose for the day you should at least introduce yourselves. Why don’t we start over here? Say your name, major and something about yourself. Amy?”
An overweight girl with straight brown hair stood up. It was obvious that she was nervous and felt a bit out of place. I figured that she had to have been very brave to even have tried to get into a Sorority. “My …my name is Amy. I am still undecided as to my major. And…I am a Legacy to the House.”
The next girl looked like the stereotype of a Sorority girl: blond, thin, pretty. She looked a bit more fit than the other stereotypes I had seen through Rush, which was interesting. “I’m Holly. My major is going to be Geology. Also I am a free climber.”
A number of people looked confused. I was one of them. Free climbing?
“Hi…I’m Devin. I need to find something to do. I kind of like Interior Design but I’m not sure. And I collect Barbie Dolls.” Devin was thin, pretty, flighty, with light brown hair.
The fourth girl was tiny, easily under five feet. She had her dark brown hair in a ponytail with two strands pulled forward, framing her face. “My name is Megan. I want to learn Anthropology. And…” She looked down at her feet and blushed. “I write My Little Pony fan fic.”
A couple of people giggled. My Little Pony? Did they still make those?
This black haired girl, with olive skin stood up and smiled. She was dressed somewhat conservatively, but was still attractive. “My name is Thuriya. I plan on studying Political Science, with a focus on International Law and I am a Sufi.”
I was next. I was really nervous and hoped that I didn’t sound like an idiot. “My name Caitlin. I am thinking about Pre-Law. I…I have fought for equality a lot back at home.”
There were a couple of people who looked at me questioningly. I sat back down quickly, really hoping I didn’t have to clarify things all that much. Alison stood up. “I’m Alison but most people call me Alley or Alleycat. I want to study either Philosophy or Linguistics. I guess the fact that I am a Goth is obvious but what isn’t obvious is the fact that I am a Gymnast.”
That surprised me. She was a gymnast? Really?
A really cute Hispanic girl stood up. She seemed somewhat reserved from her dress and the way her long hair was in a French twist. “My name is Esperanza. I am here for the History program and I am Buddhist.”
Okay. This group was a lot more odd than I had expected. Maybe they wouldn’t freak if they found out the truth about me? Maybe I would be able to be open with them? That would be awesome.
“Hi, I’m Brittany. I’m going to study like Nursing. And I’m like totally a cheerleader.” Of course she was. I had only seen hair that blond in the movies. And just how bouncy could one person be? She smiled and things about her seemed to change. “Actually, I am in Theatre but I am or rather was a cheerleader.”
The last girl stood up. She was really hot, like maybe the hottest girl I had ever seen in my life. She looked as if she could be a model. She was tall, thin with glossy black hair. It was almost blue black. She grinned, happily. “My name is Dawn. I am hoping to get into the Art program. They have a great sculpture program here, which is the reason that I applied. I am looking forward to getting messy. And for something I like…I love playing paintball and roleplaying games.”
She played roleplaying games? Super hotness played RPGs? Wow. That meant that I might be able to get into a game. Awesome. I wonder what that would be like, playing game with a bunch of girls?
Nadia stepped up again. “Okay. Now ladies, there is an additional bit of fun. We have three spots available in the House. We have chosen randomly and the three people in your Pledge Class that have first chance at the rooms are Dawn, Holly and Caitlin. Interested?”
Dawn smiled broadly. “Sure. Sounds like fun.”
Holly frowned. “I’d love to, but I already got a place. I don’t think I can get out of my lease easily.”
I just nodded to Nadia. That was a great way to explain my presence. That way no one would question why I lived here. That was really clever. Nadia smiled. “All right, the next name on the list was Megan. Well?”
“Sure. I’m just getting ready to move into the dorms but the House is so much more beautiful. That would be awesome.” She bounced some but I think she would be someone nice to hang out with.
With that settled, Nadia smiled and let us all go. We would meet back here on Wednesday. We got to have a break from all this Sorority madness. I liked that. And I could deal with other things in that time other that Rush.
I said goodbye to the others and headed out. A couple of them were going out together but I needed to see Becca. I had the solvent and the glue in my purse, so I was ready to see how I looked. I was interested in what the final result would be, once the make up was removed and the breasts taken off. What did I look like any more?
The trip to her apartment wasn’t long, as traffic was pretty light. It was still easy to find a parking space so that wasn’t a bother either. Soon I was in the apartment with Becca. We hugged. “Hey there Cait, what’s up?”
“Well…I wanted to see what I looked like, remember?”
She smiled. “Come on in. I have your clothes in your old room. Go ahead and change. Need any help?”
I shook my head. I had gotten fairly good with the whole application and removal of my breasts. The fact that I could say that calmly was a bit disturbing. I undressed, folding my clothes as had become my new habit, even my underwear. I took the solvent and slowly worked it under the breast forms. It took a bit of time but they came off and I was left with very pale skin under there.
I rubbed my chest. It was a bit sore, what with the weight and all and the rubbing actually felt good. In a way it was about as good as rubbing them once the bra was removed. I stood and turned to my guy clothes. I pulled on my tiddy whities, enjoying the fact that I didn’t need to tuck and pulled up the jeans. Next was a t-shirt that I loved. I had worn it all the time before this. This was how I generally looked all the time. I wiped my face clean with a make up wipe and took out my earrings. It was time.
My heart beat rapidly and my palms got a bit sweaty. I was so nervous about this. What if I looked into the mirror and saw only Caitlin looking back? What if I looked into the mirror and only Richard looking back? What the fuck was this really going to prove anyway? I didn’t know, but I wanted to at least see what had happened.
Becca was hovering around when I came out of my old room. I smiled weakly at her. The full length mirror was in her room. I hadn’t known then how useful they were, but that was another change that had happened. I had one just like this back at the House but certainly not here. She followed me into the bedroom; I guess she was just as nervous as I was.
We closed the door to her room and there I was. The mirror showed everything, with me looking back at me. My first impression was that Caitlin was looking back, but then I realized that was just the way my hair was cut changing the way I looked and also there was the way I was standing. I shifted some and took a closer look at myself.
Every time I could see Richard something would clue me into seeing Caitlin. Every single time. But every time I saw Caitlin, Richard would suddenly appear. I wasn’t one or the other. Somehow, in some way I was both. Even being in my old clothes I looked like her. And what could I do with being a bit of both. Did I want to be androgynous? Did I want to look like something that had only been mixed a little bit? Was I some sort of halfbreed?
Becca came up and gave me a hug when my eyes started tearing up. What the hell had I become? I turned into her shoulder and cried.
I had used to be a guy, just a guy and nothing else. Sure I had been scrawny and hadn’t really developed but did that make me a girl? Did looking good in girl clothes make me a girl? Did being comfortable in them? Did having fun with the girls make me one? What was the difference between guys and girls anyway, besides the whole penis thing? Was I different from them at all?
I knew there had to be differences but right now, looking at the mixed up image that was me, they all eluded me. If this is what happened to me after a little over a month what would be the case after four years? Would there be any Richard left? And…did I really mind?
I left the embrace of Becca’s arms and headed out to the living room. I dropped into the couch and rested my head on my hands. I didn’t want to leave the Sorority. I had made promises that I intended to keep but at the same time I wasn’t so sure that I wanted to abandon my life as Richard. Caitlin was popular and well liked by a large group of people whereas Richard was a virtual nobody. The friendships and emotional connections I had as Caitlin were addictive. I felt like I had been in the desert my whole life only to be unsure of the fresh water in the oasis.
“Are you okay, Richard?” The worry was obvious in Rebecca’s voice. She sat down next to me carefully.
“I don’t know. Becca, what am I supposed to do? I feel trapped by this and I don’t even know why. I can’t tell who I am anymore.” I started crying again.
“Richard, listen to me.” I looked up into her face. It was as tear stained as mine. Gods, I didn’t deserve her as a friend.
“You have been happy for the most part, yes? And you are the strongest believer in the idea of equality that I have ever known. Now you are living this girl’s life and starting to get a taste of things. When classes start you will see just how much guys try and make us second class citizens. You will live the inequality and I know it will make you want to fight. Who you are to me is someone brave enough to stand up and denounce something as wrong, despite it being unpopular. You are the bravest man I have ever known and I am proud to have you as my best friend.”
I sat there, stunned. Bravest? Me? I wasn’t anything like that. I kept thinking in a lot of ways I was a coward, giving in rather than fighting. Wasn’t that what I had done so far? Just let Meredith have her way?
“I know you and I know you can do anything you set your mind towards. Just because you are Caitlin doesn’t make you any less Richard. It’s just clothes, there just things added to you to make you look different. But you’re not. You are still Richard O’Roarke, even if you look hotter in a skirt than I do.” She nudged my shoulder playfully.
I smiled softly. Were things really as bad as I was making them out to be? “Maybe you’re right. Maybe I have been going about this the wrong way. Maybe I should just try and calm down and look at things. Thank you so much Becca. I don’t know what I would do without you. You are my best friend and I love you so much.”
After we hugged we sat back. She ordered pizza, something with no meat and very tasty. We sat there, ate, had some beer and watched one of her cheesy Foreign Films. I suffered through the subtitles and had to admit that I did enjoy the film. It was some sort of Italian film about a poet and a mail man. The poetry was incredible and it was nice. Life was looking up.
So, sure my curiosity and sense of humor got me into this mess, but maybe, just maybe I was starting to enjoy it. I wasn’t sure where any of this was going to take me but for right now I was okay with that. Let’s see what the start of the school year would bring.
by poetheather
The triumphant return of the adventures of College Girl! Find out What trouble Richard has gotten himself into now!
I had finished moving my things into my new room at the Sorority; rather Caitlin did as Richard was pretty well gone. One utterly failed attempt to change things later and I was now a she. I had not expected the House to accept me or to make certain changes at the National Level. So I was here until I quit because I refused to go back on my word. Besides, so much about this House sounded pretty cool.
Disclaimer
This is a work of fiction. There should be no way that these characters are like anyone else, but if that isn’t the case, it has definitely been unintentional. Also, if you happen to find that your life is represented in these pages, I’ll be impressed.
Sorority Boy
By poetheather
Chap 1
I had finished moving my things into my new room at the Sorority; rather Caitlin did as Richard was pretty well gone. One utterly failed attempt to change things later and I was now a she. I had not expected the House to accept me or to make certain changes at the National Level. So I was here until I quit because I refused to go back on my word. Besides, so much about this House sounded pretty cool.
The upside of all of this smiled over at me as I set down the last load of books from my old room with Gwen. Meredith was the architect of how I looked now and I was in love with this crazy Make up expert. “That’s it?”
“Yep. I cleared everything out. So Dawn can move in there today and that should be fine. Dawn and Gwen…cute.” I noted.
Merri just rolled her eyes and cranked up some music. That helped the time pass as we got everything put away and cleaned up. The room passed for tidy and organized, though I did notice that her side looked more…organic, less orderly. Could I actually be neater than a girl? In all the times I had come over to her room I hadn’t really focused on things like that, but my side was neat and orderly and her’s was looser.
I looked at my clock and saw that it was lunch time. That would be nice and my stomach did grumble a bit. That was a good amount of work this morning. “Merri, want some lunch?”
“Sure. Let’s go for Chinese.”
“How about Mexican? I have a hankering of fajitas.” I countered.
She pondered this and then shrugged. I liked how her breasts moved without a bra. “I guess it’ll work and food sounds good.”
“Do you want anyone else to come along?” I liked eating with friends, it felt better somehow.
“Sure. Who do you have in mind?” Merri was still distracted and I wasn’t sure why. This could be a bad thing.
“Becca, Alison, Gwen and Dawn.” It sounded like a nice safe list to me. I liked all of them; well I didn’t really know Dawn. This might be a good chance to get to know her better. Besides, who didn’t like Mexican food?
Once the calls were made we headed out. Gwen and Dawn said they would meet us at La Hacienda. They had plans to do some shopping afterwards and Dawn was going to drive. I was not unhappy passengering.
Becca was actually the first to get there, as she didn’t live too terribly far from the restaurant. She had already been snarfing the chips and had ordered a large Guacamole for the rest of us. It was tasty and green and creamy and what? I like the stuff.
Alison was dressed in what she called “Easy Goth”, which was black jeans and a black t-shirt. She looked awesome. Of course the Goth Bling, silver Ankhs and Pentacles, completed the look. She was the most “colorful” of our group, as everyone else looked like everyone else. People stared at the group of us, trying to sort things out. I kept singing “One of these things is not like the other” in my head.
“Meredith, would it be possible to get the colors in something black and gothic?”
“Unfortunately not. The house colors are pretty well set, but whoever is your Big Sister will talk to you about that.” Replied Meredith, as she scanned the menu. “Mmmmmm, tamales.”
Dawn, Alison and I all looked at each other in confusion. “Big Sister?”
“Yeah. It will be one of the other girls of the House who has been there a while. It will probably be one of the girls you click the most with. It’s actually pretty cool. As Pledges you guys will end up doing some crazy things before you get initiatated, but we are there to support you. And your Big Sis will be there cheering you on.” Meredith kept scanning the menu, looking for something. Apparently she couldn’t find whatever it was.
One thing that happened with everyone talking was that Alison slipped me a small piece of paper without any one else noticing. I slipped it off the table and into my lap. I opened up the paper and looked at what was written. “I know.”
My heart about stopped. She knew? How? But I thought…but Merri had…Oh My God… I looked up at Alison and she smiled at me, nodding slightly. What the hell was I going to do?
Suddenly food was not important. I excused myself and headed for the bathroom. I splashed some cold water on my face as I felt flush. I had done everything right, right? Everything that I had been asked to do I had done and I looked and sounded like a woman. What could have given me away?
The door of the restroom opened and there was Alison. “Hey Caitlin, are you okay?”
I opened my mouth to say something, but when nothing came out I closed it again. She continued. “Don’t worry, I’m not going to tell anyone. I know a number of people like you, so relax. If I didn’t know what to look for I would never have noticed.”
That really didn’t help things. How the hell can I explain this?
“And to do the Sorority thing as well…that took some big ovaries. But then again, with everything they told us about their House it shouldn’t be that much of a shock that someone like you got in.”
I wanted to explain, to point out how everything had come to pass, but words failed me. Part of me was so scared that I couldn’t really see straight. “I…uhm…”
“And you and Meredith make a cute couple.”
I blinked a few times. Wait, what? What did that have to do with anything?
“And it’s cool. Like I said, I know a bunch of lesbians.”
I felt the world spin slightly as blood rushed back into my head. She thought I was a lesbian? A lesbian? Not a guy in a dress but a lesbian? Maybe things weren’t as bad as I had thought. “Thanks. It’s just that we’re trying to keep it quiet at the moment.”
It was true and addressed both issues. How did I get into these situations? Oh yeah…with Meredith’s help. Sometimes I really wished I had backed out back then, with that phone call. Man am I an idiot.
“No problem. I just wanted you to know that it’s cool with me.”
“Thank you.” We hugged and then headed back to the large booth.
Meredith and Becca looked a bit confused but Gwen and Dawn hadn’t seemed to have noticed too much. That was good. I could fill the other two in later, so they could be ready for anything that Alley might say. Alison had managed to say that in such a way that it could be misunderstood easily. If one of them slipped up I have no idea what could happen? After all this, to possibly get tripped up over a quirky sense of diction would be sad.
I slipped the paper to Meredith, who looked at it and then looked at me confused. I sighed, rolled my eyes and shook my head. Come on, she’s not that dumb. I could see the light grow in her eyes, as a slight panic set in. Alley just smiled at the two of us. I think I may have to kill her for this, though which her was up for debate.
After lunch was over I was finally able to get Becca and Merri alone so I could tell them everything. Both looked relieved, and Becca chuckled. I huffed at her, “Its not funny Becca!”
“No, it is.” Becca kept giggling and Meredith started as well. Soon the three of us were just giggling while the others looked at us in confusion. I was okay with that. I had not needed to have my heart jump started, I was awake already.
There was a plan for a group of people to head out to the lake this afternoon and to drink and have fun. I wasn’t keen on the drinking but I did enjoy hanging out at the lake. Supposedly this was one of the few nice things that the pledges got to have before things really got going with the start of the school year.
Before we left the restaurant Becca grabbed me, to keep me behind. “Just to let you know, we are going home this weekend to see my folks and your mom.”
“What?” Did I have a sign around my neck saying to surprise me? Was I really asking for that much abuse? Don’t answer that.
“Yeah. My dad is paying for the gas. We’re staying over at my folks place on Friday and Saturday we have a picnic with everyone. Sunday you and I head back here. Sound good?”
“Do I have an option?” I knew the answer but I had to ask.
“No. Your Mom told me she wanted to see you before school started so my Dad is helping to make this happen. It’ll be fun. You can bring Merri along if you want. I am sure everyone will love to meet your lesbian girlfriend.” Becca smiled and again I saw I was disarmed. Why couldn’t I win?
“Fine. I’ll ask her. Any other surprises you need to spring on me?”
Becca looked pensive and bit her lip. She looked away and whispered something. I couldn’t make out what it was. This was so unlike her. What was wrong? “Hunh?”
Somewhat louder she said, “I’m pregnant you idiot.”
Caitlin's life just keeps getting more and more bizarre. Rebecca was Pregnant? Who was the father? When did this happen? What was going on?
Disclaimer
This is a work of fiction. There should be no way that these characters are like anyone else, but if that isn’t the case, it has definitely been unintentional. Also, if you happen to find that your life is represented in these pages, I’ll be impressed.
Sorority Boy
By poetheather
Chap 2
I froze and stared at her. I could feel my mouth fall open and my heart to start to race. Wha? When? Where? Whom? How? What? I gibbered a bit trying to come up with some response. What the…?
I looked at me with those weepy eyes for a bit before she finally cracked up, laughing at my expense yet again. “Oh my God Caitlin, I never thought you would be that gullible. The look on your face was priceless.”
As my brain started catching up with what was going on I narrowed my eyes, pissed off. How could she do that to me? Didn’t I have enough stress? “Bitch. That’s not funny.”
“No. It was. That was priceless. I wish I had thought to bring my camera. Gods that was funny.” Becca was hugging herself, trying to contain her humor.
I growled some, which only made Becca laugh harder. The other girls stopped and looked back, trying to figure out what was going on. When I noticed them looking I blushed and turned away. I couldn’t look at anyone because I was embarrassed by how I had looked. Gwen broke the silence and asked, “What’s going on?”
I looked at Becca and it was clear that she was going to tell them everything. Why me? I grumbled, as that was a pretty mean trick for her to pull. It’s not my fault that I generally believe anything she says. Most of the time she doesn’t do things like that, so I have no reason to doubt her. And then she pulls something like this, out of the blue, and freaks me out. Frigging Becca.
On the way back to the House Merri was still chuckling. She had found the whole thing wonderfully funny. She also wished that Becca had remembered to bring a camera along. “Sweetie, it’s all right. Stop being all grumpy. Becca just pulled a fast one on you, that’s all.”
“I know but that wasn’t funny. I really thought she was pregnant.” I was busy looking at the side mirror, avoiding direct eye contact.
“She said she hasn’t had sex in months, so how could she have gotten pregnant?” The voice she used was so calm and so logical that I almost wanted to strangle her as well.
“I don’t know. I just wasn’t expecting her to do something like that, okay.” I snapped.
Meredith drove on in silence for a bit. “I think you need to do some serious relaxing before you snap again. I know last week was rough, but is that any reason to be short with anyone? To be short with me?”
I sat quietly. Was that what was going on? Was I basically still fried over what had happened during Rush week? There had been so many ups and downs that just thinking about it made me dizzy. Maybe Becca’s idea of going home to visit everyone might be a good one? I could hang out with the folks and lounge around, not worrying about any of this other crap. “I’m sorry Merri. I didn’t realize that I was that tense and I don’t want to take it out on you.”
She smiled at me. “It’s all right. With classes coming up you need to take care of your stress levels or you won’t do anyone any good.”
“Oh, did Becca tell you about the trip home she is planning?”
Meredith looked confused as I mentioned that. It was pretty obvious that she had no idea what I was talking about. “Trip home?”
“Yeah. My mom wants to see me, as does Becca’s parents. I was told to invite you, since…well…you know.” I didn’t know why I couldn’t say girlfriend right then. It was odd and not exactly something I was really excited about. Why was I having trouble saying that? I didn’t know and it really bugged me. Was it because I was still mad?
“You know, I would like to go with you guys. It might be a lot of fun and we can find out things we can use to build your personal history.” replied Meredtih.
“My what?” I blinked at her, trying to figure out what she was talking about now.
“Caitlin, listen…there will be questions asked that you won’t have answers for. Building you a history as a girl will really help with that. It will be easy and fun. I am sure your Mom and such will help.” It all sounded so good, so easy. That only made me nervous. Wasn’t I ever able to escape all this girl stuff?
“Uhm…okay. You are the one who knows what to do in this.” I, of course, conceded. I mean, winning against Meredith was mostly a matter of luck at any time. Besides, it was probably something I had to do for the House anyway. They kept giving me things to do, in order to become more of a girl. As if things in my life weren’t confusing enough.
It was nice to realize that all the crazy drilling and such would stop now that two other girls were in the House who didn’t know about Richard. I could actually just kick back and not have to jump through as many hoops, if I was understanding things correctly. They wouldn’t be able to do all those exercises they had for me if there were two people who knew nothing about who and what I really was. Maybe I really needed to relax? After all, if I was as tense as both Becca and Merri were saying then I desperately needed it. Stressing over all this training was obviously not of any help in all of this.
I thought about it some more. Rush week had been crazy and an emotional rollercoaster. The lead up to that had been tough as well. Learning how to be something you aren’t isn’t an easy process. All that repetition of things was a bit much and having to swallow my pride and work at being someone I was hoping I wasn’t. The fact that I was losing track of who I was didn’t make me feel very secure in my masculinity, especially with all this femininity being beaten into me.
Maybe I really did need this break from things, but was I too stubborn to take it? Was I setting myself up to fail? “When can we go? Just thinking about this made me realize that I do need a break for a while.”
Meredith smiled. “Let’s check and find out. I’m ready to go when you are.”
When we got back to the House, the two of us headed back to the room and she called Becca. It was nice that the two important women in my life were getting along. Becca was my best friend and Merri was my love. If they had ended up hating each other, I think I would have had to cry. As it was the two of them together seemed unstoppable. Would she and my Mom click like that?
Merri chatted with Becca about things in such a way that I was barely able to follow things. She kept talking around things, or so I gathered. When she turned around she was smiling really wide. “Pack your bags sweetie…we’re leaving tonight.”
“Wait…what?” I had figured, maybe the weekend, but now? Oh God…what was I going to do? I started breathing quickly and my head was starting to spin. My hands were sweaty and I wiped them on my clothes.
Meredith came over and sat me down on the bed. “Caitlin…look at me. It’s okay. Your mom knows all about this and you will have me and Becks by your side through all of this as well. All you need to worry about is relaxing. We’ll deal with anything else. School is hard enough without starting it stressed out of your mind. Okay?”
I nodded. She kissed me on the cheek and then began to pack for both of us. It took about five or so minutes before I was feeling well enough to get up and help her. I was a little weak and felt a bit funny but I was mostly good to go.
She had already grabbed our bikinis and a number of comfy clothes and had started making piles for us to pack. She was very quick and efficient. It was obvious by looking at what she had grabbed that we would have no intention of really dressing up while we were out there. If I really had to spend a lot of time in town I think I would just lose it. What if someone recognized me? I mean, my face was the same and I looked just like me in a dress. And with Becca there, surely they would figure out who I was. What if they called the school? What if they called the cops? Could I get arrested for this?
My heart started beating really hard and fast and I heard the blood rushing in my ears. It sounded really strange. The world seemed to slow and then I felt a sharp pain crush my chest. Needle like pain flared down my right arm, all the way to my fingertips. I flopped over onto the bed, unable to keep myself up. The pain was almost unbearable.
Merri spun quickly and rushed over to me. Her voice sounded like it was from down a well, echoing funny, sounding distant. Her face was clearly worried. “Sweetie…what’s wrong?”
I tried to speak but the words wouldn’t make it out. My lips felt tingly and the edges of my eyesight were starting to grey out. Merri flung open the door and screamed, “Sarah!!”
I tried to think about who Sarah was but I couldn’t really process anything. It was kind of an odd thing for her to do…right?
Looking up at her worried face I wanted to tell Merri that I thought I was okay but my voice just didn’t seem to work. Nothing I tired to say came out. I was getting a bit confused about why I was having this problem.
My vision darkened even more. It was almost as if the lights were on a dimmer. Why couldn’t I say anything? Was it…could it be…but at my age?
My chest ached, my stomach churned unhappily and I just wanted to close my eyes and rest. Surely Meredith wouldn’t mind if I did that…right?
I was just tired………
……………righ…?
There was a light shining in my eyes. It was bright and a little uncomfortable. I could feel a stethoscope against my chest. It was a little cold.
The cold actually gave me something to focus on. The grey started to fade and pass. I asked weakly, “Am I ok?”
The continuing adventures of Caitlin O'Rourke, Sorority Boy.
Disclaimer
This is a work of fiction. There should be no way that these characters are like anyone else, but if that isn’t the case, it has definitely been unintentional. Also, if you happen to find that your life is represented in these pages, I’ll be impressed.
Sorority Boy
By poetheather
Chap 3
There was a light shining in my eyes. It was bright and a little uncomfortable. I could feel a stethoscope against my chest. It was a little cold.
The cold actually gave me something to focus on. The grey started to fade and pass. I asked weakly, “Am I ok?”
The Hispanic woman looking down at me smiled. She was very pretty, but there was something about her eyes that seemed odd. “I think so. How do you feel?”
“Just tired.” I felt like I was a dishrag that had been wrung out and tossed onto the floor. Actually make that the dirty ground.
She checked my pulse again, looking at her watch. She seemed to be thinking. “Do you hurt anywhere?”
I thought about it. I didn’t hurt so much a have slight aches. The exhaustion was the big thing. Nothing hurt anymore but I didn’t really feel like moving. “No…I guess I’m just all wrung out.”
The woman, who I assumed was Sarah, nodded. Did I just confirm something for her? “It sounds like what you had was a panic attack. Heart attacks are rare in people of your age and there were a few symptoms you missed for the classic MI description. We can take you to the ER if you want, but they’ll only run some blood and give you an EKG to make sure that you didn’t have a heart attack. Other than that, you just need to relax and de-stress.”
Sarah turned to Meredith. “You take care of her. She needs very little stress at this time and lots of rest. I will be very grumpy if you don’t make this happen.”
Meredith just nodded, agreeing with the girl. Sarah grabbed her fairly large army green first aid bag and slung it onto her shoulder. She turned back and looked at me with her strong brown eyes. “So, Caitlin, to the hospital or not?”
I lay there on the bed, turned to face her. Her short, dark hair framed her face well. She was quite fit and attractive. Like a Hispanic Sarah Connor. Did I want to go to the hospital? She seemed to think that this was an option. I had to ask, “Just a panic attack?”
“That’s my call. But you get to decide what we do.”
“I wasn’t overly worried at this point. I was feeling better, things weren’t grey or from a tunnel. And if she felt confident then I would agree with her. “I’ll stay here.”
She nodded. “I’ll check on you in the morning. If you are still weak then, nauseous or have any other symptoms I’m dragging you to the ER. Clear?”
After we nodded she left and I turned my head to look at Merri. She saw the questioning look and replied, “Sarah was a medic in the Army. She did time in Kosovo and Afghanistan. She is pre-med and a fully qualified EMT. So, I guess we need to listen to her. We need to make sure you’re relaxed. Should I call the Spa and get you in for a relaxing massage?”
“She was in the military?” I was running a few steps behind at the moment. If she had been in the military then that might explain a few things about her, like the way she stood, spoke and approached my panic attack.
“Yep, you should see her in her dress uniform, very colorful. Lots of medals. She is also one of the older members here. Sarah is awesome. But back to what’s important…the spa? Relaxing?” Meredith did look worried. That made me a touch worried as well. Why in the hell had I gotten a panic attack? It made no sense. I guess I was just going to relax, like I was being told. Maybe I could figure this out.
“Sure. The tub and a massage sound good to you?” Well, they certainly couldn’t hurt. Besides I had enjoyed the last massage I had gotten from them.
I nodded as I slowly got to my feet. She picked up the phone and made the call. I went to my panty drawer and pulled out what I was going to need.
I put on my vagina while she was still chattering. She turned and let me know that she had managed to grab the last spot of the day. That would be nice. She had asked for three spots. Who would be joining us?
The answer came when Meredith called Rebecca. I guess that made sense. Their conversation lasted a while as I just lay on the bed, listening to my MP3 player. I drifted away to Dave Matthews. It was nice, relaxing and didn’t involve this whole gender insanity. Where Are You Going really did hit hard this time, as did the Dave Matthews/ tim Reynolds version of Eh Heh.
I felt a hand on my knee. I opened my eyes and looked up at Merri. I stopped the player and pulled out the ear buds. She leaned down and kissed me on the forehead. “Come on sweetie, time to go.”
We made it to the spa in fairly good time. Merri was driving a bit more subdued than normal, which was a bit odd. Maybe she was worried about me? I can’t imagine why?
Becca was inside, reading some sort of magazine. I wasn’t able to make out what it was as when she saw me she dropped it and gave me a hug. I hugged her back. We stood there for a while, just holding each other. It felt nice.
When she let go the hug she held me at arms length. “Are you okay?”
I shrugged. At this point I had no clue. A panic attack from nowhere and if that wasn’t what a heart attack felt like then I really wanted to avoid one of those.
She smiled slightly, almost nervously. “Sorry for the joke.”
I smiled back. “It wasn’t your joke that did this.”
“You sure?” she asked, hoping for absolution.
“Well, no, but it really wasn’t that bad of a joke. I can see the humor better the farther I am from it. By next Thursday it will be really funny.” I grinned at her. It wasn’t her fault that I fell for that. I always seemed to fall for things like that from her. She pulled those so infrequently that I had forgotten about the last time when she got me again.
We finally made our way to the hot tub. It wasn’t the first time I had seen Becca naked, and definitely not the first time I had seen Meredith naked, but I noticed that she had filled out some and looked curvier, healthier than she had the last time. It was a nice sight. In fact, both of them were lovely and it wasn’t a bad view either way you looked. I lay my head back and let the warm water unknot everything. I was hoping the pressure in the gaff would fade soon.
“So, what set this off?” asked Becca after a bit. Her face was wet from the tub and sweat.
“I’m not sure. I was worried about seeing my Mom, your folks and that I might be recognized in town.” I shrugged my shoulders. That basically covered things.
Merri grinned, predatorily. “I am willing to bet you that no one will recognize you, outside of your Mom and Becca’s folks.”
I looked at her a moment, wondering if I was really dumb enough to take her up on that. I shook my head. “I’ve been warned about betting with you.”
She pouted briefly and said, “Well…you know…”
I knew where she was going. Part of me didn’t agree but a whole lot of me couldn’t argue with her. I did the only responsible thing at that point, I conceded.
“Besides, with the two of us there we can certainly keep you out of any trouble. Hell, if people ask, you are a girlfriend from college and not my dearest friend Richard. The folks are fine with things. They love you for you and are mostly amused by this recent change in attire.” added Becca.
“I know, but that doesn’t make me any less scared or worried.” The two girls moved through the swirling bubbling water and hugged me. I liked that, especially the naked flesh on naked flesh thing. Made me feel closer to them somehow. It was friendly and loving instead of erotic. Well…it was until I thought about it.
“Don’t worry Richard. I won’t let anyone mess with my girlfriend.” With that Merri kissed me on the cheek.
Becca laughed as I blushed. I giggled as well, as calling me Richard and then girlfriend was funny. True, but funny. Meredith stuck her tongue out at us and then joined in on the laughing.
This felt good. To be here, in this place, relaxing, with two people so dear to me, was wonderful. It was so clear that they cared for me. I hoped they knew how much they meant to me.
The massage afterwards was wonderful. I hadn’t been aware that the muscles of my back had been so incredibly tight. The kneading of my back hurt a lot, but afterwards I felt renewed. It was a great massage, just like last time.
Dinner was comfort food and desert was one of those awesome chocolate chocolate chip muffins. I slathered the warm muffin with butter and washed it down with some cold milk. I lay back in my chair to sigh in contentment.
We separated, to go home and pack. We were going to head out in the morning after a quick breakfast at our favorite place. I was still wrung out some and so Merri finished our packing, making sure I did nothing but sit back and read.
I worked through the book, enjoying the continuing adventures of Rhapsody. I was still in the first third of the second book of the series. Man, that Rhapsody was such a cool character. That whole Namer thing was incredible.
We called it an early night, snuggling together under the sheets. It was nice to feel her against me, and that helped me drift off to sleep.
Shortly after we got up, Sarah showed back up, looking fresh and awake despite the early hour. She had her med bag and was dressed for running. She listened to my heart, checked my pulse and blood pressure. She sighed and nodded. “You should be good to go. No doing anything stupid and Merri, I am still holding you responsible. If you have any other symptoms, right to an ER.”
I thanked her and gave her a hug. She hugged back. Man she was strong. She carried one of the bags down stairs, left her aid kit in the kitchen and then took of for a run while we loaded the car. Once that was done, along with a travel cooler with drinks and snacks, we took off to pick up Becca.
Breakfast was great and the drive was nice. We were in my Jetta, as it was a great car for a road trip. We sang along to various songs and chatted about everything. Sooner than I would have thought possible, we pulled off the Interstate and began to move down familiar roads.
I knew this place and I was coming back as a girl. I guess both Becca and Merri noticed me tensing up. Becca, who was driving at that point, rested her hand on my thigh and Merri kneaded the muscles of my neck. She whispered, “It’ll be okay. Just relax.”
That helped. The drive through town was a bit nerve wracking. A few people waved at Becca, which got my heart racing a bit. I chided myself. How could anyone know who I was? I was just another girl to them, someone that Becca knew. Surely I couldn’t be Richard? That would be absurd.
We wound our way through a neighborhood until we were driving up to Becca’s house. The two-story Tudor was nice and huge. Her parents had done a good bit of investing, invention and work for a few companies. Luck had helped them get early IBM, Apple and Mircosoft stocks. So they were doing quite well.
We parked and headed up to the kitchen entrance. Oh my God! My second parents were in there waiting for us. Merri took my hand and I took a deep breath. I let it out slowly and opened the door.
I was nervous but I knew that these people supported me. No one was in the kitchen where we entered. The three of us headed into the family room and the two girls took my hands.
Becca’s mom looked up from the couch where she was reading. “Hello girls. How was the drive?”
Sorority Boy
By poetheather
Chap 4
Disclaimer
This is a work of fiction. There should be no way that these characters are like anyone else, but if that isn’t the case, it has definitely been unintentional. Also, if you happen to find that your life is represented in these pages, I’ll be impressed.
I was nervous but I knew that these people supported me. No one was in the kitchen where we entered. The three of us headed into the family room and the two girls took my hands.
Becca’s mom looked up from the couch where she was reading. “Hello girls. How was the drive?”
“It was fine mom.” replied Becca.
“Good. Caitlin, I have you and Meredith in the guest room. Go on up, dinner is at about seven. You should have time for a swim.” With that she returned to her book.
I was confuzzled, why hadn’t she reacted? Merri tugged my arm. “So, where is our room?”
Still trying to puzzle this out, I walked with her upstairs and we dumped our stuff in the guest room. Merri flopped onto the bed and sighed. “This house is really nice. And they have a pool. That’s awesome. Let’s get our suits on and lounge in the pool.”
I shrugged. Why hadn’t she reacted, gushed over me or something? Granted, I was relieved that she hadn’t, but it was curious. Merri tossed me my bikini from our luggage. I smiled and put it on, tying the straps snugly. She also tossed me the cover up for the suit. I put it on and slipped on my flip flops. Merri bounded over to Becca’s room once dressed. Since the door was still open, she sauntered right on in.
Becca’s room was not overly girly, which had been nice when we had sat and talked during high school. The room hadn’t scared me off, which it might have done if it had been overly flouncy. Becca was pulling out her suit as we entered. Merri grinned and said, “Ready to go?”
“Dork. Let me get changed first. I’m sure that Cait here can get you downstairs and to the pool in one piece.” Becca rolled her eyes then took off her shirt.
“But Becca,” whined Merri. “I wanted you to show me everything. It’s your house.”
Becca hurled a stuffed rabbit at Merri. It was the special attack bunny as it was the killer rabbit from Holy Grail. The big gnashy teeth were cute. It bounced off of Merri’s head. My girlfriend protested immediately. “Hey, no attack rabbits!”
The two began throwing stuffed animals at each other. I giggled at the insanity of it all until I got hit by a stuffed squirrel. The three of us giggled and squealed as we attacked each other. It finally descended to tickling and all of us tangled up, squirming on the floor.
Finally we all lay there, panting. Becca struggled to her feet. “Get out so I can change.”
Begrudgingly, we left and headed outside. The pool area was beautiful, with a semi-tropical looking garden built around the water. It also had a black bottom that made it look like it was a small pond rather than a swimming pool. There was even a waterfall at the far end across from the hot tub. Merri’s eyes went wide at the sight of it. All she could manage to say was, “Wow!”
I draped my towel over one of the lounge chairs by the poolside. I walked into the water down the sloped entry. The water felt refreshing. I got all the way in, dunked my head and then began to float in the slightly shaded pool.
It was nice. I had spent several days doing just this in high school. It had been difficult being a short, smart kid. As usual, the bullies were a good bit larger and muscular and most of them not overly smart. I wasn’t sure why that was as big and stupid wasn’t really a rule. I wasn’t sure why though as it almost seemed like one. Outsmarting them had brought me some peace. Not a lot of inner peace now though.
Why did I agree to this crazy thing? I was a guy but here I was floating in the pool dressed in a bikini. The crazy thing was that I wasn’t sure that I minded it all that much. I wasn’t phased by this. I wasn’t freaking out in any way other than over other people’s opinions. I just didn’t want to upset people. Like my mother. And I was afraid of what people here might think. I wasn’t a fan of getting beaten up and had gotten my fill in middle school. Was this fear the problem that caused my stress?
I already had talked to my mom, and she was fine with all of this. Sort of understood it, but wasn’t getting all freaked out over it. It seemed that Becca’s folks were taking things in stride, as normal, so no worry there. As for other people…I looked so different that I still had moments of disbelief looking at myself. If I couldn’t tell, how could they even begin to have a clue? Was I freaking out over nothing?
I wasn’t sure. I had read about Gwen Araujo and all of that madness. From what I had read there was actually a very real danger arising out of this whole plan. But I looked exactly like a girl. With the breasts and vagina that Merri had crafted on I looked real, even naked. That did make me feel safer, but it still remained that I was a guy in a dress. Well, a bikini.
Back and forth, what was I? I stood under the waterfall, letting the water pound on me like a heavy massage, working out all the kinks and knots that had arrived with my first pair of panties. I rolled my shoulders to release the tension. Becca and Merri were talking on the edge of the pool, feet dangling in the water. I swam leisurely over to them.
“Hey there Cait, done floating?” asked Becca.
I nodded. “What are you guys talking about?”
“You.” replied Merri.
I blushed. Why talk about me? Was I really that interesting, even with the crossdressing?
“I was talking about how hot you look in that suit.” continued Merri, watching the red creep over more of my face.
My face was burning, so I looked down at the water. It was kind of cool being called hot, but it left me confused. “You…you really think I look hot?”
Merri had a wonderful smile. It lights up her whole face when she really gets it going. “Absolutely.”
Becca chipped in at that point. “You look really cute. If I didn’t know better I would never know. Honestly. You look incredible.”
I floated there, treading water slowly, unsure again if this was good or bad. Was it really okay to look this much like a girl when I wasn’t? I guess in this situation it was a good thing. Being an obvious guy in a dress would have been terrible in the sense of trying to pull this whole thing off. Maybe cute wasn’t terrible.
My thoughts were derailed, as both Becca and Merri splashed water in my face. As I spluttered, Merri chided, “Hey there…no brooding.”
“I was just thinking.” I protested.
“I know. That’s what I was worried about. Caitlin, just relax for once and try not to dwell on things too much. Come on out. Let’s get some sun.”
The three of us rubbed lotion on each other than lay back on the lounge chairs. It was nice lying there, warm and relaxed. I dozed some, only coming to long enough to flip over. When we got up, I stretched and stumbled inside, still a bit asleep. I was more tired than I had been aware of. We took time showering, washing the chlorine and lotion off. Becca let us know that the plans had changed for dinner so we should get dressed kind of nice.
As the last one in the shower, I found out that Merri had set out my clothes, without letting me know things had changed. My sundress was out, along with some nice lingerie. A pair of strappy sandals with a low heel and nude hose were on the bed as well. We were going out? Since when?
Becca came in to check on me. She saw me looking quizzically at the clothes. Before I asked she answered, “Dad wanted to go out to eat tonight. Merri is talking to him right now. We’re meeting your mom at the restaurant. It’ll be okay. Really.”
I swallowed hard and nodded. There was no reason to stress yet. Becca left me to get dressed, which I did with some trepidation. Going out. I could do this.
Once dressed, I did some basic light makeup and headed downstairs. When I made it down there Dad gave me a big hug. I really loved Becca’s father. “You look great.”
“Thanks. I feel so…”
“Don’t.” he chided softly. “You are being true to your word and are exploring things that only really bad movies try to explore. In a way, I am kind of jealous. You are learning more about how women tick than anyone else your age. Your mom is proud of you and the two of us are as proud of you as if you were our own kid. Now stop fretting and let’s go eat.”
It was weird having him hold the door open for the group of us, but I think I could get used to that. The drive to the restaurant was brief but all of us were talking. Merri had them laughing at some of my misadventures. I was blushing so much my face felt sunburnt. It really did feel good to have family around.
Apparently this was one of the new places they were working on before I left. It was nice when some kid opened the door for me. Becca pushed me on as the kid had smiled at me in a way I knew all too well, watching it be directed at friends. I was being hit on.
Before I could really dwell on it, we were ushered inside with me bracketed by Becca and Meredith. They were like a protective wall between me and that guy.
The foyer was nice, with hardwood and soft light. I looked over the crowd and there was my mom. We hustled together and hugged. She whispered, “You look beautiful, Caitlin. I love you.”
It felt good to have her say that and it made me feel much more comfortable about everything that had happened to me over this whole stupid idea of mine. She thought I looked beautiful. I had never been beautiful and only occasionally handsome. She and I were holding hands and smiling at each other. In a short time, it felt like a lot had changed between us. We certainly wouldn’t have done this before, but now it just felt right. This experience had definitely changed the way I was reaction with her. But there were other things that had to be taken care of.
“Mom, this is Meredith.” Merri looked a bit nervous, as if unsure of how to react, which was a nice turn about. My mom pulled her into a hug, which Merri returned.
“Welcome to this crazy family.” I beamed happily. It seemed that my mom actually liked Merri, which was a load off of my mind. I wasn’t sure what I would have done if they hadn’t really liked each other. I was quite glad that I didn’t have to find out.
The table was ready so the lot of us got seated. I was so happy I didn’t stress over the fact that we were seated near the center of the room or that people watched the group of us get seated. Things didn’t seem all that bad. If my family here supported me in this insane social experiment, then anything was possible.
Afterwards we all returned to Becca’s house. We were all sitting in the living room chatting and drinking tea. Well, Becca’s dad was having a beer, but so it goes. Meredith was busy explaining the whole sordid situation to them, making sure to clarify the positions of the House.
After her tale there were plenty of giggles at my expense, especially at my descriptions of hair removal and the whole torture of learning how to walk, sit and such. But it was good natured fun that made me feel loved instead of ridiculed. They were all a bit concerned about the panic attack but were sure to make me feel loved.
“You know, I had always wondered what having a daughter was like, more than Becca here. I guess I now have the chance.” remarked my mom.
“Do you know if you are going to do this all four years or not?” asked Becca’s mom.
“I honestly don’t know. I suppose I will, as I said I was serious, and the House is great. After that, I don’t know what I’ll do. I mean, who will I be at that point, Caitlin or Richard?” It was a long ways away but it still felt like that decision needed to be made today.
“Don’t worry about that right now sweetie. Worry about things day by day at this point. Things are still to new and it is too early to be worrying about four years down the line. Have fun and see what happens.” I nodded. Gee my mom was smart. Must be where I got it from.
It was getting late and my mom left as she had to work the next day. We hugged again and I was looking forward to coming home in a day or so. The other two girls and I headed upstairs and got changed for bed after the adults went off to sleep.
We were all lounging in Becca’s room just chatting away about movies and books and what not. It was nice and relaxing and I found myself drifting, slowly falling asleep. I remember the girls smiling at me and helping me into the bed. After that, nothing.
I woke up nestled against Meredith’s breast. She must have pulled me against her last night. I kissed her breast and gently removed myself from her embrace. Another good round of sleep, I could get used to this. I was even used to how nightgowns occasionally tangled my legs. It was all so different but so comfortable at this point.
Disclaimer:
This is a work of fiction. There should be no way that these characters are like anyone else, but if that isn’t the case, it has definitely been unintentional. Also, if you happen to find that your life is represented in these pages, I’ll be impressed.
I woke up nestled against Meredith’s breast. She must have pulled me against her last night. I kissed her breast and gently removed myself from her embrace. Another good round of sleep, I could get used to this. I was even used to how nightgowns occasionally tangled my legs. It was all so different but so comfortable at this point.
I headed downstairs and could smell the coffee. The French press was on the counter in the kitchen. I grabbed a mug and made myself a cup, with some Sugar in the Raw and whipping cream. The flavor was wonderful. I wanted some fresh air as well, so I headed outside. Becca’s Mom was out there enjoying the morning birdsong with her own cup of coffee in one of those huge cappuccino mugs. She smiled at me, waving me over to the table. We hugged and kissed each other on the cheek.
“Morning sweetheart.”
“Morning Mom.” I sat down with her and looked out at the garden. The plants were beautiful and the slight breeze moved them ever so slightly, like they were swaying.
“Did you sleep well?”
“Yes. Thank you for letting Meredith and I stay in the same room.”
“Well, you’re almost an adult now, so you can get some of the adult benefits. I figured you were responsible enough to choose someone who cared for you. That made it alright in my mind. By the way, you look lovely this morning.” She took a sip of her coffee.
I blushed. Getting complimented for how I looked was still very odd. It had never happened when I was a guy, at all, except for the big things like Prom, when it was the Tux and not you. “Thank you. You know, even after a month of this I’m still not used to all of it.”
She reached over the table and laid a hand on me gently. It was nice. “Remember, those girls have had a life time of living this way. Trust me; they all made plenty of mistakes along the way. You just have to learn faster and under some pressure a lifetime of lessons. The biggest trick is to relax. That makes you more natural, more you. All of those other things will come in time.”
“I…I don’t look like a girl.” I choked a little on that. Why did that thought make me so sad? Why did I want to cry over that?
“Caity, you look wonderful. You do look like a girl at the moment, and a beautiful one at that. I remember when you dressed up as a cheerleader for Halloween. You looked like a guy in the outfit, not like a girl. But now, here, sitting in that nightgown, you look just like any other young woman. Don’t fret over that, there’s no need. You are beautiful.” The smile warmed me, almost like a hug. I loved her and was so happy she had entered my life.
I came around to her side of the table and she hugged me tight. I hugged her back just as hard. Having a second set of parents was awesome. But I needed to have a conversation about this with my mom. That made me nervous, but she had seemed happy last night at dinner. Maybe it wouldn’t be all that bad? She had seemed mostly amused by it on the phone…
We sat a while longer just enjoying the morning and each others company. Becca’s mom stood, shortly after having finished her coffee. “Caitlin, would you help me with breakfast?”
“Sure.” This would be a first. She was usually so picky about who could and could not work in her kitchen. It was almost like you had to pass an inspection of sorts to get that privilege. I was elated, like I had won some sort of prize, to be able to help her cook.
She was going to make chocolate chip pancakes and sausage, with OJ and coffee. It sounded good to me. In making the batter, she had me mix the dry ingredients first and then add in the wet. As I was stirring the batter she whipped some egg whites until they made stiff peaks. I was then relieved of batter duty as she took the bowl and mixed the egg into the batter.
My next job was the sausage, as she was finishing up the prep work for the pancakes. The skillet was hot when I threw the slices of sausage on. The smell was wonderful. Merri and Becca all but stumbled downstairs like co-ed zombies in nightgowns. Neither were particularly morning people. I poured mugs of the coffee, making them just the way each liked theirs. I figured the murmurs they made were thanks.
The food was ready quick and after some powdered sugar and homemade chocolate sauce, everything was ready to go. The food was incredible and I felt some sense of ownership over them. They were mine in a way a lot of food hadn’t been. I mean, are you really going to claim ownership over Ramen noodles? I had learned some tips helping Mom and that was almost as good as the food.
After a short while, when the plates had been licked clean, we sprawled in the living room. We had some spotted puppy syndrome, lying drowsy from all the food we had eaten. Becca smiled, “Hey, wanna watch a movie?”
I groaned, wondering what foreign film she wanted to subject us to but Meredith sounded excited, as if a film was a great idea. I didn’t need subtitles this early in the morning. I mean, they day had been going so well.
“I have the perfect film.” announced Becca, and she bounded upstairs. Bounding was way too vigorous for this time of day or after gorging on the chocolate chip pancakes of tastiness.
Becca kept the case hidden as she got to the DVD player. She had the screen off and she watched the numbers as it played through the trailers. When it looked like the movie itself had started she turned on the TV. The film was D.E.B.S., a silly lesbian schoolgirl twisted spy love story. It was awesome. The women in it were so cute and the girl that played Lucy Diamond was totally hot.
We chuckled our way through the movie. Its hard to feel sad when that film is playing. I couldn’t stop smiling afterwards. The film almost made me want to go to art school in Barcelona; that is if I actually knew how to do anything other than make stick figures.
“So what do you want to do? Lounge poolside, go shopping, what? What is there to do in this town?” asked Meredith.
“Oh, there’s loads of things to do here. What would you like to do Caitlin?” Becca said as she passed the buck on to me.
I sat there, running things through my head. What would really calm me down, make me feel less stressed? After going through everything in town I realized that the woods by the river, with all of the willow trees, would do it. I informed them of my decision. Becca seemed pleased.
Getting dressed for this was easy. We all wore our bikinis under shorts and t-shirts, as the river was nice to play in, and it was right by the spot I had in mind. We said bye to Becca’s mom and headed off to the river. This particular stretch of the river wasn’t as crowded as the others, since there was a short hike to get there and parking wasn’t easy. It was however quiet and lovely and meant a lot to me. My father had shown me the site when I was in middle school. I lost my virginity there in my junior year with Patty Michaelson. I had come here when my dad had died. It was an important spot for me.
It was quiet when we reached the small clearing. There was a little bit of trash scattered about, but not like at either of the more popular spots both up and down the river. We spread out the picnic blanket out and set down the basket of goodies that Becca’s mom had made. I was already looking forward to lunch.
I lay against the trunk of my favorite tree and sighed. It felt like I had really come home. After some quiet time I opened my eyes. Becca was reading some Gary Snyder poetry, which I guess made sense. Meredith was watching the river as she was sitting near me, a quiet companion. Her voice sounded odd as it broke the quiet. “Caitlin, why did you do this? Honestly. I’ve been wondering because you seem like a stand up guy and not all that into girly things.”
I thought about it a moment, organizing my thoughts. “Well, it is driven by my wanting things to be equal. Its just something I got into because of my dad. He had always tried to be accepting and fair, not caring about any of the issues like race, religion or sexuality. He always said ‘people are just people. We all pee, poop and want to be happy. It just makes sense to accept them as they are’. I loved him so much. He was my hero.
“So, after he died, I got a bit more ardent about the issue. I went after a few groups, doing what I could to get all people treated like people. When I got ready for college, I decided that the Greek system seemed unfair. So I decided to do what I did. I asked for information, got it and got everything ready. I really, really hadn’t expected you all to say yes. But once you said yes, I felt like I needed to join and fulfill my part of things.
Meredith nodded through that, following what I was saying. “How did you happen to choose our House?”
“Purely by chance. I just chose at random.” I admitted a little embarrassed.
Meredith smiled at this and chuckled. “You know…any other House would have walked into your plan. Just your luck to choose the crazy House for your little fight for justice.”
“I know. I know. Right after seeing the other Houses, I realized that. Too little too late.”
“Do you regret standing by your word and doing this?” I could tell that Merri was nervous about the answer.
“Sometimes. Overall, it has been really strange and interesting. Sometime, however, I just want to scream.” It was warm so I took off my T-shirt and used it to keep my back from getting scratched by the tree. “I kinda like it, kinda freaked by it.”
Meredith nodded thoughtfully, her hair bouncing a little in the movement. “You know, there are a lot of girls waiting for you to fail. They were the ones who wanted to keep you training for hours upon hours. They kept talking to Sandra, telling her things that were true, but they put a spin on tem to make you look bad. They won’t break their word as Sisters, but they really would rather you left.”
I nodded. It figured. No group could really be that unified in something like this. I guess they were hoping to give me enough rope to hang myself. “You know…that does make sense. Thanks for letting me know.”
She looked a bit confused at that. “I love you. Why wouldn’t I tell you?”
“I kind of figured it might be a secret House thing is all.” I knew she loved me, thought I still had trouble figuring out why.
“Nah, it’s nothing like that. I just don’t want you thinking that all the girls have your best interest at heart. Some of them would definitely find a way to make your life more difficult rather than less. So…you kinda like it?” she asked coyly.
I blushed as I admitted, “Yeah. I like how I’m treated as Caitlin. Normally, people act like I’m invisible. This is just so amazingly different. I think part of things is culture shock. Women seem to live in a very different world. You can touch, show emotion, compassion, joy. You can get excited about anything at all. Guys tend to be tough, act all aloof, superior like nothing fazes them. Well, okay, that’s just a lot of the guys here. But being Caitlin has been different and shown me a different world. I’m not sure I can describe it.”
“You want to keep going? See what happens?” asked Becca, looking up from her book.
“I…I think I do. I’m just really scared of losing myself. I mean, am I Richard or Caitlin? I don’t know anymore.”
Meredith took hold of me, pulling me to her lap. I didn’t fight. She ran a hand through my hair, which felt nice. “You can be whoever you want to be. Richard or Caitlin, with or without breasts, there’s something about you that’s special. So I want you to be happy in any way that is necessary.”
The kiss was soft, gentle and loving. I lost myself in it, wishing that this moment would last forever. It didn’t but it made me feel lighter in my body, as if I could float. I also felt feminine and delicate and needed, all from the power of a kiss. I just sank into the feeling and drifted away. I could stand to feel like this forever. I looked up at her and smiled, reaching up with one hand to brush hair from her face. “Thank you for that. It helps. I mean, I just feel so unsure.”
“If it’s any consolation, I have never seen you look happier, not since your dad died. I’m sure part of that’s Meredith, but part of it has to be something else.” added Becca.
I nodded. “Just as long as I don’t lose myself I can deal with this. That’s the one thing I worry about.”
A loud gurgle right by me ear preceded Meredith asking, “Want to eat?”
My stomach gurgled as well, which made the others laugh. Food did sound good and I did want to see what goodies we had in the picnic basket.
There was a jug of tea inside, some quiche and finger sandwiches, including cucumber sandwiches which I loved. It looked and smelled good. I sat up and we got everything out and ready.
We ate and made jokes about D.E.B.S. and other films. I almost snorted tea out my nose when Merri did an Arnold impression. Afterwards, we played in the river, splashing each other and just enjoying the spot. The sunlight played through the trees as we all ended up lying on the blanket, enjoying the warmth and the sound of the wind in the leaves.
After a while it was time to head back to the house. We cleaned up our stuff and the little bit of other trash and packed everything out. We stopped at a nearby gas station to fill up the tank and use the bathroom. I was pumping the gas while the other two sped off to pee. I needed to go, but not that badly. Besides I wasn’t all that fond of public restrooms.
I had cleaned up my car and was doing the windows when a black Camero pulled up at the pump on the other side. I wasn’t really paying attention since I was singing a song in my head and sort of dancing along with it. When I returned the squeegee I realized that the driver of the other car was staring at me. It made me begin to feel uncomfortable. I got a better look at the driver and realized it was Brad Thompson. I had graduated with him. Oh crap!
Before my panic got worse and I peed myself in fear, the other girls bounded up. “Hey Caitlin, we got you a Sobe.”
I turned to face them, glad to be looking elsewhere. This could have been bad. I was saved now. But it got worse.
“Rebecca, how’s it going?”
Becca started a bit, having not noticed him, and then smiled at Brad. “Hey Brad, pretty good. What’s up?”
“Not too much. I’m taking a semester off to make some money. Going to do some construction. Who’re your friends?” He asked, definitely giving Merri and I both the once over.
“This is Meredith and Caitlin, friends I met at college.”
We both smiled Hi. My mouth was dry and the Sobe I opened helped. It was something else to do besides panic. I kept thinking ‘Leave, leave, leave’ hoping I had developed psychic powers in the last few minutes.
“Cool. Pleased to meet you. Oh…hey. If you guys are here tomorrow you totally need to come to the party that Trevor is throwing. Its gonna be fun.” Brad looked like an eager and helpful puppy. I immediately changed to message to ‘No, no, no’.
“Sounds good. We may see you there.” With that we all got into the car. Unfortunately that wasn’t the end.
“Hey, isn’t that Richard’s car? Is he here?” Well, yes I was there and you have been staring at my breasts, but there was no way in hell that I was going to let him know that.
“I borrowed his car, as mine’s in the shop. Apparently he’s up to his old tricks again and is working on something. Well, see you.”
We drove off and I was so scared. Had he recognized me? We had been in three classes together last year so that was possible. Or worse, had he been hitting on me? Ewww…!
Meredith looked behind us and then turned back. “He’s kind of cute.”
I looked over at her, incredulous. I was trying to slow down my breathing, to keep from having another panic attack and all she could comment on was Brad being cute?
“It’s okay Caitlin. Really. He had no clue about you.” helpfully supplied Becca. “And tomorrow we’re going over to your Mom’s, so don’t worry.”
I tried not to worry about this, but I wasn’t sure how well that worked. Thankfully the closer we got to home the more I could manage to relax. When we got there I rushed off to the bathroom while the other two carried in the picnic things. Afterwards, I went upstairs, changed out of my semi-wet bikini and into something dry and comfy. I flopped onto the bed and sighed at the ceiling. I needed a break and this trip felt like the best way to achieve that. It just wasn’t going all that well in some ways. I snuggled into the bed, closed my eyes and drifted off to sleep.
I found myself in a building I didn’t know standing before a couple of doors. They were both plain and had something written on them, which I couldn’t read. I knew I had to choose a door. If I didn’t choose a door something bad would come and get me. I was scared and looking from door to door trying to figure out which I needed to choose. There were two doors, just two doors and I couldn’t tell a difference.
I could hear the thing getting closer, the heavy tred of its footsteps, the ragged breathing. I needed to choose but I couldn’t. What were the doors? I needed to know. I started crying in frustration and fear. It still grew closer.
I turned behind and looked through the archway, into the darkness, trying to see how close the thing was. The chuckle it made was deep and evil. What could I do? I had to choose a door, find some way out of this madness.
When I turned back there was a third door, different from the others. That was enough for me. I threw open the door and rushed inside, hearing the creature shuffle quickly behind me. I slammed it shut and felt it’s weight slam against it. The wood groaned and I could hear claws scrabbling on the wood. I ran down the hall, desperate to get away.
I started awake. I was tangled in the sheets and I was still scared. I glanced around quickly, searching the shadows for something. Then I heard a voice, “Caitlin! You need to get up. Dinner’s almost ready.”
I shook as I made it to the bathroom. I splashed cold water on my face and tried to wash the sleep from me. It helped but I was still shaky. The dream was fading, becoming less distinct the more I woke up. Something told me I didn’t need to worry about remembering it, as it might be better to simply forget.
Dinner was great. Becca’s mom was a hell of a cook. She needed her own show on Food Network. It would be great. Afterwards, we three girls cleaned up, doing the dishes and cleaning the kitchen. It was nice just to be with them.
“So what’s the plan for tomorrow?” asked Meredith.
“Going shopping with my mom.” I replied. “I’m a little worried, as seeing her and I together might just make people realize that it’s me.”
Merri hugged me. “Don’t worry sweetie. I’ll protect you.”
She kissed me on the cheek. I put my hand there, as if I could hold it to me. I knew she would protect me. “I love you Meredith.”
“I love you too, Caitlin.”
Once again the coffee was incredible. I so loved her, as she could make about anything turn out to be tasty, probably even mud. I was wondering about what happy goodness we would be having for breakfast as I walked out into the backyard. I stood there looking at the garden with a faint smile, life was good.
Disclaimer
This is a work of fiction. There should be no way that these characters are like anyone else, but if that isn’t the case, it has definitely been unintentional. Also, if you happen to find that your life is represented in these pages, I’ll be impressed.
Sorority Boy
By poetheather
Chap 6
Once again the coffee was incredible. I so loved her, as she could make about anything turn out to be tasty, probably even mud. I was wondering about what happy goodness we would be having for breakfast as I walked out into the backyard. I stood there looking at the garden with a faint smile, life was good.
“Well, don’t you look lovely.”
I turned and there was mom, sitting with Becca’s mother. I smiled broadly and rushed over there. I gave her a hug. “Thanks mom.”
“You’re welcome. I must admit I never figured my son would ever look quite like this…ever.”
“I think it must be the fact that the House has been working on me for almost a month now. It’s been like immersion learning. They have crammed so much into my head; I think some of it is starting to catch. I’m afraid of losing myself mom.” I wanted her to know what I was going through.
“So who is sitting in front of me right now?” she asked calmly, taking another sip.
I looked at her confused. “Uhm…me.”
“And if you are here, in front of me now, doesn’t that mean you are still you, with some changes?”
I blinked, processing that. It made sense. I was still here and I was still me, right? Changes. What she said was some changes. How could she take this so calmly? “I guess.”
“I am proud of you for doing this, but you really are an idiot, you know, just like your father.”
“Like dad?” Since when was he an idiot? And why was she saying it all affectionately?
“Yeah. Your father always thought he could out think everyone and people knew that. It was easy to use that against him, in fact that’s how I got your father; by making him think he was outsmarting me.” She looked sad for a moment. “Any way, what you are doing is interesting and I hope you keep going. You can learn a lot of things you would have never been exposed to. That can certainly help you in fighting for equality.”
“Well, that’s true I guess. And I have made a lot of friends, more than I ever made here.”
“Then keep going and know that I support you, boy or girl.” I got up and we hugged again. I loved my mom. “So, what do you want to do today?”
“I have no idea. Merri mentioned the possibility of going shopping and that might be fun?”
“You? Shopping? On purpose?” My mother started giggling, as if what I had to say really amused her inside but not enough for her to laugh totally out loud. I hadn’t been that bad, had I?
“Yes mom, on purpose. Sheesh, some people.” I acted affronted but I really wasn’t. We liked to tease each other and it seemed as if my change didn’t alter any of that.
Merri and Becca both came out onto the patio. Becca kissed her mom on the cheek and we all sat down. We looked out and enjoyed the scenery of the back yard. Mom finally said, “So, as soon as all of you lazy bums can get dressed and ready, we can head out for some shopping. Sound fun?”
The two others looked over at me and smiled. What had I done now? I sighed, realizing that I really had given my life over to two utterly crazy women who were bent on having me experience every feminine thing possible. There was no escaping those two and now they had probably gotten my mother involved. They were insidious. I shook my head and finished my coffee. “I’ll take my shower and then you two can fight over it.”
Leaving them with my mother wasn’t the best option, but what other choice did I have. Besides, I had to pee.
The shower was soothing and I made sure that there weren’t any stray hairs, facial or otherwise. Once I was done I vacated the shower, to be passed by Becca on the way in. Looked like Merri could actually loose at something. It was an encouraging thought.
I got into the room and Merri was busy sorting out her clothes for the day and getting her shower stuff ready. I watched her as I moisturized myself. I really loved her. She had stuck with me through all of this in a way that was totally unexpected. She looked up from what she was doing, saw how I was looking at her and asked, “What?”
“Nothing. I just love you.”
“I love you too. Now get dressed. I am really looking forward to going shopping with you and your mom.”
I smiled and got dressed. I put on a skirt and a blouse that would be easy to get on and off, if we did any clothes shopping. I grabbed my stuff and headed downstairs just as Becca was coming out of the bathroom. Merri slipped in there quickly, before all the steam left. I wondered if there would be enough hot water for her.
Soon, after some tasty spinach and feta omelets, the four of us were headed out towards the mall. It wasn’t the greatest mall in the world but it was nice. The mall at school was better than this one, but the plan was to spend the day with mom, so I really didn’t care what was there. Just driving around town would have been good enough for me.
Once we found a parking space we headed inside, out of the heat and into the heart of the commercial world. Our first stop was Dillards, where my mom was interested in buying me some shoes. I already had six pair so I didn’t see the need, but the other two thought this was a good idea. Just how many pairs of shoes did I need?
As soon as we got to the shoe department the three of them hustled about looking for shoes for me. I looked at a display table and saw a few pairs that were really cute and looked comfortable. I grabbed those and found a seat for trying shoes on. An attendant came over and I handed her the two shoes I had found as well as telling her my shoe size.
While she was gone the others came over with another couple of pairs each. I sighed, especially at the heels that both Merri and Becca had grabbed. I really didn’t want to try those, but I new better than to argue with anyone over this by now. So long as I didn’t fall and hurt my ankle I should be fine. Or would hurting my ankle be in my favor? I wasn’t sure, so I better not take the chance. With my luck I would actually break my ankle.
The girls liked my choice of shoes and only one of them was really comfortable. We left there with a bag with 3 pairs of shoes, one of the ones I picked and two pairs of heels. I felt put upon. However, after we left Dillards and having bought several dresses my mom thought looked cute on me we stopped at the jewelry store.
“You know, every girl usually gets something from their mother a few times when growing up. So let me fix that now.” She bought me a pair of diamond earrings, a beautiful diamond necklace and a ring. I was overcome. She was really trying to make sure I felt loved and accepted by her. I felt so good I almost cried. I certainly teared up.
By then it was around lunch time and all the shopping had made me hungry. The Mall had a Ruby Tuesday, so we went in for the salad bar. I was pretty much okay with the way my diet had changed, partially because I was partial to vegetables and partially because I liked what I had been eating so far. I only hoped we got back to the House before Thai night. I could eat that Pad Thai all night long.
While we were there I heard a familiar voice call out, “Becca!”
We turned and Brad Thompson was heading over. Crap. With my mom here it might be easier for him to figure this out. Like I needed this crap. “Hey Becca, you guys coming to Trevor’s party?”
“Not sure. We were talking about heading back after shopping. I wanted them to both meet Richard’s mom.” replied Becca, as if it were the absolute truth.
“No, you all gotta come. Everyone will be stoked to see you.” Brad was obviously excited about the process and was he looking down my cleavage?
“We’ll see. Take care and enjoy your lunch.” Brad waved and headed off. I was blushing from the realization that he had been looking at my chest and sort of leering at me. I felt dirty, as if I had been dipped in oil.
We finished up and headed out of the place. My mom took us straight home, which it seemed as if the others understood. “Should we head home tonight?”
“Caitlin, it’ll be fine. We’ll stay home, watch some TV or a movie and swim some. There is no way we are going to one of Trevor’s parties. He doesn’t have the best reputation amongst the girls.” said Becca.
“Why?” asked Meredith, sitting forward in her seat.
“He got accused of rape once when he was a sophomore in High School. Not enough evidence was found so they had to drop the case.”
“I remember that. I didn’t realize that it could have some truth to it.” I replied, thinking back over things. “I do remember that it destroyed his social life though.”
“Yeah. So I wouldn’t go there anyway. So, don’t worry.”
“That’s right dear; we can have a good meal and just have family time. Besides, Becca’s mom has been planning a special meal, so there really wouldn’t be a reason to leave, now would there?” My mom said, making the case to stay even more compelling.
“Okay. Then I have no problem with staying, my stomach agrees whole bellily.” That last bit sounded better in my head than it did out loud. Becca just shook her head.
There was a quick fashion show after we got back, to show off the two dresses. I felt a bit out of place having been the only one who bought anything but no one else had really been doing more than looking. Mom wanted to take care of me, so I was certainly okay with that.
Afterwards, as I was undressing and getting out of my dress, I realized that my mom had spent a great deal of money on me, mostly in that jewelry. She was trying to make sure I knew she cared. That realization made me feel like crap for not having caller her earlier, when all of this started, to explain what was going on. Having her support would probably have made things a hell of a lot less stressful on me. I sat heavily onto the bed and hung my head. I was an idiot.
Not that this was anything new, since the House had certainly shown how much on an idiot I was when they turned things around on me. I really hoped that my not telling her hadn’t hurt her. I could only hope. I had to come up with something nice to do for her to make up for her having an idiot son, daughter, child. Maybe the others could help me. I had to make sure my mom knew just how much I appreciated her and loved her.
Caitlin spends the night with her mother and they discuss the situation Richard had walked into. Would this help or hurt Caitlin's ability to simply be herself?
Disclaimer
This is a work of fiction. There should be no way that these characters are like anyone else, but if that isn’t the case, it has definitely been unintentional. Also, if you happen to find that your life is represented in these pages, I’ll be impressed.
Sorority Boy
By poetheather
Chap 7
The meal was fantastic, as expected. The veal was tender and tasty and the mix of vegetables was…there were no words for how good this meal really was. I had told Becca’s mom several times that she needed to start a restaurant, but she just laughed and went on with what she had been doing. But I guess that meant there would be more for me.
Afterwards I was going home, to spend the night with my mom. I would to be apart from Meredith, which would be different; as we had been together everyday since this whole madness began. It would be a change of pace, and my mother and I could actually talk. I knew she really wanted me to do some explaining and I was a bit worried about that. What could I say that could really explain this?
After dessert, I kissed Merri goodnight and headed out to mom’s car with my overnight bag. I buckled in and we drove away, waving at my friends who had come out to watch me go. I smiled and felt happy to have two such good friends, with bonus points for one of them being my lover. I certainly liked that.
The drive was quiet for a bit, almost as if we were both getting used to being around each other again. It was nice being with her, but I was getting a little nervous as well. I mean, my Mom had been a good sport so far, but there was no reason that she wouldn’t freak out on me over this. I mean, I freaked, why shouldn’t she?
I swallowed hard and began things. Might as well get the worst of this over. “So mom, how was your day?”
“Not too bad. I really enjoyed shopping with you girls. It was enjoyable and I approve of Meredith. She’s a bit unconventional, but that’s not necessarily bad.”
“I’m glad you like her. She’s awesome and I can’t believe how lucky I am to have her. True, she did all this to me, but she is a wonderful person and I am stunned by the fact that she agreed to be my girlfriend.” I really was very proud of Meredith and the fact that we were dating in a kind of pseudo-stealth fashion.
“She is nice. And very interesting. She knows a lot of stuff about movies and theater. That was a pleasant conversation she and I had. Plus Becca seems to like her, which is a bonus as well. I always knew that she had a better head on her shoulders than you did. You were the dreamer and she was the planner.” explained Mom.
“I plan.” I replied indignantly.
“I know you do, sweetie, but Becca remembers the practical portions of things. Did you even consider things past asking to join the Sorority? Like if the said yes? Or what they would do if they said yes?” asked my mother insistently.
“I didn’t think about that. I was more focused on what they were going to say and how to use that. I never really expected that they would say yes. And I especially never thought that they wouldn’t make me dress like this. I feel weird and I think, I think I kind of like this.” I admitted.
“Like what, the dressing or the attention you have been getting because of it?”
“I guess both. The clothes don’t bother me too much, once the initial freak out occurs, like the first time I wore a bikini, but they are nice, and softer by and large than guy’s clothes. It’s weird. Then there is the fact that I have a group of people who like me. I like it and I don’t want to loose these people who are trying to be my friends.”
“Even if it means you have to go to school dressed like this?” prodded my mother.
“I don’t know. I mean a part of me wants to just quit and never go back, maybe even drop out of school until I find somewhere else to go. But then there is the fact that I like the girls of my Sorority and the traditions of the House are pretty cool. I guess I have no real answer to that right now.” I stared out the window and realized that we were almost at our house.
It was much more modest than Becca’s family’s, as we hadn’t really changed our buying/ living habits once we ended up with the money. It felt wrong to benefit so much from dad’s death so we kept things simple, well, at least until this whole crazy thing happened. Since then I have been spending more than usual.
Mom pulled into the garage and we got out as the door was closing behind us. As we entered into the kitchen my mom said. “Well, maybe you need to think about that instead of just going along. From what I’ve heard, you have been having a difficult time of things and had a really bad panic attack. Maybe a resolution is what you need?”
I thought about that as I took my bag of stuff and headed up to my room while my mother was futzing around in the kitchen. Once I walked in I was struck with how much I had changed. There were no posters of guys or of faeries or horses or anything like that. I had posters of bands and sports teams. It was definitely a guy’s room. And as I looked around, smiling at my stuff I realized that this didn’t feel right for some reason. I almost felt as if I didn’t belong here.
It hadn’t been all that long, so why should I feel like that? Was I becoming a girl, despite the fact that I wasn’t planning on being a girl? Could a month really change me that month? I didn’t know, but once I set my bag down I left the room and headed back downstairs.
Mom was making some tea. She had a mug for me and I thanked her. The two of us curled up on the couch and sipped the hot beverage that she had sweetened with honey. “You really are a beautiful woman.”
I blushed and turned away a little. “Thank you mom.”
“I had wished for a daughter but had never expected my son to become her. I kind of like it as well.”
I kept blushing, not having a clue as to what to say in response to that. I mean, what do you say to that?
“I am worried about you though.”
I looked up, a bit surprised. “Why?”
“Well, if you get found out bad things could happen. I know that the girl’s said they would protect you, but at times it doesn’t help.” Her worry was obvious in her voice. I hated making my mother feel like this.
“I could just stop you know. Just go back to being me?”
She shook her head softly. “I don’t want you to. You seem to be happier than before and you have more friends. That worried me but now you seem blessed by this situation. I don’t understand why but it seems to be doing some good for you. Maybe you should stay?”
I was a bit shocked. My mother thought this crazy situation was a good idea? “You want me to be a girl, until I graduate?”
“Is it really a bad thing to spend four years as one? From what I got from Becca and Meredith, the Sorority will help you with classes, with socializing and provide you a source of support you can actually depend on in a crisis. Dorm’s don’t provide that. I know you don’t really get out and meet people often, and people are where the safety net comes from. I think I might be more worried for you if you didn’t do this.” My mom ran her hand through my hair, smiling softly as if something was running through her mind.
I sat there quietly, enjoying the feel of my mom’s fingers. I guess I could do this for four years. I had decided that earlier and even with this other stuff I think I was okay with that decision. I mean, if girls could do this, surely I could. “I think I will try to do four years in the House. It should be fun and I am sure I will learn a lot doing so. I just didn’t want to disappoint you.”
The hug was nice. “I will always be there to support you dear, either as Richard or Caitlin. I am proud of you. You have never disappointed me.”
She kissed the top of my head and let me go. “So Caitlin, want to watch something?”
I looked over to the DVD shelf and looked at things. Given how I felt and had been feeling I needed to watch Joe versus the Volcano. It was a dorky movie but it always made me feel good. Joe went from such a horrible life to one that was magical. Maybe I was doing the same thing here? I could only hope that I was so lucky.
We both laughed and cried through it, finding the ending funny. Man, I needed that luggage. With that, Meredith and I could go far from the things of man. That sounded like a good idea.
We headed our separate ways after the movie and I returned to my old room. I sat on the bed and looked around. Furniture wise it didn’t seem too male or too female. It was tidy and the only things that spoke of masculinity were the posters on the wall. Was I really so non-gendered that my room didn’t obviously scream guy except for minor decorations?
I shook my head. I really needed to stop thinking about things like this. I pulled out my nightgown and laid it on the bed. I then went over to my dresser and pulled out a pair of PJ’s, laying them out next to my nightgown. The two sat there, looking back at me. What the hell… I really had no idea what I was doing. Would choosing one negate the other? I liked the feel of my silk nightgown but my cotton pj’s were nice as well. I didn’t want to just sleep naked, as I wasn’t used to that.
Hell, this wasn’t a choice about my future, just a damn choice about tonight’s sleepwear. I grabbed the pj’s and put them back. Then I undressed and put on my nightgown. No need to get something else dirty. Then my mom would have to wash them and fold them and put them away, for what? One night of gender neutrality?
I climbed into bed and got my book out and read a little. Slowly I drifted off and fell asleep.
* * *
The shower was nice. My parents had insisted on having nice bathrooms when they got the house and the few improvements over the years had been lovely. I soaped up, mostly forgetting the curves that I had, thanks to Meredith and her stage magic. I was glad that I was so used to it that I didn’t get a hard on anymore. That had been embarrassing and I can’t believe that Gwen had caught me doing it. I blushed just thinking about it.
I got out, wrapped my towel around me and headed back to my room. The fresh smell of coffee filled the air. It was Becca’s fault that I liked coffee. She had given me some of her mom’s coffee, which she had mixed with some sugar in the raw and heavy cream. I about had a food-gasm right there. Since then I loved the stuff. It smelled like my mom had put on a put of tasty coffee.
I hustled into my room and got dressed. After I tucked I pulled on some denim shorts. Then came the bra and the t-shirt I had grabbed. It had a picture of a faerie on it, but it was cute and I looked cute in it as well, so who cared what other people thought.
I skipped downstairs and called out. “Morning mom!”
She was sitting in the kitchen, in the little breakfast nook. “Morning dear. You certainly look cute.”
“Thanks mom.” I poured my coffee and took care of the cream and sugar.
“Once you get all packed up I’ll take you over to Becca’s and you girls can head back to school.”
I nodded, hoping to wake up even more. I was sort of huddled over my cup. I was finding it difficult to get moving this morning.
“Oh, by the way, do you remember that party that you were going to go to?” It sounded like my mother was leading up to something.
“Yes…”
“It made the news.” She handed over the paper. I scanned the story and went wide eyed in horror. Several people had gotten caught with that date rape drug. That could have been me, or Becca or Merri. I looked up at my mother with fear in my eyes.
She took me up in her arms and held me tight. “Don’t worry so much sweetie. There are bad people in the world but I think both Meredith and Becca can help you learn what you need to in order to stay safe.”
I nodded, still shocked by the news. “I also wanted to let you know that I really approve of Meredith. She’s a good girl and I think you’re lucky to have her.”
At the thought of Meredith I smiled. Just thinking about her made me happy. Once I finished my coffee and a English muffin with butter and honey, we headed back.
The other girls were waiting for me, the car already loaded. I put my bag in the trunk and then the hugs began. We all had to hug Becca’s mom and mine. They both held me longer than they had the others. It felt good and helped me to relax. Maybe I could handle this, after all both my moms were okay with this.
The hugging over the three of us got in the car and pulled out of the driveway, waving at the mothers. Once they were out of view, Becca cranked up the CD player. For a while we sort of danced in our seats to Dave Matthews. It was nice.
“So, was it a good trip overall?” asked Becca as she drove.
“It really was. Thank you both. I feel better, I really do. Knowing that I won’t loose anyone over this is reassuring.”
“So crisis over?” Meredith was in the backseat leaning forward, playing with my hair.
“For now. I am sure I will have more issues, but I think I can do this. And besides Rush week is over. Surely the rest of the year can’t be that stressed.”
Becca and Merri shared a look and I wondered what it was about. “Caitlin, first off you have school work to consider and added to that there are all the activities you will have to do as a pledge. It will be tough. We’ll be there though, so don’t worry.”
I nodded. “Well, if you two can’t keep me sane, who can?”
Caitlin returns home and tries to find a way to relax. It looks as if her Pledge Class isn't letting that happen.
Disclaimer
This is a work of fiction. There should be no way that these characters are like anyone else, but if that isn’t the case, it has definitely been unintentional. Also, if you happen to find that your life is represented in these pages, I’ll be impressed.
Sorority Boy
By poetheather
Chap 8
After dropping Becca off at her apartment, Merri and I headed back to the House. I was tired but I did feel better. The time with my mom had been wonderful and something I had really needed after all of this insanity. I had been almost normal, except for the breasts.
We made it back in time for lunch and after making it through the meal and plenty of thanks I headed up to the room I shared with Meredith. I sat down heavily on my bed and grabbed my bear, hugging him tightly. In just a short time my life had become utterly toppsy turvey and it was my fault. I had done this to myself and there really was no other way to look at it.
Why a Sorority? Why go after something like that? I hadn’t thought about that earlier, preferring to just go with the idea rather than thinking it through. Inn a way I should have known that the girls would have changed the dress codes to make it more “feminine”. That was an obvious and easily allowable move. So why had I not even considered it. The whole things made me think that I wanted this to happen. Did I?
I couldn’t be sure, as I was certain I didn’t want anything like that but then again I wasn’t certain I didn’t. The same damn questions and doubts over and over, like a loop. So what did I know?
I knew that I wanted to give this a fair and honest shot, at least a semester. I knew that if I was okay with things that I would spend all four years here as Caitlin rather than Richard. I knew I preferred Cait to Dick any day of the week. I knew that while I wasn’t overly pleased with the clothes I could live with them. I knew that I loved Meredith and would probably have never met her without this stupid stunt. I knew that I could do this, even though the dating guys thing was bothersome. I knew I enjoyed kissing Paul, in a way I really didn’t want to further explore. I knew that I liked the girls of the House and my fellow Pledges. I knew I could do this, it just that part of me wasn’t sure I really wanted to do this.
I felt like a dog biting it’s own tail.
I sat there, hugging my knees to me, aware that this was a very feminine position. They really had done a number to me already. I wasn’t sure what to do so I just sat there.
A knock brought me out of my revere. I looked up and Sarah was looking in at me. “Caitlin, I just came in to check up on you.”
I waved her in. She had her medic’s bag with her and was smiling. “Well, you don’t look worse for well. I take it your trip was restful?”
“Yeah it was. A few moments of excitement but nothing like Rush week.”
Sarah took my hand and checked my pulse, watching her watch. “Well, your pulse seems fine. Do you still have any weakness?”
“No. I’m just a bit tired, but that’s nothing new. I haven’t really been sleeping well since this whole thing started.”
She seemed to be considering this then asked, “Did you used to sleep on your stomach?”
“Hunh? I mean, some, why?” That confused me. Why the hell would that have to do with my ability to sleep?
Sarah closed the door and sat down on the bed. “Since you have breasts now you won’t really be able to sleep on your chest. The pressure can keep you from really resting. It’ll take a while to get used to sleeping differently, but you can do it. Try some Melatonin until you get used to sleeping on your back. It can help you sleep deeper and hopefully get more rest.”
I nodded. “Thanks. I’ll try that.”
“Good. Now, you just rest. There really is no need to overstress yourself out at this point. The semester’s young.”
“Thanks Sarah.”
“No problem. Take care.” I watched her leave. Could these damn breasts be getting in the way of my sleep? Just what I needed, more stupid breast tricks.
I had no idea what I wanted to do with the rest of my day. Maybe I should go for a walk on campus and try to get a feel for the place, after all I had classes there really soon. Knowing your way around any place always struck me as important.
I headed out, taking my time on the walk, looking at all the buildings and marking down where some of my classes were held. The campus was huge but beautiful. The red brick and grey stone buildings were awesome and trees lined many of the paths. There were several gardens about with bright flowers and some of the walkways were lined with bushes. I really liked just the look of the school. Sure the reputation of the school was in its instructors, but the place looked conducive to education.
There were other students walking around enjoying the sights. I just lost myself in moving and enjoyed things. I felt kind of at peace with myself. It wasn’t anything world-shaking, just some time where no worries or fears filled my head, making me doubt everything I had done so far. It was just nice to get lost outside of my own thoughts and in sensation.
I wandered into the Library building and went in to wander the stacks. The main part of the building was nice but the stacks were huge. So large, as a matter of fact, that they had to have half levels. Being short paid off in not feeling claustrophobic by the densely packed books. I was still trying to figure out the pattern when I realized that it wasn’t Dewey Decimal. Crap. Did I have to learn a new method for organizing books?
I headed down to the information desk and saw that they had tours of the Library. That would help. I signed up for a tour tomorrow, so I could get back to the House and get some dinner, besides I think there was something I was supposed to do tonight. I couldn’t remember. I know there wasn’t anything official for the House, as Meredith would have reminded me.
I was a bit surprised when my cell phone rang. I got it out of my purse and answered. “Hello?”
“Caitlin?” The voice sounded familiar but I wasn’t sure who it was.
“Yes?”
“This is Alison.” I was surprised. I didn’t know that she even had my number. “Can you head over to the student union building right now? The rest of the pledge group is here and we’re having a meeting.”
Okay. I’ll head on over. Give me about five minutes.” I hustled over to the student union building, which was near the library. That certainly helped things.
When I got there Alison was waiting there. She was wearing a black shirt with a smiling skull and crossbones on them and a black plaid mini skirt. I think I was starting to fall in love with the whole Goth look. “Hey there. We’re in the coffee shop.”
I followed her in and most everyone else was there. Dawn seemed to be in charge of things. She was so freaking hot that it distracted me. The last one to arrive was Brittany. “Sorry I’m late. I got held up at the Theatre.”
“No problem.” replied Dawn. “The reason I called us together is that I figured that we need to get to know each other a little.”
Esperanza said, “That makes sense. We are going to be around each other a lot.”
“So, what do we talk about?” asked Amy after she had a sip of her Iced Mocha.
Alison snickered. “Well, we can tell embarrassing stories?”
Devin blushed brightly. She obviously had thought of something. “Can we not do that?”
“We may have to, as part of the whole Pledge thing.” stated Dawn. “We also need to choose Pledge Class officers, which we will need to consider.”
Megan spoke up. “I can do Secretary, if that is a position. I know shorthand and I can write really fast.”
“Any ideas on ways to get to know each other better? I mean, it would make sense if we became friends.” Holly seemed to be thinking of something. “We could always have a slumber party. That would give us the time to find out who we all are.”
As everyone seemed to think this was a great idea, I started to panic. I could get caught and exposed. I felt like this group was diverse enough to accept me, but Nadia had said to not tell anyone. What the hell could I do? I knew I had the latex vagina I could wear, but this might be a common occurrence.
“We can all come over to my place tomorrow,” said Alison. “I have the room and that would let me have some time to clean things up.”
It was a plan. Tomorrow night would be me with these girls, alone, without Becca or Merri to protect me. I needed to talk to Meredith, to see if she had any ideas. I knew she said something about needing a female history but I never figured that I would need it so soon.
“Tomorrow it is.” stated Dawn. “We can order take out and have fun.”
The conversation broke up to smaller groups, talking across the table and such. It was a cacophony of voices and I could feel the world closing in on me. I took some deep breaths, trying to slow my breathing. I didn’t need another panic attack. Sarah would haul me into the hospital if I had another one, and then there would be even more questions. God I’m an idiot.
“Can everyone read it before tomorrow?” said Holly.
I was drawing a blank; however the bright color of Megan’s cheeks made me think that it had something to do with her Fanfic story. Everyone was saying sure and repeating the title. This could be fun and would certainly help me get to know Megan better. But, My Little Pony? I mean, who would write something like that? I guess I would find out.
The conversations wandered for a while, covering all sorts of topics. I really had little to add to anything involving dating or some of their other stories. I just sat there and soaked up everything, like I had when the House was trying to train me in the intricacies of being a girl. It really was the only way to learn.
People started to drift off after a while. I headed back to the House with Dawn and Megan. Megan had gotten over her blushing incident and was bouncy. We talked about classes and what we were hoping to do with our time at the school. I told Dawn I really wanted to see some of her sculpture. It was nice.
I called it an early night after dinner. Sleep would help me more at this point rather than thought. Besides, thought had gotten me into more trouble lately than out. Worrying about tomorrow night would make no difference in what would happen. I changed into my nightgown, crawled under the sheets and tried to drift off to sleep.
Sleep was long in coming, with my mind rolling things over and trying to build the history that Meredith had mentioned. I had to admit that it was odd trying to figure out when I would have started my periods, when I wasn’t biologically equipped. I figured being a late starter would be more in keeping with things.
I was still awake when Meredith got in. “Hey there sweetie, are you okay?”
“Just a bit stressed and worried about tomorrow night.”
“Caitlin, don’t stress. Things will be fine and no one will figure out anything. Now get to sleep.” She kissed me on the forehead and started to undress.
I watched as she took off her clothes, enjoying the sight of her naked body. Merri was beautiful and that made me happy. She pulled on her PJ’s and crawled into bed behind me. Her arms around me helped me to slow my thinking down and finally get to sleep.
Caitlin is nervous about getting found out at the slumber party. She talks it over with Meredith and Rebecca, finally finding a way to better understand herself. But does she have it down enough in time for the party?
Here is a special chapter, since I am going on vacation starting Saturday. I hope you all enjoy it.
Disclaimer
This is a work of fiction. There should be no way that these characters are like anyone else, but if that isn’t the case, it has definitely been unintentional. Also, if you happen to find that your life is represented in these pages, I’ll be impressed.
Sorority Boy
By poetheather
Chap 9
She woke me with a kiss. “Morning Sleeping Beauty.”
I opened my eyes and smiled up at her. “Hey there.”
Meredith bent down and kissed me on the nose. It tickled just a little. “Come on. If we hurry we can get downstairs for breakfast before all the fresh bagels are snatched up.”
I rubbed my eyes, trying to rub all the sleep out of them. I had managed to sleep well, though I did sort of remember my dreams. What I remembered was that I had been a girl in them. That was different enough that I had managed to hold on to that fact. It’s not like I had dreamed about being a girl before all of this, so this certainly was a new development.
Telling Merri may or may not be a good plan, so I didn’t. Maybe I could talk to Becca and get her two cents on the matter? She had heard a lot of my dreams and stuff, so it kind of made sense. Besides, she just might be able to help me remember that I wasn’t crazy, despite everything.
The bagels were very fresh and I happily munched away at my everything bagel. It had a good layer of cream cheese and was mighty tasty. Afterwards Meredith sort of dragged me to the room. She was smiling that smile that usually meant that I was in some sort of trouble. It was the same smile she had when I had been told of my transformation. It made me nervous.
She made sure to lock the door and to turn on some music before starting. “Okay, so you need to be ready for tonight. We just need to get your vagina attached and pick the right nighty for you and all will be well. I will really work to make sure there is no way for you to get discovered. Now if there are any other questions I will happily answer them.”
“So…are there usually pillow fights at these things?” I was nervous, as that might cause a situation for which I wouldn’t have a decent response. What I didn’t expect was what I got.
Merri started laughing, loud. She doubled over in mirth, tears coming from her eyes. I got embarrassed, knowing that somehow this was my doing. What was wrong with a perfectly simple question?
When she stopped laughing, taking gasps of air, she looked up at me and smiled. “You are so cute.”
“Hunh?” I couldn’t follow how that statement followed from what I had said earlier. What the hell was she talking about?
“Of all the things you could have said, you went with the most stereotypically male question. That was just funny.” replied Meredith, as she wiped the tears from her face.
“Merri, I am a male.” I hissed out, making sure to keep my voice down.
“Really?” Her arched eyebrow was question enough.
“I can untuck and show you if you want?” I was starting to get a bit irritated. Her implications were pissing me off.
“Caitlin, think of what you agreed to do? Now, how many guys do you think would have agreed to this, let alone have lasted this long? You may have been born with a penis but how does that make you a man?” The question and implications stung.
I stood there glowering at her, growing angrier. “I am a man. I am doing this because I have given my word. I know that this isn’t what most men would do, but then again I am not like most men.”
“That’s what I’m saying. You are not male in so many ways that it isn’t funny. And you’re not overly female either. You go both ways, kind of like you’re the bisexual of gender or something.”
I stood staring at her like she was crazy. The bisexual of gender? What the hell did that mean? “I am just being true to myself, but I am a guy.”
“If you say so. That part doesn’t matter to me. I love you for you, not for your gender. I just think you are neither one nor the other, that’s all.” She seemed a bit subdued when she said that.
“I’m sorry. It’s just that this gender thing is making me schizophrenic. Some days I don’t know who I am.” I apologized, wanting to smooth things over.
Meredith bit her lip and looked up at me with worried eyes. “I know how you feel. Until I realized that it was okay to like both boys and girls, I felt really similar. Maybe you are kind of the bisexual of gender, able to be both? I mean, doesn’t that at least sound like a possibility?”
“So if someone asks I tell them I’m bigenderal?” After a few moments of silence we both started snickering. Meredith came over and gave me a hug, kissing me on the cheek.
The tension was broken, replaced by light humor. Bigenderal? I think I could live with that. Better than schizo.
Still chuckling, Meredith continued, “There might be pillow fights, but not in the way you might be thinking. They’re fun but certainly not a prelude to a sleepover orgy. If they are, then I have been to all the wrong parties. Don’t tell me that you never had pillow fights at any of your sleepovers?”
“Well, at the few I have been to, we did.”
“Did any of those turn into orgies?” She asked reasonably.
“No.”
“Then don’t worry about that. Mostly there will be a lot of talking, maybe a few games, but that’s about it. Nothing too odd. Really. You don’t have to stress about this. Think of it as a final exam. You really get to go out in the world, be yourself and not have anyone nearby to hold your hand. It won’t be like Rush week, but these girls want to be your friend. Might as well just relax and try to become theirs.” When she was making sense it was tough to argue with her. Actually it was hard to argue with her anytime. I nodded accepting things.
I had a plenty of time before things started to just relax and think. I needed to do that as this whole situation was building of to possibly another panic attack. The more I thought about things the more I was coming to realize that I was the one getting in my own way over this whole thing. I had agreed to do this. I had agreed to make an honest go of things. Maybe that meant I needed to stop worrying about this and just let things go. Maybe Merri had something with the whole stupid bigenderal thing? If I was not really either, but some of able to use any of both to express myself, then perhaps I could stop flipping out over this.
But was it real? That was the crux of the situation. If this was real then I could actually use this to help myself out. If it wasn’t then it wouldn’t work and I would be back in the same situation as before. So which was it?
I had to admit that I wasn’t like other guys. I didn’t look like them and I didn’t have most any of the same interests. Most of the time I thought they were idiots. But did that make me any less male?
I also admitted that I do like the feel of some of the clothes I am wearing and that I sometimes feel pretty in them. I get along with most of the women of the House and my best friends a woman. But did that make me female?
This whole thing was stupid but my whole time here at this school revolved around this question and not if I could do my class work correctly. So I had better really come to a resolution on this issue rather than just let it slide. The question was, how could I tell one way or another?
I picked out my clothes for tomorrow, packing an overnight bag. I also put in my green night gown that Gwen and Meredith got me when this whole thing started. I liked it. The material was comfortable and it was nice to sleep in it. But was I a girl for liking it?
I grabbed my pillow and screamed into it. This whole situation was dumb as hell. Maybe if I called Becca?
The phone rang three times before she picked up. “Hello?”
“Becca?”
“Caitlin?”
“Maybe. That seems to be a bit of a question.”
“What?”
I explained the situation, to her and the word that Meredith had come up with. “So do you think that might be the case here?”
The line was quiet and I could barely make out Becca’s breathing. “Becca?”
“I’m thinking. Give me a moment.” The line was once again silent. I fidgeted nervously. If she was taking this long to answer… “I think there might be something to that.”
“What?”
“Caitlin, one of the biggest reasons that you and I became friends is that you relate to me as both a guy and a girl. I mean, I have told you things that I would never have told any other guy. But you can turn around and give me a truly male opinion about things. Maybe you are this whatever?”
“Bigenderal?” I wasn’t sure if that was what she meant, but I thought it was. And could all that be true? Becca did know me better than anyone else. Maybe she had a better grasp of that then I did, because she wasn’t making herself biased. Was I biasing my thoughts on the matter?
“That’s the world. I’m not saying you’re a transsexual, but maybe you are a bit more changeable in your approach to gender. Like a buffet gender, a bit of this, a bit of that.”
“Do you have any idea how stupid that sounds?”
“Shut up bitch. Look this whole thing is giving you a chance to play with your gender in a way that other people can’t. Women actually have more leeway in this than men, so you will be doing it in a safer format, than if you did it as Richard. Just be yourself and to hell with anything or anyone else. You do know that if the Sorority thing doesn’t work out that you can stay here?” Becca’s voiced softened at the end. I knew she cared for me as if I were her younger brother, sister, whatever. It meant a lot to me, just to know that.
“Thank you. Oh, I’m going to a Slumber party tonight with the other girls in the Pledge class.”
“You’re getting worried about it aren’t you?” She knew me so well.
“Yeah. I just don’t want to get caught.”
“Then relax. If you act tense or worried or something people will notice and try to figure out what you are hiding. That is never a good thing. Just be you. You know Alison, right? Then hang with her until you get to know the others. It’s not rocket science Richard.”
I nodded, ignoring my old name. “Okay. Thanks. This whole thing is so odd that I feel like I don’t have any solid footing beneath me.”
“Well, you have me and Merri, which is good. Gwen likes you as well and Alison might become a good friend. And as for the school, you are good at that stuff. I think a lot of the Sorority stuff will be similar. Freaking out doesn’t help you and makes you forget those you can lean on for support. Caitlin, you aren’t doing this alone. There are a lot of people there for you.”
I sighed, letting the tension flow out of me. Becca was making a lot of sense. I did have people who supported me and already had. Meredith had been ready to leave the House over me. This whole thing was nothing different.
I grabbed my stuff. I was ready to go. I hunted around until I found the corner where Meredith had gone to read. “Hey there. I’m ready to head off.”
“Crisis of Faith over?” she replied with a movie quote.
“You could say that. I need to go and get something for the party. I love you and I will miss you.”
“I’m going to see you tomorrow.” Merri quipped.
“Yeah, but I love sleeping with you. It’s nice.” I bent down and kissed her softly on the lips. She opened her mouth some and it turned into something with more passion, with her hand on the back of my neck.
When she let me go, she looked into my eyes. “I love you. Have fun.”
I was still in a bit of a daze from the kiss as I headed out to my car. I needed to head to a grocery store to grab something for the party. I had figured that some poppy seed muffins would be nice. Something breakfasty for the morning.
I was a bit nervous as I pulled up to the complex where Alison lived. Some of the other girls were there. Holly was obviously here, since one of the cars had a sticker that said ‘Climbers do it with rope’. The rainbow across the back window was obviously Megan. So people were there.
I sighed, letting my tension out again. This was just a night with people I liked. I would be okay. I grabbed my overnight back and the grocery bag and headed upstairs towards her corner apartment. I knocked on the door, waiting for this whole thing to start. I was Caitlin, currently a girl but sometimes a boy. This is who I am and I was okay with it.
The door opened and Alison smiled at me. Her black hair was in two pigtails and looked terribly cute. She bounded forward and hugged me. I could smell some alcohol on her breath. “Caitlin, welcome to my humble abode. Enter freely and of thine own will.”
I shook my head at her Dracula quote and headed inside, towards my first slumber party with nothing but girls. Despite everything I was a bit scared but I had given my word and this was all needed to stay in the House and to stay Caitlin. I put my bag down with the others and handed the muffins over to Holly, who passed me a drink. “Welcome to the Pledge Class Slumber Party!”
Caitlin is at the Slumber party and all the fun begins. The film is hard to watch but Truth or Dare is really making her nervous. Good thing she drank all of those fuzzy and hairy navels, hunh?
Back after my vacation to give you an extra long chapter. Enjoy
Disclaimer
This is a work of fiction. There should be no way that these characters are like anyone else, but if that isn’t the case, it has definitely been unintentional. Also, if you happen to find that your life is represented in these pages, I’ll be impressed.
Sorority Boy
By poetheather
Chap 10
Caitlin took a sip from her drink. It was sweet and she could barely taste the alcohol in it. It was like peach and orange juice. I loved it.
Alison beamed at me, “So…like your fuzzy navel?”
I thought a minute, was my belly button fuzzy and why would she care? The confusion I felt was obvious to her, “The drink. It’s called a fuzzy navel. If we add vodka to it the drink it becomes a hairy navel. Got it?”
“In that case, I really like it.” Alison bounced some, which was adorable and unexpected.
“Want to come see my spiders?”
I froze. “Your what?”
“Spiders. I have a tarantula, Black Widow, and a Brown Recluse. I also have a Scorpion. They’re really neat. Wanna come see?” She seemed really enthusiastic about this and I was her friend.
Her bedroom was draped with black sheets with a black and red silky cover on the queen sized bed. The furniture was quite Victorian and a bit surprising. She led me over to a large fish tank with several smaller tanks that held her…pets. Each one had a different habitat; there was a mess of twigs for the Black Widow, the Recluse had a series of bark tunnels, the Emperor Scorpion had sand and a few shaded areas and the Tarantula had some dirt and some foliage. They were pretty cool but creepy.
“Are you sure they can’t get out?”
“Quite sure. I had a friend of mine figure out the system. It is based on the way zoos keep track of their insects. It really is quite safe. And if one got out they would be very obvious in the straight glass tank.”
I nodded, a bit unsure. They were nice to look at behind glass, but the thought of actual poisonous spiders being in the apartment was not comforting. But she liked them.
Also on the wall was some art. There were various paintings and two large pictures of Alison with two other gothy type people. They were not quite poster size but larger than your usual photos. When I got closer I could make out who she was with. One was a picture of her with Amy Lee, which was overwhelming and the other with her and Pauley Perrette, who was the hot goth forensics tech in NCIS. That was really cool. “You actually met both of them?”
“Yeah. I met Pauley at a con and we became friends, well ish…and I managed to get a backstage pass to a concert to see Amy. Neat Huh?” Alley was bouncing some. “I was so excited I could barely see straight both times.”
I had some more of my drink. It really was good. However, it looked like I needed another one.
The doorbell rang and Alison scampered off to answer it. I could hear the same spiel that I had got when I arrived. Holly handed me another drink as Devin and Amy walked in. Holly smiled. “So all we’re missing is Dawn. Great. Alison suggested starting with a movie and had something in mind. Is that okay with everyone?”
Holly seemed to be taking charge of things, which seemed to fit her personality. Must be the free climbing thing, making her a bit bolder. I also noticed that no one else was arguing with her over the whole leadership thing. I was fine with that as I wanted nothing to do with that.
All of us found seats in the living room. I took a pillow and leaned against the couch by where Megan had curled up. Everyone had Fuzzy Navels except for Thuriya and Esperanza, both sticking to non-doctored OJ instead due to religious reasons. It was nice that they weren’t making an issue of anyone else drinking.
Alley moved up to the front of the room. “Okay. I have the perfect film to start things off.”
Everything stopped when there was a knock at the door. Alley bounded over, her red and black plaid skirt flying up some. Unfortunately, there was no panty shot. I was kind of wondering what kind of panties she would be wearing.
After another round of her opening speech, Dawn came in bearing some sort of casserole dish. “Sorry I’m late. I was working on a project and I lost track of the time.”
“Don’t worry about it. Put your stuff down and come on over. Alison has a movie for us.” said Holly.
Dawn grabbed a fuzzy navel and found a spare beanbag to lounge in. Alley went back to the front and restarted, “Now where was I. Ah, yes the film. It took me hours to figure out the best film for us to start with. Something to set the mood for our whole pledge class, something to help us all become one big happy family.”
She stepped away and used her remote to turn on the TV and get the DVD started. She had obviously prepped the movie before anyone had gotten there as it went straight into the film. The opening music caused Megan to blush and curl up. It was an animated film that came on: My Little Pony: The Movie.
Everyone laughed and we watched the film. I have to admit it was cute, and some of the voice actors were really good. I even was able to figure out some of them, like Danny DeVito. It was 89 minutes of ponies and purple lava. After the initial embarrassment, Megan uncurled and got enraptured with the film. It was kind of cute. We kind of MST3K’d it, a lot, but it was fun and definitely showed Megan that we weren’t making fun of her.
After the film we all sort of shifted seats and got to where we could all see each other. Thuriya looked around, “Are we going out again tonight, or ordering anything?”
The confusion on people’s faces was clear. It looked like almost no one understood what she was asking, as if there could be another meaning trapped in there. Holly replied, “Not that I know of. Why?”
“I just wanted to make sure before I removed my hijab.” With that she removed the veil she had over her head. Her long black hair was beautiful. She shook her head to get her hair from being compressed in the scarf all day. “It is a modesty thing and if there is chance of anyone besides us being here I would prefer to remain covered.”
“Why do you wear that?” asked Amy, obviously interested and asking a question that was surely on everyone’s minds. I know I wanted to know.
“The hijab is for modesty. The Qur’an teaches that all Muslims should dress modestly and to not display themselves. The hijab and the way I dress is part of that modesty. At home, you can remove it, or sometimes around friends. It is a sign of trust.” replied Thufiya, as she ran her fingers through her hair. “I don’t think I need to wear it around everyone here. We are all sisters, or at least we are becoming sisters.”
Everyone nodded. “Thanks Thuriya.” said Amy. “I had never had the opportunity to ask a Muslim about that.”
The Arabic girl shrugged. “Not a problem. I have no problem sharing aspects of my faith. I simply ask that no one disturb me when it comes time for prayer.”
Dawn looked confused. “Why would any of us do that?”
“Some people have. High School was a bit rough. I was called a terrorist and worse, so I can be a bit touchy about that.”
“Well, no one here thinks that, right?” stated Holly. Everyone nodded their agreement.
“Thank you for being so accepting.”
Amy kind of chuckled. “That’s the point of the House, to be accepting and supportive. All of us are that way or we wouldn’t have been accepted. Look at how different we are and think about all the other Houses. A lot of other Houses look like so similar that it is almost like a cloning factory. We are a pretty diverse bunch and several of us weren’t chosen by any of the other Houses because of our differences. Why shouldn’t we embrace the differences?”
Everyone stared at Amy, who had never really talked this much before. I had thought she was really shy or something, but apparently not. Devin was the first to speak, “Nicely said.”
“Definitely.” replied Brittany, sitting mostly still for a change. She had put her hair in pigtails after seeing the way Alleycat had her hair. It was cute. Maybe we all should have our hair in pigtails? That would be cute and kind of funny in a bonding sort of way.
“Uhm…everyone?” Why the hell was I talking? I didn’t want to become a focus of attention here.
Once everyone was looking my way I said, “I just had a pretty silly idea. Since Alison has her hair in pigtails and so does Brittany, maybe we should…”
Dawn and Holly both thought it was a great idea and Alley quickly grabbed bands for our hair. I was the first one done, as Alley brushed my hair and made the pigtails look nice. Several of the other girls did it on their own but the rest let Alley have her fun.
I turned my head back and forth, feeling the pigtails sway and gently hit me in the head. It was fun and everyone else seemed to enjoy it, based on the giggles and such from the assembled group. Once done Holly came around with the pitcher that held the Fuzzy Navels, so she could refill everyone. She had also grabbed just the OJ for Thuriya and Esperanza.
Things were getting a little fuzzy as I could feel the booze work on me. I was smiling more at nothing and was having a great time, even though we weren’t doing all that much.
“So, has everyone read one of Megan’s stories?” asked Holly, turning things to the purpose of the evening.
“Yep.” “Yes.” “Sure.” came the replies.
“Great. So what did everyone think about it?” stated Dawn, breaking into Holly’s flow.
Megan had buried her head. I could feel the heat from the blushing from where I was sitting. This could either be really good or really bad depending on what people thought of her story. I may not have liked the ponies but the writing was pretty good.
“I really liked it. I used to have a number of My Little Ponies and such. The story was almost like what I came up with as a kid.” said Esperanza.
A number of people agreed, talking about how much they had liked the story and how surprised they were for liking it. Megan pulled herself out of the couch cushions and smiled. “You guys really liked it?”
As people told her how much they liked it, she seemed to glow with happiness and blossom under the praise. Maybe she had some self-esteem issues to cope with? Either way she seemed to come out of her shell with this and really joined in on things.
The conversation about the story and the movie went on for a while. Holly then broke in, asking is anyone wanted pizza yet. She had done a great job, making there were food for both the vegetarians and Thuriya. “Okay, we have cheese, supreme, beef topping, Canadian bacon and pineapple and veggie supreme. Dig in.”
I got some of the Canadian bacon and pineapple as well as some of the veggie supreme. Every one else got food and a refill of fuzzy navels, oh excuse me, hairy navels. Apparently Alison and Holly decided we needed more booze in our booze. I still could barely tell that there was anything in there, as they had splurged for the really good OJ. In fact this round was made with the crack Valencia oranges. It was so good and made my world quite a bit fuzzier.
Alleycat had apparently added a pair of cat ears to her head at some point and called everyone’s attention to her. “Okay. The plan is to play truth or dare, as the truths will tell us a lot about each other. Is that okay?”
Everyone seemed to be okay with it except Thuriya and myself. I really didn’t want to get found out, but also didn’t want to cause a fuss which would turn everyone’s attention to me. I was stuck again. I guess I’ll just have to get used to getting trapped into these things. Holly started. “Okay, this empty bottle is the spinner we use. If the top points at you, then you are the one asked. Then you spin and so on. No dares that involve you going outside, as Thuriya would need to get her hijab back on and there is no reason for that. Here we go.”
The bottle spun and landed on Dawn. God she was hot. With the tank top and sorts on I just wanted a view of something, if only to fuel my fantasies. “Truth or dare?”
She smiled broadly. “Truth.”
“Do you prefer boys or girls?” Holly quirked an eyebrow when she said that. What was she up to?
“Yes.”
“What kind of answer is that?” remarked Devin.
“I’m bisexual, so I prefer both. I care more about the person I’m dating rather than what happens to be between their legs.” The smile Dawn gave was something out of an ad. It was wide and friendly and very disarming. Kind of a red carpet smile.
“Okay.” Everyone seemed to be digesting this as the bottle was spun again. It stopped at Alley.
“Truth or dare?”
“Dare.” Alley looked like an odd demented kitten when she said that. It was cute and disturbing and I wasn’t sure how to deal with it.
Dawn looked thoughtful for a moment and scanned the living room quickly. “I want you to sing your favorite song.”
“Okay. Can I use music for it?”
“Sure.” With that Alison headed for the stereo and fiddled with her MP3 player. She turned and smiled evilly. The music came on and Alison had grabbed a hair brush to use as a microphone. The song that came on was My Immortal by Evanescene. She was singing almost exactly like Amy Lee. Her voice was pretty good.
“When you cried I'd wipe away all of your tears/ When you'd scream I'd fight away all of your fears/ And I held your hand through all of these years/ But you still have/ All of me.” Once the piano part finished we all erupted into applause. It was a bit unexpected but then again maybe not. I knew she was big into the band and probably sang along with them. Certainly better than I could sing.
The bottle spun again and stopped at me. I swallowed deeply. Alison smirked and said, “Well, which is it?”
“Uhm…truth?” I was afraid of anything that she would come up with for a dare but I wasn’t exactly comfortable with the truth either.
“What made you try for the Sorority?”
Crap! What the hell was I going to say here? The answer, the real answer would expose me. Of everything I had thought up for my history, this was one of the few things I had actually ignored. Fuck! I needed to say something. “Well, my dad was against groups that he thought were unfair. I figured that the whole Sorority thing was a big unfair organization, so I figured I would try and get in. I chose the House randomly and started getting a hold of them. When they said they would tentatively accept me I was blown away, as I had figured that I would never get into anything like this. I am just going with the flow. This was never supposed to happen.”
A number of people nodded, as if they understood. Thinking about my dad and everything he meant to me I started to tear up. Several of the girls who were around me hugged me or at least rested a hand on me. It was comforting in a way I had never experienced as a guy. I kind of liked it. It was much more of a connection to these people. When I collected myself I spun the bottle.
“Okay Esperanza, truth or dare?”
“True.” she replied confidently.
“Okay, what type of Buddhism do you practice?” I didn’t know. All I really knew was that there were several different types of Buddhism out there.
“I follow Tibetan Buddhism. My Lama lives in town, which is nice, so I can see him several times a week, as opposed to once a month as it used to be. So, that’s nice. I chant the Heart Sutra several times a day and the Bodhisattva Avalokitesvara chant Om Mani Padme Hum.” She shrugged. “Anything else you want to know?”
“Nope. That works for me.” The bottle resumed it’s spin.
Devin was hit this time. “Truth.”
“What got you into collecting Barbie Dolls?”
“Well, a number of years ago they came out with a line of Princess dolls, in dress of different countries. I was looking for a present for my little brother and I saw them. I bought the Irish Princess first and then I ended up getting the whole line. They just impressed me, with the way they did the costumes and such. That’s it.” Devin blushed when she started and looked at the floor. Obviously this was a hobby she was used to getting teased over.
The next was Thuriya. “Dare.”
I raised my eyebrows at that. I hadn’t expected her to choose that at all. Devin smiled. It seemed like she had an idea. “I would like you to dance for us.”
Thuriya stood and closed her eyes, as if she were trying to hear some sort of internal music. She began to sway slowly and then she began to belly dance. It was pretty cool. After a minute of that she started to spin, her head cocked to the side. Her skirt flared out, a perfect bell around her. She spun and spun the tension in the room building. It was beautiful.
She slowed, stopped and curtseyed to us. The next spin went to Amy. “Dare.”
Thuriya handed over her hijab. “Please put this on and wear it for a while.”
Amy needed Thuriya’s help to get it on, but once on it looked kind of good. The head scarf itself was satin with a blue flower design. It seemed to go alright with Amy’s complexion.
The next spin ended up on me again. “Truth.”
“How far have you ever gotten with a guy?”
I began to blush, thinking of Paul and such. “Uhm…only kissing.”
“Really?”
I blushed some more and looked down at the floor as my feet were suddenly very interesting. I reached out and spun the bottle, not really caring where it landed.
“Truth.” said Brittany happily.
“What is the most embarrassing thing you have ever done?” It seemed to me like a good fall back and would certainly get the attention away from me.
“Wow…that’s a tough one. I guess the most embarrassing thing is when I was caught in bed with my boyfriend. We were having sex and he was close to cuming. Just then my father opened the door to my room saying something like, ‘Princess, we’re home.” The sheets are mostly off the bed, buck naked with John pounding away. John froze right there.
“Now my parents knew I was having sex so that wasn’t the big surprise, but rather that I was having it right then. My dad just stood there a moment and then started the interrogation, ‘So, what’s your name?’ John never pulled out, still thrust into me, frozen in place, answering my father’s questions. After a short while my mom comes in and joins the fun.
“John at that point looked like he was going to die. He had shrunk his way out of me and was still in the same position. I was blushing so hard it hurt. I covered up with my pillow and waited until this whole circus was over. It felt like it took forever, but it was probably closer to seven minutes.” She was blushing furiously at this point, her face amazingly red.
The next spin landed on Megan. She squeaked out, “Truth.”
Brittany’s eyes glinted evilly. “Have you ever read My Little Pony slash fic?”
Megan blushed and looked down while I asked, “Slash fic?”
“Yeah, it’s where you take to male or two female characters from a show and make a relationship with them. Sometimes it’s easy, like Sam and Frodo or Sirius and Remus. Other times, it takes a bit more work to create a plausible relationship. So Megan?” stated Brittany.
She nodded, unable to actually say anything. She spun the bottle and it ended up back at Dawn. “Truth.”
“Have you done any modeling?”
“Nope, but I had a lot of people try and talk me into it. I know I’m ‘pretty’ but that isn’t important. I shunned the popular crowd when they tried to drag me with them as I like my art. Now, I do have some posed photos…but you might not want to see them.”
“Why not?”
“Because that’s a different question.” teased Dawn.
Esperanza shrugged ad said, “Truth.”
“Did you loose your virginity in a nice way?”
Esperanza was quiet for a moment then replied. “No.”
She did not clarify the answer any and no one seemed willing to pry. She reached out for the bottle as Devin, who was sitting next to her rested a hand on her leg comfortingly. Alison got up and played hostess again, refilling our drinks. They were yummy.
It ended on Alison’s empty spot. “Hey Alley, truth or dare?”
“Dare!”
“You said you were a gymnast, so do something for us.”
Alleycat looked thoughtful, which looked cute with the pigtails and the cat ears. She looked at the space and smiled. “Well, I can’t really do a tumbling run in here but watch this. She did a slow back bend, her short skirt flipping down showing that she had red and black striped panties with a skull and cross bones on the crotch, saying ‘Arrr.”
Once she had touched the ground with her hands she came up into a handstand, turning slowly in a circle. The rear of her panties had the same skull and cross bones saying, ‘Me Booty.’ She then slowly bended until she came back standing. “Ta Dah!”
More applause. She was great and her panties were definitely enjoyable. The next spin landed on me again. Crap.
“Truth or Dare, Caitlin.”
“Truth.” There was no way I was going to do one of her dares. She was awesome but also a little scary.
“Are you a Virgin?”
“No, I’m not.”
Megan blinked a moment, as if processing things. Dawn just smiled as did Holly. Slowly it seemed to click through everyone’s minds. “Oh My God…you’re a lesbian?”
Unfortunately my response was not as cool as Dawn’s, I just blushed, which seemed like a popular answer. I spun the bottle a bit shaky. Maybe I should just stick with dares from now on?
Devin replied, “Dare.”
What should I do? Something not too bad. “How about you dance for us?”
She did not look too pleased with that choice but she went along with it. There was something on the radio that she began to move to. It was not graceful or terribly in time with the music. It was almost embarrassing to watch. Devin wasn’t looking at us and her face was almost tomato red. She just stopped dancing, returned to the circle and spun again, taking a big drink of her hairy navel refill.
Holly looked at the bottle, “Truth.”
“Why do you free climb?”
“Because it’s fun and challenging and I kind of get a rush over climbing something without anything to help you make it up is a lot of fun. You do have ropes to catch you if you fall, but they are only there for safety. I have done a few free solo climbs without rope and they were a rush, but I don’t climb slopes nearly as tough when I do that.”
I stood up and staggered my way to the bathroom. My bladder was quite full and seriously needed to be emptied. It felt really weird to pee through the sleeve and it felt like the pressure was not really dropping, as the sleeve wasn’t making it easier to pee quickly. It was starting to hurt. I stopped breathing and yanked the damn thing off, frustrated, buzzed and in need of a good pee.
As my bladder relaxed from the contents under pressure and I sighed in relief I realized that I was holding my vagina in my hand and that the straps were broken.
I blinked a few times, staring disbelievingly at the piece of latex and hair that had been so carefully crafted by Meredith. The first thought was that she was going to kill me. After that one came the realization that I was stuck at this party without the protection that the fake vagina gave me.
Oh crap!
The slumber party rolls on and Caitlin has to deal with more Truth or Dare, the loss of her gaff, sleeping arrangements and so much more. If that weren't enough the Hairy Navels are making her a bit stupid. More fun for her.
Disclaimer
This is a work of fiction. There should be no way that these characters are like anyone else, but if that isn’t the case, it has definitely been unintentional. Also, if you happen to find that your life is represented in these pages, I’ll be impressed.
Sorority Boy
By poetheather
Chap 11
I stared at the strip of latex in my hand in horror. This piece of latex was meant to provide me with the support and security that simply tucking wouldn’t. What the fuck could I do? I was going to get caught, the other girls would be in an uproar and the House would need to bring up charges against me to cover themselves. Crap, crap, crap!
I frantically scanned the bathroom for something, anything. I had no idea what I was looking for, just something to help with things. I looked in the shower, in the medicine chest and then I opened the cabinets under the sink. I stared at the bag for a moment trying to put my thoughts together. This might work, or at least give me more protection than I might have otherwise. I didn’t want to loose my friends and I would do anything to keep them.
My hand shook some as I reached for the bag. Part of this squicked me, as these were to collect bloody bodily fluids that I didn’t have. Of course, right now, that didn’t matter. This was a certain case of safety first.
The pad was not terribly thick, saying something on the bag about regular, but it would most certainly do the job. I looked at it, figuring out its use pretty easily. I undid the tapes and got it settled correctly in my panties. I pulled them up, tucking myself as much as I could, stretching my penis toward the back as much as possible. I made sure they were snug, put the latex in my pocket and headed back to everyone else.
Since I told them I needed a refill, which got a few giggling, I headed towards the kitchen where my bag was. I tucked the latex vagina in one of the pockets and headed in to get myself another drink. I found myself in another conundrum. Did I want more alcohol or something else? I stood there a moment before deciding that something not alcoholic would be the better choice. I just might need my wits about me as the night went on.
I got some Coke and sat back down. The game had paused while I had gone to the bathroom. Holly waited until I was actually seated before she gave the bottle a spin. It slowed and stopped pointing at me. Fuck! “Uh…Dare.”
Holly smiled; it looked evil from where I was sitting. “Okay. What I want you to do is let Alison here dress you all goth.”
A number of people liked the idea. I was a bit worried as that meant I had to undress in front of her. Alley Cat bounded to her feet and took my hand. “Come with me.”
I was dragged into her room and she headed to her closet. She hemmed and hurmed a bit, looking at things. We were close to the same size but not exactly. She finally gave out a loud, “Ah-hah!”
She pulled out this gothic Lolita dress that was similar to one she had worn earlier but not quite. It had ruffles and lace and was cute in an odd sort of way. How would this look on me, since I didn’t have dark hair and I had never worn anything like this ever before. Plus the dress looked like it would come down to mid-thigh and might expose my panties, which might expose me. “Uh…”
“Don’t worry, you’ll look great. Just undress and put this on. Usually I wear a pair of ruffled panties with this, so you can put them on over yours. And stockings, you gotta have the stockings.” Alley headed over to her drawers and pulled out a pair of white thigh highs.
I undressed, feeling very self-conscious. She handed me the ruffled panties, which I pulled on. Then the thigh highs, then she lowered the dress onto me. It was a bit poofy, and didn’t sit flat against me. Alison stared at me intently, as if trying to figure out if there was anything missing. I squirmed a bit under the intense scrutiny.
“Nope. You look good. Come on, let’s give everyone a good look.”
I felt really shy when I followed her back out to the living room.
Everyone smiled at me. There were a couple of comments about how cute I looked and that was that. I sat carefully, trying to keep my panties from being totally visible. I managed it, but only by doing it slower than I usually would have sat.
I spun the bottle and it landed on Devin. She smiled, “Truth.”
“What’s the most embarrassing thing that has ever happened to you?” Sure someone else had asked that, but I couldn’t think of anything else as I was still a bit flustered from the vagina breaking.
“Well, I guess that would have to be the time when my then boyfriend found out about my Barbie collection. I had been going to his house all the time, as I really didn’t want to take a chance on him discovering that. However, my parents invited him over to dinner one night, so I couldn’t really get out of it.
“I kept trying to avoid taking him upstairs and showing him my room, but my mother insisted that I show him around the house. I think I started blushing around that point, getting brighter the closer we got to my room. When I opened the door to my room and showed him it, he sort of goggled at the sight. The fact that I had so many Barbie dolls caused some issues, as he started calling me Skipper after that. I dumped him over that but good was it embarrassing to have to show him my room.” She gave the bottle a spin and it ended up pointing at Brittany.
Brittany confidently stated, “Dare.”
Devin looked ponder some. “Do you know the musical Rent?”
This apparently confused the girl. “Uh…yeah.”
“Okay. Alison, do you have a pair of hand cuffs?”
“Yep.”
“I’ll need them for this. Brittany, I dare you to do the lawn chair hand cuff dance to the sound of iced tea being stirred.”
We all started laughing, as the look on Brittany’s face was priceless. Alison came out of her bedroom with a pair of cuffs dangling from her thumb. Someone grabbed a dining room chair and put it where everyone else had danced. Brittany was looking thoughtful as she headed over to the chair. With a snap the cuffs were closed and Brittany was trapped to the chair. Holly had gotten up and had grabbed an iced tea and a spoon. She smiled, “Ready?”
Brittany nodded and Holly started stirring, with the spoon clanking against the glass and the ice. The dance was awesome and funny as hell. There was a great deal of applause after that. Holly handed the iced tea to her after Alison released her from the chair. With a big smile the girl drank the tea and said, “That’s refreshing.”
Holly cleared her throat, which got everyone’s attention. “Well, that’s enough of that game. We have another movie to watch and then we can get ready for bed.”
We all shifted our seats, trying to get into a good position while Holly had gotten something from her bag. I could tell that this made several of us nervous. It started and several of us laughed.
The movie was called Sorority Girls and the Creature from Hell. It was a really stupid horror movie that wasn’t really all that scary. Mostly we MST3K’d the story and mocked a great deal. It felt good to laugh this much. We were bonding and that was a good thing.
After the film, the clothes changing began.
I kept myself farther back in line as people were using Alison’s bedroom or her bathroom to change. I thought about the nightgown I had. Maybe I should have gone to the store and gotten something else to wear, something that was less revealing, and something that didn’t really cling to the body. The fact that I might just become untucked scared me beyond belief. I mean, I really liked these people and I really didn’t want to loose them.
The outfits ranged from slightly risqué to fairly modest. Amazingly enough mine was rather tame. Alison’s was naturally like something out of Dracula or something and Dawn’s baby doll number fit her as well. I mean for someone who said she wasn’t a model she did do what she could to look pretty. Maybe she was a kind of girly tomboy sort of person…maybe? Or maybe I was just over thinking as usual. Sometimes I let my thought go a bit too far and that almost always got me into trouble.
I changed and made sure the pad was keeping me well tucked. It certainly looked like it. I breathed a sigh of relief at that. Not having to worry as much about getting caught would allow me to relax and get back to having fun. I headed back out to the living room and people had kind of broken up into groups, talking.
I headed over to Alison, who was busy talking with Dawn and Esperanza. “Hey.”
“Hey.” replied Alley. “So Esperanza, do you go by anything else, like a nickname? Cause your name can be somewhat of a mouthful. Maybe something like E or something?”
Esperanza shook her head. “No, at least nothing in English, or anything I would like to be called. Why? Do you think I need something?”
Dawn chuckled. “I don’t think so, but calling you E occasionally might be fine. I mean it’s not like it’s derogatory or something.”
“I suppose. What do you think Caitlin?”
“Well, nicknames can be okay as long as they aren’t anything mean or such. My best friend calls me Cait, so it’s not that bad. I just can’t think of a way to shorten Esperanza, can you?” I wanted to be honest, as nicknames were a button issue with me. I mean, after years of being called gay boy, or Dick or such I really wasn’t a fan of anything that was mean spirited or cruel. So far, E wasn’t too bad, for a nickname.
“No, I can’t think of one. I think I can be okay with E and Alison here goes by Alley Cat. We have Cait here, so what’s your nickname then Dawn?” Esperanza turned the tables, shifting the focus from her to Dawn.
“Uhm…people just call me Dawn. Never had a nickname, except for what my dad called me.” She blushed slightly, which made it clear that her Dad’s nickname for her had to be good.
“What was that?” prodded Alison.
“I’d really rather not say.” The color was growing in Dawn’s cheeks. This had to be good.
“It has to be a really great name for her to get this embarrassed over it and refuse to tell us.” stated Esperanza.
Dawn’s blush deepened. “I’d really rather not say. Please.”
“Okay. No problem, but you will tell us at some point.” said Alison. “But you don’t have to tell us now. But next Truth or Dare, you bet that’s gonna be asked.”
“Okay, fine, just so long as I don’t have to say it now, okay?” Dawn really seemed uncomfortable.
“Sure. No problem. So…what did you used to do back in High School?” asked Alison, working to change the topic.
Dawn shook her head. “That was pretty cheesy. Can we just talk and not have to choose topics?”
“Sure. Works for me.” I said, as I really didn’t want to get into High School any way. I hadn’t really worked through that and how I would answer any questions. High School had been bad enough, but rethinking High School as if I had been a girl was proving to be a bit difficult. I needed to talk to Becca about it, but I was here and not there. I would certainly rather avoiding anything that might make me get discovered.
“Okay. Hey, do you think me should have a pillow fight, just to live up to the fantasies of the patriarchy?”
We all stopped and stared at Alison. “What? It would be fun.”
A few of the girls groaned and I just sort of chuckled. It seemed that the idea was not well received. Alley pouted some but brightened when talk turned to sex. “So Dawn, who are you dating now, a boy or a girl?”
“I have a girlfriend right now. We hooked up this summer but I’m not sure it’s gonna last, as she isn’t going to the school here. For me the person is what’s sexy, not just the package.” Dawn smiled. “Why, you interested?”
Esperanza blushed at that, embarrassed for opening that can of worms. “Uhm…no…I mean…uh…”
“I wouldn’t mind.” piped up Alison. “I am like totally into the person, since people are sexy and not just innies or outies.”
There was some chuckling at that. I was really not sure how to answer that as the conversation was in that border area where I might just get into trouble over the truth. “And you Caitlin, you into innies, outies or both?”
“Uhm, innies but I did have fun on my date with someone who’s an outie.” I could feel my face warm.
“That’s cool. You Esperanza?” asked Dawn.
“Outies all the way. Innies aren’t my thing, they do nothing for me.” Esperanza wasn’t blushing now and seemed to be teasing back. “I mean, don’t you just like the feel of an innie in your outie?”
This busted up Dawn and Alison, but I was a little squicked. I mean, my only outie was my…well…yeah, anyway, and the thought of anything entering me made me a little queasy. Esperanza patted me on the back. “That’s okay. Not everyone gets the outie thing.”
Being gay did seem to have its uses, but was I gay? I mean I am a guy, well sort of, well, bigenderal, and I like having sex with women but kissing Paul was nice. Which was homosexual? Which was heterosexual? I shook my head, not wanting to deal with thoughts like that. I was here to have fun and get to know people, not spend my time brooding.
A number of the girls were starting to yawn. Holly said, “Let’s call it a night, and if you’re still not tired talk quietly.”
“Okay. Oh, hey, I have room on my bed for another person and the bed folds out. I also have some mattress pads for cushioning. So, anyone want to join me or should we spin for it?” Alison seemed somewhat awake.
I was okay sleeping on the floor, alone, and unmolested but somehow I ended up in the spin off for sleeping with Alison. She looked at the crowd, as if trying to decide and then closed her eyes, concentrating. The bottle spun and ended up pointing at me. Crap.
She opened her eyes, saw where it pointed and said, “Yes!”
The bed was pulled out, cushions handed around and I followed Alley into her room, where the deadly spiders lived. It made me nervous but Alley seemed to have things under control.
“Want the wall? That way you are farther from any possible arachnid invasion?” asked Alison gently, trying not to wind me up.
I nodded.
“Great. Go on…schootch in.” I climbed into the bed carefully, making sure that the nightgown covered everything. Of all the dumbass things I have done, getting into bed with her like this was near the top. Why me?
She grabbed a some what large goth doll with near dreadlocked hair, kind of like Raggedy Anne on crack. It was cute, in a scary gothy sort of way, but certainly not something I would buy for myself or Meredith.
We got in and lay back staring at the ceiling. It glittered some from what looked like glow in the dark stars under the sheer curtains. The affect was pretty neat and I did like that a lot. We lay there quietly for a while and I listened to her breathing, a bit too scared to go to sleep yet.
“Caitlin?”
“Yes?”
“Thank you. If it hadn’t been for you talking to me and helping me have the courage to go through with this I would never have met everyone. Thank you so much.” She rolled over and gave me a big hug, pulling me close to her, or maybe shifting closer to me.
“You’re welcome. It was my pleasure. Besides, it helped me meet you.”
She giggled and hugged me tighter. I could feel me breasts squish uncomfortably against me. It actually kind of hurt. Alison pulled back and I could barely make out her face. It look confused or concerned or something. I couldn’t make out all the details easily.
“Uhm…Caitlin?”
“Yes?”
“Is there some sort of reason that you are wearing breast forms?”
“Uh…uhm…uh…er…uh…well…uh…” Shit, shit, shit, what the fuck was I going to say? What the hell would work here? My mind was blank and I lay there, mouth wide and my eyes darting for some sort of escape or answer, I wasn’t sure.
“There is, isn’t there? You freaked at the Mexican restaurant when I gave you the note that said I know and calmed a lot faster than expected when I said I knew you and Merri were a couple. What else is there for me to know?”
“Uhm…er…well…uh…ehh…er…” What the fuck could I say? Shit! If only Meredith were here, or even Becca.
“Let me guess…your trans, aren’t you?” Her voice was calm and even, as if pointing out her argument logically.
Oh, Fuck!! I was screwed.
XXXXXXXXXXX
Just a quick note to everybody. I will not be writing any Sorority Boy for the month of November as I will be busy doing NaNoWriMo again this year. I have a nice Trans story in mind and it should be fun. I wanted to leave you guys with two larger than normal chapters to tide you over until then. Take care and I will be on-line occasionally, so feel free to send me a note.
See you all again in December.
Caitlin has more fallout from the sleepover and dealing with the first day of classes. Too many things are running through his head and he's not quite sure what to do about it.
Disclaimer
This is a work of fiction. There should be no way that these characters are like anyone else, but if that isn’t the case, it has definitely been unintentional. Also, if you happen to find that your life is represented in these pages, I’ll be impressed.
Sorority Boy
By poetheather
Chap 12
“So I take it by the deer in the headlight look that I am right?” asked Alison.
Oh fuck fuck fuck fuck fuck fuck fuck…
“Caitlin?”
Oh fuck fuck fuck fuck fuck fuck fuck…
“Caitlin, stop freaking out. I’m not freaking am I?”
Oh fuck fuck fuck fuck fuck fuck fuck…
“Oh for the love of…Caitlin, if I have to raise my voice the others will hear what’s going on. If that happens I’ll have to explain this to them. Do you want that?” she asked, staring me right in the eye.
I struggled to calm my breathing down, to stop panicking. “Uh…”
“Yes?”
“Uh…I can explain.” She sat there expectantly, looking at me calmly, without disgust. That surprised me. I thought for sure she would hate me. I explained to her how this had come to pass and all of that, I mean what recourse did I have in this situation?
She sat there calmly and smiled a bit. “I knew this would be a fun story but damn Caitlin, that’s pretty awesome. I won’t tell anyone if you don’t want me to and if it hadn’t been the way the breasts felt I would never have known. You do this really well.”
A compliment? She gave me a compliment? But why, when I had sort of lied to her? Obviously the look on my face was clear.
“It’s okay. You’re my friend and that won’t change. Okay?”
I nodded, still stunned by everything. Alison smiled at me. “Let’s get some sleep. I’m tired and tomorrow is today.”
It took me a long time to fall asleep, my mind awhirl. I had been caught and I wasn’t in trouble? What? How did that happen exactly?
* * * * *
When I woke up the bed was empty. That gave me a brief moment of panic when last nights events entered my mind again. I had been caught out and now what the hell was I supposed to do? Not having a clue what to do I commandeered the bathroom and got changed.
Several of the others were asleep still so it was just Alison, Thuriya, Dawn and myself currently awake. Alison had made coffee and the smell was pervading the apartment with its wonderful smell. I headed there and filled a cup, adding the sugar in the raw and the heavy whipping cream that Alison had. My first sip made me sigh happily.
Dawn quipped, “Well, good morning to you too.”
“Sorry. Coffee needed to be had.”
“That reminds me of something rather blasphemous but funny in my opinion. What do you guys know of Islam?” replied Thuriya, looking amused.
“Bits and pieces. Why?” said Alison, taking a sip of her coffee.
“Okay. Do you know the profession of faith?”
The three of us all blinked at each other ad it was clear that we had no clue at all. Thuriya rolled her eyes and kept going. “It goes, There is no god but Allah and Muhammad is his Prophet. La illah bil Allah wa Muhammud rasul Allah. Now I first heard this in Arabic but I won’t repeat it that way, too close to the profession of faith. But it goes like this, There is no coffee but Coffee and Mocha is her Prophet.”
She tittered and the rest of us chuckled. It was funny but I had no idea how to take it. Was that going to get her into trouble? Alison seemed to really appreciate it. “Nice.”
“It’s stupid but I thought it was funny. In Arabic there is more of a play on the sounds of words in there, but that would be taking it too far in my opinion.”
Alison smirked. “I really never expected to hear anyone make a joke that used the metrical pattern of that particular phrase. I like it.”
“Maybe I’m not awake enough. I’m not sure I got it.” I admitted.
Dawn chuckled. “Have some more coffee, you’ll get it in no time.”
Esperanza came out at that point. “Morning everyone. Do you have any OJ Alison?”
The goth nodded and pulled out a carton. The Hispanic girl filled a glass and then took a drink. “Nice.”
Esperanza stretched and groaned as the muscles moved. The view was lovely but it also somehow reminded me of Meredith. I missed sleeping with her and I sure as hell needed to let her know that I had been found out. This was scary and I had to act like everything was normal.
While I fretted, Alison and Dawn got out some supplies and were making something. I glanced over and it looked like they were making pancake batter from scratch. “Do you guys need any help?”
Alleycat shrugged. “Set the table? No, just set out the plates and stuff. That way people can grab what they want. The syrup is in that cabinet.”
I got things set up, with Esperanza’s help. It wasn’t much but then again, who was I to look cross-eyed at from scratch pancakes. The smells of both coffee and pancakes began to permeate the other slumbering figures and they began to stir. They wiped sleep from their eyes and took in the lovely smells. Dawn called out, “Come and get it. First batch is up.”
I watched the first surge of girls. They grabbed some pancakes and moved on. Alison and Dawn had alternated their timing so that it almost seemed as if there were an unending stream of pancakes coming out. Finally I had mine and they were good. Certainly not the best I had ever had, which I kind of thought was a given, but they were tasty. And Alison had splurged on real maple syrup. Breakfast was a great goodness.
Things wrapped up and we all parted as friends, or at least on the path to becoming friends. That was good. I left early, wanting to get to Meredith and let her know what had happened. She could help me. She seemed to know how to deal with most anything and in a way this was her fault. She was the one who did everything to change me into the girl I was.
I headed up to the room and collapsed on the bed. This whole situation was getting more and more crazy by the moment. What was I going to do?
“Hey there sweetie, have fun?” Meredith came in and kissed me. It was nice and definitely what I needed at that moment.
“Merri, Alison knows.” I figured that it would be easier if I just said it outright.
Meredith sighed. “Crap. What the hell happened?”
I gave her a brief outline of the events and handed over the broken vagina. Meredith blinked in surprise. “You broke it?”
“Yes. I broke my vagina.” In the pause right after what I said we both clicked on what had just come out of my mouth and we just started laughing. That was absurd, but it was totally my life.
“I can fix this and make it better. Are you okay with that?”
“Yes please. I feel much more relaxed knowing that visually I can fake it for a short while.”
That was one of the things I found strangest about the whole situation. If I had the vagina on then I felt more like a woman and more like I could fake this. It was like a safety blanket for my gender. I know the idea was crazy but it was the best I could do right now.
I grabbed my book and found my usual place to curl up in the sun and read. School was getting ready to start and my life was falling apart. Well, maybe that wasn’t what was going on but it sure as hell felt like that. I let Hayden take me away to another world and didn’t dwell on this one.
* * * * *
I was nervous as I got dressed. Finally after all this time, the first day of classes had arrived. I was starting college as a girl and that was a bit disturbing, but mostly I was nervous about classes. My first class of the day was Introduction to Women’s Studies and I had no idea what the hell that entailed. One of the other girls in the House was with me, but I didn’t know her very well.
As I sat down I realized that maybe I shouldn’t have worn a skirt today. Maybe I should have worn jeans or shorts or something more androgynous. I was shifting in my seat uncomfortably. I was the only guy in the classroom and there was no way anyone could tell that I was one. I was a young woman starting college, and the cognitive dissonance of that hurt my brain.
The professor seemed nice but very intense. Apparently the field was broad, due to focusing on the role and nature of woman through art, history, science and other fields. It seemed fascinating, and certainly preferable to what was next, which was math. Math and I just didn’t really get along. I could never remember the order in which you solved problems and I never could remember some of the formulae. It was one of my few banes in school.
My last class was art appreciation. We leapt right into the lecture after she covered the syllabus, showing us slides of various works of art, giving us a quick overview of the subject. It seemed interesting and I was hoping that I would be able to remember all the things that were getting thrown at me. Thankfully tomorrow would be my light day, with only History and English as my only classes. This was all so confusing.
I got back to the House and headed to the kitchen for something to drink. Some of the tea would be last night and the House Mother almost always had a pitcher of it available. Once I filled a glass I went outside and just relaxed in one of the lounge chairs. Gah…what a day. It wasn’t quite information overload but between juggling the information on the different classes and trying to remember everything I needed to be a girl I just wanted to relax for a bit. I had to do the study hall thing tonight so I wasn’t all that stressed about getting in to my homework already.
I sipped the tea and felt the warmth of the sun leach into me. It was nice and I could almost fall asleep. What the hell was I going to do about the Alison situation? Meredith had implied that I should just stop fretting over it as it hadn’t sounded like Alison was going to make an issue of it. I just felt so unsure about things. Getting caught was uncomfortable enough, but not knowing what to say was almost worse. What should I do?
The question plagued me quite a bit as I slowly drifted to sleep in the sun.
Caitlin is worried about the fall out that her outing would cause. Alison and Meredith corner her in order to have a conversation about what's going on. Can she do this without another panic attack?
I’m not so sure I would be handling things well if it weren’t for the fact that there was a mandatory study session in the House, to ensure that we were doing our work. That wasn’t too bad but there were too many thoughts, too many ideas, too many facts, too many people that were getting involved in my life. I just wanted to scream as I was so overwhelmed. I was also waiting for the other shoe to drop, for Alison to pass on what she had discovered at the party to all the other girls. That it hadn’t happened yet only increased my nervousness on the matter. Meredith told me it was going to be okay but I was sure it wasn’t. Needless to say I was stressed.
Thursday, after the study session Alison caught up to me before I managed to scamper upstairs to hide from the rest of the world. “Caitlin, wait up.”
I paused, shaking inside. She caught up and smiled at me in her usual friendly manner. She looked adorable with her hair in ponytails, and they bobbed nicely when she moved. “I wanted to talk to you and it seems like you’ve been avoiding me lately.”
I nodded. She frowned a bit at my reaction and sort of dragged me into the sitting room, away from everyone else. It was clear that she was upset and that made me worry even more about the fallout of the discovery. “Caitlin, what is wrong with you?”
“I’m scared.” I admitted. I just might as well get this all out into the open since she wanted to talk.
“Of what? Me?” The goth girl looked a bit shocked by that. “Why?”
“Don’t give me that. When’s the other shoe going to drop?” I accused.
This only seemed to confuse things even more in her head. “What?”
Now it was my turn to get confused. Was she really unable to follow this? She knew that my stress was due to her discovery…right? “You know…telling everyone else?”
“Telling them what? Caitlin, what are you going on about?” Alison cocked her head and looked rather confuzzled and this conversation was going nowhere fast.
Surely she knew what I had been talking about…right? It hadn’t been that long since she had discovered that I was a guy, so why wasn’t she understanding me? What was going on? “About my little…you know…problem?”
Alison blinked at me a few times, trying to process things. I could see it all connect when she looked up at me quizzically. “What about it? Who cares? I wanted to talk to you about getting some help memorizing the history information for this weekend.”
“Hunh? You’re not going to tell anyone?”
“Why should I? It’s your business. I support you, what else matters?”
This conversation had not gone anywhere I had expected it to go. I was completely stunned and had no idea what to say. Thankfully I was rescued by Meredith. “Hey Caitlin, there you are. You took off so fast after the study session that I lost track of you. Hey Alley. Just heading up to the room to watch something, want to join us?”
The goth smiled at the invitation. “Sure. Sounds like a good idea.”
I just nodded and followed along. Meredith and Alison were chatting casually on their way up and I was busy trying to make sense of everything that had just happened. She didn’t care? How could she not care? I was a guy pretending to be something I was not, or at least that’s how it started. The lines were starting to get blurred now and I wasn’t sure what to do about it. I said I would do this, and even if I was afraid I would stop being a man, which I was, I had given my word. I would hold up my end of the bargain and I knew that the House would hold up theirs. No, I was doing this but I had really no earthly idea what it was doing to me in return. That part did bother me a lot.
Once we were in the room, Meredith closed and locked the door, standing with her back against it clearly cutting off the main escape route. This got both Alley’s and my attention. “Okay…Alison…are you going to spill the beans about Caitlin here?”
“No.”
“Why not?” It was a reasonable question and one I wanted to know the answer to as well.
“Like I told her, it’s her choice. The whole Goth community is filled with a great deal of gender fluidity, so this is not unusual to me. This is simply no big deal. Besides, Caitlin spoke to me when she didn’t have to and made friends with me when she didn’t have to. That would make me a crap friend if I didn’t have her back when she needed that.” Alison looked very adamant at that.
“So…are we good?” asked Meredith casually.
“We’re good. Relax Caitlin, you’re my friend and I won’t risk it over something so minor.”
“Minor?” What the hell was minor about this? Here I was, freaking out and she called it minor? What the hell would it take to have something that she might call major?
“Yes, minor. I like your reasoning for doing this. It’s pretty noble. You make a really cute girl and if I hadn’t known several transpeople through the whole Goth scene I would never have figured it out. So chill out.” Alison smiled at me and that helped some.
I sat heavily on the bed, sighing, suddenly tired. “Sorry. This whole thing seems anything but minor to me. This whole thing caused me to have a major panic attack and now this…I’m just not sure I can take much more of this.”
Meredith looked worriedly at me. She rested on hand on my shoulder. “Do you need to quit? We can do that if you need to. Sarah would back that medically if needed, to make it no harm no foul. You know none of us would hold this against you and none of us would stop being your friends. That’s why we’re worried about you.”
I smiled weakly. It really was nice of her to offer that and I knew tat I wouldn’t have any grief from the House should that happen. “I know. It’s just that it’s been so easy to loose myself in being Caitlin that I am forgetting about being Richard. I am pretty okay with all of this and that scares me. Part of me is screaming that this is wrong and part of me thinks it’s neat. Everything in between is just confused. Why can’t life be simple?”
Alison actually started laughing at this which sort of pissed me off. I was baring my soul here. “Gods, who would want their life to be simple? Even if we reincarnate, is that a good reason to live a placid and boring life? Why not have a life filled with…well life? I want my life to be crazy and exciting and interesting and complex and full of wonder. Why should you settle for less than everything?”
This got Meredith smiling and nodding and I had to admit that it did make a measure of sense. That might help me in dealing with this. It surely couldn’t hurt. “Okay…I understand that. But I just don’t want my idea of who I am to be as complex as it is right now. I am pulled between being a man and being a woman and generally it’s really uncomfortable. Sometimes I can get out of my head long enough to just accept things the way they are, which I like. Right now I want to live as a girl, to experience this as it is presented but I can’t turn that male part of me off and it makes me skittish as hell.”
“So why bother trying? If it won’t shut up, use it.” Alison was making sense but I wasn’t sure that was what I wanted to hear, which made me wonder if I was looking to fail.
“Fine. But I have no idea how.” That might buy me a moment or two in order to think all of this madness through. Again.
Both Meredith and Alison looked at me and then back at each other. They shrugged and I sighed, so much for solving that issue. It was a relief that Alley had no intention to do anything about the whole gender thing. She seemed cool with it and that helped me relax and try to get back to that place of equilibrium I had managed to reach before the party. Maybe I needed to talk to a shrink, to help me get my head where it needed to be? That might make this whole experiment easier to deal with in the long run. “Okay. Better now. But I think I need to see someone to talk things over with.”’
“You mean like a shrink?” asked Alison.
I nodded.
She smiled. “Okay. I can ask my friend Calpernia if she knows any gender specialists in the area.”
“Calpernia?” I was really confused with that name. What kind of name was that?
“Yeah. It’s a really good goth name. Calpernia Moriarity. She’s trans as well and used to live here. She preformed in some drag shows and was really good.” replied Alley.
Meredith nodded in thought. “I think that a gender specialist would probably be really helpful to you. If you want I can come with you the first time and help explain things?”
“Please? I’m nervous enough about this without having to stress over that as well. Besides, who would believe this without support? It’s not like I would be going in and saying that I was trans, but this sure as hell looks trans-ish to me.”
The others had to agree with that. That topic closed thankfully and we turned to the much more important issue of choosing a movie to watch. Alison and Meredith were discussing the finer points of several films quite heatedly, trying to prove why one film was better than another. After fifteen minutes of discussion they finally settled on Moulon Rouge. I was a bit hesitant about the whole musical thing, but they didn’t really give me the option. Hell, like I’d really had an option in months.
The costumes were lavish, the singing was intense and now I can never listen to “Like a Virgin” again without it triggering flashbacks. The Tango Roxanne had been incredibly intense as well. I was stunned. It had been an incredible roller coaster ride and I was wiping away tears by the end. The film had been worth the whole being forced to watch it.
It affected my dreams however and I kept playing both the male and female leads, which was rather confusing as I ended up without a clue who I was, Christian or Satine. The dancing around in dresses, the hair, the everything was so vivid that it almost felt like I wasn’t dreaming at all, that I was really there, being held in strong arms. The screeching alarm clock dissuaded me of that idea soon enough however. I groaned and swatted the clock. Time to get to classes.
Caitlin gets some things off her chest and begins the process of getting some help. But things are never really that easy for her...right?
Disclaimer:
This is a work of fiction. There should be no way that these characters are like anyone else, but if that isn’t the case, it has definitely been unintentional. Also, if you happen to find that your life is represented in these pages, I’ll be impressed.
I smiled at her nervously. I was actually here at a shrink’s office. My heart was beating like a mile a minute. Meredith squeezed my hand in support and that helped me calm down some. “Pleased to meet you.”
“I was told you needed to see someone about some gender issues. Do you really think that becoming a man will make you feel better?”
I couldn’t help myself as I just started laughing. Meredith started in at that point as I was laughing like I had heard the funniest thing in the world. She was trying to explain the basics of the situation and I was trying to stop laughing. It was a lot harder than I thought it would be. For some reason the whole idea of me pretending to be a girl pretending to be a boy was just too much.
I finally wiped the tears from my eyes and sighed, all laughed out for the moment. Dr. Wallace smiled at me. “So I see you have managed to get yourself into a bit of a fix.”
“Yeah, I did. But I actually kind of like it. I like the girls I am hanging out with and I don’t want to lose them as friends.” I admitted.
“Why would you lose them as friends if you went back to being a boy?” It was a valid question and one that had run through my mind before.
“Well, first off, I had very few friends when I was Richard. I mean, no one liked to hang out with me and I was pretty much a loner. Secondly, if I let those other girls in on the secret I would probably get beat up or something. I hate the lying but the alternative might be worse.” It was something I was worried about.
“So you are doing this because you now have friends?” The doctor asked in clarification.
“I think it is a valid reason. I mean I had one friend through high school and that was it. A lot of people knew me but no one really wanted to be my friend. It sucked. And now dressed like this I have a bunch of friends. It’s incredible. I really love it.”
“But are they your friends or Caitlin’s?”
“Uhm…” I had to think about that. Were they still my friends if I were dressed this way? Alley seemed to be my friend and she knew. All the girls in the House knew. The only friends I had who were Caitlin’s exclusively were the other girls in the pledge class. “Most of them are my friends, which I know is a bit weird. I’m not acting like anyone but myself. I am wearing different clothes but who I am at the end of the day is the same.”
“Okay. That is pretty good. But what about your whole feeling like you’re not sure who you are anymore? And the panic attacks?” she asked me, arching an eyebrow.
“I guess I’m still trying to get used to living a girl’s life. Half of my mind is okay with it, the other half is freaking out, and I have a lot of cognitive dissonance over this whole thing that is making me absolutely crazy. I just want to find some way to get past all of this stress and tension I am feeling because of this. I gave my word to do this and I plan on sticking to that. I just want to be able to relax over it. I’m tired of stressing out over this particular topic.” That really was all I wanted, just to be able to relax over all of this. Was that really such a difficult prospect?
“Have you thought abut the reason that you are probably having this cognitive dissonance is that you are living a lie?”
“How is this a lie? I am still me, just in different clothes.” I countered.
“But with make up, a different hair cut and different social roles that you are expected to conform to. Maybe these things are what are causing you so many problems?”
That make me pause and think some more. Was what I was doing making my life so crazy? I knew I didn’t have to follow through with this and medical reasons would be a good reason to quit but it just didn’t feel right. “Dr. Wallace, my dad taught me that men and women weren’t really all that different, that a lot of things came down to how they were treated by others and what others expected of them. There is nothing in that which states that they choose to act differently, but society experts them to act different. I think that is pretty damn stupid. I have chosen to walk a mile in women’s shoes, to experience what they experience. I don’t like people being treated unfairly and if this helps me better understand what they are going through than why not do it?”
It was her turn to sit there and think, which I was fine with. “It is admirable to get to know how other people live and especially if you believe in equality. Now, do you really think you are living a girl’s life?”
I shrugged. “It’s about as close as I can get without surgery and hormones.”
“And you don’t want those?”
“Christ no. I am doing this because I said I would and that’s it. I don’t really want to be a girl, but for now this is my life. I’m okay with that.” And the sad thing is that I am okay with all of this. “I just want to find a way to come to better term with this and to find some better ways to relax.”
“I think I can help you there. At this point I don’t think you need any medication but I have a number of suggestions as to what might help. Do you exercise?”
“Yes. I do aerobics and some yoga.”
“Good. That’s an easy stress relief plan right there. What about meditation?”
“Uhm…no, but I do know someone who can teach me.” Knowing a Buddhist was a good thing at this moment.
“Have you thought about doing something like knitting?” she asked.
Knitting? Like making things out of string? That could be a stress reliever? Really? “I hadn’t even thought about that.”
“Well, it is a traditionally feminine hobby and you often end up with thinks you can keep or give to people. However, painting, writing, all sorts of arts can help you keep your stress levels down. So you might want to think about starting something like that.”
“I think I’ll look into that. Thanks.”
“It’s what I’m here for. Now for a while I think I need to see you weekly, in order to make sure you are adjusting to things well. If after a month or so these things haven’t helped I may need to put you on something to calm you down. Okay?” she said.
I nodded my head. That sounded workable. “Sure Dr. Wallace. I think I can live with that.”
“Okay. So does this time work for you?”
“Yeah, it does.”
“Good. Than I will see you next week at this same time. Take care Caitlin.”
“You too Doctor.” As I left I was feeling better. Her questions had given me something to focus on and helped me to get a different perspective on this whole thing. I was really hoping that it would help me feel better in the long run.
“So was that good for you?” asked Meredith.
“Surprisingly, yes. I think she just might be able to help me cope with these things.” I replied, feeling about fifty pounds lighter.
“Good. A lot of us have been worried about you over this. So long as you feel better and are okay with things I for one will be relieved.”
“Well, I do feel better. Let’s go get some coffee. I want a break before I get to work on homework.”
The two of us stopped by a local coffee place, Morgan’s, and got a couple of Mochas. One thing I do love about being a girl is that I can drink whatever I want and I won’t be judged by it. I’ve seen guys getting looked at funny for ordering mochas so being able to order one without getting stared at was a good thing. It wasn’t fair but not everything is better in skirts, so I guess it balances out.
While we were there, I spotted Esperanza. We hustled over to where she was sitting drinking tea. “Hey there.”
“Good afternoon. How are you guys doing?”
“Not too bad. I saw you and wanted to come over and say Hi. That and I had a question for you.”
“What?” she asked, cocking her head to the side some.
“Well…can you teach me how to meditate?” I could feel myself blushing as I asked that.
“Sure. That would be no problem. We can do that tonight after the study session.”
“Great. I am looking forward to that. I’m hoping that it might help me destress.”
She laughed. “Yeah, it is good for that. I always feel nice and relaxed afterwards. It can’t hurt things, you know.”
I was sure it could only help me at this point.
Caitlin has been busy with classes and visits with the shrink but now she has a bit of a problem that is making her a bit crazy. She needs to deal with it so she can keep her sanity.
Disclaimer
This is a work of fiction. There should be no way that these characters are like anyone else, but if that isn’t the case, it has definitely been unintentional. Also, if you happen to find that your life is represented in these pages, I’ll be impressed.
Sorority Boy
By poetheather
Chap 15
The English paper was making me crazy. I was supposed to write what I had done over the summer but there was no way in hell I was going to write down what had actually happened and it would certainly take more than a thousand words to write down and explain everything that had occurred to me. My summer had been almost too crazy to believe and I was not a happy camper.
The homework for some of the other classes was a bit easier with the help of the girls in the sorority. Learning things like the history of the Sorority was easy as well, but I was definitely at a loss for what to put down in the stupid paper. I needed some help to at least get me started. Standing up, I went over to Meredith to get her two cents. “You gotta help me with this. I can’t think of something to say.”
“Caitlin, you are brilliant, just write something, anything. You can talk about a lot of what occurred if you mask it some. You went out with friends, made new friends, hung out and tanned, leaving out all of the gender stuff all together. This shouldn’t be that hard.” replied Merri, looking almost as frustrated as I felt. Was I over thinking again?
Not getting the kind of help I wanted from Meredith, I stalked back to the table and started trying to write about my summer without really talking about the most major event in my life. That alone made the paper a hell of a lot more difficult to write for me. How in the hell did you not talk about a massive life changing event? I hated this. I really did, almost more than waxing which I hated with the burning passion of a thousand suns.
Anyway, after a while I managed to finish my paper, or at least the rough draft. That was nice but had been a complete brain strain. All my other class work was done easily and I was able to get up and leave the study session with a sense of accomplishment. As I left the dining room, Alison followed me, hustling in order to catch up with me before reached the stairs. “Caitlin, can we talk some?”
“Sure. Come on up to the room.”
The two of us headed upstairs while Alison was talking a bit excitedly. “I kind of had a bit of an idea and I wanted to run it by you before I give it a shot.”
“What?” Now I was getting concerned. What the hell could she have in mind at this point? I seriously hoped that it had nothing to do with me.
“I thought what might be fun was to have a party.” She stated somewhat nervously.
I closed the door to my room behind us as I asked, “What’s so wrong about a party that you aren’t sure if you want to mention it?”
“I want to have a Goth party for everyone.” She said, not looking me in the eyes.
“A Goth party?” That sort of confused. What sort of party was a Goth party?
“Yeah, everyone would have to dress up in Goth fashion and just have a lot of fun. What do you think? Do you think people will go for it?” She looked so excited about her plan that I wasn’t sure if I could tell her anything but I liked it. I did like it, but I almost felt trapped by what she had said.
“It sounds like it could be fun.” I was amazingly noncommittal, as the idea on one hand was exciting and on the other a bit scary. This sounded like the kind of party that could end in flames, literally.
“I figured that we could have a DJ, and decorations and everything. And I can totally help everyone with their costume ideas. I think it might be fun and something very different from what the House is used to doing. Wouldn’t that be great?” Alison’s eyes were wide in excitement.
I thought about it and realized that it might actually be kind of cool. I had a hard time picturing some of the Sisters in Goth clothing, but it certainly sounded like it might be a hoot. “You mean for Halloween?”
“No, more of a lead up to Halloween.” She replied happily. “Halloween has many more fun things you can do.”
I was almost sorry I asked and it took some effort to not ask her to tell me. “Okay, so did you want to do this party as a pledge class thing?”
She nodded, which I had expected. “I figure the group of us can set everything up and make it a really fun party. What do you think?”
“I think it sounds like it might be fun.” The idea was sounding more appealing, the more I heard about it, especially as it had nothing to do with my gender. “You want to take it to Holly.”
The free climber had ended up as our class president because she had started acting like one and everyone was fine with that. Dawn was the vice president because she contrasted Holly quite well. Esperanza was the secretary as she had the patience to endure about anything either girl could come up with. All in all I think we were fairly lucky in who we had in charge.
We headed downstairs, hoping to catch Holly before she left for the night. We managed to catch up to her out in the parking lot before she got into her car. She liked the idea, after Alley explained it, and she was going to email everybody about it when she got home. The email group that she had set up let us stay connected all the time, which was nice.
Once that whole thing was taken care of, Alison thanked me and headed home, happily plotting the Goth party in her head. She was obviously enjoying herself. I was happy with that. It made me glad that I had worked to get her into the House. She would certainly make things a bit more interesting around here, though in all honesty I had to say that things were interesting enough in this House. It took a special kind of crazy to choose to do this to me, not that I was completely upset about this but it was a bit disconcerting nonetheless.
I headed back into the House to hang out with Meredith and Gwen, as it was movie night again, and I was looking forward to whatever piece of chick flick they had in mind to subject me to. I was enjoying the films and they were all in English and not the trauma that was foreign. So, that alone, in my opinion, was a good reason to count my blessings. I had enjoyed a few of the foreign films I had seen but those had been the exceptions that had proved the rule, at least in my opinion. I had a lot of opinions on the matter.
When I entered the House, I ran into Gwen in the kitchen, where she was busy getting some snacks for the movie. I moved to help her and lightened her load. “Thanks Caitlin.”
“No problem Gwen. So what is it we’re watching tonight?” I asked, because Meredith hadn’t told me.
“It’s a surprise for you, duh.” I could tell that Gwen was teasing me about it, which made me wonder just how much I was going to hate this movie. Surely they hadn’t gotten anything that would truly make me cringe… right? Oh, god… surely they hadn’t gotten a foreign movie to watch, had they?
I should have known better and trusted my instincts to run.
“We’re going to watch Bring it On.” announced Meredith happily when we had gotten somewhat settled.
“The cheerleading movie?” I asked, somewhat confused.
“Yep.” She was almost smug.
“A cheerleading movie?” I was having trouble figuring out why we were going to watch something like that. There was no way that it was a decent movie.
“Yeah, it’s a fun movie and funny. You’ll like it, so shut up over the whole cheerleader thing.” Meredith smirked at me.
“I’ll have you know, I do know a few decent cheerleaders, thank you very much. I’m just not sure I am ready for something like a cheerleader comedy. The idea just doesn’t sound right.” I replied, trying to show I had no problem with those who willingly chose to jump up and down and scream as a hobby. It was a lifestyle choice that I might not understand, but who was I to judge.
Gwen snickered and said. “It’s a romantic comedy.”
“It is?” I was confused.
Meredith nodded and simply said, “Just wait for it.”
* * * * *
“I was sure Torrance and Missy were going to end up together. I mean, honestly.” I griped. I felt cheated. Why the hell had Tor ended up with the brother anyway when it was clear that she had better chemistry with Missy?
“See, romantic comedy. Just ignore the whole Cliff thing and you have a lovely Lesbian Romantic comedy that everyone can enjoy.” quipped Gwen.
“Okay, you have me there.” I agreed. Taken that way, the film was actually a whole lot more fun. That and hot girls in love worked for me. I mean, despite everything I was a guy, for the most part and I did find the idea of two girls together hot.
“I’m glad you liked it.” replied Meredith. “I have always liked this film and The New Guy as well. Eliza Dushku is hot in both.”
“I agree with that.” I mean… was there even a question? She had been just as hot in Buffy as well.
“I thought you might.” snickered Meredith, leaning over to give me a kiss.
“Well, on that note, let me take off.” said Gwen, gathering up her stuff.
Meredith glanced at the clock and agreed. “Time for bed alright. Need a hand carrying anything back to your room?”
“Don’t worry about it. I have it.” Gwen headed out with her arms full of stuff. I walked with her, as I was sure things were going to tumble out of her arms when she tried to open the door to her room. Once we got her into her room, she smiled at me, “Thanks Caitlin. That made this whole thing easier.”
“No problem. Good night.” I walked back to the room I shared with Meredith, smiling softly. My life was pretty good so far and I hadn’t fallen into a funk recently, which was nice. Things with the whole gender madness were starting to calm down as the shrink was actually helping me get some sort of perspective on all of this. That was certainly quite nice. Having less stress over what I was wearing was going to make my life a hell of a lot easier. I knew I was a guy but I was also a girl, at least until I graduated, so what was the purpose of stressing over something I had accepted and agreed to do? All it did was make my life a bit of a living hell.
Another thing that was helping was that I was no longer constantly being challenged with something so new that I had no way to cope with it. Since Alison hadn’t told anyone about my not being a girl that in itself had seriously reduced my stress. She was my friend and I now knew her well enough to be sure that my secret was safe with her. Right now, my biggest stressors were from classes, but I could deal with that. My life had leveled off for the moment, for which I was thankful. I chuckled, thinking back to how this all started. I had been so sure I was smarter than these ladies. Man, I had been a bit of a pompous jerk.
I got back to the room and Meredith was waiting for me. She noticed the smile I had and quirked an eyebrow at me, questioningly. I smirked and answered her unspoken query. “I was just thinking about what kind of jerk I was when I first got a hold of the House.”
“You weren’t a jerk Cait, you were self-assured of your own rightness and weren’t going to accept anything but your own point of view on things. And what’s funny is that you only chose the wrong House to pull this on. All the others would have had screaming fits and you would have had your lawsuit.” She chuckled as well. “You just had to choose freak House for your little game.”
I laughed at that. Yeah, I screwed up on that end and picked the one House out of a fair number that would even remotely think about doing this. “Yeah, but I think it did pay off in the end.”
“Oh… really now?” She quirked her eyebrow at me questioningly.
“Without that particular act of stupidity I would never have met you or have made as many friends. I would be stuck in a boring dorm room with someone who might not have been able to stand me.” I explained happily. Yep, the shrink was really helping me cope.
“There is that. I am glad that you are a lot less stressed. That panic attack you had before the beginning of classes scared the hell out of me.” Meredith hugged me at that.
“Me too.” I whispered, hugging her back. “I was so scared that I was going to die.”
“Well, it looks like you still have some life left in you Caitlin.” She kissed me passionately, almost taking my breath away. She headed to the bed, holding my hands in hers, looking at me through half lidded eyes. My heart began to race. “Let’s put that to good use. Shall we?”
Things get a little crazy for the pledge class and it makes Caitlin a bit stressed. Just what is she going to do in order to deal with the stress?
Nadia waited for all of us to be seated before she began. “Ladies, this is the work weekend. You will be working in the house and such. Saturday night, you get to find out who your big sisters are and you will be finished Sunday afternoon. There might be some uncomfortable situations for you but if you persevere through something we have all done, you are a lot closer to being a full Sister of this House.”
“Just so you are all aware, you will need to… dress up a bit for this. Don’t worry, no one will see you dressed in the various outfits except for your fellow Sisters. No men and no strangers.” I rolled my eyes at the no men line. Was it so easy to forget? “If you are not okay with this you can leave at anytime. This is just some harmless fun and that’s it. There is tradition in some of this, which is why we do this. So any questions?”
We all looked at each other and nodded in agreement. We were all sure that we could do this. I had been worried that Thuriya might have issues, but apparently, that wasn’t a problem.
Nadia smiled again. “Good. Now you have one hour to grab the things you will need for the weekend, which includes those of you who live here. Get your stuff and hurry back. The hour starts… now.”
She started a stopwatch and the group of us bolted out of the room, scattering in different directions. I headed upstairs and grabbed a bag. What the hell would I need? I grabbed a change of clothes and enough underwear for the weekend. I grabbed my toiletries and stuff, surveying everything. I had everything I might need, to the best of my knowledge. I sighed and headed back downstairs with my bag. I was surprised to see Alley already there. I had figured Dawn might beat me, since she was in the House as was Megan, but Alley actually didn’t live near enough to do this. How in the hell?
When she saw the confused look on my face, she just smirked at me, clearly amused. “I always have a change of clothes for the weekend in my car. After I spent a few weekends away unexpectedly without a change, I learned. Since then I am always ready for crazy weekends.”
“That makes sense.” I replied. She really seemed on top of things.
Dawn and Megan walked in together with their bags, chatting about her new My Little Pony fic that she was writing. Both had changed into more comfortable clothes than they were wearing earlier, as if they were preparing to work. I blinked a few times and sighed, looking down at what I was wearing. “I’ll be right back.”
I hustled upstairs. I wanted to get out of this skirt and into something comfortable like Dawn and Megan were wearing. As I got back into my room and made a beeline for my dresser, Alison came in with her bag in hand. My response was very dignified. “EEeeeppp!”
Alison rolled her eyes at that. “Please. Just change will you. I certainly don’t want my dress to get ruined by cleaning the House, so I need to put on something more comfortable as well. Don’t get your panties in twist.”
I tired to stammer something in response, but words failed as she pulled her dress over her head, just leaving the black and red Merry Widow, stockings and G-string she had on underneath. “I… uh… I… uhm… I…”
“Honestly Caitlin, you have seen a naked woman before.” chided Alison. She turned her back to me and began changing into some more comfortable underwear. I shook my head to clear it, especially the sight of the rose tattoo on her ass. After regaining partial sanity, I turned away myself and got dressed. I didn’t need to change my underwear, as I was good and I already had on my vagina. This was as good as I got at this point. I wasn’t even remotely what you would call sexy.
Once we had finished changing, the two of us headed down together, Alison chuckling at my discomfort. She was wearing a black tank top with a silkscreen of a green heart with red flames and jeans that had chains and belts all over them. In other words, she basically looked good, as usual. I was dressed in comfortable jeans and a black t-shirt that said Princess on it in frilly writing. Becca had bought it for me and giggled anytime I wore it around her. I kind of liked it, as it had grown on me. Is it wrong that I found it cute?
A few others had gotten there while we were changing and all of us were just waiting for Holly and Amy. Nadia came back in with her stopwatch adding to the tension, as she just stood there quietly, looking at the ticking watch. I was wondering if the two would get kicked out if they went over the hour, as it had to be close at this point. I could tell that the others were a bit nervous over this as well. We really didn’t want to loose either of them.
Finally Amy came through the doors, breathing hard like she had been running and Holly followed along behind her, carrying both of their bags in one hand. They made it with a few minutes to spare, and we all sighed in relief. Nadia seemed really pleased that everyone made it back in time. “Okay… here’s the deal. Tonight we are going to clean the house for a party that we are having tomorrow for all of the Sisters and any Alumni that wish to show. Tomorrow you are all going to prepare appetizers, decorate and basically get everything ready for the party. When the party starts you will serve the appetizers and drinks, dressed in Maid costumes. Towards the end of that party, you will find out who your Big Sisters are. After that… well, we’ll let you know.”
I closed my eyes and sighed. We had to wear a fricking maid’s outfit?! Man, they really were screwing me. Not that I was too stressed over it at this point but it was still a bit irritating. However, she had mentioned that this was a tradition thing, so maybe it wasn’t that bad?
“Now, let’s break you into your cleaning teams and get to work. We have a lot to do and we want to get it done as fast as possible.”
I got stuck with dusting, which I had never been a fan of. They gave me a can of some sort of furniture polish as well as a few cleaning rags and set me loose to take care of all the wood in the place. Thankfully, it was mostly the first floor that I had to worry about in all of this or I would never be finished. I guess it could be worse. I worked by myself as other girls were polishing silver, sweeping and mopping, vacuuming, cleaning windows and the like. Holly was actually using her repelling gear to clean all the exterior windows by hand. It was certainly a sight to see and she was having a great time bouncing all around the building.
Dinner was pizza, with a large number of different types of pizza brought in from one of the specialty places that was in town. I was a lot hungrier than I had thought and I ate several pieces of the Chicken Alfredo Pesto and the Vegetarian with extra cheese. They had even gotten several pizzas that Thuriya and Esperanza could eat, which were mostly the same ones I was eating.
We sat around and laughed about things, mostly funny stories about classes or people we met on campus so far this semester. Dawn had lots thanks to the Art department. There were even a few funny dating stories that really had the other girls almost falling to the floor they were laughing so hard. It was nice, relaxing and I think we were getting closer together as a group. They were definitely becoming my sisters, weird as that was to admit. I knew that I could trust these women with almost everything in my life and they would be there for me. It was strange, as I had never had any friends like this with the exception of Becca. I was still unsure of how they would take the reveal that I was a guy by birth.
It was a bit odd and that was actually worrying me more and more. I felt like I was lying to them all, like I was hiding some horrible secret from all of them. I hated feeling dishonest over this issue, but what recourse did I have? I liked all of these women and did not want to hurt them in any way. What needed to happen was for me to come clean with them and see how things turned out. I really needed to talk to Merri and Nadia about this, to get their advice before I said anything.
Nadia looked up at the clock and then smiled, as if she had something else planned for all of us. “Okay, just to let you all know, you will be sleeping in the Chapter Room. There are some sleeping bags and stuff in there so you can all be comfortable while you sleep. Before you guys sleep though, we have some home movies to show you.”
This did get me intrigued. Home movies? Of what? I wasn’t getting paranoid because I trusted Nadia not to do that to me, to simply expose me. She wouldn’t tell anyone about my situation in this manner, I was sure of it. Nevertheless, I still was kind of confused as to exactly what kind of movies we were going to be watching. It seemed that the other girl’s interests had been perked as well. Looked like it was movie time for our pledge class.
“Okay. Time to change for bed. All your stuff is in the Chapter Room, so get in there change and we will start the movies soon.” said Nadia to everyone.
We all changed and no one was really shy about it either, except maybe for me and Amy. Holly asked Thuriya about it and she just chuckled, “Remember, I’m allowed to undress and stuff in a woman’s presence. The party would have been more difficult if I hadn’t been able to.”
Holly blushed, embarrassed that she had forgotten something so obvious and that had been already mentioned. Thankfully, everyone was so busy changing that they never took a close look at me. Granted Alley was talking to me and sort of blocking everyone else, which was a great help. Soon we were all dressed in our pjs and getting ready to watch the movie. Nadia came in with a DVD case; Gwen was carrying bowls of popcorn.
The popcorn was soon distributed and Nadia started talking. “I hope you all enjoy this. Each semester, National sends us these videos to show tonight. Pledge classes across the US are watching their version of this tape tonight, each time zone doing it as a group. So enjoy.”
With that, she pushed play on the remote and the film started. Before I could catch her attention a middle aged woman came onto the screen and began talking. “Hello. My name is Elaine Cressley and I am the organizational head of our Sorority. By now you should all be familiar with our history, leadership and such. This is good. They are important bits of information that help make our House what it is today and will shape it into tomorrow. This is not what I am going to talk about.”
“What I am going to talk to you about however is what is most important to us all, Sisterhood. What makes this House work is the fact that people from divergent backgrounds, often from groups that would be slighted in the regular Sorority system, come together in the spirit of friendship to accomplish things, often great things. We are stronger together than we are apart.” Pictures of several famous members of the Sorority crossed the screen and it was an impressive collection of truly amazing ladies.
“You all should feel like you can become friends with each other, people who can accept everything about each other no matter how different it is and will support each other in all things. Sisters can have the closest of bonds or the worst of bonds. You have the chance to become family to each other and to the other women of your House. The choice is yours to make. This Sorority becomes what you make of it.
“In two weeks time, if you are still here, you will become a Sister of this House and of this Sorority. You will gain Sisters throughout this country and in several different countries as well. You will become a part of something larger, an organization dedicated to making sure all people can reach their dreams. But enough talk from me. Enjoy these videos. They are of your Sisters to be, from your House. Enjoy and good bye. I hope you become my Sister.”
Music started and up came video of a number of the girl’s from the spring pledge class during their work weekend. They were laughing and having a great time, looking cute in their maid outfits. Then it went back and showed each class of the House back farther and farther, into the eighties. It was awesome and inspiring. Watching all those other girls doing the same things we would be doing, dressing the same way, and having a great time. This would be me if I made it. I wanted this. I really did.
I wanted to talk to everyone, to share who I really was and let things fall as they may. If it was too much of a problem, I would leave, but I couldn’t do this anymore. I got Nadia’s attention and she said, “Caitlin, could you give me a hand with something. We’ll be right back. Gwen, could you start the next DVD?”
Gwen nodded as we walked out of the Chapter Room. I waved Meredith over as well. We were standing in the hall and I took a deep breath to slow down my furiously beating heart. “I want to tell them.”
“What? Now?” said Nadia, surprised by what I was saying.
“Nadia, I can’t lie to them anymore. If I am going to be a sister to these women I have to tell them the truth.”
“Caitlin, are you sure you want to do this? Once you say this it cannot be unsaid.” Meredith looked worried for me.
I nodded. “I am sure or at least as sure as I can be. I have to do this.”
Nadia and Meredith were looking at each other, and I could tell by the subtle body movements that they were talking without words. They both shrugged and looked at me. Nadia smiled tightly. “Okay. If this is what you want.”
“I do. And if it causes too much trouble I will leave. I just can’t do this anymore.” It wasn’t fair to be hiding his from them, especially when we were at the major bonding event of our pledge experience.
Nadia nodded. “Let’s do this.”
We walked back into the room and Gwen could tell that things were serious. I was holding Meredith’s hand and my heart was beating loudly in my ears. Gwen stopped the video and everyone in the room turned to face me. It scared the hell out of me.
“Uhm… everyone, I have something I need to tell you.” This got Alison’s attention and I could see the worry on her face as well as the surprise. She gave me a smile of support which really helped.
“I have loved being with you all and getting to know you, but I wanted to let you know something.”
In the pause where I was gathering my strength to speak Holly spoke up. “You’re a lesbian. We know that already Caitlin.”
“Uhm… Holly, that’s not it.”
“Than what?” she asked from where she was sitting.
“I… I’m a guy.”
The fallout over what Caitlin had to share with everyone begins and she is dealing with it so well. Well, maybe not that well...
“Than what?” she asked from where she was sitting.
“I… I’m a guy.”
The silence that fell over the room then was oppressive. I looked down at the floor, too embarrassed by all of this to look any of them in the eye. What must they think of me? I knew that this was a stupid thing to do, that I could easily have waited until we had become sisters, but part of me thought of it as a betrayal and I couldn’t stand it. I was sure that if I looked up I would see hatred in their faces and couldn’t bear that. Meredith squeezed my hand and I looked back up at the others.
“Is this a joke?” continued Holly, her eyes narrowed in anger and locked with mine.
“No, it’s not.” I replied quietly.
“Why don’t we hear Caitlin out before we jump to any conclusions?” suggested Alison, trying to calm things down.
“You knew, didn’t you.” accused Holly, turning to face the Goth girl. Holly was clearly heated over this and that wasn’t a good thing in my opinion. She was able to make things happen her way far too often for me to want to piss her off.
“I found out at the party at my apartment but that’s neither her nor there.” said Alison. “Can we just hear her out and the go from there?”
Holly growled out, “Fine.”
I looked over the faces of my friends and they were closed to me. There was surprise, shock, anger, and confusion but that was all. I sighed heavily and began to relate to them everything that had happened to me, and how I had gotten myself into this situation. I didn’t hold anything back and talked about how I felt about it as well. I wanted to make sure that they understood where I was coming from and what I was going through.
The looks on their faces changed some over the course of the story and that helped me a lot. It helped me to feel less cut off from them and helped me to continue. “So right now, I have gotten to relax over all of this and everything. I am in a better place about all of that. Look, I want to be a Sister of this House, I really do. I want to be your Sister if you’ll have me. I wanted to let you know now because it isn’t right for me to keep this sort of secret from you all. You are my friends and I didn’t want to keep lying to you about something like this. I don’t think it really changes things. This is still who I am.”
The room was quiet as people were digesting my words and then Thuriya spoke up. “So, you are not sure why you are doing this?”
“Well, I agreed to do this if I was let in and to be a decent member of this House. I am holding to my word, even though I had not initially wanted to do this. I had wanted to take the House to court for discrimination but Nadia and Sandra are much smarter than me it seems. This is something I said I wanted to do and I want to see this through to the end.” I clarified.
“So you are not trying to make fun of women?” She continued as if she was looking for something specific from me and I was at a loss as to exactly what it was.
“No, I am not. I know that I am not a woman but I am trying to be one to the best of my ability so I can be a true Sister of this House. Everyone has helped me to be Caitlin and not some guy in a dress.”
Thuriya nodded in thought. It was clear the wheels were turning. “So you are not doing this to try and do immoral things?”
“I always look away. I don’t want to invade your privacy. It kind of embarrasses me whenever I am in that situation.”
“But you have invaded our privacy, haven’t you?” asked Dawn.
I nodded. “I have.”
Nadia stepped in at this point. “The Sorority decided to allow Caitlin to join at the National level. Caitlin here has done everything we have asked of her and has done a good job of trying to become a full Sister of this House. Caitlin changed her whole life to join this Sorority. That is dedication.”
This bit of news struck Holly and she looked even more thoughtful on the subject. Nadia continued on, “You were all going to be told about Caitlin after your initiation, when you were all full Sisters. This is not something that would have been hidden from you forever. The decision was made not to tell you earlier as this is something the House is trying to keep quiet. Caitlin is under extra scrutiny because of this and has done nothing to make us question the decision to let her in.”
Alison looked right at Holly when she said, “I don’t have a problem with this. Caitlin has been a good friend to me and I don’t want her to leave.”
Nadia looked over the girls. “Does anyone here want Caitlin to leave, now that you know this?”
The room was still quiet and you could tell that everyone was busy thinking about this. My palms were sweating and my heart was racing. I was so nervous that they would reject me over this. I was trying to do the right thing here, wasn’t I? I began to feel lightheaded and wobbled a bit, closing my eyes to try and regain equilibrium. I wanted to face this, to deal with this on my feet.
My thoughts swam and I staggered some, bits of my vision sort of graying out. I grabbed Meredith’s hand tightly and she looked over at me surprised. She got hold of me and helped me sit down on the floor. My vision was swimming and my chest began to hurt some, the pain radiating down my left arm some. Sarah was quickly by my side, looking at me carefully. “Caitlin, you need to calm down some. It’s okay.”
She was listening to my heart as it raced and smiled some. “You need to stop having these panic attacks girl. They aren’t fun.”
I nodded, smiling a little and concentrated on my breathing, trying to slow it down and get calm. Sarah helped me, by talking me through the breathing and relaxation. This situation was nerve wracking and I hated it. Why did I have to go after this House. If had chosen any other stupid House I would have been able to do what I had planned and simply gone on with my life.
The other girls of my pledge group were hovering around nervously, with the girls of the House there as well. Meredith was behind me, holding me against her. Holly asked, “Are you okay?”
I nodded weakly. These things drained about everything that resembled energy right out of me. “Yeah. I get stress induced panic attacks apparently.”
“And this stresses you out?” asked Megan, obviously worried.
“Yeah. It can get pretty bad sometimes. I have gotten better at dealing with the stress, but I guess telling you all was a lot more stressful than I had thought.” I smiled, still a bit lightheaded. I leaned back against Meredith, resting my head on her shoulder.
Megan came up and hugged me. “You are still my friend Caitlin and I want you to stay.”
I hugged her back. That felt good. “Thank you Megan, that really does mean a lot to me.”
Devin soon joined in, then Alison and pretty soon I was buried under hugs from all of my pledge class. As we let go and everyone sat back, Devin asked Thuriya, “You know, I thought this might be a bigger thing to you. I though Islam had issues with transgender individuals?”
“That is true, there are a lot of issues about it but Caitlin is not mocking women in what she is doing. There have been several fatwas released on this issue and there is a recognition that if someone is having this sort of gender issue that it is a problem that must be addressed and to deal with people going through it compassionately. She said she wasn’t sure of her own gender right now, so to me it falls under the terms of the fatwas and the interpretations of the hadith. Al-Azhar has done study into this area and has released several interesting interpretations on the hadith and Qur’an. She is not doing anything illicit and is being herself. Where is the harm in that? Besides, to Sufis, there is a bit of madness in the search for Allah. Why would this search be any different?” Thuriya smiled sweetly, sure of her position on this issue. I kind of wished I had that sort of surety. She really seemed as okay about this as Alison was and that was blowing my mind.
Holly sighed. It was clear that she had issues but was giving in to everyone else’s point of view. “So long as you don’t peek at any of us, it’s fine.”
Alley looked seriously bent at Holly over this. She growled out, “When we changed just now, did you not notice that she was nervous and was trying to hide from our eyes? She didn’t want to be seen and caught. I was blocking her, so that she would feel less exposed. I think she was more embarrassed about changing with us than we could be.”
Brittany nodded. “I did notice that as well. I had wondered about it but that’s neither here nor there. But you look like a girl so much that it would be hard to tell. How did you do that?”
I pointed to Meredith, who just waved. I figured she was also smiling her ‘I’ve conquered the world’ smile.
Brittany just chuckled over that. “Figures.”
I looked up worriedly at the rest of my pledge class. “Are we good?”
Most of the heads nodded. A few didn’t and that worried me but that was another battle for another time.
Nadia spoke up. “Okay. Now that that is over, let’s get back to the scheduled events.”
The next DVD that she showed us was all about the House and the way the Sorority could help each of us to find jobs and help us if we were down. I liked that. It talked about the larger issues of Sisterhood and the responsibility we would have to each other.
Things had quieted down a lot by the end of that DVD and soon Nadia announced that it was lights out. The group of us was left in the dark Chapter Room, alone. I was a bit worried over what might happen, but not too much. No one really seemed that pissed off about things and I was sure that Alley had my back.
“Caitlin?” I could tell it was Holly by the voice.
“Yes Holly?” I replied, a bit nervous about what she was going to say.
“What is your name?”
“Caitlin. You know that.”
“No, the name you had when you started this.”
I paused. Did I really want to give that out? Would that give her some sort of hold on me? Would that make things less clear or more? I wasn’t sure but I thought that it might be a bad plan to tell her. Probably. “Don’t worry about it. It’s not my name at the moment so it’s really not important.”
“But it is your name.” insisted Holly.
I sat up and turned to face the direction of where Holly was laying down. “My name is Caitlin and it will be Caitlin until I graduate from here. What is wrong with that?”
“It’s not your real name.” stated Holly.
“Gah! Look Holly, until I graduate I am Caitlin Deirdre O’Rourke. That’s it. I have the identification to prove it. I gave my word that I would see this through to the end and until then that is my name.” I was starting to get upset. Was this really that hard to understand?
“Hey, calm down, both of you.” interjected Dawn, stemming off whatever retort Holly was planning. “Holly, that isn’t important. Caitlin is Caitlin. Now, can we work through this or not?”
A number of us seemed surprised by how forceful Dawn was. She always seemed so laid back.
Holly nodded, “We can work through this.”
“Good. Now we have to work together or none of us are going to make it into this House. Personally, I could care less who Caitlin was before she met us. All I really know about her is what I have learned since I met her. She has been a good friend so far and is someone we can count on. Doesn’t that count for something? Isn’t that more important than anything else?” Dawn really seemed like she was on a roll and it ran right over us.
Esperanza decided to throw her two cents into this discussion. “We now know that Caitlin was a guy, but so what? What does that matter? Caitlin is effectively a girl now. Can’t we just go from there and not stress?”
“How do we know this isn’t some sort of trick?” asked Amy, clearly bothered by this and it showed.
“Amy… don’t you think this is a bit much to go through for a simple trick? I didn’t go through all of this just to get a look at naked women. I did this in an attempt to better understand and fight for equality. I am not here to pull a trick on anyone or to ogle anyone. I am just here because I thought I was smarter than the women of this House and they called me on it. I felt obligated to follow through with my intention to join the House and I haven’t regretted it.” I countered. I was tired of this. Why would I pull some sort of trick on anyone? That wasn’t a very nice thing to imply and I was tired of this. I was trying to do the right thing by everyone. What was wrong with that?
Thuriya jumped in again. “Caitlin is trying to be open and honest with us. Can we at least give her the courtesy of letting her prove what she has said? Can’t we let her show us that she is our sister?”
There was some murmuring, as several of the girls conferred with each other in whispers. I could feel my stress level rising again. I really didn’t need another panic attack so I began to regulate my breathing again.
“Okay. Caitlin, you have another chance. You have been a friend to all of us and acted appropriately so far. Keep that up and there will be no problem.” said Holly, talking for the group as a whole.
I let out a sigh of relief. “I am sorry you weren’t told earlier. I just couldn’t go into this weekend without you all knowing that bit of information. I care about you all and don’t want to loose you as friends.”
Alison looked over everyone and said, “I for one will still be your friend regardless. This doesn’t bother me at all.”
“Thanks Alley.”
Dawn chimed in. “Can we get some sleep now? I am sure they have all sorts of fun and exciting work for us tomorrow and I want to be well rested for it.”
There were murmurs of agreement all around. We laid our heads down and slept. It took me a while to drift off, as I was still worried about everything that had happened. Did I make a mistake in telling them?
It is morning of the second day of work weekend and Caitlin and the other pledges are rudely awakened and tossed into another fun day of labor. However, the whole issue that was revealed is making things a touch uncomfortable.
Disclaimer
This is a work of fiction. There should be no way that these characters are like anyone else, but if that isn’t the case, it has definitely been unintentional. Also, if you happen to find that your life is represented in these pages, I’ll be impressed.
Sorority Boy
By poetheather
Chap 18
I was woken up rather abruptly when an air horn went off in the room. I wasn’t the only person who jumped at that as it had destroyed any possibility of sleep. Gwen was standing there looking evil with the air horn and a clipboard, a huge smile plastered on her face. “Good morning ladies. First off, you all have twenty minutes to get cleaned up and ready to go for the day. Starting… now!”
We all jumped to our feet and bolted for the bathroom, fighting for stalls and sink space. It was completely crazy but we managed to sort of work together to make the whole damn thing work faster. That was a good thing. We all scampered back into the room on time and cleaned. Gwen just smiled that same evil smile.
“Okay, I have the breakfast team. You will all take off now to cook breakfast for everyone. The cook is in there to supervise what you do. Devin and Brittany, hustle on over.”
After those two took off, still in their pajamas, she grinned even more evilly at us. “Let me show you all your uniforms for the day.”
Two other girls rolled in a rack with a number of garment bags on there with our names written on pieces of tape. “Take your uniforms and change into them. Hurry up, since once breakfast is over your work begins. Come on hustle!”
We all froze for a second and then grabbed the garment bags that had our names. Dawn was the first to strip, not wanting to take the time to go to the bathroom and back. Everyone began to follow suit and I sort of blanched. Crap! What the hell was I going to do? Holly was glaring at me and I was unsure of what the new boundaries were concerning my changing. Alley and I got in the same position we used last night and I began disrobing, facing away from them. I really didn’t want to cause trouble and I knew that if I did anything that they might consider bad I was hosed. These girls were my friends and I didn’t want to upset them for anything.
In addition to all o that crap, we had more work to look forward to. I knew it wasn’t going to be too bad, as there really wasn’t a lot to do besides clean. More of the same as yesterday to be honest, but in maid costumes? I sighed and unzipped my garment bag.
The outfit looked like something more than a costume, as it was made of regular fabric and looked more like something a maid would wear for real as opposed to something they might wear for Halloween. Maybe the House kept those for each pledge class? That might be a good thing. Save them some money if this was something that every pledge class did.
Once I was dressed, Alley helped with getting my little cap put on. I really had no clue what to do with this piece of cloth. She pinned it in place and I guess I looked like a proper maid.
“Now that you are all dressed, let’s get you all to work.”
I was set to work vacuuming. That was fairly easy all things being equal and I was okay with that. A few of the girls were outside, trimming bushes and I was okay with being inside. I might be okay with being a girl for now, but I would rather not be wearing anything this revealing in front of, well everybody. I had looked out the window and had seen several of the frat guys across the street, enjoying the view that was on display. It bugged me a lot.
I looked down at my maid’s outfit and wondered if I was the only one this nervous about wearing something like this. I think a few others might have been nervous, like Thuriya. She had worn the outfit with the understanding that she would be somewhere where there was no chance of any guy seeing her. Everyone was happy to oblige her.
There was a lot of House to vacuum, as I had to vacuum something on every floor of the building, except for rooms. I even had to vacuum the carpeted runner on the stairs, which was annoying, as I had to balance the weight of the machine as I worked. When I made it down stairs and finally turned the thing off for the last time, all of us pledges were ushered into the dining room.
The tables were filled with dirty dishes, as the rest of the House had eaten already. The sight was pretty daunting and I pitied whoever was going to get that crap job. I would rather do anything else.
However, before the return to the salt mines, there was a table for us, with our plates already there. Nadia was there, smiling. “Okay ladies, before you get back to work I just wanted to let you know that Caitlin and Holly have clean up duty. Well, enjoy.”
Great, Holly was pissed at me for lying to them and now I had to spend time with her… fucking great. I was sure Nadia did it on purpose so that we would talk things out or something. I was worried that this would only make things worse as opposed to better.
Holly looked equally as pleased to have been given this job with me. This was going to be oh so fun and I was really looking forward to it. I was getting grief when I hadn’t done anything wrong, well, okay, there is the whole girl/ not girl thing, but other than that I did nothing wrong. Sometimes I don’t know why I even bother anymore.
Breakfast was really good. It was this strange sort of, well I guess you could call it a scramble, made with eggs, potatoes, various peppers and onions and all sorts of tasty seasoning. It was quite tasty and I know I really liked it. There was also homemade cinnamon rolls as well. That was a nice treat. The rolls made a nice contrast to everything and did provide instant energy. The meal was made of pure tastiness. But alas, all good things must pass. Far too soon for me, the other girls were leaving and it just left Holly and me standing there, trying to relax while she glared at me intently. I was wondering if I was going to burst into flames from it. When she finished this round of glowering, we both turned and got to work.
The two of us started at opposite ends of the room collecting plates, cups, and such and taking them into the kitchen. Since the whole House had been there to have this meal, there were a lot of them. I am sure they did this on purpose just to make us miserable. I sighed and went back to ferrying the stuff to the kitchen. I was kind of wondering about everyone else and what they were thinking about this whole mess with the whole girl/ not girl issue but we were all separated and I wouldn’t see anyone else until lunch.
All too soon the dishes were collected. Instead of leaping into the washing of the dishes, which we were told to do by hand, we decided to wipe down the tables. Instead of starting on the outsides and working in, Holly started on the outside and I started from the center, that way we would still be farther apart. Nadia came in a few times and watched us not working together and she did look a bit concerned. I shrugged as I wasn’t the one with the problem, she was. I mean, in a lot of ways this wasn’t my fault. The House made me do it.
As I was finishing up, I noticed that Holly wasn’t anywhere in sight and her rag was on one of the tables. I looked around a bit confused and then gave the sigh of long suffering. Seeing that she had been taken away before she had finished her tables I went over and finished the last of them off. No sense in not taking care of what had to be taken care of. My only worry was that it left the kitchen and the dishes as the only things left to take care of. I collected all of the things used in cooking breakfast and got them ready to wash, as I was sure someone would need to be using those fairly soon.
While they were sitting by the sinks, I wiped down the whole kitchen. I was starting to get concerned as I was still alone. Holly had been gone quite a while and I wasn’t sure what was going on. Should I go talk to someone and see if they had an idea? Was she being kicked out of the House? Was she getting things set to kick me out of the House? I didn’t know and it was making me a bit crazy.
As I put down my cleaning rag and started to head out of the kitchen, Holly came back in. I stopped in my tracks before I plowed into her. It looked as if she had been crying. This made me even more concerned and I asked, “Are you okay?”
“Not really.” She replied, rather morosely.
“Is there anything I can do?” I was a bit apprehensive, what had happened while she had been gone? Surely, she was still in… right?
“I don’t want to talk about it.” She really seemed upset and I had no idea what to do.
Since I was at a loss as to what to do in this case, I turned to our chore for something to say. “I can wash and you can dry if you want?”
“Whatever.”
That was apparently the best I was going to get out of her at the moment and I just had to cope with it. I sighed and started on the pots and pans that had been used making the tasty scrambles. We worked in silence for a while before she spoke. “I don’t get it. I really don’t. Why are you doing this?”
I was quiet for a moment to figure out the best way to say this. Trying to get her to understand everything about this briefly might be harder than I imagined. “Well, like I told everyone last night, it started out as a ploy to bust the House in terms of it being ‘unfair’. When things were turned on me, I had a couple of options before me, one was to tuck tail and run, which would make me look like a tool that was just fucking with them and I just couldn’t do that. The other option was to agree to all of this and still look like I was serious about what I had proposed, that I wanted to join. The longer I was here in this House and around the Sisters, the more I liked this place and the girls here and I kind of wanted to belong. So I decided to just relax into this and go with the flow.”
“Doesn’t it creep you out to be dressed like a girl?” Holly put down the skillet she had been drying and faced me. Things were getting even more serious apparently and my heart started racing even faster.
I stopped scrubbing the cookie sheet I was working on and looked at her. I could tell that I was close to a panic attack but I knew I had to take care of this. “At first, sure. It really bothered me. Hell, I have had panic attacks due to this. However, the longer I was dressed and such the less this whole situation bothered me. Right now, about the only thing that really bothers me to wear is the damn bra. What is up with those things? They feel good to put on sometimes and always feel good to take off. Are they purposefully designed to be painful after a while?”
Holly actually laughed at that. That helped my heart rate drift back down out of the danger zone. “Yea, I know what you mean. And sometimes they pinch you in the strangest places.”
“I know. The design is a bit odd and I have to admit I hate underwires. They always seem to poke me someplace and it makes me want to tear them off and set them on fire.” I grumbled.
Holly laughed at that. Apparently, it was a shared complaint. “I try to avoid those whenever possible for just that reason. They are great for a date, when you want more uplift and cleavage but otherwise… just a pain.”
“Well, thankfully, I don’t have to impress any guy with my cleavage. That would be a bit of a nightmare if you ask me. I have enough issues to deal with right now than to add some guy into the mix.” I was kind of glad that my relationship with Meredith was acceptable to the House and I didn’t have to date boys for cover. Those few times with I had gone out with Paul had messed with my head something fierce, especially the kiss and I really did not need a repeat of that.
“So you honestly aren’t doing this as a joke?” Holly seemed really sincere and I was relieved by that. Maybe what I had been saying was finally getting through?
“If this is a joke I figure that it is mostly on me as opposed to anyone else. Look, all I am trying to do here is to be a good Sister of the House, like everyone else. That’s it. You know, growing up I never really had many friends because I was the smallest and the weakest and many times smarter than those other idiots I had the misfortune to be in classes with. I got beat up a few times and was pretty much a loner for safety reasons. My friend Becca helped keep me sane and she was about my only friend I had when I moved. So, now I’m here and I have made all sorts of friends, people who honestly seem to like me, and it is overwhelming. So what if I have to wear panties and a bra to do this, to have these friends. I am just ecstatic to have people I can talk to that actually seem to like me.”
Holly seemed to ponder that as I handed her the cookie sheet I had finally finished. It was quiet for a while as I washed more pots and pans and she dried and stacked things up. Soon all the pots and pans were done and it was time to get to the dishes. I added some more hot water to help get more suds in that side of the sink. Holly chimed up at that point. “Why don’t you let me wash for a while?”
I smiled and we traded off drying rag for sponge. “Thanks.”
As Holly began to scrub the plates, she said, “You know, it wasn’t easy for me growing up either. I was a bossy little girl who was into strange things, like dirt, and that didn’t help me in the friend department. One of the reasons I got into climbing was that I got to be alone and not have to deal with any of it. Didn’t have to deal with the bitchy, prissy girls pulling pranks on me or calling me names. When you are up on a cliff face, a few hundred feet up, all alone, just you versus this rock, that is true freedom. It is an amazing feeling that I cherish and you get a better buzz than anything else in the world can give you. Look Caitlin, I know I may have overreacted a lot to this revelation but I did it because of my history with girls and pranks. My knee jerk reaction was that you were trying to pull something over on me. I’m sorry for hassling you over this. Friends?”
I smiled. “Friends. Thanks Holly. That really does mean a lot to me. I just want to be friends.”
“I think I can manage that.” replied Holly, smiling as well.
I smiled as I began to start drying the next few plates, taking them from the rinse water and drying them off. It felt as if a weight had been lifted off me and I gave a sigh of relief at that. This whole situation was getting more and more stressful as I went along and that worried me. Was joining the House really the best plan? Part of me wondered if I should just quit and call it a day. I was sure that wasn’t the best plan available to me in terms of some things. I was doing well as a girl, despite all the weirdness that seemed to go along with it. I was getting quite used to having breasts and all that stuff. I was honestly good where I was and that was really a weird feeling to have at this point.
Dealing with other people was still a bit of a problem for me. I was good to deal with people in the House, since they knew what was going on, but outside of that? I really was too nervous to talk to any of my classmates or anyone else for that matter. I felt like how I was dressed was obvious for everyone to see through and that when I overheard laughter I figured it was directed at me, laughing at the boy in a dress. I knew it wasn’t true but since when has the brain been able to deal with emotions? It usually runs screaming any time those pesky little buggers appear.
We finished up the dishes just in time for Amy and Dawn to come in and inform us that they were the ones preparing lunch. We wished them luck, headed out, and got back back to the grind of cleaning the House itself. This day was turning out to be oh so fun already and it wasn’t even lunchtime. Yippee!
Work weekend continues and Caitlin figures out more stuff about herself. But what is the problem now?
Disclaimer
This is a work of fiction. There should be no way that these characters are like anyone else, but if that isn’t the case, it has definitely been unintentional. Also, if you happen to find that your life is represented in these pages, I’ll be impressed.
Sorority Boy
By poetheather
Chap 19
Lunch was pretty tasty and instead of doing more dishes afterwards, I was set to work polishing the wood in the Chapter Room. I was alone, which was a good thing as I figured I had a lot of thoughts to go over concerning all of this. I was still fairly sure that telling everyone the truth about me was a good thing, even though things seemed better with Holly before than. I didn’t know for sure yet if they were better or not, but maybe she didn’t want to beat me up or something any more. I could only hope that were true.
Everything I had told her, every reason I had given her about why I was doing this had been true and I was doing my best to be someone who this House would value. Things still didn’t feel all that natural yet, even after months of being Caitlin rather than Richard, but I could tell they were becoming that way. Walking didn’t require concentration, nor did my voice and I was pretty okay with all of this and with the exception of the bras, which apparently everyone had a love hate relationship with, I really was good. Granted getting to here had been an interesting journey in the Firefly sense of the word, you know ‘Oh God, Oh God, we’re all going to die’, but I could really say that as of right now I was fine living as a girl.
And you know what? That didn’t really bother me anymore, the being fine with being a girl. I was a girl in most ways right now and it didn’t really make my life worse. Well, okay maybe I wasn’t one between my ears and legs for the most part but outside of that… who could tell that I had been a scrawny geek at the start of this journey? I still had to wonder why other people hadn’t caught on about the me not being a girl thing? Was I more girl between my ears than I had thought and why didn’t that question bug me as much as it had before? Did I really come across as that much of a girl? I shook my head to clear it and got back to the dusting.
There were a lot of pictures in this room, of various Sisters of this House and from the history of the Sorority, including one fairly good sized picture of the founder. These women had really worked hard at making something good out of an untenable situation back in the day. Women’s education used to be a bit of a joke back then but they made it into something more, they made it into something that worked and helped women get to where they wanted to be. How could I not be impressed by that? How could I not feel honored to call these amazing women my Sisters?
That got me wondering about what other options I could have gone for in all of this. What if I had tried to join a Fraternity? Would I have even made the cut? Would it have been as fulfilling if I had made it? Would it have had as profound an effect on me as this had? Would I have made as many friends? Would that have made me become a better person to the same degree? Would joining a Fraternity have brought me the happiness I now had? Would it have done anything close to what this House and these women had done for me so far? Then again, would I have even wanted to do anything like that? Would I have wanted to join a Fraternity? Probably not. I mean, after all this started out as an attempt at justice and not anything more.
I worked hard, trying to make sure the wood glowed, which was not as difficult as you would think as I gathered it wasn’t really allowed to get all that dusty in here. The spray they gave me worked great and it was just a matter of spraying on and wiping off for the most part to make sure everything looked good. That certainly must have been what made this harder work easier. I couldn’t imagine what it would have taken before they had the spray stuff to get the same effect out of the wood. I had heard about people using wax or something on wood to make it look like this or oil and that kind of scared me. It must have taken forever to do a room like this, let alone a whole house. The amount of suck involved must have been tremendous. Looking at some of the pictures of the older Sisters and thinking about it, I figured that they must have known that fact intimately. I sort of felt sorry for them for that.
This really was an amazing bunch of women I had managed to hook up with and I was honored to be here, but I had to stop standing there woolgathering and get back to work as this wood wasn’t going to clean itself. In a short while, when I was pretty close to finished, Nadia came and got me, “Caitlin, that looks great. Once you finish this up we have something else for you to do.”
“Oh?” What did I have to do now? I only hoped it wasn’t more wood polishing as my arms were really tired.
“Come on. Follow me.”
I followed her to the sitting room where all the other girls in the pledge class were already waiting. Once I took a seat near Alison, Nadia began. “Okay. You girls will have a few hours to rest before dinner and the start of tonight’s fun. Be prepared as you will all have to sing the House song and then you will get your Big Sisters. After that… well, we’ll get there when we get there.”
Big Sisters? Wha? Oh… now I remembered. Meredith mentioned something or other about us getting mentors at one point in this whole process. This had to be that. I wondered who I was going to get as my Big Sister? If it were Meredith, would I be committing some sort of strange Sorority Incest thing? I stopped thinking along those lines and tried to think of something else. That way led madness.
All of us sighed and sank into the chairs and couches, happy to be doing something other than standing up. A couple of hours of rest would be nice after all of that work. Nadia continued, “I will come back to get you guys in a few hours. You are not to leave this room and if anyone needs to use the restrooms Gwen will escort you. I will have some drinks sent over and some snacks. By the way, the House looks beautiful. You all did an excellent job.”
I got a warm fuzzy from that, as I had worked hard both yesterday and today and to have someone recognize that effort was a good thing. She left and all of us sort of slumped even more. After a few minutes of silence, Amy looked around and asked, “Does anybody have a clue about what they’re doing tonight?”
Dawn shrugged, it was clear that she really didn’t care. “I doubt it. My guess is that it will be fairly low key as all we are really doing is getting our Big Sisters.”
Esperanza smiled at that. “That might be nice. This weekend has been too exciting already.”
A couple of the others chuckled at that and I looked down and blushed when I caught the smirk and the wink directed my way. Was it really my fault that my confession had been a bit more exciting than I had hoped for? Okay, it probably was but I didn’t have to like it. I had just been trying to be honest with them.
“Well, excitement or not, I am just glad for the break right now.” said Megan, her eyes closed and her face towards the ceiling. “Besides, I have a few new fic ideas in my head that I want to work out.”
A few of the others giggled at that, me included. Amy asked, “So what’s this idea about?”
“Uhm… well… you don’t want to know, do you?” asked Megan, clearly hoping for a no. She would certainly be disappointed in that one.
“Yeah, that would be great.” replied Dawn. The others agreed. I smiled at her apologetically.
“Well… I am doing something about one of the ponies entering a special group of them and all the stuff that they have to go through to become members.” Megan’s face was pretty red by then, the color even going to the tips of her ears.
A couple of the girls snickered at that and Dawn chuckled out, “My Little Sorority.”
Holly, ignoring Dawn said, “So… writing about what we’ve been going through?”
All she could do was nod and examine her shoes, her face glowing like a beacon. The slight teasing wasn’t bad natured and it seemed as if Megan knew that as well. I had read her fic but I still hadn’t gotten the whole My Little Pony thing. It must be one of those girl things that I cold only get if I had grown up a girl rather than sort of become one later on. What was weird was that despite a lot of prep work that the House had helped me with there were still gaps in things I knew about being a girl, things that were connected to simply growing up as one. Maybe I needed to bring this up with Meredith or maybe even the girls here? I wasn’t sure and I furrowed my brow in concentration as I thought. Would this be a good thing to discuss or not.
As I pondered this, Kerry came in with some cold iced tea and some snacks, smiling at us as she dropped them off. I barely glanced at her, since I was still running things through in my mind and not really paying attention to anything else.
“Are you all right Caitlin?” asked Esperanza, cocking her head to one side.
“Uh… yeah… well, mostly. I just don’t get the whole My Little Pony thing and I was wondering if it had to do with the whole issue of me not growing up a girl. It makes me wonder what other stuff I don’t really get because of not growing up a girl.” I admitted a bit hesitantly. It was one thing telling them the truth about me; it was another to share the deeper things about this situation.
“You mean like periods?” asked Amy curiousy, which caused me to blush.
“No, I have heard a lot about those, way too much about those in my opinion but I know I needed to know that. Hell, Meredith makes me keep track of a calendar and what that means. I know abut the bloating, clotting, cramps, and all that fun. No, I mean things like games played, movies watched, books read, that sort of thing.” I did know way too much bout that particular subject and how it would apply to my role as Caitlin. Like the fact that if you left a tampon in too long you could get toxic shock syndrome, or that there was often water weight gain. Or even the sorts of thing like what made a person choose between pads, tampons, sponges and Diva cups. As I said, too much information.
Everyone sort of blinked at me when I said that. Devin looked at me about as surprised as the rest of them but asked, “You keep track of a non existent cycle?”
I nodded.
“Why?” It was a fair question.
“Meredith and Nadia thought it might be a good idea for me to have a better idea of the bodily cycle that women go through. It is a bit odd, you know, not actually feeling that, but it has made me more aware of other people and their cycles.” I replied, growing mortified. Could we not talk about periods?
“Oh… that makes sense. So the other stuff?” continued Devin, dropping the subject to something less… well bloody actually.
“Well, I have only had since this summer to learn things and I figured things must have fallen through the cracks. I mean Megan is all about these My Little Ponies but I really don’t know anything about them or any other dolls or toys or books or anything that a girl might have read or played with while growing up. From things I have overheard, that sort of thing comes up every now and again and I am at a loss for what to say if asked about it.” I confessed. This was one area in which I was at a complete loss and it was something that had apparently gone past my trainers, which was a surprise.
“Well, we can help with that.” offered Alison. “I mean, between the group of us we can cover the basics of a lot of that stuff and help you to decide what fits you best and what doesn’t.”
“Good point. I mean, there are a lot of different books out there and shows and the like. It would make sense that you would have some favorites that were different from others. Okay, here’s one, what is your favorite Disney movie?” asked Dawn, clearly getting into this whole idea.
“Uhm… Beauty and the Beast. Belle is totally awesome and the music is incredible. I think it should have won an Oscar.” I admitted.
Megan smiled. “That one works. I really loved that one as well. What about books? What was your favorite book growing up?”
I had to think about that one as I had read all sorts of books while growing up and narrowing down a favorite might be difficult. “I had several. I love The Lord of the Rings and I did get a kick out of Alice in Wonderland.”
A few people chuckled at that. Alison replied, “Yeah. I liked both of those. I kind of wanted to drown Rebecca of Sunnybrook Farm and Anne of Green Gables though. They were far too chipper for me.”
“I loved them.” whined Megan to no one’s great surprise. “They are both great books and the characters are great. There are some really sweet moments in them.”
“I preferred Nancy Drew myself.” commented Amy.
“I was a big Winnie the Pooh fan. Tigger totally rocks.” said Dawn.
“Judy Blume was much more my style.” answered Holly.
“Alf layel wa layla was my favorite.” said Thuriya. “As well as Khalil wa Dimna.”
Everyone turned to face her, clearly confused by what she had just said. “Hunh?”
“Oh… right… A Thousand Nights and a Night and Khalil and Dimna.”
That seemed to click with everyone and got some laughter once people realized what the books were. Well, all except for one. I had never heard of that last one. Alley quipped, “What were you favorite stories? Sinbad?”
“I liked almost every story with a Djinn in it. The magic was pretty awesome, though I have to think that Ala-a-din was a bit of a dork for using magic like he did.” replied Thuriya.
“Yeah, magic shouldn’t be used to bring you a happily ever after.” commented Esperanza.
“Brittany, what was your favorite book growing up?” I asked, noticing that she hadn’t really joined in on the conversation which was a bit odd, as she was usually all over things.
“I really liked The Lorax.” Her voice was a bit subdued, which was a bit strange and got everyone’s attention.
“Are you okay?” I asked.
“I don’t know. I am wondering if I did the right thing by joining up.”
This immediately got everyone’s attention focused solely on her. A couple of worried looks passed between several of the others as she continued, “I mean, sometimes I wonder if this time is being well spent. I mean, I could be going over lines or something but instead here I am cleaning some place that isn’t even mine.”
Holly sat forward in her chair, looking right at the actress. “Is that the real problem? I mean, after this semester is over there aren’t these kind of constraints on our time any more. It is just one semester of this stuff and then we are in. Can’t you hold out for a few more weeks? We really are at the end of this.”
Brittany looked down at the floor, her hair covering her face. Her voice sounded so sad. “It’s just that, well, am I really a Sorority girl? I mean, are any of us?”
I sat forward to talk. I think I had a pretty good grasp of this particular situation. “Brittany, remember that this House is different from the others. This House accepts all of us for who we are. We don’t have to fit into a specific mold here, we just have to be ourselves, live our lives our way and go after our dreams. I mean, hell, they accepted me and I am generally the wrong gender for a Sorority. If they did that, don’t you think that you are what they are looking for in a Sister as well?”
“Let me think about this, okay?”
We all gave her the space she wanted but unfortunately, that also took the wind out of the previous conversations sails. We spent the rest of our break time talking in small groups, eating and drinking. Alleycat and I talked about various things, like her favorite films as a kid and the like. The only downside is that it wasn’t the same as talking with everyone else. All too soon, time passed and now we had to get ready for the party. Brittany still seemed a bit down and that made me worried. Was I going to loose a near Sister?
However, before any resolution could be made on the issue with Brittany and her wanting to leave, they came for us. Gwen was standing there, at the doors smiling at us. “Come on ladies, time to get cleaned up for dinner. You have thirty minutes.”
I was allowed back to my room to get ready, as were the other girls who lived in the house. The rest of the girls were using the bathroom downstairs to get ready. I was fine with that. I really didn’t want to shower and stuff in front of them. That was way, way too much sharing.
When I got to the room Meredith was there working on a psychology paper that was due Monday. She looked up as I came in and smiled happily. “Hey there. I’ve missed you.”
I came over there, gave her a hug, and kissed her. This was what had been missing last night. “I missed you too. They’ve kept us busy.”
“Yeah, they do that. So, are you looking forward to tonight?” she asked.
I nodded, “I am. I’m also a little nervous about things. I am not sure what I’m going to have to do.”
Meredith chuckled, clearly amused with me. “Don’t stress Caitlin. Now get going and get ready. You need to get back downstairs quickly, so don’t dawdle.”
I grabbed my shower stuff and headed right for the bathroom. One of the showers was already going and that had to be one of us, probably Dawn. I just shrugged and got in, my need to be clean and sweat free overcoming my curiosity at the moment. The warm water felt wonderful as I just stood underneath the showerhead, letting the water trickle over me and the jets massaging my scalp. I sighed happily and then got down to the business of getting cleaned.
It felt good to be clean. I wrung the water out of my hair and grabbed my hair towel. Once it was up in that I grabbed my towel and dried off. As I began brushing my teeth Dawn came out of the other shower. Oh my god she was hot. Her body was beautiful and tanned and I was really struggling not to stare. Dawn just smiled.
“It’s good to see that you aren’t into guys.” She teased.
I stuck my tongue out at her, which made her laugh. “I am a happy lesbian, thank you.”
Her laughter got louder and we were both soon laughing. I grabbed my stuff and headed back to the room. Meredith was still there working on her paper, which was nice and she made appreciative noises as I got undressed. Nothing like getting leered at by your girlfriend to make you feel attractive. I shook my head in mock disgust and opened my closet to try to figure out what to wear.
I grabbed a pair of comfy jeans with some embroidery around the bottom and up one leg and a comfy peasant top. I wanted to be comfortable and since we had been told that there wasn’t going to be anymore work today I just wanted comfort to be the primary theme but I also wanted to look good. Maybe this stuff was starting to get to me?
I was certainly not the first one back there, but I was also not the last. I went over to Alison who still looked good in her casual goth. “I wonder what they have for us to do next?”
“Well I talked to Nadia and I am a bit worried. First we’re going to get spanked and I heard her mention orgy.”
I got wide eyed and stared at Alley. When she started laughing at me, I knew it was a joke. “That’s not funny Alison.”
“Yes it is. Sometimes you are so gullible that it astounds me.” She gave me a hug and I stopped being huffy.
Soon we were all back together in the room, waiting to head into dinner and whatever torture awaited us. Nadia didn’t leave us waiting all that long thankfully. “Let’s go ladies.”
The dining room seemed to be filled with members, more than I actually ever recalled seeing at an event here. Why were they all here now? What did they want with us? I felt like I was on display and I didn’t like that. Part of me wanted to run, but another, louder part was excited. I really did want to know who my Big Sister was.
Nadia lead us to the front of the room and we stopped, all in a line. Her smile was kind of evil when she looked back at us, all things considered. She spoke loudly enough to be heard over the crowd. “Before we eat I thought it might be nice to have some pre-dinner entertainment. Ladies, please sing the House song.”
We all looked at each other nervously and then Holly took a deep breath and started. We all quickly joined in, singing the song that had been written when the Sorority was founded. I am still embarrassed by all of this so that is all I am going to say about that part, except to say that I did blush down to the soles of my feet. I am not the best singer in the world.
We were allowed to scatter, and talk with some of our friends once the embarrassment was over. I sat down between Gwen and Meredith and hung my head, the tips of my ears still red. Naturally my friends could not help themselves when they said, “Oh Caitlin, you sounded so good up there.”
“Shut up.” Can you die from blushing? They way things were going I just might, and I found that it didn’t bother me. While there was a hotshot medic at the same table as me, I was sure that if I just died of embarrassment then and there, there would be nothing anyone could do to save me. I still can’t believe they made me sing.
Dinner was great. Well, the food was usually great but somehow this tasted better. Might have been the stress? But the food was nice. Dinner ended up being a nice safe haven away from the insanity of being a pledge. Nevertheless, that safety could not last.
Once we all finished eating, Nadia had us all come up to the front again. “Sisters, these are your pledges for this Fall. We are going to sequester them and bring them out, one at a time to grill them about their knowledge of the House and the Sorority. If they fail, they will be asked to leave. If they succeed, they will get their Big Sister. Are you ready?”
All the girls cheered excitedly and my heart started racing. Test? There was going to be a test? I knew they had us memorize everything under the sun about the House, but a test? I wasn’t sure I would be able to do that.
Gwen led us off, leaving Holly behind to face the music first. As we walked I could hear, “Sisters, this is Holly, the President of the Pledge class. Let’s start with her.”
Before we could hear more, the doors to the room we were lead to were shut, locking out the sound. Several people looked nervous, and I could start to feel my anxiety begin to ramp up. Dawn came over to me and gave me a hug to comfort me. “Relax Caitlin. It’ll be okay. I don’t think they are trying to fail us. If you stay calm during this, you will remember things better, okay?”
I nodded. Alison came over then and helped me get calm and stay calm, as they next took Thuriya. Alley hugged me and looked me in the eyes. “Thank you for helping me stay in. I was so ready to quit during Pledge Week, but you helped me through that. Now I have a lot of new friends and people I consider my sisters regardless of what happens in the end. So, thank you.”
I took a deep breath and that helped me to relax even more. “Thank you Alley. I don’t know if I would have made it through this without you.”
She grinned at me and said, “Hey, what are friends for?”
She was taken next.
One by one the other girls were taken from the room until I was the only one left in there. After what seemed like an eternity of waiting but was probably a few minutes, the doors opened and Gwen lead me out of the room. I was taken to the front of the room where we had sung and stood in front of the sea of faces, some I knew and some I didn’t. I was trembling inside. I hated this.
“Sisters, this is our last Pledge from this group, Caitlin. She is special because of the circumstances that brought her here to our House, which you all know about. But that doesn’t cut her any slack.” Nadia stepped back from me and left me there all alone. I almost felt as if I was standing there naked and maybe I was going to be sick. If I could leave and go hide somewhere I think I would be overjoyed.
Sandra called out. “Say the Pledge.”
My mind went blank and I searched my mind for the answer. I wasn’t even sure I remembered my own name at that point. Finally the words came and I could sort of remember. I relaxed as I spoke, sure in my answer. By the end, the whole audience was saying it along with me, which was pretty cool.
Then I had to recite the Greek alphabet, talk about the history of the Sorority, the House and such. The answers flowed off my tongue quickly. I knew this stuff and that helped. It didn’t really feel that stressful at all.
Nadia stepped forward once the questioning finished and stood next to me, “Well Sisters, does she pass?”
The cheering washed over me and I smiled, proud of what I had done. I had never felt this way, people cheering, for me. My heart shook happily and I felt a bit floaty. I really hoped I didn’t faint. “After a good bit of debate we have Caitlin’s Big Sister. Caitlin, your Big Sister is… Gwen!”
Gwen came up to me and gave me a big hug. I didn’t know what to say and I was flabbergasted by the choice. Gwen? I think I started crying, I don’t know for sure. Nadia continued, “Okay, Caitlin, assume the position?”
I looked at Nadia confused, what? What was she talking about?
“Bend over and grab the chair.”
I think I blinked at her a few times before I complied. I was going to get a spanking? Did this mean Alison’s information wasn’t false? Orgy?
Gwen stepped up behind me and got this… paddle with the letters of the House engraved in it and painted with various things on it. It actually looked really pretty, with some daises and stuff on it. She grinned at me and gave me the first swat.
Thankfully, it wasn’t all that hard but my butt was certainly warm after the ten swats she gave me. Nadia helped me stand up and Gwen and I hugged again. As the girls in the audience cheered, she whispered in my ear, “Congrats little sister.”
I know I was crying by then.
Nadia then called out, “Alright, now that the business is done, let’s party!”
Another loud cheer filled the air.
Meredith came over and handed a beer to both Gwen and me. I got a hug and a kiss on the cheek once her hands were free. “Congrats sweetie.”
This was a bit overwhelming, I was almost a full Sister of the House. Step by step I was getting closer to the end of this, or was it a new beginning. I was living a girl’s life and experiencing things I had never expected to. I was bumfuzzled and I was wondering about what was to come. I didn’t know so I drank my beer.
“Excuse me?” A male voice broke into my thoughts and I looked up, rather surprised.
The guy in front of me looked familiar and then everything clicked. “Paul?”
He grinned at me and seemed happy to see me. “I thought it was you Caitlin. How is your semester going?”
I gestured invitingly to a chair as I answered. “Not too bad. Rush is going great and I am doing pretty well in my classes as far as I know. Nothing crazier than normal is going on. What about you?”
He took the proffered seat and replied, “Not too bad. I’ve just staying really busy between the Frat and school.”
He chuckled a little and smiled as that. I grinned and asked, “Is that a good thing or a bad thing?”
“Yes.” I understood his answer as it was true for me as well. While part of me would have appreciated no doing things, the busy meant I was learning something, or at least that was how I took it. I am sure other people’s mileage might vary.
“That’s nice I guess.” I did like Paul and if things hadn’t been working out with Meredith who knew where that might have gone. He made my head spin in a way that was confusing and delightful. Not exactly good for me as there were enough internal questions about who I was.
I was about to say something else to him when a movement behind him caught my eye. My eyes widened in recognition and my heart sped up as a vision right out of one of my nightmares was walking this way. A familiar Quarterback was moving towards us, Thomas Fairbanks and my fight or flight kicked off really hard. I tried to think of something, anything that would hide me and only one thing came to mind. I grabbed Paul, pulled him in close, and whispered quickly, “Kiss me!”
He complied without hesitation, our kiss deepening out of necessity and just a bit of desire. Again, it was making me light headed and I was afraid of swooning in his arms. My arms were around his neck pulling him into me or me into him, I wasn’t sure. My attention was partially split between following Thomas and getting lost in the kiss. Damn Paul kissed well.
After a few minutes, he let me go and we both were panting slightly from the experience. He quirked an eyebrow at me and I could feel myself blush. “Uhm… thanks.”
“No complaints here. So what brought that on?” He was laughing at me. Not on the outside but it was clear that inside he was laughing at me.
It was a fair question even though I was a bit embarrassed to answer it. “A nightmare.”
“Hunh?” Paul could be so erudite sometimes.
“Okay… I have had this nightmare a few times of this asshole jock from high school catching me here and bad things ensued. Really bad things ensued.” The explanation was kind of weak but it was fine. I hoped. I really didn’t want to go into more detail if I didn’t have to.
“And this nightmare scared you so much that when you saw him here all you wanted to do was kiss me?” Paul looked a touch amused and confused which didn’t help me.
“I wanted to run, but that would just draw attention to me. I figured that hiding from people by kissing someone else was a classic and just might work for me, since you were here.” I admitted, blushing furiously. I wanted to head back to the House and hide in my room, maybe even my closet for as long as I was on campus. Was that a bad plan?
“I can promise Caitlin that I wasn’t offended. Thank you for that by the way.” He smirked at me. “But I should let you know that I have a guy I am interested in.”
This perked me up. Good news that had nothing to do with me making myself look stupid. “Really?”
He grinned. “Really. He plays Rugby and is very hot.”
I chuckled some at that. “Like jocks, eh?”
Paul rolled his eyes playfully. “Whatever.”
He then looked at his watch and then frowned. “Oops, got to go. I have class soon. Take care Caitlin and if you need to hide some more just let me know.”
“You too Paul.” I watched him leave and smiled. I was happy for him. He found someone just like I did and that was a good thing in my book. Meredith had made a lot of things better for me and I was pretty okay with that. Life was good.
I collected my things and left as well. I saw no reason to tempt fate any more than I had to by remaining in the University Center. I made it out to my car with no sign of Fairbanks anywhere about and was happy about that. I needed to get out of here for a little bit, as that was way, way too close for my comfort. If I had been caught things could have gone very bad very quick.
Becca didn’t answer her phone, so that left her out. She was probably in class now that I thought about it. Meredith and Gwen were in classes. I called Alison to see if she were busy. She actually answered her phone which surprised me a bit. “What’s up Cait?”
“Not much. Just had the shit scared out of me by an apparition from my past over at the UC. Can I come over and hide for a while? I really don’t want to be even near campus.”
“Sure thing. Hustle on over. I was just getting ready to watch Lost Boys if you want to join me.” She sounded excited, which made it sound like a good plan to me. Besides watching a Goth movie with a Goth sounded like it might be really fun.
“Need me to pick anything up?” I asked, wanting to be a good friend.
“Oh… yeah. Could you grab some orange juice? I can make us some Fuzzy Navels. I even have some vodka if we want them a bit stronger. Parts of the movie are really fun when you are a bit tipsy. And if your day was crap it can’t hurt.” She sounded excited over that. Honestly, given what had just happened or rather not happened, it sounded good to me. Booze it is.
When I reached the store, I walked on in, planning on grabbing some of the good juice for this. There were some glass bottles of organic Valencia juice in the produce area and that just sounded like just the thing for Fuzzy Navels. I loved that juice anyway so how could adding alcohol be a bad thing? I grabbed a thing of that and spotted something else that made me grin huge. It was the perfect Orange Juice for Alison and I had to get it. It was a Need. There was really no question about it in my mind. She needed this like other people needed air. She needed this like I needed sanity. I grabbed some and took off.
Once at her apartment, I handed her the paper bag with the juice in it and I headed into the living room. If I had stayed in there with her I would have blown it, I was sure of it. I turned at the loud squeal and saw Alison sort of dancing, holding the thing of juice, hugging it off and on. She even kissed it once. She put it down and rushed into the room, leaping over the sofa and grabbing me into a fierce hug. “Thank you thank you thank you!!!”
She then surprised me with a kiss to my lips. My mind turned off, I was so stunned by her action and had no idea what to do. She hugged me and then bounded back to the kitchen. While I was trying to figure out what had just happened, I could hear her singing some sort of Cure song while she made the drinks. I blinked a few dozen times, trying to reboot my brain. She kissed me. Alison kissed me. She kissed me.
What the hell??
She? Me? Hunh?
Alison came back in, still sort of bouncing happily and sat down next to me, handing me the clear glass with the thick pulpy red juice in it. “Cheers!”
We clinked glasses and she started the movie, sipping happily from the drink. The drink was bitterer than I had ever had before, but not in a bad way. It was very tasty. The bitter juice balanced nicely with the hefty amount of Peach Schnapps she had added. I really, really needed this as my mind was whirling between seeing Thomas and Alley kissing me. Things did not make any sense, they really didn’t. Time to drink heavily, I thought. I mean, was that really a bad plan at this point?
By the end of the movie we were both fairly verschnockered, between the blood orange juice and the Valencia what had drunk. We both stood, sang along with Jim Morrison and danced around like we were both tripping hippies, which I guess wasn’t far from the truth. When that song ended, we collapsed back onto the couch and giggled. She turned to me and asked, “Wanna watch Lost Boys 2?”
“Any good?”
“Nope!” She grinned. “I’m hungry. I want some Lo Mein and Rice. What about you?”
Thinking back to the scene in the movie with the Chinese food I giggled. Chinese sounded like just the thing after Lost Boys. “Lo Mein sounds good. Garlic Chicken?”
She giggled and lightly slapped me on the arm, saying, “Silly woman, we can’t have Garlic Chicken. We’re Vampires.”
We both laughed some more at that and I then said, “Well, how about something Hunnan-y?”
“Like my Poonany?” She stumbled her way to the phone, laughing some more at her own expense.
“Your Poonany tastes all Hunnan-y?” I asked, tittering at the idea of anyone tasting like that naturally.
“Ssshhhhh! I’m ordering.” She struggled with not giggling at the person taking her order.
I didn’t pay attention to her ordering as I was now looking over her DVD’s to find something to watch next. I spotted something familiar and put it in the DVD player, chuckling over how great it would be to see Alley’s reaction. I turned off the TV so she wouldn’t figure out what it was until I started it, because it would be too perfect. She flumped down and I managed to focus enough to get the remotes to work.
When the My Little Pony movie came on she started laughing and we both tried to sing along with the theme song, slaughtering it horribly. A short while later there was a knock at the door, prompting us to pause the film and she went over to the door, paid for and brought in the food. We laid things out on the coffee table and munched a little of everything. We had Fried Wontons and Eggrolls as appetizers, then our noodles, rice and Hunnan Chicken for the meal itself. It was really good.
As we ate, sobriety began to return, which was a good thing in my opinion. The only downside is that I had to wonder what sort of crack I had been on to even put the My Little Pony movie in. I mean, the My Little Pony Movie? I had to have been seriously smashed for that choice to have made some sort of sense. We stopped it when we realized that it had stopped being funny and put something else in. That helped, as I wasn’t sure I could deal with more singing horses in pastel colors. Everyone had their limit and I had reached mine.
We both sat back on the couch, full of tasty Chinese food and content while we watched The Adams Family, floating in a nice haze of booze buzz and food pleasure. It was a much better film choice than the one I had made that was for sure. I sighed, “This is nice.”
“Yeah, it really is. So what happened today that freaked you out?” asked Alison, eating some more Lo Mein.
I told her about my close encounter of the Neanderthal kind earlier and the dream I had during Rush where the jackass had figured prominently. She nodded in understanding. “Well, your slight panic makes so much sense now. Has this helped you to calm down?”
“Yeah. I feel a lot better.” I sighed, there really was a weight that had lifted off of me. “This really did help.”
“Good. Then everything is taken care of for now. You ready for this weekend?” She asked, smiling.
“You mean the whole weekend thing ending with Initiation?” I clarified. I mean, sure, there could have been something else going on but I kind of doubted it. I was still a bit tipsy which was part of the problem.
“Yeah. I am excited. We made it this far, all in one piece, without losing anyone. I am stoked about this and I had signed up for this whole thing as a joke, to make fun of the perky bitches in all the other Houses. You really helped me to see a different side to this whole thing and for that I am really grateful. Thanks Caitlin.” Alison smiled at me.
I shrugged. “Well, I couldn’t just let you think that all of these Houses were the same. Our House has some amazing women in it and they are so accepting. I would never have imagined when I came here that I would actually be looking forward to being some sort of weird Sorority boy but I really am looking forward to becoming a Sister of the House. I am really excited and can’t wait. All of this has been worth it because of the awesome friends I have made.”
“Yeah. This has been a long strange trip Caitlin, but it has most certainly been worth it. Thank you for being my friend and making sure I stayed for the ride.” She hugged me and kissed me on the cheek.
Life was certainly good.
I headed downstairs and spotted Dawn, who was currently helping Kelly, set up the food table in the dining room. It was going to be another House party with just the girls in the House and any Alums that wanted to stop by and for that I was grateful. I helped with finishing the set up as I had a lot of nervous energy and then it was time to meet.
Everyone from the Pledge class was there, waiting for whatever strange thing was headed our way. Since things were right down to the wire, most of us weren’t talking, just waiting for whatever was next. As if on cue, Nadia came in, “Alright ladies, I wanted to tell you that you have been a great Pledge class and it has been a pleasure to have gotten to know all of you. Now, tonight is the last night before you are initiated into the House. There is a tradition in this House, in this Sorority that was begun by our dear founder as a sort of preliminary… event before your initiation. Nothing mean is meant by this, we have all done this, each and every Sister in the Sorority and you are supposed to have fun going through it.”
Holly raised a hand, breaking Nadia’s stride, “And what is it?”
Nadia sighed and then smiled. “According to one of our oldest traditions, the night before Initiation the pledges go through one last test, to check their resolve to living a new life. So, as such, their Big Sisters will diaper them and the Pledges will be treated like babies for the evening.”
Holy crap? What the fuck? I was stunned as were many others. I know I stood there with my mouth open just blinking in disbelief. Nadia continued, recognizing our looks for what they were, “This event symbolizes the sort of rebirth that occurs when you become a full Sister of this House. It shows a commitment to grow in this House and to become more than you were before. This is the last challenge you face before becoming a member. If you do not think that you would be able to do this you can leave if you want, but that would mean you are leaving the House. I’ll give you a few minutes to decide.”
Nadia left and closed the doors. Once they were shut everyone began speaking at once to the point that I couldn’t really hear myself thinking. Holly quieted us down quickly. “Okay… if this I really the last test, is everyone in?”
Several of the other girls bit their lips in thought. I knew where I stood despite how screwed up this whole thing seemed. I actually wanted to get in this House and this would just be a weird topper to this strange experience. “I’m in.”
Megan nodded, as if that helped her make up her mind as well. “I’m in as well. I think I can do this.”
Alison laughed. “Man, this is the craziest thing I have ever heard of. I totally have to do this or I would leave feeling that I had given up just because things got a bit outside my comfort zone.”
Thuriya frowned, “This is way outside my comfort zone.”
Holly looked over at her worriedly, “Too far outside?”
She shrugged, “I don’t know. To know that all members of this Sorority have done this helps. I have met a few other Islamic Sisters online and if they did this, then I guess I could do this.”
Holly said, “I don’t want you to do something that will make you feel bad.”
“And that is why I can do this. If my Sisters are with me it should be fine.”
Slowly it seemed as if all of us were okay with this crazy idea. We fidgeted nervously, all becoming very aware of each other and ourselves. Nadia came back in when Holly opened the door. “Well?”
“We’re in.”
Nadia grinned, looking honestly pleased with this decision. “Great. This whole thing isn’t that bad… honest, just a bit different. Let me explain what is going to happen. In just a moment, your Big Sisters are going to take you to their rooms where they will change you for the party. Once you are all dressed, you will come downstairs and the party will begin. You will be dressed like this all night, have to drink at least one bottle, then you can use sippy cups, things like that. Then tonight, your Big sisters will put you to bed and tomorrow we have some things to do until your Initiation tomorrow night. Is that clear?”
We all looked at each other and silently conversed with looks and gestures. Holly looked back at Nadia, “Will there be any men around or will we have to go out in public?”
Nadia shook her head. “Nope, you all stay inside the whole time. This is one of the House secret traditions and we don’t share it with anyone not Initiated. Now, shall we get started?”
We all nodded our heads. What the hell was going to happen now? Everything else had been easy but this one really changed things. Soon enough, I was being led by the hand to Gwen’s bedroom, my old room before getting together with Meredith. She gave me a hug once we were inside. “I am so excited Caitlin. You are my first Little Sister. This is cool. Now do you have any questions before we get started?”
“Uhm… yeah… are we able to use the bathrooms?” This was a kind of big issue in my mind, seeing as they seemed to be taking this baby thing seriously.
“No, except in one condition. I know, it’s kind of ooky but I had fun when I went through this so don’t stress over it. Also you get to keep the outfit I got you. It really will be okay Caitlin. A lot of Sororities do something similar, but apparently we go a bit over the top with it, go figure. It’s fun. Do you trust me?”
I sat on her bed and pondered this issue. It was crazy and strange but I guess not as strange as me being in this House at all. I mean a guy in a Sorority? Who would ever believe that? We had all agreed to do this, so why should I balk now? “I trust you.”
“Okay, you get undressed and I’ll get everything ready. Okay?”
“Sure.” With that, I began to undress and I got down to my bra and panties.
She turned around and I could see that she had laid out the usual stuff for babies and there was an adult diaper sitting there on a towel. I closed my eyes and reminded myself of why I was doing this. If I could actually live as a girl and not spaz surely I could do this for one night. Gwen looked at me and said, “Well, you can leave the bra on but you are going to have to loose the panties.”
I nodded and pulled them down, blushing furiously. I was wearing the new vagina that Meredith had made for me, because it made me feel… I don’t know… safer some how but I did feel just as exposed.
She laid me down on the diaper, helping me get centered on it correctly. It felt strange and I told myself that it would be okay. God, I hadn’t felt like this since this whole thing started. She covered me in baby powder and then she closed it up. Once that was done she helped me up. “Ready for your dress?”
She went to the closet and pulled out this baby pink dress with frills and ruffles all over it and the outfit looked like something you would put on a doll, not on a person. I felt like I was seeing someone I knew pulling out an evil magical item to use it on me. “Hurry up, we need to get downstairs.”
She put the evil dress on me and made me step into some loose lacy panty things. I felt like an idiot. Then came lace ankle socks and Mary Janes. Once I was properly dressed, she was messing with my hair doing something to it; my guess was giving me pigtails. Once she was finished with that, she clipped a pacifier on the dress and stood back to look at her work. She squeed, “You look so cute.”
I groaned. Of course, it had to be cute. She took several pictures and then led me downstairs to get to the party. I got to see all of the others there. Alley was dressed like a gothic baby, which was impressive and amazingly enough, looked fairly normal on her. Devin was in a dress with Barbie on the front and seemed amused by this. Megan’s had My Little Pony on it and she was blushing furiously. I guess the Big Sisters did put some thought into this in terms of getting clothes for us, but why was I stuck in something so obnoxious. The last few stragglers came up and then we were all there, dressed like big babies. It was strange and we all fidgeted nervously.
Sandra came up then and looked over us all, smiling, clearly pleased with things. “Your Big Sisters should have explained everything to you by now. Stick to your Big Sisters and have fun.”
Then the party started. The other Sisters of the House came by and oohed and ahhed over us quite a bit. I felt very strange when several of us were photographed time and again with different sisters. Meredith came by with a bottle and handed it to Gwen. Gwen smiled and handed it over to me. “Here you go Caitlin! Have fun with your nummy baba.”
I took the bottle, looked at it, looked at Meredith and Gwen who were looking intently at me, to see if I would do anything. I sighed, realizing that I might as well get this over with. It took me a while to get the nipple working, as it was not an easy thing to get the hang of but then I got a taste of what was inside, some sort of chocolaty almond drink that had me moaning happily. I kept pulling at the bottle, trying to get more of the tastiness out. It was good and motivated me a lot more than most anything else might have.
I brought the bottle down. Gwen grinned at me, “Will that work?”
I nodded, “This will work.”
Once the drinking began, the fun really started. About an hour into the party, it turned out Holly was the first of us to be changed. The Sisters sang a silly song about it while Holly stood there blushing, being led out by her Big Sister. Esperanza was hamming it up with Brittany, having a lot of fun and seemingly had few issues with all of this. It was probably a Buddhist thing.
Brittany was next and she sang along with the other sisters, having apparently picked up the song after hearing it once. She even did a little dance which made me laugh, which had the unfortunate consequence of me needing a change right afterwards.
As Gwen led me out of the room, the song started again and I had to laugh about it. Okay, despite how screwed up I looked in this dress I was having fun. The various girls were coming together thanks to this and I was meeting girls I hadn’t been introduced to yet, as well as a number of Alums, who were telling me stories of their Baby Night. The Sisters of the House were clearly having a great time as well. Maybe this wasn’t as bad as I had thought.
After my second bottle, I had apparently upgraded to a sippy cup, which was nice as I wanted to have more of that chocolaty goodness. At some point, I was talking to Alison, who was amazingly adorable. Somehow her Big Sister had gotten baby style bows for her pigtails that were black and had skulls on them. I had never even thought that there even could be something like this. “I have to say, you look great Alley.”
“Thanks Caitlin. This dress isn’t so bad. You know, this outfit is great and I am definitely going to be wearing to the club a few times to get some extra wear out of it. I am sure that it will get a lot of comments.” Alison looked pleased by this.
“I look like a frickin doll in this.” I grumbled.
“You look cute Caitlin. All of us do, so just relax, have a drink and enjoy.”
It was then Amy’s turn for a change. Alison and I joined in on the song, then giggled. Okay, that part was kind of fun. The song was cute and certainly helped break the mood, keeping things fun rather than embarrassing. “So how are your classes going?”
“Not to bad. I am leaning more and more towards Linguistics, as it is really cool and the teacher for the Intro class is pretty nice, even though he is a TA.” She took a drink out of her sippy cup.
“Cool. I am still a bit unsure about what I am going to do. I have been looking at some of the major non-profits out there and they look good and I guess being a lawyer would help me out there. What do you think?”
She looked thoughtful for a moment, which was cute because of the pigtail bows. She was incredibly adorable in that outfit. “Look, don’t worry about that yet. Follow your bliss and try to figure out who you want to be. The rest can be taken care of later.”
We both paused, and I looked down at myself and then back up at her. We started laughing. I tried to speak between laughs, “I… I am working… on it.”
Gwen came by to check on me, looking at the two of us quizzically. A lot of the order of the party had faded by this point. “Need a refill?”
I shook my head, “Not yet. I still have plenty.”
“Need to be changed?”
“No, I’m good.” I smiled at her.
We then drifted towards the food, as I was getting hungry because I hadn’t had anything for dinner. They had all sorts of finger foods laid out and it was impressive. I had some of the sandwiches and a few of the gyoza and pirogues. It was all pretty tasty and very filling.
Things grew blurrier as I had more of that drink. After my second or third change, there was one point where the whole pledge class was dancing together to YMCA, giggling at the way our dressed bounced along with us. It was a hoot. I knew there were lots of pictures and video taken of the event, but I could barely remember who had taken pictures of who.
There was one other bit of fun during the evening. At some point, all of the members of the Pledge class had pictures with our Big Sisters and then one with the whole Pledge class together. I was looking forward towards getting to see how the pictures had turned out. I was sure they would be really cute.
When I was stumbling and yawning, Gwen took me back to my room. She changed me, hung up my dress, and put me in a cute nightgown she had gotten that was also the same color of pink. When I lay down, I pulled my bear into my arms. It had been a weird night but I had to admit it had been a lot of fun. A hell of a lot more fun than I thought it would be when the night started. I yawned again and then closed my eyes. I fell asleep as only the drunk could. I was probably snoring for all I know. I cuddled my bear to me as I fell asleep.
Looking at myself in the mirror, with a glazed look in my eyes, I realized that I needed a shower and coffee, maybe food if my stomach would just stop rebelling. Thankfully I was not at the vomit stage of things, as that would be really irritating. Wanting to get out of the wet diaper and get clean, I grabbed my shower stuff and sort of shuffled towards the bathroom in the way that barely conscious people do. I crinkled. A lot.
Several girls were already awake and saw me, smiling at the sight. Apparently I looked cute or something in my nightgown and crinkly diaper. Just what I needed. Once in the bathroom, I undressed, took off the diaper and threw it away, then got into the shower. The warm water helped and as I began to wash myself, some degree of consciousness returned. That helped me and I sighed happily under the stream of warmth.
I dressed fairly quickly, in a comfortable jumper and sandals, and headed downstairs in search of food and coffee. My hope was that there would still be breakfast available. Luck was with me as there were still some waffles and scrambled eggs available. Apparently, I was earlier than I had thought. I happily devoured that and sipped down my good sized mug of coffee. A huge cappuccino mug was just the right size for this and I had heavy cream and sugar in the raw in the mug to help give me more of a boost. I needed to wake up.
The food and coffee was just what my system needed and made me more conscious, to the point of nearly being fully awake. Now I might be able to deal with my day as it was supposed to be pretty wild, or maybe that was just the evening. I honestly couldn’t remember. The rest of the pledge class trickled in, with only Esperanza and Thuriya not looking hung over. Those two beamed smiles at the rest of us and a few people growled back. This got several people to laugh at everything. I had to admit we had to be funny looking from the sober side of things.
After everyone ate some and were looking more alive, Nadia came up and proceeded to explain what was up, “Okay. You girls have to leave the House for a while since we have to get everything set up for your initiation. So if you could come back to the House at five, all in a group, that would be great.”
“So you have nothing planned for us today? No crazy games or anything?” asked Holly, trying to clarify the chain of events.
“That’s right, nothing. What you should do instead is to sit down and honestly think about if this initiation is what you want to do and if this House is the right place for you. If you are sure, show up if not then don’t come here to take an oath you don’t believe in.” Nadia looked at each of us as she said that. I was sure I wanted this already, but then again, I had to go through so much more to get into this House. I had earned this place.
We grabbed our stuff for the night, those of us who lived there and we headed off to Alison’s apartment, which had sort of become the groups little haven. Dawn, Devin, and I headed straight there. Once we got there, the three of us all sat on the couch and sighed.
“Just think… this whole thing is almost over.” said Devin.
“Yeah… I am liking that.” added Dawn. “I am looking forward to not having to do all those strange pledge things, like those diapers. That was a bit out of it.”
Devin blushed and said, “I thought it turned out to be fun.”
“You guys want something to drink?” called out Alison, breaking that line of thought before it embarrassed Devin any further.
The others called out their drink requests and I got up to help. Alley was busy filling the drink order when I entered the kitchen. “Can I give you a hand?”
“No thinks. I got it. But can you grab the chips.”
I grabbed the bag of Salt and Vinegar chips from the top of the fridge and headed to the living room behind her.
Alison had put in some sort of strange Sorority film where one evil Sorority used Magic to compel people to do things and then there was a nerdy geek House that was fighting against them, also using magic. We laughed, even though we were supposed to be worried by the tension, based off the music and the way it was filmed. It was a pretty silly attempt at a horror movie. The others filtered in over the next hour and a half, carrying the clothes they were going to change into and stuff. Holly brought more food as well.
We just sat around, drank, watched bad films, ate Chinese food, and generally had a good time. It was nice and relaxing. I was content and happy with my life. That of course didn’t last.
Esperanza commented, “You know Caitlin… if it weren’t for the statements of the others, that you are actually male, I would never believe it. You just seem like one of the girls.”
“Yeah, one who doesn’t have to cramp.” grumbled Amy. “Of all nights to have started.”
I swallowed hard, feeling a bit awkward and out of place with this turn of discussion. What did I know about periods?
“There is that, but I have to admit, you really are one of us Caitlin. I am glad I gave you another chance.” said Holly, looking a touch embarassed.
“I am sorry that I lied to you guys at the beginning, but would you have been okay with me at the beginning, without having gotten to know me?” I asked.
Thuriya smiled at me. “Caitlin, think about this. I have no problem having my hair being uncovered around you. That is a major thing for an Islamic woman and for a while I worried about it, but you come across to me as a young woman so why not treat you like the maiden that you are portraying instead of the man you say you are?”
I was beginning to tear up as that did mean a lot to me. Learning about her culture certainly put a spin on things. “Thank you Thuriya. That means a lot to me. It really does. You guys are some of the first friends I have made in my life. Hell, until I started this crazy stunt I didn’t really have any friends. You guys changed all of that by accepting me. Thank you.”
Alison beamed at me, with possible the widest grin I had ever seen from her. “What are friends for.”
I was hugged then, by several people and it was nice. I knew that these women were my friends and that was not going to change any time soon. This, this friendship, was one of the big reasons that I was going to keep this up after the Initiation and remain as Caitlin. These women were my sisters in all ways but blood and I didn’t know what to say about that. I was honored to be in their presence and touched that they had included me in their group.
Holly looked at the clock and cursed. “Crap, we need to get ready. We only have a little over an hour and one bathroom.”
“Well, you can change in here or my bedroom if you want. The bathroom is only big enough for one person.” offered Alison.
I went into Alley’s room and got ready. I had a lovely cocktail dress in blues and greens that looked really good on me that Gwen had found on sale but I didn’t want to wear granny panties under it, because the panty lines would totally have showed. There were a few others in there with me changing and a few stopped what they were doing and peeked at me when I took off my panties.
Megan gasped out, “Holy crap, you have a vagina!”
I blushed and moved to cover myself, feeling utterly exposed and naked. What I didn’t expect was the rush of girls to the room all clamoring to see.
“You have a vagina?” asked Dawn, clearly confused.
“I… I… I… I…” I think my brain short circuited at that point. I gibbered weakly.
Alley came up and rested a hand on my shoulder, comfortingly. “It’s okay Caitlin, no one is mad. We are just wondering is all.”
“I… uh… Meredith made it and my breasts.” I admitted slowly.
What screwed me up was the next question and from who. Thuriya asked calmly, “Can we see it?”
My ears were burning I was blushing so hard. What the hell? They did say I was one of them and maybe this would be okay. I nodded and uncovered myself.
“Ooooohhhhh.” was apparently the general consensus when they saw me.
“It looks so real.” stated Megan, who had leaned in to get a closer look.
“Meredith matched the hair?” commented Holly, who was a bit dumbfounded and clearly impressed.
“That’s incredible.” said Dawn.
I just nodded and wished I was dead and in a hole. I had no clue what to say and I almost wanted to run and lock myself into the bathroom and maybe never coming out. This was so embarrassing, exposing myself like this.
Alley pushed my hands back, covering me. “Okay… shows over ladies, unless one of use wants to drop our drawers and show off our vaginas.”
People agreed that we should stop the gawking and they dispersed to continue with getting dressed. I turned to face Alley. “Thank you.”
“You’re welcome. Hurry up… we don’t have much time.”
I pulled on the thong I was going to wear and got everything settled. I was quickly dressed and was putting my necklace on, nearly ready to go. Everyone else seemed done as well.
Holly looked us over and smiled, “Girls, we look great. Come on let’s get Initiated!”
With that, we all headed into the cars and took off. The drive to the House was thankfully short, as I think the anxiety was beginning to kill some of us. We walked on in and we could see that some decorations had been put up, mostly crepe paper and a few things that reminded me of Christmas ornaments. The House looked great. Nadia walked up to us and grinned, “Right on time. Excellent. Come on into the sitting room for a bit.”
We all went in and took seats. I guess this whole girl thing was taking hold as I barely registered the fact that I swept the skirt out from under me so the fabric would not bunch up and get massively wrinkled. Nadia continued, “Okay… just so you know what is going to happen. You are going to be blindfolded and then taken into the Chapter Room. You will be led in there by your Big Sister. You will be asked some questions about the House and our history. It will not be anything you don’t know. We have covered some of this stuff weekly so it is something you should be familiar with. Then, once the Sisters are satisfied with your knowledge, the Initiation will begin. At some point, the blindfolds will be taken off. And then you will be a Sister of this House. Any questions?”
Nobody seemed to have any questions at that point so Nadia nodded and called out, “Gwen!”
Gwen came into the room with a box and began handing out black blindfolds to all of us, which were more black sleeping masks as opposed to anything else. I nervously pulled one on and remained seated, unable to see anything. This whole thing was crazy but my quest was almost over. I had challenged this House and it had answered by being far more accepting and open than anything I had ever imagined a Greek organization to be. I was going to be joining a group of women who had accepted me, helped me become who I now was, became friends with, and were making my life more amazing than it had been. This was what I wanted and having to be a girl was pretty much a non-issue right now as the benefits far outweighed the weird. I was okay with where I was, who I was, and what I was wearing. It wasn’t like clothes actually made the man, or rather woman in this case.
“Ladies, please stand.”
We all stood and I felt someone take my hand and arm. I figured it was Gwen, since she was being all Big Sistery and she squeezed my hand comfortingly. I squeezed back.
“Since you are all ready and no one has any second thoughts we can begin. Ladies, it is time.”
Caitlin's initiation is taking place and her head is spinning about that. Where will she go from here?
Disclaimer
This is a work of fiction. There should be no way that these characters are like anyone else, but if that isn’t the case, it has definitely been unintentional. Also, if you happen to find that your life is represented in these pages, I’ll be impressed.
Sorority Boy
By poetheather
Chap 24
Being blindfolded was a bit strange, but I was sure that nothing bad would happen to us as these girls did like us, well, at least me. We were led into the Chapter Room and it felt like there were a lot of people in there, as there was just this… I don’t know… pressure everywhere. It was clear by the occasional sounds of shifting weight and feet that it was packed as well. It was a bit disconcerting.
Once we were completely in the room, the doors shut with an almost ominous noise and we were pushed gently to our knees. As we knelt there on the wood floor a voice called out, “Who brings these Pledges before us?”
“We do!” replied the various Big Sisters that were standing behind us.
The rest of the ceremony is private Sorority business so there is no real reason for me to tell you and thus break my oath to the House. I can tell you that the ritual was very moving and I was certainly crying by the end of it when we were helped to our feet by Sandra, our blindfolds removed, and then all of us hugged. That was the beginning of the fairly huge hug fest and every person in the room hugged us at least once. I may have gotten a few people twice.
I noticed that some of the people in the room were not Sisters of the House but rather older women dressed far better than anyone else in here. They didn’t look like they were in the wrong place and this threw me as I had no clue who they could be, but before I could really ponder on this issue, the whole group of us new Sisters were ushered into the dining room which had been all done up for a party. It looked great, with the streamers and the big ‘Congratulations’ banner. There was plenty of finger foods laid out on a table and a few dishes we could use to feed ourselves all nice and arranged for easy snacking. There were plenty of drinks as well, which was also good. I grabbed a plate and loaded up on some food, as I was a bit hungry. I had been so nervous today that I hadn’t eaten well. It looked like I would be able to make up for that now.
I sat down at a table, sighing in relief and then it hit me. I was in a Sorority. I wasn’t just a Pledge anymore I was actually a Sister of this House. I, Richard O’Rourke, was a Sister in this Sorority. My head swam a little at that. Man, what a change from what I had gone into this expecting. I had expected taking them to court and now here I was, dressed as a girl, having become a Sorority Girl or rather was that a Sorority Boy. Hell, I didn’t even know anymore.
I sat there a bit dumbfounded for a bit before I turned to start nibbling at my food. As I was eating a wonderful cucumber sandwich the older women came over to the table with Sandra. The head of the House said, “Caitlin, I would like to introduce you to the President of our Sorority, Elizabeth Heasley, and several of the members of the National Board.”
My eyes popped wide at that. National was here? For this initiation? Why? Me? But? I gaped like a fish in my surprise and apparently, they found that particularly funny. I found my voice and stammered out, “It is a pleasure to meet you all.”
Mrs. Heasley sat down next to me and said, “Actually the pleasure is entirely ours. We have heard good things about you Caitlin.”
I turned to face Sandra in surprise and she smirked at me. It figured that she had something to do with this. “Caitlin, you wanted to join our House and we called National about it. Didn’t you think they might want a progress report or two?”
“Honestly, you have kept me so busy I never even had a chance to think about it, for which I am thankful.” I shrugged. That was the truth. If I had thought about that too much I probably would have had more panic attacks.
“So I was wondering what you thought of all of this?” asked Mrs. Heasley.
“You mean becoming a Sister in this House?” I clarified, wanting to make sure I knew what I was answering before I spoke. See, I can be taught.
“Yes. We are wondering what you thought about this whole thing?”
I paused and thought things threw a bit, in order to organize my thoughts. “It hasn’t really been all that easy, honestly. There have been some pretty tough moments of juggling which world I was in but I am happy to have gone through it, that’s for sure. I made a lot of great friends and I am happy about how things have turned out, overall. I still believe that this was a good idea and that my reasoning for doing this was sound.”
“I am glad to hear that.” said Mrs. Heasley. “I know this couldn’t have been easy for you but I am glad you stuck through this all.”
“So am I. This has really changed my life in a lot of ways I have never imagined. Thank you for giving me this opportunity.” I smiled at her, making sure it was clear in my voice just how much this had meant to me.
“You’re welcome. Honestly, when Sandra got a hold of us this summer, I have to admit we were curious as to what exactly you were up to. Nadia told us what your plan was and you know that case would not have worked, right?” asked Mrs. Heasley with a slight smirk.
I blushed and looked down at the table. “Well, I do now, but then I had no idea. I thought this would fit the parameters for a decent case. Sorry.”
Mrs. Heasley laughed. It was a hearty, good natured laugh. “If you hadn’t done that then our House would not have had this opportunity for our own growth, so thank you for doing this.”
I blushed; a bit embarrassed to be thanked for something I had determined to be a stupid plan. I had really made myself look like a jackass over this when this whole misadventure started and here the National President was thanking me for doing it. My life was getting stranger and stranger by the moment, which I guess was becoming par for the course. “Well, I learned a lot and this experience certainly has changed my life, that’s for sure.”
“I am glad to hear that. This Sorority’s mission is to help people change their lives and achieve their dreams. If you got something positive out of this, then it is a success all the way around. We are planning on having a vote over the summer, about if we should allow Transgendered individuals and maybe even some guys who are interested in Sisterhood into the Sorority. You have already had a positive effect on the Sorority Caitlin and I cannot wait to see what you do from here.”
“Thank you, Mrs. Heasley. I will try to be the best Sister of this House that I can be.” I promised. She was really impressing me.
She reached out and patted me on the shoulder. “I am sure you will.”
With that, she left me to continue eating and I sat there sort of stunned for a bit before I returned to the task at hand. I was almost done with my plate of food when Meredith came up and sat down next to me. “How are you doing Caitlin?”
“I don’t know. Basically, I feel rather odd. I was just thanked for doing this and I am not sure if it has fully registered that I am a Sister of this House.” I just sort of sat there, the cup I was holding just sitting there almost forgotten in my hand.
“You are a great Sister Caitlin and everyone likes you. I think this has been good for you.”
I smiled weakly and had a sip of my drink, its weight reminding me that it was there. It helped me find my voice. “Thanks, Merri. I… I just…”
Words really failed me. Meredith hugged me and kissed me on the cheek. She rested a hand on my cheek and said, “I am going to mingle some more. See you back at the room?”
“You bet.” When she left I sat there for a little bit, finishing my plate off before I headed outside. I needed some fresh air and maybe that would help me clear my head. The air was a bit nippy but not too bad. I was mostly comfortable and not worried enough to bother getting a sweater or something from the room. Besides, I really had no interest in climbing all of those stairs. There were a couple of other girls out there talking but no one from the Pledge Class. I was okay with that.
I sat down on a bench and looked up at the stars that peeked through the partly cloudy sky. This had certainly been a long and strange trip ever since I had showed up here before school started. When I had gotten here, to this town, I had never even remotely imagined this moment. I was a girl now, which was quite possibly the biggest divergence from what I had planned for my college years but more than that I was in an effectively lesbian relationship, in a Sorority and what was worse, I was enjoying it. That was a major change from anything I was used to.
Sure, being a guy would have been nice, but how many of the opportunities that had enriched my school so far would I have encountered if I hadn’t done this? I had tutors for my classes who were pushing me to excel, more friends than I had ever had before in my entire life. I had a lot of things going right for me and even my mom had to agree that was the case. This had been a long, strange trip and I had honestly only started on it. Where I was going I really had no clue yet. I guess the next three and a half years would tell.
I had some more to drink, watching the stars and losing myself in the chatter going on around me. This was nice, like the few times I had gone to parties in High School, where I sat alone, left to my thoughts. Part of me had missed that, being surrounded by friends all the time.
A familiar voice from behind me asked, “Can I join you?”
I turned and looked over at Alison. She was smiling at me and I smiled back, happy to see her. “Sure. Take a seat.”
She sat down on the bench and we sat in silence for a little while before she said, “Caitlin?”
“Yes?”
“I just wanted to let you know that I am really grateful that you convinced me to stick with this. I have had a great time and I love being a Sister here. I would never have actually gone through with this if it had not been for you pushing me. You were my inspiration.,” admitted Alison.
I blinked a few times in surprise before I protested, “But I didn’t do anything.”
“You really did, Caitlin. Just accept it.” She grinned at me. “Because of you I am even thinking of asking a few of my friends to try out for the House in the spring.”
I smiled at her, happy to have become her friend. “Thanks. That would be pretty cool, having a Goth night or something as a party.”
Alison laughed at that idea. “Yeah. It would be pretty cool to do something like that and I can certainly help people get what they need for the outfits. I do like the fact that my grades have never been higher, thanks to the House.”
I chuckled, as I was a fan of that as well. “They do like their studying here. They made me study for hours for being Caitlin and that was before classes started. I think it really has been helpful for me as well, grade wise. I just wish I had a clue as to what I want to do with my life.”
She leaned over and gave me a one armed hug. “Don’t worry about it, Cait. I am sure you will think of something before your four years are up. I thought you wanted to be a lawyer.”
I shrugged noncommittally. “So, we made it, hunh?”
“We did. Here’s to us.” We clinked our plastic cups together and drained them in one long pull. She took my glass and headed back into the House. She called back, “I’ll be back with a refill.”
Once again, I was left alone to my thoughts. I looked up at the stars and tried to figure out what the hell I wanted to do, who I wanted to become. I figured that I had several years before I really needed to decide between being Caitlin and Richard, but more importantly what did I want to learn? Who did I want to become through my studies, as my mom had been clear that what I learned would change who I would be? I certainly understood that now after this experience.
Questions were all I had right now and the stars were not sharing with me any answers. All I knew at that moment was that I regretted nothing about joining a Sorority and that this House, the Sisters I met, and the friends I had made were going to see me on my way to whatever future was out there. I had become Caitlin and I was okay with that. Where I went from here was left to the future.
Grace was not the usual Caregiver, and certainly not someone they would choose for their poster girl. She was crude, a brawler and a drinker. In short, she was still the Irish fisherman she had been before the DeCorvin process. But what happens when you run out of chances? What happens when your career turns on your ability to change? Could the brash Irish lass turn away from all she had been to embrace who she had become? Could you find joy in duties you despised? Her future in the company depended on it.
Home is the Sailor, Home from the Sea
A Caregivers Adventure
By poetheather
With thanks to EE Nalley and RAH
Tá¡ Grá¡inne Mhaol ag go duill ar sá¡ile
From: Orá³, 'Sé do Bheatha 'Bhaile
Grace’s face rocked to the side, a red spot blooming on her cheek, turning with the force of the slap. Her body turned some as well, as the man who had slapped her had great upper body strength. Her pink jumpsuit was grabbed and she was lifted into the air. She flailed a little, but even with her mass it was no use. She felt herself cocked back and then was flying forward.
“Why me?” ran through her head, as she flew through the slight gravity to crash into some patrons who had hurriedly tried to catch her. With a loud oof, they braced her fall.
Grace rolled to her feet to face the lumbering man. Other patrons were moving in to intercept. This had to be dealt with now. “Stop!”
Everyone in the bar turned to look at the nearly six foot Caregiver. The braid her red hair was in was coming loose, with wisps floating in the slight gravity. Her eyes had gone from blue to green to the darker color of an angry sea. “I get tae deal wit‘im. Feckin’ gobshite.”
The other patrons backed away and the huge man snorted. To be afraid of a woman, even one as attractive as Grace was something his reptilian brain was unable to process. Sure she was solid, like a beautiful peasant girl with loads of freckles, but what danger could she hold.
Grace settled herself a little more solidly and took a deep breath to center herself. Her smile was almost feral as she moved in.
The other man was larger, had greater muscle mass but no formal training. Grace had all the benefits of the DeCorvin process plus some fine teaching in several different forms of combat, including a few modified for low gravity. She was trained, strong and could take a lot of damage. That and she was Irish.
When all was said and done, she had perhaps a few broken ribs and a nice shiner but the larger man was out cold. She sat down on top of him and faced the irate mob of Spacers who had gathered. She ran a hand over her fiery hair, trying to smooth out the tangled mess. It only sort of worked. “Gentlemen, ‘ear me out.”
The crowd stirred muttering.
“Dinna space this arse over this, please. First off ‘e’s new. And second, like you roughnecks wouldn’a like someone as strong as himself tae be doin’ tha werk?”
Grace smiled internally listening to the murmurs of assent to that. She just might manage to save this guy’s life. “Rough ‘im up some if ya wanna, but let ‘im know wha the deal is out ‘ere in space. Give ‘im a break. Please. For me.”
She smiled her most dazzling smile, her eyes more like the ocean in the sun then the rough waves of earlier. Once she got their murmurs of assent she thanked them all formally and left the bar, rubbing her sore jaw line.
She frowned as she was heading back to her ships berth. She knew that the Ship Mother was going to hear about this and that she would get in trouble for this, again. She was generally not the kinder and softer Irish lass but more like the old movie star Maureen O’Hara. She hadn’t been this way when she had joined Caregivers; it had come out all on its own after the Process. Not that she really minded.
She smiled as she headed back towards the ship’s bearth. It had been a good shore leave and she had enjoyed that fight, made her forget all of her troubles. Of course, the whiskey helped with all of that as well. She sang one of her father’s favorite sea chanteys as she wove her way home.
* * *
Ships Mother Stevens rubbed her eyes as she looked at the personal file for Grace Ni Mhaille. The woman had been a Sister for a few years, but had never lasted on any one posting more than one trip due to interpersonal issues. Something had always happened and Grace left. The other ships hadn’t been angry over most of them, simply citing that it came down to personality conflicts. She did know privately that Grace and a Ship’s Bosun had gotten into it aboard The Pride of Jersey. That fight had not been pretty, according to all reports. And now this.
Maybe Grace wasn’t quite working out as a Caregiver? Maybe they needed to let her go once they returned to Mars? Surely a pilot as skilled as Grace could find work there? Couldn’t she?
Maybe…maybe not. If Grace was let go, she might never find a job with another company. What was really needed was someone rough enough to stand up to the girl but refined enough to wear down some of those rough edges that seemed to crop up after the fact. If Ships Mother Corazon wasn’t on a long voyage, she might be just the person, but who else could do this?
She wrote up the report, listed her recommendations and sent the file off to Mars. Hopefully someone there would be able to think of some way to tame the wild Caregiver. She certainly hadn’t been able to despite everything that she had tried. It would be a long trip back, especially with this hanging over her head.
* * *
Administrative Leave was never as good as it sounded. Grace listlessly wandered around her apartment on Mars worried that maybe she had screwed up big time. She wasn’t sure why it was that her temper had gotten worse since the DeCorvin process had changed her, but it had. She seemed to grow upset at the drop of a hat now. It was like her emotions had become as changeable as the sea.
What was frustrating her was that everything she had known had changed so utterly when she had left her home in Clew Bay behind. The parish priest had blessed him when he had set out in the same manner that sailors going out into the Atlantic had been blessed for hundreds of years. When she had left home to find work she had been blessed, but since then she really hadn’t been back to church. She sighed. Maybe she should have stayed home and fished with her family?
She missed Clare Island. She missed the Earth but she also felt at home out here in space. It was difficult and she often prayed to St. Brendan the Navigator for guidance. Her father had insisted that he had to leave, that the seas were becoming dead things and that someone had to carry their ancient name to the stars. She had agreed to her father’s wishes and had tried to get into all of the Space Agencies to no avail. A fisherman and the son of fishermen apparently didn’t quite make the cut for the major companies.
She lay on her bed and stared at the ceiling, thinking back to how she got herself into this mess to start with.
* * *
Brendan stood in front of his last hope to follow Himself’s orders. He prayed to his namesake, St. Brendan, that he could get hired. Sadly, the Caregivers Company was his last chance to get into space. He had an idea of what it might cost, but what else could he do? Brendan crossed himself and put his rosary back on and headed into the building.
“Guten Morgen, wilkomen zu Caregivers.” stated the receptionist as he walked into the beautiful lobby. The architecture was incredible and the large open atrium gave a felling of vastness. It was awe inspiring.
Brendan blinked. He had no idea what the woman had just said. He blushed in embarrassment as he asked, “Uhm…do ye speak English?”
“Yes sir. Welcome to Caregivers. Can I help you?” Her smile was bright and made Brendan think that all was right in the world.
“Aye. I was wonderin’ if there were any way that I could be applyin’ for a job wit ye’.” His accent grew deeper with his nervousness.
“Of course. Let me page someone from Personal to come down and speak with you. Please have a seat and someone will be with you in a moment.” Her smile never wavered.
Brendan sat there nervously wiping his sweaty palms off on his dungarees. His father had said that getting off Earth was a good plan but he wasn't too sure. And with the things he had heard about this company he wasn't sure he would be able to work with them. He shifted in his seat as he watched a few of the pink jumpsuited women walk by, uncomfortable by their presence. There weren't a lot of women out on Claire Island that even gave him the time of day. He wasn't used to the presence of a lot of attractive women and it made his palms sweat.
Just as he was about to bolt a strong contralto voice said, "Good Morning, welcome to the Frankfort office for Caregivers. My name is Gisa, can I help you?"
Brendan nodded nervously. "Uhm...I was wonderin’ about tryin’ tae get a job wit your company. Can I apply?"
The blond haired woman cocked her head and looked at Brendan questioningly. "Have you tried any of the other companies?"
He just nodded and brushed a stray strand of red hair from his face. He found it difficult to answer her, as beautiful women made him tongue tied as well.
Gisa looked down at him as if she were measuring something. Brendan just blushed redder. She seemed to make a decision when she said, "Please come upstairs with me, sir, and we can get this started."
He filled in paperwork and took several tests, on various things, some of which made little to no sense. His head was spinning even more when he headed off to the hostel where he was staying. He didn't have more than enough Euros to stay a few days in Germany. He collapsed into the thinly mattressed bed and slept the sleep of the dead. His days only got more confounding rather than less.
* * *
She had woken up from the DeCorvin process feeling terribly out of sorts. Everything felt wrong and right at the same time. The Sister who was assigned to take care of the new Caregivers had smiled at her and urged her to sleep more. She had slept and ate for the better part of a week, slowly feeling better and stronger, her body filling out. She had headed back to see her folks but her father had not been able to deal with his only son becoming a daughter. The newly minted Grace had returned to Frankfort and had spent the rest of her recuperation time at a nearby hostel.
A lot of the time she cried, unable to bear the pain of losing her family. She had only done what Himself had said. Was that any reason to disown her? Because she had become a woman? After a red eyed week she told herself to stop being silly and to face the world straight on, as her family had taught her. Grace had graduated near the top of her class at Yotori Station and gotten picked up easily for her first job, as she held great pilot ratings. And that's when the trouble really started.
Grace got up from her bed and washed her freckled face. She needed to get out of the room, out of the apartment, out of her head. All she was doing was going over and over the same history that she had dragged behind her for years. She wanted to get drunk and maybe into a fight. That would help clear her head of the cobwebs and make her feel alive.
She made her way to her favorite dive. They had lots of alcohol to numb the pain and take the edge off the terrible pub food. In a way the Broken Throttle reminded her of home. Every night there was a fight and every night she could take home her choice of anyone in the place. She had done that occasionally, when masturbation just wasn't cutting it anymore. Tonight wasn't one of those nights.
Thankfully, she wasn't in her pink jumpsuit, a color she wholly detested, but really, there was no hiding that she was a Caregiver. Other women just weren't as beautiful, as desirable as Caregivers and she knew she couldn't hide out in a crowd. Her beauty all but screamed out that she was a transformed man.
She mellowed after the third Tullamore Dew that she drank and that made her relax more and enjoy the music. There was a guy with a squeezebox up front singing off color songs like "A Spacesuit Built for Two" and other delicate numbers. The crowd joined in on the chorus. Grace smiled. It could only be better if they were singing the songs of her home.
Up by the bar a fight broke out and she sat back and watched it. The two brawlers were big and strong and the crowd cheered them on. The fight spread and Grace was aware that the Spacers were keeping the fight from getting too close to her. It was gallant, but she would have been appreciative of any excuse to jump in. It was certainly not a private fight, but women didn't just jump into fights unannounced.
Sadly, the fight never got close enough to her to give her cause. She sighed and left the bar, to walk the streets. The stars shone brilliantly in the sky and Grace sighed as she looked towards Earth. She could see it where it hung in the sky, a bright blue green dot. It had been home, but Himself had made it clear that Grace was not welcome back in Clew Bay. And without home, what good was the Earth?
* * *
"You have got to be kidding me?" Ships Mother Nakamura started after she had been told what she was being asked to do.
"If only. Grace is a talented pilot but she is anything but the standard image we try to present to the public. She has been in several brawls and shows no signs of stopping. We either manage to rehabilitate her on her next trip or she defaults her contract." explained Rei Yotori, looking up from the screen with Grace’s file on it. The freckled faced red head looked far more innocent than her record showed. "This is it. Do you think you can do this?"
Aoi Nakamura was unsure. In her entire time working for the Caregiver Company she had never felt this unsure about a job. It wouldn't be easy to soften the edges of this one and it wasn't as if she were one of the teachers. This would be trying and she didn't know if she really felt up to exerting the effort. But if she didn't, Grace would be fired from the company and would owe more than she could make given her record. She sighed and bowed. "It would be my honor to serve."
"Aoi, you don’t have be so formal with me. We’ve been friends since the Academy. Now, I have found a contract for the two of you which seems to be tailored for you both. Granted you would be working well under your rating to do this job but it is the only way I can think of to make this work. Do you know Captain Tobias?" asked Rei, sitting back in her chair.
"By reputation only. I heard that it’s a tight ship and they’ve has been able to deal with some of the worst and toughest jobs out there." Aoi thought a bit more on the issue. That ship might well provide the environment needed to help Grace. And it wasn’t like this would be her first time on a ship with a tough reputation. "It does sound like that may be just the sort of Captain that Grace will respond to. So do I have to use the carrot and the stick?"
Rei shrugged gracefully. "I don't exactly know on this one. All I know is that we lose a talented pilot if this doesn't work."
They both sighed. Then Rei brightened up. "Would you like some tea?"
Aoi nodded. Rei poured the tea and handed the cup over. They both bowed their heads over their glasses briefly and then smiled at each other. It was almost like old times again, back when Rei and she had been on Yotori Station learning how to be Caregivers. Things had seemed so much easier back then.
Rei had been one of the first people that Aoi had met after coming out of the DeCorvin process. They had spent bits and pieces of the next few weeks hanging out together, since Rei had recently gone through the process as well. It had been fun going on a vacation with Rei up to the mountains to one of those Hot Springs. She would never forget how much fun she had in her first month as a woman, all thanks to the woman sitting across from her.
She owed it to herself and to her teachers to try and help Grace to become the Caregiver she could bee and not the one she had become. They had all stressed how important the role of Caregiver was and Aoi had certainly taken it to heart. Now it was her time to pay it back.
* * *
The doorbell rang again and again and again, burning through the haze of the whiskey. Grace looked up from her bed, expecting someone to be actually in her room somehow. She dragged herself to her feet and stumbled towards the door, pulling on a ratty bathrobe. She yawned, her mouth straining wide. "Comin'."
She opened the door and looked down at an Asian woman in a pink jumpsuit. She could tell at a glance by the flash that this was a Ships Mother. This woke her up and she tried to focus her bleary eyes. "Uhm...er...uh...Ships Mother...uh...Nakamura. Please tae be comin' in."
The delicate woman bowed her head and entered. Grace blushed as she could tell that the woman was scanning her filthy apartment. Red faced with embarrassment she asked, "Would...would ye like somethin' tae drink?"
"Tea please."
Grace hustled into the small kitchen to prepare some tea for the both of them. Her hands were shaking so she grabbed some teabags rather than the tea ball. She filled the mugs with the hot water and quickly returned to where Ships Mother Nakamura was sitting primly on the edge of a chair. Grace managed to set the mugs down without sloshing any of the hot beverage on anything. She blushed brightly in embarrassment.
The two women sipped their tea, one leisurely and the other bubbling over with nervous energy. With slow, precise elegance Nakamura-san drank and then set the mug down. Grace fought to keep from blurting anything out. She remembered that the tea ceremony was important and shouldn't be blundered over by someone like her.
Finally, Ships Mother Nakamura looked up at her with unflinching brown eyes. "Sister Ni Mhaille, your contract has been picked up and you are being sent out under my supervision. Let me make this clear to you so we understand each other; this is your last chance. If you fail on this journey than you will no longer be in the employ of the Caregivers."
Grace swallowed hard. She had feared this day. There was no way that she would ever be able to pay back the company for everything they had given her so far. The process was expensive and she had no idea how she could get the money. No words came out of her mouth so she just nodded in understanding.
Nakamura-san stared at her quietly, and then nodded. “In a week and a halfs time our vessel arrives in orbit. Two days afterwards it departs. Until then you are going to be working with me. Please make yourself ready to come with me to our offices.”
Grace nodded and got to her feet, her head throbbing in time with her heartbeat. She showered quickly and then turned the water from blisteringly hot to ice cold, back and forth a few times to clear her head. The mirror showed that her green eyes were not terribly bloodshot but she rinsed them as well with cold water.
Shivering, she toweled off briskly. She grabbed a clean pair of panties and a bra, slipping them on swiftly. She tugged herself into her jumpsuit and towel dried her hair. One French Twist later, her fiery hair was up and ready. She grabbed her purse and stepped back into the living room.
Once she passed inspection she followed Nakamura-san back to the Martian Offices. Getting the personal attentions of a Ship’s Mother was not a good thing normally, and Grace was sure that this was a rare event. She was in trouble and she knew it.
Once in the building, the two of them went into one of the unused rooms used only for meeting influential clients. Aoi took a seat and motioned for Grace to remain standing. “I have gone over your records and you have not done well anywhere except in your job as a pilot, where you have had extremely high ratings. You seem more interested in drinking and brawling rather than perform our duties. Now, I do note that you do well with a certain type of crew, but you are not ‘one of the guys’. So, we will be working on getting you back into being a Caregiver rather than just a female pilot. So, we shall start with the Tea Ceremony. Are you ready?”
Grace groaned. “Di’ we have tae?”
Aoi cocked up one eyebrow up at the large Irish lass. She held the other woman’s gaze until the red head blushed and looked down. “Shall we begin?’’’
* * *
Grace fell onto her bed exhausted. Not only had they done the Tea Ceremony several times but also dancing and going over a number of the really embarrassing Intimacy issues that she would rather have avoided. Tomorrow she had to bring her harp in and play a few songs. She hadn’t touched her harp in something like eight months, so she was sure she was going to embarrass herself, again. She had also been told that if she was caught drinking alcohol any time soon, she would simply be fired and owe back all that money from her training.
She didn’t have the money for that so she had to do what she had been told. She had grabbed a gyro on her way home and ate it as she had walked, as she knew that she didn’t have anything here at home for her too warm up. It was barely enough to refuel her but it was the easiest thing she could get and not really take too much time. She had also been told that she needed to work on her cooking skills.
All she wanted to do was drink herself into oblivion, but that really wasn’t an option that was available. Apparently, Yotori-sama had sent someone to collect all the alcohol from the house while she had been working with Nakamura. The note basically stated what the Ship’s Mother had said, only this time with an accounting. Grace had shuddered at the size of the bill.
Lines in the ceiling gave her something for her to dance over again and again, letting her find and re-find the same patterns over and over. It had been something she had started to do as a kid out on the boat. She got to the point that she could find the stars in a particular direction quickly and have a rough idea how they had moved. It was a useful skill whenever the boats old electronics would futz out and they had to dead reckon their way home.
Her eyes danced over the ceiling, over and over until she finally drifted off to sleep, using the lines like sheep counting. Meanwhile, back at the offices Nakamura was talking to Yotori, “I think this issue is more than her just being unschooled.”
Rei looked concerned, “How so?”
“I think something may have happened to her right after she joined. Looking over her file, things just started to go down hill during training and only got worse. It is almost as if she is trying to be a guy again.” Aoi was looking off trying to figure out what could be going on with her student. “And there isn’t anything about her family anywhere. Could that have something to do with the way she acts?”
Rei rubbed her forehead in thought. “Perhaps. But isn’t that reading a bit too much into her actions? Just because she is acting that way doesn’t mean that she wants to be a guy. The nannites help with the process of self-acceptance.”
“But it isn’t perfect. All you can get then is someone who has changed but is still carrying the same issues from before.” countered Aoi.
“Yet nothing of that sort is present on the Psych profiles taken during processing.”
Aoi frowned. That was true. But something still was nagging her. “Could we have those run again? I want to see what is going on now.”
Rei shrugged. “I suppose. It can’t hurt really and may help us figure out what is going on with our wayward Sister. How is the training going?”
“Shaky. A lot of her skills have lost that polish that you leave with. I don’t think she really utilized about 65 to 70 percent of her training on any of her previous assignments. I have to go over things that she should have known. She seems to be running from the skills that are unique to our company and only focusing on the basic Spacer skills.” said Aoi, taking a sip of her tea. “She seems driven and haunted at the same time.”
“Do we need an exorcist or something?” laughed Rei.
“Maybe.”
* * *
Grace tuned her harp carefully. She had to play something soothing and appropriate for relaxation. The harp was good for that, but it wasn’t something that she usually did. The sound brought too many memories of home with it. She wished she had chosen something, anything else as her instrument. She had chosen this before her transformation, since her father loved harp music.
But now…now it was just something she had to do. She sighed, trying to let her stress out with the exhalation. She counted in her head, setting the rhythm. The soft tones of the harp began to fill the air. It sounded good, at least to Grace.
“No, no, no. With feeling. What you are playing feels dead, like you don’t care anything about what it sounds like.” Aoi stood before grace. “Let your feelings flow through the strings.”
Grace gritted her teeth and tried again. She could feel her anger begin to swell and grow. She just wanted to smack the smaller woman.
“No! Honestly Grace, do you simply have no feelings in this?”
“Shut yer gob! Canna ya see I’m tryin’ tae do as ye asked?” Grace stood quickly, her face red with anger and frustration. Her eyes flashed the color of the ocean at storm. “I’m trying for feck’s sake.”
Aoi glared at the larger redhead, refusing to back down. “No, you’re not trying. And that is not the kind of behavior that we want from our employees. You will need to clean up your language as well, Sister Ni Mhaille.”
Grace looked down at the ground, embarrassed. It seemed as if all the wind had gone from her sails, resigned to something painful. Her eyes had gone back to blue, like the flat sea after the storm had passed. “Wha’ di ye wan’ from me?”
Aoi closed for a moment, counting to herself. There was just something about this girl that was making her crazy. “What I want, Grace, is for you to show pleasure and even joy in taking care of your clients.”
“Take care o’ them? Why? I’m jus a sally they can ride. Where be the pleasure in tha’? I’m jus’ some fancy fannyballs thanks tae nannites. I’m jus a fake piece o’slice tae them, somthin tae dip their wick in.” Grace dropped back on to the floor, where her harp was sitting. Her shoulders hung down and she stared at the floor. “Jus’ a feckin spare arse in space.”
Aoi could see that Grace was shaking with pent up tears. She crouched down quickly and hugged the younger woman. “Grace, you are not some sort of fake woman. You are the real thing. You can have children and everything. And you are not just a ‘spare arse’ in space. We serve more than just that function.”
Grace snorted. “Sure an I don’ believe tha’. Thas alla they wanted, a piece o’slice to keep them happy. Me da was right. I’m naught but a failure.”
Aoi closed her eyes. It was her family. Something they had done had caused all of this. She hoped she could do this, take care of Grace and help her past these issues. Corazon was much better in cases like this. “You are not a failure Grace.”
Again she snorted in response. “I’m a right fool for needin’ remedial help.”
“Grace, we can get past this. Your father is wrong and you can show it to him by becoming the best pilot you can be and by becoming the best Caregiver you can be. Don’t fight against yourself. Things are already tough enough out here in Space.” Aoi still hadn’t let go of the weeping woman.
Grace cried out her pain and frustration at everything. She had never been able to do anything right and this just proved it. What could she do but just accept this failure?
Aoi needed help, but letting go of Grace right now would be a bad idea. The larger girl needed someone more substantial to cling to. There was so much that she had to do for Grace and so little time to accomplish it. She was hoping that she could provide what Grace needed.
* * *
The door was nice but there should have been no reason for Grace to be nervous about what lay beyond. She had been ordered to be here, at this time by Ship’s Mother Nakamura, and so she was. She was afraid and she hated it.
She knocked on the door gently, hoping to not be heard so she could flee. She wasn’t that lucky. “Come in.”
Grace opened the door and stepped into the softly lit room. There were candles everywhere and the air was rich with the scent of lavender and marjoram. There was soft music that was almost outside of her ability to hear. The room was well decorated with warm woods and brocades.
In the center of the room was a dark haired woman kneeling, dressed in a formal kimono. She bowed to Grace and said, “Please be welcomed here, Grace-sama. May I be of service to you?”
The Irish girl was stunned, unsure of what to do. She knelt and bowed back. “I am unworthy to receive your service.”
The woman in the kimono looked up and smiled, gesturing towards what looked like a massage table. “Dozo.”
Grace walked to where she was supposed to go. She undressed, folding her clothes and setting them aside. She lay on the massage table and covered herself up with the sheet.
“My name is Thuraiya. Please allow me the pleasure of soothing your woes.” The woman’s hands were strong and the oil was warm on Grace’s skin.
For a while she was drifting away, losing herself in the kneading of her muscles. Then the girl spoke, “I have been told that you have some trouble accepting who you are now. I will try to provide you with some aid in this.”
Grace tensed some at this and Thuraiya focused on those spots, working out the tension. Some of the places she rubbed made Grace think of things that had happened to her. Her fight with her father, the things he had called her. Other little moments arose that all led her to the conclusion that the Caregivers were nothing but whores. She started to cry.
“It is alright Grace-sama. Let the past and the pain flow from you.”
Again Grace found herself crying, sobbing out her pain as the other woman massaged all the tension out. She was drained and emotionally fragile from all her walls coming down. Thuraiya soothed Grace with her hands, strong and sure, unknotting long forgotten pain from her muscles.
Thuraiya helped her slip on a robe and she escorted Grace over to a dining area of the room. Grace sat in seiza while the Arabic girl served her. The food was light and good and helped to settle her back in the real world. When she was starting to relax even more, Thuraiya stood and held out a hand to her. “Dozo?”
Grace blushed as she took the woman’s hand. She was led to a futon bed and then undressed. After Thuraiya removed Grace’s robe she loosened her kimono, letting it fall.
The kiss was soft and reached deep inside of Grace. She shuddered partially in fear and then relaxed into it. It was something unexpected and wonderful.
“Please allow me the honor of awakening you to pleasure.” whispered the dark haired woman. Grace smiled softly and let herself be led to a different place.
* * *
Afterwards, lying on the futon snuggled up to her sister Caregiver, Grace had a soft smile on her face. Life was good and she hadn’t really known that her body could feel like this. Her fellow Caregiver had taken her to higher and higher levels of pleasure until the waves crashed over Grace in a screaming, soul shuddering orgasm that seemed to last forever. Her body still tingled and trembled slightly from it. Maybe being a woman wasn’t that bad after all?
Thuraiya ran a hand through Grace’s red hair. “You really are beautiful Grace Ni Mhaille.”
Grace blushed again.
“You are troubled by old pain, but all you need to do is let it go. Who you are and what you do is chosen by you, not anyone else. If you want to succeed than all you have to do is chose to be the person you want to be and go after it.” The words were murmured into Grace’s ear.
“Thank you.” said Grace, turning to kiss the other girl. “I…you…Uh…you have given me something I never imagined existed. Thank you.”
“It is my pleasure. Just to see you relaxed and happy is reward enough to me. Your pleasure gives me pleasure.”
Grace wondered if maybe that could be true. Could she really be happy by making someone else happy? Would it really be all that bad? The idea was so foreign, like the idea that being a Molly wasn't worse than being a Bloke. It was just different, just a different way to move through life. It was radical to say the least.
She turned and returned the favor, trying to find pleasure in pleasing Thuraiya in everyway possible.
* * *
“How is she doing?” asked Rei, through the monitor. She was heading back to Earth for work.
“I think she is doing alright at the moment. Thuraiya helped her through a very tough spot. Her bodywork is such a blessing to have. If it weren’t for her I don’t know if we would have gotten through to Grace. But she no longer thinks of us as whores, which is a great step. Now to nurse her back to health.” Aoi was pleased by the progress that Grace was making. She was smiling more, tentatively to be sure but smiling none the less. And that could also be seen through her movements.
“So, she will be ready when the ship arrives?” asked Rei, a bit surprised at what Aoi had achieved.
“Certainly. Ready enough if she were a new Sister fresh out of Yotori Station. I think this trip may well fix things for our wayward Sister. At least, I hope so.”
* * *
Grace had her gear packed and at the port, waiting for her new assignment. Apparently Ship’s Mother Nakamura and she were to be the only Caregivers for the ship. It had a crew of ten already and was in need of a few Caregivers. It was not a job that required a Ship’s Mother but apparently her ‘rehabilitation’ needed that more personal touch that Aoi provided.
Both she and Nakamura-sama were dressed in their jumpsuits, resplendent in their distinctive pink. It had been a traumatic week for her, laying bare a number of things about her life that she would rather have never thought about again. But she did feel better about who she was and what she was doing for the most part. Grace knew she was kind of shaky emotionally, but that was to be expected. This was her chance to turn her life around and she wanted to take it.
They felt the slight shudder of a ship docking. This would be their new home, the Variable Star. Grace knew the reputation of the ship, that they would take jobs that no one else would and always managed to succeed. They went out to explore, out beyond contact with other humans. It was a bit of an honor to work for such a ship. Supposedly this trip was to head out to Iapetus and to physically explore the moon of Saturn.
Heading out to Saturn and back would be a long voyage and an interesting voyage she hoped. They were going to be examining the hydrogen cyanide polymers and the potential organic compounds in the ice. It was a dangerous exploration mission but it was certainly something she was interested in doing. She had never gone out as far as Saturn.
Finally the hatch opened and a short man in a flight suit came out. He looked a bit grizzled, with his grey hair and five o’clock shadow. He looked over at the two Caregivers. “Ready to board?”
Aoi simply nodded so Grace did the same thing. “Good. I’ll get your gear loaded. My name is Eldridge. Head on inside and Donal will show you to your room. We don’t have the space on board for rooms for each of you, sorry. Oh and welcome to the Variable Star.”
The two women moved gracefully through the hatch and into the ship itself. On the other side was another guy, built like some sort of ancient Celtic warrior, even with the big moustache. Grace liked him immediately. “Welcome. I’m Donal. Let me get you tae your room so you can get settled while we finish the resupply.”
Their room was of a generous size and thankfully they did not have a bunk bed. Each of them had a separate bed to rest and work on. Aoi set down her stuff and turned back to the door. “Please start unpacking Grace. I am going to give my regards to Captain Tobias.”
Grace bowed and began to unpack. This was going to be her home for quite a while, months, so she started the task for making it her home. Her first step was to make the bed. She had just gotten green cotton sheets with a thread count near that of satin. If she was going to be here a while she at least wanted to be comfortable.
She put the gear she carried on with her away in the various storage areas provided. Once they got their baggage they would be able to make this room into something special. Maybe some of these other parts of the job wouldn’t be all that bad? Besides, Aoi had made it clear that she could refuse if the person really offended her and made her extremely uncomfortable. That was some comfort at least.
She wished that she had some Whiskey. A shot or two would be nice right about now. Since this whole thing started and Nakamura-sama showed up at her apartment she hadn’t had anything to drink. That was making her a bit crazy. Was this a sign that she had a problem? But she was Irish? Maybe Donal had some?
Shaking her head she sat down. Was Thuraiya right? Did she have all these problems that she was hiding from, including issues with being a woman? Did that mean her drinking was an attempt to hide from this, from everything?
Grace shivered some at the thought. Had she really been lying to herself this whole time? She gritted her teeth and clenched and unclenched her fists. Why wasn’t there anything that she could hit right there. Punching the bulkhead would only hurt her hand and she had done that enough to grow tired of it. She had gotten in trouble several times for denting her walls.
“Gah…feckin shite! Why me? Sweet Lord, why me?” yelled Grace, looking up at the ceiling.
“Ahem…have I come by at a bad time?” asked an unfamiliar woman’s voice.
Grace spun around quickly, blushing in embarrassment at being overheard. “No, not at’all. I…uh…welcome. I am Sister Grace Ni Mhaille. ‘Tis a pleasure tae meet ya.”
The woman in front of her was almost as tall as she was and just as solidly built. She looked to be in her early forties, but with use of the Fountain Grace couldn’t be sure of her exact age. She was a rugged woman but beautiful in Grace's eyes, lovely as the crags of Clew Bay. The woman's brown hair was threaded with grey but it only enhanced her looks, not detracted. "The same. I am Captain Victoria Tobias."
Grace blushed at that. She had expected some rough and burley guy to be in charge of a ship with this record. Grace remembered her training and bowed formally, "’Tis indeed an honor and a pleasure tae meet ya Capt'n Tobias."
"The pleasure is mine. Ship's Mother Nakamura told me all about you. You won't be causing any problems on my ship, will you" There was steel in the voice that expected to be instantly obeyed.
"’T'will try me best tae werk hard fer ya and be a good addition tae yer crew." Grace controlled her voice as best she could. Her hackles wanted to rise at the tone of the Captain’s voice. Who was this woman to give her grief?
Victoria noticed this reaction and watched the Caregiver carefully. "Thank you. Carry on. We will talk more later."
Grace fell onto the bunk, suddenly exhausted. She hadn't snapped back but it had taken a lot out of her. Her usual response would have been to show that she wasn't cowed by some mere ships Captain, but she was trying to act like a Caregiver should. She did like the fact that the job got her into space, and she was struggling to get past the personal ghosts that still haunted her. Maybe she could manage to deal with them this trip?
* * *
There were a total of three pilots on the ship, with the addition of Grace. The Captain wasn't one of those and the two other gentlemen also worked in other areas of the ship. She had been surprised to see Eldridge there, as she had expected the grizzled man to do something else, like moving heavy boxes. Grace also had a secondary position on the ship, hydroponics. She had to work on making sure they have food and clean air.
Grace hated gardening. It made her want to scream and break things but she had promised Aoi that she would do as asked. But the smell of the fertilized water and the plants was really strong and Grace could think of over a thousand things she would rather be doing, none of which involved plants. Even sex would be preferable to this.
This whole gardening thing was supposed to teach her something but she had no idea what. It certainly wasn't helping with patience. But it did give her a place to grumble and vent her frustrations about the job. For the first week Aoi had Grace simply meet one on one with all of the members of the crew, to get to know them rather than just have sex. It made her rather uncomfortable, talking with some of them. When she was able to see them as just bodies it was easier to ignore their thrusting. Now she had to deal with them as people. It made her wish desperately for the sharp taste of Whiskey, to numb her enough to deal with them.
She had already knew someone who had a still, Donal had built one near his workstation in the engine room, but Aoi had been quite clear about things. If she drank she would be fired, confined to quarters and dropped off at the next available port. Grace knew that Aoi meant it.
She was busy tending to some tomatoes when she noticed the time. She needed to get going if she was going to have time to get ready for her first client. Aoi had told her that this was just going to be talk and maybe some massage. Grace growled, thinking about the intimacy that spending the time meant. Her body was just this thing, not a real body to her, yet. To give the body meant nothing, to give anything else was too intimate, too personal.
She turned her thoughts somewhere else, to her fellow pilots. They each worked seven hours on and fourteen off, mostly heel to toe shifts. This was going to go on for the rest of the trip. Take out the eight hours for sleep time and that left her six hours where she had to eat, clean herself, practice and take care of clients. Personal time was in there somewhere. Six times a week the Captain worked a shift for one of the pilots, letting them have two days off a week. It was helpful, as the unchanging nature of the work would have made them totally insane in short order.
Grace wasn't sure what to make about the Captain. Virginia Tobias was utterly like and unlike what she had expected. A woman pilot was rare, except with either Caregivers or one of their competitors, and a woman Captain was rarer still. Her qualifications were amazing, what with multiple Doctorates in several fields. She also worked hard to keep the social dynamics on the ship working like clock work. Grace couldn't really get the woman out of her mind. She had never imagined that there could be a woman so competent, so impressive. Her Da had made it clear that women were lesser than men. Even the Parish Priest had been of the same opinion. Women were only trouble and under punishment for Eve’s sin.
The ship's clock told her the time so she headed off to her room, wanting to get cleaned. The shower was good and as hot as hot as she could stand it. After the kinks of her muscles relaxed, she turned down the heat and began washing up. The scented soap gave her a nice small of jasmine. She liked that.
Running her hands over her body was no longer something of an embarrassment. The Ship's Mother was doing things was helping to heal the cognitive dissonance that had arisen in her since the DeCorvin process had reshaped her. The science of the nannite process and the mitochondrial messenger carriers was well beyond her understanding. She was still a heart just a simple Irish fisherwoman. It didn't matter that she had become smarter and more able to remember all the information she needed for her jobs, she knew, without a shadow of a doubt, that she was not smart. She could never be like Aoi or Virginia. They were amazing and she was an idiot.
She dried off and chose her clothes carefully. She was going to be seeing 2nd Machines Mate Carson. The man had several interests and he was cross-trained in several other areas as well, like everyone aboard this ship. He was close to becoming a jack of all trades on this ship, knowing a much broader array of things than anyone else on the ship. It would certainly help when he finally left the Variable Star. This did mean that he was under a bit more stress than some of the other crew members. Massage was definitely a good part of the order of the day.
Once the clothes had been selected she set up the Essential Oils to add to the massage oil, the mix of Ginger, Bergamot and Geranium to be added to the carrier oil of Sweet Almond Oil should help with both physical and mental stress. Aromatherapeutic warmers were placed about the room. These combined smells should work to help with the process. She set the tea to warm and made sure everything seemed to be in its place. The chime for the door sounded and she exhaled slowly, letting her take on her Caregiver mask.
Later that night she played on her harp during dinner. She was getting more and more able to connect to her instrument and to coax from it the sounds she really wanted, not just technical precision but soul. Aoi moved from that place in all things. Grace had no idea how the older woman did that and she found that she really did want to know. But before she could put her soul into all her actions she needed to be able to put it into her music. Aoi had told her to find the emotional thread of the particular musical number and to try to feel that when she played.
Crew members smiled as she played, so she figured that she was at least doing this well. She was constantly fighting the urge to lash out and punch someone or something out of her frustration. Aoi had made her promise not to do that except when she allowed it. That was almost harder to deal with than the no drinking rule. She knew where the still was and knew who ran it, but again her word to Aoi stopped her. Instead of drinking herself away from her problems she tried to focus that into other things. It usually ended up with screaming in the hydroponic area when she was alone, but it was a start.
Things in accord with her relationships with the men were improving. She was finding that she was growing closer to some of the crew. She actually felt like she wanted to grow closer with some of them in that way and it scared her. She could tell some of her walls keeping her distant from the rutting of her body were crumbling. She was seeing them as people and seeing herself as real. Aoi held her at night when she cried herself to sleep, too overwhelmed to do anything else.
* * *
"We're nearing Titan. We are going to stop in there for a spell, maybe a day or so, to resupply a few things and get ready to head out."
The Captain smiled as the crew cheered. Aoi and Grace sat there slightly off to the side. The two of them had fixed the meal that night and everyone was listening to the Captain give them excuses to keep them away from the food. Three times a month on the trip they had prepared the food, much to everyone's happiness. Aoi was the chef and Grace worked as her sous chef. Great acclaim had been heaped upon both of them, especially for the St. Patrick's Day meal that Grace had made, with fresh Soda Bread. A number of the crew had Irish descent somewhere in their bloodlines and it was a great excuse for a party.
The idea of Titan entranced Grace. She had been to some wonderful bars there and had gotten into a few rows with some of the miners. Those fights had made her feel alive. But now she was supposed to avoid drinking and certainly fighting, as it really wasn't part of the image of the Caregivers. Seeing someone in the pink jumpsuit beating down someone was not part of the corporate image. Grace needed to try harder to fit that image. She was nervous about going back into the world. Things were easier in the safe nature of the ship, where she knew everybody and they all knew her. And Aoi might not be able to help her reign in her usual impulses.
Grace took some deep breaths in the privacy of her room, two days out from Titan Base. She was fighting the growing shakes at the realization that she could get whiskey finally as well as find a nice tussle to work out her stress. Just how would she be able to do it without getting spotted by Aoi or any of the crew?
She didn't know and she could feel things building, waiting to explode. She was going stir crazy from not being able to act out. She just wanted a nice friendly fight, nothing with an agenda. Was that so wrong?
She didn't bring this up to Aoi as she was already dealing with a lot more than she should have. Grace knew that there had to be other ways to deal with this, their company was designed to keep this particular urge from happening, but while she was busy trying to reduce the tensions of the crew members no one was caring for her needs.
Grace disrobed and stepped into the shower stall, sliding the door closed behind her. Until they had gotten ways to help generate some gravity so a ship, bathing had always been a bit incomplete. She was just glad the she had the chance to soak her head in the shower as opposed to using hand towel sized baby wipes.
The water drummed steadily on her skull, trickling her red hair into her face as Grace stared at the floor. The heat of the water felt good and she luxuriated in it as it slid down her back and ass. She idly watched as streams of water separated and reformed over her breasts. Muscles unknit and she began the slow process of relaxing. Grace was finding it particularly difficult today as this was to be her first time with the Captain.
She still had several hours to get things ready. The room was tidy and she had her kimono hanging just outside the shower, so she could get changed easily. When she could feel the muscles unclenching the leaned back and began to wash. Her hands massaging the shampoo into her hair felt wonderful. Maybe this wouldn't be as bad as her fears had said.
Once she had finished and gotten dressed, Grace started the water for tea. She knew it was supposed to start out formally and could go from there. She was nervous. There was still that something about the Captain that she couldn't explain.
There was a knock at the door.
Grace swallowed heavily. What the hell could she do? Her heart pounded a mile a minute as she tried to calm down enough to speak. Finally she managed, "Please come in."
The Captain entered the room, smiling at Grace. Grace bowed formally and said, "Welcome. Won't yae please join me? Dozo."
The Captain nodded and knelt by the low table where the items for the tea ceremony were laid out. Grace nervously picked up the bowl to start the process. She had been trained to ground herself before going through this, as there was more emotion and self mixed in the tea than most people expected. She took a deep breath, held it and let it out slowly and steadily. She began the tea ceremony.
They both shared their drinks in silence, letting their thoughts drift away. It was restful and calm, which was a different enough feeling from before, when her Da ran things. There had always been work to do, knots to repair, areas to caulk. They really only rested for meals, sleep and holy days. Even Da would not argue with Father McBreen.
Soon the tea was drunk and they sat briefly looking at each other. Grace broke the silence. "I have always wondered Captain,"
"Call me Tori. I really don't want to be Captain Tobias right now."
Grace nodded as she had been taught. "Alright Tori, 'ow did ya end up a Captain?"
Captain Tobias smiled. "Not terribly difficult. My husband and I both bought this ship. He was the engineer that actually designed this bird. There are a couple of secret parts of this ship, which make what we can do fairly unique and allow us to get paid without having to haul ore. When he died, I was in sole control of the ship. I just kept going, since space got into me. After you look into the Deep for a while, it takes you in and you become a part of it."
"Tha' sounds just like 'ow I felt as a sailor. 'twas the pilot fer me Da's trawler. We had tae gae deep intae the ocean tae find a catch. The sea drinks ya in and the roll o'her waves becomes yae. I know the feelin." Grace smiled and looked down. She hadn't guessed at any of this, especially to the connecting to the Deep like that. She was starting to hear it again, that sound of the roll of waves, to feel the Deep like it had been on Earth.
"That feeling is really calming. That's one of the reasons I stay on the pilot rotation, so I can look out at the stars and to feel them looking back."
A quiet moment stretched out between them. Then Grace remembered what she was supposed to do. She really had no idea why she felt all flustered. Her eyes shifted colors, unsure of what she felt. "Would yae like a massage?"
Victoria nodded her head. Grace stood smoothly, a move that took her countless hours and repetitions to get right. She offered Victoria a hand up. When the other woman was standing Grace gestured over to the table where things were prepared. "Dozo."
She helped Victoria undress, an act that made her heart race faster than before. Once Tori was naked and under the sheet of the massage table, Grace grabbed the fragrant oil that had been in the warmer and began with Tori's feet.
The muscles were tense and took some work to get them to relax. The Captain hummed happily through it all. Then Grace began to work her way up Tori's body, looking for those little knots that always seemed to cause little areas of tenderness around the body. Tori began to moan happily under Graces strong and sure fingers.
When she finished, Tori turned and gazed gently at Grace, a look the caused her stomach to flutter in nervousness. Her mouth went dry and her oily palms began to feel sweaty. She shyly smiled back. It wouldn't be the first time that Grace had slept with a woman, but there was something about Victoria that made her feel different. She couldn't figure it out so she just reached down and tugged on the sash of the green and white kimono. It fell in a pool of silk at her feet. The gaze she returned to the Captain's was inviting and hungry, wanting something and hoping that Tori could fulfill that. "Dozo"
Victoria smiled and got to her feet. She took Grace's warm and oil slick hand and followed her over to the bed. The Caregiver pulled slightly on Tori and Tori moved into her arms. She began to kiss and bite gently Tori's neck.
Tori moaned deep in her throat, the vibrations trembled through Grace's mouth, making her shudder happily. Tori soon turned thing so that she was in control. She finally lay the Irish Caregiver down onto her back and drifted lower. Grace's screams of passion echoed slightly in her cabin.
* * *
It had been perhaps a year or more since Grace had been to Titan. The large moon held a fairly good sized colony of people taking to the Loony mindset, only with a different planet to gaze up at. It was a wide range of people from scientists to miners, all the races of man were represented here. The dry dock facility, where major repairs could be done to any ship, was one of the more major facilities there. It wasn't as grand as Mars but it was often much closer for the miners who worked the asteroid field.
The landing had gone smoothly and she got her purse. Aoi was going to be busy with something else and she could get out there and have some fun. She wasn't sure what to do, because she didn't want to embarrass Tori.
Something had happened that first time that pulled strongly on Grace. Something that her classes hadn't really prepared her for. Something she had never felt before and something that was affecting everything she did. Her face always broke into a smile whenever she saw Tori, and Tori did the same. They didn't spend all their time together, as the work of keeping a ship alive in space was never ending, but the time they did spent was wonderful.
Grace was able to smile more as she worked with some of the other crew. She took to the sheets with them happily instead of dreading it. And her music seemed to blossom. She had often found herself alone with her harp, playing in the hydroponics lab. Life had changed.
She walked through the hatch and into the port area. The smell of Titan was strong and reminded her a little of Luna and Armstrong City, but there was more of a scent of machinery. Grace loved it. It smelled nothing like the harbor.
She felt tempted to go shopping and tempted to go find a bar. She stood there trapped by indecision. She took a deep breath and let it out slowly. She would try to spend some of her hard earned money on things she wanted and food items she could share with the crew. Maybe some new spices?
The merchant area was large and varied, and Grace wandered about browsing and occasionally picking out some things and having them get delivered to the ship. She took her time when she went to a lingerie store. She kept wondering what Tori would like to see her in. She found a few items that she thought would look good on her and would be fun to take off of her. She smiled.
Out on the street, she looked around and realized that she was a bit hungry and could use something to eat. What she wanted was a nice bit of corned beef and cabbage and some chips. She knew that there was a great pub that served wonderful corned beef. The problem was that it was one of the pubs she had frequented earlier, when she drank all the time. She took a deep breath and felt sure that she could eat her meal without having a drink.
She headed into the rougher section of the complex, where the tavern was. It hadn’t bothered her before, to come to a place like this, but now, now she felt uncomfortable. She focused on getting to the place before anything happened, extremely glad that it was day cycle right now.
The pub was right where it had always been. She entered and noticed that there were only a few small groups of people in there. That made her feel better for some vague reason even though it reduced the possibility of a good tussle. She strode up to the bar. “Scuse me, but if I ‘member correctly yae guys serve the best corned beef ‘n chips on Titan?”
The barkeep, a heavyset bald man, sort of leered at her. “Well, we do have plenty of beef here, if that’s what you’re looking for. As for the corned beef, yeah, we still serve it.”
Grace nodded, smiling. She understood this guy. She knew what he wanted and how he saw her. This was what she was used to. This was what was normal, understandable. “Can I get a plate o’tha ‘n an ale?”
An ale couldn’t hurt her. It didn’t have as much alcohol as whiskey, so surely it wouldn’t be a crime to have one with her food. Besides, it did taste better with the slightly bitter taste of the ale. Helped bring out the flavor and contrasted nicely with the malt vinegar. Surely just one would be fine.
The ale showed first. It had a good head on it and a nice rich color. It was more of a red ale style, but that was alright. It was a shame that they didn’t have a nice Bittter. She took a draught, and the flavor was delightful. She drank it down in a pull that got longer and longer. It was a deep satisfaction that filled her as the ale poured down her throat. She had missed this.
When she set down the empty glass she gestured for another. This was better than she thought. By the time food arrived she was half way through the second one. Her food was good and she enjoyed her third ale with it. She wasn’t feeling well, but blamed the food rather than the red ale. The idea of a fourth ale to wash down the meal had some appeal, so she ordered another one as well. She felt all warm and happy, smiling at everyone.
Her fifth ale sloshed a little on her but her sixth actually spilled. She didn’t mind, but her stomach was lurching. She stumbled outside and down the street some before everything rose up and burst out of her in a spray of vomit. She knelt on the ground, heaving all the ale and food up. The bile burned as it tore up her throat.
Grace collapsed, not passing out but rather ready to give up. She began to cry, the vile taste in her mouth, the pungent smell, all of that fueling her loathing. She had failed to keep from drinking, a promise she had made to Aoi. What good was she? She should just space herself rather than return to the ship in this state.
Her body shook, dragging her hair through the vomit, as she sobbed. This was too hard. She couldn’t do it. She couldn’t change, couldn’t become someone better. It hurt too much.
When she felt someone begin to lift her, she didn’t resist. If some rock hauler wanted to take her off and rape her, who cared? She just kept weeping, waiting for her pain to end. Her head was spinning and she felt light headed and she slowly gave into it. She turned her head and vomited again.
A sigh was all she heard, a masculine sigh that seemed familiar. It didn’t matter anymore. She was going to be fired so what did anything matter? Her head spun so much that she was glad just to have her eyes closed and not have to watch the world go by in one long blur. She heard doors open and close, some of them pressure locks. Honestly she didn’t want to know and didn’t care.
She was finally laid down on a bed, where she just curled up into the fetal position and just shook, all out of tears but still able to sob. Her thoughts kept turning in a spiral of pain and disappointment, upset for failing Aoi and Tori. She had been trying but obviously that wasn’t good enough to get better or to learn from her mistakes. She was a joke. All that had been done for her, to help her find a life out here in space and she couldn’t keep her promise to Aoi. If the ship went on and left her here Grace knew she wouldn’t blame them.
What could she do, left alone on Titan? If she was kicked out of Caregivers then who would trust her? Who would want to take a risk on her? She would probably have to get married to some sort of miner or even a group of them just to survive. The idea of that made her shake in fear. Grace wasn’t sure she could do that, wasn’t sure she could handle anything like that.
A hand on her shoulder turned her. She opened her eyes to look up at Aoi. She clutched at her and started bawling again, having found a new source of tears. Aoi gently untangled herself and helped Grace to her feet. She had to undress Grace and balance her at the same time. Grace didn’t argue, just kept mumbling “I’m sorry” over and over again.
The water was soothing and Aoi climbed into the shower as well to wash Grace’s hair, as there was plenty of vomit in it. Grace clung to Aoi, sobbing and apologizing back and forth. Finally, Aoi couldn’t take it any more and turned the water onto cold. Her ears rang from the scream but Grace seemed to calm down some afterwards. Aoi left the shower and said, “When you’re ready come on out so we can talk.”
Aoi wrapped a towel around herself and sat down on her bunk. Maybe this was a bit more complicated than she had thought? What if Grace was an actual alcoholic? That meant a different approach and chaperoning her when going about Titan, or pretty much anywhere else. It would be frustrating, but as they were going to be here another eight days before planets aligned a bit better for launch to Iapetus, she had to do something. Getting off the ship would help Grace, and having someone chaperone her would help with keeping her from drinking. What else could she do to help the girl? She had looked so pathetic after Eldridge had dragged her back that her heart went out to the girl. She could do no less than her best to get Grace back to some sort of balance.
Grace came out of the shower, blushing furiously, obviously embarrassed about the whole situation. As she started to apologize Aoi cut her off with a raised hand. “Don’t apologize. That you are not happy about this is obvious. What is more important is that we can get you past this. I had thought that you just liked to drink. It may be that you have a much more serious problem. So we will work out a way for you to stay sober while you get better about things. Okay?”
Grace stared at the beautiful Asian woman surprised, her bottom lip trembling. “You’re…you’re not goin tae be leavin me?”
Aoi looked surprised at this, “No. Why would I?”
Grace stared at her feet, her voice barely more than a whisper. “Cause I broke the promise I made ya.”
Aoi smiled. That spoke well of Grace and probably explained a good deal of the state that she had been found in. “Grace, I asked that of you before I knew all about the problem. It seems like you are an alcoholic, so my threat was unkind. That is a disease and not just a choice. Did you find it easy to stop drinking, or did you just keep drinking more and more?”
“I kept drinkin.” admitted Grace, still red faced.
“Then we need to approach this from a different angle. It will be okay. You have worked hard on the trip out; showing a lot more talent and drive than your last two Ship Mothers commented on. Getting you past all of the stuff you have been dwelling over is helping. I believe in you and I will help you get to where you need to be, okay?” Aoi offered what she could, hoping that Grace would take her up on this.
“Ye’ll be helping me?” The disbelief and hope in Grace’s voice almost broke Aoi’s heart. After everything, the young woman still didn’t believe that she was worth caring about.
Aoi hugged Grace, tightly, trying to let her body say what words themselves never could. “Of course. I’ll help you everyway I can.”
* * *
“Forgive me Father for I ‘ave sinned. It ‘as been three years since me last confession. In that time I ‘ave done many things I am ashamed of.” said Grace, as she knelt in the Confessional, feeling awkward after all this time away.
“What sort of things, my child?” The man’s voice was strong and seemed filled with warmth and compassion.
“I ‘ave been a drunk, started fights, caused trouble amongst me crew mates and…” Grace swallowed heavily. This would be the hardest thing of all to confess. “…I have refused tae accept who I am.”
“I see. This matter of acceptance of self, I take it that you are a Caregiver?” There was a slight sound of wry humor in the voice.
Grace looked up at the screen, startled. The Priest gave a short laugh, “Surely you don’t think that you are the only Catholic in your organization?”
Grace felt her face grow warm. She really hadn’t thought about that. “Sorry Father. And aye, I’m a Caregiver.”
“I see. So you have not really dealt well with the whole transition thing?”
“No Father.”
“Is this lack of acceptance of yourself the cause of those other sins you mentioned?”
“Aye Father.”
He was quiet a moment and Grace was a bit afraid of what she might have to do for penance. She had done so many things and was sure that she would be punished by God for these things. Finally the Priest spoke, “My child, what you have done is to suppose that God did not want you to do this, that somehow his back had been turned on you. Is this correct?”
His words hit like a meteor to her heart. She started to cry softly, nodding her head, as it was too difficult to speak. The priest continued, his voice soft and soothing, “The Lord Almighty does not turn his back on his children. His grace is there for all who come to him. If you read the story of the Prodigal Child you would know that God would welcome you back with open arms, just the way you are.
“The form you are in is not a sin against God. You were following the path set out for you by God, to aid and succor your fellow man, out here in Space. You chose an important calling and that speaks well of your compassion for your fellow man. Why wouldn’t God be proud of you for making a difficult choice to leave your home, to come to Space and help others?
“Your body is the scared vessel that holds your soul. When you changed your body it did not affect your soul but rather gave you a form that enabled you to better share the gifts of your soul that the Almighty has given you. You act as Mary Magdalene, a balm to others souls, and to do so you needed her form. To not cherish your body is to think that God has made a mistake with you. He certainly hasn’t done that.
“Those acting outs because of your lack of acceptance are serious. Since it has been a long time since you have tried to deal with this I want you to do an Act of Contrition, 33 Rosaries, 4 Stations of the Cross, and 1095 Hail Marys. That is one for each day you kept away from God.
“Aye Father. I understand.” replied Grace, stunned by what was being asked from her.
“In addition, I want you to turn more often to Mary in prayer, both the Holy Mother and the Magdalene, as they can be sources of guidance for you.”
“Aye Father. I am sorry for these and all the sins o’me past life.”
“Now, I absolve you of your sins in the name of the Father, the Son and the Holy Spirit, Amen. Give thanks to the Lord for He is good.”
“For his Mercy endures forever.”
Grace left the Church after doing her Stations of the Cross. Saint Joseph of Cupertino’s church was impressive, even though it was somewhat small and had pressure locks for doors. It had been carved out of the rock of Titan, similar to Petra. She had never been before, despite having been to Titan before. She felt better for having done this. She felt lighter, less weighed down by worry. The Absolution felt like being washed clean of a stain she thought would never come out.
She sighed and just leaned against the wall. Maybe she should just accept things and move on. Thuriya had awakened her understanding of her body and Aoi had brought her back to everything as well, but this moment in the church Grace had recovered something she thought was lost once her father had banished her. Maybe Himself was in the wrong here? Maybe it wasn’t her fault?
That thought carried her happily back to the ship.
* * *
“Grace, you better head on up to the bridge. The Captain wants to see you.”
Grace thanked Rodriguez and started to head up to the bridge. She was nervous. Surely Tori had heard about what had happened the other day? Was she mad? She really didn’t know and that was making her rather crazy. When she thought about Tori being mad at her it made her stomach ache. Her stomach began to ache now just thinking about it.
She entered the bridge through the double airlock. Few ships had that level of security on them, one of the things that made the Variable Star an amazing ship. The redundancies and protections were something out of the early days of manned space flight, when things were more likely to fail. It was one of the reasons that the ship had survived several crazy missions, including a comet flyby.
Tori was alone on the bridge entering a series of numbers into one of the stations. She looked up to watch Grace enter the bridge and looked back down at the numbers. After a short span of silence, save for the sound of the keys, she looked up again. “Grace, I was wondering if you would join me in town for dinner?”
Grace blushed a little, relieved at this and pleased, “Certainly. ‘twould be me pleasure.”
“Good. I’ll come get you at 8. Okay?”
Grace nodded. “See ya then.”
Grace headed back to her room, feeling amazingly nervous and she didn’t know why. What should she wear? Should she go with a Kimono or something else? What about Makeup? How good did it have to be? Should she wear her heels with whatever she wore? What the hell should she do?
She really wanted a shot to help her calm down. It would certainly settle her nerves. She took a deep breath, exhaled slowly and decided to call Aoi.
“Yes?”
“Aoi, I am tryin tae keep from drinking. The Captain asked me out tonight and the whole idea has me flange tangled in me panties. I wan a drink so bad I can taste it. Please help?” begged Grace as she paced nervously around their room.
“Take a deep breath Grace. You’ll be okay. I’m on my way back from Engineering.” The connection cut off and Grace knew that Aoi would be there soon. She wanted to head off to where the still was and just get a little. It would be so easy, especially since they were docked and Donal was out getting supplies.
The door opened and Aoi hustled in, a smudge of grease on her face and her coverall had a few smears as well. She looked worried when she saw the fear and desperation on Grace’s face. “Okay, why not sit down?”
Grace pondered that for a minute or so and then dropped onto her bed. “I can do this…right?”
Aoi hugged her. “Of course you can. You just need to deal with this one day at a time and you can get through it. Now you said that Teri is taking you out tonight?”
Grace nodded; trying to stop thinking about the taste of Whiskey or the taste of that ale she had a few days ago. She took a few deep breaths and tried to relax the way that Aoi had shown her. It took time but it worked. When she opened her eyes again she was definitely less panicked. She smiled weakly.
“Come now, let’s pick your dress. You want to look good tonight, yes?” asked Aoi, moving towards the closet area. They had a number of outfits packed in their trunk, in vacuum sealed bags to make them less bulky. The two of them went through the dresses, glancing at the pictures affixed to them.
Aoi pulled out a little black dress that would look really good on Grace. She had a set of cultured pearls she had been given by her mother when she had first headed off to Yotori station. They had been a gift, from mother to daughter. It had been the first sign of complete acceptance that Aoi had seen from her folks. The pearls had been in the family for a few generations so far and were going to be for several more if Aoi could manage.
Now she was loaning them to a girl who was too troubled to accept her own beauty and move on with her life. Her actions the other day showed that she was trying but that it was going to be a difficult fight. Anything she could do to help Grace was well worth it.
“Will this really look okay on me?” asked Grace, worried.
“You will look wonderful. Now let’s get you ready. Let me give you a quick massage first. You’re way too tense right now. You need to just relax and enjoy yourself.” Grace nodded and headed towards where they had the massage table stored.
The short massage relieved some of the tension and Grace was able to focus on getting dressed and doing her makeup well. She wanted to look good for Victoria, because she really was interested in the Captain, in a way she had felt for no other person. Her thoughts raced as she tried to figure out what she felt for Tori and was worried about what Tori felt for her.
She was finished a bit early so she got out her rosary and got to work on her penance. She still had a great number of those prayers left to do and it was making her feel better about herself. She was calmer after she said the last prayer of her rosary. She kissed the cross and put it back on her pillow.
The knock on the door announced that the Captain was here for her, so grace stood and walked out to meet her. Both ladies were in black dresses and looked similar. The two of them laughed over this as they made their way out of the ship and towards the restaurant.
One of the good things about space development was the fact that it expanded other people’s options. There was a chef here on Titan, a graduate of Le Cordon Bleu, who had always dreamed of space. He had made his way out here and had set up his restaurant on Titan. He had developed a number of cooking devices that helped in cooking food in space, like covers for pans that kept the food in the pan while you were flipping it. He was famous for his work and innovations to the way food was prepared in space. Gaston’s was five-star dining at the borders of human expansion.
The two women entered the restaurant, chatting about inconsequentials. Since Captain Tobias had a reservation they were seated right away. Right after they were handed menus, Tori handed hers back and said, “We’ll be having the Chef’s tasting please.”
Grace was a bit confused and it showed. Tori smiled and said, “A Chef’s Tasting is when the chef chooses what they think are the best items on their menu that night and that’s what comes out to the customers.”
“Oh. Sounds good.”
“It is. I come here every time I am on Titan. It is well worth the cost, and the cost isn’t that bad. It’s affordable but amazing.” Victoria looked excited about sharing this place with her and that made Grace smile. It certainly looked like tonight would turn out to be less scary than she had feared.
* * *
Grace worked hard in the hydroponics area. The vegetables were ripening and Grace felt good about how everything was growing. She was glad that they were gone from Titan, because it would be easier on her to avoid getting drunk on the ship. Aoi would make sure that didn’t happen.
She checked the water in the squash bin, making sure the mix of nutrients was okay. They seemed fine, just needing a bit more nitrogen. She took care of that and headed over to the sink and washed her hands. The work here was done, at least for the day. The lights were good and the water fine.
In about twenty minutes she had an appointment with Mokono. She was a bit worried about it, as the thought of sex with a man still bothered her. She said a Hail Mary and that helped her to stop worrying. She was in this body and this body served a sacred purpose. The realization was starting to sink into her bones. The Priest at Saint Josephs had been right.
She had time to take a quick shower and get the smell of hydroponics out of her hair if she hustled. Mokono liked just sitting and talking and Grace had been surprised at how gentle the solidly built African had been. Everything in her had said that someone like Mokono would but rough and tough and using their strength to get what they wanted. Her surprise at how wrong she had been was incredible. It shook her like lots of other things had shaken her on this trip. At least this was already a voyage she would never forget.
She stepped out of the shower and grabbed a clean jumpsuit and underwear. Mokono would be there in a few minutes and she wanted to get everything ready. The electrical engineer was a fan of hot rock massage, so Grace had been warming them for a few hours, so they were filled wit the heat. She also laid out the ginger oil. It would help warm Mokono’s muscles and smelled really good when warmed.
She did a final check of everything, making sure everything was ready. Making Mokono feel better would be nice. He always treated her so well and was a gently lover. She loved his kisses and the feel of his calloused hands on her body. They were a nice mixture of rough and soft. It made her all excited just thinking about that and that scared her. She was still so not used to this, to this way of finding happiness.
She sat on the bed, with the clean fresh sheets that she put on there each time she had an appointment, knowing that nothing felt quite like climbing into clean sheets. She said a quick Hail Mary for strength and to center herself. She was going to be able to make it through this; she was just sure about that. Now she just had to concentrate on making Mokono feel happy and relaxed. After that she could have a cuppa and think about things.
Life was getting better but she was still worried about her father and what he had said. The priest had given her absolution but she was still desperate to get past this. Her father had made his choice in telling her to leave. She had done her duty as his daughter and as his son. What more could she have done?
She had done the best she could with what she had, and that was the best anybody could do. If she just did what she was supposed to she would be able to get healthier and get past her father being a complete asshat. If he got mad at her for doing what he had asked, who was really at fault here? She shook her head to clear it, she didn’t have time for such thoughts. Her appointment would be here soon and she wanted to be able to give Mokono her very best. That had been what her da had taught her to do afterall.
* * *
“Captain, approaching orbit for Iapetus.”
“Very good. Let me know when we have achieved stable orbit. Prepare scanners for surface analysis.”
The atmosphere on the Bridge was a bit tense, as they wanted to get an efficient polar orbit in order to maximize the scanning of the surface. After the initial analysis was complete then they would head down to the surface in order to check to determine the feasibility of mining or some other surface work. The results of this work was going to net the ship quite a nice paycheck, if they could finish the work.
Grace maneuvered the ship into a decent circumpolar orbit. Once the computer chimed that stable orbit was achieved, with no signs of degradation, she relaxed. Now all they had to do was to wait for the moon to rotate and for their orbit to slowly cover the entire planet with their scans. It would take a few days but that was alright, since they had to get everything ready for the surface portion of the trip. There were various things to double check in addition to suits, such as hose connections on the Roundabout and the seals on the portable tent. That would enable their surface time to be greater than it would be otherwise possible to have.
Thankfully she had been picked to take the shuttle down. That made her nervous, but they would analyze the landing site well and then establish a geosynchronous orbit over the spot, to reduce distance needed to be traveled. Hopefully the surface would be smooth enough for a decent landing and launch.
Grace double checked her screens, making sure everything had been done correctly. “Orbit achieved.”
“Very good. Begin scanning.”
The tension in the room dropped at that and Grace could almost feel the relief. This also meant that her shift was over. “Permission to be relieved?”
“Granted.” Grace could hear the smile in Tori’s voice. It made her look up and smile at her lover.
She needed to get going as Aoi and her were making a celebratory dinner for everyone tonight and she was going to be playing the music tonight. Aoi had several collections of decorations in with her baggage that were used for these events, various banners and streamers, cloth napkins and placemats. It was really impressive. Grace new that she would want to start building something like that herself for any other trips she ended up making, just to supplement other peoples gear.
Aoi was down in the galley, getting started with the meal. She was making Paella, enough for the whole crew to have several servings and maybe have leftovers. She had used her mass limit to get some rabbit and seafood for this particular dish. The saffron had been expensive but certainly wasn’t very heavy, being flower stamens. Aoi had assured her that this dish would be delicious, since she had gotten the recipe from Ships Mother Corazon. In fact she had been practicing various Spanish tunes for her harp from the area where the sons of Milesius had emigrated from. She thought she sounded pretty good.
She stopped by the cabin to grab a few things she would need and hustled to join Aoi in the kitchen. The knock she used was what they had discussed to keep everyone else out until they were ready for them. Aoi opened the door and hurried back to the food, making sure it was turned when it needed it. Grace closed and locked the door after she slipped inside.
The smells that permeated the room stopped her in her tracks. It smelled so wonderful. The meats and other things filled the air with a mouthwatering aroma. Obviously stunning the crew was part of their design for tonight’s activities. “Aoi, what do you need me to do?”
“There are some lemons, limes and oranges I need you to slice up. I have a non-alcoholic Sangria that I want to make a bit tastier. Could you take care of that please? They need to be somewhat small sections.” Aoi barely glanced up from the big pan where the food was cooking.
“Sure.” Grace got out a santoku knife and got to work. She chopped those up and made up the pitchers of the sangria punch. Grace had never been all that into wine before, so it didn’t draw her like ale or liquor would have done. Perhaps that’s why Aoi did it that way. Probably.
Grace began to hum and sing softly, quietly, to herself. Aoi smiled happily. Things had to be going better for Grace to actually be relaxed enough to be humming to herself. This was a good sign. Since leaving Titan, Grace had really been working on getting more in tune with her body and it was nice. The woman had actually started to tell her about how much fun she was having sleeping with various crew members. Maybe she had actually done it? Saved Grace from herself?
Another thought drifted through her mind. Maybe it also has to do with Victoria? The Captain and Grace had been spending a good deal of time together, and since it wasn’t affecting her work as a Caregiver Aoi had said nothing. Since Grace hadn’t really talked about their time together, Aoi suspected that something special was going on between them. That was a good thing as far as she was concerned.
Grace turned back to Aoi after she had finished that prep work. “What else can I do?”
Aoi glanced around the kitchen quickly, seeing if there was anything left to do. “Uhm…what if you process the vegetables for the salad and sides?”
Grace nodded and got to work. She built a big communal salad in a large bowl with nuts and gorgonzola cheese. She decorated the top with sunflower seeds in a nice pattern. She covered it up and added it to the rest of the things in the fridge. She then took care of the vegetable mix and had it ready to go when Aoi finished with the Paella.
She then turned to the decorations and quickly go to work, hanging things and setting the tables. This was going to be fun. She was looking forward to the stunned and happy expressions on the faces of the crew. Just thinking about it filled her with a warmth she had never really felt before. It brought her up and she tried to grasp what was going on. It seemed like this was making her happy, that she was happy just being and doing things for others. She started to tear up at the realization. Thuraiya had been right. She cared about these people and wanted to make them happy in everyway that she could manage.
Aoi hustled over as Grace began to cry. The food was good and could hold on, but this was more important. She embraced the Irish girl and was simply there for her as all the tension and frustration and pain came out. Grace slowed her tears and hugged Aoi back. Grace pulled back some and looked at Aoi, holding her mentor’s face. Tears still rolled down her face but she leaned forward and kissed Aoi softly on her lips. “Thank you Aoi. I love you and I can ne’er thank you enough for helping me.”
Aoi began to cry as well, her own heart beating furiously. “You’re welcome dear heart. You just needed a little help to get over some bumps in the road. I am sorry we didn’t do this for you earlier. I apologize.”
Aoi bowed, her head touching the floor. Grace bowed as well, so that their heads touched. “Thank you.”
They both looked up and smiled.
They stood up, hugged and got back to work. Tonight was supposed to be special for the crew, after all of their hard work to get here. The food smelled good and everything was perfect. It made Grace feel like she had just completed something important. Maybe she had?
* * *
Grace let the slight gravity of Iapetus pull the shuttle from the bay before she lit the engines. She headed down towards the landing spot that was blinking on her map of the area. The Variable Star had created the map from the recent data collected that gave all the important topographical information that would be needed for an effective landing on the surface, especially with all the craters on the surface.
They were landing on the dark section of the moon, made from the lag of sublimated ice from the warmer section of the moon. That was where most of their work would be done. Research seemed to show that this area contained organic compounds and they were here to verify that and to look into the existence of hydrogen cyanide polymers. Those two items would certainly justify mining operation on the surface. Hydrogen cyanide use in mining still occurred, especially in the Asteroid belt. There were also large areas of carbon dioxide in the dark area as well, which would have lots of uses as well.
After searching this area they were going to shift to the equatorial mountains, to check on the conditions there. Their last stops would be in the light areas of the surface, to see what they could see there. The Cassini-Hyugens flyby back in 2007 had indicated that there could be water available for processing, which meant that they would be able to extract the oxygen and create atmosphere in a mining colony, saving a huge amount of money. This mission had the potential of making all of them very wealthy.
Grace was more worried about landing without getting trouble from a microcrater on the surface than any of that right now. The scans indicated that there should be no issue with that, as this was an area large enough to land with very little surface damage. The very little part is what worried Grace the most. Very little could turn out to bend a landing strut and cripple the ship.
“Variable Star, ‘tis Shuttle One, we are away and flyin free.”
“Very good Shuttle One. Take care of our boys Grace, they’re in your hands.” Victoria sounded like she was smiling to Grace, but without visual confirmation she wouldn’t know for sure. But it sure sounded like that.
“Roger Variable Star, proceedin’ tae landin’ site.” replied Grace, smiling herself.
“We are monitoring your flight and all systems are go.”
Grace nodded, knowing that the bridge couldn’t see her, but knowing that the last message did not really need a response. The flight to the surface was brief, especially as there was nothing resembling an atmosphere to create drag or extra heat. Grace made it to where the beacon had been set on the map and used the maneuvering jets to make the controlled fall a gentle one. The landing struts gave slightly under the force of the landing but nothing buckled. Grace sighed and let go of the thrust control she had been gripping just in case. “Shuttle One tis down. Startin’ camera’s and data recorders.”
“Roger Shuttle One. Good Luck.”
Grace turned and went back to the crew area. “Alright boys, ‘tis show time.”
Grace smiled back at the four male faces smiling back at her. It had been decided that the first person to step onto the surface of Iapetus was Grace. She was flattered by that and had blushed furiously when it had been announced. That had amused a number of crew members to no end.
One of the boys undogged the hatch and swung it wide. Grace looked out at the surface of the moon of Saturn and was awed. She was going to be the first human being to step foot on this unexplored moon. It was a wonderful and humbling moment for her. She made it down the ladder without any difficulty despite the image she had of her falling down the stairs onto the surface. Granted it wouldn’t hurt, as Iapetus only had a surface gravity of .223 meters per second as opposed to Earth’s 9.8 or Mars’ 3.69. If she fell she would more than likely bounce. Even Luna had a 1.622, so walking her was going to be a bit different that on any other body. Grace stood there and just took in the view of Saturn.
“Uhm…Grace…could you move, just a bit, so we can get off the shuttle.” Eldridge asked sweetly.
Grace blushed and moved off to the side. “Sorry gents, but the view tis feckin’ incredible.”
The others chuckled and stepped off the shuttle. They went about gathering their gear and working on analysis of the surface. They were all hooked to the shuttle by safety cables due to the weak gravity of the moon. None of them were particularly interested in drifting around Saturn for a while.
Grace stared a little bit longer and then shook her head. She had work to do, along with the others. She went and examined the landing struts for any damage as well as the surface, in case there was slight cracking along the crust. She was already sure that it would be a bad thing to use the rockets for take off and landing but with the low surface gravity came the equally low escape velocity. At .572 km/s she was sure that the maneuvering jets would provide enough lift to get them back into actual flight.
Once she had examined the struts, Grace returned to the shuttle interior and grabbed containers for the samples the others were collecting. She clipped them onto the wire with the attached carabineers and let them hang there. They would get filled soon enough.
There were core samples being taken, surface scrapings and the like, all to discover what there was on the moon that could prove valuable. This was a first exploration flight, meant to be on the surface for a short while, to get some closer readings than spectrography had been able to provide. After she had gotten that taken care of she got out the landing beacons that would actually make it easier to land, providing an exact radio beacon to follow in. She was basically going to make a triangle for the shuttle to land in.
She got out and clipped herself to the wires attached to the outside of the shuttle. It took a while to make it carefully to the three points so she could plant the beacons. She was trying to avoid leaving the surface if she could help it. Already two of the others had needed to be reeled in like big fish and she didn’t want to get that embarrassed. She had noticed that the excitement of standing on the surface had gotten her excited in many ways, including sexually. This was something that worried her, but not too much. She had an appointment with Captain Tori when she got back and the prospect of that made her even more excited.
She got back to the flight deck and began working on all the things she needed to check for her pre-flight. She heard another yelp and the grumbling that reeling someone back had generated. She smiled and went back to the checklist. Soon enough, everyone had finished their tasks and had returned to the ship. After a quick walkthrough of the compartment to make sure everything was stowed she turned, and smiled at everyone. “Please get comfortable and enjoy your flight. There will be no in-flight movie I’m afraid.”
The others laughed as she turned and climbed into the pilot’s seat. The trip back up to the ship was quick and they debarked the shuttle. The others got to work in their respective labs to go over the samples they had collected. That data would determine how much time they needed to stay at the site.
After Grace had gotten out of her suit, she headed to her cabin. She wanted to wash the sweat and suit funk off of her and be clean for Tori. Things had been getting more and more serious with Tori and Grace was excited by the prospect. She got all tongue tied whenever she was around Victoria and only wanted to make her happy. Grace got ready as fast as she could, still revved up from the surface. Once she had everything ready she sat in seiza in her Kimono.
Exactly on time there was a knock at the door. Grace smiled broadly and then called out, “Please come in.”
Captain Victoria Tobias stood in the doorway, slightly backlit. She was smiling as well. The sight before her was lovely. The room had been tidied and was down up like a Japanese room. Grace sat there in a green kimono and her red hair was down from its usual braid she wore when she was working. Tori walked in and closed the door behind her.
They both shared some tea in silence, letting that help relax them. Once that was finished Grace brought out some food and played some music while Tori ate. She seemed to be enjoying the treats that Grace had made the night before. Once Tori finished the meal the harp stopped playing. Grace came over and sat next to the Captain. “What would you like now Tori?”
Victoria took one of Grace’s hands and held it gently. “I would like to marry you.”
Grace sat there stunned. Her mouth fell open in complete surprise and one hand rose to cover her mouth. Her heart was pounding like a trip hammer. What should she say? What could she say?
She started to cry in happiness. She really was wanted by someone, just like Aoi said. “Yes. My answer is yes.”
Victoria and Grace embraced tightly and kissed. Grace melted into Tori’s arms. Tori stood and led Grace over to the bed. She tugged on the obi until it came free. Grace dropped her arms and the silk fell around her feet, just like Thuraiya had shown her. Victoria bent her head and took a nipple in her mouth, sucking and nibbling, listening to Grace’s moans of pleasure. Tori’s hands cupped her ass, squeezing them.
Tori bent her knees and kissed her way down Grace’s freckled skin, down to the downy fine red thatch that covered her. Tori paused to inhale the scent of her love and then began to let her tongue travel around the area. Grace was moaning and swaying, trying to remain upright while Tori licked her. It was getting harder and harder for her to think. Finally Tori broke it off and quickly stood, kissing Grace deeply and hungrily.
Grace realized she was falling just before she hit the mattress. Tori fell on her and the two women licked and caressed and sucked and nibbled each other through several orgasms. Finally, spent they collapsed into each others arms, sated.
Grace had her head on Tori’s shoulder, feeling safe in the other woman’s arms. Tori idly ran her hand through Grace’s hair. She turned and kissed the red head on the forehead. “I do love you, Grace Ni Mhaille.”
Grace smiled. “I love you as well Victoria Tobias.”
“Good, it all works out then.”
“Yes. Yes it does.”
* * *
The move to the mountains was fairly easy and they managed to find a good space to set up the work facility. It was hard work getting core samples from the rock, but the crew kept at it. Most everyone was one the surface, with a minimal crew to maintain orbit on the Variable Star.
Grace sat in the Bridge, bored out of her mind. She scanned the monitors quickly; making sure everything was still alright. It was. Orbit was still maintained, still geosynchronous. Tori was down on the surface with the crew working on the collection of samples. The computers on the ship were trying to get the most detailed images it could, in order to plan where a habitat could be easily built.
Aoi was still one the ship as well, making sure everything else was working alright. Grace was wondering if she had finished her checks so she could come back to the Bridge. Grace wanted to talk with someone about everything, all the things she had gone through and what was going one with her now. Her life was certainly getting different.
She had realized that she wasn’t as angry as she had been before. She wasn’t as upset over who she had become now. Through lots of prayer she had forgiven her father for what he had said and done. She was even enjoying the skills of a Caregiver that she had tried to forget. She even was enjoying sleeping with the members of the crew, having grown close to most of them. And then there was Tori.
What she felt about Tori was pretty obvious. She loved the woman in a way that made her yearn for the woman’s touch. When Tori smiled at her, her heart soared. Why hadn’t she found anything like this before? If she had, maybe she wouldn’t have gone through the Process. But then again, without the process, without becoming a Caregiver, she would never have found Victoria and never have coped with her life. She scanned the monitors again, to make sure nothing had changed in the last few minutes.
The laughter was unexpected, she really hadn’t thought she was going to start laughing, but she did. It started as a chuckle, but grew until she was laughing heartily at herself. Looking back at her life and what she had chosen to do, all she could do was laugh. She heard the sound of the airlock opening and in walked Aoi, in her spacesuit, as was standard for the crew. “Grace, are you okay?”
Grace turned and smiled at Aoi, “Yes. I just realized what an arse I hae been. I’ve been acting the maggot for a while now. Thinkin’ about things hae made me realize that I been so upset over nothin’ that I forgot tae live. So, that’s funny.”
“I guess I can’t see the humor, but that’s okay. I’m just glad to see you smiling and not getting into trouble. I’m happy for you.” replied Aoi. “So how are things going with Tori?”
“I think things hae been goin’ well. She and I…love each other. I…I ne’er expected somthin’ like this tae happen.”
“It’s okay. Life is never what we plan it to be. You never planned on becoming a Caregiver, yet you are one. You never planned on being a woman, yet you are one. You never planned on falling in love, yet you have. Back in Ireland I am sure you never thought that you would be out here, in orbit around one of Saturn’s moons, working as a pilot. Life is what happens to you when you’re making other plans. I know my life has certainly gone down paths I never expected, so it’s okay.” Aoi took a seat and looked out the window at Saturn and the stars. She sighed and said, “Life is an adventure, waiting for us to pay attention to it. You were running from your life for a while and now you are thrust into this new world, this new life that you can’t really remember getting here.”
“S’truth. I ne’er expected this life, but…but I do love what it hae become. Sure I am doin’ the same thin’ I did back home, workin’ as a pilot, but tis certainly a different world.”
Before Grace could say anything else the comm buzzed, “Emergency.”
Grace turned to the systems and after a quick scan realized nothing was wrong there. It had to be from the surface. “This is Variable Star, what tis the emergency?”
“Get the med bay ready. Injured crewman on the way up in the shuttle.” Victoria sounded worried.
Aoi leapt up and hustled out of the Bridge and towards the med bay. Grace checked everything to make sure the ship was in proper alignment. Once she was done with that she hurried to the shuttle bay, ready to assist with getting whoever was injured to the med bay. She was nervous and scared. Since Victoria had called in the emergency it couldn’t be her. So who was it?
She hooked back into the comm system and called out. “Prepared fer dockin’. Aoi tis standing by in the med bay.”
The only response was a terse, “Roger.”
The wait was terrible. Finally she heard the docking being completed and the airlocks working. She pulled open the door to make it easier for the others to get through. A group of them burst out, carrying a stretcher. She saw the face of who was injured, Eldridge.
“Oh my God, what happened?”
“We’re not sure. We heard him say, “Oh shit” and then the emergency beacon went off.”
Grace stopped at the door to the med bay. She knew just basic first aid and this was way beyond any of her skills. There was nothing se could do to help except wait. She walked up to the Bridge and resumed her watch. She sat in the chair and started crying. Why did it have to be Eldridge? He was a nice guy and treated her kindly, even before she started to feel better about herself. He had been one of the people who had really helped her in her recovery. She couldn’t wipe her tears away because of the helmet, so she just cried.
When she got relieved she headed down to the med bay to see how things were going. Everyone had come back up from the surface and were clustered in the hall. Only Aoi and Garcia, the doctor, were in the room. The tension was terrible. Grace felt her heart go out to these men, who had worked together for so long. She went through and gave hugs and a hand on their shoulder, to show that she shared their pain at this. Victoria stood there tense and focused on the door.
Grace wanted to go over there and give her a hug, but Tori was being all Captainy at the moment and it wouldn’t help things. They all just stood there, waiting. Finally Garcia came out of the med bay. The look on his face said all that needed to be said. Eldridge was dead.
Grace didn’t know what to do. Her crew was obviously distraught and she couldn’t pull them all into a hug. She started crying. Eldridge was dead and she felt so helpless, unable to do anything, unable to make a difference. She hated that and it made her want to punch the wall and scream.
When Aoi left the room she looked close to tears as well. Grace and her hugged tightly. Then Aoi let her go gently, “We have work to do. Just try to sit with them and let them talk. It’ll help.”
Grace nodded. She didn’t want to do it, but Aoi was probably right. It would just be too much for her to bear alone. The deep breath centered her and she headed off after the crew, determined to do what she could to help with this.
* * *
“…and now let us release our friend out into the black of space. Ashes to ashes, dust to dust.”
The body bag was released into space. It had been shoved out with enough momentum the have it move away from the ship slowly and steadily. It was going to be caught up in the gravitational pull of Saturn after a while and after it entered the atmosphere who knew what would become of it.
Victoria turned after the ceremony and headed directly towards her cabin. She had been really withdrawn since the accident and Grace was getting worried. She wanted to comfort her but Tori didn’t want that. Grace went to Aoi for help, as she couldn’t think of anything else that she could do.
“Aoi, Tori seems closed off, ‘tis if this accident were fault o’herself. I can’na get her tae open up and talk ‘bout it. What can I do?” Grace was nearly frantic from the worry, her eyes glistening with unshed tears.
Aoi hugged her fellow Caregiver. She was also worried about the Captain. “The only thing I can think of if for you to just be near her. Sit with her and wait for her to open up. It’s clear that you both love each other, so you just being there will help.”
Grace nodded. “I think I can do that. Thank ye Aoi.”
“Your most welcome Grace. Go take care of her, I can take care of the rest of the crew.”
Grace nodded absently as she turned and went in search of the Captain. It took her a while to find her, as she hadn’t been on the Bridge or in her cabin. She eventually found her in the hydroponics area, sitting in a corner sort of hunched over. Thinking of Aoi’s advice, Grace walked over and sat on the deck by her, touching her leg gently. Victoria didn’t react at all.
It was difficult to do, but Grace just sat there, one hand on Tori’s thigh, just being there with her. Grace had been on ships that had lost crew members before but none of them were like Variable Star. She hadn’t cared and hadn’t really known any of them. But she had known Eldridge, had slept with him, eaten with him, had grown close to him. She couldn’t imagine what Tori was feeling, since she had known Eldridge for years.
Time passed , the quiet heavy. Finally Tori began to talk. “You know, originally I hated Eldridge. He always bugged the crap out of me. I wanted my husband to fire him but it never happened. But Eldridge turned out to be nothing like I thought he was.”
Grace hugged Tori across her shoulders. “Tell me about ‘im?”
For the next several hours Tori told stories about Eldridge and the things he had done. Grace had figured that waking him would be better than simply going on. She shared a few of her experiences with him and Tori smiled at those. It helped her sorrow as well.
Tori reached over and brushed a hand across Grace’s face. “Thank you for this.”
“’tis not a problem. I love you and I wanna see ye happy.” admitted Grace, blushing.
“You do make me happy Grace.” She leaned over, cupping Grace’s head and kissed her gently. “I’m not sure I would be able to do this without you.”
“I could say the same to you.” The two women hugged, letting their shared grief and happiness fall with their tears. They held each other into the night.
* * *
The survey took a little longer to complete without Eldridge but they did it. The crew was slowly returning to their usual jovial state as the days turned into weeks. They now knew all about Iaepetus and it’s riches. Mining would be very profitable here, especially if they worked in the areas that the crew had noted.
They had already sent in notification of their work on the moon of Saturn and listed their claims. This was one of the reasons that the crew was so wealthy, having claims on various places where mining started. Exploration for profit. Grace was pleased to discover that both she and Aoi were going to be included in the division of the spoils. With the size and amount of the mineral and other veins on Iaepetus they would be looking at a great deal of income for a long time to come.
The trip back to Titan took a while, due to the path they had to take to get there. The rotational speeds were different and they worked out a path that would get them back to civilization in one piece. It was just going to be a longer trip, which didn’t really faze anyone. Though the crew members were certainly looking forward to eating something different for a change since their rations had to be used differently due to the fact that things took longer than they had planned.
Grace was spending more and more time with Tori, especially in her free periods, when she didn’t have appointments or shifts on the Bridge. Their engagement hadn’t bothered anyone, in fact they were happy for the both of them. They had already made arrangements to have the ceremony at Saint Joseph of Cupertino. The priest had been pleased by the announcement and had sent out a list of questions that the two had to answer. Grace had never expected to be doing her marriage counseling in a craft out in space.
She sang to herself in Gaelic, from an old song about Grania Ni Mhaille, the Pirate Queen of Ireland. She was one of her family’s most famous ancestors and to be able to sing about her made Grace pleased. If only her family could see her now, happy with her life even though they had rejected her.
She was busy working on the dress she was going to be wearing for the ceremony. She had decided against wearing the formal Kimono that she owned and wanted something more traditional. Aoi had helped, by having some fabric and such loaded as part of her weight allowance. They both worked on the dress in secret, as Grace wanted to surprise Tori with it.
A game of Rock, Paper, Scissors had settled the detail of who was going to walk down the aisle. Grace had won and was getting all nervous and excited over things. After a deep breath she returned to her work on the dress. It would not be a good plan to screw up the dress due to her inattention.
Grace thought about her last time on Titan and how much had changed since then. Thinking back farther, back to Mars, she realized that her memories almost felt like they were someone else’s life and not hers. Aoi’s patience and guidance and Tori’s love had taken her a long way from where she had been. Life was funny like that sometimes. She had never planned on this but she loved her life just the same, probably better. She had become herself and that was wonderful.
If only they could get to Titan faster so she could marry and get on with her life.
* * *
“So Donal, how is the information coming along?” asked Grace, honestly wondering about all the data they had collected on the planet. It was a lot to go through and that was the main thing that everyone would be doing until they got home.
“It’s going alright. Eldridge was the big number cruncher but we can manage. Thankfully you don’t have tae go through all that data tae make the reports. It’s a real pain.”
“Reports?”
“Yeah, we make two. The first is an initial one which we send out with basic information, not enough to give away anything but enough to get investors interested. The second is all the data, compiled into an easy to use format for anyone who buys it. The problem with the first is condensing and sanitizing. Got to make the report interesting and informative but not too informative. Captain Tobias is really good at that part.”
Grace nodded at that. “I can see that.”
She got up and headed over to the kitchen area to get a drink. She called out, “Donal, did ya want anythin’?”
“Sure. Can I get a cuppa?” Grace nodded, having planned on getting herself some tea as well. She got out an extra tea bag and added water to the mugs. The microwave quickly heated the water and soon the golden liquid was steeping. She fixed both cups just like each liked theirs and put the lids on. With those a sudden loss of gravity wouldn’t cause tea to be splashed everywhere.
“Here ya go. Well, I need tae head back tae me bunk tae get ready for an appointment. Bye.” She briefly hugged him and then walked from the room.
Aoi was in the room when Grace arrived. “Hey there. Coming to get ready?”
Grace nodded. “Carson will be coming by in a bit and I wanted to get ready for him.”
Aoi watched as Grace moved about the cabin, humming to herself. Comparing the woman before her to the woman she had first met on Mars, it was like they were completely different people. In the months that this trip had taken Grace had gone through so much and had grown into a lovely woman. The pain in the ass that Aoi had met was gone, especially since Titan.
Aoi was still a bit worried about Grace’s drinking problem, but she seemed to be okay now, even to the point of Donal not worrying about locking the room with the still anymore. Between her work and the influence that Tori had, Grace seemed to grow stronger and more able to keep from turning to the bottle. At least the girl had found other ways to work out her stress.
Aoi excused herself, letting Grace have the cabin, in case Carson needed a more physical release of his own stress. The fact that this didn’t seem to make Grace nervous was incredible as well. From what she had heard from other crew members, Grace had certainly enjoyed them and herself in those encounters.
Grace finished up her prep work and smiled. Carson would be there soon and they were planning on strip poker. Grace had just the lingerie for this, which should certainly distract Carson from his game play. However the cards fell, Grace was sure she was going to win.
* * *
“Rei, you should get this message soon. Things seem to be going well with Grace and I should be able to get reassigned after my return to Mars. You would not recognize her anymore. She has found herself and it shows in all of her work. I think she will be a great asset to the company from now on, though I doubt you will be able to pry her away from the Variable Star. The crew seems very fond of her and Captain Tobias seems to be very much in love with her.
“My guess that this had something to do with her family was right. Her father had said some terrible things to her when she returned home after her transformation. That was further exacerbated by her parish priest saying some less than kind things as well. This got her into a spiral of despair and depression which led to her drinking and self-destructive behavior. We may want to start mentioning that if the newly converted have issues at home that they should come back and stay with us, if only to avoid a repeat of this.
“I look forward to seeing you again. You owe me dinner for this, as it has been a difficult assignment. It has been very gratifying to have witnessed her transformation, but I need something a lot less stressful for my next assignment. Well, talk to you later, Aoi out.”
Aoi turned off the recorder and prepared the message for burst transmission. The laser relay would get this to Rei in a short while, going from the ship to Titan, Titan to Phobos and then on to the Moon if necessary. It was a lot of work to get a simple message out but it was better than any other option. Passing messages from this side of the asteroid belt was a bit trickier than on the near side. Hopefully there would be a reply waiting for her when they reached Titan.
* * *
“I now pronounce you both married. You may kiss your Bride.”
They both kissed gently but passionately and a great cheer rose up.
The ceremony had been incredible. Tori had looked beautiful in her gown but the Captain’s eyes had nearly popped out looking at Grace walk down the aisle in the wedding dress that Aoi and Grace had made. Grace couldn’t stop smiling and reaching out to touch Tori, as if this were some dream ad not quite real. She did notice the Tori was doing the same thing.
The reception was wonderful. Aoi had coordinated with a few other Ships Mothers for help and had put together a band. There was also plenty of food, thanks to the people at Gaston’s who did the catering. Everything was perfect.
A few of the Caregivers who had had the misfortune to work with Grace before were flabbergasted by how much Grace had changed. They were even more stunned when Grace apologized to them for how she had treated them. That was the only time that Grace hadn’t smiled. She had cried, truly sorry for her actions before.
Now she and her wife were alone in their room, ensconced into a room in one of the hotels on Titan. Grace and Tori were locked in an embrace, kissing deeply. When they pulled back Grace brushed Tori’s face, “Me wife.”
Tori beamed. “My wife. You know, after my husband died, I never thought I would get another chance at love. Thank you for that.”
“I ne’er thought that I ‘twould e’er get married. Thank tae ye I hae found me happiness. I love ye.”
“I love you too. Let me show you just how much.”
Tori slowly began to undress Grace, slipping the beautiful dress from her revealing the lovely white lingerie that she wore. Tori started kissing Grace’s neck, nibbling softly. Soft moans slipped from her lips as Tori brushed one of her breasts with a free hand.
Grace broke free of the kisses long enough to get Tori into the same state of undress that she was in. Tori stepped out of the dress and resumed what she had been doing. Soon they moved to the bed where Grace slowly undressed Tori, lovingly unwrapping her best present. Once Tori’s bra was off, she kissed and sucked on her nipples a bit. She then moved down kissing her way to the soft panties that covered Tori.
With a gentle tug, they soon were on the floor. Grace breathed in her fragrance deeply, loving the scent of her wife. Victoria exchanged places with Grace and repeated the same actions. Naked they fell onto the bed, kissing and fondling each other, raising their passion.
Their screams of climax went on and on until they both collapsed naked on the bed, sheets scattered everywhere, spent. The slept in each others arms, satiated smiles on their faces. Lying there in wedded bliss.
The next day they awoke and smiled at each other. “Good mornin’ wife.”
“Good morning yourself wife.”
Breakfast had been delivered and they sat down and enjoyed it. Some of the food was wonderful but the champagne was a nice touch.
“When we get back to Mars, I am going to make sure that you are permanently assigned to the ship. If I have to pay extra it would be worth it.” Tori kissed Grace on the forehead. “Let’s head there. Besides, after this trip I figure the crew could use a month or so on solid earth.”
“Makes sense. I can help pay for this if I need to.” offered Grace.
“No need. Remember wife, that I do have a lot of money. Exploring is profitable, if you do it right. So, here’s to an uneventful trip back to Mars.”
Grace and Victoria clinked glasses of champagne and returned to their breakfasts.
* * *
“Got any nibbles on the information yet?” asked Aoi.
“A few.” replied the Captain, between bites of supper. “It seems as if the big mining consortiums are wondering if they want to go so far a field. None of the smaller companies have the resources to make the venture worthwhile.”
“Story of the little man’s life,” quipped Mokono.
Grace smiled. It had been another successful meal that Aoi and she had prepared. Aoi had planned this before they had reached Titan and had messaged in an order for the supplies. The paella was good and the chilled cervezas that a few crew members were drinking seemed to make a few people mellow. Grace was content with her water with lime juice added. She was tempted but not enough to risk falling off the wagon. Life was too good right now to make such a sacrifice.
“So, are you really leaving us Aoi?” asked Donal.
Aoi nodded. “I am. There is a new ship that needs a crew of Caregivers and I am to be the Ship’s Mother. I am looking forward to the challenge.”
“Well, we’ll be sad to see you go.” said Carson, speaking for the rest of the crew.
Aoi smiled, “Not to worry. Grace will still be here and you’ll soon have another Sister onboard to help. Surely you have all gotten tired of my cooking by now?”
Numerous protests arose from the table, some talking around mouthfuls of food. Grace giggled, as did Aoi. That Aoi was leaving did make Grace a bit sad, but she was still awed by the fact that she and Victoria had gotten together so completely. Grace smiled all the time now, which pleased Aoi to no end.
“Seriously, you will be missed. Thank you for all your help with this trip.” said Victoria.
Aoi laughed. “I’m not off the ship yet. We’re barely a week out from Titan, with a few months left to go. It’ll be fine.”
* * *
The odds for man to journey successfully into space are tremendous. They are even smaller for other things that occur, such as small pieces of debris to intercept a ship in flight. Yet such things do happen.
The ship bucked and shook from the impact. Aoi was tossed to the ground by the violence of the event. She hit her head on the edge of a table and went to the floor dazed. She blinked the stars from her eyes and grabbed her head.
The cockpit was not so lucky. Several small pieces of asteroid drove themselves through the metal and tore into the fragile control units. A few pieces even tore through the soft bodies of the few crewmen up there. Precious air belched into space through the hole in the cabin. Captain Tobias' voice barked over the intercoms. "Stations! Damage Control crews find and fix whatever is wrong. Move people, we may be venting atmo!"
Aoi got to her feet a bit shakily. "Captain, I think the Bridge took massive damage and we're in a tumble. I can't shut the gyros off from here. And the guidance computers are fragged and I can’t get the backups online."
"Get us in there! We need to correct the spin and make sure everyone is okay." yelled Victoria, worried about the crew up there, especially the pilot.
Aoi pulled on her suit, knowing that there might be work needed for outside the ship, or if there really was an atmosphere leak somewhere on the hull. Once she had her gear on she realized that it had been Grace's shift in the Bridge. She fought the urge to run as her heart went into overdrive and went to her assigned station and started her job of assessing the equipment for malfunctions or damage. Her board was green. The basic engine functions seemed unaffected.
Her primary duty done and reported Aoi rushed up, through the ship towards the bridge. What had happened to Grace?
There was a crew up there already trying to check the door information, to see if the space beyond was vented to space. Aoi could tell at a glance that something was wrong. One of the techs, Mokono, said, “It looks like the panel fried. Maybe their whole electrical system surged and burned out at impact.”
“Try to raise the bridge. Maybe they’re alright and just trapped in the room?” said Aoi.
“We’ve tried. We can’t get anything from them and the ship is tumbling. I don’t know what we should do?”
“As long as the Gee Dampers are still online, we’ll be fine. But the controls to correct that are in the Bridge.”
Mokono frowned. “You keep working on this. I’ll go get those Dampers online. That was Eldridge’s station and I bet no one covered it.”
The large man sped down the corridors. Aoi looked at the blank panels and the door lodged into place. They had to get that open and find out what had happened on the bridge.
* * *
Grace exhaled, growing light headed. The others on the Bridge were dead, their bodies limp at their stations. She tried to get up after she shook her head to try and clear it. When she moved, pain flared up in her thigh, a burning sharp pain. She had a shard of metal lodged deeply in the meaty part of her thigh, pinning her to the pilot seat and yet she couldn't feel any pain otherwise. She could taste a metallic salty flavor in her mouth that was familiar. Blood. What the hell had happened?
She turned her head and looked towards the door. The light of several electric sparks allowed her to see that there was some debris clogging up the doorway. It didn't look like anyone would be able to get in anytime soon. They could make it through the door, but there were a lot of other things collapsed in front as well. Things didn’t look good.
The stars seemed to tumble through what was left of the viewport. They could have made her dizzy if her head weren’t already spinning. She glanced towards the monitors which looked back at her blankly, all the screens dark and a few with screens spider webbed with cracks. Everything seemed to be off or perhaps broken, which was certain doom if she couldn’t fix things.
She jiggled the control column and got some response. At least that was working. It meant that she might be able to stop the spinning of the ship. She reached out for the throttle. It seemed to take forever but her hand closed around it. When she moved that she could feel the engines respond. She had control of the ship, at least manually. That was something.
"Aoi? Tori? Anyone?" Her voice sounded weak in her own ears. She had to try, had to see if anyone was left.
* * *
The comms crackled, and the familiar brogue said, "Aoi? Tori? Anyone?"
Aoi was worried, Grace sounded injured. “Grace, are you alright? What’s going on up there?”
“Anyone?”
Aoi all but yelled into the comms, as if volume would make it through. “Grace! Grace, can you hear me?”
* * *
There was nothing, not even static. Maybe the Comm System was down. Regardless, she was alone. Everyone onboard could be dead besides her and she had no way of knowing. They could be alive and rushing to save her. It didn’t really matter, as she was still fundamentally alone.
She pulled up her atmosphere data on her visor. She had been near the end of her shift and her internal air was running thin. She moved some, to see if she could reach one of the others, to get access to their air. Her leg burned, growing hotter and hotter, tearing some inside. Her vision grayed out.
When she could see again, she looked out at the spinning stars. She brought the throttle back, stopping the thrust and stabilized the ship, getting them out of the spin. Once they were no longer spinning out of control, Grace scanned the stars visible through the port. Nothing seemed familiar. If they had tumbled free for a while there was no knowing where they were heading at this point. She nudged the ship with the maneuvering jets trying to find something familiar. She wanted to go home.
Every so often she would call out of the radio, but there was no answer. Dead air was all she had. She said what she was doing, hoping that if nothing else the flight recorders would get this.
* * *
“Corrected the tumble. The screens are all dead. Mitchell and Thompson are dead.”
Mokono and Carson were working quickly to set up a temporary airlock, so they wouldn’t be venting the ships atmosphere when they got the door opened. Tori was feverishly working on the communications, hoping to get something through to Grace, to let her know that they were on their way.
Aoi treated the minor injuries of the other crew members, when they had a moment. The tension was heavy as everyone focused on getting into the Bridge.
* * *
She was alone, possibly the only survivor of the ship and she was pinned to the pilots chair. She needed to find home. She looked at her oxygen levels and exhaled heavily. “With all the systems dead, I have no idea how far we tumbled or even if we are headed in the right direction. I am going to scan the stars to see if I can find something familiar.”
She began to slowly and methodically scan the stars, trying to spot something. Finally, after what seemed like forever, she noticed a familiar pattern of stars. This she recognized. She stopped and centered her vision on the faintly red dot they had been moving towards. Mars. Home.
She realized that she was going to die, alone and forgotten in space. Even if anyone were alive, if they got her out of the chair she could bleed out before they could get her back to the med bay. What could she do? Even if she could get the ship headed towards Mars there was nothing she could do to stop the bleeding, no way to clear the door, to eat, to refill her dwindling oxygen supply. All around her hung the bodies of her two shipmates, one belted into their chairs, limp, and the other hanging in the air. Soon she would join them. It didn’t really scare her anymore.
She shook her head slightly to clear it and took a sip of water from the helmet. That helped some. She drank more, her head clearing slightly. If only she could get some food.
* * *
Aoi ran up to Victoria. “Tori, I can get out onto the hull and make my way up towards the Bridge. I can see if we can get her out that way.”
Tori absently nodded. “Go.”
Aoi raced to the air lock. Once she had the safety line ready she hit the button to open the outer door. The door opened about halfway and then stopped, the metal groaning painfully. Aoi screamed in frustration. Maybe she could crawl under it and make it out?
The space was still too small, even for a person her size. She could have done it with room to spare, if she hadn’t been wearing the bulky suit that kept her alive. “Outer door is jammed, I can’t get out.”
The door groaned as she hit the release, hoping to close what she had just opened. The door shuddered and slowly began to make it’s way back down. “Come on, come on…”
* * *
A glance around the monitors showed that they were still off. If they were going to get home she would have to get them there without computers. She would have to dead reckon their way to the planet, something so complex that it took computers to calculate it quickly. She could have done the math for the course if she knew their heading and speed and other bits of data that had been in the computer. There was nothing that she could do.
Her ancestors had sailed the unforgiving ocean with no instruments, trusting to God to get them back home. Time and again, with no instruments they traveled out into the deep of the sea and returned home. She had done it herself, back when she had been a boy. Maybe she could do the same here? At this point could it really hurt?
She felt a bit faint, guessing that she was slipping deeper into shock and that she must have lost a lot of blood. Her oxygen saturation in her blood was low, 82%. If she didn’t do this now then she wouldn’t be able to do it at all. “I am going to attempt to dead stick guide us towards Mars. I have no idea if this is going to work. With the panels dead this is all I can do to save the ship. Aoi, take care of yourself, you were my best friend. Victoria, I love you and I only wish I had a chance to spend more time with you. You have my heart Tori, and just the hope that you could be alive gives me the strength to try this. Goodbye love.”
* * *
Victoria had tears streaming down her face. She had to get the damn comms working, before Grace was gone. She had to tell Grace that she loved her.
Mokono had finished the instillation of the emergency pressure door. He moved through the door with Donal, both with crowbars. If the two strongest men aboard the Variable Star couldn’t open the door then what hope was there?
Slowly the door gave and the two men strained with all their might to make it in. They had the cutting torch ready and pressure bandages for when they got Grace off of the pilot’s seat. They were going to do this.
Aoi banged on the slowly descending outer door. The sound of the groaning metal vibrated through her suit. “Faster damn you, faster.”
Carson had raced back to the bay for their shuttle. Maybe he could get out that way? There was a safety feature, preventing the outer door from opening when the ship’s engines were thrusting but he knew the override. He had to get in there, had to save Grace. He clipped wires off and struggled to manually override the security feature.
* * *
“St. Brendan, please intercede for me and my shipmates. We are lost out here in the great black and want to return home. Please help me to find forgiveness for my sins. Please extend your blessings to my wife, Aoi and all the crew. May the Lord help me to find our way home. Amen.” After she prayed, she aimed the ship until it felt just right. She pulled back on the throttle and hopefully sent the ship home.
Her hand dropped limply from both the stick and the throttle and she gazed out at the stars. They were bright and steadfast, shining as they always had. It was a beautiful last sight. “Hail Mary, full of grace, blessed art thou above women and blessed is the fruit of thy womb Jesus. Holy Mary, mother of God, pray for us sinners now and in the hour of death. Amen”
As her voice faded, Grace took once last look at the stars. She smiled slightly, knowing that whatever happened she had done her best. “Aoi, Tori, everyone, I love you. Thank you for saving me.”
She exhaled slowly, inhaling the scant oxygen till her eyes gradually drifted closed.
Requiem
Robert Louis Stevenson
UNDER the wide and starry sky
Dig the grave and let me lie:
Glad did I live and gladly die,
And I laid me down with a will.
This be the verse you 'grave for me:
Here he lies where he long'd to be;
Home is the sailor, home from the sea,
And the hunter home from the hill.
Epilogue
The sound of docking clamps onto the hull was the sweetest sound that Aoi had heard in weeks, ever since the accident. They were going to make it after all.
It had taken a while for the members of the crew who remained to reach the bridge. Carson had found himself thwarted, as the holes had been too jagged and small to make it through. Finally it was Donal and Mokono who had made it into the Bridge, all but popping the door out on alignment.
Clearing the bodies had been a somber job and it had taken a cutting torch to get Grace free. The bodies of the dead were laid out in the storage bay, covered in the black of bodybags. Only the Bridge crew had died in the accident.
Aoi and the Captain were waiting at the airlock for their saviors. Tori and Aoi held hands, worried about everything. Grace had done the impossible and had sent them on the path home. Her gift for flight had been what they had needed to get somewhere where they could be found. The cobbled together radio had finally made contact with another ship and soon they would be able to limp home. The ship would survive.
John has lost everything. He is lost in his sorrow and is grasping at straws. Is hunting really the best idea?
Hunting The Muse
by poetheather
1
3:17 am. At least that is what the blinking red light on the clock says. I lift my head up and glance blearily around the dark room. Nothing has changed since I laid down four hours ago. The same dirty clothes hunch in the corner. The same gray and white stripy cat lying on the bed, sprawled out on his back.
I look over at the other side of my California King waterbed. She was still not there, and hadn’t been in a long time. The ache is still fresh and fights hard to keep from being dislodged. I am tired to death from crying for the loss of her. But that helps little as the clock ticks to 3:18.
I roll back and watch the ceiling. The stucco still looks like stupid patterns to me. Building code Rorschach prints to amuse the tired and sleepless. I watch the ceiling as I feel my heart beat slowly in my chest. I am tired and just a little bit drunk still from the whiskey I had after dinner. The pulsing through my body is nice and hopefully it will lull me back to sleep.
It doesn’t work. Just as most things don’t work for me anymore. A rumble in my bladder pulls me fully awake. Cursing, I get up and pad into the bathroom to heed nature’s call. The relief, however temporary, makes me consider what to do until I can get tired again.
Maybe tonight I can write. Maybe I can actually manage to write more than a paragraph or two. I hope the Muse can manage to find me or I her. I haven’t seen or felt her in far too long. And I am sure it shows in my work. How can I get my degree if I can’t write what is churning within me? Nothing I have tried so far has given me any help. The Muse has left me just like She had. Abandoned me to pain, to sorrow, to sleepless nights like this one where I basically whine to myself about how bad my life has gotten.
Gods I need a drink!
The burn of the whiskey down my throat helps me settle the unquiet dead in my heart. I use my toe to start my computer as I sit down and try to get settled. The screen blinks to life through the film of dust that always seems to be there however many times I clean it. The cartoon image of an anthromorphic skunk with her own online comic fills the screen. I like her smile as she sleepily looks up from her coffee. I definitely know that feeling. But at three in the morning coffee would be a bad idea. I actually would like some more sleep before I have to get up and play the good student. Ugh!
I call up my files and begin to scroll down the list. All of my half completed novels and stories and poems and ideas and notes all grin out at me from the screen. Years of uncompleted thoughts and ideas are all logged there neatly organized for my own embarrassment. After fifteen years of writing you would think I would have been able to complete at least one thing to where I am happy with it. The poems are all right but the stories have gone nowhere fast. In fifteen years, I have started around seventeen novels and finished two, both of which are still being revised. I need a new hobby.
But she had caught me. The Muse. Ensnared like some sort of character from the pages of Greek Mythology. I caught a glimpse of that magic, that mystery, that beauty and now for my transgression I have to suffer for it. She owns me and I think she knows it. That doesn’t please me.
I pull up one of my stories from the hard drive and scroll down to the end. I stare blankly at the words there. Nothing comes to mind to help fill those gaps. I get up and retrieve the bottle of whiskey. It can’t help me from the other side of the room. I take a pull from the bottle and stare at the words on the screen. I try to change the font, to see if that helps. It doesn’t.
I sit there for gods alone know how long, going from story to story trying to find the words to keep going, to fill up the pages with some of the fire that burns inside of me but refuses to get out. Again I can’t keep going. Awfully difficult to make a living as a writer if the words refuse to come.
I slump back in my chair and stare at the stucco ceiling. Where had I lost her? In what place did she now dwell, leaving me here uninspired and alone? I needed to know. But how could I hunt a Muse? If she were flesh and blood, maybe it could be done but this… this implied chasing down something beyond my world.
There is far more under heaven and earth Horatio than anything dreamt of in your philosophy… or something like that drifted through my mind. Great! Now I’m being chided by the ghost of old Will. Ghosts and muses and the water of life, not a very good combination all things considered. And memories.
Memories of those I have loved, who at a time seemed to embody all the majesty and magic of my Muse, now dangled jagged in my mind. Their faces, all those I have spent time with in that lovers embrace summoned by memories recall. I wonder how they are all doing? What could they be up to? Were any of them actually my Muse? Or am I reaching again, trying desperately for some sort of literary closure to my heart’s pain? Gods, who knows at this point!
So, how do you hunt an aspect of the Divine? I’ll have to go over my own work for clues. Maybe something will be there, hidden amongst all of the dreck and droll of my works. Maybe. At this point, any idea that would serve to help me find the embrace of the Muse would be nice. Arms of flesh or spirit would be fine; anything would be a nice change of pace after all of this bullshit I have been doing in lieu of living.
I shut down the computer again. The brightness of the screen is not helping any. Now I need to actually try to find something that might even remotely resemble a plan. Sadly, the only thing that comes to mind is a not so good film with Olivia Newton John. She played a muse. But then again so did Sharon Stone in that Albert Brooks film. What do I want to do, call them? Oh, good plan. Can we say stalker? Knew you could. I write myself a note to remind me in the morning of what I want to do and I head back to bed.
At least the waterbed is warm and comfortable as I lie back. That is at least something that is tolerable. I close my eyes and try to slow my breathing, making my body think it is sleepy. It does not work.
Thoughts dance happily through my mind, teasing me with fades towards sleep only to be pulled back by stupid questions that have little relation to the world I live in now. I don’t even have a fucking fireplace so who care if my andirons need polishing! I just want to be able to lie back and lose myself to sleep and perchance to dreams. However, even they have gone on their own journey into tomorrow.
My sleeping drug can actually bring them back into my ability to remember but the exhaustion that weighs me down is not worth the memory of sleep’s journeys throughout the vast realm that is dreamscape. Where I used to travel freely, back before…
…before engagement rings and moving vans pulled me into an orbit that severely decayed, and falling from the sky, burning. She had torn my life and I found myself wounded, bereft of Love and Muse, and abandoned in the south. Sweet Tea plus biscuits and gravy does little to heal a wounded heart.
Gods…. just let me sleep! I am so tired of being tired. Tired of being teased like Tantalus with sleep, with dreams, with the caress of the Muse again. With the magic of words trickling out like the gift of gab from the Blarney Stone. If only I could sleep. I try counting sheep.
It doesn’t work. I give up and stare blearily at the ceiling.
Finally, I feel myself fading, lingering for a gnat’s eternity until I loose my self till waking.
2
….a world
….mutable color…
Stars… …sand…
…intermittent grains
…clouds
A Mobius stair….
…Mystic’s wood
…ethereal…
…rough waters…
…dead land
…Green Mother…
Satan’s tears
…ghosts
I reach out…
…and…
With a cough, I wake up. The image in my mind fading as my chest burns with the air. What the hell was that? A dream? I try to recall all of the images that vanish in my grasp like smoke. I pound the waterbed in frustration.
It always seems to be like this. Just when an idea will finally appear, it slips through my fingers like sand. Makes the job of writing just that much harder.
I pad barefoot into the kitchen to make coffee. By the time the beans for the hazelnut coffee are finished being ground my arm is tired from manually grinding. Maybe I should spend the twenty bucks to get an electric one? However, the manual grinder works fine and is here. The aroma is wonderful and I sprinkle in a little bit of cinnamon in with the grounds. Tastes good that way.
The sticky pad note jars my memory. Hunting the Muse… hunting the Muse… how could a person go about doing that? According to legends, they simply show up when they want. Is it a feeling, an urge, a what? Could it be some sort of spirit person? Sure, that’s a stretch. But the idea… of hunting the Muse lingers.
Perhaps play with ideas till some feeling of her presence arrives? Then what? Beg on bended knee? Drop a cage? Use rope? Who knows what will actually work. With my luck so far, none of it will do anything helpful. All I have to do is apply myself to the problem and I should be able to get an answer.
It doesn’t work.
Trying to get her to arrive seems to be the easy part, but what to do when she gets here is another matter. What makes it so frustrating is the whole nature of the Muse. If she were merely a spiritual entity who shows up to brush you with ideas and inspiration none of my ideas would work. But I swear, when I really get going and she moves me, it is almost as if there is a hand on my shoulder or running through my hair. And I miss that.
Yeah… I know… get a date. It doesn’t work. I have tried, but apparently I get too wild eyed at times for anyone’s comfort or they get jealous of my time writing or even, saints preserve me, when I am with someone I find myself unable to write. And besides once She left me to ponder my now cold bed alone, I am too depressed to actually care about anyone else. I mean wouldn’t that just be me continuing on in the same manner as before?
I know I thought that some of the women I dated were my Muse, as if it were a permanent appellation instead of some fanciful romantic gesture. And how do I even know that the Muse is female? She could be male. I mean, think about it… the Greeks… were a little like that. Do women artists see the Muse as male? Do they even get this hung up over the whole thing? I try to think about that. It doesn’t work.
I shrug and have another cup of coffee. I sit down again and at least try to go over my works, try to add something. The process is slow and painful. No nudge of inspiration to guide me along. I eventually give it up.
Maybe I should just give up writing? Yeah, like that could happen. I have already tried to do that time and again. It doesn’t work. I always seem to come back to pen or keyboard like a drunk to a bottle. Maybe there is a twelve-step program for recovering writers. Hi, I’m so and so and I’m a writer. You know, maybe the process doesn’t work for all things.
I glance at my note about trying to find a plan in review of old works. Looking to the old to find the new. Talk about trips down memory lane. Here, on faded and fragile paper is my first story. Fifteen years gone and the first time the Muse even remotely brushed against me.
Ugh! I had forgotten how bad that story is, but I can see her there in a few places. The Muse has been with me a long time and tainted my world. Nothing like getting your own pair of rose colored glasses free of charge. But… I like the world she has shown me. The teasing of it is irritating but the glimpses are like paradise close enough to taste. Paradise can be yours… if you follow me.
That part of the clause did not reveal the fine print until later. I mean, to think that the Muse was my bitter mistress, leaving me alone when others were about. Jealously hoarding my time and energy when I wanted to spend it on the various hers. The Muse was like an overly possessive lover, who actually gave more than she took, but demanded everything. I think I may have actually dated her more than once. She was like that.
However, is that truly how she is? Perhaps that may have been my problem. I have misread the situation. What if she was actually sensitive to the divisions between Muse and writer? What if she was giving me the space to be with the flesh that comforted in a different way then her? What if she were hurt and upset about being taken for granted all the time? Tired of being blamed for my failures but not entirely thanked for my successes? What if she was like a woman in love, open to the casual pains a dork like me seems to be good at giving? Oh, bright blessed ones. What if that’s it?
If that is the case then maybe, just maybe I can call the Muse back to me. I need to come up with a plan, do some research. I knew a couple of people who might have some good advice to give me. I needed to woo the Muse to bring her back into my life and find a way to work things out between us.
3
“You look like shit, John. Do you even sleep any more?” Living here had softened Terry’s brogue but the Irish in him remained. He sat the glass of stout down in front of me. The thick darkness of it swirled slightly. The milky foam looked inviting after all of the whiskey I had been drinking.
“Thanks Terry. No, I haven’t been sleeping.” Why Terry always seemed to be worried about my ability to sleep rather confounded me? Ever since She had left me, it had been asked. Was he really a good friend or just oddly obsessed with my sleeping? I snorted and drank down the stout. Creamy goodness. I wiped the traces of the foam off my nose.
Terry took a long pull from his own glass. He sat the pint down carefully on the filing cabinet he used as an end table. For a musician he had oddly fastidious manners. Those he blames on his mother back in Dublin. “So you said you had a plan you wanted to talk over with me?”
“Well, yes. This may sound a bit stupid, even for me, but please here me out. I am trying to hunt down the Muse and I think I have a way to do it.” I held back the excitement that my idea brought to me. I could probably make this work, even with my track record. He looked skeptical.
“You’re trying to do what again?” His eyebrows lowered some and he looked at me through narrowed eyes. Something was turning in there that I could not read.
“Catch the Muse. You know… the Muse of inspiration.”
Terry laughed. Even his laugh was touched by the sound of Ireland, though it was irritating to me right now. “And how are you going to do that? Travel under hill? To get at the Fae where they live? I thought you read myths and legends? All of those attempts have ended poorly for those involved. Besides, what is your daft plan this time?”
“Well, I thought I would clean my house, play some nice music, make dinner, and try to invite her back. You know, something simple.” It had taken me the better part of a bottle to come up with this plan and I thought it was one of my better ones. Sometimes my plans were elegant, but usually they ended up like this one.
Terry seemed to sober up immediately. He sat up straighter and looked me in the eyes. “John, get it through your thick head, She’s not coming back.”
“The Muse?” I was shocked at this. How could he possibly know? He was only a musician.
“Not the Muse, you idiot. She left you. Took her stuff and found someone else to leech off. Stop trying to live in the past and move on. She is not coming back.” He shook his head sadly.
I blinked in confusion. I hadn’t talked about her but the Muse, had I? “What are you talking about, Terry?”
“John, I am talking about Jen. She… is… gone. Stop trying to fix something that is utterly broken.” I could hear the concern in his voice, but I didn’t understand it.
“I know that. Don’t you think I know that, Terry? My house is quieter now for one and another is that I have to eat my own crap cooking. Why would you think I was unaware of her being gone?” My anger at being reminded about her leaving me and my failed attempts to win her back was not helping.
“John, you have been drinking heavily for the last four months. You smell. You look like shit. I’d bet you were clinically depressed about all of this. You need to let this go.” He spoke slowly and carefully as if to a child. That pissed me off even more.
“She fucking left me, John! She threw the ring I bought her in my face and left with some guy she knew. Of course I’m depressed. But that has nothing to do with the Muse.” I drank deeply from my stout. A few deep breaths let me get my calm back. I did not want to think about her. “Look Terry, I have been in a really bad period of writers block. The Muse has left me. I am trying to fix that, not Jen. This has nothing to do with her.”
“Sure John. If that’s what you want to do, give it a try. Clean your house and have dinner with the Muse? What harm could come out of it?”
4
I set the table with some trepidation. I mean, how weird was it to set a table for two with only one person to really eat. But I had pulled out my best dishes and glasses. I had even gotten a wine that was supposed to go with what I was cooking. Given my limited repertoire, I was going to stick to chicken, peas, mashed potatoes, and salad. I hoped that would work.
It had taken me the better part of four days to get my place clean. Dishes, laundry, carpets, windows, everything was finally clean. I even aired out my house. Now instead of a slightly sour dirty smell there was an incense smell. It was a nice change of pace. The cat even seemed to like it. Jen had been the last one to really clean the place, as I had been busy with several papers for Grad school.
I set that thought aside. I was busy trying to figure out how to start this. I put on some Dave Matthews. I always wrote well to him so I would work on the premise that the Muse would not mind them either. It was a good working hypothesis.
I really hoped this would work, so little else does that I was very unsure as to the chance that this might even do anything at all. However, I had to try. If I was right about her feeling neglected and alone, about her feeling used and not cherished than that could explain why the font of my creativity left. If she felt anything like I did with Her then I know she wouldn’t have stayed.
She, Jen, had tainted my life so heavily that it is still hard to separate things. I was busy rebuilding my life from the remains She had left me.
I looked around the living room. The walls were the stupid color she had wanted. Over there was the print she had insisted I get her but called stupid when she left. Even the bed I slept in held lingering traces of her touch. And now she was gone. Years of memories flushed.
There was the table, set for two. The candles were glowing nicely. She had liked those plates. I liked them, now.
This was fucking stupid. I moved over to take the plates off the table when I could feel the first light touches of the Muse. I froze. Bright blessed Ones, was this going to work?
“Hi there. It’s been a while.” I pulled back the seat for my guest. “Have a seat.”
Only ten more minutes for the chicken to be done baking, if I hadn’t screwed that up. I poured wine for the Muse and myself. I put the salads down. The touch was still tentative but there. I sat down and smiled at the empty place across from me. “Please. I hope the salad is good. Any dressing you want?”
The silence was awkward. This whole thing felt weird, now that I was doing it. Gods, I felt like a fricking moron. How the hell was a ghost dinner going to work to bring back the Muse? However, it was too late to quit right now, right? I mean it was working. Sorta.
But I wrote really well from the awkward. There were some great stories I had done that had so little to do with reality, but had burned with the fire of the Muse. I felt strange writing them but they had turned out so good. I smiled faintly. I had written some fun stuff.
I had some of my salad. The Italian dressing was nice. However, I did add more pepper as I felt it was a food group. A glance at the clock told me it was time for the chicken to be ready. I took both plates and served both of us. Steam and flavor wafted from the food. I actually had an appetite for a change. I really looked forward to eating. At least this wasn’t the usual Ramen I choked down or some other simple and nasty food product that was cheap.
I tasted the chicken. It was good. When did I learn to cook? Surely, this was not merely a fluke. Was it? I mean, this was tasty.
The feeling grew and I could feel the stirrings of a story grow in me. This was working. Wow. I had been fairly sure that this was going to fail as well. I might even manage to pass my classes this semester. This was good.
The phone rang.
I blinked. The phone?
It rang again so I walked over and picked it up. “Hello?”
“John? How are you?” She had called me.
My heart lodged itself in my throat. It was pounding furiously in my chest. I grasped for words. “Uh… okay. I guess. What can I do for you?”
Now it seemed as if she was the awkward one. I could hear her breathe on the other end of the line. The caller ID said it was her cell phone. “I miss you. I was wrong. Can I come over?”
I looked over at the table. Two place settings, food going to waste. I could keep it warm until she got here. Who knows, maybe we might get back together. Things would go back to the way they were.
I took in the room. I could remember the smell of her perfume, the taste of her kisses. My heart ached to be with her. I had planned to marry her and spend the rest of my life with her. I missed her touch, her presence.
I glanced again at the empty chair and I felt the touch of inspiration recede. That shifted the current of my thoughts. She hadn’t been my Muse. She hadn’t cared for me. She had left me, for some other guy. That gave me my answer, “No.”
“No? No? Please John. Please. I miss you.” She used the little girl voice I could never refuse, that had gotten her so many things.
“You already made your choice Jen. I’m sorry. Take care of yourself.” I hung up the phone. I walked back and finished my meal, enjoying the flavors. This really was good chicken.
I stood and extended my hand toward the empty seat with a slight bow. “My Lady, would you care to dance with me?”
Together we swirled into the living room, moving in time to the music and I danced with my Muse, fingers flying over the keyboard.
![]() |
![]() Momento Mori
Copyright © 2010 by poetheather
All Rights Reserved. |
It had been a beautiful dress, made of a bright royal blue satin and had made his nearly white blue eyes pop almost magically. It was a full length gown with a V-neck that hinted at cleavage but showed nothing, simple, elegant, and full of slink. A flash of smooth, muscular leg showed as he walked. When he first put it on it felt like water sliding over his skin. He remembered that he had shivered slightly at the sensation.
There were voices shouting around him, some of them familiar but Tomas found it difficult to concentrate on them, as they seemed slippery, just like that material. They had to mean something but nothing registered. He laid there, in the settling dust, eyes watching the cloudless, washed out blue sky above. It seemed to stretch out into forever.
Eliana had talked him into the outfit, saying that it would look great and that she could make him look good and not like some sort of joke. After a few days of badgering him about the issue, Tomas had agreed, mostly to shut her up. They were going to some sort of Halloween party in town and she wanted to really go all out. It was one of their last hurrahs before his deployment and he was looking forward to it as well. Eliana had wanted it to be a special night for both of them.
A dirt and blood smeared face hovered over him, blocking the endless sky. There were questions asked and his mouth moved in answer but Tomas was at a loss as to what he had actually replied. The world was moving funny with dark shapes and figures dancing across the blue, the blue that drew him towards it.
When he had seen the blue dress, he had been at a loss for what to say as well. He was sure that the whole outfit would look stupid but he followed her orders to the letter like a good soldier. Nair had removed his body hair in a tangled swath of dark and he had shaved extra close, to ensure that his face was smooth enough for her. She had gotten some padding for his chest and hips that would add curves to his lean frame, helping to create the illusion. The blue lingerie felt… different from what he had known yet compelling, holding him in snugly and betraying nothing. He felt the fool wearing them.
A distant thrumming growing closer shook the air but the sky did not waver. Shadows hung over him, attentive to him and he was not sure why this was all happening. There was still a distant burning in his side and leg that kept him from drifting off into the beckoning blue that wavered slightly above him but he had no idea why that burning was there. There were too many questions and no answers save the welcoming sky.
The long black wig had framed his face and changed how he looked dramatically, the long hair actually softening the planes of his face. He looked less like himself with that on and somehow that pleased him, made him feel warm inside. She had turned him away from the mirror and finished him up, finally sliding the blue dress over him like a curtain of dry water against his hairless skin. When he had finally seen himself, he had been stunned by how unlike himself he had looked, as if the dress had magically transformed the infantry grunt into a fairy princess. The tiara had sparkled in his now longer hair, twisted into an elegant updo. The warm feeling inside had consumed him whole.
The sensation of lifting brought him back some to where he was and he was rushed off, things bouncing slightly, the world moving as a series of blurs. The blue sky was lost to the dark color that was all around him and the air shook, tight with power. His head lolled to the side and he could see the tan and blue again, the color broken by moving figures and plumes of oily smoke gyrating to the sky, and then with a stomach dropping lurch, it was just blue.
The Halloween party had been a tremendous success, with his Prom Princess outfit a complete hit with everyone. All through the night he had kept running a hand down his dress, loving the feel of the fabric against his skin. It was electrifying, like a drug. The lipstick had felt strange, as did the various things on his face, but their effect could not be denied. His dark eyelashes made his eyes look alluring and the eye shadow only magnified the end result. There was practically no trace of Tomas left in how he looked, just the girl they had named Estrella, for that was how he felt, like a star. People had treated him different that night, as if he were not just a stupid grunt, as if he were something different, something of value. He drank it in and it warmed his soul.
Eliana had kissed him while they stood on the patio, looking out at the stars. Her lips had been soft and it had felt different, the feel of their lipsticks making the whole sensation brand new, like a new first kiss. It had been a magical night and one he would not easily forget. How could he forget that night, that kiss, that magical dress that haunted his skin?
His thoughts drifted around how he had felt, how he had looked, how he so much wanted to wear that blue dress again and how much he wanted to feel that alive. The loud thrumming shook his body and his eyes fluttered between the dark and the endless blue that stretched before him. He was so very tired and he felt his energy draining from him. With a last look at the blue that called him, he closed his eyes to find a rest.
![]() |
Out of Focus
By Poetheather Starting her Real Life Test over the summer was supposed to be fun and safe, but Kelly didn't feel that was the case. And that was before some Youtube star wannabe hit on her. Now she was having trouble figuring how to deal with all of this. |
Kelly looked nervously across the sand, arms folded across her midsection protectively. She couldn’t believe this was it. She was actually doing this, actually stepping out in front of others for more than a few hours at a time, in front of people who may or may not be supportive. It was unnerving and made her stomach roil. Jeanette snickered at her hesitation and grabbed her arm, dragging her onto the beach. “Come on Kells. Think of it like diving into the deep end.”
With a frown of annoyance, Kelly pointed out, “I don’t like doing that. The cold water is always such a shock.”
Laughing, Jeanette said, “Tough. You didn’t fight me until now so you are stuck with it.”
“Yes I did, you just didn’t listen,” protested Kelly for all the good it would do. She was well aware of the way Jeanette approached things.
“And it has all been for your benefit. Now relax and get out there. This beach is more popular with locals than tourists so you shouldn’t be too overwhelmed. I figured you would do better with the smaller crowds. Now come on, I got the basket.” Jeanette carried the rainbow covered basket filled with lotion, lunch, towels and whatnot. Honestly Kelly wasn’t sure what all was in the basket as she hadn’t been the one to pack it and Jeanette hadn’t really said anything. She had an overwhelming urge to go all Se7en on her but she really didn’t want to make a scene and yelling out, ‘What’s in the basket!’ over and over would do that. Honestly this was tough enough without getting other people involved.
The loose sand was hot as it splashed onto her feet as she walked towards the water behind Jeanette. It felt kind of nice. While she was not normally a hot weather person, it wasn’t bad because she wasn’t wearing all that much at the moment. However, that was also part of her problem. She had wanted to wear the nice one piece she’d bought, as it covered her more, but oh no, Jeanette wouldn’t hear of it. She had apparently purchased a bikini for her without telling her until it was time to head out this morning. Jeanette had stood there, triangles of fabric in hand, and all but forced her into the bikini. Sure it was something she was aware she needed to cope with and get over but it felt like her timetable was yanked out of her hands.
Jeanette set the basket down when she found her ‘spot’ and surveyed the beach around them. She smiled back at Kelly and declared, “Yes, this will do.”
The area wasn’t too crowded and they weren’t pressed close to other people, given that there was at least ten feet between them and the next closest. That was a good thing and did help settle Kelly’s nerves. This might mean less scrutiny. She nodded. “Okay.”
Once things were unpacked from the basket, there was a lightweight sunshade covering part of the blanket they had laid out. Jeanette and she had applied lotion before leaving her aunt’s house so that was one step that didn’t need to be taken. They sat there and sighed, content to hear the waves and feel the breeze. Kelly drank from her water bottle and ignored the pointed looks Jeanette gave her after she removed her own cover-up. Kelly looked at her and asked, “What?”
“Take it off sweetcheeks.” Jeanette’s look made it clear this was non-negotiable.
“Do you have to call me that?” whined Kelly. It wasn’t one of her favorite nicknames, that was for certain. Jeanette on the other hand seemed to like it a lot.
“You’re the one who can’t seem to eat powdered doughnuts without looking like she went to a drug party and snorted all the coke. Now quit stalling. I’m well aware of this trick of yours. So take that off and let the peons melt at the hotness of you.”
With a pout, knowing she wasn’t going to win, Kelly took off her cover-up, threw it at Jeanette, and lay back onto the blanket, trying to enjoy the warmth. Her cheeks burned some as she was worried and embarrassed by wearing so little. She felt naked and on display and it took everything not to cover up. With a huff she asked, “Better?”
Jeanette grinned, content with her victory. “Much.”
Kelly let the waves carry her off, doing her best to ignore the other sounds around them, and after a short while Jeanette stated, “Oh hey, there’s a couple of people I know. I’m gonna say hi. Do you need me to continue protecting you or are you good?”
Kelly flipped her off without opening her eyes and Jeanette walked off laughing. There were times when she could just swat her. She wanted to simply be here and not stand out but Jeanette clearly had other plans. In a way she was surprised Jeanette hadn’t had some sort of beach party set up for when they arrived.
Kelly lay there, eyes closed thinking this was nice. Maybe if I just lay here and relax I can forget what I am wearing. Maybe? She rolled her eyes at herself, well aware of her own expansive history of relaxation failure. She knew she needed to just calm down and enjoy or Jeanette was bound to take drastic action to fix things. That was the last thing she wanted to deal with as it would only end with her tears. Her best friend was fun but nearly a force of nature. She didn’t really know anybody who got in her way and stayed there for any length of time. And it was Jeanette who had suggested she start her Real Life Test with a bang.
For all she had wanted to transition, to truly live as herself, she had been and was still terrified of not passing and getting beaten up or worse. There had been several girls in the support group who had died violently, one of which she had known personally, and that had only increased her fear. It took lots of work from Jeanette to reassure her that the mirror no longer showed a guy and it was unlikely anyone would ever see that. It was still an idea she was having trouble grasping after all this time. While she didn’t think of herself as a guy she kept expecting to see some burly bearded man in the mirror. With a snort she had to concede that even before this had all started she hadn’t been much of a guy, certainly not one gifted with that much facial hair. There had been so many times she had gotten bullied for being a sissy when she was younger that it was ridiculous.
So now here she was, lying on a blanket at a public beach with hair extensions helping mask her shorter hair until it grew out, all tucked tight and waxed and in a fucking bikini. Yes she had dreamed this very thing but being faced with the reality of wearing one in front of the world… that was not a comforting thought. No, when she had confronted Jeanette about her plans to drag her down here and do this, the girl’s response had been, “For fuck’s sake Kells, you pass. You pass. You passed before you started hormones. You passed before you started therapy. You passed even more once you started HRT. No one will see what you think they will because you goddamn pass. Just accept it Kelly, you are an attractive girl who just needs a butt load of self-esteem.”
“But why now?” Kelly had whined. It was not something she was happy with but wasn’t actively trying to change either. Whining felt… less pathetic somehow though she was sure she was being a touch stupid.
“Because starting your Real Life Test while on vacation is a great idea. No one here knows who you are or even cares. You can get an honest appraisal of how you look without the nerves of being in a familiar area where people know you, even if only tangentially.” Jeanette had moved forward and hugged her. “Besides, I think you would look awesome in a bikini.”
“You’re gonna make me do this, aren’t you?” She had sighed in resignation.
“You bet your ass I am sweetcheeks.”
And it was indeed her ass on the line if Jeanette was wrong about her. She lay there and tried to forget how little she had on or how exposed it made her, tried to lose herself to the sound of the ocean. If she didn’t make any sudden movements or draw any undue attention to herself maybe she would vanish into the background and be ignored. That was all she wanted right now, anonymity.
“Hey.”
Kelly blinked. Oh god, what now? Was someone trying to talk to her? Shit, shit, shit… She opened her eyes and eyed the dark haired girl with the rich tan standing there, smirk on her face, and a video camera in her hand. The girl’s eyes were masked by sunglasses which made it more difficult to figure out what she was thinking. Kelly cautiously replied, “Yes?”
“So I was wandering around, filming things and people for the next episode of my online show and then I spotted you. You’re cute and seem interesting so I was just wondering, would you like to help me with this episode and if that goes well, maybe the next one or two as well? It of course depends on how long you will be here.” Her smile was bright despite some of her teeth failing to live up to Hollywood straightness.
Kelly cocked her head. While she did watch some online shows she had to admit she didn’t recognize this girl. It was a bit of an odd request and it seemed like she really wanted her help. Really? With a slight frown she asked, “Uhm… sorry about this but who are you?”
“Heh… sorry about that, I get ahead of myself a lot of the time. My name is Cate Ratel. My YouTube channel is Catz n Ratz. I do all sorts of things, like occasionally interview people, do funny sketches, and other things. You would be perfect for one of my beach sketches.” Kelly had to admit the girl had really nice eyes once she had taken off her sunglasses to look more sincere. They were a light blue she hadn’t really seen before and it made them almost hypnotic. How does a person get eyes that pale blue anyway?
“So Cate, what exactly would I be doing in this episode you’re filming?” Kelly wasn’t sure about this but willing to give it a shot. Cate seemed fairly nice after all and then there was the slight butterfly feeling inside. It was not a feeling she had had in a while and was willing to deal with a lot to keep experiencing it.
“Well, the sketch I had in mind involved you being my girlfriend or some girl I met on the beach or something like that and then some rather humorous comments while defending your honor from some guys. They’re hitting on you, you don’t like it, and I come in and save the day. If you’ll do more than the one video we can say I used the saving you from the guys thing as my pickup and go from there. What do you think? You don’t have a problem with two girls liking each other… do you?”
Kelly bit her bottom lip and thought about this. This was a good bit more exposure than just lying in the sun. She would be on the internet and other people would see her, if Cate’s channel had any sort of traffic. They would see her and see how she looked and see that she wasn’t a… but Cate thought she passed… right? Why else would she be bugging her to be in her show? It wasn’t like she would come and ask her to do this is she didn’t… right? So maybe doing this wouldn’t be a bad thing? “No, I don’t have a problem with that and sure, I guess I’ll do it. I have to wait for my friend Jeanette to come back, since I don’t want to abandon my stuff to the wilds but after that… sure.”
Cate chuckled a little and nodded, “Good call. People are usually pretty decent about that but this is tourist season and there are loads of bad elements around.”
“So have you lived here long?” asked Kelly, trying to find out more about this girl who gave her butterflies.
“Pretty much. I came home after college to help my grandma, since she was both sick and old, and between work and my show I do tend to keep busy. Things can get kind of hectic at times but it’s not a bad life overall,” replied Cate with a smile.
“Oh? What do you do?”
“Since the ad revenue for my channel isn’t that great yet, I work part time for the local cable people. It’s not a bad job all things considered as I at least get to use my degree. The other bonus is that it gets my grandma and me free net and cable. Though if things keep going the way they have been I will be able to work on my channel full time and live the dream.” Cate grinned excitedly, looking off in the distance at her dream reality.
Kelly smiled. It sounded like Cate had a handle on her future, even going so far as to have a plan and everything. She was still unsure of her own but since her life was starting to move in the direction she wanted then maybe not all was lost. It felt like everything in her life had been put on hold and now the film was running again. “Sounds lovely.”
Cate beamed at her. “So, why don’t I get my crew ready and you can wait for your friend to come back. We can meet up over there by that restaurant. I’m sure we will have a table in the back like we always do, so just come find me. Will that work?”
“Sure.” Going into a restaurant didn’t sound too bad, besides it was getting towards noon so a little something to eat wouldn’t be all that bad. Jeanette had probably packed sandwiches or something but eating at a restaurant sounded nice.
Cate waved as she walked towards the parking lot. Once the woman was out of sight, Kelly scrambled for her phone, having to go through several layers of things in the basket to find it. There was no question that she had to find this channel and discover if this was legit or if Cate had been screwing with her. Granted as pickup lines went it was really unique but who knew? This could be a bad thing but she wasn’t exactly sure. She pulled up YouTube and entered the channel name. Sure enough there was one with several different videos posted to it and a good number of subscriptions as well. Kelly was rather surprised that this was real. She had totally expected this to be a clever pickup rather than legit. Nervous, she looked around to see if Cate was anywhere close. Since she was checking up on the girl she really didn’t want to get caught. The coast seemed clear enough so she started one of the beach sketches, as there seemed to be a number of them, turning up the volume so she could hear it clearly. From what it looked and sounded like, there was another girl in a similar situation to the one Cate suggested she participate in. This made her narrow her eyes and look for another sketch video.
The more videos she watched, the more she was convinced this was some sort of stupid pickup scam using the internet to brag about conquests. How could Cate film and uploaded this sort of thing, showing everyone how she had done it for the most part. What the fucking hell? And besides, how could these women do that? Hadn’t they noticed or even suspected? She decided to check one of the other videos on the off chance it might allow her to spare Cate’s life. Otherwise a drowning was sure to occur. Perhaps a pummeling?
The other videos she zipped through seemed to be more along the lines of motivational talks/ twisted idea ramblings and as Cate had mentioned, there were interviews with a number of interesting people from around the area. Not a lot of famous famous people, well maybe internet famous but certainly not contemporary famous, in these videos. By and large these vids were a lot less disturbing. So if this was what Cate did then why did she make these sort of pick up vids? They didn’t really make sense with the other content. It was a touch disturbing, even if some moments were funny.
“You’re moping. Why the hell are you moping? I wasn’t even gone very long and now you’re moping,” demanded Jeanette as she walked up trying to snap her out of her train of thought.
“Oh shut up.” Kelly snapped at Jeanette. “I have an actual issue here.”
Jeanette took a seat next to her, voice dropping to a far more friendly tone. “What?”
“I was laying here minding my own business and this girl came over, chatted me up, and now wants me to be in a short sketch where she supposedly will save my virtue or some such nonsense from a couple of guys. I think it’s a weird pickup scam but I’m not sure,” explained Kelly, still watching her phone as a vid played.
“Wait wait wait… let me get this clear… you got hit on while you were lounging and you think it’s a scam?” Jeanette seemed really confused now. Kelly was amused by the look on her face and she smiled slightly.
“It’s too strange to explain. Look, just watch the damn video. That should make things clearer.” Kelly shoved her phone into Jeanette’s hands, cued up to the first video she had played, the one that had solidified the idea it was some sort of scam.
A short while later, once Jeanette had stopped snickering at what she was watching, she turned to Kelly, eyes bright, smile growing ever wider. “You have got to do this Kells. It looks fun.”
“Are you high?” Kelly had a difficult time believing Jeanette would be okay with this. She was usually the first to grab a pitchfork and charge after this sort of thing. “You can’t be serious.”
“No, I’m Jeanette. Besides, you know my Aunt doesn’t allow that sort of thing in her house. It makes her asthma act up something fierce. No, you must do this. It could very well be awesome.” Jeanette seemed really jazzed about this offer and Kelly had a difficult time figuring out why.
“What the fuck are you on about?”
Jeanette rolled her eyes and leaned in, shoving the phone back into Kelly’s hands. She locked eyes with her, making sure she had her best friend’s full attention, “She clearly thinks you’re a hot girl, which is absolutely the truth BeTeDubs, so you obviously pass, just like I’ve been telling you. This whole thing should be really motivational. That’s why I think you need to go, aware of all this and have some fun with her. It’ll be awesome and boost your ego.”
Kelly froze as what her best friend registered. It had simply never occurred to her. “I… I pass?”
“Duh!” Jeanette patted Kelly’s brown locks a few times like she would a puppy. “You know blonde would sell this better.”
Swatting the hand away she snapped back, “Bitch.”
“Yes, yes… that’s it… give in to your anger, your hate… turn to the bitch side of the force.” Jeanette said with a really pathetic Vader voice.
Kelly lowered her face to her hands, groaning. Jeanette was evil, that’s all there was to it, evil, pure and simple. She was a good person, nice to people so why would this be occurring. Her best friend was evil and the side effects were spilling onto her. There was no other reason she could think of for all of this to be happening. “Look, I just want to know what you think I should do? Should I do this? Really?”
Jeanette’s smile was soft and not pushy, which made Kelly pay more attention to her words. “Yes Kelly, you should do this. Even if it is a scam where this girl is just trying to have a brief guilt free hookup you should do this. It could be fun. And since you know right from the start what her little game is you could make her work a little harder for it, which might be amusing. Regardless of what happens, I’m sure you’ll have a good time.”
Kelly nodded given that did make a sort of sense the way Jeanette presented it. Maybe she should sort of play along? It would certainly be different. “Well then, I guess I’ll go meet her. Wish me luck.”
With a scoff, Jeanette answered, “Luck? Baby, she’s already trying to score. You don’t need luck to bag this one, just a pulse.”
Jeanette was chuckling as Kelly walked away, amused at her own screwed up sense of humor. Kelly shook her head in disbelief that she was still friends with this lunatic. She had been her best friend for years now, even before she’d started transition and had been great support through the last few years of High School and all of college. At this point she honestly had trouble imagining her life without Jeanette in it, though she was sure it would be quieter and filled with fewer bad jokes. As she neared the restaurant Cate had pointed to, she looked about for the girl. When she didn’t spot her, nerves began to perk up, hands starting to sweat and her heart beginning to race. With a sigh, she grumbled to herself, ‘Oh man… I’m making a fool out of myself, aren’t I?’
“Hey! Kelly!” The voice was from behind her, by the entrance to the restaurant a few feet back.
Kelly turned and spotted Cate in the doorway, waving. She had to admit the girl was kind of dorky adorable waving like that, which made her blush a little bit. She groaned, she did not need to think this… Casanova was adorable. That was less than helpful in her whole plan to not fall for her and this pickup scam. But Cate really was adorable.
“Thanks for coming. I figured we could get some lunch before the shoot and then go from there. What do you think?” She had the same grin Kelly had seen earlier and was sure to have a strong effect on all the girls.
Cate had a nice smile and seemed sincere. She clearly had the kinks worked out of this plan. Kelly blushed again. Gah! Did she have to think the word kinks at a time like this? It was not helpful and put images into her head she so didn’t need right now.
Cate escorted her to a back corner table with several others already at it. “Kelly, let me introduce my friends and crew. That’s Jose, Rick, and Alfie.”
The three guys waved and smiled. Alfie looked like he was going to complain about something but thought better of it. They made Kelly a little nervous since they were very male and thus potentially dangerous. She was in public with others so it wasn’t too bad, she hoped.
“And this is Maggie and Lakeisha my two best friends. Maggie handles sound and makeup while Lakeisha is the Director of Photography.” Cate sounded very proud of them.
“Bitch, I just hold the camera or put it on the stand. Don’t make it out like I am John Toll or Janusz Kaminski or something.” Lakeisha grumped. This was obviously a sore point.
Cate snickered and told Kelly, “She went to film school and is still trying to get her foot in the door. I’m abusing her considerable talents while she is here and helping her build her resume.”
“Don’t listen to her Kelly. She isn’t as heartless as she comes across, all business and stuff. There’s a reason we all love her,” Maggie reached over to pat one of Cate’s hands.
“Yeah, the free food on film days,” added Alfie, getting laughs from the others.
Kelly smiled. Maybe this wasn’t going to be as bad as she’d thought. If it were purely a scam would Cate have her friends trying to be friendly with her? Would Cate be so upfront with things and would her friends? It was enough to give her a shadow of a doubt. She certainly wanted to see where this was going to lead.
Lunch was a boisterous affair. Cate’s friends teased each other about all sorts of things, mostly with inside jokes she wasn’t privy to. Kelly also learned that Jose and Alfie were going to be the ones to “hit on her” in the sketch so Cate could come save and the day. Rick took care of additional lighting and occasionally sound so he would be occupied with more technical problems. Maggie was sort of the director for this whole mess in addition to her work on sound however since they all had done this before they knew what to do, well, all except Kelly. She was still at a loss as to what she needed to do. “So I just act uncomfortable while these two hit on me until you show? I don’t say anything?”
Jose chimed in helpfully, “I know it will be difficult to act that way given how awesome we are but Cate needs all the help she can get to sell her part. The more you can do, the better she looks. I’m aware it’s a full time job.”
Cate flipped off Jose and threw in her two cents, “Very funny. Kelly, for all that he’s a jackass he did get that mostly right. If you want to say anything that comes to mind in the heat of the moment, go for it. Do whatever you want to do that makes sense in the scene. If you’re up for another one after this we can do something more complex in a few days. Does that work for you?”
“Sure.” Kelly grew more and more comfortable as time went on, relaxing little by little and opening herself up more. Apparently no one had had clocked her for trans and this did sound like it could be fun. That alone gave her more confidence. Cate wasn’t making any moves on her or anything so maybe her initial impression about this whole thing was wrong. She wasn’t sure and while she hated feeling like that, she would see where this whole thing leads her. At least it would be something different and God knew her life had been in a rut until recently. You could only fret about major life choices for so long before you needed a break. Besides, if this mess ended poorly, Jeanette had an excellent point about the fact they didn’t live there and wouldn’t be haunted by Cate’s presence everywhere she went.
After a couple of hours of setting things up and filming the scene over and over, to ensure it was perfect, they were done. Having Cate sweep in and “save the day” was actually rather funny and adorkably romantic because in a very real way the star of the show was terrible at it. If it hadn’t been for the fact it was all her friends taking part in this, it would never have played out this way, but it was Cate’s show and that’s how it was planned out. The fact that Alfie was the more aggressive of the two in their flirting was a bit of a surprise as she would have expected that from Jose rather than him but that could be part of the humor. Alfie had been more reserved at lunch so this brought out a whole new side to him. The videos she had seen had been somewhat funny and the swooning varied from overacting to somewhat believable. If it hadn’t been for suspicions she might have enjoyed everything more though she was so glad her smartphone got YouTube or she would have gone into this whole thing blind.
Cate walked up with a slight grin on her face while Kelly was removing the extra makeup needed to look good in the video, “So, want to do anything tonight? I want to take you out to dinner as a thank you for all your help today.”
Kelly nodded. This had been fun and like Jeanette said, it would be interesting to see where this went. “Sure. Where do you want to meet?”
“There’s this seafood place with an odd name but the food is fabulous and mostly locals go there. It’s called… well it’s called the Dirty Pier.”
“I can see why some people might have an issue with it.” Kelly replied after a short pause. The name did sound a bit disturbing but if locals liked it then the food was probably decent. And honestly, who would name a restaurant that?
“How about we meet there at eight? I have several hours of editing in front of me before this episode is ready to upload and then we can have a good rest of the evening. Sound good?” asked Cate.
Kelly nodded, “Works for me. I’ll see you then?”
“Absolutely.” Cate’s grin was wide and full of excitement at the proposed date.
Kelly headed back down the beach towards where Jeanette had set up their little island of stuff, mind running over everything that had occurred. Cate was really nice and honestly the only problem with all of this was it could be some sort of scam. She was a bit afraid of that possibility, considering who she was could get exposed to the entire internet, but it felt less likely than before. That potential wasn’t comforting but Cate herself seemed charming and kind of funny. And she was interesting to boot. That she had peaked Kelly’s interest was not much of a surprise since before transition and everything had happened, that was the kind of girl she had gone for. Her tastes hadn’t really changed as she had grown curves but it wasn’t like she had dated since this whole issue had come up. It was far too scary a proposition.
Jeanette looked up and over as she neared, grinning as her eyes traveled over her. “Well, I don’t see any rope marks or bruises, so I’m guessing it went well?”
With a shake of her head and a roll of her eyes, Kelly replied, “Yeah, it was a lot of fun. She asked me out to dinner once it was all said and done.”
Nodding thoughtfully, Jeanette said, “I like that. Good move on her part… to ask you after you both had done something fun and interesting. I certainly appreciate that approach. So you gonna go?”
With a noncommittal shrug, Kelly looked at her questioningly, saying, “I don’t know. Do you think I should?”
Jeanette sighed heavily given what Kelly hadn’t voiced was a familiar issue. “Look you have to get over this whole self-doubt thing you have going on. You were the one who decided you needed to do this to be happy so you need to get a move on and be happy. You’re also really cute and if I swung that way there is no way I would let this YouTube trollop near you but sadly I don’t and you do seem interested in her so please just accept you are a cute young woman and move on. I mean hell, even my Aunt thinks you’re cute. She doesn’t even think I’m cute but you totally get that treatment.”
Kelly couldn’t hold back the scoff, “Well, that’s because you’re a troll.”
With a flick of her wrist, Jeanette sent sand flying towards Kelly. “Hey!”
“What? It’s not water so you’re not going to melt,” pointed out Jeanette helpfully.
“Wench.”
“Love you too. So what are you going to wear?” They were now getting down to important questions.
“Are you really so sure that I’m going?” asked Kelly.
The look sent her way was easily interpreted as an observation on her intelligence, breeding, and several other things. It cast aspersions on her, aspersions Kelly was at a loss to deny. She sighed and muttered, “Right. Why do I even bother?”
“I have to ask that as well. Now let’s go figure out what you’re going to wear for this date of yours. Can’t have you looking like a tramp when you go for your hot date, now can we?” Jeanette beamed, obviously enjoying herself.
“How do you know it’s going to be a ‘hot date’?” Kelly furrowed her brows as she asked that.
Jeanette chuckled and rolled her eyes as if it were the most obvious thing in the world, “It’s summer, duh.”
They packed up their things and headed back to her Aunt’s place. Once there, Kelly took a shower, letting her thoughts drift as the water removed the smell of the ocean. Was she ready for this, going out on a date? This was putting herself out there far more than she had expected during this trip. Starting her life as Kelly was one thing but was she ready for dating? Even if it was only a fling for the summer would she able to handle this? That was a lot of additional pressure to put on her when she was already dealing with issues due to her Real Life Test. What was she going to say about herself? What was she going to reveal? Would she even be safe to say those things? Would Cate catch on to her misdirections? She hung her head, heavy from the weight of her thoughts, and let the warm water pour over her, doing her best to let these worries trickle down the drain.
Once out of the bathroom and into the room she was sharing with Jeanette, she found her best friend going through all the clothes she’d brought, holding something out, frowning, and putting it back. Kelly shook her head. She was grateful for the help but there were just so many times Jeanette took their friendship just a little too close to the edge. “Found anything you approve of?”
“Well this skirt is nice but I’m not too sure about your tops. If we were the same size you could borrow one of mine, but as it is you would swim in it and that won’t help you look smoking hot for your date. I guess we’ll just have to make do with what you’ve brought and maybe go shopping later if necessary.”
Kelly furrowed her brows, trying to figure out what Jeanette had just said, “Why would we need to go shopping?”
“You think this girl is going to let this go after one date? For the love of God Kells, how many times do I have to tell you how cute and wonderful you are until it gets through your pea brain? You really are crazy.” Frustration laced Jeanette’s voice as she threw her hands in the air, the tank top that had been in her hands flying behind her.
Kelly blushed. The mere idea that someone would think dating her would be lovely was not something she was accustomed to. She had already come to terms with the fact she had one real friend at the moment and honestly, she was content. It was more than she had expected honestly. She had never had a lot of friends, being more an introvert than anything else but she had been opening up more since transition started and maybe that would mean her circle of friends would expand. However, a romantic connection she had kind of given up on as what were the odds of someone caring about her and her imperfect body? Cate was nice and she did have hope this might turn out well but Kelly was aware the odds were against her.
Getting directions from Jeanette’s Aunt once the great clothing debate had been dealt with, Kelly drove to the restaurant, struggling to stay calm despite it not working well. Jeanette had given her a big thumbs up before she had left and that made her feel better knowing she at least looked good but her nerves were returning the closer she got to the restaurant. Why was she doing this? Was she crazy? She had to be. This was dumb and she should just turn around before she mired herself any more than she already was. It didn’t matter that Cate was nice and interesting as well as attractive. This was a bad idea… wasn’t it? The indecision lasted until she pulled up into the parking lot of the restaurant and stopped the car. This was it.
She took a deep breath and let it out shakily, trying to slow her racing heart. This was heavy and crazy and she needed to calm down before she freaked herself out. The amount of grief Jeanette would give her over that would never end if she chickened out and returned. Of all the things she needed in life, handing more ammunition to her best friend was not even remotely on the list. There was already enough stuff she was teased about.
Someone had tied bells to the door, so it made a pleasant jingle as it opened. She looked around and didn’t spot Cate. Not having a better clue what to do, she glanced at her phone for the time and just waited off to the side. Promptly thereafter, the hostess came up, menus in hand, asking, “Do you need some help Ma’am?”
“Just waiting. Thank you.” Every time someone ma’amed her it made her feel all warm and fuzzy. She could get used to that.
Standing off to the side, both hands holding on to her purse, she was not sure what to do at the moment. It hit her that she was alone for the first time since she had started her Real Life Test at the beginning of this vacation and there was no extra support for her right now. She fidgeted with the strap and tried not to panic. She again took a deep breath and let it out. It was a little less shaky. She and her therapist had talked about this and she just needed to cope. It wasn’t like anyone was going to do something to her in the entrance of a restaurant. The door jingled and she turned her head. Cate walked in and smiled brightly upon seeing her. “Kelly, thanks for showing. The video is uploaded and looks great.”
“Really?” Not knowing much about editing and related stuff she had little idea how long such a process could take. Was this a good time or a bad time?
“Yeah. I think this is one of the better ones I’ve done. The way you played off Jose and Alfie was brilliant and sometimes I had to struggle not to laugh. I, of course, was brilliant, but that’s par for the course.”
Kelly shook her head. Honestly, was Cate actually that full of herself or was this some sort of dorky staying in character joke? She guessed the later. “Well, thank you for inviting me. It smells really good.”
“It is. Their pasta is pretty basic but any of the fish or shellfish dishes are out of this world. I swear this is the best seafood restaurant on the coast. You… uh… don’t have a problem with melted butter do you?”
Kelly looked at her oddly. That seemed rather random. “No… why do you ask?”
“This one girl I took out had severe lactose intolerance and didn’t feel like sharing this important fact before we sat down, trying to tough the meal out for some reason. As things went on and she kept eating more shrimp scampi and crab legs she got more and more… uncomfortable. The… well… let’s just say the night did not end well.” Cate chuckled and shook her head in memory. “So if you have any food allergies or what not, please let me know. The last thing I want is for you to have a bad time because you were trying to ignore your discomfort. Don’t do anything like that on my expense.”
Kelly shook her head, “Nope. I’m not fond of several foods but as for having food actually come after me with a vengeance… not so much.”
“Oh good. That means I can order whatever I want and not fear it’s going to hurt you in some obscure manner.”
Kelly turned back to the menu and struggled to figure out what she wanted. A number of things looked good but she wasn’t sure what to go with. There were too many tasty options. She bit her bottom lip in thought, an affectation she had developed since she started transition. In a way it helped her think despite not making any sense. She looked up and noticed Cate was looking right at her. Her cheeks warmed a little and she asked worriedly, “What?”
“That biting your lip thing, it’s really cute. I like it.”
This made Kelly blush and refocus on her menu, doing what she could to keep her embarrassment from getting out of control. It wasn’t working all that well. “Thanks.”
When the waiter arrived, Cate was confident about her order but Kelly was still scrambling to pick something. Why did it all have to sound so good? She eventually went with crab cake stuffed flounder, as both the waiter and Cate said it was excellent. When in doubt trust the people with experience. “You know, if my food turns out to suck, I’m holding you personally responsible.”
Cate gave another of those grins, all confidence and mischief, “I can live with that.”
“So have you had your channel long?” Kelly took a sip of water.
“Almost a year now. It’s been a lot of fun and I’ve learned so much about filming, editing, and such thanks to it that it’s kind of scary. The fact that people constantly seem to be adding my channel daily is awesome. I blundered into this with my first video with me ranting about how guys pick up women at the beach and now I have a whole procedure with someone running lights, sound and everything. Looking at my first couple of videos is actually a bit scary at this point. I mean, was I really that clueless?” Cate was pretty animated as she spoke.
“Hey, even the best of us can be clueless about all sorts of things. If you haven’t been clueless then you haven’t really done anything interesting,” stated Kelly, quite sure of her answer thanks to how clueless she’d been working her way to the Real Life Test. Some things still got her now and again but she was working to get better.
Cate looked thoughtful for a moment and then nodded, “That makes sense. At least I’ve been trying something new. So what were you clueless about? I mean, that sounded like the voice of experience talking.”
It was a harmless question but it threw Kelly. This was something she had really not prepared for, this line of questioning. “Uh… I… you know, a number of things.”
“Like what?” The fact that Cate was sincerely interested made it tricky to avoid.
As Kelly grappled for an answer that didn’t out her, a reprieve came in the form of Caesar salads. She’d never been so happy to see a salad in her life as she was right then. Eating certainly diverted things and Kelly talked about how good the salads were, or more specifically the dressing. Cate smiled, “They have some of the best Caesar salads in town. Part of that is they actually use anchovies. It gives it a salty tang I really love. They also make their own bread and croutons. You made a good choice there.”
The remainder of the meal Kelly managed to navigate the conversation without getting too close to topics she would rather avoid while learning as much as she could about Cate. She also shared a lot about herself but the last thing she wanted was for her secret to come out. Maybe she might tell if things went anywhere but not at the moment. But she loved the conversation, the food was excellent, and Cate really was beautiful. That made it more difficult to focus on not saying anything as she wanted to be open and honest. She was having fun and enjoying herself despite needing to hide.
Soon enough they finished their entrees and were sharing a crème brule for desert. Kelly just had to close her eyes and make happy moans as she ate the rich custard. It was just so delicious, filling her mouth with vanilla-y goodness, and the sugar crust was nice and crispy. Opening her eyes she noticed Cate was staring at her intently, making her blush again. Feeling a vague need to defend herself she said, “What? I like crème brule.”
“Really? You don’t say,” teased Cate, smiling happily at her. “I would never have been able to guess by the moans and look of absolute bliss.”
Kelly, feeling playful, stuck her tongue out and then grinned when Cate did the same thing. This was nice. Their interplay made Kelly feel closer to the other girl and she honestly didn’t want the night to end. She wanted more. “So what do you have planned after this?”
“Well we could go down to the shore for a walk. It’s nice out and with the moon nearly full there’s plenty of light along most sections of the shore. All the other places good for walking are either nature trails or the shopping area by the mall. Basically, the shore really is the best option,” stated Cate with some authority.
“Really now?” Kelly arched one eyebrow in question.
“Well, if you don’t want to take a romantic walk on the beach I do know of a bowling alley or two where we can romantically bowl. I’m not entirely sure how that would work, but it’s always an option. I don’t know if they’re doing their weird black light thing tonight or not but we can do that if you want. I didn’t think you wanted to head off to a club or something as you really don’t seem like a club sort of girl. I thought this way we can actually get to know each other some more.”
Kelly thought about that. Getting to know Cate even more was a good plan and she would have to remember to look up the new video when she got back to the house. She was interested in how she looked in it after all. “Alright, a walk on the beach it is.”
“Great, remind me about romantic bowling because it might be a fun video to make if I can think of how that would work.” Cate beamed at her and tried to steal the last bite of crème brule. Kelly growled a little and cut her off, plucking the ramekin into her hands possessively, eyes narrowing. Cate laughed at and raised her hands in surrender, yielding the dessert. Kelly blissed out over the last spoonful and then set everything down with a sigh of contentment. “That was so good.”
The grin was the cocky one she hadn’t seen since the afternoon, “See I told you this place was nice.”
“I can’t argue with that. The food has been excellent and the décor is nice as well. If it weren’t for the name it would be perfect.”
“Hey now… this place is perfect all on its own. The name is great,” protested Cate, trying to defend her restaurant’s honor.
Kelly rolled her eyes. “You’re serious aren’t you?”
“Well, yes, why wouldn’t I be?”
“Dirty Pier? Really? That name screams good food to you as opposed to sounding like a CDC watch point?” Kelly looked at her a touch incredulously.
It was clear Cate was rather surprised by that description as it took her a moment to respond. “Well, yes.”
Sighing in frustration, Kelly said, “So is this because of your experience with this place or for some other reason that may or may not make any sense?”
Cate stopped and thought for just a moment. It was obvious no one had ever asked her anything along those lines. Kelly was unsure how that could be because the name was so odd. “Uhm… I guess my experience. It had a really good write up in the local paper after it first opened and I thought it might be worth the trip. I certainly wasn’t disappointed and I haven’t been since. And it’s not like it’s a terrible name or anything.”
Kelly conceded that point. There were infinitely worse names she could imagine though nothing came readily to mind. “So, where is this section of beach you want to go walking along?”
“Well, it isn’t all that far from here actually. It’s near some of the hotels, so the beach is usually a lot cleaner and more debris free than other areas, with fewer people on the whole. I guess they’re good for something.”
“Okay, I guess I’ll follow you there.” They walked out together, standing quite close to one another, shoulders occasionally bumping.
The drive wasn’t long and they managed to find parking relatively close to each other. Cate took her hand, making Kelly flush in pleasure, and dragged her over one of the dunes towards the shore. The wave’s roll was soothing and she just stood there, taking that in for a moment. A slight tug on her hand got her to open her eyes and look towards Cate questioningly. The other girl looked excited. “Come on. The view is better up ahead.”
Kelly felt her cheeks warm even more and she smiled back, following along happily. Once they got out from between the buildings the view opened up as did the sound, growing into a rocking roar that filled her ears. The sight of the stars over dark waves made her smile, as some of them stood out even more than she was used to back home. Only the crests of waves shone in the moonlight and it was a lovely sight. She could just stand there and gaze all night without any complaint.
Cate squeezed her hand, regaining her attention after a while. With a smile, she gestured with her head and Kelly nodded in agreement. They walked in silence for a while, enjoying each other’s company, Cate on the ocean side almost as if she were gallantly protecting her from the waves. It was a bit cute and endearing, making Kelly feel safe and protected. That was a new and addicting feeling. Their quiet stretched between them and Kelly relaxed comfortably in it. This was a good idea.
Cate cleared her throat awkwardly before she spoke, her voice soft but strong enough to be heard over the waves. “This is one of my favorite things about living in a beach town, walking along the beach at night. Just… it really is so easy to forget the rest of the nonsense you have to deal with every day when you listen to the ocean never stop, the waves lulling you out of your worries. It’s just… special I guess.”
Kelly turned her head to watch Cate’s profile curiously. The reddish orange light from the hotels played across her cheek as she continued talking. “Thank you for coming to dinner. I know I sort of, well rushed you into the decision this afternoon, but thank you.”
“I had a good time,” admitted Kelly. “You’re fun to talk to when you aren’t being all Miss Catz n Ratz. Honestly, it’s not an overly attractive persona.”
Cate looked down at the sand, seemingly chided. She dug at the damp sand with one foot. “Yeah, I really do get lost in that persona and I’m sorry about that. I mean, it works great for the channel but it’s only vaguely me.”
“Then why do you use it?” Kelly honestly wanted to know. It had been growing in her mind as the real Cate came into focus.
“Well….,” and now it was clear that Cate was embarrassed over what she was going to admit, looking at the sand. “At the time it seemed like a good way to meet girls. So I started the channel to sort of... you know, help me talk to girls I was interested in.”
Kelly felt a surge of pleasure at learning she was right, “I knew it!”
Cate stopped and turned to stare at her somewhat aghast. “You… you knew?”
Kelly rolled her eyes. Was Cate really that clueless? Maybe? She wasn’t sure. “I looked up your channel right after you came by and I saw some of your… videos.”
Cate’s eyes were wide and shocked. Kelly shook her head in amusement. “What? I have the YouTube app on my phone. It wasn’t like I had to really exert much effort.”
With a groan, Cate dropped her face to her hands. Her voice was slightly muffled as she asked, “Then why did you agree to this?”
Kelly blushed and looked down, embarrassed herself by what she had to reveal. “Well, I didn’t want to at first but Jeanette, my best friend, talked me into it. She said I would have fun.”
“Did you?” There was anticipation in her question.
Kelly smiled; this gave her such a sense of satisfaction. “I did. And because of how much fun lunch was and filming I decided to give you this chance tonight.”
“Thanks. You know… sorry about that.” Cate looked a bit sheepish which did not seem like a natural or comfortable look for her.
Kelly snickered. It was nice that Cate had come clean and the air had been cleared between them. “No problem. I’ve enjoyed our evening. This has been a wonderful date.”
The two of them walked on, fingers intertwining, hands gripped a bit tighter than actually necessary. Kelly had to admit she liked this feeling. In a way, this almost felt like she was holding hands for the first time again and it gave her butterflies. As they walked, she snuck a few glances at her date and felt warm and content. This had been a very good idea. She would have to thank Jeanette for making her do this despite protests. After a while Cate spoke again, her voice soft and hopeful, “You know, we could do this again if you want.”
“Walk on the beach?” Kelly knew what was really being asked but wanted to tease Cate a little bit.
“No, well yes, but I meant go on another date. I’m having fun and I would enjoy seeing you again. No cameras. No cheesy lines. Nothing like that. Just you and me spending time together.” Cate faced her, hands dropping free, hope and desire playing across her features.
Kelly felt the knot in her chest loosen. She had to admit it sounded like fun and this had been better and more comfortable than any date she had gone on before. Even the holding hands felt better and that was different. There really was no reason she could think of to say no. “I think that would be lovely.”
Cate grinned and took her hand again.
They turned back, heading towards where their cars were parked and Kelly’s thoughts were a whirl. This was a perfect night and she kind of hoped it ended with something more than a simple goodbye but she also didn’t want to do anything with Cate without at least being up front with her. It didn’t really feel fair to keep that important part of her that hidden if things kept moving the way they seemed to be. Cate had come clean so why not her? And if things fell apart, which was likely, she wouldn’t be too invested in everything, hopefully lessening the pain of rejection. As they drew closer and closer to that spot at the top of the dune, her mind arguing back and forth between her desire for honesty and her fears of an angry date who could lambast her on the internet. The whole issue kept getting turned over and over in her mind, neither side advancing as there were good arguments from both approaches. It turned the pleasant butterflies into uncomfortable churning. Before she could make her mind up, Cate had stopped them, turned, brought her hand up to Kelly’s cheek and stroked it softly before leaning in and kissing her.
First her eyes went wide in surprise but then they closed in enjoyment, as she leaned into the kiss. With a brush across her lips asking to deepen, Kelly obliged, losing herself in the pleasure. Inside, her muddled emotions only grew more mired, as pleasure chimed in, making it clear to all concerned just how lovely this whole situation with a moan braking free from deep inside. After a while, the kiss ended and they both gazed at each other with hooded eyes, lost in each other, breathing a bit faster. “That… that was…”
“Yeah it was,” replied Cate, her voice huskier than before. The sound of it sent new shivers down her spine. “We should do more of that.”
The little whimper of desire that bubbled out of her didn’t help matters. She wanted this but her mind kept telling her she needed to share the truth before it got any further. They closed in again and this time Cate had her arms around Kelly, pulling her against her body. As the second kiss broke, which seemed longer than the first, she wasn’t sure as time didn’t seem to be working right, she came to a decision but right now was probably not the best time for it, was it? She wasn’t sure but she couldn’t quiet the struggle inside keeping her from just letting pleasure take reign. Panting slightly, Kelly said, “Cate, I… I have something to tell you.”
When Cate moved in to kiss her again, Kelly leaned back, “No really.”
Cate stopped and looked at her, head cocked to the side slightly, arms loosening slightly. “What is it? Is there something wrong?”
“Not really no… it’s just that… you know, if we go any farther…” Her voice stumbled and hesitated to go the last little bit.
“I like that plan,” grinned Cate, her eyes rich with desire, leaning back in.
“…that I’m trans.” She fought hard not to flinch back. Part of her half expected to be smacked for this.
Cate froze and leaned back, looking at Kelly in some confusion, eyes searching her face for some sort of answer and unfortunately not finding it there. “You’re trans?”
Kelly bit her bottom lip and nodded slightly, her heart pounding in her chest so fast it was making her sick to her stomach. She grew painfully aware how close they were and why that could be a bad idea if this did not play out well.
Cate blinked a few times, as if she were attempting to process this. Her brows tightened as her gaze intensified, “You’re trans?”
When she heard that a second time, Kelly’s heart fell. No matter how wonderful the night had been or how good the kissing was, this couldn’t be a good sign. She started to pray she could get out of here in one piece, chiding herself for being a fool. “Yes I am.”
Cate’s voice wavered a little as she asked, “I… I don’t suppose you’ve had surgery yet?”
Shaking her head no, Kelly looked down at the sand, not quite able to keep looking at Cate. She pulled away, working herself free of Cate’s arms, and headed towards the cars, chest tight and her eyes prickling with tears. She didn’t look back as she mumbled out, “I’m sorry to have bothered you.”
Making her way quickly to her car, tears fell. While she had done what she could to avoid getting too entangled that hadn’t really helped any there at the end. This thing between them had been fun and she had ruined it. She wiped her eyes clear as she started the car and drove away, glad there was no traffic as she pulled onto the street. Of course this would happen to her, it was entirely her luck that she opens up to someone who was actually interesting and attractive and she has her trans-ness shoved in her face as if it were a disease. She felt sick; her wonderful dinner protesting vehemently and the crying didn’t help. Thankfully, the roads were fairly clear, as tears made the road a bit blurry, but she had to get away from there, away from the beach, away from Cate. Rejected because of an accident of birth, that hurt and she didn’t need more of that pain. It was something she got often enough in everyday life. She wiped her eyes, bringing the streets back into focus again.
Why did she have to tell her? Things were going so well and she actually liked Cate so why the hell had she opened up her goddamned trap and let out her secret? They had only been kissing. Hands hadn’t even started roaming yet so it was unlikely her imperfect body would be discovered. That wasn’t a bad thing or going too far… right? There was no reason to open up and spill her guts because of that… right? Only a fool would be utterly up front upon first meeting a person, because who knows what kind of response that would bring, but this… she had tried to be honest, to do the right thing, and look where it got her. Maybe she was fooling herself with this whole Real Life Test. Maybe she was better off living the lie, living in the pain because at least she knew the score? Honestly, who would love her if they knew the truth? With a sniffle she tried to tamp down those emotions and just focus on getting back to the house. An accident would just be a mistake too far.
When she finally pulled into the driveway, she turned off the car, put her face in her hands, and choked on a sob as her tears broke loose. She had been so stupid and she was now paying the price of trusting too much. Trembling, she just lost herself in disbelief at what she had done. Kelly knew better than to hope someone would actually care for her since she was just some sort of half-finished freak, some Frankenstein monster cobbled together with foreign hormones. The knock at the window made her start in fear. She snapped her head up, eyes wide, and saw Jeanette looking down at her worriedly. Opening the door, Jeanette moved and took Kelly into her arms, rubbing her back softly with one hand. “Hey there, I have you.”
Clutching Jeanette tightly, Kelly tried explaining what had happened but words were lost to sobs, sniffles, stumbling over each other in a traffic jam of sound. Jeanette brushed away a few tears as she said, “It doesn’t matter. Come on inside and we can talk about it later.”
Nestled on the bed in their room, moonlight and light seeping from under the door the only illumination; Kelly just let herself be held by her best friend. Her mind such a tumult she really couldn’t think, crying her only response. When she calmed more, Jeanette asked lightly, “So exactly how did this happen? Was the date that bad?”
Kelly scoffed and sighed, “No… the date was wonderful. Dinner was lovely. Then we went for a walk on the beach and we kissed.”
“And this reduced you to tears?” Jeanette sounded honestly confused. “I mean I’ve had some doozies but still.”
“No, it was her reaction when I told her I was trans.” Her tone was flat, her discomfort evident as she strained to get the words out, as everything just wanted to curl up and shut down for a while.
“Oh.”
“Yeah, oh. She stood there like I had smacked her in the face with a fish and then asked if I had had surgery, as if that were the only thing that mattered, some stupid piece of… flesh! I just… I just couldn’t so I left.”
There was some heat in Jeanette’s reply, “Did you answer her? Tell her what a bitch she was being?”
Kelly scoffed at the mere idea, like she would set herself up for that beating. “As if. I apologized for bothering her and left.”
Jeanette narrowed her eyes in thought, “So… instead of really finding out what she was thinking you just assumed her response was purely negative?”
“How could that have been positive?” snapped Kelly. “In what universe could that be positive?”
Lifting her hands in surrender, Jeanette protested, “I’m not saying it was Kells. What if your revelation stunned her? Or what if she was busy trying to process what you had said and you left before she could? I told you that you pass rather well, so maybe explaining your past flipped her boggle toggle because all she could see was the adorable woman in front of her and couldn’t make that equate with what you said?”
Kelly opened her mouth to retort and then closed it. Could that really have been it? Surely not, because if it were true then she had just…. Groaning in irritation, she dropped her face into her hands again. Had she been stupid in another way as well? Had she completely jumped the gun and ruined everything because she was so certain of attack and failure. It was like she couldn’t win. Her scream was muffled by her hands, before she said, “Maybe I should just stay in the house and avoid everyone and everything. That would be safer, right? I wouldn’t fuck up my own life as much, right? I can be the old cat lady hermit.”
“You’re allergic to cats Kelly,” pointed out Jeanette helpfully.
“There are drugs you can take.” Kelly tried to defend her position. She could be an excellent cat lady if she wanted to.
“You don’t even like cats.”
With a huff at her faulty logic being so easily countered, she turned away and said, “I’m gonna take a shower and go to bed.”
Jeanette chuckled and watched her leave, shaking her head.
Kelly’s thoughts and emotions were so rattled she just let herself drift away in order to fall from the world. Right now the last thing she needed was to think about what had happened or what it had meant or what an idiot she had been. It was too much right now. She was wrung out, and while the shower had helped some she was looking forward to falling over. Being unconscious might make the hurt and embarrassment go away. It took a while of tossing and turning but eventually she managed to drift asleep.
The smell of coffee woke her, like it had the day before. The rich scent filled the house and did perk her brain just enough to engage primary systems. Eyes slitted enough to ensure she didn’t trip and fall to her death, Kelly shuffled to the kitchen rubbing the sleep sand and tear residue from her face. The whole time she was fixing her coffee Jeanette snickered at her from somewhere behind. After a couple of sips of the Elixir of Awakening, Kelly sat at the table and looked over at her best friend, huddled over her own mug. She had a smug look on her face; a sort of cat clubbed the canary without getting caught look, something almost Tom and Jerry-esque. It was annoying and grated on her nerves. She didn’t need smug when she was moping, it stole her pathos. “What?”
“Nothing. I’m simply having a lovely morning.” There was that grin, that stupid grin Kelly usually wanted to slap away.
“You never have a good morning. You think mornings were invented to spite people and punish them for their sins,” pointed out Kelly as she tried to be more awake and aware. It wasn’t working.
“I have no idea what you are talking about.” Jeanette smiled primly before taking another pull of her coffee. She sighed in exaggerated pleasure. “That’s good.”
Not comforted by this and indeed even a little disturbed by its unnaturalness, Kelly took her coffee and went back to her room. It wasn’t like she was hiding, no; she just needed to be elsewhere. She opened her laptop and waited for it to come out of sleep mode, sipping more, almost feeling the neurons activate. Clicking on Firefox, she glanced at her open tabs and started with her email. Nothing really earth shattering there. It was just her usual collection of fic updates and political emails that tended to fill her inbox. She looked over her tabs trying to decide what to look at next when she registered the open YouTube one. The temptation to close it was really strong but she honestly did want to see the video with herself at the very least. At that point she could just wipe her hands of this mess and hide away from Cate forever.
The main page for the Catz and Ratz channel came up and after refreshing it, she noted there were two new videos uploaded since she had last been on. One she recognized from the preview window as the video they had made yesterday, the one she wanted to see. There was another one, newer, and the preview image was simply Cate’s face with a bit of a frown. It was entitled, ‘I am an idiot’.
Unsure which to click first, she bit her bottom lip and clicked the shorter of the two videos, the newer one. Once it loaded, Cate’s face filled the majority of the screen, as if this had been taken by a laptop. Her voice was a bit sad and plaintive as she started, “I don’t know why I’m doing this, let alone planning on uploading it but I guess it’s only fair given that I’m an idiot of pretty epic proportions. How you might ask could someone as epic as me screw up that badly? Let me tell you. You see, I fucked up last night and it’s only fair that I’m here, sad and in the dark.”
Worrying her bottom lip, Kelly wondered where this was going, desperately hoping it wasn’t a diatribe against her. She really didn’t need that.
“You see, I went out on a date tonight with the lovely girl who was in the earlier video. And we had a great time. I took her to my favorite restaurant. She made fun of its name but that was okay because she had a reasonable reason. We walked on the beach. We held hands. We kissed. And then I was dumb, like super dumb, like dumber than Jose or Alfie play. So there I was, standing there on the sand, mouth open, catching bugs while she left, massively upset with me and you know I couldn’t blame her. I wanted to follow after her and fix it, I really did, but the kicker to this whole thing is that like the idiot that I am, I never got her email or twitter or digits or anything before this all fell apart and without those I can’t apologize to her and let her know how sorry I am.”
Kelly’s mug of coffee was frozen halfway to her mouth. Was Cate really trying to fix things? With a video?
“Since I can’t contact her in any way, the best I can do is post this, me sitting here desperate to fix things because, you know, I like her. Out of all the girls I’ve met and dated thanks to this channel, she really seemed to get me and not just the me I play for the show, but the real me. I even felt like I didn’t need to be the character I play with her because everything was so comfortable. I had a wonderful time with a wonderful woman and I effed it all up, like I do. I wish I could go back to that moment, there on the beach, and smack myself in the back of the head for being that dense. I mean, I’m going to be honest with you all, I like her, a lot and would love to see her again but what are the odds she will give me a chance after upsetting her like I did?”
Setting her mug down, Kelly’s eyes were glued to the screen. God Cate sounded morose and pathetic, exactly how she felt. No wonder Jeanette had been so smug. This video proved everything she had said last night to be true. The bitch.
“Kelly, if you are watching, please give me another chance. I know I don’t deserve it because I was an idiot of epic proportions but I can get better. Really. It’s true. Ask any of my subscribers or friends and they’ll tell you. At least, I hope they do, because knowing them it’s all up in the air. They might just lie to watch me suffer more. Please, please give me another chance.” There was a pause where she held her clasped hands and pathetic looking face up for all the world to see before she continued, “Well, that’s what I got. You all take care and I wish you better luck than mine when it comes to love and Kelly, if you are watching, please email me so I can grovel for forgiveness in person. I have been told I have an excellent grovel.”
The video ended and Kelly felt tears stinging. She glanced down at the comments and saw a lot were actually from Cate’s subscribers, asking her to give their idol another chance. She shook her head in disbelief. Had Cate really done that? Had that video been real? Begged for her forgiveness where the entire internet could see?
Logging into the site, she opened up the about tab on the channel page and saw Cate’s contact email. Was she going to do this, give Cate another chance to possibly hurt her? On the other hand, it could be another chance for them to connect like they had been before both of them had gone stupid and maybe they could move on and things would get better. So many of her experiences prior to transition kept telling her there was no hope of that happening but there was also that voice saying everything had changed and she shouldn’t let past baggage dictate her future. With a nod, she highlighted the address and moved it over to her email.
Once it was in the To box she was unsure what to do, what to say. After a brief tumult of thought, she realized that if Cate were serious about what she’d said in the video, more apologizing would be forthcoming and not a personal attack. Kelly entered her phone number as the only message. If Cate could figure that out then maybe she would be worth it. It wasn’t some ultraobscure code or anything. Her chest was tight as she moved the cursor to send. Cate had been fun to hang out with and she had treated her well until the end, and those kisses, sigh… those kisses. Those alone were almost enough for her to hit the Send button. Getting more of those would totally be worth it if this situation got better. Would she get hurt? She didn’t know but honestly, what in life didn’t hurt?
Kelly pressed send, trying to hide her nervousness in a deep swallow of tepid coffee. Sitting there, staring between the blinking cursor and her phone, she kept refreshing the page, unsure how this would play out. She wanted Cate to call. Did she want that as well? It was too late to change anything now since she had already sent her phone number into the net. She took a chance and all that was left was the fallout. The pain in her bottom lip kept her focused on the here and now as she nervously worked at it with her teeth. Refreshing the page over and over again, just in case Cate had sent an email, her heart raced even faster. Maybe, maybe this would happen? Why hadn’t she called? Emailed? Why??
Kelly’s phone rang.
Disbelief was all she had as it rang, heart lodging in her throat. She looked towards the door, hoping Jeanette was there to tell her what to do but she was alone, alone with the ringing phone. Shaking her head, cursing herself for being an idiot, Kelly picked it up with shaky hands. She could do this. It was just a phone call. There was no guarantee of anything, just a leap into the void. With a swipe of her finger she lifted the phone to her ear, “Hello?”
Thad was spending his times at the Mall dreaming and hoping. Rose was also at the Mall, doing the same thing. When their worlds collided it was magic.
Rose Colored Glasses
By poetheather
Rose sat there in the mall, sipping from her chai as she looked over the crowds. She settled her glasses on her face and scanned the thronging mass of people. This was the part of things that always made her the most insane, the waiting.
The scrying had been very specific: this area of the mall at around this time. She had enspelled her rose colored glasses to spot the person who she was supposed to work on, but it was frustrating. So she was stuck here sitting and waiting for this person to come by. The time frame hadn’t been specific so she was stuck people watching.
Rose took another pull of her chai latte and glanced over the people. Where was she?
Then she saw her. The woman was beautiful. Her hair was long, reddish blond and looked like dancing flames as she moved. She was just the perfect height and weight, not too thin and not too chubby. Rose’s heart fluttered. She had found her True Love. The scrying had worked.
She had to get up and meet the girl. This was important, one of the most important moments of her life and she wanted it to be perfect. She straightened her skirt and pulled down her shirt from where it had ridden up. Her hair was tidied with a quick run through with her fingers. It was then that she remembered to take off the glasses.
The woman of her dreams vanished and the person she had been following with her eyes appeared. They had the same build and gait, mostly, but where had the curves gone? Where had the hair gone? Where was her True Love?
She swiftly threaded her way through the crowd towards what she hoped was her True Love. She wanted to figure this out before the window for their happiness closed forever.
* * * * * *
Thad loved the Mall. He loved the fact that he could see all the things he loved without the fear of being caught. He just wished that he could wear the things he wanted to wear and be who he wanted to be but his Mother certainly would never go for that. She pushed him so hard and he tried. He honestly did but Sports weren’t his thing. He could do long distance running, but apparently that wasn’t enough for her.
Thad sighed as he passed Victoria’s Secret. To be able to go in there and buy the lacy things he longed for… It wasn’t worth dwelling on the impossible.
The girl apparently came out of nowhere. He ran into her and the two tumbled to the ground, limbs entwined. Thad quickly helped her up, apologizing profusely. She smiled at him. “It’s alright. Well, I’m Rose.”
“Thad. Well…Thaddeus really, but I prefer Thad.” Rose was beautiful and his heart started racing.
“So, Thad, what brings you to the Mall where you ran me over?” she asked playfully.
He blushed and replied, looking down at his shoes rather than her. “I was…window shopping. Just people watching. You know…”
Rose smiled. It was a lovely smile and his heart rate sped up. “I figure you owe me after all that. Buy me a coffee and we’ll call it even, okay?”
That nodded his head. That someone this hot would ask him out for coffee scrambled his brains even more. He was glad they walked over towards Starbuck’s in silence or he would be gibbering. Rose’s strawberry blond hair was curly and long, it swayed enticingly as she walked ahead of him. He tried not to dwell on her figure, but it certainly was a tremendous figure. He only hoped that he would be able to get her to talk to him longer than a single cup of coffee.
They ordered their drinks. Both ordered Mochas with Lowfat Milk. That surprised Thad as he hadn’t met too many people in the town who drank them that way. While the Barista made their drinks Rose turned to him and smiled. “So, how do you take it? Straight or sweet?”
Thad swallowed heavily. “uhm…uh…the coffee?”
Her laugh was light and held no malice in it. “Yes the coffee. What did you think I was talking about?”
She smiled at his blush. She took pity on him and asked, “Sugar in the Raw?”
Thad nodded. “Okay. Thad, why don’t you grab us that table in the back and I’ll bring the drinks over? Good?”
Thad nodded again and headed towards the somewhat secluded table in the back. It was somewhat near the bathrooms but that was fine. He sighed. Life really was wonderful. He could easily fall in love with this Rose, he was sure of it.
* * * * * *
Rose pondered as she took the Mochas over to the counter that held all the lovely things you could add to your drinks. So it was a guy, but why had the glasses shown her a woman? She thought about it and decided that she needed answers. This whole situation was making her crazy. Why had the Goddess done this to her?
She picked up a packet of the unprocessed sugar and held it for a second. Maybe if she just used a little magic she could find her answers? She concentrated and let the magic trickle into the brown crystals she sprinkled into the drink.
* * * * * *
Thad thanked her for the drink and she laughed at him when he ended up with a bit of a whip cream mustache. He smiled. It was playful and meant no harm, which made Rose different than any other girl who he had talked to. The mocha was good and the conversation was lovely. He did notice that the more coffee he drank the more open he felt. It was a bit odd, but that was fine.
After about twenty minutes, while they had been chatting and sipping their drinks he felt really calm and relaxed. Rose really was wonderful. He really liked her and hoped she liked him. He felt so good and happy and relaxed that he felt that he could tell her anything.
* * * * * *
“So, Thad, why are you really here at the Mall?” Rose could tell that the spell had taken effect by the blissed out face of Thad. She wanted her answers.
“I wanted to look at the pretty clothes and the pretty girls.” Thad’s smile pulled at Rose. She didn’t want to violate him this way but what other choice did she have? She was racing against the clock.
“Why would you want to do that?”
“I like to dream that it’s me wearing them, that I look that pretty. It makes me sad when I realize that it can’t happen.”
Rose sat back in her chair. Did this mean? She took out her glasses and put them on again. Once she did the beautiful vision she had lusted after sat before her. Was he a…transperson? Did this mean…? She sighed and shook her head. There was no way. Was it really that simple?
“Are…are you…transgendered?” Rose hoped against hope. There had been allowances for transformations in those special cases but she had never heard of anyone doing that.
Thad nodded. “Yes. I can see myself and what looks back at me from the mirror isn’t me. It makes me sad and sometimes I cry.”
Rose swallowed heavily. She wanted to do this but if Thad didn’t honestly want this it would be a violation of the laws. But Rose wanted the girl she could see in her rose colored glasses not the guy that sat before her, no matter how wonderful he seemed.
Rose nodded. This couldn’t be done while he was in the drowsy state of the truth spell. This needed to be done while he was awake and aware. She sighed again and as she exhaled she released the spell.
* * * * * *
Thad suddenly felt himself becoming much more clear-headed. What the hell? And why did Rose look so sad?
“Thad, I have something to ask you. If…if you could be a…girl, would you?” Her voice was amazingly serious.
His heart dropped. He had told her? He had told her the one thing he knew he had to keep to himself? He felt the blood drain away from his face. “Uhm…er…well you see…uh…”
“Thad…it’s okay. Just please answer this question. Please?” Her voice was plaintive, soft, vulnerable. It pulled at Thad.
This was the hardest thing Thad had ever done, admitting to his perversion. Rose was wonderful and he had already said something, though he was a little unsure what. He looked down at the coffee table and it took everything in him just to whisper “Yes.”
* * * * * *
Rose felt faint. Her perfect Love, the girl of her dreams was right in front of her. Without the glasses she never would have seen the beauty that was within Thad. She would have passed him by, as she had done too many other men. Maybe this was her chance at happiness. There was only one way to be sure. “Thad…if you want this…would you take any way to get it?”
Thad nodded, he seemed unable to speak.
“If this is what you want…I think I can…help. Are you willing?” she reached out her hand to him.
* * * * * *
Thad felt faint. She could help? She could see who Thad really was? He wasn’t sure if he was willing to risk the pain of failure but could he risk letting this pass? His hand was clenched into a fist as he slowly stretched it across the table. His fingers opened when his hand touched hers. He risked looking up as their fingers entwined. Rose was smiling at him.
He swallowed dryly, as all the moisture had fled his mouth. “What…what do I have to do?”
* * * * * *
Rose’s heart swelled up with joy. Maybe she could get her True Love after all. She took off her glasses and exhaled the spell into them. It was a one use spell and she put everything into it, all of her love and all of her dreams. “What I want you to do is to go into the women’s bathroom, go over to the mirror and put on the glasses. That’s all. Come out with them on and we can go from there.”
* * * * * *
Thad nervously took the glasses. These could help? He stood and looked back at Rose. His resolve firmed even as his fear welled up from inside. The walk to the women’s room was blissfully short. There hadn’t been anyone back there for at least ten minutes so he felt moderately safe. Pushing the door open and walking into the bathroom was a challenge that he managed to overcome. He was inside.
Thad was a bit disappointed that the women’s bathroom looked like the men’s, except for the fact that there were no urinals. He walked to the sink and stood in front of the mirror. He slid the glasses on.
Who Thad really was looked back at him. She, who was he, was there. Her long hair, her luscious curves, and the wonderful way she dressed…all of it. His dreams stood before him, smiling back at him from the mirror. Thad began to cry.
The weave of magic flew through him, and his body took on the correct shape, the correct movement and length of hair and the elegant but simple clothes. Thad was changed utterly as he cried out his disbelief. When he took off the glasses to wipe the tears from his eyes, her face looked back at him. He was her, like for real. He didn’t need the glasses to see her, he had become her.
* * * * * *
Rose waited nervously. Did he do it? What was going to happen? She was staring impatiently at the door. Time was ticking away. If this didn’t happen soon she would lose her chance.
The door swung open and out she walked. Rose was stunned. The vision of her standing there in her peasant blouse and broomstick skirt was so much more visceral now than what she had seen through the glasses. Rose stood up and nervously walked towards her hopes.
* * * * * *
Melissa had put back on the glasses, giggling at the way her world had suddenly shifted to the rose colored world of her dreams. When she spotted Rose she could literally see the love flowing out towards her. Melissa smiled lovingly at Rose. Here was the woman who had set her free with her magic, for what else could have made her so complete?
She stretched out her hand to Rose. “Shall we?”
Rose swallowed and nodded, her voice lost in her amazement. They joined hands and walked off, smiling at each other and ignoring the stares that other patrons gave them. Those others were invisible as the two women moved off through their rose colored world off towards their own private sunset.
Shopping for Vaginas
So…I always knew something was…off, but it took me a while to figure it out. You see it was a plumbing issue. I had been born with a spigot. I never wanted a spigot, but who asked?
Because of this deficiency I kind of became a touch…fixated. What can I say, vaginas are beautiful. Each woman is a delicate variation on a theme. I love watching them slowly unfold in desire. Their earthy aroma has the subtle differences of perfume. And the taste…but I digress.
So as I got older, I found out what I had to do to become the woman I was inside. Pills gave me breasts and curves but still the spigot remained. I had to take action to correct this.
The first place I looked was E-Bay. I typed vagina in the search field and a few things popped up. I found a couple of coin purses shaped like vaginas and some things that were unrecognizable as anything. But no real vaginas. It was disheartening.
My beloved and I decided to use the power of the internet to find my vagina. We read about the surgery first, so we knew what we were looking for.
They basically flip the penis inside out, like a slipper sock and put it in a section in the body that seems to be waiting for it. Part of the head of the penis, with all its nerves, becomes the all important clitoris and the fleshy bag for the balls turns into the lips. You spend a couple of days in the hospital waiting for things to heal so it doesn’t fall out. You know…any surgery that says you need an inflatable doughnut afterwards is bound to be a bit intimidating.
The question then became one of which surgeon would be able to give me the best vagina, the pussy of my dreams. For that we went window shopping.
I found about twelve surgeons scattered hither and yon. They all had pictures of their work available. I mean…how else could you window shop without displays?
A lot of surgeons were discarded due to technique and aesthetic reasons. They just didn’t look pretty and some just didn’t look real. This was going to cost about as much as a good car, so I wanted to get the best one. Granted, I couldn’t take one out for a test drive but I had some concerns. I couldn’t even kick the tires or look under the hood, so I read and we looked at pictures.
Photo after photo of constructed vaginas, with a couple of reference photos thrown in for comparison. We went from Doctor’s site to Doctor’s site, narrowing it down. This one built the labia well, that one had great success with the clit, and yet another did the hood well. It was difficult to select a single surgeon.
Since you can’t get a loan for a vagina, I have to wait to get mine. The choice is down to two. Their work is beautiful and looks like the vagina in my mind. I want it and feel it so much that I have phantom vagina syndrome. It’s just like phantom limb syndrome except that I don’t feel that…limb, I feel my vagina instead. I know it’s odd, but what can you do?
I do enjoy shopping for vaginas but I only wish there were a sale.
![]() |
Silly Old Bear
Copyright © 2010 poetheather
All Rights Reserved. Winnie the Pooh is trying to figure out what has happened to Christopher Robin and where he has disappeared to.
He is sure it has something to do with Skool, but that doesn't explain the young woman in the Hundred Acre Wood. |
While I have been accused of being many things, I have never, in my whole life, been accused of being A.A. Milne, who is the rightful owner of these stories or Christopher Robin Milne, the rightful ruler of the Hundred Acre wood. This is written purely for my own amusement. Please don’t sue the broke writer. Thank you.
* * * * *
Winnie the Pooh was busy in his thoughtful spot, thinking, tapping his head in thought. “Think, think, think, think…”
Though he was a bear with very little brains, Winnie the Pooh was sure that he missed Christopher Robin. It had been a long time since the boy had been seen in the Hundred Acre Wood and none of Rabbit’s many and varied relations had seen him either. Therefore, Winnie the Pooh sat there and pondered this.
One of the last things that he remembered was some vague warning about Skool or something. It had bothered him then and he was still worried about it. After it had been mentioned, Christopher had not come around much and then finally vanished. Perhaps Skool stole him away, or held him captive or something. He was unsure.
All of this worry and thinking made Winnie the Pooh’s tummy rumble and Pooh Bear laughed, saying to his tummy, “I am sorry. Let’s go feed you right away.”
As Pooh walked away from his thoughtful spot he decided to sing a little song, “Tum ta teedum, I am rumbly in my tumbly, time for something sweet.”
Pooh Bear sang his Rumbly Tumbly song and walked through the Hundred Acre Wood, happily thinking of the Honey Pots that were calling his name back at home. He passed by the Great Tree where Christopher Robin had held the various parties, like birthday parties and the one after the flood and such. The memory made Pooh Bear miss Christopher Robin even more. He saw movement up by the tree and his heart leapt. Could that be Christopher Robin? He raced forward to get a better view.
What he saw made him skid to a stop, hopping a few times as he slowed down. There, on the hill that led to the Great Tree stood a young woman in a blue and yellow summer dress, with long sandy blond hair held up in a high ponytail with a blue ribbon. She was looking around at everything fondly and Pooh wasn’t sure what to make of this. It threw him and he decided that he needed some help in figuring out this puzzle. His first stop would be his dear friend Piglet, who was back at the house the two of them shared.
Piglet was busy dusting when Pooh entered the house. “Hallo Piglet.”
“H-h-hello th-th-there P-p-pooh Bear.” said Piglet, stopping what he was doing and turning to look at his roommate.
“I was wondering if you could help me?” Pooh asked happily.
“C-c-c-certain-n-nly.” replied Piglet.
“There is a strange woman at Christopher Robin’s house and I need your help to find out who they are.”
Piglet’s eyes went wide. “A st-st-strang-g-g-ge woman?”
“Yes. She seems familiar but I don’t remember seeing her here before. Perhaps you could help me.” stated Pooh, who was busy eying the pots of honey hungrily.
“Oh dear. Oh d-d-d-d-dear dear dear.” stammered Piglet nervously. “Sh-sh-should we check if Owl k-k-knows anyth-th-thing?”
Pooh was thoughtful for a moment. Owl was very smart and very wise. Perhaps he would have an answer? However, Owl also had no idea where Christopher Robin was so maybe he wouldn’t be the best help with this. If this young woman was connected to Christopher Robin, maybe she needed to be confronted. “No Piglet. We should find out who this stranger is ourselves.”
Piglet relented and soon the two of them walked back towards the Great Tree, Piglet nervous and Pooh Bear busy eating from a small honey pot he had grabbed to have a slight smackeral of something. When they got to the tree, they didn’t see anybody there. As Piglet looked frantically around, as if a Woozel was there just waiting for their inattention, Pooh just sighed and said, “Oh bother.”
They headed towards Kanga’s house, as she was sure to have a very practical idea, which Owl or Rabbit would miss. Besides, she might actually know who the woman was or maybe Roo did, unless he was out playing with Tigger again.
When they got to the bridge, they spotted the young woman in question standing there looking down at the water. She dropped a stick into the river and headed to the other side of the bridge to watch it come out. Winnie the Pooh cocked his head at this, as it looked as if she were playing Pooh Sticks. Surely she wouldn’t know about Pooh Sticks, would she?
Piglet squeaked in surprise upon seeing the woman, which caught the woman’s attention. She turned to face the two and her bright blue eyes opened wide in delight as she spotted them. She squealed happily, “Pooh Bear! Piglet!”
The young woman rushed over and gave them both big hugs, holding onto Winnie the Pooh longer than she did with Piglet. “Gosh, I missed you both.”
Pooh cocked his head and looked at the girl. Up close she was even more familiar. “Do I know you?”
The girl chuckled softly to herself. “I guess things have changed since you have last seen me. Yes Pooh Bear, you know me.”
“I do? Do I know that I know you?” He asked a bit confused at how he could know someone he didn’t know.
The young woman smiled gently, “Yes you do.”
“Oh.” Pooh thought a moment, trying to make sense out of something nonsensical to him. “Well, I seem to forgotten what I used to know, so let me introduce myself to you and then you can introduce yourself to me and maybe by then I will remember what I have forgotten. I am Winnie the Pooh.”
The young woman looked at the outstretched hand and grinned. She took it, shook, saying, “I am Christina Robin, but my friends call me Tina.”
“Christina Robin? Christina Robin?” pondered Pooh, trying to figure out why the name sounded familiar.
Piglet’s eyes went wide and he squeaked excitedly, “Christopher Robin?!”
“Not for a long time Piglet, but yes, it is me.” said Tina, rubbing the top of the small pig’s head fondly.
“Christina Robin? Christina Robin?” pondered Pooh, unaware of what had just been said since he was deep in a ponder. He looked up with a very confused look on his face and looked deeply into the familiar looking blue eyes. They reminded him of someone. “Christopher Robin? Is that you?”
Tina nodded. “Yes it is. I am sorry I have been away for so long, but I will probably be by more often now.”
“Was it Skool?” asked Pooh in a suspicious tone.
“Was it Skool what?” replied Tina, a bit confused by what Pooh Bear had asked, as it made less since than usual.
“Was it Skool that turned you into a… girl?”
Tina laughed, a clear sound that rang through the Hundred Acre Wood. “No, I was always a girl, but I kept telling myself I wasn’t. Not too many boys have tea parties with their stuffed animals you know. I just realized that I couldn’t hide anymore and became myself.”
“But if you were yourself how could you become yourself?” asked a very confused bear of very little brain.
“I just did. Don’t worry about it.”
Pooh nodded. If this was not something he needed to worry about then he didn’t have to worry about it. Besides, his best friend ever had returned with a new name and look. There was obviously so much he had missed and maybe they would have the time to catch up now. Pooh Bear smiled up at her and said, “Okay. You know… I missed you Christina Robin.”
Tina hugged the bear fondly and smiled at her oldest friend, deeply relieved that he had accepted her so readily. “I love you too, silly old bear.”
Keira De Leitz, a Witcher of the Kestrel School woke to the screams of a damsel in distress.
Chapter 1
It was the screams that alerted her to the danger, the high-pitched womanly screams that sounded slightly off. Keira was to her feet, sword in hand, blade tucked behind her, and moving before the person stopped to take in another breath. She wove between the trees, honed in on the sound. There was a faint light, perhaps from a fallen lamp, as the flickering didn’t seem like torch light. It was a slight distance away based on the tree shadows she could count but she should be there in a minute or so. No matter, she was nearing quickly, thick black braid trailing in her wake, kestrel medallion bouncing lightly between her breasts.
There in a small clearing was someone brightly dressed, yellow hair only to shoulders, screaming loud enough to cover the noises the group of nekker surrounding the tree the person clinging to were making. A glance told Keira there were six of the creatures, with two of them being warriors, as evident by the larger build and reach. This was not going to be fun, as she had left her armor at camp, so she would have to avoid getting hit. Well, such was the Path.
Closing with the hairless creatures, she thrust one hand out casting Aard, while the other swung her prized sihil she had earned decades prior. The magicked sword sliced through the nekker effortlessly and she moved towards the tumble of creatures still slightly stunned by the telekinetic blast. With a skip and hip turn she managed to dispatch one of the warriors and a second creature with a back swing as the others scrambled to their feet, hissing angrily at her. The sound of a blast off to the right was slightly concerning but she had more pressing issues.
A quick Quen stopped a claw rake down her back in a burst of orange light as the shield took the brunt of the damage and a back thrust with her blade struck home. She twisted the blade on the way out for extra damage. Something was moving through the woods towards her and the screamer in the tree and she hoped it wasn’t anything larger than these creatures. With a quick weight shift and pirouette, she spun under a slash, bringing her blade across the belly of the creature, spilling it open. There was a shriek and she turned, seeing pieces of the last warrior nekker fall to the ground.
There holding a silver blade was a white haired Witcher she knew all too well, thanks to many a song and tale. This had to be Geralt of the Wolf School, probably the most famous of their kind, based on all the songs she had heard. And if that was Geralt, that would make the screamer…
“Jaskier, shut up. You’re safe,” growled Geralt, pulling a rag free to clean his blade, like Keira herself was doing, scanning the clearing for any more foes. Once his scan was complete, he said, “Thank you for keeping my idiot friend safe.”
She turned face on and Geralt breathed in slightly deeper at sight of her golden eyes, similar to his own. That was the only faint sign of his surprise. There wasn’t even a flicker of a glance at the vertical scar crossing her right eye. “No problem Geralt. Keira de Leitz, I thought I was coming to the aid of a damsel in distress.”
Geralt snorted while Jaskier huffed while struggling to get out of the tree, “Now see here, I’ll have you know…”
“What school are you from? I don’t recognize your medallion?” Geralt rolled right over the protests of his friend, not wanting the bard to gain any momentum.
“Kestrel.”
“Kestrel?” Geralt actually looked surprised at that. “I thought all the members of your school were dead.”
With a shrug Keira answered, “There are still some of us left, many working with Queens or Sorceresses rather than on the Path. The Aerie actually survived several attacks on it but we did lose those knowledgeable in the Trials. So it goes.”
“Humph… like they want us around anyway.” Both Witchers grinned at each other at the well-known truth.
No spotting any other signs of a camp, Keira asked, “Do you have a camp? I have one over that way.”
Geralt nodded, “We were going to but Jaskier found their nest instead. He fled and I cleaned it out. We’d be happy to share a camp.” He whistled loudly. Two horses wandered in, one tied to the other. Geralt walked up to the dark brown one and pet its nose. “Good Roach.”
There was a slight yelp and crash, both Witchers turning to look at Jaskier, crumpled at the foot of the tree. Keira shook her head and walked back towards her camp. She reached camp first and tossed a few more logs on the fire, encouraging the flickering flames rising from the coals. She then set a wider circle of dust around the site, sure that the alchemical mix would keep back anything that might want to assault while they slept. The flames were dancing nicely and had caught on the wood when Geralt and Jaskier came up, each leading their own horses.
Jaskier gave her a florid bow and said in a very courtly manner, “Thank you dear lady for my timely rescue.”
Keira raised an eyebrow and smirked, mimicking his manner of speech, “The pleasure was all mine good sir. I am honor bound to rescue lords in distress, though damsels are more traditional.”
Geralt snorted as he loosely tied Roach to some branches by her dappled gray. Keira grabbed her wine skin and tossed it his way. He undid the top and sniffed before taking a long swig. He roughly handed it over to Jaskier, after he finished securing his horse, who was much daintier about drinking from it.
After the bard took a second swig, he asked, “I was not aware there were different schools for Witchers.”
Keira glanced over at Geralt and raised an eyebrow questioningly. Geralt only grunted in response, dumping his bedroll in an open spot near the fire. She rolled her eyes and faced the bard. “Yes, there are or rather were several. Do you know the history of the Witchers?”
“A little. Oxenfurt academy has texts on the Order of Witchers from the 10th century but not much else, save a mention here and there. Geralt has only told me that he is in the School of the Wolf, hence his medallion. I have pieced together some stuff but that’s about it. On this subject he is rather taciturn.”
“Right, if I remember correctly, after the Order broke apart, different leaders emerged with different ideas as to how best to prepare Witchers. There was something like fifteen or so Schools for a few decades but time and human fear dwindled our numbers,” explained Keira, sitting back on her bedroll, taking another swig.
“Human fear?” asked Jaskier in a voice so confused that both Keira and Geralt looked at him askance.
With a growl, Geralt replied, “Remember how people treated me before your damn song went everywhere?”
Jaskier’s eyes widened and he grimaced in understanding, “Sorry. Fear of the unknown… right.”
“Let’s just say that mobs with torches and pitchforks or supplemented by some local lord with their nuts in a twist have attacked the Schools and killed any Witcher they could get. All schools have gone through that. The first School to go was the Dog.”
Geralt looked interested, “Never heard of that one.”
“Not surprised. It was in a city in Redania. Their image was a loyal dog protecting humans/ their masters, not that it helped. The screams from the Trial of Grasses were not muffled enough by the building walls and the frightened populace rose up against them. That was the last school built close to people.”
“Kaer Morhen was not far enough away to avoid assault. Several groups have attacked, most bolstered by some preacher denouncing our evil ways,” stated Geralt.
“The assaults on the Aerie were much the same. We just had the benefit of being located up in the Kestrel Mountains for additional safety.”
“So, what makes the Schools so different?” inquired Jaskier, not wanting either Witcher to grow maudlin over past wrongs.
“Each school had a slightly different approach to hunting, slightly different signs, potions, and such that we used. Also, the Trials themselves were slightly different, with different groups having different alchemists and Sorcerers creating them. And not all of them were good.”
“What do you mean?” Jaskier was clearly enjoying learning all of this, leaning forward in anticipation.
“Enough,” growled Geralt. “It’s late, I’m tired, and its all ancient history. You can bug Kiera tomorrow if we’re traveling the same way.” Geralt laid down on his bedroll and turned his back to the fire, putting a final stamp on the conversation.
Jaskier looked plaintively over at Kiera, who honestly had no desire to keep talking either. Discussing the Trials might bring up uncomfortable truths from the past and she wasn’t sure she wanted to talk about them. Besides, she had been woken from sleep to rescue this bard and she was tired. When she laid down as well, Jaskier huffed and pulled out his lute, playing softly, in deference to the sleepers. The notes lulled Kiera to sleep.
*************
The faint kiss of morning came cold with a light fog playing low over the ground. Geralt was already awake, cooking some rashers of bacon, some halves of rolls to the side as he worked. Kiera sat up and smiled at the White Wolf, who nodded back. Jaskier was still snoring softly despite the sizzling and enticing smell.
He pulled the thick slices of bacon once they were finished and put the rolls cut side down into the bacon grease, “This’ll be ready soon.”
“Thanks. I have some cheese if you want? A sharp cheddar and a Korviri Blue.”
“Sure.” She handed over the cheese wedges which he cut with a knife before handing them back. “Cheese?”
“What! Cheese is excellent and besides the Blue is tasty and can double as bait in a pinch, especially with some necrophages.”
Geralt chuckled as he handed over breakfast. They each had two bacon and cheese rolls, another pair off to the side waiting for the bard to wake up. There was hints of birdsong playing through the air, letting both Witchers relax their guard a little more, since the wildlife was not announcing a predator in their midst. They ate in silence. As Keira took a bite of her second roll Geralt mentioned, “Trial of Clay, right? The only school to use that.”
Keira struggled not to spit out her food in surprise. Where had that come from? Once she swallowed, she replied tartly, “That’s right. What of it?”
“Nothing. I know your Trial of Grasses was supposed to provide stronger changes to the musculature, senses, ligaments and tendons, so you had to prepare your bodies first. That’s really all anyone else knew.”
Keira winced internally, that was one way to describe what had happened. “There is more to it.”
“There always is.” Geralt took a swig of his water skin. “Were heading towards Novigrad from here and from there on to Oxenfurt.”
“I am as well, even to the school. There are some scrolls I am looking for and hoped their Library has them.” Keira was not saddened by this development. It was also safer in numbers. “Shall we travel together?”
Geralt nodded. He then drew his silver sword and began to check his weapon over, checking the edges especially. “That was good sword work last night. I thought your school preferred range over getting close.”
Keira sighed, taking out her Sihil and going over it as well. “We do. Our laminate composite recurve bows can generate sufficient power to punch through even dragon scale. And we have several trick arrows that can help matters as well. But when we strike up close, we do it hard and fast, aiming for critical strikes. Several of our trainers worked with Wolf and Viper and even with Gryphon from Kaer Seren, so we have a wide array of techniques at our disposal. Add to that the fact that we have Dwarf friends that provide us with Sihils, and there you go.”
“I would have thought that with the Viper training you would use two blades?”
“I can use those, but mostly we borrowed some of their movement patterns. We don’t have the raw strength so we aimed for speed and flexibility. And a few odd tricks,” she said with a wink.
With a nod Geralt picked up a stick and threw it at Jaskier, “If you can eavesdrop you can wake up.”
Jaskier sat up, yawned dramatically, and stretched, “Morning already?”
Geralt rolled his eyes, “There’s food. We need to ride.”
As Jaskier languidly ate his rolls, the two Witchers expertly struck camp, buried the coals, and hid the most obvious signs of their having been there. They saddled the horses, with Geralt saddling Jaskier’s bay as well. They wound through the trees towards what passed as a road. The trace was basically a slightly wider trail, with occasional ruts from small carts but certainly nothing grander than that. Bird song increased as the fog wisped away in the growing light.
In single file they rode, as the sun rose higher in the sky, warming the forest, the bare limbs of the trees providing scant shade. Jaskier, held back until he was riding alongside Keira, who was riding tail. “Could you please tell me more about yourself and your school. As thanks for your rescue I want to compose a song about you, the Black Kestrel, because your hair is so dark it provides an amazing contrast to the White Wolf.”
Keira pinched the bridge of her nose. Bards. Her blue-black hair was nothing special, many in her School had that hair, as there was something in the mutagens they consumed that altered everything, even the hair. All shades went darker under the Trials, just a weird quirk of the alchemy that remade them. “Right… what do you want to know?”
“Your origin, adventures, anything that might be the spark to bring this ballad to life.” He said grandiosely. “I mean, honestly, I can’t sing about Geralt all the time, people might talk.”
With a sigh, and some fear that she might regret this, given the songs she had heard about Geralt, she said, “Fine.”
The Black Kestrel: A Witcher Tale
Kade is apprenticed to be a Witcher
A/N: Not even remotely the creator of the novels, a game designer for CDProjektRed, or a showrunner over at Netflix, let alone for Hexer or any other property possibly related to the Novels.
A/N 2: I’ll get back to other works soon, I’ve just been out of the writing groove for a while thanks to having no computer. This is helping me get back there.
Chapter 2
Kade rubbed his nose. The scent of the tanning and curing was always so strong and he wasn’t a fan of that smell, despite it being present every day of his life. Of course, he helped his father and brothers at work despite being the youngest of four boys. True, that helped basically manifested itself as carrying buckets of water or bringing in fresh straw for the floors, since he was just barely five years old, but he stayed busy trying his best. Market day was coming and some of the traders coming from far and wide might be interested in buying some of the prepared leather they had, as well as things that could be found here near the foot of the Kestrel Mountains. Kade was really proud of his dad because he even made leather good enough for armor use, which fetched decent coin.
Hefting the laden basket higher, Kade moved into the tanning house and over to where his father should be. Taking lunch to his father and brothers was also part of his job, and he was proud of himself that he could carry all that food by himself. While he couldn’t see them, he could certainly hear them, plus one other voice, gruffer than anyone he was familiar with and with little inflection, “…like I said, I wanted to see what there was available before the Market. If the quality is good, we can set up a recurring purchase so you have reliable income.”
Peeking around one of the vats, Kade could see his father standing with his arms crossed, looking over at the mysterious man dressed in all black armor with a strange sort of bird-like medallion dangling on his chest. He was wearing two swords and strong looking leather armor as he stood there, unmoving. What made Kade gasp was the yellow slitted eyes, that flicked his way when he made that noise. His father replied, “I’m not comfortable working with Witchers.”
“And that’s why we always pay in gold,” stated the strange man.
“Are you trying to bribe me?” growled his father, seemingly upset.
With a shrug the man replied, voice calm through it all, “A little. Basically, this is a business venture, we would like five hides a season, prepared as for armor. Someone from the school will come down to pick them up and pay you for the next order. We recognize the value of your skill and are trying to make sure that you have the money to buy the goods and prepare them for us. How is that a bad deal for you?”
As his father was musing this Kade saw no reason to hold back, coming up next to him and lifting the heavy basket, saying, “Da, lunch.”
His father smiled and took the basket from Kade. He had been carrying it with both arms and his Da lifted it with ease. This Witcher, whatever that was, was looking at him curiously. Turning back to the conversation, his father caught the look on the man’s face. “What?”
“Your son, if you wish, he can be apprenticed up at the Aerie. It is an honorable profession after all.” The statement was flat, with little apparent care, as if the statement were nothing so important. But if it weren’t important why would he say it?
With a slight growl, his father turned to face the man, “That’s not for discussion.”
“Fair enough. I wanted to put the option out there because I know you have four boys.” The Witcher shrugged and pulled free a bag of coin. “None the less, like I said I have payment on me right now for the hides and as an advance on another order.”
Putting a hand out, his father took the bag of coins, and looked inside, “Fine. You can have these five here and I’ll be sure to have another five ready for you next season.”
“Thank you, Goodman, it has been an honor working with you.” The man turned and started to walk out, “I have a few more stops to make before I leave. Can you have someone prep them for me?”
With a nod, his father dismissed the man from his thoughts. He opened the basket and grabbed a hardboiled egg, consuming it in two bites. He looked over his shop, his three eldest, and over to the house before looking back down at Kade. “Kade, go be a good lad and fetch your mother.”
“Yes Da!” Kade turned and ran back towards the house, far enough away that the smells of the leather work and tanning were not as potent. He was nearly distracted by a puppy but was able to maintain his focus long enough to reach the house again.
His mother was on the porch, mending shirts when he came back, occasionally rubbing a hand over her belly. Apparently, he was going to be a big brother soon, which sounded exciting. Stopping in front of her, Kade said, “Ma, Da wants to talk.”
“Fine, lunch is inside.” She put her mending down and headed towards the tannery, leaving Kade to eat. After he was done, he wasn’t sure what to do. His mother usually told him to do something by now but she was apparently still over at the tannery. He shrugged and set to work tidying things inside. It always made his mother smile when he helped out with the house.
It was a short bit later when she came back into the house and saw him, switching out the rushings. Her lips were firm, eyes wet, but he was unsure as to why. Why was his Ma sad? “Kade, you need to bundle up your things. Your Da decided to apprentice you out and you’re leaving today.”
Eyes wide in surprise, Kade weakly questioned, “Ma?”
She came over and hugged her boy, running a hand gently down his hair. “It’s alright son. We knew this was a possibility. You’ll be missed, be sure of that, but I’m sure you’ll make us proud. Now, get your things.”
Kade slowly gathered his extra shirt and trews, his leggings and warmer coat, with his blanket. His mother gave him a set of the wooden utensils his father had carved over the winter and then helped him bundle it all up and bind it with an extra length of leather cord they had lying about. Unsure of what was going on, he kept looking around the house as if it was going to be the last time. She walked him to the tannery, where his brothers were looking solemn and slightly dour. His father knelt by him, “I’ve thought about it and decided you’re going with that Witcher. They are a strange but honorable guild that fights monsters keeping regular folk safe. Apprenticing you has always been the goal, Kade, but nobody has been looking. This way I’ll know you’ll be taken care of.”
Kade felt his heart tighten, but he stayed strong and nodded, “Yes Da.”
“And maybe you’ll come in from time to time, hey. After all, I do have a standing order from them.” The smile his Da gave him was not the strongest but was enough to calm his racing heart.
Kade nodded. He sort of understood what was going on.
“Okay, say goodbye to your brothers and then wait by the leather order, there’s a good lad.”
*****
When the man came back, he spoke with his father for a bit and then hefted the rolled-up hides. “It has been a pleasure Goodman.”
His father grunted and looked over at him, “Go now Kade. May the Gods bless you.”
Kade ran up and hugged his father, who awkwardly removed him from his leg. “Go now son. Be brave.”
With a teary nod, Kade turned and followed the Witcher outside where he had a horse and a pack animal. With deft skill he secured the leather to the pack animal as well as his bundle. He mounted his horse, bent down and picked him up from the ground with little visible effort. Soon they were riding out of the only world Kade had ever known and into the dark forest beyond.
Kade was too scared or nervous to talk and the Witcher seemed disinclined to converse with him. The forested trail leading up into the mountains was mostly quiet, with animal and bird sounds scattered here and there. The trees were tall and thick though as they rode higher the trees thinned and grew shorter. Smaller scrub and rocks predominated and the trail was slightly wider. As the sun began to fade the Witcher made camp in a small copse of trees, not giving him any directions, simply setting everything in order with the ease of long practice.
Once the fire was going, the Witcher set a pot on the fire and began to prepare some food. When he spoke it surprised Kade enough that he jumped, “So boy, wondering what you have been given over to?”
With a bob of his head, Kade answered.
There was a slight grimace, before he said, “Do you know what Witchers are?”
“Not really sir. You fight monsters?”
“Right. There are various groups of us gathered into schools, and like you said, we fight monsters, such as Bruxa, Kikimora, Dragons, Drowners, and the like. We do this for pay, getting money from nobles and village headmen. We are well paid for our services for the most part because we have the knowledge and skill to do this and survive. However, to do this we are changed to be able to fight against such foes. I’m taking you to the School of the Kestrel, which is up deeper in the mountains. I’m from the school of the Griffin, and I have been through… similar processes. They’re not easy and could kill you, but if you make it through you can save many people’s lives.”
That sounded okay, more like a fairy tale than the truth but here was one of them right in front of him and he had those strange eyes despite being human. “Changed?”
“Aye, changed.” The Witcher looked right at him with those yellow eyes. “Surely you’ve noticed my eyes?” Kade nodded. “That’s just one of the changes. I’ll let them tell you about it, because Kestrel is not the same school as mine, so there are some major differences.”
“But… afterwards I can fight monsters?” Kade’s voice shook a little as he asked that.
“Oh yes, you can most certainly fight monsters. Now sit and I’ll tell you about some of my hunts, so you can have an idea about what life on the Path is like.”
Kade did as he was told and sat with wide eyes as the man spoke of hunts he had been on, villages saved, lives changed, even about once fighting a dragon. As the flames died out, sleep claimed him and his dreams were filled with heroic acts out of legends.
A few days later those dreams seemed like mist. They crested a ridge and castle came into view. The Aerie was a foreboding castle built on the slopes of the Grand Kestral, the peak which the range was named after. The keep had strong walls and only a narrow pass up to the gates that looked easily defensible. It was also the first castle Kade had ever seen. If he hadn’t been seated in front of the Witcher on the man’s horse it’s likely he would have stood there all day just trying to take it in. Once across the drawbridge, it reminded him a little of his village which made him frown. Weren’t knights and stuff supposed to be in castles, not just regular people?
“Jerome! You’re back.”
Kade looked over at the voice and the largest and strongest looking woman Kade had ever seen was standing inside the gate. She had black hair up in a braid, wearing armor and had a single sword strapped across her back with a dark wood recurve bow in her hand. There was a faint scar across one cheek and some on her arms. She was the most impressive woman Kade had ever seen. No one in the village even remotely looked like that.
“Greetings Margarethe, I got you set up with the local Tanner, and a few of the farmers. There are some miners who have made some interesting finds but they wanted some time to think it over before providing ore. I have the leather and food you requested,” replied Jerome with a smile. “They weren’t happy with making the deals but they did agree.”
With a nod, Margarethe looked over at the boy and asked, “And who is this?”
“Kade, the Tanner’s fourth son. He’s here to be apprenticed.”
Her eyes cut from the boy to Jerome, “Is he now.”
“Yes, the charm you gave me indicated that he had whatever it was your school looks for. When I get back to mine, I’ll pass that idea along, as it might help with recruitment. And if he’s strong enough you can see if any of my father’s formulae are workable with your system.” Jermone slid from the saddle and took the reins. He walked the horses closer as he spoke.
“Yes, well… we’ll see what Trimaeus thinks. Thank you for this.”
“Well, I owed you for putting me up over winter.” Jerome shrugged as if it were no issue, then helped Kade down from the saddle, moving him so he stood in front of the woman.
Margarethe nodded and looked down at Kade, who shifted uncomfortably under her yellow eyes, “Well, you’re not the only boy here to try his luck. Let me take you to the others.”
The lower area of this castle was filled with different wooden buildings. He spotted an armor maker, a weaponsmith who seemed to double as a general smith as well, and a few other tradesmen. The castle seemed well fortified as well, though there were a few spots of rubble and wear. Moving up a ramp to an inner gate, Margarethe took Kade from the lower courtyard to the lower bailey. In a smaller but more open space there was a group of young boys, no more than four of them, running in a circle, being watched over by a tall thin man with dark black hair, similar to Margarethe’s and a wicked scar crossing his face. He wore twin swords and armor, like the other Witchers he had seen. Margarethe stopped an called out, “Varnir! Got another one.” She then turned to Kade, “Go on over to them, they’ll take care of you.”
Kade clutched his bedroll to him safely as he walked over to the others, who had been called to a stop and were panting on the ground. Varnir stood over the small boy and appraised him for a long few minutes, “You shall do. Put your things down and join us.”
Varnir ran them hard, so hard Kade actually started throwing up. Since the man didn’t tell him to stop, he kept trying, wanting to make his family proud of him. If he was going to be a hero he had to start somewhere.
The Trial of Clay
Chapter 3
The blankets were a bit rough but not that bad, as was the bed. Kade had to admit that in some ways it was better than the one at home, since the ropes were nice and tight, making it more comfortable for him alone. His whole family had shared one bed back home, especially during winter, so everyone could share the warmth. The ropes were tightened only four times a year, so towards the end it wasn’t the best. In all honesty, Kade would have been pleased to just have a warm place to lay his bed roll, but his own bed? No one from his little village would ever believe this, since shared sleeping was common given how expensive beds could be. He had been here at the Aerie for over a month so far, and it had been pretty much the same routine each day. They stretched, they ran, they lifted heavy things, they ran, they stretched, they worked with weapons, they ate, and they ran. He ached everywhere, even in places he didn’t know he had. Playing was one thing, but this was not play.
The other boys here with him all were extra sons who had been given over to Witchers to have the hope of a career. A few seemed to resent it but what could they do. All of them were here in the castle several days from civilization. There were no girls that he saw either except for adult Witchers, which seemed strange to him. If girls were allowed to be Witchers, wouldn’t there be some here? And he was the youngest of the group though not by much, as the oldest was nearly seven. Varnir watched the group like a hawk at all times, seeming to sense what they were up to even if he was looking a different direction. They weren’t able to get into even a little bit of mischief with his hawk eyes seeing everything.
Just before bed, Varnir came into the dorm and looked over all the boys, when all of them were tired and just wanting sleep after another grueling day of training. They stood in a line, like he had taught them to do, waiting for what he had to say. “I know you all want to sleep, but you need to know that in a week’s time you will be undergoing your first Trial to become a Witcher of this school, the Trial of Clay. This Trial is to prepare you with the next Trial you will face, which is the Trial of Grasses. Our school does this so you have the best chance of success possible. To that effect, each night before bed you will drink a potion designed to help your body with the Trial of Clay. It works to help define what would be best for you. However, making it through the Trial of Clay is no guarantee that you will survive the Trial of Grasses, it just increases your odds.”
The oldest boy, Jurgen, nervously asked, “What is the Trial of Clay?”
Varnir gave a wry smile and replied, “It is what makes our school different from most. There have never been many Witchers because the Trial of Grasses is so harsh that less than three of ten survive it on a good day. One of the mages who works with us came up with the Trial of Clay to help with that problem. The alchemical tonic you will drink nightly, prepares your body for the magic and formulae that will reshape your body. Each transformation a candidate goes through is different, as the Clay shapes you into what of you will survive the best. Some will grow taller, some shorter, things like that and the only thing we all have at the end of it is the black hair we all share. The Trial gives us our distinctive hair color.”
“So we drink something and we change?” asked Darbin, a very wise six year old.
“Yes, that’s it. Whatever happens doesn’t matter in the long run. The Trial of Grasses is what makes you stronger, faster, enhances your magic and senses. It mutates our bodies and is where we get our eyes from. If you make it through the Grasses strong enough you might be given additional formulae to strengthen you further. That’s up to the mages. The Grasses is what makes us Witchers, what gives us the best chance to fight monsters and win where many men fail. Once you have survived the Grasses, then, then your training begins. The Clay hopefully helps you survive.”
And Varnir had not been lying. Added to their daily routine was this green potion that smelled of sour feet that they were each given. Despite gagging on it each and every time, Kade was able to choke it down. One of the boys, Yevgeny, grew dizzy and passed out after his third dose, which alarmed the others. Varnir simply pulled him out of the group and told the others that he would be sent home once he recovered. The day before the Trial there was only light training and after a light lunch of a hearty broth there were taken to the upper bailey where the other Witchers and the mages lived.
Stepping into the main hall of the Aerie was intimidating for all of the boys as none of them had been in a building this size before. The stone walls rose over twenty feet high and the interior was lit by narrow windows and lamplight. There were tapestries on the walls, and several tables about the room. A few of the elder Witchers were sitting there watching them approach. They walked in and stopped in a line, as they had been taught. All eyes were inspecting them carefully. A thin man in very fine clothes, with his light brown hair slicked back a bit and a thin mustache that did little to make him look appealing, walked up from another room and looked them over, “Are these them?”
“Yes Trimaeus,” rumbled Varnir.
The man moved down the line, brushing a hand down their cheeks, or lifting their heads to look into their eyes, all while muttering something under his breath. When the man reached Kade he stroked his cheek with a cold and clammy hand before lifting his face and gazing into his eyes, a faint smile on his lips, clearly pleased. “Yes, this lot should do. The potions have done their work. The tonics will be ready for moonrise.”
Once the mage left, Varnir took the boys back down to the inner bailey to await the Trial. He led them over to the dining hall and had them sit, before the cook brought out mugs of warm broth and a pitcher of cold well water.
Varnir sat with the boys to reduce their anxiety. “Okay lads, I know this is scary but it’s not too bad. When the moon rises in a few hours we’ll begin the Trial. I’ll come and take you to the Upper Bailey where the Trial takes place. Only one person at a time goes through this so, it may take a while to get through everyone. The room can be scary but I’ll be there to keep you safe. Rest if you can and drink water. It can help. Remember, we all want you to succeed.”
After finishing their broth, Varnir headed off to help with preparations. The hours weighed on them like heavy stones, growing worse over time. After what felt like an eternity, Jurgen, the oldest was the first taken and didn’t return to them when Varnir came to get the second. Then the third. Only Kade remained and it was growing late, so he laid his head down and slept, not knowing what else he could do.
A hand shook him roughly awake, and he blearily looked up into Varnir’s face. “Come lad, you’re the last.”
They returned to the upper bailey and up several flights of stairs to a large room with a rough looking table in the middle of it, the wood looked wet somehow and Kade wasn’t sure why, and he held back a little. There were tubes and jars and vials and all sorts of smells he had never encountered, most of which made him long for the tannery. As he got closer to the table, he noticed the restraints on there and Kade balked, fear uncoiling in his stomach, eyes growing wide. Varnir’s hand rested on his shoulder and urged him forward. Kade stammered, “I… I… I…”
Varnir smiled weakly, eyes kind, “It’s okay lad. These are just there to keep you safe if you thrash about. It’s okay. No one here is trying to hurt you.”
Trembling, Kade undressed and was helped onto the table by Varnir. Once he was situated binding his limbs occurred. The young boy’s eyes were wide and his bottom lip trembled but he tried to be brave, even if now it was too late for such bravery. The mage from before strode into the room and glanced at Kade, the oily smile returned and only served to make Kade’s fear grow. He… he really did not want to be here.
Varnir walked over to another table and picked up a wooden chalice which was smoking a little. Carrying it back over, he lifted Kade’s head and help him drink a bitter tasting light blue potion. There was a lot in the chalice and it took a while to get it all down. Before he was finished with the chalice, he started to feel strange, numb, and a bit out of his body, head spinning lightly.
There was a sharp prick and he looked down to see a needle and tube stuck into his left arm. Before he could really grow upset about this, there was another prick on the other side, the tubes hooking him to the same contraption that was attached by his head. Then the mage came over to the table with a large jar and set it down with a clunk. The world was growing more colorful to Kade and the mage felt like an oil stain on his pretty world. This would be so much better if that man were not here.
Trimaeus scooped out some pale clay from the jar and began to coat his feet with it in a thick layer, getting between his toes, then up his calves, knees, and thighs, making sure that there was a good layer of the clay everywhere. Kade shivered when the mage applied the clay to his butt, hips and genitals, the mage taking longer than was really necessary. Then up his belly and back, covering his chest before moving down his arms. Once they were covered, the clay was applied to his neck, face and head, even being rubbed into his hair. The clay was keeping his eyes closed and he was okay with that, but he felt a growing warmth in his body.
The chanting started and the clay began to warm even more, growing ever hotter. There was a rush of cold up one arm and he could taste salt and tarragon, maybe? There was more spinning in his head. Then a rush up his other arm and this one tasted or smelled like some sort of mint and sorrel? It was cloying but he grew dizzier still and the chanting continued, deepened, echoed, pulsed through all of him. Things started to change as Kade felt lots of little hands pushing against him, rubbing his body, molding the clay covering him, or maybe his body, and the heat grew more and more intense, baking into his very bones. Those also felt the work of phantom fingers and he screamed in pain. He was being devoured, converted, changed, pain and pressure over his entire body growing more and more intense. Then there was a flash of greenish light that penetrated his closed clay covered eyes and he knew no more.
*****
Kade slowly swam to consciousness, wisps of light tickling his eyelids. Things felt off, different, and he was so groggy he wasn’t sure why or what. Moaning in discomfort, he opened his eyes and the candlelight seemed piercingly bright, so he winced away from it. After some struggle he got a hand up to cover his eyes, which helped. He lay on a bed that wasn’t the one he had before, and he wasn’t strapped down any longer, which was nice. His bladder ached with need but there was no one in there and he felt too weak to move. He tried to make a noise but only a squeak came out of his very raw feeling throat.
Seeing no other recourse, he let loose. Peeing felt different, which was even weirder. It felt like it was coming out from between his legs not from his thing. The liquid grew more uncomfortable as it cooled and his shame grew. Wetting the bed like a baby, how embarrassing. But he was so tired, eyes started to drift back closed before the door creaked open. Kade cracked his eyes open a little and saw Varnir looking in, carrying a steaming mug. “Ah, you’re awake, good. And by the smell I am too late. I am sorry Kade.”
Varnir came in, set the mug down on the floor, and helped Kade sit up. Groaning was all he could do, muscles protesting the whole time. Varnir smiled at him, “Come now, drink this. It will help.”
There was warm broth in the mug with some other taste he could not identify. It was soothing and he felt stronger the more of it he drank. He asked weakly, “I passed?”
“You did. Your body is different now, changed quite a bit by the Clay but you should have no issues with the Grasses now.”
Kade squinted at him, confused, not sure what he was saying. Varnir smirked, remembering that feeling all too well. “The way you transformed by the Clay. Everyone who transformed like you has passed the Grasses, so there is no doubt you’ll be fine.”
“What… what changed?” Kade felt a bit better and some of the aches were fading. That broth was just what he needed apparently.
“You’re a girl now Kade.”
Kade stopped drinking the broth, blinked at Varnir a few times, trying to make sense of what he had just heard. “Pardon?”
“You are now female. The Clay reshaped your body into a female, but you’re also a little taller than before and healthier overall. The Clay got you to the best you can and for you, that’s a girl. And in a month, when you have recovered from this Trial, you begin the Grasses.” Varnir helped Kade have some more broth.
“Others?” He felt strong enough to take the mug in his own hands and drink. The warmth on his hands felt nice, and the more he had the better he felt.
“Jurgen died, which happens, though rare. Apparently, his body tried to change too much. One other was changed like you and the other is just taller.”
None of this made sense to Kade. How could that Clay have done this? Sure, it was magic, but this? “Girl?”
“Yes, girl. We’ll get into that later, well Margarethe will. She always ensures that the new ones learn all about being a girl. And just so you know, we have had girls become boys as well, so you never know with the Clay. It just happens. Now, finish the broth.”
Kade drank it down, feeling stronger by the moment. He sighed as he or rather she, since she was a girl now, lowered the mug. She was worried, because her world had been stood on its head with all this crazy magic. “What happens now?”
“If you can walk, do that. It’ll work out more of the potions. You can bathe if you want. There is sure to be hot water. The other two are still out, but through the worst bits of the transformation. Just resting now. You’ll do fine in the Grasses, just fine. Maybe talk to Margarethe in the common room. When your gone I’ll change out your bed.”
Shakily, Kade got up and did just that.
*****
“Clay… Kade… He?” stammered Jaskier, eyes wide and arms a bit flailly. This was followed by a loud OW as a pine cone slammed into his chest, thrown from Geralt.
The Witcher just glared at the bard, “That was rude.”
“Uhm… right… sorry Keira, it’s just that… well, it’s hard to believe.” Jaskier stammered, which was sure to be a rarity. His cheeks were dark and he had trouble meeting her eyes. “I mean I know magic is real and that mages use magic to pretty themselves up but this… this is shocking.”
“It certainly was at the time. Its one thing to know magic is real. It’s another to have it effect you so completely.” Keira commented, having little issue sharing her past, being decades removed from those events. “Try not to spread that part about. Most people deal poorly with that notion. It freaks out regular people.”
Jaskier looked solemn, which was an odd look for him. “I swear on my honor as a bard. What about the others?”
Keira though back to the past, “The remaining boy did not make it through the Trial of Grasses. He made it most of the way but died toward the end of day six. So out of the starting five, only two of us made it.”
“Forty percent? Those are better odds,” mentioned Geralt. “Our success is one, maybe two out of ten. No group can easily sustain that kind of attrition rate. That additional Trial of your school is impressive,” commented Geralt.
“I once saw a group of five make it through the Clay and the Grasses one time. It was stunning. That Trial really did shift the odds. Because I made it through the Grasses easily, I was subjected to a few extra formulae as well. Not much fun as some of them were worse than the Grasses.” Keira remembered the pain of the formulae that altered her eyesight a great deal. Sure, being able to see comfortably in the dark was nice, with vision that could spot a fly at fifty yards but the pain had been the greatest thing she had ever experienced.
“Yes, some of those are terrible,” commiserated Geralt in a low grumble, clearly remembering his own Trials.
“Wait!” Jaskier put his hands out as if calling for a stop. Turning to face the Witcher more directly, Jaskier looked at Geralt in an odd manner, almost as if he were seeing him for the first time. “Geralt, you were given extra formulae as well?”
“I was never a girl Jaskier,” growled Geralt, rolling his eyes.
“That’s not what I mean,” snapped Jaskier. “You mean to tell me, that you are exceptional amongst the exceptional? That you are more Witcher than most other Witchers? Why didn’t you tell me this before?”
Geralt dropped his head, his white hair covering his face. It was clear that he could see where Jaskier was unfortunately taking this, and all he could do was sigh out, “Fuck.”
Keira tells tales
Chapter 4
Jaskier was all excited over the knowledge that Geralt was special. Keira got a good chuckle over that, seeing the famous Witcher shift uncomfortably under Jaskier’s increased attention. The bard’s eyes were practically twinkling when he asked around the campfire, “So, what extra stuff was done?”
Geralt grumbled but said nothing, poking at the brace of coneys on a spit. Seeing a great opportunity to screw with her fellow Witcher, Keira replied, “Not sure with Geralt, but in my case, something to make me heal a bit faster, to increase my speed, help my eye sight, deepen my magic. Honestly, I have no idea all the things they did as the Trial really does a number on you. Some of them were contributed by some Witcher from the Griffin school who was heading back to their castle from Touissant, so no real clue.”
“Isn’t that odd,” asked Jaskier, clearly trying to make sense of it all.
“Everything about Witchers are odd. Young children, taken in, mutated by Alchemy and Magic, and trained beyond reason all so we can hunt the monsters that plague the Continent. Our biggest oddity is the fact that we survived the Grasses, because it is so damn lethal. After that we are trained far more than any other people in the Continent. No soldier or knight comes even close to the amount of training we undergo. From the age of five until I was eighteen, I trained in sword work, archery, other weapons, alchemy, magic, history, politics, monster biology and lore, language, survival, equestrian skills, and more, about eight to ten hours a day no matter the season. That was before the start to the final trials, where all skills are tested, and then a final monster hunt to graduate.”
Jaskier’s eyes were wide at that recitation. “Truth?”
Geralt nodded. “She’s not exaggerating. That’s life on the Path.”
“No wonder you are all so feared,” muttered Jaskier, mostly to himself.
“Some of it is earned, to be sure, but a good bit of that fear is simply our appearance. Pale skin, scars, strange eyes, weapons, armor, we are less comforting than enemy troops in most cases because we can be more lethal than them. We are valued for the skills we bring but otherwise no one wants us around.” Keira was not pleased by that but what could be done. All these things were simply part of life as she knew it. “It’s a lonely life, where more people hate you than are pleased to see you arrive.”
“Try not to spread all our secrets about Jaskier. Part of our survival is people not really knowing everything about us. And most of the secrets of our creation are gone, so we are a dying breed,” added Geralt, looking pointedly at the Bard. “If some people knew how close it is, they would hunt us.”
“I see.” Jaskier swallowed slightly heavily. “Very well, I’ll not touch on those. But come Keira, let me know of some of your hunts. Surely I can bring you fame through them. Those are the kind of songs and stories about Witchers that most audiences prefer.”
Keira thought about some of her hunts, trying to come up with one that might interest the bard. While there were a lot of them a lot of them had less than positive aspects. “What sort of story are you looking for?”
“Like some of Geralt’s adventures, where you stumble into some problematic situation, dispel a curse, rescue a trapped maiden, save the day, you know, things like that,” replied Jaskier blithely. “I would rather sing of the truth than simply make something up. The Audience can tell if there is truth at the heart of a song.””
“You mean something like Geralt’s Striga story?” She asked with a smile, eliciting a groan from the White Wolf. She smirked at Geralt who scowled a bit.
“Yes, exactly! Do you have something like that?” Jaskier sat forward on the bit of log he was using for a seat.
Keira thought and realized that she might have something that the bard might like. “Does defending a village from a dragon cover that?”
“What?!” Jaskier was all aflutter over the idea. “A Dragon! Please, tell me more.”
*****
Keira winced as she slid off her horse, the slight drop to the ground jarring her injuries. She was still a few days away from the Aerie and she ached terribly from the fight a few days ago. Of all the damn things to find in a mine supposedly haunted by knockers, a thrice bedamned Kikimora queen. She had not been prepared for that fight and was just happy she had gotten out of there alive. Nothing in the information anyone had given her had pointed to Kikimora at all, so she had the wrong sword oil and potions prepared. She hated mines, too enclosed for her bow to be of any use, which cut down on her usefulness. But maybe things would be okay if she managed to get some food and rest.
As she moved towards the tavern, thinking of ale and food, A voice called out to her, “Lady Witcher! Praise Melitele.”
Looking up she spotted the village headman rush towards her as she had clearly been spotted for what she was. He was panting when he neared her, so clearly this was an issue of some urgency. Fuck
Keira looked concerned at the red-faced man, “Yes Goodman?”
He huffed a few times, clearly not used to running, “Lady Witcher, I am so glad you are here. We desperately need your aid. We sent runners to the Aerie for assistance but have heard nothing. There is a dragon prowling about at one of our mines.”
Keira cocked her head, a dragon? Most of the dragons in the area had been hunted to extinction by the Griffons. And another fucking mine? It was almost enough to given a person a complex. For there to be a dragon here, when so many of their kind had been hunted down, there had to be something more going on. No, she needed to take her time with this one and get a clear idea of what was going on, “Very well Goodman.”
She took her bow, arrows, and saddle bags from her horse, shifting the sihil that she had sheathed across her back, the dwarven hiltless blade shifting comfortably. “Can someone stable and care for my horse? I’ll take a look at your issue and see if it’s something I can take care of. Do you have witnesses?”
“Aye, we do.”
“Bring them to me at the inn and I’ll see if I can get what I need before going out. You are aware that this is not a cheap hunt.” Keira would have gone after the dragon anyway, but being paid did help with weapon and armor maintenance, let alone keeping her fed and housed.
“Aye Lady. The whole village knows. We have raised funds to take care of this issue.” The earnest look on the village headman’s face was certainly a sight to see. Maybe living so close to the Aerie had put them in a better mood when dealing with Witchers? Usually people were not this nice to her.
With a nod, Keira headed towards the inn, first drinking one of her Swallow potions, to fix the aches she had been letting time heal. Too many potions could kill her and she tried to be in the habit of healing naturally when she had a chance. That, and they had a bad tendency to turn her eyes black and darken some of her veins. Regular people rarely appreciated the look.
She dearly hoped that this was not a true Dragon as Witchers avoided hunting them, as the were sentient creatures who were also dying out. They were also very strong and extremely dangerous. No, she hoped that someone was just overly worried about a Forktail or maybe a Wyvern, either of which weren’t too difficult if you were prepared. They were a kind of dragon so it wouldn’t be completely innacurate.
Conversation stopped as she entered the tavern, but given that was what usually happened, Keira only tangentially noticed. Since she had left the Aerie and started along the Path it had simply been a factor of her life. Not a pleasant one to be sure but hopefully none here would want to string her up for being… unnatural. There was an open table near the door that would hold her gear as needed and she could do her preparations there.
A younger woman, who looked familiar, came over, wiping her hands with a small towel. “What can I get you Lady?”
“Ale and something to eat.” Once she had placed her order, she raised the volume of her voice to be heard throughout the building. “The headman has asked me to hunt your Dragon. If you have seen it, please come tell me about it.”
That brought back the noise, though less lively than before. Thankfully the pennywhistle that had been making a tune was stopped. The instrument hurt her sensitive hearing. Reaching into her quiver she started pulling her arrows free, working on getting her weapons prepared. Someone dressed as a miner came over, hat in hand, looking all nervous. She quirked an eyebrow at his approach but spent the time looking over her arrows, making sure they were all battle ready, especially the Samum and Grapeshot, as stunning and fragmentation usually worked on most creatures, with Grapeshot being rather effective on most draconic creatures.
The miner shifted uncomfortably, before saying, “Begging your pardon m’lady, but I’ve seen your dragon.”
Raising an eyebrow, Keira turned her full focus onto him, her amber colored eyes took in everything. He stammered a bit as he continued, “It…it ca…came to our mine and chased us out. Three of us were killed when that happened and I fear the beast ate them.”
That sounded bad. But this was at least the start, “So, you got a good look at it?”
“It was at dusk, but we’d been down in the mine so our vision was fine. The beast had wings, legs, and it roared at us when it swooped down, snatching up poor Tomas first. Fire consumed Ivan, who was carrying the lamp. A sweep of the tail took down Jochim as the rest of us fled, our ears ringing from the roar.”
“Did you see how many legs it had, specifically?”
“No lady, maybe four, maybe two, I’m not sure.”
“What color was it?” Keira kept things pointed, hoping to wrest more information out of the man.
“Dark colored I think.”
So far this was not overly helpful. She needed more to get an accurate assessment of this dragon. “Anything else you can think of?”
“Nay lady, it was vicious, coming out of nowhere. That happened five days ago.”
Keira nodded. ‘Thank you.”
Her food, a thick stew with a hunk of bread topped with butter, came along with her ale. A few coins covered the cost of the meal and while she ate, she pondered. The description the miner had given wasn’t too helpful, but it didn’t sound like a true dragon. And of the options she had considered, it sounded more like a Forktail than anything else, as they were extremely aggressive. If the one carrying the lamp caught fire it could just as easily have been the lamp that caught him aflame and not some breath weapon. And powerful tail sweeps were a common Forktail tactic and other draconic beasts. She hoped that there would be a few more witnesses who might give her more detail, but she had a starting point. So long as it wasn’t an actual true Dragon, she should be okay.
A few other people came up while she ate and checked her gear, but their details were about the same level of helpful. She did have several people mention the two legs specifically, which eliminated true dragons. Roar, tail swipe, guy burst into flames, but no one saw the creature itself breathe flame. Keira was in basically the same spot she had been earlier. When the waitress came back Keira realized what was familiar with the girl, she looked a little like her mother more than anything else. If she was near sixteen or older… had she really been gone that long? Keira hesitantly asked, “Excuse me, is your father the Tanner?”
“Aye, that’s me Da.” She looked very surprised. “How’d you know?”
“I’ve been to this village before,” stated Keira flatly.
The girl looked really interested now and perked up. “Do you know my older brother, Kade? He went up to the Aerie before I was born and should be in your school.”
Keira steeled herself, realizing that the truth would not be a good thing in this particular case. It was possible that the revelation of the Trial of Clay could cause their nominal friendly neighbors to rise up and assault them like had happened before. History lessons had covered the various assaults on Witchers and the few times pogroms were attempted. No, though it hurt her heart she would have to lie to her little sister. There was no way she could understand. “Kade? Yeah, he made it through the Trials and is down south. Last I heard he was heading towards Toussaint after a meddlesome pack of werewolves.”
“Really? He’s doing good? I can’t wait to tell my Da.” She replied excitedly, eyes growing wide.
“Tell your Da what Gretchen?” The voice came from the door. Both Keira her sister turned to look at the figure standing in the doorway. Keira swallowed hard, someone that she hadn’t seen in well over a decade, her father.
“She knows Kade.” Gretchen pointed towards her, a smile on her face.
“Aye, do you now?” Her father headed over to the table, sitting across from her. “We’ve not seen him in ages. But my boy is still doing good?”
“Like I told your daughter, he’s probably in Toussaint right now. His training took him down south and he stayed there.” Keira lied smoothly, feeling her heart twist at being unable to say anything else.
“So, my boy has done well has he?” Her father looked very interested, Gretchen still hanging on every word.
“Surviving on the Path is always impressive. A Witcher’s life is hard. From what I’ve heard he has saved a fair number of villages and towns from monsters, like Drowners, nekkers, to even Bruxa.” This hurt far more than she had been expecting, which given that she had never even thought about this reunion happening in over a decade was saying a lot.
Her father puffed up with pride. “That’s good. I wanted my boy to have a better life than being stuck here in our town without enough work to keep him fed. Thank your school from me. It means a lot to know he’s doing well.”
Keira didn’t trust her voice at the moment, so simply nodded, taking another pull of her ale. She went back to inspecting her gear, wanting more than anything to get out of here and away from this. Her father stood and said, “Well, let’s not be a bother. Thank you, Lady, for going after the Dragon.”
Another nod, eyes concentrating on her arrows for fear of tears spilling. How un-Witcher like would that be? People thought them cold, heartless, stripped of emotion but the truth was far different. Her sister went off to serve another table a round of ale, and her father joined some of his mates at another table. Keira shook her head slightly to get what if thoughts out of her head. This was her life and telling the truth would be the worst thing she could do to them. She had the weapon oil she needed, arrows, her blade, she just needed to get out of here and go kill this ‘Dragon’ or whatever it actually was. The pain from staying would be too much. She needed to hurt something.
Keira fights the dragon, mostly
Chapter 5
Keira followed the directions to the mines she had been given, quiver on her hip, bow in hand, sihil on her back, grumbling to herself. The trail the miners took was very clear, with cart ruts that would have announced how important this area was even without her own prior knowledge. The mines here were currently the biggest source of income for the village, so being blocked from one was a big deal. The standard of living was going up thanks to recent discoveries in the mines and she had little doubt that she would be paid well for the job.
No, what got her was the fact that she had not expected to see her father, let alone the sister that her mother had been carrying when she had been taken to the Aerie. Life had been crazy and she hadn’t exactly forgotten them but her life was so far removed from that village and those people it was almost as if she didn’t live in the same world anymore. And how the hell would she explain the fact that she was female? Telling her father that magic had changed Kade into Keira would surely get turned against the Aerie and that would be bad.
That the village was her own was nearly enough to make her flee. If her father and sister were there that meant more of her family and she wasn’t sure she could handle that. If it weren’t for the fact that the village headman said that messengers had been sent to the Aerie for assistance she would have just left. Well, she would have tried to leave. Could she really leave her family to the attacks of a Draconic creature? Fuck, she shouldn’t have come this way home, but after that fight she wanted an easy ride.
Snorting in irritation, Keira realized that this was not going to be easy. The Swallow may have eased the pain but it didn’t actually cure things per se. Maybe she had rushed a bit more than she should have, desperately wanting to get away from her father and sister. Memories of her family and how there was no way they would accept her as she was now hurt. It was easier to look forward and concentrate on her hunt, rather than deal with any of that. She needed to be smart not maudlin, and get her mind focused on the hunt. Forktails were dangerous and without being ready it could be disastrous.
Recalling the trail signs the various miners had told her, she could see she was nearly there. Crouching down in the lengthening shade of a tree, Keira applied Draconid Oil to the blade of the sihil, making sure that the blade oil would add that little bit of extra damage that would be helpful. Once the blade was coated, she applied it to the points of her various arrows. The increase in damage was not immense, but any little bit helped.
Checking her potion bandoleer, Keira rechecked her potion load. Two vials of Swallow were at the top for fast healing, Golden Oriole was next for the poison spines that were possible on a Forktail, Thunderbolt to ensure she hit harder, and Tawny Owl to help her stamina if the fight went on too long. At the bottom she had a White Honey potion, in case the potions grew too toxic to her system. Too many and even her potion tolerant system would collapse. Then there was the extra Thunderbolt she planned to take just before things started. In all honesty, she was as ready as she could be.
Taking a deep breath and letting it out slowly, Keira started back up the trail, measuring her steps more carefully to avoid any untoward noise. Surprise was always an effective weapon against drakes. The trees began to this and she could see through some of the branches the mine entrance. The beams holding the cover over the entrance were thick, holding racks with various gear. There were a few mounds of excess rock and dirt, an upside down mine cart and of course the bodies.
Knocking an arrow equipped with Grapeshot, Keira crept closer to the mine’s entrance, eyes scanning the ground and the skies. The scent of spoiling meat was evident, which was likely from the dead miners but she was so familiar with that smell that it no longer fazed her. She saw the gnawed upon bodies and focused on any slight movement from the mine. The bite marks were rather substantial making her realize that it was a rather large beast.
Noticing the burned body, something bothered her about the sight. It didn’t look right. The burns seemed to only be on half the remaining body, as if the flames hadn’t come from spilled oil, but that couldn’t be right could it? Forktails did not breathe fire and it was likely are Forktail. She moved closer, hoping for a better view.
Before she could near too much, there was a screech from inside the mine and something moved rapidly out of the dark. Keira drew her bow to full length and waited. What she saw rush out caused her to curse under her breath and release the arrow a moment too early. The arrow missed the head and blew out a support beam of the awning overhanging the entrance. Dirt and wood fell onto the broad head of the mottled grey slyzard, distracting it for a moment, allowing Keira a chance to duck behind a tree.
“A fucking Slyzard! Fuck! Right… think…” Her thoughts raced back to her classes under Margarethe, the head of the Kestrels. The lecture ran through her mind as she pulled free another Grapeshot arrow. Right, if you’re caught out and find yourself facing a Slyzard or Dracolizard, know you’re not completely fucked. Yes they are nearly Dragons and strong and fast. Yes they breathe fire and have a sonic blast. Yes they have venomous spines in their tail. But they sure a hell aren’t as smart as Dragons. Don’t try anything fire on them, as it doesn’t do anything. Aard can knock them from the sky if you catch them right, so focus on your timing. And use Quen as often as you need. Most armor isn’t designed to take that sort of damage and neither are you, so the added protection can be what saves your life. Be smart, use range, and when they can’t take off any more, close for the kill. And if you’re really really lucky you just might manage a shot into the mouth with Grapeshot right when it is getting ready to breathe fire. That is one explosion you want to duck, unless you want to get knocked ass over tea kettle by flaming slyzard bits.
Right, she could do this. She was still armed and had the tools she needed. More arrows would be better but this was what she had. She was committed to this hunt and besides, what was she going to do, run and let a pissed off fucking slyzard go down to the village and kill everyone?
After a quick Quen, Keira rolled around the trunk of the tree, bow fully drawn, and aimed for the head. The arrow screamed through the air and slammed right between the beast’s eyes. When the smoke cleared, Keira could see some blood but mostly rage in its eyes. Well, she was in for it now. A broadhead arrow followed up the Grapeshot, hoping to punch a hole into the head. The arrow hit and imbedded but did not penetrate the thick skull.
After a few steps to free itself from the mine, the Slyzard took to the sky, rapidly gaining altitude with strong beats of its wings, churning up dust. It dodged another Grapeshot arrow, making her curse. It had been aimed at the membranes on a wing and would have partially crippled the creature if it had hit. It circled the clearing around the mine once, did a wing over and sped down towards her, wings tight to the body. Keira dove to the side as a ball of flame impacted where she had been, nearly singing her hair.
She rolled to her feet, bow drawn and let fly a broadhead at the wings.
The membranes were similar to a bat’s wings, so a decent tear would incapacitate the wing. That would certainly bring it down. The slyzard swerved and the arrow flew wide of the mark.
Another wing over brought it into a dive and as Keira readied an arrow for a mouth shot, the sonic blast tumbled her over and dazed her. The ground shook as it landed, and a tail whip flung her through the air and into a tree. There was a flash of orange as the Quen broke and she got to her feet, dodging behind a tree, avoiding the lunge from the Slyzard, jaws snapping on empty air.
Her deep breaths felt like knife wounds. likely she had a broken rib from the tail strike. Everything ached. She tossed her bow to the side, undid the snaps holding her quiver on her, and dove from another lunge. She rotated during the roll and came up facing the slyzard, drawing her sihil. A swiftly cast Quen would help protect her.
The slyzard circled her, looking for an opening, before leaping for the sky. A swift Aard knocked it from the air and Keira rushed in. Her first strikes were to the creatures left wing, cutting off a chunk of the lower wing, and slicing some muscle, grounding it for sure. She pirouetted for another strike.
A head slam was not something she expected and it slammed her to the ground, the quen shield flaring orange and eventually breaking after stopping a rake from one of the back claws. A swing of her sihil and another aard allowed her to get to her feet, after a quick tumble to get free.
Leaping over a tail swipe, Keira managed to wound the creature’s flank, the magical blade digging in fairly seriously into the creature’s upper thigh. The slyzard’s head snapped her direction as she leapt back and before she could another exploit that wound another sonic blast caught her right in the face.
Flinging her back and into another tree, dizziness nearly made her throw up, and drop her sword but training beaten into her helped her roll out of the way of the follow up attack. In quick order she used the loose rock for cover, drank down a Swallow and a Tawny Owl, the combination helping her regain some stamina and lose some aches. She cast another quen, to add to her protection, though it was harder because of her head spinning.
The slyzard leapt at her, both claws seeking flesh. The quen flashed, blunting the attacks, and only one claw managed to puncture her armor and tear into the muscles of her thigh. Aard mostly shoved it off her and she rolled, right into a tail strike. She screamed as she flew through the air, since one of the tail spines found the hole in her armor, the poison starting to burn through her blood.
Slamming into the ground, Keira rolled uncontrollably for a bit before coming to a stop, gazing up at the sky. She sat up some and saw the slyzard with its mouth open, preparing for a fire blast. Looking down she spotted her quiver and snatched up the remaining grapeshot arrow and hurling it with all her might into its mouth.
The explosion was magnified as the fire blast added to everything. Brains, bone, muscle, blood, viscera of all sorts rained down on Keira, who gagged at the smell. Feeling the poison working on her she drank down a Golden Oriole, feeling it start to work before she just collapsed on the torn-up earth, flicking a glob of something from her face.
Lying there in pain, Keira stared at the remains of the slyzard, blood leaking from the gaping neck. While turning in the head was traditional, maybe they would accept a claw as proof that she had done the job? Yeah, a claw, or maybe a whole foot. She laid on the grass and moaned in pain, the potions burning through her blood helping her heal.
Fucking slyzard.
* * * * *
The sun was setting when Keira limped into the town, one claws hanging from her back as proof of her kill. All work and sound stopped as the gore covered woman with a rough bandage around her thing made her way towards the center of the village. The tavern emptied out making for an even larger crowd to see her in all her wounded glory, wonderful. She spotted the village headman hustling over, eyes wide at the sight of her. “Lady Witcher, are you alright.”
“I have your creature right here. It wasn’t a dragon but a slyzard, which is nearly as nasty. It shouldn’t bother you ever again.” She dropped the claw at the feet of the headman, who stared at it wide eyed.
With voice trembling, he held out a large and heavy looking bag towards her, “Your pay.”
With a nod of thanks, Keira took it, impressed with its heft, and turned, hoping to find somewhere to bathe and sleep, definitely in that order. Lots of hot water to get the damn viscera out of her hair. It was all she could think of at the moment. Horses could be heard heading that way so she turned to face the village entrance, eyes tired but alert. In rode the leader of the Kestrels, Margarethe, armored and clearly ready for battle. Keira smirked at the woman who looked at her in surprise, “You’re late.”
* * * * *
Jaskier was looking at her was a difficult to understand expression. There was something working behind his eyes that she couldn’t quite figure out. “You saved your own village and they didn’t recognize you. Going home and for it to mean nothing, even after that battle. How… sad.”
“You got lucky,” stated Geralt, before she could say anything in response.
“Correction, I got very lucky,” pointed out Keira, well aware just how close she had gotten to death in that fight.
“Hmmmm.”
Jaskier brightened a little, smiling at her in some delight, “Yes, I think I can do something with that. The fight was suitably epic, the stakes higher than first thought, a funny bit at the end. Yes, I can work with that. Thank you, Keira. I shall immortalize you in song!”
Keira was about to say something when Geralt cut in gruffly, “Don’t thank him. It only encourages him.”
Jaskier frowned at Geralt and huffed, riding forward a bit and taking out his lute, beginning to work out some cords and a melody. Keira shook her head in some amusement, looks like she might actually become famous. Look how well that had worked for Geralt.
The Black Kestral
Keira and Geralt talk and arrange a job
Chapter 6
While Jaskier was charming everyone at the inn, singing and spinning tales of both Geralt’s adventures and other peoples, Keira and Geralt were sitting in an out of the way corner, tying to be unobtrusive. It was generally working, to the point where it took more work to flag down the waitress, who was gazing at Jaskier longingly. After she took their order, Geralt said, “There goes another soon to be heartbroken maiden.”
Keira giggled, “Really?”
“Seen it a hundred times. Jaskier comes in, charms the pants off people, sometimes literally and then we leave with them pining for him. It’s actually kind of obnoxious,” commented Geralt, before taking a drink of his ale.
“And you’ve never been one to love them and leave them?” teased Keira, nursing her own ale. It wasn’t bad but too bitter for her taste.
Something passed over Geralt’s face and she wasn’t able to figure out what it meant. Clearly things were complicated for the White Wolf if even all she had to go on were Jaskier’s ridiculous songs. “Not as such.”
“So, you stick to working girls?” probed Keira.
“Why are you interested in my sex life?” countered Geralt, looking up from the table and glaring at her.
“Curiosity mostly.” Keira passed a hand over the crowd. “Having any kind of relationship with someone… normal I guess never seems to work for me and I was wondering if it was the same for you.”
“Things are… complicated. There are a lot of things going on that make anything akin to that problematic.” Grumbled Geralt
Jaskier walked over and took a drink of the ale he had bought earlier. Having caught a bit of the conversation he smirked over at Keira. “Ask him about Yennifer and his kid.” He set the drink down and took off, chuckling.
Keira raised an eyebrow, “Child? How do you have a child? The Grasses sterilizes us.”
Geralt waved a hand dismissively, “It’s not like that. She’s not really mine.”
Keira was enjoying Geralt’s discomfort, though she was confused. “So you have a child that is not your child… how does that even work. And this Yennifer… the same as from one of Jaskier’s songs? The sorceress Yennifer of Vengerberg?”
Geralt rolled his eyes, “Yes, things between Yen and I aren’t easy. There are several issues there, the least of which is the damn Djinn. And Ciri is not my daughter, but I guess I’m the closest she has to a father after her parents died.”
“That doesn’t really clarify anything. Her parents are dead and now she’s your daughter? Where is she?”
“She is a Child of Surprise. I claimed the Rite of Surprise and then we found out the person’s wife was pregnant. They died in a storm from what I’ve learned. So yeah… I’m her parent.” explained Geralt, taking a slice of bread and laid some cheese, salami, and onion on it. “She’ll be finishing classes at Aretuza soon and Yennifer will be bringing her back to Kaer Morhen. Jaskier and I need some stuff from Oxenfurt so we are trying to get there and back before she returns.”
“What are you looking for? I’m trying to find a few works on the Wild Hunt. I’ve run into them a few times and it was not good. They’re hunting something from what I could gather and that makes me worried. Not an overly talkative bunch but persistent. I want to find what they’re after and keep them from it.”
Geralt’s eyes flashed and narrowed looking at her. “The Wild Hunt you say?”
Keira watched him closely. This was an interesting development. “You as well?”
The nod was barely perceptible, as Geralt’s eyes scanned the area to ensure that there was no one eavesdropping. Lowering her voice, she asked, “Does Jaskier know?”
“No.” Geralt’s voice was blunt, emotionless. “He thinks I’m escorting him back to the school. I’m doing it to get at the library without needing to answer any questions.”
“Maybe we can help each other out?” offered Keira.
“Maybe. At least so long as our Paths overlap.”
“Why Geralt, don’t you like me?” She fluttered her eyelashes at him and made little kissy faces at him. The White Wolf only scowled at her, which made her grin in amusement. After a few moments, she focused again, “What is it about them that you’re after?”
“I have reason to believe that someone is after Ciri and the Wild Hunt is one of the possibilities. I would rather eliminate that possibility before something happens.”
Keira nodded. “I do hope your Ciri is not their target. I’ve ridden through villages they’ve destroyed, apparently looking for a fleeing girl. They tried to get into Brokillion Forest but the Dryads refused them entrance.”
Geralt looked around and nodded, “Let’s not discuss this here. There are too many ears and its getting fuller.”
Keira nodded. This might be a safer topic away from prying ears, because who knew how the Wild Hunt got some of their information. The lovesick waitress came by again, still gazing lovingly at Jaskier. With some effort they ordered some more ale and sent her on her way.
Geralt and Keira looked up at the first few notes of the next song. Both of them recognized it and it might not be the best choice right now, if they wanted to stay unobtrusive. Unfortunately it was also one of the songs Jaskier was most well known for. “Toss a coin for your Witcher, O valley of Plenty…”
* * * * *
Two young men came up to Keira and Geralt a short while after the song, clearly drawn in by the descriptions in the song that matched one of the table occupants. They looked nervous and hesitant. Geralt looked up from his ale and cocked an eyebrow in question. It took a moment but one of them hesistantly spoke up, “Uhm… begging yer pardon, but you’re a Witcher, aye?”
“Yes.”
“Uhm… well… we have a problem and could use the help. Something is eating our livestock and it’s not wolves or nuthin we ken. We can pay ye.” replied the bolder of the two.
“That’s helpful.” Geralt added, not overly helpful.
“See… we have… there’s been… I think we have something haunting our fields.”
This got the attention of both Witchers and as one they leaned forward. “Haunting your fields? What does it look like?”
The other man moved forward, looking nervous, “t’was a ghostly skeleton in a dress.”
“And when did you see this… apparition?” prodded Geralt, trying to drag more information from the man.
“The middle of the day. We was working the fields when it rose up and attacked.” Added the braver of the two.
Keira leaned forward, looking them in the eyes. “Is this a new field?”
Both men looked at each other, confused before answering, “Aye Lady. Tis a new field in our rotation.”
“Did you find any bones?” She pressed on.
Both men’s eyes grew wide. “Bones?”
Geralt took up the thread, easily following where Keira was heading with her questioning. “Yes. If it’s a noonwraith it may be reacting to the disturbance of where it was buried.”
“So, investigate the site in the morning and then face it around mid-day,” offered Keira.
Geralt nodded, “Makes sense. And if there are any signs that can point us to who was murdered that can be something to investigate as well. So we can fully lay the wraith to rest.”
“Murdered?” both men looked appalled.
Keira smiled at them, watching their discomfort, “Yes, most hauntings of this nature are because the spirit feels violated and wants to strike back. That usually is due to murder rather than being randomly killed by some highwayman.”
Geralt focused them back on him as he asked, “How long has the field been fallow?”
“Several years.”
Keira nodded, looking at Geralt. “That’s a wide span to be hunting through without any real idea where the body is buried.”
“We just need to find the bones and what ties the spirit to this plane, then we can take care of it.”
Keira turned back to the two men to ask, “Have there been odd disappearances or the like in the last several years?”
The two Witchers faced the men expectantly, though the men looked terribly unnerved. The Witchers shared a look and Keira asked, “Are you gentlemen alright?”
“Murder?” one of the men said, somewhat pale in the face.
“Yes, murder. It happens. Likely some woman or girl from your village who vanished or ‘left’ years ago coming to an unpleasant end. That could account for the positioning of the haunt.”
Both men went quiet then and Keira could see through their looks that there was certainly something more they could tell. Question was, would they? Could they admit to themselves that one of their neighbors had likely killed a young woman and buried her in an unused field? Keira asked, “How much do you have?”
“Uhm… 200,” said one man.
Keira shook her head, “For a haunting? Surely you can do better than that?”
She caught Geralt’s side eyes and smiled slightly. The men pulled back and conferred, before the other man came up and tossed a heavy pouch onto the table, “All we’s got is 273 coins. Will that do?”
Geralt nodded and pulled the coin pouch towards him. “It should. We’ll head towards your village at dawn. Be ready.”
The men scampered.
Keira looked at the White Wolf, “You know they suspect who it is and who might have done it.”
“Yes, that’s obvious.” Geralt took a sip of his ale. “This is not going to be pretty.”
“Wraith’s never are. If they don’t tell us who the woman was it might not be an easy thing to put down the spirit. Maybe for a day or two but certainly not for good.”
“Then we’ll have to make that clear on the road. If we talk tactics and they overhear, they might find their spines and let us know this bit of information. That’s worked for me before.”
Keira glanced to the bard playing his lute by the fire. “What about Jaskier?”
“That’s why we leave at dawn. He’ll be up late and will sleep late. We’ll fetch him when we’re done,” said Geralt.
“Won’t he follow?”
Geralt snorted. “Yes, but if we leave at dawn then before he figures things out, we might be on our way back.”
Keira shook her head. The bard would be an extra complication but he might be able to charm the information they really needed from the men. If not, then all they had was their skill. Hopefully it would be enough to put to rest an unquiet ghost.
by poetheather
Some sort of transformation has affected Ron and Hermione cannot find a cure. Can the two of them stay together through all of the stress of this transformation? Are the twins to blame? Why is Luna involved? And just what does Ron do in the Department of Mysteries anyway? All this and more will be answered.
Ron Weasley has always managed to find himself in all sorts of trouble. Time and time again he had bumbled through things. Now he has bumbled into something wholly unexpected.
This is a work of fiction using the characters created by J.K. Rowling. They are not used with her permission. All actions follow the events of Book Six of the series. Any similarity between any person living or dead is purely coincidental and unintentional. If you happen to find your life reflected in this piece I’ll be impressed.
The Chalice and the Wand
by poetheather
Story ideas by poetheather and Wintermoon
Chapter One
Ron slowly awoke, true consciousness eluding him, blinking his eyes. He moved back from Hermione a little and slipped a foot out from under the comforter. It was a little bit cold and he really didn’t want to leave the warmth of the blankets but his bladder was rather insistent. He really needed to go. He moved a bit farther away from her and started getting out of the bed. Hermione mumbled a bit as he moved away.
He sat up and his sleep fogged mind noted that something was off. He felt odd, like his balance was off or something. And was the room larger? ‘Maybe I’m getting a cold?’
He padded towards the lavatory over the wooden floor. Again he could tell his body was moving differently, his hips moving strangely. His chest also felt strange, heavier. Parts of his chest felt tight from the cold air on his shirtless torso. He also was holding up his pajamas up with one hand, as they were trying to slip from his body. Ron really was too tired to care. All that really registered was his desire to pee and then climb back into his warm bed with his fiancé.
A faint smile stretched the corners of his mouth as he felt his love for Hermione fill him. It had been three months since she had accepted the ring from him. The ring had been the very one his father had given his mother years ago. Since it looked like Ron would be the first Weasley boy to marry he was given the ring. He could hardly wait.
He didn’t bother turning on the light in the lavatory when he got there, as he knew where everything was. Ron stumbled his way to the seat, lifted it and set his feet, his eyes faintly closed. He let go of his pajama bottoms and they fell to the floor, obviously larger than before. Ron reached down to grab his penis in order to aim as he started to pee. He grabbed his opposite thigh as he felt a warm spray began to trickle down his legs.
Something was really wrong here. That wasn’t supposed to happen. Ron opened his eyes to look down and figure out what the problem was so he could fix it, before he soaked his pajamas. As his eyes opened he saw his new firm breasts move with the rise and fall of his breath and his exploring hands could feel that he had no penis, just a fleshy gash. His eyes grew wide is shock.
Ron took in a deep breath, screamed in fright and passed out cold on the floor.
* * * * * *
Ron awoke with a foul smell assaulting his nose. He blinked his eyes open into the light, waving a hand in front of his face to clear the air. He was lying flat on his back in some sort of puddle, looking up at the wide eyed Hermione who asked, “Ron, are you alright?”
“Uhn…I had the weirdest dream ‘mione, where I was a girl. I think I screamed when I realized I had no penis. What happened?” Ron’s vision was still a little blurry; he could see Hermione and these two pink mounds on his chest. As his vision cleared and the mounds didn’t disappear Ron yelped, “Bloody Hell!”
Hermione sighed and rolled her eyes, smiling down at Ron. “Honestly Ronald, how do you manage to do this to yourself?”
“Me? I didn’t do anything. Ewww…let me get out of these wet pajamas.” Hermione helped Ron to his feet. Ron noted that she didn’t have to work as hard as she had before. He seemed lighter and smaller as well. He was able to look Hermione in the eyes, something he hadn’t been able to do since their third year. She had always needed to look up at him after that year. Now they were eye to eye, with maybe Ron actually being a hair shorter.
“Ick.” Hermione steadied Ron as he swayed slightly while pulling off the wet and still slightly warm pajamas. He tossed them into the clothes hamper and used a towel to clean up after himself. Hermione handed him a warm washcloth for him to wipe his legs clean. The feeling was odd, as if his skin was more sensitive. “Uhm…’mione, do you have any idea how anything like this could have happened?”
Hermione looked thoughtful as se stared at Ron. “I don’t think it could be a switching spell. Perhaps something from dinner last night had been cursed or laced with some sort of potion? Why don’t you put on your robe and come to the living room. I’ll put the kettle on and get my books.”
She smiled at Ron, kissed him on the cheek and headed off to her books. Ron ran his hand through his hair. It was still the same length it had been when he had gone to sleep. He turned to the mirror and looked at himself, a little afraid of what he must look like. His reflection looked like an older and slightly different version of his sister. He could still make out his face, as the pattern of his freckles hadn’t changed, but it was odd. His eyes were also the same but there was no denying it. He had a girl’s face now. Among other things.
Ron shuddered. He was cold inside and out. His nipples were crinkled tightly and that hurt. He hustled out of the lavatory and put on the robe his mother had knitted for him, with a big R on the breast pocket. It now swam on him a great deal more than it had before, enveloping his smaller body. The yarn felt different on his skin as well. He did notice that he had also lost pretty much all of his body hair. ‘That would certainly explain why I am so bloody cold right now.’
Ron walked over to where his clothes from last night were piled on the floor. He grabbed and pulled up his underwear. They slid down after he let them go, no longer fitting his waist. Ron went to his dresser and pulled out another pair, this one rattier and older, and pulled them on. They slid off him as well. He sighed, belted his robe tighter and headed out of the bedroom.
Hermione already had her face buried in a book, the large volume Curses through the Ages by Phygria Tourdalles. She had a quill jotting down the notes she was mumbling as she went page by page through the tome. Crookshanks was rubbing up against her leg purring. The kettle was starting to whistle.
Ron took the kettle off the stove and poured the hot water into the two mugs Hermione had already gotten down and placed tea bags into. He could smell the Irish Breakfast tea waft up from the mugs. He smiled, glad she had gotten his favorite out. He really needed something nice at the moment. Ron got down the honey, looking forward to the tea soothing his stomach, which churned unhappily sine the discovery of his missing penis and maleness.
When the tea was ready Ron carried her cup over to her and placed it near her right hand. “ ‘mione, your tea.”
She murmured her thanks and kept taking notes, her quill scratching away on the parchment. Ron sat down opposite her, sipping from his mug. The hot, honey sweetened tea was nice and helped to calm his jangled nerves. He defiantly needed that. The caffeine was also nice, helping him to get more awake, since he felt pretty sure that he wasn’t going to be able to get any more sleep that night. Waking up to this new body was defiantly a shock to his system. He leaned forward, resting on his elbows and felt his breasts yield against the table. It felt odd and it startled him. He sat back upright, managing to avoid spilling his tea. He shook a little and wiped the sand from the corners of his eyes.
Hermione sipped occasionally from the tea and smiled, as Ron had again managed to get the honey just right. She put down the mug and flicked her wand, sending the book whisking back to the bookshelf filled with her other magical reference books. She had already amassed quite a collection. She grinned at her fiancé. “Well Ron, this doesn’t seem to be as bad as all that. Apparently this was a very popular curse in the fifteenth century and there are several variations of the spell. I have written down the counterspells and I am ready to give them a try. Are you ready?”
“I guess so. I mean I can’t bloody wear this robe all day now can I?” said Ron, gesturing to himself, catching one of his breasts with the edge of his hand. He eeped in surprise.
Hermione rolled her eyes and delicately picked up her wand. She looked back over her notes one more time and smiled at Ron. With a soft gesture she spoke, “Quidam Restituo.”
Nothing happened.
Hermione looked a little flustered at this. Her eyebrows moved closer together as she frowned in concentration. “Quidam Restituo!”
Nothing happened.
Hermione huffed and looked back down over her notes. She scanned the page quickly and looked up again. “Perhaps it was this other spell. Incanto Homo Repeto.”
Nothing happened.
“Incanto Homo Repeto!”
Still nothing happened.
“Solvo Mutatio!”
Ron sat there looking up at Hermione expectantly. He couldn’t figure out why it wasn’t working.
“Solvo Mutatio!!!”
She dropped her wand on the table, her irritation plain on her face. “Honestly! I’m sorry Ron but this does not seem to be a traditional curse or transfiguration. Perhaps I need to look into the possibility of some sort of antidote being needed?”
Ron sighed. He had hoped this would be an easy fix. If there was a cure out there Hermione would be able to find it; she really was clever. She had even managed to invent a few new spells that she had turned around and sold. That helped with their money and kept her from having to work at any other job other than spell research. His job at the ministry wasn’t necessary but Ron really liked it. Working in the Department of Mysteries kept him from running into either Percy or his Father. He really enjoyed it.
Hermione was busy working through another big tome, getting more notes, a wrinkle forming between her eyebrows as she concentrated. As she continued to read she began to frown. “Ron, I know you won’t like this idea but I think we need to talk to Professor Snape. I think we will need his experience with potions. It would really help.”
“Do we really have to talk to that git? I don’t want him to know what happened to me.” whined Ron. He frowned, not wanting anyone to hear about this.
Hermione sounded exasperated when she replied, “Ronald, Professor Snape does know more about potions than I do. I can’t think of any potion that could do this to you and stick. Polyjuice certainly doesn’t work that way and my books don’t mention any other possibilities. I just want to Floo him.”
“Alright.” humphed Ron. He padded over to his favorite armchair and sat in it. He had more room in the chair now so he shifted about until he got comfortable, with his legs tucked up next to him. That seemed to do the trick.
Hermione looked over her shoulder at the now female Ron. He looked really cute and totally feminine. She wasn’t used to seeing him this way and it was a bit unnerving. She really wanted to fix this. She grabbed some Floo powder and knelt by the fire. She tossed it into the fire and said clearly, “Hogwarts, Severus Snape.”
Her vision shifted and she was looking into Snape’s rooms at Hogwarts. She looked about but didn’t see the hawk nosed professor, however Harry was lounging on a chair in a pair of boxers reading the Daily Prophet. She was a bit surprised to see him. “Harry?”
Harry looked up, taken aback by the sudden voice and spotted Hermione’s face in the green flames. He smiled broadly at her, his hair tousled as normal. “Hermione! It’s great to see you. How are you and Ron doing?”
“Uhmmmm…..he’s okay.” evaded Hermione. “Is Severus there?”
Harry turned his head away from the fire for a second. He turned back and replied, “Yes. Let me get him.”
Harry moved out of Hermione’s line of sight. She looked at the austere furnishings of Professor Snape. She could however see a few touches of Harry’s presence in the few splashes of color. Soon the severe brooding Snape walked up and gazed into the fire. His expression was unreadable as usual. “Granger.”
“Hello Professor. I have a potions question to ask you.” She asked politely.
“Really? Something you don’t know? What would that be?’ asked Severus, with an eyebrow cocked upwards.
“Well, are there any potions that can turn a man into a woman?” asked Hermione hesitantly.
“Trying to spice up your love life I see, Ms. Granger. Surely, you of all people are aware of the Polyjuice potion.” replied Snape as he lifted an eyebrow disdainfully. “Trouble with the Boomslang skin?”
“Some thing more permanent than Polyjuice.” she said, looking flustered. “I have consulted my books and I couldn’t find any reference to such a potion. Is there anything that can do that?”
Snape’s eyes flicked off to her side and widened a little in surprise and amusement. He smiled thinly. “I take it then that Mr. Weasley has had an accident?”
Ron grumbled from behind Hermione at those words. She smiled weakly at Snape. “Something like that. It isn’t some sort of curse or transfiguration as far as I can tell. I have used several countercharms but nothing seems to work. And since it has been over an hour since this has happened Polyjuice has been ruled out.”
“I see.” Snape’s dark eyes narrowed in thought. Hermione could almost hear the wheels turn in his mind. Harry looked concerned as he stood behind Snape. “There was a rare potion used by the Ephesian Mystery Cult that was rumored to have such an effect. There is doubtless an antidote. Otherwise, I know of no other potion.”
“Thank you Professor. Do you have any other information on it?” asked Hermione, whose eyes sparkled in excitement at the prospect of brand new information.
“I would check the Library at the Ministry Museum. They might have a copy. Other than that, who knows?” Said Snape, his lip curling disdainfully.
“Thank you very much Professor. Don’t worry Harry, we’ll call back later. If I have any questions Professor I’ll call back. Good bye.” Hermione pulled her face from the fire and the flames returned to normal. “Did you hear that Ron? If I find that I should be able to cure you.”
“That’s great!” Ron beamed at her. He then thought of something and his excitement faded, as its realization set in. “Uhm…’mione?”
“Yes dear?” replied Hermione quizzically.
“How long do you think this will take? You know, to brew?” asked Ron, nervously.
Hermione thought about it, eyes narrowed in thought. “I’m not sure. Certainly it shouldn’t be as long as Polyjuice potion, but it could be. So, certainly no more than a month after I am able to get the directions.”
Ron looked crestfallen. He looked over his changed body, felt overwhelmed by emotion and began to cry. This confused Ron even more and added to his tears. Hermione’s eyes widened in surprise and shock at Ron’s response to the news. She rushed over and hugged her fiancé, concerned. His changed body felt odd and wrong under her arms. It made her a bit uncomfortable. “Ron, what is it?”
“Oh, Hermione, what am I supposed to do about work? I can’t just leave for a month. And my work was going so well.” Ron was able to choke out an answer between sobs.
“Should we tell them what happened?” asked Hermione gently.
“No! Yes. Maybe. I don’t know. I had hoped you could fix this really easily so I wouldn’t have to be like this for long.” Ron slowed to sniffles, wiping his eyes on his robe.
Hermione looked ready to say something and then it was obvious to Ron that something new occurred to her. “Ron, do you think your brothers could have done this?”
“Fred and George? I suppose they could.” Ron admitted. “They would find this whole thing tremendously funny.”
“Oh! If they did this I will curse their ears off! I’ll talk to your mother.” Hermione was obviously getting angry and worked up. Ron shifted back away from her. It was safer to not be in the way of an angry Hermione. “I should Floo her or we should apparate in and tell her straight away."
“Am I supposed to go like this? In my bathrobe?” asked Ron incredulously, hoping to forestall the impending row.
“Well, your clothes obviously won’t fit you anymore. You should be able to wear something of mine for right now. Maybe Ginny has some things that she can let you borrow until we get this all sorted.” responded Hermione.
Ron followed her to their bedroom, shuffling his now smaller feet. What had happened to him? Why was this happening? He didn’t want to be a girl. He had never even thought about it or what it might be like. And now here he was, a girl. His body felt weird and he wasn’t looking forward to facing Fred and George about this. They were probably very pleased with themselves. When he made it into the room Hermione was busy looking through her dresser for things.
She pulled out a pair of bra and panties, made of both satin and lace. They were really feminine. Ron shuddered as she handed them to him. “Here you go Ron. Put these on.”
“But ‘mione…don’t you have anything…you know…less girly?” He looked up at her with sad and pleading eyes.
Hermione rolled her eyes. “Ronald Bilius Weasley, you were the one who said that you liked how I looked in this kind of underwear so I bought all matching pairs, just for you. You wanted me in this and it is all I have.”
“What about those pairs of plain white underwear?” asked Ron. “You wear those occasionally.”
“Sigh…Ron, do you really want to wear the panties I wear during my period?” replied Hermione patiently.
Ron made a face and said, “Ick..”
“Honestly Ronald…” sighed Hermione. “Just put them on.”
Ron took the pale blue panties with lace trim and pulled them up his legs. He shuddered as the soft material sent chills up his already cold body. The panties were a little loose on his waist, but not by a lot, and they sat very differently than either his boxers or briefs. They certainly hugged his body more, even when a bit loose. He sort of felt that his bum was falling out of them however.
Ron looked at the matching bra and tried to remember how Hermione put one on. He knew how to take one off, even mastered the one handed back closure release but putting one on? He put his arms through the straps and pulled the elastic around behind him. He struggled with it for a while before he found the eyelets for the hooks. The cups were resting on top of his breasts so he pulled them down over his new protrusions. It didn’t feel comfortable at all. He wondered how women could stand wearing these things.
Hermione walked out of the closet with a blouse and a pair of her jeans and giggled when she looked at Ron. She came over, unhooked Ron and untwisted the straps, straightening the whole thing out. “Ron, bend down and pull your breasts into the cups. They will sit better that way. I promise.”
Ron bent over at the waist and reached into the cups and pulled his new breasts up and into them. It felt odd, really odd. The flesh was smooth and soft and a bit squishy. They actually moved when he pulled them up and they did settle into the bra. The cups were a bit loose on him but the strap was comfortable. He stood up and looked at Hermione.
She smiled at him and handed him the jeans. He pulled them up his legs, but what was odd was how they were a lot tighter than his own jeans. He felt like they were almost a second skin. The waist band was a bit loose but the seat of the jeans was a bit tight. He knew they looked good on Hermione but he was sure he looked stupid in them.
He was then handed a t-shirt with ¾ sleeves. It looked like any longish sleeved shirt, except for the more feminine colors. Ron sighed in acceptance and pulled on the shirt. the material was softer than his own shirts.
Hermione had gotten dressed quickly while Ron was having some clothing problems. She tossed him a pair of socks and a pair of her older trainers. They were a bit small for Hermione which meant they should now fit Ron. Ron put them on without complaint.
After they were both fully dressed Ron and Hermione walked into the living room and retrieved the pages of notes. She knew she would need them when talking with Molly and with the twins. She picked up her wand and Ron got a hold of his. The walked to the closet, got out their light jackets and put them on. It was a bit cool outside, since British fall was not the warmest or driest.
With a quick incantation they were standing outside of the Burrow. Ron knocked on the door and they both could hear Molly bustling her way to the door. His mother opened up the door and her eyes brightened when they saw Hermione. “Hermione! How wonderful to see you dear. Why don’t you and your friend come inside for a spot of tea? Here for a visit?”
Ron was incredulous. His mother didn’t recognize him.
“Your friend looks familiar. Do I know her?” chattered Molly, continuing on as they moved into the kitchen.
Ron sighed, “Mum…”
Molly stopped and really looked at Ron. Her eyes widened in shock and then she yelled out, “Fred and George Weasley! What have you done to your brother? Oh…when I get my hands on those two! Please sit down you two, Want some tea? I have a few chocolate biscuits, if you want.”
The two complied and nodded at Molly. After she handed them their tea and set down a plate of the biscuits Molly excused herself. After a few moments they could hear her yelling a howler. She returned with a red envelope and smiled brightly at them. “Are you going to be able to stay for lunch? Ginny is coming by for a visit and she hasn’t seen either of you in weeks.”
Molly called over Errol and handed him the Howler. The old owl flapped erratically into the sky and out of sight. Molly continued to bustle about with her chores. Finally Hermione spoke, “Molly? I think we need to talk about this before the twins get here.”
“Certainly dear. Do you have any idea what happened?” asked Molly, finally sitting at the table.
“None at all. Ron woke up this morning like this and we don’t know why. I have tried a few counterspells that I found but nothing that helped. I even spoke with Professor Snape about things and he gave me a few ideas. That was when I reasoned that the twins could be involved in this.” explained Hermione. Ron just sat there feeling miserable. Just how soon would his whole family know about this?
Ron was ignoring the chatting and drinking his tea. Even the chocolate biscuits failed to help his mood. He headed off and into the living room. He wanted some time to himself. He sat in one of his favorite chairs and curled up again. Ron shook a little, but not from the cold. So many things had happened to him over the course of his life that he should be able to cope with weird things. After the war there were a lot of things that didn’t faze him any more. And working in the Department of Mysteries gave him a whole different set of weird events to ruminate over. But nothing had occurred like this.
He just wished that things would go back to normal. He could feel a hollowness within himself that seemed to be an opposite of how he had been. He had certainly never felt anything like that before. And he felt weaker. His arms were thinner and he felt like a stiff breeze could knock him over. He drifted off to sleep in the chair, fretting over what had occurred.
Hermione was busy in her conversation with Molly. She was explaining what she had done in an attempt to fix the problem. She went over the various incantations with her and things turned to different things. “I am not sure what to do Molly. He almost looks like Ginny. It is unnerving.”
“I know what you mean. Ron looks really odd. He looks like a girl, completely. I just hope the twins have a way to reverse what they have done to him.” Molly looked over towards the living room. “I hope he is dealing with this okay.”
Hermione looked a little worried. “He is hanging onto the fact that I can fix this. I have already tried what I know. If they twins can’t fix this then I have to do more research. I am afraid that this could take a while. I don’t know how he will cope with being a girl.”
Molly looked over into the living room as well. “You may have something there Hermione. It’s not like he hasn’t been teased by his brothers a lot. Maybe he will be okay.”
“Maybe. I am just worried about him. He had so many issues during school with feeling like he was less than his brothers. This might make things worse, especially if Fred and George did this.” Hermione stirred her tea absently.
They both heard the crack of someone arriving. Ginny walked in a moment later. She saw Hermione, squealed, ran over and hugged her. “Hermione, I didn’t know you were going to be here. Is Ron here?”
Molly and Hermione stared at each other for a moment silently, trying to figure out where to start. Ginny looked between them and then asked. “What’s wrong with Ron?”
Molly said, “He’s in the living room.”
Ginny looked confused and headed into the living room. She suddenly eeped and ran back out. “Ron’s a girl?”
The two others nodded, looking concerned. “How did this happen? Was it Fred and George?”
Molly nodded. “It is the kind of thing that they would do.”
Ginny sat down heavily at the table. “It’s weird, he looks a little like me.”
Again the other two nodded. Ginny kept on talking, “So what are we going to do?”
Hermione sighed. “I don’t know. I have done some research into this already and have no real answers. I hope I can fix this.”
Molly shook her self. “Well, let’s at least eat. Hermione, why don’t you wake Ron when the food is ready.”
Molly began bustling around, preparing lunch. Ginny leaned in and whispered to Hermione. “So, does he kiss the same?”
Hermione turned red to her ears at the question. “I don’t know. I haven’t touched him.”
Ginny looked confused and cocked her head, “Why not? He’s still your fiancé.”
Hermione looked flustered. “But he’s a girl. It disturbs me to even think of it. I’m not interested in girls.”
“But it’s Ron.” Ginny looked worried. “He is the same person, only changed by some sort of magic. It’s not his fault this happened, so why punish him?”
Hermione shifted in her seat, uncomfortable with the question. “I’m not punishing him. It’s just that when I get close to him all I see is girl and not Ron. It makes me sick to my stomach. I have never kissed a girl and never intend to.”
Ron walked into the room, wiping the sleep out of his eyes. He paled a little when he saw Ginny. His sister merely smiled reassuringly, “Afternoon, Ron.”
“Uhm…Hello Ginny. How are you doing?” he asked a little worried. He wasn’t really comfortable seeing her when he was like this.
“Not too bad, better than you it seems. You doing okay?” she asked, obviously worried about him.
Ron shrugged, feeling better for her concern. “I’m doing alright I guess. I am a bit stressed over this. I have no idea what to do if I have to stay like this. How am I going to explain this to work?”
Ginny smiled and giggled. “Simply tell them that you decided to have a change of pace in your life.”
Ron giggled. He stopped and his eyes went wide. He had expected a chuckle to come out. “Uhm…what was that?”
Hermione and Ginny were smiling at Ron. Ginny spoke up. “Ron, I have no idea why you giggled but that was what that was. That sounded odd but don’t worry about it. Probably comes with the body.”
Ron nodded and sat down at his usual seat at the large table. Molly brought over plates of Bangers with Bubble and Squeak for everyone. Ron smiled; he liked both of these dishes. He dug into the food happily. He stopped before he was half way through what he had served himself, already full. He looked longingly at the rest of the food but he was unable to put any more into himself without making himself sick. He sat back in his chair and drank some more of his butterbeer.
There really hadn’t been a lot of talk at the table. Ginny had caught everyone up on the events of her life. Her work kept her busy as she was busy chasing down the last of the death eaters. She was enjoying her work as an Auror and was doing quite well. She worked with Harry occasionally and it was well known that those two made a great team much feared by the remnants of the Death Eaters. She saw more of Harry now than Hermione and Ron did. She also spent time with Snape as well. She kept trying to get Ron to realize that Snape wasn’t a git but actually a fairly nice person who treated Harry really well. Ron was still rather anti-Snape and didn’t want to even think about the beaked nose Professor. Let alone his hand in their getting together.
While Ginny was talking about one of her and Harry’s last cases Fred and George walked into the house. They were both dressed in their really nice green dragon hide suits and looked as if they had just left the office. The two tall red heads had filled out a little and no longer were beanpoles. They looked irritated and glared at their mother. Fred began, “What is the point …”
“…of sending us a howler?” finished George. “We haven’t done anything.”
Molly quickly stood and began her diatribe, gesturing wildly and angrily. “How could you two do this to your brother? Your jokes have got to stop! This one was not even remotely funny. Did you even stop to think about Ron’s feelings in this? Hermione’s? I don’t think so. This was a mean joke and you should both have known better…”
Fred jumped in when she took a breath. “Mum, what joke are you talking about?”
George followed quickly, knowing that the secret was to not let their mother build up a good head of steam. “We haven’t done anything to Ron in months. Work you know.”
“Yeah Mum, we are businessmen now, with really hectic schedules. We don’t have as much time to plan jokes for Ron.” followed Fred.
“I suppose you expect me to believe you when you say that you didn’t do this to Ron?” Molly gestured towards where Ron was sitting.
Fred and George looked confused at the girl that their mother was pointing to. They then noticed the freckle pattern and the way she was blushing. Their eyes grew wide in surprise, and then their grins spread across their faces. “Merlin’s Beard…”
“…its ickle Ronnie diddlekins!” The twins fell into each others arms laughing.
“How could you two do this to Ron?” demanded Molly.
“Mother, really, if we did this to Ron…” started George.
“…don’t you think we would own up to it? So what was it? Polyjuice? A curse, jinx, what?” ended Fred.
Hermione looked bothered by this. “I was hoping you two would know. I haven’t been able to figure it out yet.”
Now the twins looked worried. they knew just how powerful a witch Hermione was. “Ronnie here is a girl…”
“…and you don’t know why? What can we do to help?”
Molly, Ginny and Hermione all shared a look. They hadn’t really considered what it could mean for the twins not to have done this to Ron. They were counting on the two of the mischief makers to be the culprits. Hermione looked again through her notes, maybe these two could do something. “Well, if you didn’t do this to Ron, perhaps you could help me find a cure.”
“Consider it done. Do you want us to find out who did this as well?” asked Fred, looking a bit irritated at the affront to their brother.
“Yeah. Only we have the right to turn Ronnie here into a girl.” remarked George, scowling a bit.
“Don’t call me that!” growled Ron.
“What? Ronnie?” asked the twins.
“Don’t call me that!” Ron’s voice was growing louder and more strident. He glared at his brothers angrily.
“But ickle diddle Ronnie kins, we have been calling you this for years.” said George, opening his hands up, confused at Ron’s outburst.
“We can’t very well stop now. It would be unnatural.” added Fred. They both smiled innocently at Ron.
Ron glowered at the twins, his anger at them building. Ginny used a hand to restrain Ron, as he had started to stand up and reach for his wand. Molly glared at Fred and George, still clearly upset but derailed from her accusations. “Well, it’s a good thing that you two hadn’t done this. I would have definitely jinxed your ears into cauliflower. Just imagine what your father would have done to you, let alone Hermione and Ginny.”
The twins smiled at their mother and nodded. They pulled up chairs and joined the others at the table. Hermione repeated the whole story to them and the twins seemed amused and alarmed by the tale. Ron just seemed upset and sat with his head down as the events were recounted yet again. After a while he walked back out into the living room to get away from it all. He plopped back into his chair and worried what he was going to do now?
He really had hoped Fred and George were responsible for this curse. If they had been, he would be a guy again right now. He might even think it might be funny in a few weeks. But they hadn’t done this to him. The twins never really lied to their mother and they would definitely have owned up to this one. It definitely would have ranked right up there with their best pranks. What was he going to do if he was stuck like this? He didn’t want to be a girl, but now he was. His bladder was getting full and he knew he needed to take care of it but he was scared and unnerved.
Finally he got up and went in to the bathroom. He thought about it and realized that he needed to sit down this time as standing only worked for wetting himself. He dropped his borrowed pants and knickers, sat down and went. It felt odd and it was really loud. When he finished he stood up and pulled up his underwear. A bit of urine trickled down his leg. “Bloody hell.”
He got some toilet paper and wiped himself clean. Now he knew why Hermione wiped. He shook his head and finished getting redressed. He walked out of the loo and back into the kitchen where they were still talking about this event. He turned as the kitchen door opened and watched as his father walked in.
Arthur Weasley stared at the woman standing before him. She looked familiar but he was sure they had never met. “Who are you?”
“It’s me Dad, Ron.” admitted Ron, a bit embarrassed about being a girl. Now everyone in the family would know.
Arthur gaped at Ron for a moment and then yelped, “Ron? Ron! Fred, George, what did you both do to your brother?!”
The madness that consumes Ron Weasley continues. Now with Luna Lovegood!
This is a work of fiction using the characters created by J.K. Rowling. They are not used with her permission. All actions follow the events of book six of the series. Any similarity between any person living or dead is purely coincidental and unintentional. If you happen to find your life reflected in this piece I’ll be impressed.
The Chalice and the Wand
by poetheather
Story ideas by poetheather and Wintermoon3
Beta by redpiratemel
Chapter Two
Luna lazily brushed the hair from her face as she looked over her notes. The story on Nargles should go over quite well. She had received several recent reports and sightings to update the story and knew it would help make that issue a great seller, maybe as good as the one with Harry’s interview. Maybe.
Luna thought about Harry. She hadn’t seen him since the War had ended. Ron had been giving a healing draught to both him and Snape. He looked nearly dead there, lying on the ground, bleeding. She had left once they knew Voldemort was dead and that Harry lived. She needed something other than war and death around her. She had found some peace in Salem for a while, meeting many American Witches and Wizards. They were very different from the ones she had known in England. They talked differently for one thing.
One of them, Melificent, had awoken her to the joys of women. The softness of breasts, the perfect way they spooned together, the delicious taste which made her drool with the thought. Luna had never felt anything so wonderful or so fulfilling in a way that snogging boys never had. She had happily spent some time in the lesbian scene in America but felt the need to come home. She knew her father needed her and that the Quibbler could use her help as well.
Telling Meli that she was leaving was one of the hardest things she had ever done. She had truly loved the other girl, but when Meli refused to come over to England with her, Luna had little choice but to leave. Luna had gotten used to knowing what to do, and doing it. The War had taught her how to make the difficult and painful choices that often arose in life. She still missed Meli, especially on cold nights when she had no one to cuddle up against. But the American had made her decision quite clear and so had Luna.
Luna continued writing her Nargles story. It was almost long enough and then she could finish. The skritch of the pen was actually rather soothing. Maybe it was time for her to talk to her friends again. She hadn’t heard anything at all about Ron, Ginny, Hermione, Neville, Cho or any of the other members of Dumbledore’s Army that had survived the war. She’d heard about Harry and Snape and the scandal their pairing up had caused. That bit of news had even been reported in America, through the several competing newspapers. Luna had seen several pictures of them and thought they made a cute couple.
She pulled her shawl tighter and returned to work. Her mind seemed to be drifting horribly lately. Maybe it was due to Nargle venom? She would have to look into remedies for this. She definitely didn’t want things drifting this much.
Maybe she should go to some of the pubs around the area. Some of them were nice and she might run into some of her old friends. If nothing else, she could always look them up in the Floo registry and get a hold of them that way. She probably wouldn’t do that as she wasn’t comfortable intruding in that manner. While some things had changed about her other things hadn’t. She had forgotten the taste of butterbeer and she remembered liking it. Maybe she should take a little time off to relax and maybe to relax more often then she was. She had moved and immediately started up with working for her dad. Maybe she needed to actually look around to get a feel for the country again. She stretched and looked back down at the page.
She shook her head to try and clear it again. It wasn’t working. She stood up from her desk and walked over to her kitchen to put the kettle on. Maybe what she needed was a nice cup of tea, and maybe one of the chocolate biscuits she’d had lying about. Perhaps a bit of a snack and a break would make the work easier for her to accomplish. If she got this article into her father before morning, it might just make it into the next issue. That would definitely help fill the article void he had been talking about.
She poured herself a mug of hot water and dropped in an herbal tea bag. She liked mint tea, it was soothing and she loved the smell. It didn’t go perfectly with chocolate biscuits but a little dissonance was good for the soul, or so she fervently believed. She liked it and tried to keep things a little off balance around her. Luna firmly believed that chaos was the source of growth and endeavored to have chaos about her, to encourage her own growth and others.
The tea and biscuits certainly did hit the spot, but she still didn’t feel like she could finish the article. This was rather frustrating. Maybe she would feel better after a shower or maybe have a nice soak. She could use her dicta-quill while she was in there. That way she could relax and still be able to finish her story. “Accio Scroll.”
With the scroll in hand she headed into the bathroom and drew a nice warm tub with flower scented, multicolored bubbles. She always liked bubble baths; they made her giggle.
She looked around and realized that she didn’t have the quill she needed either. “Accio Quill.”
The pink quill sailed into the room and hovered over the scrolls page. She undressed, letting her clothes fall to the floor, kicking her panties towards the hamper. She giggled when they actually managed to make it into the basket.
The water was just right and soothed her aches. ‘This is wonderful.’ she thought. ‘I hope other people get to enjoy this.’
* * * * *
Hermione grabbed two towels and Ron’s robe and set them down near the bath. “Here you go, Ron. This should help you relax. Why don’t you climb into the tub and I’ll see what I can do to help. A mug of tea will be up here in a moment. I’ll put out some of the night clothes Ginny got for you on the bed.”
Ron simply nodded as he looked at the water in the tub. Their tub wasn’t as big or as nice as the Prefects’ tub at Hogwarts. Even with Myrtle peeking in all the time it was nice. Their tub was nice though. It was a white ceramic tub that had charms on it to hold in heat and to keep from spilling.
After she left and pulled the door closed, Ron dropped his robe and stepped into the water. It felt silky from the bath salts that Hermione had added to the water. The water was warm and felt good as he lowered himself into the tub. He leaned back and exhaled. What a crazy day it had been. He really did need to relax, something which his work on the horcruxes scarce afforded him. He was also a bit worried about what Ginny had gotten him to wear.
Ginny had gotten him a few things to wear as they were close in size. She had flooed to her apartment and grabbed him some of her older things. Thankfully none of them were skirts. He still felt odd about having her underwear. He was looking forward to getting his own clothes, despite the fact that they would be girl clothes. He really hoped that Hermione would be able to find a solution to this stupid problem. He wanted to go back to his old jeans and baggy t-shirts that he wore when not working. He had to dress nicely for work so he slobbed around all other times.
He sighed and just tired to relax in the tub. He was a bit lower in the tub than he usually and the water had heated the ceramic tub nicely. His eyes were closed and he breathed in the spicy scented steam rising from the water. Though he did not know what bath scent it was it was fragrant and relaxing. He felt a bit energetic somehow. Why hadn’t he used any of these before?
His arms hung loosely in the water. His body felt really warm and sweat began to bead on his forehead. It was nice, even when the sweat dropped in trails down his face. He raised his right hand to brush his face.
Ron’s arm pressed against his right breast as he moved his hand. I was odd, realizing that he had two new additions and one glaring subtraction. He opened his eyes and looked down at himself. His breasts were almost floating and he could see the tangle of red hair that hid his…well, he wasn’t sure what he wanted to call it. His pussy? He shuddered a little at how absurd and odd that sounded. Maybe he could just have a little feel, to see what it was like.
Gently his hands traveled down and through the hair. Immediately he could tell a difference. There was a stronger sensation there. Running his fingers through the red triangle of his pubes was very sensual. He tugged lightly on it, remembering some of the things Hermione liked. His fingers seemed different as well; his smaller hand and thinner fingers really felt delicate and had a much lighter touch. He traced the top of his cleft slowly, his eyes closing with the tingle of new sensation.
All that ran through his mind at that moment was that lecture Snape had given to all the fifth year boys - the pictures Snape had shown them and his comments. Ringing the doorbell? Yes, that was ol’ hook nose had said. Maybe he should give it a try. Sometimes Snape had gotten a few things right, maybe this was one of them.
He slid his hand lower until Ron could feel the clitoral hood; he was now getting to feel this new part. He slid lower and his body shivered with how it felt. As his fingers kept moving he could feel a warm pleasure building. A moan escaped from his mouth and he froze. He moaned? What the…?
Ron quickly removed his hand and could feel his face burn hotly. His body wanted release and he wanted to feel that sensation again but he was so afraid of what he felt. It felt good, too good. He might like it too much. Ron pulled his hands from the water and he scrubbed his face, trying to clear the memory of the event. He shook his head and rose from the tub. He stepped from the water and dried off quickly, pulling on his robe. With a flick of his wand, the tub started to drain.
He walked into the bedroom and pulled on his new pajamas, the ones Ginny had given him. They were cotton and of a fairly plain color. Thankfully they were not very feminine. But the cotton was softer than any of his other pajamas. Maybe he wouldn’t mind these after all.
The warm mug Hermione had brought him was heating his hands — it wasn’t his favorite tea but it was close. He realized that Hermione probably realized that he needed the Chamomile to be able to sleep tonight. She took such great care of him. Hermione made him happier than anyone else ever been with. All those girls in his sixth year had meant very little to him in the end. Hermione had been grumpy about all of that and in the end he had realized what he had really felt for her. Their last year, the war and everything had brought them so much closer. When they had managed to actually survive against He-Who-Must-Not-Be-Named, he had asked her to marry him. When she’d said yes it was one of the happiest moments in his life. They had moved in together and started their lives together. They were both happy when he had gotten the job with the Department of Mysteries. Her independent work was a real boon for them as well.
He sat on the edge of the bed and looked over at the bookshelf. There were two books of spells that Hermione had published. They were all really good spells and very useful. He had managed to learn a few of them himself. Ron was still amazed at how good she was at magic. He had known she was good at magic since their first year together but she had only gotten better and better. He doubted that anyone was as good with spells, especially with both Dumbledore and Voldemort gone. He felt certain that she was currently the strongest Witch alive, and the fact that she wasn’t able to get rid of this curse worried him. What the hell could have happened to him? “Bloody hell, just my luck,” he muttered.
He was tired and wanted to sleep. Maybe he would wake up in the morning and this would be gone, the curse would be lifted.
* * * * *
Hermione sat in her comfy chair and looked at the fire. Her thoughts were drifting but still circling around the same issue. What was she going to do about Ron?
He was a she and despite what Ginny had said Hermione was having a lot of trouble with this whole situation. She wasn’t attracted to girls and Ron was now a girl. Just the thought of kissing this girl Ron churned her stomach. It wasn’t right. Ginny might be fine with kissing girls but she wasn’t. She wasn’t even fine thinking about Ginny and Tonks. She was fine with Harry and Snape but girls loving other girls seemed unnatural. Something uncomfortable turned in her whenever she thought about it, which seemed to be constantly today. The issue had always been there, ever since sharing the bathroom with other first years. Watching two girls snog made her feel…all out of sorts.
Hermione hoped that she could find an antidote to this particular issue as she really didn’t want to give up Ron. She loved him, and this whole issue made her crazy. It called into question her love. Was it even love anymore? She didn’t know what to do.
Ron was upstairs, asleep in their bed, and she couldn’t bring herself to sleep in the same bed as another girl. She had to do it a few times before at Hogwarts during the war and other events, like when all their beds had vanished and there was one large mattress with five girls, and it had been…uncomfortable. She still felt twitchy about those events, especially when the other girl had spooned against her. The feel of the other girl’s breasts pressed into her back still made her shiver. She had never been able to get that sensation completely out of her mind. It came back occasionally and made her stomach flop. That night she had gotten no sleep.
She would rather kiss Draco Malfoy than another woman. And now it seemed that she was destined to find out what kissing a girl would be like unless she could find a way to fix things. Could she really bring herself to kiss Ron since he was now a girl? Could she sleep in the same bed as Ron since he was a girl? Just the thought of a girl’s body against her’s made her feel odd.
She drank her tea and stared into the flames. Maybe, just for tonight, she would sleep on the couch. Hermione could make it look like she had fallen asleep studying. Ron would believe that, as she had done it before. She really didn’t want him to know what was bothering her. Ron might not understand her reluctance and she didn’t want to upset him, as he was going through enough. She sighed and returned to the book she was reading on obscure curses of Africa. She had to find that cure so she could get her fiancé back.
* * * * *
Hermione left early, before Ron woke up. She wanted to get to the Ministry Library when it opened so she could find that book Professor Snape had mentioned. She wanted to find the antidote as soon as possible so she could get back to a normal life. Ron, as a girl, was decidedly not normal.
She apparated into the foyer of the library and headed to the entrance. The guard looked up and noted her approach. “Mornin’ Miss Granger, back to look at the books are you?”
Hermione smiled. “Yes I am. I’m looking for something specific this time, so I may not be here long.”
The guard waved her in. Hermione walked past the guard’s booth and through the heavily warded double door that marked the entrance of the library. The library was huge, filling several stories with the collected tomes of generations. It had especially grown since the height of the British Empire when British wizards had traveled the world and had stolen or purchased various foreign tomes and grimores. The books were extremely well cared for, and the collection was more extensive than the library at Hogwarts — one of the few things the Ministry had that was superior to the school.
Hermione walked toward the reference desk wanting to get some help. The tome that Professor Snape mentioned was possibly in one of the special collections and she would need to get special access to those rooms. As she neared the desk she saw that it was Marge Potelswaithe at the desk. Hermione smiled; she would have little trouble getting into any of the special collections.
Marge turned and spotted Hermione heading her way. The older lady smiled broadly and pushed her glasses farther up her nose. “Hermione dear, what can I do to help you?”
“Hello Marge. I’m looking for a book recommended to me by Professor Snape. It is a book of the Eleusian mysteries and their spells and potions. Either that or the cult at Ephesus.”
“Ah…yes. Those are in the special collections. It’s a three-volume set and covers several of the ancient Greek mystery cults. Let me take you there — I’ll need to let you in to the room myself.” Marge grabbed a large ring of keys and headed towards the stairs down. Hermione followed wondering what kind of books needed this level of protection.
After going down several levels of stairs they reached a plain looking door. Hermione had always thought it had been a broom closet. Marge took one of the keys and unlocked the door. She motioned Hermione inside, following after her.
They were at the top of another flight of stairs. These looked old and worn, made of stone. When they reached the bottom they were standing in front of a large wooden door with silver runic symbols inlaid. Hermione could feel the age and power of the magic from the door. Her eyes widened in surprise. This was something she had never heard of in this library.
Marge pulled a key off of the ring and pulled another off a chain around her neck. She then placed the keys in two separate locks and turned them both simultaneously. Hermione could hear the sounds of several locks unfastening and then the door slid slowly open. The room on the other side was dark. Marge smiled at Hermione. “You go on in. When you’re inside, please close this door. If you don’t, the stairs will disappear as you try to walk on them. Enjoy.”
With that Marge turned and walked up the stairs, tapping the railing with a key. Hermione turned and walked into the dark room. As she entered, the room filled with light from various magical sources. Before her were shelves of many old-looking books. Her eyes widened in delight and she walked toward them, almost drooling in anticipation.
Hermione looked through the titles and found the three-volume set that Marge had mentioned. All three of the books were thick and heavy. She pulled out the first one with some effort and felt glad that the reading table was close to the shelves. It impacted the table with a heavy thud. Hermione’s arms were aching a little from the exertion. She opened the text and looked for a table of contents and found nothing. The book went straight into a description of a cult. It did not seem to be the one she was looking for. She turned the pages, scanning the material for any mention of sex-changing spells or potions. She was unsure how long this search would take. She opened her bag and pulled out her notebook and quill, and got to work. This looked promising.
* * * * *
Ron awoke a little groggy. He didn’t hear any sounds in the house and figured that Hermione had gone. She did that a lot when she was busy focusing on her studies and research. He sat up and looked down at himself. The breasts were still there. He sighed, really disappointed and slid out of the bed. There was a small drop to the floor as his feet didn’t touch the floor from the top of the bed any more.
He padded into the bathroom and emptied his bladder, remembering to wipe this time. He did it just like he had been told, from the bottom to the top, since he had only peed. It felt odd and he wasn’t used to it. However, he figured if Hermione couldn’t find the cure quickly he just might have to get used to it. He looked in the mirror and the girl’s face looked back at him. He smirked. At least he wouldn’t have to shave.
Ron went into the room and got out some clothes to wear. He got out a pair of plain pale green panties and the bra his sister had gotten him. He changed into them and then looked around. The bra did feel good, holding up his breasts, but he didn’t like how it felt after a while. Taking the one he had worn last night off was a nice feeling as well. Thankfully this bra was just plain white.
He got out one of the pairs of pants that Ginny had given him. They weren’t jeans but they were soft and stretchy and looked comfortable. He pulled them on and felt them form to his body. They did were smooth and cool on his hairless legs. He pulled on a ¾ sleeve black top with a hood on it. It was cotton and also looked comfortable. There was a bit of colorful stitching around the neck and cuffs but that was all. He grabbed some socks and the shoes Hermione had let him use yesterday and headed into the kitchen.
He pulled on the socks and shoes and tried to think of something for breakfast. Ron figured that maybe some toast and tea would be nice, as he didn’t want to go through the effort to really cook a lot of food. He popped two slices of multigrain bread in the toaster and set the kettle on to boil. When the toast was done he smeared on the butter and marmalade, and then got out his mug and some Irish Breakfast Tea. That would be nice. While the tea was steeping he got out the honey to sweeten his mug. Everything smelled so good and he found himself almost starting to drool.
All in all it was a nice breakfast and surprisingly what little there was filled him up. Things had tasted different as well. That was odd and he wasn’t sure why that could be. He looked at the time and sighed. Since he wasn’t going to work today he really needed to send an owl in to the office. He wrote a quick note that he had been cursed and that it might be a few days until he was able to come into work. He also jotted down that he was planning to do more work with the items from HH and RR. He tied the note to their owl and sent it off.
He looked at the time again and frowned. It was time to go shopping. He grabbed a light jacket of Hermione’s and his wand and waited for his sister to arrive. He sat and looked at the fire while he waited. He was not really looking forward to this. He had trouble shopping with Hermione.
The knock at the door startled him, as he had fallen asleep curled in his chair. He rubbed the sleep out of his eyes and headed towards the door. When he opened it, there were Ginny and Tonks. He hadn’t expected both of them to show. Ginny smiled happily. “Ready to go?”
Ron smiled lightly. “Sure.”
He extinguished the fire with a flick of his wand and pulled on the jacket. He had already noticed that he was getting cold easier. Tonks was looking at him questioningly. “Uhm…Ron, what do you want us to call you while we’re out shopping. I mean, do you really want us to yell out Ron while sorting through women’s clothes?”
Ron blushed at the thought. That would totally mess his life up. “Bloody hell. I hadn’t thought of that. I don’t know. I guess it doesn’t really matter as long as it isn’t Ronnie.”
Ginny and Tonks looked at each other. They both shrugged and Ginny turned back to her transformed brother. “Well, what about Rhonda? It is close to your name and doesn’t sound overly girly, right? I was thinking about this last night, worried about you.”
Ron thought about the name. Maybe that might work. It sounded close to his own and he really didn’t want to be embarrassed by them calling out his name. He really just wanted to disappear. If it weren’t for the fact that he had to get new clothes he wouldn’t be doing this. “I guess so. That should work.”
Tonks smiled as she turned her hair a vivid green. “Well, we should start calling you this now so that you get used to it, and we can as well. Ready to go Rhonda?”
Ron shrugged. “I guess.” He locked the door as they walked from the house. “Where are we going?”
“Well there are some nice and affordable shops in Diagon Alley and there are some in Hogsmeade as well. Where would you rather go?” asked Ginny.
“I don’t know. Maybe Diagon Alley. We could see if Fred and George have thought of anything.”
“Okay. And we can have lunch at the Leaky Cauldron. Sounds good?” asked Tonks.
“Okay.” The group of them nodded and apparated to the Leaky Cauldron.
They arrived in the rear courtyard of the inn and Ginny reached up with her wand and tapped on the stone, causing the wall to open up to the alley. Being a workday, the street wasn’t very busy. Ron was very pleased by this fact. The fewer people who saw him the better he would feel.
Ginny started talking. “Okay Rhonda, we need to get you some underwear, clothes and some robes for work. You can leave the tags on them until you need them. Oh, and some shoes. Let’s go.”
The three of them headed off into the street. The day seemed to be a blur as Ginny and Tonks dragged him from one store to the next, collecting bags of items. Certain things stood out from the others, like when he had gotten measured for his bras and when he was trying on robes. He was amazed how girly he looked. Thankfully, after a few hours they were done. Ron was exhausted by the end of it, though the other two seemed fine.
The grabbed a table at the Leaky Cauldron. While the other two were getting seated Ron hissed, “uhm…Ginny I need to go to the loo.”
Ginny turned to look at him not comprehending the problem. “Well okay Rhonda. Go.”
“Ginny!” Ron was getting a bit wide-eyed.
Tonks stood up, “Come on Rhonda. Let’s go.”
After they returned from the bathroom, where Tonks had made sure the room was empty, Tom came over to take their order. Ron blinked when he had been asked, “And for you miss?”
He had stammered his order and blushed. Tom had just smiled and headed back behind the bar. Their drinks arrived shortly and Ron sipped from his Butterbeer to hide his embarrassment. He was looking anywhere except at Ginny and Tonks, who had taken a moment to kiss each other affectionately. As he looked away he saw a familiar batch of nearly white hair. He turned back to Ginny and Tonks, “Is that Luna?”
The two Aurors turned and looked over where Ron had indicated. They looked at the girl drinking tea over by the fire. Ginny called out, “Luna!”
Luna turned around and looked at who called her name. She saw a table with three women, two of whom she recognized. She stood up and walked over. “Hello Ginny and Tonks. How are you?”
“Doing pretty well. How’re you? I had heard you had disappeared after the war.” remarked Tonks.
Luna smiled. “Not too bad. I was over in America for a while.”
Ginny gestured for her to sit down and join them. Luna sat and Tonks used her wand to call over Luna’s drink. “What were you doing over there?” asked Ron.
“Meeting new people and getting away from war. I just needed some time to do something different. By the way, who are you?”
“Uhm…” stammered Ron as Luna was looking at him closely. She noted the similar features to Ginny and cocked her head, looking at him. “My name is Rhonda.”
Luna shook her head, “Why would you lie to me like that, Ron Weasley, and what happened? Were you attacked by Snarfblattles? They can do things like this you know.”
“Uhm…” stammered Ron some more. “Bloody Hell. How did you know it was me?”
“You look like Ginny’s sister and I know she doesn’t have a sister.” She looked at him with her wide eyes. “So, how did this happen?”
Ginny jumped in. “Rhonda has been hit by a curse of some kind. We’re looking into what happened specifically, trying to figure out what kind of curse was used.”
Luna nodded, noting how Ginny had emphasized Rhonda. “Is there anything I can do to help? I’m working for my father now and I have some contacts I can ask about this.”
“I don’t know. Hermione is busy doing some research and the rest of us are just trying to help Rhonda cope,” replied Ginny. Ron was busy blushing again.
“Rhonda, did you know you’re very cute when you blush?” asked Luna.
Ron choked on his Butterbeer. He got his napkin and wiped his face. “What?”
“Well you are.” stated Luna.
The conversation was interrupted by Tom bringing over the plates of their food. Ron dug into the food, hoping to forestall any other talk as long as he could. Ginny, Tonks and Luna launched into an animated discussion about what they each had been doing since they had last seen each other. Luna congratulated Ginny and Tonks for becoming a couple and told them about her old girlfriend in the United States. Ron looked up at this. He hadn’t known that Luna was a lesbian. This was almost as much as a surprise as when Ginny had let him know about her. He was wondering how Hermione would take that bit of news, along with the fact that Luna was back in the country.
Ron knew that he had some problems with gays. He wasn’t sure why, and was sure that Hermione might not even know why she had issues either. He knew she just felt uncomfortable around anyone who was a lesbian. His problem was one of the reasons that they both hadn’t really seen Harry in a while. Her issues were why they hadn’t seen Ginny. Ron felt odd around Harry and Snape because of his part in their getting together. If only he hadn’t grabbed that love phlither by mistake. Because his mistake had gotten his best friend with his most reviled teacher together, he just couldn’t handle seeing them together. He knew his issue but he wasn’t sure why Hermione felt the way she did. He personally didn’t have a problem with lesbians. In fact, thinking about two women making out was always a nice picture for him while he masturbated.
He blinked when he realized that he was being talked to. “Sorry, what did you say?”
Luna giggled. “I was asking you how you were doing.”
“Uhm…okay I guess. This is a good bit odd but I guess I have to cope with this until ‘Mione can figure out how to fix it. I mean I don’t really want to stay like this,” replied Ron.
“Well, I am glad to have a sister now and I really like being a girl,” stated Ginny confidently.
“Me too. Being a girl is fun, though I get to play at being on both sides of that divide.” Tonks grinned and sprouted a big bushy moustache.
They all giggled at that. “Rhonda, being a girl isn’t that bad. You may just have to get used to it and learn the really good things about being a girl,” said Luna.
Ron nodded. “Okay. I still just hope that I can get back to being me.”
Ginny laughed. “You big dope, you are still you. Only your body has changed. You’re still my annoying older brother, and now my older sister. Just cope, Rhonda. You get to experience something for a while that other people will never get to experience. Enjoy your time as a girl because it will only be temporary.”
Ron smiled. “I guess. It’s just odd you know. I’m shorter, I get cold easier and I have new body parts that I really don’t know how to deal with. I just keep thinking there are only downsides to this whole thing.”
“Try sex like this. It’s a great experience and one you’ll remember forever. It affects your whole body and it’s just wonderful,” said Tonks.
Ron blushed. Ginny noticed. “Oh my God, Rhonda what did you do?”
“I…uhm…touched down there, a little.” Ron could feel the heat on his face building. He couldn’t look at any of them.
Luna reached over and rested a hand on Ron’s arm. “It’s okay Rhonda, we all do it.”
“Really?” Ron looked up, a little surprised.
“Oh yes. The girl’s baths were even set up so you could get a stream of water to hit you just right. It is normal and nothing to be so embarrassed about,” said Tonks. “Besides you could even do it in class, if you sat in the right way.”
Ron looked confused. “How?”
Tonks smiled. “Well, you sit with one foot up and you get the heel into your crotch. You could rub against it or bounce your foot. But that certainly made Binns’ classes easier to put up with. Sometimes I still do it in meetings. It just feels nice.”
Ginny playfully swatted Tonks’ arm. “Pervert.”
The two of them laughed. Ron was surprised. He remembered seeing girls sitting somewhat like that all through school, and he had never known anything. He wondered if Hermione had done that while at school.
Luna stood up. “Well ladies, I have to get going. I have a story on Nargles to turn in. Rhonda, maybe we could talk some more and I can see what I can find out about this…situation.”
“Thank you, Luna.” Ron really did mean it. Any help in returning him to his real body would be appreciated.
Ginny and Tonks waved and Luna walked out to the courtyard. The two lovers looked at each other and then at the clock. “Time to head home Rhonda. We can help you put your stuff away.”
“Thanks.”
The three of them grabbed the bags and headed back to Ron and Hermione’s home.
* * * * *
Luna appeared at her apartment and quickly went inside. She was so excited that she could tell that her panties were soaked. Ron was so sexy as a girl, with his short hair and perky breasts. She just wanted to tear the girl’s clothes off and lick and suck them for a while. She pulled off her blouse and started playing with her breasts through the satin material. Her nipples tightened and she pinched them ever so gently, feeling the near pain but really pleasurable sensation.
She staggered to the couch and dropped onto it, her head propped up on an arm. She plunged her right hand down the front of her pants. She was very wet and her fingers slipped easily up and down, as she spread some of her fluids around her erect clit. She started rubbing her clit, occasionally sliding a finger inside of herself.
Luna could picture Rhonda with her on the bed, naked and kissing, their hands roaming around each other’s bodies. Luna’s kissed down Rhonda’s neck, licking the small gap of the clavicle. Rhonda arched up with that. Luna continued kissing down until she reached the girl’s firm breasts. Luna suckled on one, licking around the nipple, which grew harder under her tongue’s careful work. She nibbled on it lightly and could hear Rhonda gasp in surprise and pleasure. Ronda moaned as Luna began to play with her other breast, occasionally rolling the hard nipple between her fingers.
Luna kissed and licked her way down Rhonda’s body. She licked a circle around Rhonda’s bellybutton and then continued down to her damp and musky vagina. The red hair was thin and soft. Luna nuzzled softly. She settled herself between Rhonda’s legs and began to lick, tracing the lips with her tongue.
Rhonda moaned and ran her hands through Luna’s hair, pulling the girl in closer, deeper into her wet pussy. Luna happily obliged. Luna flicked Rhonda’s clit while she slid her fingers into Rhonda. Luna could feel Rhonda’s muscles tighten about her fingers. She moved her finger in and out, feeling for that special spot. Rhonda’s moans deepened, letting her know she had found it. Luna loved the taste and smell of Rhonda, enjoying every moment of this.
She sucked and nibbled a little on Rhonda’s clit. She could feel the other girl’s hands tighten their grasp on her hair. She closed her eyes and tried to work the girl closer to an orgasm. Rhonda’s breathing got ragged, moans escaping continuously.
Suddenly Rhonda arched up, screaming wordlessly in pleasure. Luna could feel the muscles of Rhonda’s pussy clenching, tightly entrapping the blond’s fingers. She still moved the tips of her fingers until Rhonda came furiously, clutching the sheets and thrashing on the bed.
Luna moaned and came herself, her fingers flicking her clit and pinching one of her nipples. After she stopped and her fantasy faded, she laid there, a tangle of sweaty clothes, the room smelling of her sex. “Oh God. I so want Rhonda. What am I going to do?”
* * * * *
Hermione sat back from the book and rubbed her eyes. She had been reading for hours. Her eyes ached. She had only gotten a fourth of the way through the first book with no luck. At this rate the research was going to take at least twelve days. This was going to make Ron really unhappy.
She stood up and stretched, arching backwards. Her neck was a bit sore from sitting over the book. She did have some notes of things that were interesting and might prove to be good routes of investigation later but nothing so far on what she had been searching for. Hermione left the book on the table, packed up her supplies and walked out of the room. She closed the door behind her and walked to the stairs. She exited the room and made her way up the stairs.
Marge was still at the desk when Hermione reached the top. Hermione glanced at the clock. It was 6:30 in the evening. She knew she had been hungry but wasn’t aware that she had worked all the way through lunch. She was looking to getting home and having some dinner. It would be nice.
Marge waved good night and Hermione walked out of the library and to the foyer. She took out her wand and apparated back home. She made it through the front door and dropped the bag on the couch. A voice called out. “Is that you Hermione?”
“Yes. I’m home.”
Ron came running out to see her. Hermione was surprised to see Ron’s breasts bouncing and didn’t stop him when he hugged her tightly. She could feel Ron’s breasts pressing against hers. She felt flustered and out of sorts by the sensation. When Ron let her go she felt a bit better. Ron looked happy. “Find anything yet?”
“No, not yet. But the books are there. They’re three huge tomes. I only made it a fourth of the way through the first one today. I’m going back tomorrow to keep looking.” She felt bad about not being able to give Ron better news.
“It’s okay sweetie. I know you tried. And at least you found the book. I have faith in you. Want some tea?” With a flick of his wand Ron got the kettle on.
Hermione sat down. She reached up and rubbed her neck. Ron moved behind her and started to rub. Ron’s slender fingers felt good on her neck. The skin was soft and not rough like his hands had been before. She liked how it felt. Ron worked out some of the knots until the kettle whistled. Ron came back with her cuppa and went back to work on her neck.
“So I bought some clothes and stuff. Ginny and Tonks helped me to put them away and move my guy’s clothes out of the way. And we saw Luna today at lunch. She had been in America. “
“Really? How is she?” Hermione had her eyes closed, enjoying the rub.
“She seems to be good. She’s working for the Quibbler and is going to look into this. I have no idea how much help she’ll be but it is nice.” Ron had moved onto Hermione’s shoulders. They were tight as well. “Any idea what we’re having for supper?”
“Honestly Ronald, is that all you ever think about?” She playfully swatted his hand, which kept working on the tight muscles of her neck and shoulders.
“Well, it’s been a while since lunch and I am a bit peckish.”
“I am too. Want to go out to eat? We can go get Italian down at Amerigo’s”
Ron thought about it. True, they had gone out to eat the other night, right before this started, but pasta would be nice. He could really stand to have a bowl of Pasta Carbonnara. He grinned and kissed her on the top of her head. “That would be great ‘Mione. Let me get a jacket and we can go.”
They apparated there and walked on in. The got a table and made their order. Ron had ordered a glass of Lambrusco and Hermione did they same. The red, fruity Italian wine went great with everything that was served there. The waiter took their orders and the food was out to them shortly. Hermione was able to hear Ron while listening to the girl sitting across from her. It helped her to realize that he really was still in there. If only he wasn’t a girl. She really wanted to sleep with Ron and couldn’t, not while he was still a girl. It just wouldn’t be right.
Finally towards the end of the night Ron toasted. “To us.”
They clinked glasses and drank. It was the last of the wine. Ron had turned down the idea of desert, as he was full. “You know, if only they had fortune cookies this place would be perfect.”
Hermione smiled at Ron. Then her eyes went wide. Surely it couldn’t be that? “Ron, do you remember when we got Chinese the other night?”
“Yes, why?” Ron looked confused. He couldn’t follow where Hermione was going with this.
“What did your fortune cookie say?” asked Hermione.
“Uhm…you will soon get something you have always wanted.”
“Do you still have it?”
“Yes. It is in my wallet, back home. Why?”
“I think that may have been the trigger to the event. If so we might be able to fix this.” Hermione sounded excited and sure of herself.
Ron’s hopes soared. Could it really be that simple?
After the bill was paid, the two rushed home. Ron rummaged around until he was able to find the fortune. He looked at it closely. On it was written the words, “You will soon have something you have always wanted.” There was also writing on the back in Chinese.
Hermione pulled her wand free and tapped the slip of paper. A faint glow surrounded the slip of paper. “Yes! I knew it!” crowed Hermione.
“Bloody Hell. Residual magic? Well, what was the spell? The words give the impression of something other than what happened to me,” said Ron as he ran a hand through his hair nervously.
Hermione studied the faint glow. There were different threads of color on the slip of paper. “From what I can tell the spell on this has weakened a little, so it may have miscast itself. It also looks verbal.”
Ron was also studying the glow. “Those lines there connect to the writing both on the front and back. I think we need to find out what the Chinese says. This verbal line looks like an input.”
Hermione leaned in even closer. “I think you’re right, Ron. So whatever you were saying created the format for the spell.”
The color drained out of Ron’s face. “Bloody Hell.” he whispered. “No way. No bloody way.”
Hermione looked confused for a second and then realization hit. “Oh Ron. Only you could find a way to curse yourself.”
“I just thought I was blathering on about how unfair it is that I’m the youngest boy. I never thought…” Ron started crying and hugged Hermione. She held him as he cried, feeling his breasts press into her. She felt awkward holding her transformed fiancé. As he cried her thoughts turned to their dinner that night…
* * * * * *
“I tell you ‘Mione, it just isn’t fair. I get nothing but grief because of being the youngest boy. Fred and George think that because I’m younger I’m fair game. I get picked on all the time and I never know what trick they’re going to test out on me next,” ranted Ron. He was drinking Plum wine and his face was red from the alcohol.
Hermione smiled at him. She had heard this several times before. She could almost recite it, as Ron almost always seemed to let the rant go in the same direction. It was almost like clockwork. Next in the litany would come Percy.
“And Percy, he turns into a git and all I get is prodding to be just like him or something better. So I became Prefect, big deal. I knew I wouldn’t become Head Boy. I never even wanted the position. But all because of Percy I had to be the perfect little boy. Sometimes I wish he had died in the war. Might have stopped her harping on me all the time.” Ron took a big drink of his wine and sat the empty glass down roughly on the table.
Hermione sighed knowing that next would be Ginny, and then this rant would come to an end.
“And Ginny. Girl got to do whatever she wanted. Mom didn’t mind her snogging boys. She never could do any wrong in her eyes. Her precious little daughter. Makes me sick.” Ron broke open his fortune cookie and glanced at the fortune. He snorted and looked back at Hermione. “I swear, sometimes I wish I were a girl, then maybe Mom would treat me better. If I were her daughter, like Ginny, I bet things would be different. Girls get treated better. Life is better for girls. S’not right.”
Hermione smiled at Ron faintly. This was the end of the rant. Now they could go home and do something else. She loved him but she was getting tired of hearing this rant all the time. She opened her fortune cookie and looked at it. “A journey of awakening is the hardest to walk.”
‘Sometimes’ thought Hermione, ‘these things make no sense.
* * * * *
“Hush Ron…”
“Might as well call me Rhonda now,” muttered Rhonda.
“What? Why? Where did that come from?” exclaimed Hermione.
“Well, Tonks and Ginny didn’t want to embarrass me by calling me Ron, hence the name. I guess I really am going to get stuck like this.” Rhonda was frowning and seemed to be fighting back tears.
“Ron…uhm…Rhonda…Ron, look we have a clue here and one which we can exploit. We know this is a magical curse and we know the source. Tomorrow we can go to St. Mungo’s and see if we can get Neville to do a diagnostic scan. That will show all the magical influences on you.”
“I know that,” sniped Rhonda.
“And from there we can see what we need to do to unravel this spell. If it is Chinese in origin then it means more work, but I can call in my assistant to help with the research. We can beat this Ron.” Hermione was really excited.
Rhonda smiled faintly. “That would be great. I can’t wait for more people to see me like this.”
Hermione hugged Rhonda and kissed her on the cheek. Rhonda tried to turn into the kiss, hoping for something more substantial but Hermione turned away as if she hadn’t noticed. “I have to look into this more.”
Rhonda followed her with his eyes as she bounded to the bookshelf. She had been really distant these last two days and it hurt. Rhonda wanted more than comforting words. She wanted Hermione to hold her in her arms, and kiss her. She wanted to hear Hermione say that she loved her. Rhonda was feeling cut off and confused by events. What the hell was she going to do? Rhonda slowly started to tear up as Hermione pulled down several books. Hermione was oblivious as Rhonda ran out of the room crying, trying to hide the sobbing until she could get a pillow over her face.
When Rhonda was cried out she got up and washed her face with cool water. Her eyes were red from all the crying she had done. She changed into her pyjamas and tip toed to the living room. Hermione had again fallen asleep on the couch, several books on top of her. Rhonda started to tear again, as she turned back to the bed.
What had gone wrong with her life?
Thanks to Gringylowe for “The Lecture” and this idea. I thought it was great and would be a fun reference.
The Chalice and the Wand
by poetheather
Story ideas by poetheather and Wintermoon3
Beta by Redpiratemel
Chapter Three
Rhonda shifted uneasily in her seat. The chairs at St. Mungo’s were not the most comfortable. People kept staring at her because there was nothing obviously wrong with her. With all the people smoking, bubbling, heads stuck in tea kettles, vanished limbs and the like, she stood out quite easily. She fidgeted some more. How long was it going to take Neville to get down here?
Hermione sat next to Rhonda, busy reading more of her notes, trying to see if there was anything of Chinese transformation techniques. She had that little furrow between her eyebrows that showed that she was really concentrating. Ron…Rhonda’s fidgeting was bothering her, so she hissed, “Ron, please stop. I can’t concentrate.”
Rhonda went white and scanned the crowd. No one seemed to have heard what Hermione had said. Rhonda asked quietly, “Uhm…’mione…remember my name?”
She huffed and turned to look at him, “Of course, it is…”
At that point her brain caught up with what she was saying. Her cheeks went a little red and she looked down at her feet. “Sorry, Rhonda.”
Rhonda put an arm around her and hugged her. Hermione tensed up but Rhonda didn’t notice, as a man with swollen eyeballs was looking at them. Rhonda couldn’t tell if he was staring at the two of them or just merely looking their way. She just couldn’t figure out what was bothering Hermione. She had never gotten nervous or tense about public displays of affection before. Was it something she had done or had forgotten to do? Rhonda really didn’t know.
A nurse came up to the waiting area and called for them. Rhonda and Hermione followed her into an examination room. There were all manner of magical analyzing tools lying about the room, each in their place. Rhonda took a seat up on the examination table and Hermione took a seat close by.
Rhonda swallowed hard. “Hermione, I’m really getting nervous about all of this. Do you really think that Neville will be able to fix this? I mean, if you can’t, how can he?”
“Ron, Healers have access to more tools and know a large number of countercurses and are able to correct problems from both spell and potion mishaps. I am sure Neville will be able to take care of this.” Hermione fidgeted a little and really found it difficult to look at Ron…Rhonda when she was talking.
“But what if I’m stuck like this? What will I do?” Rhonda was sounding whiny. The sound of Rhonda’s higher pitch voice made it even more grating to her ears than normal.
“Ronald Weasley, just relax and wait for Neville. Honestly.”
There was a knock at the door and in walked Neville. He was leaning on his cane, which was carved like a Norwegian Ridgeback. He favored his right leg as he hobbled in. He had a plain eye patch over one eye. He looked dashing, especially since he had finally grown into his body and turned out to be quite handsome after the war. But his physical scars remained. He smiled at Rhonda and Hermione. “Hello. What seems to be the problem? You really didn’t tell me much in your owl, Hermione.”
Hermione bit her bottom lip and looked over at Rhonda. Rhonda shrugged, and then Hermione spoke up. “Well, Neville. Ron here got turned into a girl and I can’t seem to turn him back.”
Neville looked surprised at that. He looked at Ron intently with his one good eye, trying to ascertain the truth. “Ron?”
Rhonda blushed a little and found that she couldn’t look Neville in the eyes. “Yeah it’s me.”
Neville goggled at the transformed boy that he had known back in school. “So…Ron, are you…uhm…female…everywhere?”
Rhonda blushed. “Bloody hell, Neville, why do you think we’re here?”
Neville laughed. “Yeah, that’s Ron. Okay, let’s see what’s going on and if we can do anything about it.”
Hermione smiled and Rhonda fumed at Neville’s teasing. Neville turned and busied himself with pulling out a number of magical devices used for reading and analyzing magical energies. Hermione watched happily, as she loved some of these devices, though she wasn’t able to afford several of them.
Neville set the devices to working on Ron and watched the readings. He frowned at things and cocked his head in confusion. He fine tuned the devices and tried to get better readings. After a while he stopped the tools and put them away. His brows were furrowed in thought.
“Well?” asked Hermione, apparently more desperate for information than Rhonda was.
“Ron doesn’t seem to be cursed in the usual manner. There are at least two magical forces working on him. One seems to be a low level wish granting type of charm that has gone awry and the other is an odd, highly powerful source which I am having trouble nailing down. It seems to be old magic and very concentrated. That source seems to be why Ron is stuck like this. Unless I know what the two sources are then there is little I can do.” Neville looked sheepish at this.
Hermione did not look pleased at this. Rhonda bowed her head. Hermione turned to Neville. “The minor charm was an enspelled fortune cookie that misinterpreted something Ron had said. I have no idea what the other could be.”
“Oh, those. We’ve gotten a number of patients in due to faulty fortune cookie charms. I am not sure why, as the Ministry looked into the matter and found nothing awry there, except for some bad batches of fortune paper. That really shouldn’t be able to do anything that wasn’t correctable by a simple countercharm.” Neville sat back, feeling a bit more comfortable with things after he had gotten an answer that made sense to him. “Wish I knew what the other one could be.”
Rhonda’s eyes went wide as she realized what the other source could be, and with that realization he groaned. There was no way that this could be fixed, was there?
Neville and Hermione turned and looked at Ron, their faces clearly asking for an explanation. Rhonda ran a hand through her short red hair. “Is this room secure?”
Neville nodded. Rhonda continued. “My job in the Ministry is studying various things in the Department of Mysteries. I have been working with two items that used to be Horcruxes: The Chalice of Helga Hufflepuff and the Wand of Rowena Ravenclaw. They hadn’t been destroyed when the spell was broken, but they have been a bit…leaky. I have been working with them for a while, trying to figure out what had and hadn’t been broken about them and tried to do some repair work. Would that fit the other part of things?”
Neville, wide eyed, nodded at this. “Yes, that would be enough energy to shift things and explain some of these readings. Maybe this will fade after a while, but I’m not sure. I would avoid any transformational magic on yourself for a while, at least until their magics have faded from you. Other than that, I can give you a note that will explain things to your bosses. That will take care of work.”
Hermione handed over the slip of paper that had been the fortune. “Can this help break the spell?”
Neville nodded and examined it. “Yes. With this I would have been easily able to break this spell and return Ron to normal, if it weren’t for the influence of those items. Sorry mate, but there isn’t anything I can do at the moment. The residual magic that is all over you might fade in a few months or a few years. Sorry.”
Rhonda felt herself beginning to tear up, as if she was going to cry. She tried to suppress that urge. It was a close battle. “Thanks for trying, Neville.”
Hermione looked uncomfortable and turned away from both of them. This whole situation was becoming far too real and she wasn’t sure what she wanted to do about it.
* * * * * *
Luna awoke from a very passionate dream involving her, Ginny and Rhonda. She shook herself awake and got herself ready for the day. Rhonda’s mysterious cursing was something she enjoyed looking into. Maybe she could take that story on, since she had finished her Nargle story. It would definitely be interesting. And best of all it gave her an excuse to see Rhonda.
First thing would to check in to see if there were any odd fortune cookie accidents. That could lead into the situation. That and see if anyone was actually doing anything about it. She guessed she had to go into the office and see if there was anything in the wind. That would certainly help her get back into the mind set of a reporter, and if she found things that could help Rhonda then it would be a good trip.
After she had a quick breakfast, Luna apparated into the Quibbler offices. She waved to her father as she headed towards Wanda Figg, who kept up with all the letters send in by owl. If there had been anything sent in about such a story she would be the source to ask.
Wanda was at her desk, going through several letters. The woman’s frizzy grey hair seemed to be exploding everywhere and the bright blue eye shadow made her eyelids look droopy. Luna smiled at her. “Morning, Wanda.”
“Morning, Luna dear. How are you today?”
“Quite well, actually. I slept nicely,” she replied with a private smile. “Have we gotten any letters about fortune cookies cursing anyone?”
Wanda’s eyes grew wide. “Fortune cookie cursing? How horrible.”
“I thought so too,” said Luna. “Have we gotten anything like that?”
“Let me look,” replied Wanda.
While the other woman turned to the files Luna twirled her hair around her wand. She wanted to get to work, to help Rhonda. Of course, being able to see Rhonda again was a high point in that equation. It made her a bit slick just thinking about the redhead. There was just something about Ron as a girl that did it for her in a way that Ginny never had.
But Rhonda was with Hermione; after all basically they had true love, with no way for her to get between them. And she didn’t want to. Those two had gone through so much and still managed to be happy. After Dumbledore had died, things had gotten very dark. Luna shuddered. She really didn’t want to think about that. The memories were too horrible.
She headed over to the desk that her father had given her when she had returned from the States. It gave her room to spread out her stuff when she was working. She sat and decided that she needed a drink. “Accio Butterbeer,” Luna chanted.
A bottle of Butterbeer flew toward her ad she caught it easily. She popped the top of it and poured in into her mug. The mug had kittens chasing after butterflies on it, their animated forms moving about. It was cute — a gift from Meli. She cherished the mug; it was a great goodness in her opinion.
Wanda bustled over her way, with a few scrolls in hand. She set them down on the table. “Here you go, Luna dear. I hope that this works out for you. I know it won’t be as interesting as your Nargle article but it might prove fascinating. Makes me want to swear off Chinese takeaway.”
Luna smiled. “I wouldn’t worry about it Wanda. I might find out that it was nothing but a Weasley prank. You know what wonderful gags the two of them make.”
“That I do. Poor Harold will never look at toffee the same.” The woman walked off and Luna opened the scrolls. She took in the information, turning it over in her head until she was sure she had something concrete. All of these people had eaten at the same restaurant, the same one that Rhonda had mentioned. Maybe she needed to head down there and ask some questions. It couldn’t really hurt and, after all, Rhonda was counting on her.
* * * * *
Hermione had taken off for some more research. Rhonda paced back and forth about their place. That she had done this to herself was bad enough, but to find out that her work had only made things worse was another thing entirely.
She loved her work, loved working on the various projects in the Department of Mysteries. She would never be the wizard that Hermione was, but she had certainly improved since she had started there. Rhonda needed to get back to work. She felt so useless staying around their house. She sent an owl off to the ministry, explaining things and asking if she should come in.
She sat back on the couch and flipped through one of the photobooks of Colin Creevy. The kid seemed to be quite good at photography, and his pictures of the holy sites of Europe were really good. Hermione and she had been talking about going to see a few of the sites, including trying to find where the four great founders of Hogwarts had lived. Rhonda was sure the trip would be a lot of fun and well worth the time spent. ‘Mione was always so much more fun when they were on vacation and she couldn’t hide in her books. Just one reason to look forward to the honeymoon.
It had been nice to see Luna the other day. Rhonda had gotten over the whole mysterious, flighty air she had about her after their fight in the Department of Mysteries. Luna had certainly shown what sort of friend she was several times, especially during the war. She stood fast with them as the battle with Voldemort drew nearer. He had even gotten over the whole fling Luna and Ginny had. It took a while but once he had managed to come to terms with Ginny being a lesbian he was better able to forgive Luna.
Rhonda shook herself and rose from the couch. She really should stop moping and get back to work. If the Chalice and the Wand were responsible for this, then the solution could be with them as well. Maybe she would be able to get some answers at work.
She dressed in work robes and grabbed her wand. If she was at work she might be able to get her mind off of the whole gender thing. Besides, they had better sensors there.
Rhonda apparated to the Ministry and headed through the gates. She really hoped that her father had managed to set things in order, the guard was nice and all but she didn’t want to answer too many questions.
The line was moving along fairly briskly. But then she saw it, the shock of white hair. “Bloody hell, Malfoy,” she mumbled.
Rhonda looked about for a way out but really couldn’t find one, however the commotion managed to attract Draco’s attention. She heard the slight sneer, “Afternoon,Weasley.”
She turned and was face-to-face with Draco. The look was priceless. “I…uhm…I’m sorry miss, you looked just like a school mate of mine. My apologies.”
Rhonda smirked as Draco walked away. The mangy git was a hero of the war, sort of, and thus was not in Azkaban. He should be for what he did to Dumbledore. Well, almost did. Rhonda just wished she had managed to curse him before the last battle had been over. It would have at least given her a sense of closure over the whole thing.
The white-haired wizard turned and smiled back at Rhonda. As he turned away she remembered something she had heard back at Hogwarts, that when a girl is watching you walk away it means that she likes you. That meant Draco thought…
“Bloody hell.” muttered Rhonda as she moved forward in line.
Thankfully the weighing of her wand was brief and she headed towards the lift. She just wanted to get to her office and get back to work. The lift kept going down, stopping at various floors and letting various wizards and witches on and off, as well as a number of the paper airplane message carriers. She was the last one off the lift and she breathed a sigh of relief.
She walked down the long hall and thought about the fact that her father had nearly died in this hall and if it hadn’t been for Harry he would have. She shuddered. Losing her father would have destroyed her whole family. Everyone depended on him so much.
Rhonda got to the door and stepped into the Department of Mysteries. When she got to the rotating door she took the correct door that led to her area of the Department, Analysis of Magical Artifacts. She worked with a small team working to figure out the mysteries of older magical items, items that no one remembered how to construct. Rhonda really had learned a great deal since she’d been hired there.
As she was heading to her work area one of her supervisors walked by and nodded. “Weasley.”
Rhonda stopped in her tracks. She turned and watched as he walked away. How? What? Why?
She entered her work area and set down her purse. She wanted to get some more work done and it had already been too long since she had fiddled with the items. But then again, maybe the items were why this whole thing was happening. She shrugged on her protective robes, meant to protect against a lot of magical spillage and headed into the room with the two artifacts.
The fact that he was able to hold something that Helga Hufflepuff and Rowena Ravenclaw had once used was really an awesome feeling. She could feel their power and a sense of their antiquity. It was a humbling experience.
She went over and looked over her notes. She had finally managed to figure out the Chalice had been broken by the Horcrux. If she could just figure out how to fix the gap, the Chalice would be whole again. She ran over the list of spells she had tried. It was long and very thorough. She stared at the Chalice thoughtfully.
Maybe the problem was the fact that the Chalice had been warped like she had been. Maybe some of the spells Hermione had used might do the trick. She nodded as she rolled the problem over in her thoughts and took some notes. She could get that list tonight after she went home.
Once the Chalice was whole she might be able to figure out how its magic had been able to affect her like this. It was really one of her only hopes. And if her solution worked for the Chalice then maybe it would work on the Wand. She had to fix these things if she wanted anything resembling an answer. She nodded and got back to work.
A few hours later there was a polite knock at her work room door. Rhonda put away the Chalice and stepped out of the heavily shielded room. There was one of her co-workers waiting for him, a witch by the name of Ethileen Fordham. She looked at the woman quizzically. The woman was returning the same look. “Yes, Ethileen?”
“I’d heard about your curse. Would it be possible to run a few tests on you…to get a better idea of what happened? After all, we wouldn’t want this to happen to anyone else.” Rhonda nodded. It did make sense.
“So, any idea how this happened?” asked Ethileen.
“Actually, yes, I do. I went to St. Mungos earlier and they ran a full series of tests on me there. What seems to have happened is that the energy that has been leaking out of the Chalice and the Wand had affected me somehow. When a fairly simple Fortune Cookie wish happened to go a bit awry, the magic from the artifacts kind of supercharged the spell,” explained Rhonda as they headed towards Ethileen’s Department.
“Really? Kind of makes you glad to have not been hit by a jelly-legs hex,” Ethileen laughed, as Rhonda froze in her tracks. She had never thought about that aspect of things. She would have been stuck like that until they had been able to find a way to deal with the magics. Rhonda swallowed heavily.
Ethileen had noticed that Rhonda had stopped. “Is there a problem?”
“I just realized how lucky I was. If I had been hit with something like that I never would have been able to be countercursed. I would have been stuck like that. Bloody Hell.” Rhonda nearly fainted but Ethileen moved up and supported her.
“It’ll be okay dear. Let’s get you to my office and I can take a look at you,” said Ethileen as she supported Rhonda.
She pulled free her wand and lifted Rhonda from the ground. Rhonda preceded her, as she was floating through the air, her head still spinning. Maybe she should call it an early day?
* * * * * *
Hermione sat in the library, staring glumly at the pile of books in front of her. She knew the answer had to be out there, but where? If it was the magic of the two Artifacts that Voldemort had used as Horcruxes then Ron was the only one who could find that out. She wanted her fiancé back. She missed being able to be held in his arms, missed lying against him and watching the fire. This…woman had replaced him.
One part of her was aware of the fact that Rhonda was really Ron, but it was so difficult to remember that whenever she saw him. It was like being in bed with Ginny. She was also running out of things to say to Rhonda to keep from kissing her. Hermione shuddered at the idea of kissing another girl. It was unnatural.
She struggled to keep from crying. Maybe she and Ron needed to be separated while they worked this out. She didn’t want to divorce Ron, but she couldn’t stand Rhonda. Hearing things Ron used to say with a woman’s voice gave her the creeps. Maybe she could find a decent way to make this happen without all the emotional trauma that was sure to happen.
What was she going to do? She really didn’t have anyone to talk to who really was impartial. Ginny didn’t see a problem with the situation. Of course she wouldn’t. Ginny had slept with Luna and then ended up in bed with Tonks. She wouldn’t see anything wrong with two girls sleeping together.
She wanted her Ron back, her infuriating, clumsy Ron. She was so in love with him that it only made this situation worse. Because of how hopeless this all seemed she was starting to feel like Ron had died and this other person had taken his place. And what kind of name was Rhonda? Honestly, who was he fooling?
She looked over her pile of books and sighed. She was still looking for information on the basic features of a Fortune Cookie Wish spell. That would help her narrow down her research, so she had a better chance of saving Ron and ending this horrible charade.
Hermione rubbed the back of her neck. The strain of sitting hunched over these books was starting to tighten her neck up way too much. She didn’t want to stop; she needed to help Ron, for both of their sakes. This whole situation was making her crazy and she had no idea what to do about it. Hermione had the good sense to realize that she wasn’t going to manage to do anymore work today, at least none of any quality. She stood up and leaned backwards, stretching her back out. Maybe there was no solution to this whole thing? Maybe Ron, her beloved Ronald, was stuck as a girl? Hermione didn’t want to accept that. She wouldn’t have gotten as far as she had in both school and work if she simply gave up as the first sign of trouble..
She wiped tears from her eyes. This hurt far too much. Her perfect life was falling apart. This whole thing hurt worse than when Ron was flirting around with other girls at Hogwarts. This hurt worse than some of the deaths from the War. Being with a girl was repulsive and yet she was now stuck married to a woman. True, it was Ron, but she only knew that intellectually, it didn’t reach into her gut. Her gut only knew that there was a woman in her bed, sharing her life and she didn’t want that.
Hermione sighed and headed out of the Library, waving bye to the staff. It was easy to tell that she was lost in her thoughts. She apparated to the Leaky Cauldron. She desperately needed a drink.
She managed to find a table in the corner. Tom had seen her and headed over. “Mrs. Granger, how can I help you tonight?”
“Can I get a Butterbeer please?” Hermione almost asked for Leprechaun Lager, but it was a bit strong for her, since she was a total lightweight. Tom nodded his head and headed back to the bar.
Hermione really wanted to talk this out with someone who wasn’t a Weasley. She wanted to work out her feelings without them getting too emotionally involved. She tried to think of anyone she could get a hold of to talk to.
There was always Harry. He would probably say nothing to Ron about the whole thing if she asked. He would understand the need. She really couldn’t think of anyone else. Maybe she could drop in at his place. If he wasn’t home, the odds were that he was up at Hogwarts seeing Snape.
She drank her Butterbeer in silence. There was also Neville, but she hadn’t connected to him as much as she had with Harry. She really didn’t have too many girlfriends she could talk to. Maybe Cho, even though the girl worked for her now. It might make work difficult, but she wanted a sounding board for her thoughts.
As she finished her Butterbeer she realized that Harry was really the only one she could talk to. He knew Ron as well as she did. She left the Leaky Cauldron and apparated to Harry’s apartment.
There was a light on in one of the windows, so he was probably home. She walked to his front door and knocked. She hoped that he actually was home.
She was surprised when a shirtless Harry opened the door. She could see the faint web of scars he had gotten during the war. His hair was as unruly as ever. He did seem a bit surprised to see her. “Hermione? What’s up?”
“I need to talk to you about Ron.”
“About the whole ‘he’s a girl’ thing?” asked Harry, motioning her to enter.
“Yes. Harry, you know how I feel about this. Seeing Ron as a girl everyday is making me miserable. I can’t fix this, either. I feel useless and all confused.” Hermione sat heavily on one of Harry’s couches. She really hoped the she could get the advice she needed from Harry.
Harry had gone into the kitchen, pulling on a dressing gown. Hermione could hear him making tea. “So what is it really that is messing you up — the girl thing or the fixing thing?”
“Both actually. I mean honestly Harry, in effect Ron managed to do this to himself. His work combined with a fortune cookie spell did this. What can I do?” Hermione looked up, pleading with Harry to help make things all right.
“Alright. With the fixing thing…Hermione, you were the one who managed to find out everything I needed to know about Horcruxes so I could beat Voldemort. You are the best at finding solutions to problems. I know that if you keep working at it you will find a solution. It might take time, but you definitely can do it.” Harry brought out two cups of tea. He had made hers just the way she liked it. She smiled in thanks as she took the cup.
“I’m not so sure. Harry, I’ve been going through the Library, looking for anything that might give me a clue and I‘ve found nothing. I don’t even know what to look for, a spell, countercurse, potion, and it’s making me batty.” Hermione took a sip of her tea. “I mean, honestly Harry, I’m at a loss at how to proceed.”
Harry sat and thought a bit, sipping his tea as he tried to work things. He nodded and then looked up. “Okay. What if you try to figure out how to do each? They each have their strengths and weaknesses. If you already tried the countercurses then maybe that isn’t how to go about it. Maybe you need to look at either potions or some sort of spell to change things back?”
Hermione thought about that. “Maybe I do. It could also be a combination, which would be frustrating. Maybe a potion to change one thing and a spell to change the other?”
Harry smiled at her. “See, now you’re thinking like the Hermione I know. Remus always said you were the smartest witch of your generation. I think you got the highest scores in your OWLs since Lord Voldemort. I…I actually looked it up.”
His broad grin made Hermione smile as well. “Thank you Harry. I do feel better about this. I think I can do this, it just requires more research, and I’m good at that.”
Harry shifted forward, hold his tea cup in both hands. “Now…about the other thing…the whole Ron/Rhonda thing. What’s the problem?”
Hermione shifted uneasily. She was growing embarrassed. “Uhm…I…I can’t stand this Harry. I know it’s Ron in my head but when I look at him all I see is a girl and that’s wrong.”
Harry’s eyes narrowed some. “It’s wrong?”
Hermione blushed. She hadn’t meant it to come out like that, even though it was the truth. “I mean, I just can’t kiss Ron now, or hug him or anything. It’s wrong.”
“Why? Because you might look like you’re a lesbian?” replied Harry to her statement. “What’s wrong with that? It is Ron you’ll be kissing and such.”
“But Harry, the whole idea makes my skin crawl. I don’t think I can do it.” Hermione looked down, unable to meet Harry’s eyes.
“Are you saying that homosexuals make your skin crawl?” Harry asked quietly, his voice contained and tight.
Hermione realized that things were not going well. Maybe she said too much about her feelings? She really hadn’t wanted to piss off Harry. “I…I mean…Harry…I…”
Harry looked down at the floor and sighed. “What is it about us that does that?”
“Well, I’ve always believed that real love was between a man and a woman and everything else is an abomination.” She said this quietly, ashamed to be admitting it. She loved Harry, and Ginny and Tonks as friends and the fact that their preferences in partners made her queasy was one of her biggest shames.
Harry sat back, shocked. It was clear he had never expected one of his best friends was a bigot. “Why? It’s just love Hermione. No one can really tell you who to love. Your heart does and you can either follow your head and miss out or follow your heart and find happiness. Do you think I had planned on falling in love with Severus?”
“I guess not. I mean it was all Ron’s fault.” Hermione was quite flustered. This was not going at all like she had hoped it would.
“Ron’s mistake was one of the best things that had ever happened to me. There was a reason for Severus to be acting the way he did to me and it wasn’t just that my father had treated him like crap. He had had a crush on my father and had been spurned. Then when I showed up I brought those feelings back and he actually learned that he loved me more.” explained Harry, hoping to get some sense through to Hermione.
“But Severus killed Dumbledore!” Hermione tried to emphasize that point. She had never truly trusted Snape after that despite what Harry said.
“Yes, he did. He was acting under orders. You know that. We aren’t talking about that. We are talking about you and your bias against homosexuals.” Harry was calm, almost too calm. Hermione recognized he was holding in his anger. How had this gone wrong?
Hermione protested. “I don’t have a problem with homosexuals. I treat them like I do everyone else.”
Harry sighed and shook his head. “You may treat them the same but you believe them to be…tainted. So you are afraid to touch Ron, your fiancé, all because a spell fucked up and made him a girl. I thought you loved Ron?”
“I do love Ron!” Hermione was getting angry and her voice grew more strident.
“Then what’s the fucking problem? It’s still Ron. Ron, the stupid git that tried to curse Malfoy when he called you a mudblood. Ron, who has loved you for pretty much ever. Ron, who asked you to marry him and has made you happy. That Ron. Who cares if he looks like a girl?” stated Harry, trying to pound sense into her.
“I do!” screamed Hermione. She was starting to cry. “I wanted to marry a guy and not a girl. I just get all…all twitchy when I get close to Ron. I mean, honestly Harry, he’s going by Rhonda now.”
“What are you going to do Hermione, leave Ron, the love of your life, if you can’t fix this? Desert him in his time of need? He needs his fiancé, the woman he loves. Fucking cope.” Harry was almost ready to blow. He couldn’t figure out what was wrong with her.
Hermione was weeping, sobbing. She fumbled for her purse and rose shakily to her feet. She couldn’t take it any more. She pulled out her wand and apparated before Harry was able to do anything to stop her. He screamed in frustration and tried to figure out where she could have gone. He needed to check on Ron and maybe the two of them could find her. They had done it before.
He pulled on his work robe. It made it easier to find people if he had all of the tools he used as an Auror. He stopped and looked back at where they had been sitting. Her glass of tea had gotten knocked over in her hasty departure. He sighed. He could clean that later. Now he had to deal with helping Ron and Hermione.
The Chalice and the Wand
poetheather
Story ideas by poetheather and Wintermoon3
Beta by Redpiratemel
Chapter Four
“Well, Miss Weasley, it does rather seem that the magical leakage from the items is responsible for your current condition.” Eithleen put her wand away and started returning some of her magical tools to their places.
“I figured that once the Horcrux was removed from them that they would lose a great deal of their power, but they haven’t. It is almost as if they are trying to heal themselves.” returned Rhonda. “Could that aspect of their magical output have had an effect on this?”
Eithleen thought about it for a while, pursing her lips in a way that reminded Rhonda eerily of professor McGonagall. The elder woman tapped her chin with her fingers as well, which Rhonda thought was peculiar. Did any of that actually help with your thinking? It just looked odd.
“That very well could be. Some of the older magical items held a great deal more power than we have been able to put into objects for the last hundred years or so. I have no trouble believing that those objects are trying to heal. Would you like me to take a look?”
“Could you? That would be a great help, because if they are healing then that might be a clue to my condition and help provide a means to repair the objects. That might be the key to things.” replied Rhonda as her thoughts raced through the implications.
She handed the items over to Ethileen and sat down to think. She may not have been the brain that both Harry and Hermione were, but she wasn’t an idiot. If the items were trying to heal, then that meant there could be a clue as to how to overcome their power through the way they were made. But how would she be able to find that out?
She figured that she could look in the library, to find things on item creation. That was more Hermione’s thing but she did know how to use a card catalog. Maybe if she just looked up Helga Hufflepuff and Rowena Ravenclaw she could find either clues or answers. Those might lead her to answers. Maybe she would have to learn how to make objects like these in order to do this? Or perhaps it would be simpler to figure out the mechanism that kept her trapped in this form?
Rhonda headed to the special books library of the Department of Mysteries. Hopefully she would be able to find something that would give her any clues into finding out about this…curse. She was a bit tired of always having to sit down to pee and she looked like she was terribly fragile compared to before. Things had to change.
She was a bit downhearted though. Research was something Hermione did best. Rhonda had actually gotten the job in the Department of Mystery because of her encounters with the brain things and her work in defeating Lord Voldemort. Being a hero had a few perks. She had worked hard to prove her worth to the Department and she had done well so far.
She went to the round room and went through the door to the library. The room was filled with books, all the most powerful magical books in the Wizarding world that the Ministry had managed to collect. Maybe the Librarian would be of some help.
Behind a smart looking desk, with everything arranged neatly and orderly sat a woman who looked to be in her fifties, her hair tightly wound up in a bun. She didn’t smile. No one could recall if the woman had ever smiled. Rhonda walked up to the desk and politely asked, “I am looking for anything that we have on Rowena Ravenclaw and Helga Hufflepuff as well as the construction of really powerful magic objects.”
The woman nodded. Her voice was dry as she responded, “How soon do you need these books?”
“As soon as possible.” replied Rhonda.
“Very well. I have twenty-three books that deal with what you have asked about. I can have them brought to your office as soon as I have collected them.”
“Thank you.” said Rhonda and she really meant it.
“You are quite welcome Mr. Weasley.”
Rhonda was a bit put off by the Librarian’s response as she certainly didn’t look like she had before and besides she had never met the woman before. She headed out to the circle and realized that she wanted a bite of lunch as her stomach rumbled. Rhonda went back to her office, quickly grabbed her coat and purse and headed out.
She didn’t want to eat at the Leaky Cauldron, as she didn’t want to have to deal with anyone she might know. Things were awkward enough as it was with her transformation and she was in no mood to have to explain it to anyone. She got into the foyer and apparated to the nice Greek restaurant that Hermione had showed her.
It was a quiet place, with a steady clientele. The walls were white and decorated with pictures of various famous places in Greece such as Athens and Olympia. It was quaint and the food was really top notch. She found a table and sat as there was no one who sat customers. She liked that, as there was never much of a wait for a seat.
Her mouth was parched and she wanted a pint of bitter but wasn’t sure how it would affect her. Rhonda knew she shouldn’t be drinking when she was still working but things had been hectic lately. And besides what harm could one pint of Bitters do? She shrugged and ordered it any way, along with the souvlaki plate. It should be good as she had gotten it last time she had been here as Ron.
She was half way through her pint of bitter and the majority of her food when she caught a familiar flash of white hair in the foyer. Rhonda looked up and it wasn’t Luna, but rather Malfoy, who was busy scanning the room. “Bloody Hell.”
Draco smiled brightly and headed straight towards Rhonda. His smile was charming and it made Rhonda a bit sick to her stomach. She did not need to be chatted up by the Weasel. “We meet again, hopefully in better circumstances.”
Rhonda had no idea what to say. If she responded like Ron her attempt to hide in plain sight would be foiled, however if she said nothing then the white haired git would stay. Malfoy would certainly pass all of this along if he found out the truth. She was completely at a loss for what to say. “Uhm…Hello.”
“May I join you?” Draco was doing his suave best and it was only making Rhonda more uncomfortable. Malfoy was definitely trying to chat her up. Did Draco fancy her? Oh, Ick!
“Uh…” That pause was enough for Draco and he sat down across from Rhonda. He took the opportunity and tried to turn it to his advantage like he always had.
“You really do look like a Weasley, but I do know that Ginny doesn’t look as good as you. I am sorry I was mistaken. Can you forgive me?” Draco stared into her eyes, his own soft and vulnerable. It was a good trick.
Rhonda blinked a few times, trying to process all of this. It was true, Draco fancied her. Bloody Hell! What was she going to do? How was she going to escape this without a wizard’s duel in the middle of the restaurant? “Uh…I’m sorry, I have to get back to work. You know how it is.”
Draco frowned a little, out of frustration. He shifted tactics immediately. “Perhaps I could meet you after work. I know this great place we can go for dinner.”
“Uhm…maybe. I am sorry but I have to hurry off.” Rhonda stood and scrambled over to the cash register to pay. She was still hungry but if she put anything else in there she was going to vomit. Draco Malfoy fancied her? Rhonda just shook as she apparated away, taking care to properly focus so she didn’t end up splinched.
* * * * * *
Hermione stared blankly at the pile of books. All she could think about was Ron and what Harry had said to her. She desperately loved Ron but she was uncomfortable with the whole girl thing. She wasn’t a lesbian. She had never kissed a girl, except for that one time when Ginny had kissed her, after Hermione had saved her from some Death Eaters. But that was it. And she hadn’t really kissed back.
She…she really was uncomfortable about the whole thing and didn’t want to deal with the issue. As Ron looked now, she couldn’t bring herself to be intimate with him…her…whatever he was now. She just started getting nervous and nauseous and wanted to escape whenever they got close. She didn’t know why she felt this way and she hated that. Her life was supposed to be orderly and sane.
It also wasn’t simple disgust or disgust at homosexuality however, yet there was something disturbing about wanting to kiss Ron and seeing Rhonda’s face looking back. It was so much like that kiss with Ginny that had shocked her and made her freak out some. She wasn’t sure of the why it was but the whole thing made her twitchy. Maybe it would be best if she simply left and took some time to work things out, to get her head on straight again.
She was hurting Ron and she knew that and hated that. She didn’t want to hurt him but really could think of no way to get over things. How could she kiss Ron now when hugging mashed their breasts together or she had to lean down to kiss him or the fact that his lips were soft? It was all so confusing but she knew that she wanted her Ron back. Rhonda just made her feel nervous and butterflies danced in her stomach at the thought of the red haired arrival.
She grabbed her trunk and packed it with a few quick swishes of her wand. She had to leave. She was only making herself miserable and making Ron miserable at the same time. It was for the best. At least she hoped so.
She wrote a note to Ron trying to explain all of this and took a long look around the house. Their home. She was going to miss sitting by the fire, drinking a cuppa with Ronald snuggled against her. She was crying when she turned around and said good-bye.
* * * * * *
Harry was waiting for Rhonda when she got back from work. He was sprawled on one of the couches in front of the fireplace. When Rhonda flooed in she was surprised to see Harry sitting there. It was definitely unexpected.
Harry looked about the same really, well maybe a bit more filled out. He had gotten stronger after the war and he was now the top Auror, better even than Mad-Eye Moody. Dark wizards had more than one reason to fear the boy who lived. Harry was dressed causally, but he had his working satchel with some of his main tools sitting next to him. Was this a business call? Rhonda was worried. She also noticed that Hermione wasn’t there. She scanned the room again hoping she had merely missed her in the surprise of seeing Harry.
“Evening Ron.”
“Evening Harry. What brings you here?” Rhonda was really wondering where Hermione was. Maybe research kept her? She was like that, always losing track of time when she was around books. That was the most logical explanation.
“You actually. It’s about Hermione and what’s been going on with you.” Harry wasn’t smiling which never was a good sign.
“What about Hermione?” asked Rhonda, rather confused.
“Maybe you should read the letter that’s on the table.” stated Harry sadly.
Rhonda looked over and spotted the scroll sitting on the kitchen table. It wasn’t sealed and that surely meant that Harry probably knew what was in it. He hadn’t said anything so it had to be bad. She opened it nervously and looked down at Hermione’s cursive script.
Ronald,
I am sorry that I have to do this but it hurts me to see you as a woman. I cannot bring myself to hug you or kiss you or make love to you because of it. I know that it is still you in my head, but my heart is having trouble dealing with the fact that you are a woman now.
This greatly disturbs me and I know I have to get my head on straight. I don’t want to lose you but if I can’t find a cure I am not sure if we have a future. I know this hurts and it is tearing my heart as well. I am still working for a cure because I want to go back to my husband, not my wife.
Please let me have the time to find my answers and to find a way to look you in the eyes without flinching. I am dearly sorry that my issues are causing this situation. I want us to be together but I can’t do that right now. Please forgive me.
All my Love,
Hermione
Rhonda dropped the scroll numbly. She staggered over to the couch and fell onto it. What had happened? Was it something she had done? Was this her fault? What was going on?
Harry leaned forward, obviously concerned. “Ron…”
“Rhonda.” mumbled Rhonda as she pulled her feet up and began hugging her legs. Her eyes were welling up with tears.
“Rhonda then. I am sorry. I don’t know what is going on with her. Last night she talked to me and she was…well very homophobic, which is out of character.” stated Harry.
“Hermione? I don’t believe it. I mean she started SPEW and has been active in pushing for greater equality in the wizarding world. I have trouble seeing her as homophobic. I mean she seems okay with your and Snape’s relationship. I don’t get it but it’s your life. She has even done her best to get same sex marriage approved. I still think it’s my fault.” blathered Rhonda, her head spinning as she tried to grasp the situation.
“This thing with Hermione or with Snape?” asked Harry, confused. Sometimes when Ron really got going he made less and less sense.
“All of it. I mean, what the hell is going on? Are the planets in retrograde or something? My life is falling apart and I can’t handle it. What the hell? Isn’t this body punishment enough?” Rhonda started to cry, fat tears rolling down her face to splash onto her work robes. Harry moved over to the couch and took Rhonda in his arms, trying to comfort her. He murmured soft words to try and get her to relax. It slowly worked.
“I am here for you.” He said simply.
“Thanks mate. What am I going to do?” Rhonda looked up at Harry with tear filled eyes.
Harry smiled faintly. “You were always a bit slow on the uptake. She hasn’t left you for good. She is just freaking out over the fact that you are a girl right now. She wants to get you back to being a guy because of her issues with girls. I don’t know what they are but that is the root of this problem. It isn’t you, ya git.”
Rhonda nodded and looked at the fireplace. Her thoughts were all about Hermione and how she had said that she would never leave. So much for that promise.
“Can you stay? I really don’t want to be alone tonight.” asked Rhonda, looking up at him with puppy dog eyes.
“No, I can’t. However I have already gotten a hold of Ginny. She should be here soon. I need to get back to Hogwarts. I have a lecture tomorrow morning in the Defense Against the Dark Arts class. They seem to think that I know what I’m talking about.” Harry chuckled. “I am just a floo away though. You are my best friend and I will be here to help.”
Rhonda nodded and sat there watching the fire. She just wanted her life to return to what it had been. Was that so difficult? “Want a cuppa?”
Rhonda turned her head and looked over at Harry, who was in the small kitchen. She hadn’t heard him get up. “Uh…please.”
Harry returned shortly with the pot of tea and Rhonda drank hers slowly as she watched the flames dancing. They kept her from thinking too much, which was a good idea in her opinion. Suddenly the color of the flames turned green and Ginny stepped from the fireplace. She rushed over and gave her new sister a hug. Harry rescued the cup of tea before Ginny reached Rhonda.
“Oh Rhonda, I am so sorry.” That got Rhonda crying again and both sisters cried on each other. Rhonda felt safe in her sister’s arms and let out all the pain that she was feeling. After a while Rhonda slowly stopped crying and only sniffled.
“What happened?” asked Rhonda, wiping her face.
“I don’t know Sis, but she has been a little off since this whole thing has started. I plan on talking to her and trying to figure out what to do. This whole mess is just crazy. I mean, is this the end for both of you?” Ginny was clearly upset by this situation as well.
“I don’t know Ginny. I didn’t see the ring any where, so there is some hope. But what did I do wrong?” Rhonda sobbed that last question.
Both Harry and Ginny hugged her. Harry murmured, “It will be okay.”
“How? How will it be okay? I love Hermione and she left me. All because I have tits? What the hell is up with that? I didn’t do anything wrong and now I’m being punished!” Rhonda was clearly getting mad.
“We’ll get this worked out Rhonda. It will be fine.” said Ginny, trying to calm her raging sister down.
Rhonda looked pissed. “It’s not my fault that the stupid fortune cookie affected me this way. How were we to know that the objects would affect me like that?”
“I know Rhonda. We’ll talk to Hermione and figure out what to do. Will you be okay tonight?” asked Harry.
Rhonda thought a bit. “I’m not so sure. I just want to get drunk and try and forget things for a while.”
“Ginny, are you able to stay the night?” asked Harry, turning to his ex. Her still had feelings for her but he was now happier with Snape and Ginny was quite pleased with Tonks. He was happy for both of them.
“No, but I know someone who can. She will gladly help.” replied Ginny.
* * * * * *
Luna came in to the room from the floo network. Ginny was sitting there with Rhonda. Rhonda looked like hell, with lines from tears tracking down her red face. She immediately knew that something was majorly wrong and she didn’t know what it could be. Maybe it was an infestation of Garflats? They were known to have this sort of effect on people. That must be it. Her father had written about it in the Quibbler.
“Are you alright?” she asked Rhonda, worried.
Rhonda looked up, her eyes red from the crying. “What do you think?”
“Well, I think that you look like you have been crying and are possibly quite angry for some reason. But since I am not sure of the situation overall, I asked you how you felt. I really hate assuming.” replied Luna, explaining what she thought.
Rhonda sighed, Luna was off being Luna again, and said. “Hermione left me.”
Luna had two reactions. One was shock at the fact that Hermione could do something like that to Ron. The second was a surge of desire that she could possibly have Rhonda now. She managed to keep those reactions off of her face with some effort. “What happened?”
Rhonda gestured towards the letter. Luna headed over to the kitchen table and read the scroll a few times. There was a lot left unsaid in the letter. It seemed to Luna that there was something else that was the problem but she couldn’t quite figure out what it was. She needed more information before she could really make up her mind. “So Ginny asked me to stay over and make sure you don’t do anything stupid. Is that okay?”
Rhonda looked at Luna and then Ginny with disbelief and some irritation. Ginny bristled at this and said. “Please. I know you Rhonda Weasley. You probably plan on drinking a full bottle of Firewhiskey on your own and to drop unconscious on the floor that is if you don’t puke all over yourself. Right now you need some one to keep you from doing something stupid. Just humor me.”
Rhonda nodded. He had never really won an argument with Ginny in her entire life, well maybe when she was a baby. Ginny stood up and looked down at her sister. “Luna will take care of you. I have to get home. Tonks and I have some work to do early in the morning. Take care sis.”
Ginny hugged Rhonda tightly and flooed from the apartment, leaving Luna and Rhonda alone. Luna looked at Rhonda and asked, “Have you had dinner?”
Rhonda shook her head. Luna shrugged and headed into the kitchen. She might be able to find some thing that she could prepare. “Have you checked to see if this is all due to Garflats? Their bite can be pretty nasty, making you cry and get red faced and get into arguments with people. They are a really bad thing to have an infestation of. My father has done a great deal of research into them. He wrote several penetrating articles on the subject.”
Rhonda rolled her eyes. Looney Lovegood was back in action. Luna moved through the kitchen trying to calm herself down. She did not want to jump Rhonda and ruin the friendship she had with her only friends in Britain. But she was wet, a slickness was dampening her panties, sliding between her legs and that was distracting. Her body wanted desperately wanted Rhonda and her mind was trying to tell it to wait. Her heart was conflicted which didn’t help anything at all.
And what about Hermione? Hermione had been a good friend and now she had done this. Maybe Luna could simply be a good friend to Rhonda? She could simply be there for the poor suffering girl. And who knew where things could lead after that. Her life had already been a bit too odd and interconnected thanks to Harry. Maybe she should just be Rhonda’s friend and see what happened? It was a tough choice considering another part of her was imagining what Rhonda tasted like in vivid detail.
She fixed both of them something edible and simple, spagbol. Rhonda came over listlessly and tucked into the food. It was plain that she enjoyed it but was distracted. Luna kept spacing herself as her imagination pictured her being the happy homemaker with Rhonda as her wife. She tried to get it out of her mind but things were so domestic right now that it was difficult. She didn’t want to mess things up.
After dinner Rhonda did get out the bottle of Firewhiskey. Luna looked worriedly over at her. This was something she figured she needed to stop. She looked at Rhonda with concern plain on her face. Rhonda replied, “Come on Luna. I just want to get a little drunk and not have to think about this whole mess for a while. Look, if you drink with me then I can’t drink the whole bottle.”
Luna nodded. That did make sense. She nodded in agreement. “Okay. But just a little.”
* * * * * *
Hermione sat in her hotel room and cried. What had she done?
She felt like she had thrown out one of the best things that had happened to her in her life. This hurt worse than when Dumbledore had died in her sixth year. She wanted to be with Ron and not Rhonda. She kept repeating that to herself over and over like a mantra, even though a little part of herself fluttered awake whenever she thought about Rhonda and the way the light hit her hair or how cute the freckles were. She wanted her husband, or rather her fiancé back. She wanted to marry him and not her.
Hermione grabbed one of the texts she had picked up from the library and turned to her notes. If she buried herself in her work she might be able to stop dwelling on this whole matter. She had to find a way to fix this. There had to be a cure and she had to find it. She had to.
She went over the information she had gathered over and over again. There simply had to be a cure, there had to be. There was no magic that could not be countered except Avada Kadavra. Surely this transformation spell wasn’t like the death curse. There had to be a counter curse or some sort of charm that could change her back.
She had gone through a small mountain of books already and she had voluminous notes on the subject. She almost had enough research to turn this into another book. She didn’t care about that. She only had one goal in mind, getting her husband back.
She had to have him back because if she couldn’t find a cure she couldn’t be with Rhonda. That would break her heart and she didn’t know if she could recover from that. Ron was her strength and without him to lean on she felt lost, cut off from all she knew. She couldn’t imagine leaning on Rhonda for help even though it was still Ron in there.
She didn’t want to touch that body, with its curves and the promise of familiarity. She didn’t want to kiss those lips even though she could look into Ron’s eyes. She didn’t want that body to bring her to pleasure because it was wrong. Maybe not for everyone but definitely for her. She wanted to feel the strong muscles of Ron’s back as he made love to her. She didn’t want the softness that was Rhonda’s body.
With a quick flip of her wavy hair she lay back on her rented bed and began to read through the next book, her quick quotes quill waiting for her notes. Maybe the answer she was looking for was in there? Maybe?
Rhonda and Hermione are dealing with the pain of their break up. The quest for Helga Hufflepuff and Rowena Ravenclaw begins. The creation of Trasfiguration Toffees. More Potter madness abounds.
This is a work of fiction using the characters created by J.K. Rowling. They are not used with her permission. All actions follow the events of book six of the series. Any similarity between any person living or dead is purely coincidental and unintentional. If you happen to find your life reflected in this piece I’ll be impressed.
The Chalice and the Wand
poetheather
Story ideas by poetheather and Wintermoon3
Beta by Redpiratemel
Chapter Five
Rhonda padded towards the bathroom. Her head ached, throbbing in time with her heart beat. She made it to the bathroom but she was so lost in the post drunk haze that she lifted the lid and tried to take a leak in the old way.
Urine sprayed all over her. Rhonda looked down and then muttered, “Bloody Hell, not again.”
A hot shower followed by a cold one really woke her up. Her nipples were hard from the cold but she wasn’t too concerned. She got dressed, no longer struggling with the bra. She was trying to rub the sleepy out of her eyes as she stumbled out into the living room. When she saw Luna sleeping on the couch all of the events of last night came crashing back, worse than the hangover.
Her sobs woke Luna. Luna quickly went over and hugged Rhonda tight. While it would have been nice to have taken advantage of the situation last night, it wouldn’t have been an act of friendship. She murmured soothing words into the short red hair, trying to get Rhonda to relax some. After a while it seemed that Rhonda had cried herself out.
Luna helped Rhonda to the couch. She then hustled to the kitchen to make a quick cup of tea. Rhonda needed the tea, as the magical essences in the tea leaves would help her to relax. Luna had studied those, as there had been several adult education classes on Herbalism she had attended in Salem. There had been lots of classes on calming teas. Apparently America was a stressful place.
She looked over into the living room and Rhonda was still shaking, though there were no more tears. Once she had the water in the pot she carried the whole thing over with two cups floating along behind. She set down the pot and then grabbed the tea cups and set them down. Rhonda was curled up on one end of the couch.
Luna scooted over and hugged Rhonda. “It’ll be okay, really. I had a friend of mine look at your planets and it doesn’t look all bad. Things will work out.”
Rhonda looked up, her eyes red. “How can you say that?”
Luna looked confused. “What? That things will work out? But they will. I saw no signs of any infestations of any of the usual creatures that cause these things, so it is just a disagreement. Those can be fixed easier that an infestation.”
“What?”
Luna sighed and sat back primly. “This seems to be a simple case of misunderstanding, which means we can fix this. Maybe she simply has got some sort of mistaken notion in her head? We get that out and it’s all good.”
“I can’t see how this is a misunderstanding. Hermione left me. She left because she couldn’t cope. What does she think I have been trying to do? Does she think this has been easy for me? This whole thing has been driving me insane. And she can’t cope?” Rhonda was clearly upset, her voice raising through the whole thing.
“Well then. Maybe you should simply get on with your life? Simply deal with this on your own and not worry about her. She will either come around or she won’t.” replied Luna calmly, hoping that her longing for Rhonda wasn’t making her advice less accurate.
Rhonda sat there with the idea floating around her head. She had no idea if this spell could be reversed. If it hadn’t been reversed by now or had faded then it was doubtful that an easy solution to this problem would arise. She would have to get on with her life and just try to cope with things. Maybe she would be able to at least find out more about Chalice and the Wand.
“I think I am going to go on a trip. I don’t know if I can handle being here day after day, with all these reminders of Hermione all around me.”
Luna was a bit surprised by that. Rhonda was going to actually try and deal with this? Ron hadn’t been known for moving on; in fact he had gotten all tangled up about a number of things all through their school years. Maybe this change had actually had been good for him. “Are you going to tell anyone?”
Rhonda thought for a minute. “Yeah. I’m going to talk to work and maybe get some funds for this. I also need to grab my camping gear from my Mum’s house. That should be about it. I can leave Hermione a scroll if she even cares.”
Luna could see the pain through the resolve and attempt at sounding brave. She couldn’t let Rhonda travel around with all of that, without someone there to help. “Can I come with you?”
* * * * * *
Hermione looked up as someone opened up the study room. Harry walked in and he did not look happy. Hermione looked away. She couldn’t meet her friend’s eyes as she was embarrassed by the way she had treated Ron. But what else could she have done? She looked at him, tears glistening in her eyes. “You’ve heard?”
“Bloody well right I heard. What were you thinking Hermione? Ron has loved you forever it seems and you do this to him?” It was clear that Harry was not pleased by the way his first real friend had been treated.
“Her.” Hermione said this sadly. “It’s her now Harry. Ron’s a girl and there is nothing I can do. It’s not like I hadn’t tried with a girl, especially with the way that Luna and Ginny were eying everyone. But it didn’t do anything for me. It was wrong. And it’s not like I don’t want to be with Ron, I do, with all my soul, but Ron’s not Ron anymore. He’s a she. I…I can’t do she’s…”
Harry strode over and took her in his strong arms. She cried out her pain and loss against the Boy Who Lived. Harry scanned the room, wishing he could see something that could help. There was nothing. “Hermione, Ron is still there. He is. You can see it plain as day in the way this girl still bumbles exactly like him. If you love him, really love him, look past the body and into who he or she really is. That’s the reason I’m with Snape. I saw past what I thought into the truth of who he is. You can do the same.”
“I don’t think I can Harry. I’m afraid to even try, because if I fail I’ll lose him forever.” She began to sob some more, clutching at the heavy, armored Auror robes that Harry wore.
“Hermione, you are losing him by acting this way. How do you think he is going to react to this? He’s stubborn and when he gets upset he pouts forever practically. Remember that bit with the Goblet of Fire? It took almost getting burnt to a crisp for him to realize I had been telling him the truth. With this chain of events…who knows?” Harry rubbed her hair and then held her out at arms length. “Is that what you want to happen?”
She shook her head, her curly hair shifting. She let out a muffled “No.”
“Then maybe you need to go back there and let Ron or Rhonda know what you feel and try to work it out like adults. There is not need to freak out. Honest.” He gave her another hug. “Now Floo the git and work on getting back together.”
Hermione wiped the tears from her eyes and headed to the fireplace. She threw some of the powder into the fire and as the flames turned green she put her head in the flames, announcing where the call was supposed to go.
As her face pushed out of the coals in their apartment, she realized that the lights were off. She didn’t see anybody there. “Ron? Rhonda? Anyone there?”
There was only silence in the room.
Hermione pulled her face out of the flames and looked at Harry. “There’s nobody there.”
Harry and Hermione both grabbed powder and Floo’d over to Ron and Hermione’s flat. It was quickly evident that there was no one home. A quick check of the bedroom showed that someone had packed, messily. Empty bottles were in the living room and there were signs that the bed and couch had been used for sleep.
Hermione was getting frantic. Where had Rhonda gone?
* * * * * *
“Thanks Mom, I’ll bring everything back.” Rhonda hugged her mother.
Mrs. Weasley looked a bit sad. “I know you will. I’m just sad that things with Hermione didn’t work out.”
Rhonda shrugged the backpack into place. It was carrying lots of supplies for the trip. Her department was fine with the trip and had given her a healthy stipend of Galleons to cover it. The camping gear was old but serviceable. The tent was the one that they had stayed in at the World Cup match. It was singed a bit, but overall in good shape.
She was meeting Luna at this little village called Batsworth by the Dover coast. There was a nice inn there where they would have lunch and then Floo across the channel. Ginny was going to meet them there and assist in what ever last minute things needed to be taken care of.
“I’m sorry too. What did I do Mom?” Rhonda looked sadly at her mother.
Molly took her newest daughter into an enveloping hug. “Nothing at all Rhonda. Sometimes these things happen. She might get her head on straight and come find you. That would be a good start. Now, off you go. If you have any trouble in France floo your brother for help.”
“I will Mom.” With that she took a handful of floo powder and tossed it into the flames. “Batsworth!”
She stepped out into a small tavern. Luna was easy to spot, as that white hair was obvious. She was drinking a mug of something. She turned and smiled at Rhonda, her radish earrings wobbling.
The food wasn’t bad. Rhonda had Bangers and Mash, with some ale to wash it down. Luna got the Fish and Chips and was using Brown Sauce instead of vinegar. Rhonda looked at her oddly, but Luna didn’t notice or didn’t care, one or the other.
After they had both tuckered in, Ginny came out of the fireplace with her partner Tonks. Ginny smiled and hugged her sister tightly. “I’m gonna miss you sis.”
Rhonda found that she was crying and felt overwhelmed with happiness touched with melancholy. “I’ll miss you too. Thank you for all the help you have given me so far.”
She shrugged. “What are sisters for?”
Tonks looked over at the bags, “Got everything?”
Rhonda nodded. Ginny sat next to Luna and Tonks next to Rhonda. “I think so. I have the detectors I am sure I’ll need. I got a broom packed, in case I need that as well.”
“Got plenty of food?” asked Ginny.
“Yeah. Got lots of stuff. And plenty to drink. We may need to pick things up but they gave me a real nice stipend.” Rhonda was fairly sure she was ready for this.
“Just be safe sis, there are still Dark Wizards running around and this search can bring them your way.” said Ginny.
“I’ll be safe Gin. I got Luna to watch my back, a bunch of detectors and everything. I even have a hold out wand, just in case. I’m not going to do anything stupid. Honest.” Rhonda was sure that her sister cared, but she was an adult and did sort of know what she was doing.
Ginny nodded, her face turning worried. “Look, I’m sorry about Hermione. She’s being a prat. Nymph and I will try and talk some sense into her, okay?”
Rhonda’s eyes grew wet, thinking about Hermione. She had gone on plenty of adventures with ‘mione and Harry and now the woman who she loved had abandoned her. After everything they had been through, to leave her over this. She fought off the tears, hurt and anger giving her the strength to pull them back. “Thanks Gin.”
The hug surprised Rhonda. Ginny held her sister tight and whispered in her ear, “No worries Sis. I’ll do what I can.”
The fireplace flared green and two tall redheads dressed in expensive dragonhide suits stepped out. Fred and George spotted the group swiftly and sauntered over. They grinned broadly. This made the others nervous and more alert.
“We managed to get some…” began George.
“…information about the fortune cookie spell.” finished Fred.
Everyone looked expectantly at them. It was clear that the twins were enjoying the spotlight.
“It seems that this particular company…” explained Fred.
“Wei Ling Lam’s.” supplied George helpfully.
“…has been in business making such fortune cookies for a while”
“About thirty-five years.”
“And has been using the same process the whole time.”
“And we get the spell.” George’s grin was wide and excited.
“And we have been working on a Transformation Toffee, so that has been very helpful.”
“Any idea if we can fix this?” It was clear that Rhonda was desperate for a solution to this particular problem.
“Sorry Ron…da. The spell lasts twenty-four hours, max.” George laid a hand on his recent sister’s shoulder comfortingly.
Rhonda sighed in surrender. Luna rested a hand on her back. Rhonda turned and smiled at the white haired Ravenclaw. It was a small smile of thanks. Ginny and Tonks watched this and then turned to face each other. It was clear something passed between the couple, just no idea what that could have been.
As the two stood, pulling on their packs. Ginny motioned for Luna to join her, apart from the others. Once they were together the youngest Weasley grew some what stern. “Luna, don’t hurt Rhonda. She has enough going on without other things messing it all up.”
Luna smiled at her old lover. “Don’t worry Ginny-bear, I won’t try to hurt Rhonda.”
Ginny’s look softened. “Help her Luna. I know Ron was usually a prat around you, but Rhonda is really vulnerable and in pain. She needs help and a friend.”
“I will do that.”
The two hugged, each fitting into the others arms easily, still knowing each other well enough to do that.
Rhonda and Luna headed for the fireplace. Luna had gotten the reservations for them at a nice village near Karlsruhe, at the northern tip of the Black Forest. Luna grabbed the Floo powder and went first. Rhonda smiled at everyone one last time and then vanished in a burst of green flame.
* * * * * *
Hermione was cried out. This whole situation was making her crazy and she wasn’t sure what to do. So, she went to her office to do some work.
Cho Chang was busy working when she entered. The Ravenclaw was busy with research on several of the spells that Hermione had been working on. The Asian girl didn’t even look up as her boss walked in.
Hermione set her satchel down on her desk as she dropped into her chair. There was nothing she could do now except keep going on. Her secretary, Regina, came in with a mug of tea and some messages.
The former Hufflepuff smiled broadly. “Here are all the messages from the last few days. Also we got a Floo from America. Some gent from California is coming to interview for the assistant job.”
Hermione looked up. Assistant? Then she remembered that she was looking for another research assistant. Chou needed help with the work load and this new position should fix that. She nodded. “Do you have his resume?”
Regina beamed and handed over a folder. Hermione opened the folder and scanned the sheet. They had certainly done very well in Potions and Transfigurations. That might make him a good addition to the team. She nodded her head again, her thoughts working nicely on the problem. “Let him know that I would like to see him tomorrow if at all possible.”
As Regina left, Hermione turned to her work. It was hard to focus. She kept thinking about Ron. She ran through her years at Hogwarts, all the good and bad things that had happened between them. She loved Ron, with everything in her and had for years. This spell had torn them apart and now she was left without half of her heart.
What made it worse was that she could clearly see Ron in the woman’s face. It was her Ron with breasts and a vagina. Her Ron transformed into something…different. This Rhonda was not her Ron. She wasn’t! Hermione was angry over this, wanting to lash out at something. Rhonda had been the target of opportunity. She didn’t want to imagine that woman’s face covered in tears. She didn’t want to imagine the sounds of the sobbing after reading that letter. Hermione didn’t want to imagine what this could have done to Ron.
She wiped tears from her eyes and threw herself into her work again. She would find a cure. She would get her Ronald back, whatever it took.
* * * * * *
Luna watched Rhonda as they headed to the Potrtkey they needed for this trip. Te Floo to Calais had gotten them to the Juncture, where a great deal of the international traffic went through. It was clear by the set of the Weasley’s shoulders that she was upset and struggling to hold it in. If it was just from the situation or because her now slighter frame didn’t forge through the crowd as well wasn’t something she could answer. There were too many things that it could be, maybe even all of them.
Garflats were attracted to this kind of spirit and it worried her. They made the depressed feeling contagious, moving from one person to another. That was harder to fight than taking them on early, before the nesting and spreading phases began. Rhonda glowed like Garflat bait. It looked like she needed to do something to change the situation.
With her thoughts directed to the problem, she came up with an answer before they reached the portkey to Germany. It was an audacious plan and one that could end up with her old school friends never talking to her again, but it was the only thing she could think of to help Rhonda and Hermione be happy again. It was inspired and just a bit crazy with more than a dash of sexy. With a deep breath, she resolved to set her plan in motion and help her two friends.
The portkey was a moss covered rock with a splotch of red on it. Luna took Rhonda’s hand as they moved towards their destination. Rhonda glanced over at Luna questioningly but did not release her hand. Luna smiled encouragingly. She really did want for Rhonda’s happiness and she would make sure she could make that happen.
Rhonda and Luna are busy looking for information on Helga Hufflepuff and growing closer. Hermione is beginning to realize what she had done and turns to Ginny for help. And what is up with her new assistant?
This is a work of fiction using the characters created by J.K. Rowling. They are not used with her permission. All actions follow the events of book six of the series. Any similarity between any person living or dead is purely coincidental and unintentional. If you happen to find your life reflected in this piece I’ll be impressed.
The Chalice and the Wand
poetheather
Story ideas by poetheather and Wintermoon3
Beta by Redpiratemel
Chapter Six
“My name’s Derek Rogers, ma’am. I have worded extensively in the fields you have been looking for. I applied because it sounded like an incredible opportunity to work under the best witch in the world.” The young man had a soft Texas drawl that went along with his cowboy good looks. At six foot two he also stood heads and shoulders above the other applicants she had seen so far. His rugged face was attractive, though Hermione struggled to keep from thinking about the kissability of those lips.
“I see. It says that you live in California right now?” Hermione was struggling to focus on business, rather on the paths her thoughts were taking her; of running her hands down Derek’s back.
“Yes ma’am. I moved there after I finished school. I’ve been taking some classes at Berkeley. But I was born and raised in Texas, in this little town called Dumont. That’s where I was before going to Salem.” He stood there casually, dressed nicely in black jeans that hugged his body and a white dress shirt. He looked quite fetching like that and it was making Hermione’s libido run overtime.
“What sort of classes were you looking into there?” Keeping things focused was difficult and thinking about Rhonda impossible.
“Well ma’am, I was working on various curses and counter curses, as well as spell construction. When I heard about this opportunity I rushed on over, as you have done more in this field than anyone else has in over fifty years, if you don’t mind my saying.” The flattery felt nice. Having a hot, muscled man compliment her was nice and somewhat new. Hermione knew that was what he was doing, but she didn’t shut him down for it. She just basked in it, glad to feel something other than sorrow.
“I’ve read your recommendations and they all speak highly of your work. Let me see a few more applicants and then I can make a decision.” The interview was certainly at an end and Hermione was sure she had just found her new assistant. He was smart and a good bit of eye candy.
“Well, thank you ma’am. I’ll be staying at the Leaky Cauldron. Hope to hear from you soon.”
He stood and walked out of her office. Hermione couldn’t help but stare right at the man’s ass, packed tightly in those jeans. Once the door was closed she sighed heavily. The view had been quite nice both ways.
As she sat there, daydreaming about some alone time with Derek, thoughts of Rhonda entered her head. Shame followed shortly by indignation ran through her. Was it bad of her to dream of such strong manly hands holding her, when her Ron was gone? Rhonda had disappeared, leaving no note, nothing to let her know where she had gone. What had she done with her life, her love?
* * *
The detector was not being overly helpful, with the needle spinning about to eventually point back at Rhonda. When Luna tried, it pointed at the transformed Weasley as well. Rhonda sighed and put the item back into her back.
The bag she was wearing held all of their camping gear, as well as all the tools needed to find Hufflepuff’s work area. It was obviously well hidden by spell and nature, especially after a thousand years. Luna was carrying their food and such in the rucksack she had on. The two of them were sharing the load.
Rhonda sat down on a fallen tree. The Black Forest in Germany was the best bet for the lair of Helga Hufflepuff. There were plenty of wooded valleys which could be the spot. So far, however, it was avoiding detection. She wished that Hermione were here, she would be able to help solve this issue.
That thought brought tears to her eyes. Rhonda’s heart ached with the fact that Hermione had left him all due to his transformation to a girl. That hurt more than anything else. She had left her all due to something actually beyond her control. She started to cry softly as she sat there.
Luna hated to see her friend in any pain. She cared for Rhonda, who was different that Ron Weasley had been. This might be a good opportunity to get her plan in motion. It was a long shot but the only thing she could think of that could work to fix things between Rhonda and Hermione. With that she hugged Rhonda and as she held the girl gently, kissed her on the forehead. “It’ll be alright.”
Rhonda started a little but then relaxed and hug back, grateful for the human contact that she had been missing. Rhonda felt safe and comforted there and life didn’t seem so bleak. She closed her eyes briefly and leaned against Luna, pretending that it was Hermione holding her.
As Rhonda sat back up, Luna asked, “Feel better?”
Rhonda smiled, realizing that she did feel better. “Yes. Thank you.”
“Any ideas for getting the detector to find something other than you?”
Rhonda thought for a moment. What if she tuned the item to search for anything of that nature from a space five meters from where they stood? That way it would make Rhonda and her charged energy field something invisible to the item. She smiled and nodded. “I think I got it.”
After the change in the detector they were able to get a signal that led them south, deeper into the Black Forest area. Rhonda whooped with joy at the fact that the detector worked right. Luna excitedly hugged Rhonda and slipped in a quick, chaste kiss. “You are amazing Rhonda.”
Rhonda, still excited by figuring out a way to make the detector work, was thinking to herself, Bloody Hell. She was having thoughts, naughty thoughts about someone other than Hermione. It was kind of mind boggling, but if Hermione didn’t want her it seemed clear someone else did.
Luna smiled, happy for Rhonda figuring out how to change the search parameters of the detector as well as excited about the kiss. The first kiss was always the hardest and this way that tension should be broken. Maybe Rhonda would be the one to make the next move. That would be ideal. Maybe things in the tent tonight would be interesting.
* * *
Hermione rubbed the back of her neck. She didn’t really want to hire Derek, as the American was for too much of a temptation to her, but out of all the applicants he was obviously the most qualified. Two days of interviews had only confirmed what she had already known. Derek was going to become a new assistant here.
She stared into the fire of the flat she had shared with Rhonda. It felt empty, too large and made her want to cry. She needed to find Rhonda and fix things, but how could she do that? Hermione was sure that she wouldn’t be able to deal with Rhonda physically but what choice did she have? Harry had been right; Rhonda was still Ron.
She had to do something. She had to talk to Rhonda. Shaking her mass of curls, she realized that she had been such an idiot. Ginny. Ginny would know. She grabbed some Floo powder and tossed it into the fire. She knelt and put her face into the green flames. “Ginny Weasley.”
Various places flickered past until it settled on a flat. It was Ginny and Tonk’s flat alright, but she didn’t see anyone. “Ginny?”
“Ginny?” Hermione was beginning to wonder if the girl was even there. She then heard a somewhat distant grumbling, “Coming.”
A few moments later a sweaty naked Ginny walked into view. Se didn’t even try to cover herself and Hermione got a clear view of the woman’s curly red triangle and somewhat puffy lips. She was flushed as well. Oh my God! What had she interrupted? “Uhm…Hi.”
“Yes?” The voice wasn’t as friendly as Hermione was used to. It was quite clear that Ginny was less than pleased with her.
“Ginny, do you know where Ron..da is? I need to speak with her.” Saying the girl’s name that had been given to Ron was tough but she managed to get it out.
“Yes I know where Rhonda is but I’m not telling you.” With her arms crossed under her breasts lifting them and her legs spread defiantly Hermione got to see more of Ginny than she had ever really wanted to. And what was worse is that Ginny looked very similar to Rhonda.
“Ginny, could you please put a robe on or something?” pleaded Hermione. “I just want to talk to him…uh…her. I want to tell her I’m sorry.”
Ginny stared at her and Hermione could see Tonks in the background, wearing a robe and holding one for Rhonda’s little sister. “How can I believe you? You really hurt her, you know that. You broke it off with her, so why should I care about what you have to say?”
“I…I don’t know Gin, I don’t know what to do. I can’t stand this whole thing and it is making me crazy. I know you and I had those few weeks together but I don’t really feel anything towards Rhonda. She doesn’t do it for me. Gods, Gin, I don’t want to loose Ron. I love him and always have.” Hermione started crying and covered her face with her hands, embarrassed to be crying in front of Ginny.
Tonks moved forward and handed Ginny the robe, whispering in her ear, “Love, we should probably talk to her. She is still our friend after all.”
Ginny nodded. As she was putting on her robe, her girlfriend asked Hermione to come on through. Hermione nodded her head and managed to work the Floo correctly, to appear in their flat. Tonks helped her to the sofa and Ginny set about making some tea. From the banging coming from the kitchen, she was working out some stress while she was there.
Tonks hugged Hermione across the shoulder. “It’ll be okay. Let’s just work this out. You and Ronda are a great couple, and you shouldn’t change that just because of this transformation.”
Hermione sniffled and she fought back the tears. It was a struggle for her to compose herself. Ginny was heading back with the tea by the time she managed it. Ginny plopped into a chair, pouring herself a cup of tea. “So, what did you have to say?”
“Ginny, I’m sorry I hurt Rhonda, I really am. I want to talk to… her and try to explain things. I just…I just have this problem. The idea of sleeping with Rhonda turns my stomach.”
“Gee, thanks.” grumped Ginny, upset over the implication it made towards her.
“Its not that Gin. I did enjoy our couple of weeks, I really did. I don’t know why this is different but it is. I can’t figure out what is wrong with me.” Hermione looked down at her cup of tea, gazing into the golden brown liquid. “Nothing makes sense anymore. All I do is struggle to come up with some way to return Rhonda to Ron. And just seeing her reminds me of my failure.”
Ginny looked at Hermione, obviously distraught, and her gaze softened. She felt bad for not realizing that while Ron had been coping with being turned into a girl, Hermione had to deal with her fiancé being transformed. While everyone had been there for Ron who had been there for Hermione? She hugged the curly headed woman. “I’m sorry for being such a prat. I wasn’t thinking about what you would be going through. Sorry.”
Hermione sniffed and smiled weakly at Ron’s sister. “Thank you.”
“So, what do we have to do to help you deal with all of this?” asked Tonks, glad that she didn’t have to be mad at one of the Heroes of the Wizarding World.
* * *
Luna’s plan had been working so far. She and Rhonda had been growing more intimate as the days went along. It had been tough to follow the trail on broom without getting spotted by muggles. She was better on a broom than Rhonda was but it still wasn’t much easier. Her muscles ached from having to shift position, hide, hike and generally dodge various people. Her offer the first day of a massage had been accepted by Rhonda and as Luna had run her oily hand down Rhonda’s shapely leg she whispered prayers of thanks to Mel’s insistence on massage lessons.
The first night she had just worked on the girl’s legs and feet, eliciting happy moans which went right to Luna’s crotch. As things went on, she went from just legs, to legs and back and now, after three days of traveling, Rhonda had happily agreed to a full body massage. This was her chance to turn things up and really get things in motion.
Luna was using a warming oil she had learned to make back in Potions. Snape had insisted that they learn some of the more medicinal uses of magically infused oil and ever since then she had been using them. Rhonda was lying face down on the massage table that Luna had conjured, naked under the sheet. Luna was ready to get things to take a different turn, as Rhonda had reacted well to the growing intimacy.
She paused for a moment, wondering if what she was doing was wrong, if she was doing something reprehensible. After running through things again, it was the only thing she could think of to bring the two back together happily. Besides, if she returned to the United States, she was sure the Mel would be able to help her get settled. And if this really went awry, she could head to Australia and work as a foreign correspondent for her father.
The oil warmed in her hands as she rubbed them together in preparation. She worked on first one foot and then another, with Rhonda moaning happily as the tension left them. She worked up each leg, taking her time, letting her hands drift closer and closer on the inside of the legs. Rhonda moaned and let her legs drift open. Luna smiled. It was working. She drifted her fingers in closer, until her hands were just brushing against the lips of the girl’s vagina. Luna then moved to massaging Rhonda’s ass.
After working out the few tensions there, she shifted up to the back, using more oil. She could smell that Rhonda was getting aroused and this increased her own arousal. After some work on the back, especially on the tensions under the shoulder blades and through the neck, she finished with the girl’s arms and hands. “Rhonda, flip over.”
Rhonda complied, moving rather sleepily. Luna again started on the legs, working the feet and on up. She again drifted close to the girl’s vagina, letting her hands brush the wispy red hairs of the bush. More moans and the smell increased. Luna moved on, to finish with the face and head.
Once she had finished she stepped back from the table. Rhonda opened her eyes slightly, the desire clear on her face. Luna said softly, “All done.”
“Hunh?” was the clever response.
Luna helped her to her feet, trying to keep the sheet wrapped around her. Rhonda stumbled towards the sleeping area. When Luna helped the Weasley girl sit onto the edge on the bed and turned to go, a freckled hand stretched out and stopped her. “Don’t go.”
“Are you sure? I mean, there could be Garflats about.”
“I’m sure. Please, stay.” The need was raw on Rhonda’s face.
Luna smiled and cupped Rhonda’s face gently. She leaned down and kissed her companion gently, a slight bit of tongue running between the others lips.
Things turned more passionate and soon the pale skinned Luna was lying next to the freckled Rhonda. Rhonda was a bit tentative in her caresses, but Luna let her explore. When things shifted back to her she let her kisses drift down the neck to swirl around a breast. The change in breathing showed just how much Rhonda was enjoying that. She flicked the darker nipple with her tongue and began to suck. The arched back kept showing how well Luna was doing.
The pale haired girl’s hands drifted lower, to tease the redhead’s pubic hair, brushing it lightly and occasionally tugging at it. As the hips began to thrust themselves upward, Luna let a finger slide between the already swollen and slick lips and dance over the clitoris. The effect was instantaneous. Rhonda moaned deeply, the sound trembling her chest and the sensation rolled up her body.
Between Luna’s sucking of her nipples and the way the girl’s finger’s played with her, Rhonda felt herself explode into a feeling she had never experienced before. She almost screamed, and Luna never stopped until she kissed her way down to her vagina and tongue flicked her clitoris. Rhonda drowned in the sensations that ran through her body, eventually reaching a screaming, shuddering crescendo. She collapsed in a sweaty heap, her limbs like pudding.
Her voice reverently whispered, “Bloody Hell.”
* * *
Hermione shook her head as she worked her way through the passage again. Her Latin was good, but the mix of Latin, Greek and Old English was almost too much for her. It was slow, painful going but seemed to have some useful information. This text was talking not about sex change but rather how items of power changed spells and potions. The amplification effect was incredible and the more powerful the object the greater the amplification. This would explain Voldemort’s fascination with using such items for his Horcruxes. The power that filled those items might just transfer over into him. That bit of information helped to explain just how powerful the Dark Lord had gotten. It also explained why a minor little spell like the one on the fortune cookie had so majorly affected Ron.
The energy from the artifacts that he had been working with had filled Ron so when the fortune cookie spell reached out, it had many, many times more power than it needed. That would also explain the reason why the counter spells hadn’t worked, they simply hadn’t had the power needed to break through the spell. This passage should be able to help her figure out what she had to do in order to bring back her fiancé.
“Miss Granger?” Derek’s voice broke her concentration.
She looked up, a touch annoyed and said briskly. “Yes?”
“I was wondering if you wanted a bite to eat, seeing how you’ve been working for about eight hours non-stop on that.” The concern was clear and Hermione both craved and was frightened by it.
She looked up at her clock. Derek was obviously correct. She stood and stretched, reaching for the ceiling. The move felt good. “I could do with some supper. I can always take another crack at it tomorrow.”
“Would it be alright if I joined you ma’am?”
“That would be fine. Any idea where you would like to go?”
“’fraid not ma’am. I’ve hardly been outside of the Leaky Cauldron or Diagon Alley since I’ve been here. I don’t really know what’s good here to eat.” Derek shrugged and Hermione enjoyed the way his well defined muscles moved under his shirt. It was a lovely sight, much more so than when Ron had done anything like that.
“Well, Derek, you’re in luck as London has the widest array of food available in the world. What type of food are you interested in right now?” Hermione had been impressed with her new assistant and was quite impressed with how smart he was. The drawl certainly made you think he was less intelligent than he really was. It was a surprising thing.
“Well now. How about something new for me, Indian.”
“You’ve really never had Indian?” said Hermione, honestly surprised.
“Not too many Indian restaurants in my town. Actually only two restaurants in my town and one was a Mickey D’s.” remarked Derek, so I would be fine trying something different.”
They left the office and headed towards a restaurant that Parvati Patil had told her about. It was affiliated with the magical community but also did business with the local Indian community. Hermione had gone there several times with Parvati and had been deeply impressed. Ron had said he wasn’t a fan of curry, as if that were the only thing served there. Sometimes he was so narrow minded. At least Derek was willing to try it.
They had apparated to a small area that the restaurant kept clear for the purpose and headed around to the entrance. The food was enjoyable and Derek seemed to actually enjoy it, making comments about the chapatti, curry and the chicken tikka masala. Hermione smiled, happy for a light moment in her life.
Derek and she walked the streets after dinner, chatting about various books they had read and ideas they had about various other spell creators. They shared a lot of opinions, with only minor differences. Hermione walked close to him, enjoying the male smell of him. She had missed that since this whole issue with Ron/ Rhonda started. After a while, Hermione said her good nights and headed home, appearing in the doorway of the flat. The lights were off, just like she had left them.
She looked around the darkness, using the faint light to see the furniture. Things were much lonelier than she had expected but then again she had never lived alone in her life ever. She had gone from living with her parents, to the dormitory at Hogwarts to this Flat with Ron. She had never really had to spend time alone, except maybe for the months before the toilet rescue by Harry and Ron in her first year. It had been heroic and stupid and all Ron’s fault, but that was where her attraction towards Ron had really blossomed.
“Lux.” Some of the candles lit, casting a glow about the room, making some of the shadows dance. It didn’t bother her and hadn’t since having lived in the castle, with all of its torch light. Hogwarts had changed her in many ways. Living with Ron had changed her more.
She went over to her desk and pulled out the scrapbook she had made, with a number of pictures in it of her and Ron and her, Ron and Harry. She started to tear up as she looked at the picture of the two of them at their engagement party at the Burrow. Ron had looked so handsome.
Hermione clutched the album to her chest, curled up on the couch and cried herself to sleep.
* * *
Rhonda lay on the bed, staring at the ceiling, listening to Luna snore softly next to her. The pale headed girl lay curled gently against her, warm and soft. The ceiling of the tent was a good bit above the bed and she watched the pattern move softly in the breeze outside. Her thoughts ran over the night of sex she had just had. Luna had brought her to more orgasms than she knew was possible to have and she had reciprocated.
Guilt was not something she was really feeling at the moment. Contentment, bliss and wonder were much higher than guilt and she was glad for that. Almost since her transformation she had felt cut off from Hermione, ignored and untouched. Wanting nothing more than her fiancés love, Rhonda had tried to be there for her, but Hermione had not been there for her. Sure she had tried to fix the problem, but through the whole time she had not really dealt with Rhonda but had stayed focused inside.
And then there had been that letter. It had hurt, more than she would have thought. And to have found it in an empty Flat was more than she could stand. Hermione had made her decision and it was clearly not Rhonda. Since that was the case, it made sense to go out on this trip, away from her family and friends and especially away from Hermione.
Looking over at the more petite Luna, Rhonda missed the curly mass of her fiancé’s hair. That she was going to miss Hermione was not in question, but rather if this more were in her own favor. Luna had been there for Rhonda and that made her feel wanted. She hadn’t felt that way since this whole issue began. The feeling of touch, which made her skin feel so alive, had been something she hadn’t been aware of missing until Luna had touched her.
She teared up some and wondered when she would be able to get past Hermione. The sooner the better, as far as Rhonda was concerned. With a final glance at the ceiling, she closed her eyes and cuddled up with Luna. Soon her breathing slowed and she went to sleep, dreaming of Luna.
The Chalice and the Wand
by poetheather
Story ideas by poetheather and Wintermoon3
Beta by Redpiratemel
Chapter Seven
After a very long hiatus it returns.
Luna and Rhonda continue to search for the Lair of Helga Hufflepuff and Hermione is still coping with the transformation of her fiance and their breakup.
“Come on Luna, we’re almost there.” Rhonda and Luna were nearing the next possible spot on their list, the Wasserfalle Triberg. It was a Muggle tourist spot so they had to be very careful about how they were approaching it so as not to give themselves away. They were dressed very Muggle and Luna wore her radish earrings to help her blend in. They were getting a few looks to not too many.
As they walked down the trail, they could hear the waterfall before they could see it. This fit with what Rhonda knew of Helga Hufflepuff: it was in a valley, it was remote but not too remote, and it would be easy to hide behind. With the badger as her symbol Rhonda was sure that her home had been underground and somewhere easily defensible. This was the best lead she had and she had almost run out of other possible ideas at this point. If they couldn’t find the lair here they had two more places to check before giving up on finding Hufflepuff and heading off to Italy to search for Ravenclaw.
The two reached the falls and stood by the wooden railing, watching the water fall onto the rocks. It was a very soothing sight and sound and certainly made Rhonda relax some. There was a feeling of familiarity about this place, something that felt like home, almost welcoming. The crowd dispersed, as the tour group headed back to their bus, and the two of them moved quickly, acting to make use of this time.
Luna cast a muggle repelling charm to keep people away from the area for a short while as Rhonda climbed over the fence and gingerly made her way over to the side of the falls. The red head pulled out her wand and began to check on magical masking spells that could be hiding the lairs entrance. After a few spells, she reached into her bag and pulled out some of her more specialized detector items that she had brought with her from the Unspeakables offices where she worked. Once activated, she made a few readings and noticed that there did seem to be a large energy signature to the waterfall that had nothing to do with the natural ambient energy here. This could very well be it.
Was there a password? Rhonda knew very little about the Hufflepuffs except that they all worked hard and stuff. She knew more about Helga than about her house and nothing she knew gave her any clue as to any possible passwords. Would anything about that be involved here? Besides she didn’t know any old German from that time period, so that was another problem. What about a simple opening charm? Surely it couldn’t be that easy, could it?
Rhonda moved closer to the rushing water, trying to be careful so she did not fall in. She reached out with her wand tip barely into the stream of water when she cast. “Alohomora!”
Nothing happened. Maybe the door had been locked by Colloportus? That would certainly stop most things from getting in as it was a much more secure spell. What could she use to make it through that? Maybe Relashio? It might work, after all the spell was used to get things to let go of something. It was certainly worth a try. She focused and said, “Relashio!”
Nothing happened. This was really frustrating Rhonda. Hermione had been the one with the encyclopedic knowledge of spells, having basically any and every spell practically at her fingertips. She would know what to cast pretty quickly. She was just so bloody smart that is was scary some times. It was one of the things that was so very sexy about…
Rhonda shook herself to clear her thoughts. If Hermione didn’t need Rhonda than she didn’t need the curly headed girl, but thinking of her reminded Rhonda of another spell, or rather a derivation of a spell that she had picked up from the bossy know-it-all. “Specialis Revelio Portus.”
The water slowly shifted away from the rocks into two curtains of water and a faint doorway was outlined in yellow. This had to be it. She had found the lair of Helga Hufflepuff! “Luna, come on.”
The pale haired girl hopped over the railing, joining Rhonda up by the door. They quickly moved up to the door and went inside once Rhonda was able to undo the locks, the portal swinging open easily. The passage way was dry and remained that way when the water closed back over the entranceway, allowing them to look out at the area just below the waterfall as through a wavy gauze curtain.
They had a clear but wavy view of everything down from the falls, which would certainly have given Hufflepuff an excellent overlook of the land. With this, it would certainly be harder to set an ambush for her. Harder yes but not impossible. If there were other spells for scrying set up around here, then it would be much safer but they would have to look for those later. There were probably more devices inside the cave.
After a short walk into the cave, with both of them holding hands, the two explorers noticed that the rough cave changed from rock into a tile floor done in yellow and brown. They came to a large room, with lots of old furniture scattered about. Things were nice and dry with no moisture in the air. There were several tables loaded with different magical implements as well as dishes. Several bookcases were against the walls, helping to shape the space better. The tile floor was covered with a few rugs, mostly plain, but a few that were more decorative. Rhonda stopped Luna before the young woman stepped onto one of the rugs. “Let’s check things out first. Hermione always says to think before you jump in. With a site like this I would have to agree. Who knows what she might have left. What I wouldn’t give to have Bill with us right now. This is his area of expertise after all.”
Rhonda paused, her heart aching over the loss of the girl she had loved for most of her life. She sighed, trying to not think about the two of them hanging out, making love, planning the wedding, any of that. It made her sad; however this situation was what Hermione had made it, not her. She had tried to keep things going, working on the assumption that Hermione would solve this and if not that they would make the best of things. Hermione had not chosen her, had decided that her transformed fiancé was not worth keeping.
A few analysis spells later Rhonda was sure that it was safe to walk on the rug and that there were no obvious magical tripwires that they could trigger by just moving about in the room. The same spells made sure that there were no traps on any of the items in the room as well. That was a great relief as it would mean that they might be able to actually do something in the room. They had pretty well made it into the lair of Helga Hufflepuff and had access to all of her materials. It was a heady realization. This would certainly be of help in Rhonda’s research on the Chalice as well as how her condition came about.
Luna was flipping through one of the books, trying to make sense of what was in there. It did not look in any way familiar. That might be a bit of a problem. “Uhm…Rhonda, can you read German?”
“No. Why do you ask?” The thought that all of these books could be in some language other than English or Latin had never occurred to Rhonda and would only serve to make her more irate than she already was. That would certainly complicate matters as she didn’t have the language skills that Hermione had. She needed the curly haired woman even if Hermione didn’t need her. That thought soured her mood completely. She kicked the carpet angrily cursing, “Bugger all!”
* * * * *
Hermione rubbed her forehead in frustration. The amount of research she was doing into powered artifacts and their bleed over effects was making her head hurt. If what she was seeing were true, she would have to do a few things first in order to cure Ron of this particular effect. It was possible, but it wasn’t going to be easy. There were a few spells and a potion that would be needed to make this work, and that was where the problem lay.
She had the recipe for a rather complex potion and despite being good at potions it would take a true master to make this correctly as it took longer to make than polyjuice and was more complex. Her only hope was to talk to Harry and Snape in the hopes that Severus would make the potion for her as he was the only potion master she knew with the needed skill and the available time to brew such a thing. Now all she had to do was make sure that Harry and she were all right before she could ask such a big favor. Just flooing him wasn’t going to be enough. No, she needed to talk to him. Maybe floo him and ask him over to talk?
She headed over to the fire, tossed some of the powder in, and announced her call. She stuck her face in the fire and waited, looking back and forth to try and spot either of the two that lived there. Harry soon came over, looking a bit disheveled. “Hermione?”
“Hey Harry, could you come over and talk.” plead Hermione, clearly a bit emotional.
Harry smiled gently at her, “Sure thing Hermione. Let me get ready and I’ll be right over.”
Shortly Harry came over, looking a good bit more put together and only stumbling slightly as he stepped through her fireplace. “So, what’s up?”
“I… I... well you see Harry it’s like this… uh…” Hermione’s voice trailed off as she was unsure exactly what to say in this situation. After everything they had been through what could she say to ask him this question? “I…”
“Hermione, are you alright?” asked Harry, clearly a bit worried about her. “Here have a seat. I’ll be right back.”
While she was trying to come to grip with the words she wanted to say she could hear Harry banging away in the kitchen. That made her smile. He was probably making the extra noise on purpose as out of the trio he was easily the best cook, having gotten far too much practice growing up with the Dursleys. This was clearly all for her benefit, to help her relax and it was working. Good old Harry. What would she ever do without him?
That made her think about Ron and how she had basically driven him, her, whatever off because she had been acting like a right cow and not listening or really even trying to understand. Why had she been fighting so hard against this? Why had this whole thing been so difficult for her to accept? She sighed and rubbed her right temple, trying to stave off the headache that was building.
Harry came out with cups of tea and even some biscuits. “Here you go. I know it’s not quite a proper serving but I thought you might just want something to help you relax.”
“Thank you. I… Harry, I just wanted to make sure that you and I, that we’re okay.”
Harry narrowed his eyes a bit in confusion, trying to figure this out, “Well, yes, we’re okay. Why do you ask?”
“I know with everything with Rhonda and all of that I haven’t been, well I haven’t been the best friend that I could have been to her or to you.” admitted Hermione.
“That’s true but you are trying Hermione, I know you have.”
She smiled in thanks. “And that’s why I wanted to ask you over for… to see if we were okay and to check to see if you could ask Severus to brew a potion for me. It is a bit on the tricky side and he is a Potions Master with a great deal of experience. If I am right this potion could turn Ron back.”
Harry nodded following her reasoning. “That makes sense. And asking Severus to brew it makes sense as well. Have you checked with Rhonda and fixed things with her?”
Hermione looked down, abashed. “No, Ginny is still making me prove myself before she will let me get in contact with her. I know I was a cow to Rhonda and that I hurt her. I miss Ron and I don’t know why I have an issue with Rhonda but I am trying. I… I don’t know why this is so hard Harry.”
Harry pursed his lips, thinking. “Look, I’ll talk to her and see what I can do about getting her to tell you. But you also have to think about what you are going to do if this potion does not work. After all there is no guarantee that it will work because you aren’t even sure why this happened in the first place. And if that is the case you have to decide if you will choose Rhonda or not.”
Hermione sighed and sagged in her seat, sounding defeated. “I don’t know. This really is a huge thing for me and I feel overwhelmed.”
“That just means that it is important. I felt like that all the time I thought about Voldemort and trying to fight him, and look how that turned out.” Harry grinned, looking years younger.
Hermione chuckled, some of her tension fading.
“Now drink your tea. I went to a lot of effort to make it.”
Hermione looked up at him and smiled weakly, “Prat.”
“Yep and proud of it.”
“You would be. Honestly Harry, I don’t know how Severus puts up with you.”
“It’s because of my charm.”
“Git.”
“Feel better about things?”
“Yes. Thank you Harry.” replied Hermione, her words filled with emotion.
“Good. Now, you work on talking to that girl of yours and I will get Severus to agree to take a look at this potion of yours. Do we have a deal?” asked Harry, his humor masking the seriousness of his question.
Hermione knew that he was serious, having been able to read him since their third year at Hogwarts. “We have a deal. I have no idea what I am going to decide but I will talk to Rhonda and see what happens.”
“Good. Well, let me get going. I got things to do. Do you have a copy of that potion anywhere?”
Hermione handed over her small stack of papers that were her extra notes on this particular potion, copied just in case she were able to convince Harry of this. Harry looked at the stack and whistled. “You never do anything by halves do you Hermione.”
She just looked at him with a look that clearly answered his statement.
“Right. Talk to you later.” And with a flash of green fire and a called out destination Harry was gone.
Hermione slumped into her seat and had some more of her tea. Harry really did make an excellent tea. He probably made Severus an excellent housewife.
* * * * *
Rhonda was going through things carefully after using her wand to first make an accurate rendition of the state of the room before she touched anything. She did the same thing when it came to details on the bookshelves and the tables, as she was going through and simply categorizing everything. This was going to take a while.
Luna looked on and was at a bit of a loss for what to do, not having trained for this kind of work. Sure she had some skills from tracking creatures with her father but those skills were not as useful at this precise moment. She rocked on her heels briefly and instead made sure that Rhonda had the tools that she needed. Since that did not really take all that long, Luna pursed her lips and looked around for another easy task that would make sense. She found a decent cleared out space and opened their tent up, figuring that staying in the cave was a smart plan.
She was busy thinking and that was always a tricky proposition when there were nargles about. Things were going well with Rhonda and that was both good and bad. The woman was relaxing about her body and actually enjoying things. The sex wasn’t bad but Luna could tell that something was still haunting the redhead and that the something was Hermione. This was not a bad thing in her mind, if she wanted to get them back together then having Rhonda think about Hermione was a good thing.
Luna’s biggest worry right now was what to do about Hermione herself. If the woman was having issues with intimacy with women then Luna would need to see to that before these two would be able to get back together. That might mean that she would have to head back to London and seduce Hermione to make the woman better with sex with women. Then maybe she would be able to have sex with Rhonda and make it easier for them to get back together. She had to fix this. It was important. She knew it was but didn’t know exactly why.
Maybe if Rhonda was spending her time here working on the site or if she went when they found Ravenclaw’s place, Luna might have a chance to rush back to London and spend some time with Hermione. The mere thought of such a journey made her feel exhausted but if it had to be done for the greater good then it had to be done. She had to do whatever it took to ensure that Rhonda and Hermione stayed together, even if it cost her her heart. She teared up a little at that and shook her head. No, she did not have time for silly thoughts. She had a relationship to save.
She had the tent fully prepared and was now working on making some lunch for the two of them. She knew that ensuring that the two of them had plenty to eat while they were working was an important task and one she was much better at than Rhonda, who could burn water. One thing that had carried over from Ron to Rhonda was the appetite. So she certainly wanted to make sure that she was kept fed. It was a simple meal of moderately fresh black bread, some local cheese and some local wurst of some kind that she had picked up in town before they had started up the trail. She had heated the wursts along with some vegetables, sliced a few pieces of bread and cheese, laying it all out for the two of them. That should provide plenty of fuel for the both of them to work with.
She went back outside and saw that Rhonda was now busy in a far corner of the main room examining what looked to be a small greenhouse off towards the back of the cave. Luna headed on over and rested a hand on the redhead’s shoulder. “What have you found here?”
“Apparently, Hufflepuff had a collection of really rare plants here. Some of them seem to be incased some sort of stasis spell. I am not sure which one exactly so I am not going to fiddle with those at the moment. But all of this is really is pretty fascinating. There is just some truly amazing stuff in here. I mean it looks as if Hufflepuff closed things up as if she had expected to come back here. I wish I were able to find out why. You know, I don’t know why no one has ever looked for this place before, but I guess no one planned on using the chalice in that manner so it just never occurred to anyone to track her down.” commented Rhonda, as she was scribbling down some notes in a leather bound notebook she had.
“I guess people were just too lazy to do the work.” replied Luna in that dreamy voice of hers.
“Makes sense. Kind of stupid if you ask me. Blimey, what Hermione wouldn’t… never mind.” Rhonda ground her teeth in frustration and turned away from what she had been looking at, wanting to make herself stop thinking along whatever track she had been thinking along.
“I wanted to let you know, lunch is ready.”
“Great. I’m starving.” commented Rhonda, glad for the topic change. That and her stomach had been gurgurling lately.
As they were seated, Luna had handed Rhonda over a plate filled with good things and the jar of stone ground mustard. Once Rhonda started eating, she said, “So you were wondering what Hermione wouldn’t give to be in this cave with all this stuff?”
Rhonda choked on a bit of sausage, managed to swallow it down with some effort, trying to clear her throat with a few coughs and then said, quite loudly, “Bloody Hell! What was that for?”
“Well, wasn’t that what you were saying outside? I quite agree with you, you know. Hermione would give almost anything to see all of this. She really does have an insatiable curiosity. She would be quite useful in all of this exploring. Butterbeer?”
“Uh… thanks?” Rhonda took the drink offered to her, not sure what was going on.
Luna continued on, quite unfazed by Rhonda’s red face and distress, “I am quite certain that she would love to see all of this but not before she was being nice to you again Rhonda. That is an absolute first step.”
“Uhm… yeah. Sure.” Rhonda was getting confused. She had no idea what the hell Luna was going on about. As far as she knew, girls that you snogged and slept with did not usually blather on about other girls or mention them in this caviler a fashion. It was really making her more and more confounded. Part of her wanted to hide until the madness blew over.
“Oh good. I am glad you agree. I am sorry we have no treacle tart, I think that the snifflerbats may have gotten into the supplies. I am dreadfully sorry Rhonda. I think I should go shopping tomorrow while you work, would that be okay?” said Luna with a smile.
“Sure. That will be fine. I mean, we are going to be here for a few days why I am trying to figure out all this stuff, to see if I can get any clues as to the powers of Hufflepuff’s Chalice. If you can find something to help translate the books while you are out that would be great.” replied Rhonda as she cut some more of the wurst.
“No problem. I have an idea where to look for something like that.”
“Great. That will help speed things up in here. If I had glasses or something that translated languages or something like that, it would be perfect. I think Hermione may have… never mind. Forget about it.” grumbled Rhonda, her thoughts heading back to the curly haired girl.
“I think you have nargles. Once you finish lunch, I know a great way to check for them and maybe chase them off. That is… if you are interested.” said Luna coyly.
“Really? I think I like that idea. Tell me more…”
* * * * *
Concentrating when such a good looking man was in the room, working on something else, was not easy. Hermione kept telling herself that she was still engaged, that she was just having a slight hiccough in her relationship and that she would never cheat on Ron or Rhonda. However, Derek was so near and he smelled so good and he was so attractive and she so wanted to peel his clothes off and nibble his muscular body that it was completely distracting which was of no help to her mental state right now. How could she be sure of her cure for Rhonda if Derek and his scent of clean, rugged manliness was so close.
His work was too good and too useful to just sack him and send him far, far away. No, she just had to fight against this temptation and do the right thing, no matter how much she wanted to be bad. And by the right thing, she meant go home to her empty apartment and maybe frig herself into sleep again, while she cried in her half drunken stupor over what a total disaster her life had become. It was a terrible way to live and Hermione hated it. She hated feeling bad for feeling attracted to an attractive man. She hated feeling bad for not being attracted to Rhonda. She hated feeling bad that she was not sure she could live up to the ideals that both Harry and Ginny seemed to hold her to.
It was unfair. Why did she have to always be the perfect one? Why did she have to be the one who suffered while Rhonda got all the sympathy in this crazy situation? Derek’s muscular arms would surely comfort her through the long night alone but that would be wrong and she just couldn’t do that to herself or to Rhonda. If she wanted to make this work and salvage her relationship then she had to fight against these urges, but every day it got more and more difficult. All she really wanted to do right now was strip off her clothes, let Derek shove the books off and have his way with her on the tables. The thought of that whole scenario excited her, made her so wet that it was a bit uncomfortable and she was randier than she had been since this whole misadventure had started.
She swallowed hard and shook her head to clear it of the bad thoughts that were clamoring for control. No, she couldn’t do that, if she did it would be something she would regret for a very long time, but perhaps she could do something about the feelings and urges that were playing havoc with her. Getting up she walked to the loo and locked the door. After a quick cast of the appropriate privacy charms, Hermione dropped her pants, threw off her skirt and leaned against the wall, letting her fingers move within her sopping wet cleft. Her other hand moved under her shirt and under her bra to play with her breasts and the tightening nipples. As her hands were busy at work her mind thought of Derek and what he would look like, smell like, feel like, as he moved upon her.
That train of thought continued and it was very pleasant. The images of that muscular Texan in nothing but chaps and riding her, maybe breaking her like an errant horse got her so damn close but the images changed as her thoughts drifted, dragged along by the tidal pull of the sensations, from the image of a broad shouldered Texan to a more familiar red headed man, with a different scent and feel, with a far more familiar and practiced hand. Her own hands slowed from the frantic pace she had been rushing with, desperately trying to find some sort of release to a much more slow build to the final peak, moving her up closer and closer up towards what was sure to be a thunderous orgasm. She could picture clearly Ron’s thighs, his back, his shoulders, his arms, his abs, the feel of his Quiddich roughened hands moving across her skin. His rough lips on hers, the way his skin felt under her hands, the way the muscles bunched under his back as he thrust into her, the smooth muscles of his arms, the rounded curve of buttocks, the soft globes of her breasts and the way that they fit just so in her…
Hermione screamed out her orgasm and her legs buckled under her, dropping to the floor in tears, sobbing for a lust that she wanted, had had before and, in the case of her husband, utterly reviled and she did not know why.
The Chalice and the Wand
by poetheather
Story ideas by poetheather and Wintermoon3
Chapter Eight
Luna woke and felt the warmth of Rhonda cuddled next to her. That made her smile. The redhead was sleeping so peacefully and that was so good to see, as that had not been the case when they had first started this trip. The girl had slept fitfully and it had taken lots of physical labor and lovemaking in order to wear her out enough so that she had been able to sleep enough to not be tired day in and out. That she was peaceful now was a good sign. That meant that Rhonda was healing from the pain that Hermione had inflicted on her when the breakup happened.
After a few minutes of enjoying the sight, she slowly eased herself out of the bed, needing to answer the call of nature. Rhonda made a noise but did not wake, instead grabbing the pillow she had been using and cuddling against that instead. Unable to help herself, Luna reached down and ran a hand down the girl’s hair, gazing at the girl fondly. It was going to hurt so bad when she lost her.
Walking into the kitchen after she had gotten ready for the day, she looked through their supplies, smiling as she did. It was a really good thing that they were starting to run low on provisions at this point or it would have been a lot more difficult for her to pull this part of the plan off. Even Rhonda, who was admittedly not the most observant of the Golden Trio, would have noticed something amiss. And it would really help matters that the girl was so immersed in her work right now that it should help mask things as well. Luna had to admit that the site was fascinating. To have found the cave of Helga Hufflepuff was simply amazing. And it was all Rhonda who had done it as well. How could she not be impressed? Who would ever believe it?
She noted down everything that needed restocking and then turned and made some breakfast for herself as well as Rhonda. As she was putting it onto plates, Rhonda came stumbling groggily out of their room, hair tousled and still clearly sleepy. Luna smiled at the redhead affectionately and put a mug of tea in front of her. She had made it just the way Rhonda liked it and had kept it ready with a warming charm. The tea seemed to help the girl wake up enough to have her eyes open up more than mere slits.
“Ready for breakfast?” asked Luna airily, as she was running through her own packing list, making sure she was ready to go. She was going to be away for a few days and needed to have what she would need and it would not be useful to forget anything.
“Thanks. Hungry.” mumbled Rhonda, not really looking up from the table.
Luna snickered lightly, “You are always hungry. You have always been the hungriest Weasley.”
“s’not my fault.” grumbled Rhonda as she began to dig into the plate that Luna slid in front of her.
“I know. You’ll be fine but I am going to get us more supplies. You have enough food and such for a few days. I should be back by then, so it shouldn’t be a problem. I have not seen any infestations of nargles, wrackspurts, or Black Forest Dumfliegers, which can steal your intelligence, so you should be fine. But if you start to feel stupid, wave your hands about and hop, the commotion often drives them off.”
Rhonda looked up from her plate of food slightly confused. She swallowed and then asked, “Are you serious?”
“Absolutely Rhonda. An infestation of Dumfliegers can reduce you to a gibbering mess and we wouldn’t want that.” Luna smiled at him.
“Uhm… no… no we wouldn’t.” Rhonda had kind of forgotten this part of Luna, as it had not really manifested during their trip so far. She smiled a bit uncomfortably and unsure. “Thank you for that. I’ll be sure to keep that in mind.”
“Thank you. I would hate to return and find you in a puddle of your own drool.” commented Luna seriously.
Rhonda started laughing. “Oh Merlin Luna, thank you. I will be on the lookout for that. I certainly wouldn’t want that to happen.”
“Good.” Luna stood up from her place at the table, collecting her dishes. “Now I really should get going. There is so much to do. I will be back in a few days.”
Rhonda nodded. “Be safe.”
She smiled at her, glad that the redhead cared for her, even though it made this whole thing harder for her to accomplish. “Certainly, and you do the same.”
“Oh, and use that apparation point I found at the back of the cave. That way there is less chance of the muggles seeing you before you leave. Clearly Hufflepuff thought of everything.” commented Rhonda, as she had some more tea.
“I shall. And do remember that falling is not your fault and can be a good thing.”
Rhonda looked up at her quizzically, trying to make sense of that last statement. Luna just smiled, came around the table and kissed the girl good bye. She put a lot of her feelings into it so that Rhonda might be a bit too stunned to actually ask her about things she really couldn’t answer. Sometimes she just said things and she didn’t know why. If they felt right, the words came out. She had always been that way.
She grabbed her bag and walked from the tent that she had erected in a cleared area inside the cave. Since the site was of such historical importance it felt weird to even consider sleeping on Helga Hufflepuff’s bed. So it was probably for the best that she had put up the tent and not done that. Rhonda had not noticed when she was doing that as she had been busy inventorying the cave, trying to get and accurate picture of what was here visually before she started really delving deeper into what was there in terms of analysis. She really was approaching this work logically and with a good methodology, so unlike a Gryffindor.
It was already pretty interesting. There was a small greenhouse, a small forge, the library, personal rooms, a kitchen which seemed to double as a potions room. The whole complex was a wonderfully compact and efficient place for someone to do their work free of distractions. Luna was certainly impressed and she was sure Rhonda was as well. The area that Rhonda had mentioned was a small cleared area in the back that looked like it had protective wards around it but was still a valid apparation point. It was incredible and was a work of some amazingly advanced magic to make such a tiny hole in such strong wards that was invisible from the outside, but it made sense given that a badger would want more than one way out.
She read the Arithomancy formulae written in the runes around the border around the floor that spelled out the name of the spot, Puff’s Den, and the layers of protections. It made her smile. This was like needing to apparate with a Floo address. It was pure genius. Hermione would be all over this, enjoying the spell and rune work that went into this place, maybe even squealing with delight. Stepping onto the bare earth and fixing the spot in her mind, she smiled faintly, trying to remind herself that she was doing all of this to help her friends. She disappeared with a pop.
* * * * *
“This really is a rather complex and ingenious potion Ms. Granger. I must admit I am rather impressed.” said Professor Snape. “I gather that from your notes that you believe the problem to be the lingering energies of the Founder’s Artifacts?”
Hermione smiled faintly. Once such praise would have made her puff up with pride, but now it was all kind of hollow. A lot of her life felt that way right now as all of her energies were devoted to solving this one problem, in the hopes that it could fix her screwed up relationship. She just wanted her old life back. “Yes. I figure that with Ron spending all that time working with those two Artifacts so closely that the energy seeped into him.”
“Not unlike water penetrating a sponge?” He said with a slight sneer.
“Yes, exactly. That was what I was thinking. I think the reason all the other attempts to fix this failed is because all of that power is still in there. If it is stripped from him…” ignoring the slight against Ron, because it was not important in the overall scheme of things.
“…then the weak power of the fortune cookie spell will be all that remained. As I said, ingenious. The way you used multiple disciplines to solve this problem is really a skill outside of most witches or wizards out there. I must commend your work.” Professor Snape favored her with a slight smile, more a turning up of one corner of his mouth than anything else. “It will take me a while to brew this. In order for greatest efficacy to occur I do believe it may be several months. This has never been attempted before, at least not in this fashion nor strength. I do look forward to this challenge. I thank you for that.”
Hermione sighed and sagged slightly in her chair. She had honestly been worried that Snape would have refused the job and he was the best potions Master she knew of. “Thank you Professor. This really means a lot to me.”
“You are welcome. I have all the ingredients available at Hogwarts and will start brewing immediately. I wish you luck in this endeavor.”
Hermione stood and offered her hand to the tall, thin professor. He took her hand and shook it gently. He raised an eyebrow and pierced her with his gaze as he had of old. “And do try to take care of yourself Ms. Granger. It is clear that you are not sleeping well and that will take its toll on your work. Harry worries about you, you know.”
The brown haired girl blushed a little at his comment, aware of the dark circles under her eyes and the paleness of her skin. She had been trying to mask it but naturally Snape would be able to see through such things. “I will try Professor. I am just under a lot of stress.”
“Very well. Now that this is in my hands, you can cease your stress and leave it in my capable hands. What good does this do you, if at the end you are too unwell to properly celebrate?”
“Thank you Professor.” replied Hermione, blushing some more and shaking her head.
“Good day.” He turned and his cloak spun around him, like it often had at Hogwarts. She shook her head. Some things would never change, which was something of a comfort. Before the door closed she heard his voice again, “Miss Lovegood.”
“Professor.”
Hermione looked towards the door in some surprise as the blond walked in. Her brows furrowed in worry, “Luna? But I thought…? Weren’t you with…? Is Ron okay?”
“Yes. Yes you did. Yes I was. She is fine. We have made some amazing discoveries, but that is for her to tell you. I just have a few questions.” The smile that Luna graced her with was beatific.
The responses and the look threw Hermione for a bit of a loop and she sat down kind of heavily, trying to parse all of that. She needed to get things back under her control where she liked them. “Uhm… yes, so what is it that you want?”
The girl smiled happily and asked in response, “Did you have a nice chat with Professor Snape?”
“I… I did thank you.” Hermione could not figure out where this was going. Luna was always the most random person she had ever known and that had clearly not changed since she had last seen her. This was not helping matters any.
“That’s good. I am so glad that Harry was able to clear out the nest of Nargles that was infesting him. He does seem to be much happier now.”
Hermione smiled a little. Luna’s imaginary creatures were always kind of amusing. They always seemed to be used to justify odd or unusual behavior in people, when it was really just psychology. “Yes, he is so much nicer since that happened.”
“Oh! Rhonda said that you had enchanted a pair of glasses to be able to translate any language they looked over into English. Would it be possible to borrow those for a little while?”
“Certainly. I assume you found something that Ron can’t read?” Hermione asked, growing interested in what Ron was doing.
“Yes. Rhonda is not very skilled at several languages though I must admit she is developing some skills as a linguist.” There was something in the smile that Luna gave her that had Hermione trying to figure out what the blond meant by that. “And the quality of the work she does. I must admit, I had not thought that Rhonda would be quite that cunning. You must have had a rather strong influence on that part of her.”
“Thank you…” Hermione was not sure what to make of that. Luna was smiling that smile of hers, the one that made her seem all blissed out and like there wasn’t a problem in the whole world. It did seem like she was saying something else though. “I have no problem letting Ron…da borrow those glasses for her work. I assume this has to do with her search for answers?”
“Oh yes, you would be very proud. She is doing some amazing things right now.” Luna smiled happily, clearly proud of what Rhonda was doing.
Hermione closed her eyes and rubbed the tense spot between her eyes. She was the one that should have been proud of Ron’s work and not Luna. This was not right. “Look Luna, I know that you are with him and that I may have screwed things up beyond fixing but could you not rub my face in it.”
“I am sorry Hermione, that wasn’t my intention. I was trying to let you know how she is doing, since you seemed worried about her.” replied Luna with a bit of a frown on her face.
Luna was being so forthright that Hermione was finding it difficult to be angry with her. If the girl weren’t so open about everything it would be easier to hate her. “No I’m sorry Luna. I should not have snapped at you.”
With another of her characteristic smiles, Luna replied, “That’s okay. You are just worried about someone you care about. Even if things aren’t going well right now that doesn’t mean your feelings stop.”
Hermione nodded. When Luna made sense there really was no denying what she said and she really was making a good deal of sense right now. “Thank you. Let me get those glasses.”
She stood and walked over to one of her bookshelves and grabbed the solid glasses case that was designed to survive most any damage that came to it, which contained the glasses that Luna had asked about. Handing them over she asked, “Was there anything else you needed?”
“Yes. I was wondering if you would have dinner with me tonight?” Again Luna turned one of her brightest smiles on her.
Hermione’s face scrunched some in confusion. Had she misheard Luna? “Excuse me?”
“Dinner. Tonight. Surely you still eat, right? I mean surely you must unless you are dealing with an infestation of Librapath Beetles that make you disregard normal life for studying. I know it might be tough to tell with you sometimes but this development is worrisome. We need to start treatment right away!” Luna was clearly a bit distraught and began to get up and moved towards her side of the desk.
“No, no… it’s okay Luna. I don’t have a beetle infestation. I am perfectly fine and yes, I will have dinner with you. See, no need to worry about me and some strange infestation.” protested Hermione, wanting to keep Luna from doing anything too strange to her head in order to stop the infestation.
Luna smiled at her serenely and sat back down. “Well, if you are sure. I could still check for them. It won’t take but a moment. We need to be safe.”
“No, I’m good.” Hermione gave a small indulgent smile.
“Okay. Do you want to come over to my place before dinner? I will have everything set up for it and you will not have to do a thing.”
“That sounds fine. Thank you Luna.”
The blond stood. “Well I should get going. I need to do some more shopping and get things ready for our dinner. Here is the Floo address for my flat. I hope to see you there at seven?”
“I’ll be there.”
Once the blond left, Hermione lowered her head to her desktop, groaning in frustration. Why did this sort of thing always seem to happen to her? She had been good. She had been in a good relationship with good friends and everything, so why this? Why was all of this happening to her? To Ron? Maybe there was some sort of curse on them? Some sort of lingering curse that Voldemort’s death had started? She shook her head. There was no way that was true, based off of how happy Harry and Ginny were, but she wished it was. That at least would be an easy thing to fix, a problem she could tackle and overcome instead of having a life that was falling to pieces all around her and completely out of her control.
She looked at the paperwork and projects on her desk and she sighed. There was just no way she was going to be able to focus on any of this stuff, not while she was still all tangled up with these issues. Maybe having dinner with Luna would actually help her clear her mind, get her out of the rut she had been in and let her tackle these problems fresh in the morning. Right now she really was not doing her best work and that was not what she needed. No, if she wanted to save her engagement and her love she had to be at her best. Only that way could she fix things.
* * * * *
Rhonda looked around the cave, at all the amazing things in it and smiled. This really was kind of awe inspiring. She was actually standing in the cave of Helga Hufflepuff, one of the founders of Hogwarts. She had found the cave of Helga bloody Hufflepuff. That was amazing. To think that without this stupid curse that she had somehow given herself she might never have actually gone on this trip and searched for this place. She might never have discovered this out of sheer laziness if not for a fortune cookie. It was mind blowing. Hermione would be so jealous.
That thought made her frown. Yes Hermione would love it here. This place with all its books and interesting objects and lore would be a veritable playground for the woman. However she had hurt Rhonda and so she was a bit cross with the genius at the moment. With a shake of her head she tried to clear her thoughts of her fiancé, grumbling out, “I don’t have time for this.”
Choosing instead to follow the lure of the room in front of her, Rhonda left her brooding and moved deeper into the cave. She had noted the greenhouse yesterday so it would make a good first project to tackle as without the glasses looking at the books would not be helpful. Looking over the outside, what she noted first were the heavy use of runes on all the joins and around the windows. It was interesting work and fairly advanced for the time period.
This brought to mind visions of Hermione bent over an Ancient Runes text back at Hogwarts, studying like mad over the crazy symbols. Rhonda frowned and tried to ignore that thought, choosing instead to focus on the task at hand. She tried to remember if these runes were similar to the ones on the greenhouses at Hogwarts but could not precisely remember. Her memory for those sorts of details was not that great. It was probably the case, but she was not sure.
Entering the greenhouse cautiously, with her wand out and at the ready, Rhonda looked around the glass enclosed room. It was well lit and a bit humid. There were a number of plants there, mostly having overgrown their pots, spilling over the surfaces they had been put on and draping over the floor. The ceiling was giving off what seemed a little like daylight and if there had been a watering system built in as well, that could explain how these plants had managed to survive all these years and the humidity in the air. She couldn’t identify most of the plants, as herbology was another subject that she was not particularly good at. It was a bit annoying as at every turn in this damn place she was wishing that she had the bushy haired girl that she still loved despite the pain.
Groaning in annoyance, Rhonda tried to get back to her work of figuring things out about Helga’s place. It did not look like there was anything of note that she could spot in here but she need to finish her search. Neville could have identified all of these she was sure and given her a better assessment, but her own herbology grades had not nearly been nearly as stellar. She knew she had been pretty much a crap student back at Hogwarts but she had been trying to make up for it even since and in fact had done a lot more learning and studying since she had joined the Unspeakables in order to more effectively do her work. Their training program was intense and she had almost not made it, to be honest. If it had not been for her fame because of the War there was no way she would have even gotten the position, but the extra hours she had studied both at work and at home, with Hermione helping her ensured her eventual success.
That train of thought made Rhonda scream in annoyance, “Bloody hell, does everything in my life relate to perfect fucking Granger! I know we wouldn’t have survived the bloody War without her but I have done things on my own! I’m a success. I have done all sorts of things! Look, I found this bloody cave, haven’t I! A cave no one found for about a thousand years! Damnit Hermione, you aren’t the only smart witch around here!!”
She collapsed to her knees against the back of the greenhouse, head against the stone, pounding her fist lightly against it as she cried, tears of anger and frustration burning down her face. “It’s not fair! This whole damn thing is not fair.”
Suddenly she fell forward onto the floor as that section of wall swung open and all that supported her was empty space. Rhonda, lay there on the dirty floor, blinking at the opened area in some confusion. She cast Lumos and looked at the tunnel that was before her. She climbed to her feet, brushing the dirt off of her, wand still held before her as she walked down a short tunnel to another chamber. Once she stepped into the room several torches burst into light. Rhonda was blinking at all of this as she took in the chamber. This was clearly some sort of secret room within Hufflepuff’s secret living space. There was a worktable in there with a chair in front of it and as she drew closer it was clear that there were metal carving tools on there. Looking closer she could spot a few pieces of metal that looked similar in composition to the chalice. Was this where the chalice was made?
Running her fingers over the surface, she smiled to herself. This place was amazing. There was a bookshelf in here as well, but it was empty, and there were shelves of jars that had labels on them that she could not read. This was more than likely Helga’s work room, where the other rooms had been for living and normal study. This was clearly the safest place in the whole complex.
That thought made Rhonda pause. This would indeed be the safest place in the whole complex so how in Merlin’s name did she get in here?
Frowning, she headed back to the door, trying to make sense out of this. If the door was protected, like it would have to be for a secret room, then how did she manage to do this? It would probably be something in a manner similar to the Chamber of Secrets, but she had not really said anything that might work as a password. She had just pounded on the stone and spoke regular words. That made less than no sense. The parseltongue defenses made sense but this?
She had already seen the room, so should she take the chance of never getting back in to try and solve this mystery? With a nod, Rhonda pulled the door closed. Once it was back in place, there was no seam anywhere to mark that there had ever been a door. She knelt down to the same spot she had been at before and examined the rock. She saw a faint mark on the stone and it looked like a badger. She peered closer until she was sure that what she was seeing was actually there and not something she was making up to make herself feel better. It was and if she was correct that was where her fist was hitting. Tracing the figure with a finger, she then rested her hand flat against it, holding her breath nervously. The stone swung open as her hand went flat on it.
Rhonda gasped. How the hell? This didn’t make any sense. Why would her hand open the door? She needed to think and it was not a skill she was particularly gifted at. Heading back to the main rooms, she was distracted as her thoughts were a tangled, jumbled mess. She needed a cup of tea to think clearly, and it might even be easier if she was back in the comfort of the Burrow. This was strange and difficult to wrap her head around and was making her head hurt a little. Somehow she was able to open Hufflepuff’s secret workroom with a touch. That made no sense.
Once back in the tent, she made the tea while she was rubbing the back of her neck, trying to loosen tight muscles, her mind busy trying to make heads or tails of this whole issue. Could it have to do with the magic bleed over from the artifacts she had been working on? If so, did that mean that it made her read like Helga Hufflepuff magically to the door? That was crazy, wasn’t it? But then again the Chamber opened to anyone speaking parseltongue. Was this something similar? You just had to feel somewhat like Hufflepuff to get in? Did this mean she might be able to do something similar if she was able to find where Rowena Ravenclaw had lived in the Italian Alps? She drank her tea and rubbed her eyes. This was so frustrating and maddening. There was no real precedent for this and she was not sure how to proceed.
What the hell was she going to do if that was true? It made no sense at all but the idea was something she had to consider, even as a remote possibility. What was she going to do? This was almost too much for her to deal with. All she could really do now was keep studying this place in order to get as much from the place as she could. If she did not keep moving her worries would overwhelm her and she really did not want that. This was all she could do. Maybe when Luna got back she could help. Rhonda looked sadly at her drink, wishing that her favorite genius were here to make everything better.
* * * * *
Hermione stared out the window trying to figure how the hell this had happened to her. How in the hell had she agreed to letting Luna Bloody Lovegood take her out for dinner for Merlin’s sake? What was she thinking? Was she thinking? Was she simply sleep deprived and making stupid decisions? There was no way for her to know and that was making her crazy. She needed to do something but what? She had been fighting off the advances of the Derek, at least her attraction to the man that she had never seen this date coming.
Maybe going on this date, dinner, or whatever it was, was a good thing after all. She might be able to get more information about Ron out of Luna and find out what was going on with him right now. Regardless of all of that, she still had to sit there and eat a meal with Loony and not mock her for all her crazy beliefs. That just might take more than she had at this moment. She felt so close to breaking that it was making her a bit crazy. It was difficult enough to maintain a façade at work, let alone an intimate setting with someone who actually knew her.
How was she going to do this? The clock chimed and she sighed. Her time was up. There was no longer any way of getting out of this. She had agreed and it really was a great opportunity to get information, since Ginny wasn’t telling her anything. No going out to dinner with Luna was it. She had to do this if she wanted to know.
She went to the fireplace, threw in the Floo powder and said the name on the paper, stepping through the green flames. The flat she arrived in was nothing like she had expected. It was rather plain, all told, with a neat and well-ordered bookshelf off to one side of the room. There were a lot of wizard photos on another wall, more than she expected the young woman to have. The furniture was plain as well, though the couch did have an attractive and rather colorful Afghan tossed over the back. This did not seem to be what she thought of when she thought of Luna. Where was all the crazy stuff?
When Luna came into the room, she smiled happily at Hermione, saying, “Right on time.”
Hermione noticed that Luna was wearing perfectly normal muggle clothes, with no strange earrings or anything. It was a rather shocking look from what Hermione was used to. The blond asked, “Are you ready?”
“Sure.” Hermione was a bit confused but tried to play it off. This was again not going like she had expected. “So where are we going?”
“I figure we can Floo to the Leaky Cauldron and from there take a taxi to the restaurant.” Luna looked so happy when she said that.
They quickly flooed over to the wizarding tavern and from there went down the street a little, finding a taxi. As they got in the back the cabbie asked, “Where to then?”
“Souk Bazaar.” answered Luna.
“Right then. Hold on.” The taxi headed down Charing Cross Road and they were on their way.
“Souk Bazaar? Middle Eastern food?” asked Hermione, turning a little in her seat to better face the girl.
“Yes. It is more Moroccan food than general Middle Eastern food. Very tasty. I am sure you will enjoy it.”
Hermione actually relaxed and smiled, one of the first real smiles she had had since this whole thing had started, certainly since Rhonda had left. This was so unexpected that it made it even more wonderful. “Thank you Luna.”
The blond reached over and briefly rested a hand comfortingly on one of Hermione’s. “You are welcome.”
Once they reached the restaurant, the headed inside. It was rather nice, with a rather rich Moroccan flair that really did impress Hermione. This was exactly the kind of place she would have loved to have gone with Ron if he were more partial to trying more muggle things. It had taken a lot of work to get him to try the few things he had done and that was quite frustrating. He almost seemed averse to exploring the muggle world she had grown up in.
The next surprise to hit Hermione was when Luna started speaking Arabic to one of the people there. The person bowed their head and then led them back into the restaurant, into a back corner where they sat on thick cushions next to a low table. Hermione looked at her in shock, “You speak Arabic?”
“Some. Some of the expeditions my father and I have been on have taken us all over. I speak a number of different languages because of that.” Luna smiled happily as she shrugged as if it were no big deal. “Those were good times.”
“Have you… have you ever found anything?” hesitantly asked Hermione, unsure if she really wanted to know the answer to this or not.
“It’s okay Hermione. I know that you don’t believe that any of the creatures I talk about are real, but I assure you they are. And yes, my father and I have found several of these creatures on our travels. It has been quite exciting.”
Hermione blinked a few times as she tried to process that. Luna had actually found some of those things? “So… so Nargles and Heliopaths and…”
“Yes. I know it is quite stunning to learn that the world that you thought you knew is not what you thought it was. It makes everything far more magical.” Luna said a bit dreamily.
There was that smile again that used to make Hermione roll her eyes but this time she wasn’t sure what to do. And that statement… when Hermione had discovered that Magic was real and that she was a witch it had the same effect. Knowing that could she really, with full honesty deny Luna anymore? “Do you have any records of these finds?”
“Oh certainly, what kind of naturalists don’t have records of their trips? But don’t worry about that right now. I can show you all of that stuff later. How are you doing Hermione? You look like you haven’t been sleeping.”
“I… I haven’t. What is going on Luna? Why won’t people tell me what is going on with Ron? I just want to know how he is?” Hermione almost wanted to shake the girl to get an answer but that wouldn’t help her case.
“That right there.”
“What?” Hermione sat back, clearly surprised and having difficulty following what the girl was saying.
“You are very smart Hermione. Smartest person I have ever met but right now you are being really dumb and I don’t know why. It is confusing me. I know there is pain involved and something else, but for the life of me so much of how you are acting just doesn’t make sense.” Luna focused on Hermione and her somewhat larger than normal eyes almost seemed hypnotic.
“Are you saying you know how I act?” Hermione narrowed her eyes almost in a challenge.
Luna shrugged, her voice still completely calm in that way of hers. “I know how most people act. It’s not all that difficult. All you have to do is watch them and it all makes sense. Simple observation really.” A waitress came up and Luna ordered mint tea and two royal feast meals. Once the woman was gone she continued. “I knew why you did not believe me in school and that was okay. How you saw the world would not allow it. That was fine and did not bother me.”
“Luna…”
“No, hold on… You are a kind and considerate person, who loves your friends and values truth. You take people as they are. So thinking about that, you tell me why people won’t tell you anything?” Luna was serene throughout all of this, her voice even and peaceful, making the words hit harder because of that.
Hermione thought on that as the waitress returned with two pots of hot water and glasses. The scent of mint was quite rich in the air. Luna poured some of the tea and handed the glass over. “There you go.”
With a faint smile, Hermione nodded her head in thanks and took an absent sip. The flavor was lovely and it did help calm her some. She could see what Luna was driving at. Harry and Ginny had pretty much made the same points, though not in quite as logical a manner as the blond. The logic was forcing her to look closer than the emotional approach had. She knew the answer, had known the answer, but had never wanted to share it. “I know I have not been treating Rhonda well… it’s just that…”
Luna smiled at her encouragingly, trying to coax the answer out of her.
Hermione swallowed hard, feeling like something was caught in her throat. Tears started to well up in her eyes as emotions she had thought she had hidden came to the fore. All her worries, all her fears came spilling down and it hurt, tearing her up inside. She looked down at the table as she spoke, “I… I know it doesn’t make any sense but I lost so much in the War, we all did and this…” she swallowed hard, tears welling up in her eyes. “This whole thing feels like I have lost Ron, like he is gone forever, like I will never get the man I love back. It feels… feels like he is dead.”
Luna took the bushy haired girl into her arms and let Hermione cry. The girl shook in her arms, pain leeching out of her. When she started quieting down and the starters had arrived, Luna asked calmly, “You are aware that Rhonda is still Ron… right?”
Hermione nodded, sniffling and wiping her eyes. “I know that, intellectually but it doesn’t feel that way. I look at her and it doesn’t feel right. The longer it goes the worse this feeling becomes. I feel like I am looking at a completely different person who is living happily while my Ron is dead.”
Luna sat there pondering this while eating the food, showing Hermione how to do the same. After a few more bites she said, “Just being around Rhonda is completely like being around Ron. It really is but until you can get that you won’t see that. And that means you won’t be able to love her for her.”
“I tried but it wasn’t working.” sadly said Hermione.
“Of course not. You have to give up the dead. Only the living can be dealt with like this.”
Hermione thought about that, and even though it sounded a bit ridiculous it did make a kind of sense. Maybe she should listen to Luna’s advice? Nothing else had worked so far. “I’ll give that a try.”
“Good. Now dry your tears and have some of this tasty food. We can worry about all that other stuff later. For right now, let’s enjoy ourselves.”
by poetheather
Ranma has a plan to make his life better but he really needs Akane's help to make it work. It is a radical departure from everything else he has ever tried and he hopes it has at least some short at calming down the chaos that fills his life.
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 1 By poetheather Ranma is so tired of all the insanity that seems to follow him and he just wants it to end. The problem is that he has no idea how to change things. |
Ranma is so tired of all the insanity that seems to follow him and he just wants it to end. The problem is that he has no idea how to change things. Ranma is sure that this is his stupidest plan yet but what other choice does he have?
Just a little story that is filling my head at the moment.
The Journey is the Destination
poetheather
Ranma 1/2 is owned by Takahashi Rumiko and they have no connection to this what so ever. These characters are used without their permission and include a plea not to be sued as I have no money.
Going to school and pretending things were normal just wasn’t an option any more, too much had happened to him and he felt a little trapped by everything. After killing basically a god and having his wedding destroyed around him he has just had it. Ranma Saotome sat alone on the roof of the Tendo house and looked out across Nerima frowning. There was something wrong in his life, something that called chaos to him and made his life a hell and he did have an idea what it was. His life.
All of this stupidity about being a Man’s man and having to be offended about anything even remotely girlish was just making him crazy, so crazy that it had almost been impossible to admit to Akane that he loved her, and that had occurred only when he had thought she was dead. If anything, all of this stuff was keeping him from being able to be the best person he could be, to be the best martial artist he could be. He knew emotions gave you power so what was wrong with acting on them or admitting them? He had two different forms that had different benefits and weaknesses. He had the kind of training that was beyond logical and into the insane. He had never really done well in anything besides the Art because his father had decided that anything else was worthless. He had never risked his life for any of the other fiancés that plagued him as he did for Akane. He loved her. The others were just friends. He had a maelstrom of insanity in his life and he was beyond tired of it.
He shook his head. What could he do to fix his life, to get things moving away from the chaos that surrounded him? He thought about his father and Happosai. They had taught him time and again that women were worthless. However, Shampoo and Ukyo were both incredible martial artists as was the old ghoul. Hell, Akane was also really good, just not in the same class as everyone else yet. Could he honestly say that women were inferior or that being a girl was a bad thing? His girl half had uses. That half was faster and more agile. May not be able to hit as hard but could certainly dish out damage. In addition, he could get free food with it occasionally. And it certainly more sensitive. Were his father and Happosai completely wrong about women?
That thought gave him pause. If they were wrong about that, what else had they screwed up? This made him worried. Given all the things that his father had learned from the Old Pervert and how much he had those ideas pounded into him he was screwed if he approached this like any other problem. He had to face this mess like a battle or a challenge; it was the only way he really knew how to deal with anything like this and to never fail. So if this was a battle and the trick was to try to figure out how to fix his life and how to get past the stupid and wrong things he had been taught he had to change things in a major way, something so drastic that he couldn’t help but change in response. That idea scared him, which gave him an idea of how to proceed. He would go into his fear and see if he could escape that way.
It would be perfect and the idea scared the hell out of him. It was so totally against everything he knew about himself and his life, which increased the odds of it being a somewhat correct choice in this instance. He shook, knowing what it would mean. All the things he had been told that were right and true that seemed a bit off according to other people would be fought against. This sounded like a valid idea but he needed to get another opinion and there really was only one person who he could trust for this. There was only one person who had his back at all times, for the most part.
Instead of just going in to the house, Ranma swung down and knocked on the window of Akane’s room lightly. She looked up at him from her bed, rubbing the sleep out of her eyes. When she saw who it was, she opened the window and asked, “What do you want Ranma?”
“Akane… I… I really need to talk to you. Could you please come up to the roof?”
“Baka, it’s like three in the morning.”
“Kane please… this is important. I need your help.”
There was something about the tone of Ranma’s voice that underlined just how serious this conversation had to be if he was going to get her involved in it at this time of night. Something major was going on and it worried her. What could be going on that had Ranma so wound up? Akane made her way onto the roof and looked at the dark haired boy who was crouched on the tile roof with a serious look on his face. “So what is this about?”
“Akane, would you say my life is pretty screwed up, what with getting attacked all the time and women I don’t care about throwing themselves at me and my every word getting misunderstood and twisted around?” Ranma couldn’t really meet her eyes. He was kind of embarrassed about his plan and was afraid of what the girl he loved would say about it.
The girl blinked at him a few minutes before replying. What was he talking about? “Yeah, it is.”
“Would you agree that Pops and the old pervert are idiots?”
Akane nodded. Where was he going with this? “Ranma what is this about?”
“Akane, I… I kind of hate my life. I… I… I do love you, you know that right? Well, my life is keeping us apart and the things I was taught by my father and to him from Happosai keep screwing me up and I hate it. I want to be with you and just you and not have to deal with all these other idiots. I wanna stop being an idiot. I know I’m not good at school and I don’t really like that. I wanna be a good husband for you but stupid ways of thinking keep screwing that up. I wanna stop thinking like Pops taught me to think. I just wanna be happy.” Ranma struggled to hold back the tears that were threatening to come out. It wasn’t very manly to cry.
“So you do love me?” Of everything Ranma had just said, this one stunned her the most. She knew, but she hadn’t really heard that clearly until right now. It almost made her light headed and giddy.
“Yeah. I always have. But right now I need to change my life radically and find some way to get past all the screwed up things that keep occurring to me that keep us apart.” He lamented. “I don’t want things to keep getting in the way.”
“So what are you going to do?” asked Akane, sure that Ranma had some sort of plan. It was probably a stupid plan but she was sure her Baka had one.
“Let me tell you my plan. If you think its too dumb let me know.” He explained what he had in mind and Akane rocked back from him in shock, her eyes wide. This… this was really radical and almost too much to believe. Ranma just waited, “Well?”
“Uh… that’s uh… pretty crazy, even for you Ranma.”
“But you see why I think it might work?”
Akane thought about the plan and about all the things that Ranma said he knew he needed to get past. Would this actually work and do what it was supposed to do? “I guess. This is a dumb plan though.”
Ranma shrugged. He was well aware how insane this particular plan was and it would take everything he had and more to make it work. “Can you think of anything else that might make those idiots back off? That might help me get past these stupid things? That might help me get back to my life? I have to do something radical to break this and the only thing I can think of is how much this plan scares me. That right there makes me think it might be right for me.”
Akane sat back and thought. Of all the dumb ideas Ranma had come up with this one had to be the most screwy, and that included trying to pretend to be Ryoga’s sister and everything. Nevertheless, it might just be what was needed to turn the tide of these things away from Ranma. In addition, it was clear that the other women would probably back off, at least she hoped it would be so. Ukyo yes but Shampoo was odd and this might not make any difference. She shook her head and sighed. “Ranma, if this is what you want to do than I’ll do what I can to help you make this happen. When do you want to make this happen?”
“Tomorrow.”
* * * * *
Genma and Soun were down in the living room playing shogi, waiting for breakfast. Genma had been a bit concerned because the boy hadn’t been there when he had woken up. The boy might be getting weak by living such an opulent life and that was a problem. Granted he had done well on their last trip to China but that was no reason to slack off on training. Maybe he needed another training trip? The downside to that plan was that he would have to go as well and that meant missing Kasumi’s excellent cooking.
Kasumi had finished cooking and decided that it was time to make sure her sisters and their guest were ready to eat. She stood at the foot of the stairs and called up, “Nabiki! Akane! Ranma! Breakfast is ready.”
She turned and headed into the kitchen to collect the bowls of rice and Miso soup, as well as the several pieces of fish that they were going to eat that morning. They were all on a tray and ready to be taken out and everything looked ready. The tea was ready on the table and so everything was as ready as it was going to get.
Of the sisters remaining, Nabiki made it downstairs first and plopped down in her usual spot. She looked like she was deep in thought over some issue or another, working out the details of some scheme or other to make more money. The odds were that she probably was and no one would have taken that bet anyway.
Kasumi was coming out of the kitchen with the tray of food when she spotted Ranma and Akane on their way down the stairs together. She took one look at the two and stopped, eyes a bit wide and saying, “Oh my.”
Everybody turned and stared when they heard that, as Ranma and Akane walked into the room. What was so shocking was that Ranma was in his girl form and wearing a girl’s uniform. Genma and Soun’s eyes bugged out at the sight, especially since Ranma’s hair wasn’t in it’s normal braid but hanging free and held back with a green ribbon tied in a bow. This was so completely different from anything that Ranma had ever done before that it was causing Genma’s reality to crumble. Sure the boy had crossdressed few times out of necessity, but there was no reason for this particular display. What was the idea behind this?
“What the hell are you doing, boy!” roared Genma, clearly upset at the fact that his son was dressed as a girl.
Ranma looked confused for a moment, as if Genma had lost his mind. The boy cocked his head, as if trying to figure out what Genma had been saying. The response didn’t help matters at all. “I’m getting breakfast before going to school. Like I do all the time.”
Genma sputtered as Akane and Ranma both sat down at the low table and smiled as they gathered up their food. The two of them both put their hands together and said in the silence, “Itadakimasu!”
Everyone but Akane stared at Ranma, their shock deepening, as he was eating at normal human speeds and not gorging himself as fast as inhumanly possible. Kasumi had a pleased smile on her face through this whole event while Genma and Soun had face faulted. Nabiki had merely raised an eyebrow.
Ranma’s father shook his head and demanded. “Ranma, what is the meaning of this?”
“Of what?” replied Ranma, putting down the chopsticks.
“This!” Genma gestured wildly to imply everything.
“I’m not following you Pops.” There was that look again from earlier and it was only serving to infuriate Genma.
“Why are you dressed as a girl?” His voice kept getting louder as if volume would solve this problem.
Ranma blinked a few times and then looked at Akane as if she could solve this issue or explain things. The dark haired girl just shrugged and Ranma looked back at Genma and said, “What am I supposed to wear? If I’m not mistaken, I am a girl, right? So, wouldn’t I always be a girl no matter how I dressed. I just decided to change things up a little and ‘kane here was nice enough to help me.”
Genma’s mouth hung open in shock and surprise, getting wider the longer his son talked. Words failed him and he had no idea what to do now. His son thought he was a girl? Had he hit his head again? This whole thing didn’t make any sense. Should he smack Ranma in the head, just to check?
Nabiki narrowed her eyes in thought. Now this was something she might be able to do something with if she truly pondered it. The way Ranma and Akane were acting certainly begged for deeper and much more through consideration. There might be money in this for her if she handed it right.
After Ranma and Akane finished their breakfast, they retrieved their box lunches, said goodbye and headed to school. Once they left the house and had gotten a bit of distance, both of them began to smile, honesty pleased by things so far. Ranma had a mischievous gleam in his or was it now her eyes and chuckled, “So far so good.”
Akane nodded. “I agree but don’t get cocky, it will only get harder from here. I am proud of you for not reacting to your father.”
Ranma’s fists clenched some. “I just wanted to toss the idiot into the pond and be done with it.”
“Remember your plan Ranma, you need to avoid violence. You need to try and avoid the little conflicts that always drag you into the larger ones. I think this plan might just work if we keep at it.” Akane smiled at her fiancé which made Ranma smile back.
“I hope so. I just don’t want to have to deal with this insanity anymore.”
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 2 By poetheather The plan continues and Ranma and Akane have to deal with the other students of Furinken seeing the changes. Will they be able to handle the plan in the face of an upset Ukyo? |
Standing a bit away from the school the two had stopped and were observing Furinken High School. Since they had made an early start there weren’t a lot of students there and that was good as far as the red head was concerned. Ranma took a few deep breaths to clear his head and steel himself for what was coming up. “Okay. I am ready for this. Are you?”
Akane looked at him and smiled weakly. Her stomach was rolling and she would rather have not done this. This plan was insane and she was worried about Ranma. He was so stressed and upset that she had agreed to her part in this and it wasn’t going to be easy for either of them. She let out a sigh as well and said, “Pretty much.”
The two girls walked to the school sedately, hoping that the confusion of seeing Ranma dressed like he was would throw Kuno and hopefully anyone else who was there. The plan for getting into school relied on it as a matter of fact. Apparently, the way Ranma was dressed and the casual way the red head and Akane were chatting did, as there was no showing of the Blue Blunder that morning and nobody crowded around them. This let Ranma and Akane get to the classroom early for a change. Once at their desks, they both looked at each other, breathed a sigh of relief and then started giggling over the whole situation. This did catch a few people’s attention and left them confused, more so than normal. Ranma and Akane were actually not fighting. Ranma in a girl’s uniform with her hair down? What was going on? Several people ran to Nabiki, already pulling money free.
When Akane’s friends arrived as short while later, Yuka and Sayuri instantly realized that something was wrong when they came in. Just seeing the redhead sitting at the desk was a dead give away and the fact that Ranma was dressed as a girl and even had a bow in her hair was really throwing them. Their world felt like it had become skewed. Sayuri asked, “Akane, what’s going on?”
Much as it pained Akane to do this, the plan needed her to hold up her end of the bargain, even if it meant sort of lying to her friends. “What do you mean?”
“Ranma here. What’s going on?” continued Sayuri, obviously irritated by Ranma.
“Sayuri, what do you mean?” Akane used all of her acting skills to try and make Sayuri and Yuka believe what she was saying. If they bought it and spread things around the school there was a good chance that the others would follow suit.
“Why is Ranma dressed as a girl?” asked Yuka in a much less confrontational manner. She was simply curious as opposed to being angry about all of this. After all it was only Ranma.
Ranma looked at the girls, blinked a few times in confusion, and replied questioningly, “What do you mean? What should I be wearing?”
This stopped the two girls cold, as they read all sorts of things into what had just been said by Ranma. Sayuri looked between Akane and Ranma for a few moments and then shook her head. “It’s too early to deal with this.”
Hiroshi and Daisuke were staring at Ranma as well and looked utterly confused, as they couldn’t figure out what was going on. Was this some sort of new plot by Ranma? But if it was, what was it to accomplish? They would have to talk to him at lunch to get an answer. Ukyo came in and sort of froze in the doorway, stunned by the sight of her beloved Ranchan in a girl’s uniform. Before the chef was able to do anything, their teacher came on in, still child sized, which meant no one had gotten troublesome in front of Miss Hinako.
The teacher called roll and sort of paused when Ranma called out ‘Here’ in a girl’s voice. She shook her head, not even wanting to know and got back to taking the roll.
The day passed fairly uneventfully until lunch time, with people a bit too confused by the change in events to start bothering them too much. Once the teacher left the class when it was lunch, Ranma and Akane headed outside to eat, which was unusual for them to do together and from there everything sort of went downhill. The two girls had just gotten comfortable on the ground when Yuka and Sayuri came hustling up and plopped down with them. While Yuka unpacked her own bento, Sayuri huffed and then asked, “Okay, spill. Why is Ranma in a dress?”
Akane sighed and looked at her friend. She wondered how long this part of the plan would take. “What are you talking about? What else would she wear Sayuri?”
Sayuri gritted her teeth in frustration and growled. This wasn’t going the way she had wanted it to. Was Akane being purposefully obtuse? “Ranma would wear guy’s clothes because he is a guy.”
Ranma and Akane looked at each other and chuckled, clearly thinking what the girl had said to be a joke. Akane, still chuckling, replied, “That’s a good one Sayuri. Next you’ll be telling me that Nabiki is a saint.”
That got Yuka giggling, which didn’t help issues and earned her a glare from Sayuri. Yuka turned back to her bento.
Sayuri closed her eyes and then took a deep breath, clutching her hot tea tightly. This had to be resolved once and for all. There really was only one way left to do this. “Ranma… is… a… boy!”
The tea hit the redhead in the face and nothing happened. The redhead didn’t change at all. Sayuri and Yuka both started at that, clearly not expecting that possibility.
Ranma picked up the cloth her bento had been wrapped in and wiped her face off, looking at Sayuri like she was bewildered, her eyes tearing up slightly. “Sayuri, why did you throw that tea in my face? I know I haven’t been mean to you lately. This isn’t funny.”
Sayuri was stunned; surely the tea would do something. Was it not hot enough? Was Ranma really a girl? This didn’t make any sense and it made her head spin in confusion. She bowed when she said, “I… I… I’m sorry Ranma.”
“That’s okay. It’s just that sometimes I don’t understand you.” Ranma went back to her bento, eating at visible speeds, holding her chopsticks in an almost dainty fashion. This threw Yuka and Sayuri as well. They were much more used to the insane speed at which Ranma usually ate, devouring everything in sight. Ranma was eating at almost the same speed that Akane was. This wasn’t the way the world worked and that was disturbing.
As they were all eating, Yuka noticed something that struck her as odd. That Ranma’s hands were shaking slightly. She wondered why that could be. Was Ranma getting sick? She wasn’t sure if she should say anything, but maybe she should?
She was just about to mention it when Hiroki and Daisuke came up. Daisuke looked down at the seated redhead and asked, “Ranma, what’s up with the girl’s clothes?”
“Yeah man, that’s a bit odd.” replied Hiroki, scratching his head.
Ranma huffed, put down he chopsticks, crossed her arms under her breasts and turned to look at Akane. “What is it today with people asking me that? You said that the bow would look cute?”
“It does look cute Ranma and I don’t know what their problem is either. I don’t think you look like a guy at all.” Akane rolled her eyes. Why had she agreed to this stupid plan? She had to admit that things were going a little better than she had hoped but Akane could see the strain that Ranma was under, his hands were trembling and he was starting to get a little wide eyed and panicked. She had no idea if he was going to be able to make it through the day and she had to think of something to help her fiancé.
While Akane was trying to think up a reason, any reason to get Ranma out of there, Ukyo came up to the group, looking really irritated. There was probably no question in anyone’s head what this was going to be about. She stormed up to the six of them and grabbed her battle spatula free, looking down at Ranma threateningly. “Ranchan… why are you dressed like that? Did Akane make you do it? Did you eat any of Shampoo’s crazy ramen?”
Ranma screamed as she leapt to her feet glowering angrily at all of them. “For the last time, what else would I wear? I’m a girl! What part of that are you missing? Kami-sama, honestly, you are all idiots. I just… AAAAaaaaaaarrrrrrgggghhhhh!!! Akane… I’m going home.”
“I’m coming with you.” Akane grabbed their bentos and stood. The two of them stormed off themselves, their ki radiating their anger clearly. The others were left standing there confounded and just watched them leave the school grounds. They had no idea what was going on. Why was Ranma so upset? And why was he saying that he was a girl?
Meanwhile, the person in question had fled from the school, knowing Akane was hot on her heels and didn’t mind that. She didn’t head for home but rather for the canal where she could sit under the bridge and think things over. When Akane caught up with Ranma, she was sitting there on some masonry under the bridge, holding her knees to his chest and seemed almost near tears. The dark haired girl came next to him and waited patiently, not wanting to intrude too much. She knew that Ranma would talk when he wa ready.
After a short while Ranma said, “Do you remember back in China Akane, after I defeated Saffron and all that, standing by the Guide’s hut what I said, that I thought that my girl side wasn’t a curse, that it had been a part of me all along?”
She remembered that clearly. She had almost died a dehydrated doll but Ranma had fought with everything in him to save her and defeat Saffron, to save them all. The events of that trip were practically etched into her soul. Akane’s voice was soft and gentle when she replied, “I do.”
“You know, sitting on the roof I realized the other day that maybe my girl side isn’t a curse at all but rather a blessing. I hadn’t realized it at first because everything my dad taught me about women. But he was wrong about women and I don’t want to be like him. This is my chance to start again, to have a new life if I can only figure out how to do it. I… I… I… I don’t know if I can keep doing this ‘kane. This is so hard and it hurts to do this. I didn’t think it would be this difficult.” Ranma trembled, obviously frustrated to the point of tears.
“Ranma, don’t try so hard to be a girl. I think that is what’s bothering you. If you just relax into this, we can do this. You need to just be you, but a girl. I mean, are you going to give up on a challenge?” Akane knew all of his buttons now and wanted to use them to help her fiancé. If he thought of this as a challenge than there was no way he would fail.
Ranma growled, irritated by what she had said. “I’m not giving up Akane. Ranma don’t quit. I just didn’t realize how hard this was going to be, that’s all.”
“Well, if it wasn’t hard, it wouldn’t be worth it.” stated Akane, remembering something her dad had taught her.
That brought Ranma up short and he sort of froze. Was the final destination of all of this, his happiness, worth all of this pain and fear and grief? Absolutely. He had no doubts about that. It was worth it and despite it being hard, he would continue. Ranma stood and hugged Akane tightly. “Thank you Akane. I can always count on you.”
Akane blushed some and fought within herself to keep from her usual response to embarrassment, which was pounding Ranma. This was too important to her to ruin it that way. “I will always be there for you Ranma.”
Ranma leaned back a little, to get a better view of her face and his hand came up and rested gently against Akane’s cheek. Ranma smile was gentle, he gazed lovingly at her, eyes still wet from his unshed tears. “I know. That’s one of the reasons why I love you.”
Ranma rose up on his tiptoes to better reach Akane, as his girl form was shorter than she was, and he leaned forward to kiss his fiancé.
It started out fairly chaste, however something inside of both of them finally seemed to click and the kiss deepened in passion. The kiss wasn’t very long but it was intense and the heat of it burned inside each of them, as their mouths opened to each other. When they finished they backed up and looked at each other, stunned and pleased at the same time. There was something different in their eyes now, something that they felt for each other was now visible, and it had a profound effect on the two teenagers.
Ranma blushed brightly, all the way to his ears and looked down, while Akane looked off to the side, blushing as well. Ranma stuttered out, “I… I’m sorry that I kissed you while I’m a girl.”
Akane sighed, rolled her eyes, and looked over at Ranma. His head was still down so she reached up a hand to raise his head, so they were looking into each other’s eyes. He gaze was firm, confident, and quite sure of what she was saying. “Ranma, don’t be an idiot. I don’t care about which body you have at any time, I love you, the person inside who doesn’t change with water, who has always cared for me and protected me. That’s who I love and I don’t care what form you’re in.”
Akane leaned forward and kissed the redheaded girl on the lips softly. It was a kiss the held promises in it.
Ranma seemed to quiver for a second and then a mischievous glint got into his eye as he looked up at her. “Akane Tendo, airen, wo ai ni!”
Akane rolled her eyes, groaned at his Shampoo impression and bopped a fist onto his head lightly, almost lovingly. “Baka!”
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 3 By poetheather The plot begins to get even more convoluted as Akane and Ranma decide they need help to make this whole thing work. |
“Ranma, I think you need some help in doing this.” commented Akane. The two of them were still under the bridge hugging. “I don’t think that just you and I are enough to make this happen. We’re going to need some help to get you plan to completely work.”
Ranma blanched at that. It had been hard enough sharing this with Akane and now she wanted to drag other people in on it? He stuttered out, “B… b… but who can we trust?”
Akane looked at Ranma and she could see the worry in his eyes. She replied calmly, “Well one of the ones I had in mind is Kasumi, and the other… well… do you trust me?”
Ranma nodded. It had been hard to admit to himself but he did utterly trust Akane.
After a deep breath, getting herself ready to say this, Akane said, “Your Mother.”
Blood drained even more from Ranma’s face at the mention of his mother. Just the idea would bring about his certain doom that he was certain of. “Akane, she’ll kill me or make me commit seppuku.”
“No she won’t. Remember that she knows all about this ever since that time at the Saotome family gravesite. She told me that despite your girl body that you are clearly a man. I think that means you’ll be safe, especially if you explain to her the why behind this.” Akane smiled gently, trying to calm Ranma down. It was somewhat working.
Ranma took some deep breaths, like he learned in his training with his father, the deep centering breathing he would do before breaking bricks or something. He exhaled slowly, willing his body to calm down, and it complied. “Okay, you obviously have an idea in mind. What is it?”
“If Kasumi and your mother were to act like this whole thing were normal, than nobody will really question what is going on. I mean, who would ever doubt either of those two? It will cover us better and maybe make this easier. I think we should also go to the shrine as well. It can’t hurt to offer up prayers to Kami-sama for help in this, right?” explained Akane, wanting Ranma to understand why she was thinking this way.
“That sounds like a good idea and will probably work.” Ranma hugged Akane again. “You know, I would be so lost without you Akane.”
Akane blushed some at hearing that. Ever since she had gone up to that roof last night, things had been getting better and better between them. Maybe this would turn out to be a good thing in the long run. “Thanks Ranma, I kind of… well… feel the same way about you. We should head home now. We might be able to get Kasumi alone for a while and get her help in this.”
The two girls headed off hand in hand back to the Tendo Dojo, the emotional strain Ranma had been under vanished for now. When they got there, the building felt fairly empty to both of them, with the exception of the softly singing Kasumi in the kitchen. They both called out, “Tadaima!”
“Okaeri.” Kasumi came out from the kitchen and looked a bit surprised to see the two girls. “Why are you two home so early? Did something happen at school?”
“Kasumi, where is Dad and Mr. Saotome?” asked Akane, wanting to make sure things were clear before she started talking. If either of those idiots found out about this, they would ruin everything.
“They went out for lunch and sake with the town council. They won’t be back until dinner time.” replied Kasumi, a bit confused about why that mattered.
Both girls sighed in visible relief and Ranma looked plaintively at Akane. She nodded and looked at her older sister, clearly serious about what she was about to say. “Onee-sama, Ranma and I need your help.”
Kasumi looked at the two girls and smiled. It was nice to see them acting like a couple. “How can I help my imouto and her iinazuke?”
“Uhm… could we go talk about this in the kitchen. I feel nervous talking about this in the hall.” added Ranma, looking around the hall nervously, as if someone was going to show up out of the blue.
When Kasumi agreed to that, the three of them went into the kitchen and Ranma seemed to relax some. Akane took charge again, since it was her sister they were talking to. “Ranma and I have a plan to try and calm his life down and make it less crazy. That’s why we need your help.”
“Oh my! Is that why…?” Kasumi brought her hand up to cover her mouth.
Ranma nodded, looking down and blushing so herd even the tips of his ears were red. This was embarrassing, asking for help like this. Pops would be totally against that, which of course made it something Ranma felt like he had to do. Figuring that he needed to be the one to ask her, Ranma bowed and said, “If you could act like this is normal and the way it has always been, that would help greatly.”
Kasumi thought about it, running what they had said through her head a few times and then asked, “How is this supposed to help?”
“My thinking was that if I can convince everyone that I am just a normal girl, to do my best to avoid fights, be polite and considerate and all the things I’m normally not thanks to my idiot father that my life would calm down some and be less crazy. I figured since Pops is down on women, that being one would help me get that thinking out of my head. I am trying to do the same with other things and it is a bit overwhelming. Kasumi-san I… we really need your help to make this work.” Ranma bowed again, sure that he needed to bow pretty often to emphasize the importance of this.
“Of course I’ll help you both. I was wondering what was going on and I am glad you both felt like you could trust me with this. So what are you going to wear? You don’t have a lot of girl’s clothes that are appropriate and if you wear Akane’s stuff it won’t really look right and will be easily figured out.” asked Kasumi, already thinking ahead like she always did. She took great care of her family and Ranma certainly qualified as family to her at this point. Helping him would help Akane and that was more than reason enough to assist them.
Akane and Ranma looked at each other as if that thought hadn’t occurred to them, which it hadn’t. “Uhm… I have no idea. We didn’t think that far ahead I guess.”
Kasumi nodded. She had figured that. Both of them were more impulsive than anything else and this needed to be much more well thought out. “Well, we need to fix that. Do you have a bra on?”
Ranma nodded, going red again. Wearing girl’s clothes was still embarrassing for him, especially when it was pointed out. “It’s tight though.”
“Let me measure you and I can pick you up some. Panties?”
Again a nod. “Akane’s fit pretty well, but they are just a bit loose at my waist.”
Ranma turned in surprise when a battle aura erupted next to him. Akane seemed really irritated and was glaring at him, ki dancing around her. Her hand was grasping and letting go what would soon be a Ki Mallet. “Ranma…”
Ranma ducked behind Kasumi quickly, wanting to avoid the hammer if at all possible. He didn’t need that right now and was only a prelude to even more violence and craziness. “Akane, I swear to you that I wasn’t saying anything about you.”
Kasumi said quickly but firmly, “If you want my help Akane, you will calm down right now.”
Akane started at the tone of Kasumi’s voice. Her battle aura vanished as if someone flipped a switch and Akane was a bit shame faced. She bowed her head and said contritely, “Sorry onee-chan.”
“Okay. Let’s go to my room and measure Ranma.” The three of them quickly headed upstairs. Ranma blushed when Kasmui took out her tape measure and measured his breasts. Akane was looking away blushing as well. Once that was finished, Kasumi paused. “I was just thinking. We wouldn’t have put Ranma with her father since she was a girl, so what should we do about that?”
Neither Ranma nor Akane had a clue. An idea tickled Ranma and he said it aloud, hoping that it wouldn’t get him the mallet. “Since Akane and I became friends pretty quickly, would you have put me in with her?”
Akane looked surprised by Ranma’s plan and a little stunned. Was he saying he wanted to sleep with her? Her heart started racing and her voice failed her so she just opened her mouth and closed it. She wasn’t sure if this was a good thing or a bad thing or warranted a mallet strike.
Kasumi was a bit more together and looked at Ranma carefully, as if weighing something. “That might have been what we had done, but for long term? I don’t know. It might work.”
Still opening and closing her mouth slowly, Akane was unable to think of anything to say. Her voice clicked in and what came out of her mouth surprised even her. “Of course I would have my best friend stay with me in my room.”
The other two were surprised by this response and Kasumi even let out a soft ‘Oh my’ over things. Kasumi rested a hand on her sister’s arm lovingly. “Than that is what we would have done. I need to shop for dinner and pick up some things for Ranma, you guys get changed and move Ranma into your room. Oh, and Ranma?”
“Yes Kasumi?”
“You need to try to remember that you are a girl now and not a guy. If you think about yourself that way than other people will believe it.” She smiled at her soon to be brother or rather sister in law and she could see that realization in Ranma’s eyes. He had gotten what she was talking about.
The two of them watched Kasumi head downstairs to start her shopping. Ranma looked up at Akane, emotions playing clearly on her face. “Akane… I… I… have no idea what to say.”
“You won’t do anything, will you?” Akane asked a bit shyly. She honestly wasn’t sure what she wanted the answer to be and that worried her.
With a shake of her head, Ranma replied, “No, I won’t do anything you don’t want me to do.”
Akane nodded and the two of them quickly went about moving Ranma into her room and making sure that it looked like the room had been set up for the two girls. Akane was in a t-shirt and shorts and Ranma was wearing the very familiar black pants and red top for this. Akane directed Ranma, as she had an idea how that would have come together and they got everything done quickly. The room looked like it was lived in by two girls and not just Akane alone. They had done a great job on what was now clearly their room.
Ranma looked at everything and smiled, quite pleased with the way everything was turning out. She hugged Akane and said excitedly, “This is getting better and better.”
With a nod, Akane agreed with the excited redhead. “We need to think of some reason why we are all hot and sweaty right now.”
Ranma grinned at her and said something that she was sure Akane never expected to hear from her. “Wanna spar?”
* * * * *
Nabiki hurried home from school to try to find out what was going on. When she came into the house and called out, it seemed like no one else was home, however she could hear the familiar sounds of fighting from the backyard. She went into the house and saw something she hadn’t been expecting going on in the backyard.
Ranma and Akane were sparring, mostly staying on the ground, since the Tendo form of Anything Goes focused much more on ground combat than the other form. They both looked happy but focused. Akane wasn’t holding back and Ranma wasn’t overwhelming her but rather encouraging her, trying to draw her skill out more. “Come on ‘kane, faster.”
Nabiki could actually see her younger sister dig deeper and get a touch faster in her attacks. Ranma grinned and the sparring kept going. Finally, Ranma held up a hand and the two of them stopped. They slumped to the ground, back to back, holding each other upright. Nabiki could see Ranma say something but she couldn’t make it out. Akane laughed, smiled broadly, and then hugged Ranma. Nabiki’s conception of how reality worked was blown as the hug between the two girls turned into a tickle fight. With a shake of her head, Nabiki headed back upstairs, trying to figure out what the real issue was. She had to be missing something, but what?
Once she was gone, Ranma and Akane stopped, and looked towards where Nabiki had gone. Ranma asked softly, “Think she bought it?”
Akane nodded very slightly. “I think so.”
At that point, she became very aware of how the two of them had become entangled and entwined with each other, various body parts rubbing against each other in a certain, somewhat stimulating way. As her blush began, one came over Ranma as well as if she had come to the same realization. They both moved back from each other, groping around for something to say in their nervousness, when Akane broke the stalemate and spoke first, “So… uhm… thank you for actually sparring with me.”
“You’re welcome. I guess I should have done that sooner but you know how my Dad is about girls and martial arts.” grumbled Ranma. “I had a lot of fun as well. But I was serious Akane, you are pretty good.”
“Thank you Ranma. You don’t know what that means to me.” Akane’s heart was beating wildly with joy that the person she loved had praised her fighting. It helped to make up for everything that had ever happened between them. Her eyes glistened with tears and Ranma was just struck by how cute Akane actually was.
As they got to their feet, they noticed Kasumi was there and she winked at them. Ranma smiled. Her own clothes. This might work and she would finally have peace in her life. “Why don’t the two of you get cleaned up and I will set out some clean clothes for you.”
The two girls chorused, “Thank you Oneesan!”
Kasumi shook her head and went to collect the clothes. Nabiki met her at the landing, catching her this time rather than her trip upstairs earlier. “Sis, what is up? I know something is going on with those two.”
“I don’t know what you mean.” Kasumi blinked at her sister, as if unsure what was going on.
“Whose plan is it?” insisted Nabiki. “This has the earmarks of one of their plans.”
“Nabiki, there is no plan.” Kasumi cocked her head and looked at her sister, as if concerned.
“Ranma is in a dress and acting like a girl and he and Akane are acting like friends. Something has to be up.”
“Ranma is a girl Nabiki, you know that. She and her father have been staying here for a while now. She has been staying in Akane’s room this whole time. Did you bump your head or something?” Kasumi looked very concerned, worried about her sister.
The Ice Queen of Furinken, the Information Broker par excellence, was now getting worried. Kasumi wouldn’t lie, she was sure of that but this wasn’t right. It couldn’t be right.
The middle sister followed Kasumi into Akane’s room, only to find it set up for two girls rather than one. It looked lived in and homey. Had Ranma always been a girl? Was this thing contagious? Was she going to get it now? What the hell was going on?
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 4 By poetheather Finally the day comes to an end, but another day looms. So many people are confused and wanting answers but what can Ranma and Akane do? |
The two girls were in their respective beds, both looking at the ceiling rather than sleeping. Too much had happened that day and they really weren’t able to fall asleep at the moment. “Akane?”
“Yes Ranma?” Akane shifted some in the bed so that she could see the redhead on the floor on the futon.
“Today has been really nice. No fights, nothing crazy, just the day. Well, there were all the dumb questions, but that was fine and expected. Thank you for helping me have today, even if it doesn’t last.” Ranma’s voice was soft and it was clear by the tone alone just how thankful Ranma was.
“You’re welcome. And I kind of liked today as well. It… it… was rea… really nice to spar with you and then the tickle fight.” Akane’s voice trailed off and both of them blushed slightly with the memory. In a way, Akane could still feel the press of Ranma’s breasts against her or what Ranma’s thigh was rubbing against nicely. She was truly happy that Ranma could not see her as she would have been mortified having to explain herself.
“I… I wish we could have been like this since the beginning. I mean, I was really shy when I met you, because I was embarrassed about my curse, and before I could tell you the truth about me you came in to the bath. That whole situation kind of ruined our start.” said Ranma. “You know, I never thought you were uncute but you are a tomboy.”
Akane chuckled. “Yeah. I know I am a tomboy but it kind of hurt when you rubbed it in all the time. I mean, I tried so hard to be a girly girl for Dr. Tofu, to be like Kasumi but it never really seemed to work.”
“You know, I just can’t really see that as the real you. It limits you too much.” Ranma was a bit embarrassed to state that even though it was the truth. He was still getting used to being nice to her. “I like you as a tomboy.”
Akane grew warm from the comment. “Thank you.”
Now it was Ranma’s turn to blush and look away from her bed. “You’re welcome. Uhm… so… do we want to go see my mother tomorrow? Since it’s Saturday it’s only a half day and that would give us the time we need and gets us away from everyone else for a while.”
“That sounds good. We can also get some ice cream while we’re out. Would you like that?” replied Akane.
Ranma sat up in her bed, wide eyed, clearly excited. “Really?”
Akane chuckled a little and then yawned, sleepiness beginning to wash over her. “Oh… time for sleep I guess. And yes Ranma, we will go get some ice cream after class tomorrow.”
Ranma beamed happily and snuggled into her blankets. Soon both girls’ breathing deepened and grew more even and they were fast asleep.
* * * * *
Genma was unsure about what to do right now. He was supposed to start morning training by attacking Ranma, right? However, Ranma was in Akane’s room and he didn’t want to be hit by the mallet. He was in a conundrum.
He wasn’t sure what his plan was going to bewhen he heard girls’ voices from downstairs. He came downstairs where Ranma and Akane were chatting, drinking poccari sweat, and it looked like they had just come in from a run, as both were a bit sweaty and in running clothes. Genma frowned at the sight. “Boy, come on. It’s time for your training.”
“Pops, stop calling me a boy. I’m a girl, remember?” Ranma rolled her eyes, clearly frustrated with her father already. “Honestly, how can you keep forgetting I’m your daughter?”
At a loss for words, Genma just came up to them and tossed the redhead outside, where he proceeded to attack her. Ranma had twisted in mid-air to right herself and landed lightly in her fighting stance. Her father threw himself at her, using his usual array of punches and kicks and Ranma did just fine avoiding them rather than counterattacking. This frustrated him to no end, as how could the boy train if he just dodged and Genma redoubled his efforts and still Ranma dodged.
Akane called out from the porch. “Ranma, I’ll get your clothes ready. Want to wear the overalls today? You look really cute in them.”
Ranma did have a lot of focus on her father, to make sure he didn’t catch her unawares, but there was enough attention left to get what Akane had said clearly. “Sure. That’d be fine. Thanks ‘kane!”
Ranma re-focused on her father. The dodging wasn’t helping end this and was really close to actual fighting. Wasn’t this what she wanted to avoid? Her mind was clear as she moved; avoiding punches and kicks with seeming ease, as she was a good bit more skilled than her father was. Ranma admitted to herself that she did love the Art just not all the fights she got into with other people so maybe she should actually use some of her combat skills. Since her father was so frustrated with her and his inability to hit her, a number of openings had opened up in his defense, so Ranma just reached out and used a wrist lock to toss him into the koi pond where he landed with a huge splash.
The panda came up out of the water, ready to continue the battle but Ranma was nowhere in sight. He narrowed his eyes in irritation. What was wrong with the boy lately? His form was fine, using his greater speed and flexibility to good advantage but why hadn’t he been on the offense? Genma was getting even more irritated the more he thought about it. He needed to do something about this situation.
Maybe he needed to attack the boy in the bath? The more he thought about that plan the more he decided against it. Kasumi would kill him, skin him and use him as a rug, smiling cheerfully the whole time. No, he needed to jump the boy when he was not at the house, the element of surprise giving him a better chance of defeating Ranma. That would be a great plan. The boy was getting soft, just like a girl and that needed to be dealt with.
That thought gave him pause. Could all of this soft living finally have gotten to the boy, so much so that he had turned into a girl? The blood drained from Genma’s furry face, not that anyone could really tell. Was their stay here the cause? The boy was all about turning back to China, getting rid of the curse and such before they came here. Now he was content, wanted to stay and wearing skirts. What was he going to do? Was his and Soun’s plan to join the schools the cause of his son’s girly-ness? This troubled him and he sat down on the porch and pondered it.
When the hot water suddenly poured on him, he spluttered in surprise. Kasumi was standing there holding a kettle and smiling down at him. “Is that better Mr. Saotome?”
“It needent be so hot next time.”
She just smiled at him, her usual smile and turned to leave. Genma called out, “Kasumi.”
“Yes?”
“Do you have any idea what is bothering Ranma?”
“Well, she is a little worried about some of her schoolwork but outside of that I can’t think of anything.”
Genma blinked. Kasumi said she? Did she honestly believe that Ranma was a girl? “Kasumi, you do know that Ranma is a man, right?”
Kasumi tittered and covered her mouth with a hand. “Mr. Saotome, you are so funny sometimes.”
She turned and left before Genma could ask any more questions.
Breakfast was again a bit surreal, as Ranma was sitting there again in her school uniform, eating daintily and it sent a cold shudder up Genma’s spine to watch. There was surely something wrong and it was clear that half the people in the room thought that this was normal. Nabiki looked conflicted and Soun didn’t know what to think but did seem worried.
The girl’s left the house right after breakfast, with Nabiki in the lead, to see if she could get anything that resembled information about what was going on and to get some extra cash from Kuno from some of the pictures she had taken of Ranma yesterday. Ranma in a girl’s uniform was sure to bring in some money.
When Nabiki had gotten sufficiently ahead of the two girls so that she couldn’t listen in on them, Ranma breathed a sigh of relief. “I’m glad she’s gone. Trying to keep fooling her isn’t easy. Nabiki pays attention to details far to much.”
“Well, having Kasumi on our side is a big help and if we can get your mother with us than it will make it even better. Poor Nabiki won’t know if we are coming or going after that. She might even begin to believe that you have always been a girl.” Akane giggled at the idea of her usually calm and cool sister looking flustered and confused. There was something the appealed to her.
“You know, I am really nervous about this?” admitted Ranma.
“I know, and that is okay. I would be nervous too in this situation. Now that we have Kasumi on our side, we might be able to do this.”
They neared the gates for the school and they saw Kuno standing there, waiting for them. Both girls rolled their eyes and muttered to each other, “Great.”
When he spotted them both, he grinned and called out to them, “My loves, you come to me, I, Tatewaki Kuno, the Blue Thunder of Furiken High am here to battle my twin loves for your right to date with me.”’
Ranma looked over at Akane, who smirked and said, “Want me to take him?”
The redhead smiled and replied softly, “Please. I don’t think that attacking someone is something I should do.”
Akane nodded, tossed her bag to the girl, and jumped into an attack at the bokken wielding idiot.
Akane moved with grace and power and Ranma just stared happily at her and marveled at how she avoided the attacks in order to close with her opponent. She nailed Kuno with a very powerful uppercut that sent him flying and she smiled. Ranma walked up and handed her back her bag. “Nice job. You got some good distance on that one.”
“Thanks. It certainly felt good to whack that idiot.”
“I know. There is a certain pleasure in defeating that moron, despite how easy it is. You just feel good doing it.” commented Ranma as the walked in to switch out their shoes for their school slippers.
Their classmates were still looking at them a bit dazed, as Ranma was again in girl’s clothing and with a bow in her hair. It was not something that they were used to and the dissonance caused by that kept them from saying anything. Yuka and Sayuri did come up to them before classes and it was clear that they wanted to talk to them.
Sayuri started things off, sort of dismissing Ranma. “So Akane, want to go get some ice cream after school?”
“That would be great. Ranma and I were planning on going after school as well and the more the merrier.” Akane grinned at her friend.
“I just wanted to go with the three of us.” complained Sayuri, not wanting to drag the sex changing freak with them.
Ranma looked at her funny for a moment and then asked, “You mean without Yuka?”
Sayuri started some and stared at Ranma, her eyes narrowing with irritation. “I just meant I wanted it to be girls only.”
Akane spoke gently, as if talking to a crazy person, “Sayuri, Ranma is a girl.”
As Sayuri was building herself into a huff, Yuka just paid attention to Ranma. Neither hand was shaking now and he or maybe it was she, looked mostly calm. There was some tension around the eyes that she noted and she was trying to make all the pieces fit, but they wouldn’t. This was a puzzle that she needed to figure out.
“Look I just don’t want to go out for ice cream with you and the freak, okay?” Sayuri raised her voice some, her annoyance showing.
The room went quiet and everyone stared at Sayuri. Akane narrowed her eyes angrily. Ranma had started, as if slapped, clearly not expecting to be called that. With a growl, Akane said, “Ranma is not a freak!”
“Look I don’t care if the freak comes to school in a dress or not, that doesn’t make him a girl!” Sayuri was letting her frustration run free and taking her mouth with it.
Yuka could tell that this was getting dangerous from both Akane’s and Ranma’s body language. They were getting more and more ready to do something. She laid a hand on Sayuri’s arm to try to calm her down.
Akane stood up from her desk and faced Sayuri, her eyes ablaze. There was a threat of violence in her voice. “Ranma is a girl and not a freak.”
“Pffftt, whatever.” Sayuri flipped a hand up dismissively.
What happened next was too fast for anyone but Ranma to follow. Akane has moved forward, grabbed Sayuri by the throat, and slammed her against a wall. Akane’s face was right in front of the other girl’s, things happening too suddenly for Sayuri to have any response except a frightened squeak. “Do not talk about my best friend that way. She is not a freak.”
Sayuri swallowed heavily, as Akane wasn’t holding her throat too tightly and the slamming into the wall hadn’t been particularly hard. She bowed her head as best she could while she said, “I… uh… I… I’m sorry.”
Akane relaxed her grip, letting the girl down and stepped back. Ranma had a rather sad look on her face and Akane understood why. Akane wasn’t happy either as she hadn’t wanted to do that to her friend but she had been given no other real option. Yuka stepped forward, between the two girls. “Akane, how about Sayuri and I buy you both sundaes as an apology?”
Akane nodded her head. “Okay. Thank you.”
Ranma rested her head on the desk and sighed. She hated the fact that Akane’s friendships were suffering because of his stupid plan. She pounded her head on the desk in frustration.
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 5 By poetheather Ranma is uncomfortable over what had occurred at the start of the day. She can't seem to concentrate on anything until she comes to a resolution. What does Akane think? |
Ranma was feeling a bit conflicted and this made her shift uneasily in her seat. There were several things battling it out in her head and it was really making her uncomfortable as her thoughts moved from one subject to another. The teacher was busy droning on and on about something and all Ranma was doing was running things through her head, specifically what had happened earlier in the day between Akane and her friends. Akane slamming Sayuri into a wall really bothered her and she was frowning because of it. It was upsetting and she was a little nauseous because of it.
What she had in mind, the only solution that had come to her might be a bad decision but Ranma hated to see Akane and her friends at odds. Those two had been Akane’s friends long before the tomboy had even known Ranma existed. It was unfair to the three of them for Ranma’s plan for her own sanity to come in between their friendship. This was something that had to be dealt with as soon as she had a chance.
Talking to Akane before they got to the ice cream parlor was really important now and she had to do it, even if it ruined her plan and left her in the same boat as before. While her piece of mind was important, coming between friends was not what she had had in mind when she had come up with this plan. Ranma hadn’t had many friends in her life and even the thought of losing them hurt her. She didn’t want Akane to feel that pain and that was what it looked like was happening.
Akane noticed that Ranma had been busy thinking instead of paying attention to class. Akane had no idea what was up with her fiancé but was somewhat sure that she would find out when school was over. It worried her to see Ranma so pensive and unsure and she wished she wouldn’t get stared at even more if she simply reached out and rested her hand on Ranma’s comfortingly. To her, the best part of this plan was that they had made it clear what they felt for each other. Akane would do anything to preserve that openness that had developed between them.
She had her own ruminations, but they were more easily pushed aside in order to pay attention in class. Years of practice had enabled her to do that and those skills were certainly useful today. It was almost an act of effort to focus on the teacher. She couldn’t believe what she had done to Sayuri. Even though her actions had been utterly controlled in order to avoid hurting her friend, having to act like she was ready to beat Sayuri was almost painful. She, Yuka and Sayuri had been friends ever since they had all entered school. The two girls had helped her deal with her mother’s death and been a big factor in pulling her out of the depression she had fallen into.
Akane knew that hiding all of this from them was important in order to help Ranma and her to become happy. She would give just about anything to finally be with Ranma and she wanted that badly, she craved it. Ever since Jusendo, things between them had changed greatly and the failed wedding showed her, more than anything that Ranma was right and the chaos that surrounded them was going to keep them apart unless they did something. They had to go through with this plan, as it was the only thing that they had available. And if this plan failed, they would have to continue coming up with plans until they were together. What else could they do?
Finally, after what felt like an eternity, the tedium of classes ended and everyone headed out of the building towards home. Ranma and Akane headed downstairs to the locker room where they went in to change, thankful that it was empty. Ranma looked up at Akane and said apprehensively, “Akane?”
“Yes Ranma?”
“I want to do something and I wanted to run it past you first in case you think that it is a bad idea.” It was clear that she was nervous and Akane cocked her head curiously.
“What is it?” Akane was worried about this. What exactly did Ranma have in mind that made the redhead this skittish?
“I… I think we need to tell Yuka and Sayuri about the plan.” Ranma’s voice was quiet and soft, anxious about what she was saying.
Akane started, clearly surprised by what Ranma had said. Did he really mean that? “Ar… are you sure?”
Ranma nodded. “Akane, I don’t want you to be at odds with your friends. I just can’t stand the thought of you losing your best friends over this. I don’t want this to come between you all and I think, in order to do that, we have to tell them.”
Tears began to well up in Akane’s eyes, utterly surprised by this act of selflessness and she hugged the half-dressed redhead. There was never any real knowing what her fiancé was going to do about anything and she loved that. “Thank you Ranma.”
Akane kissed the redhead gently, enjoying the softness of the girl’s lips. She could enjoy this. She could actually enjoy this with Ranma’s girl form and be okay. For Ranma to offer what she had, despite the threat to the plan in entailed, just made her supremely happy. There was no doubt in her mind just how much Ranma loved her.
The trip to the ice cream parlor was quick, as the two girls didn’t dawdle and they saw Yuka and Sayuri sitting in a booth in the back of the place, away from anyone else. It looked like they would have some privacy for their talk after all and that was a good thing. The two girls smiled at each other. Yuka waved them over and soon the four girls were seated in the booth.
Sayuri bowed her head and said, “Gomen nasai.”
Akane smiled gently at her friend, “Thank you Sayuri. That does mean a lot to me.”
Ranma nodded. “And to me as well.”
Sayuri’s smile was a bit weak and nervous but both girls understood that. This couldn’t be easy for the girl, as she had only been reacting to things based off of her understanding of the situation. The number of people who knew that the situation had changed was very small.
Before the conversation could get much farther, the waitress came by and got their orders, returning fairly soon with the large ice cream treats that were ordered. It still wasn’t the time to talk as more important things needed to be taken care of, such as the ice cream. Soon even that was nearing the end and the silence between the four girls began to get heavy again. Akane broke the silence as they were her friends. “Yuka, Sayuri, I… we need to explain something to the both of you, but you have to swear that what we tell you, you will never repeat.”
The two girls nervously looked over at each other and then nodded, a bit scared with Akane’s intensity. They rarely saw their friend look this serious.
Akane leaned forward and explained the plan to them and the whys behind it and what it was trying to accomplish. She let her friends hear all of the important facts, so that they might understand just why this was so important to her. Once Akane finished, both girls sort of fell back into their seats, staring at the martial arts duo with wide eyes. Sayuri swallowed and then spoke, “Why… why did you tell us?”
“Because Ranma asked me to.” was the simple and straightforward answer that Akane gave her.
Yuka and Sayuri shifted their focus to the redhead, who moved uneasily under their scrutiny, unable to meet their gaze. Their eyes narrowed as if they were reappraising Ranma, now that they had new data. Sayuri then tentatively asked the redhead, “You asked her to?”
Ranma nodded slightly, blushing some. She was embarrassed by this and wished she could hide. Her time on the road and in Nerima had done nothing to prepare her for this. “I know you guys have been her friends for ever and how important you are to her. Akane is really the second real friend I have had in my life and I know how much it would hurt if I lost her. I didn’t want her to have to go through that so I knew we had to let you know why things happened like they did this morning.”
Things sort of fell into place and with a bright smile Yuka replied, “I have to agree with Akane, Ranma is a girl. Like a boy would have thought up a reason like that or have been that considerate about our feelings.”
Ranma tensed and was fighting the urge to deny his femininity at the top of his lungs with everything she had. Her fists were clenched and her eyes closed in concentration as she struggled against her body’s automatic reaction. Akane’s gentle touch helped her to calm down and let the pent up emotion to bleed out of her as she exhaled slowly. She smiled weakly at the others, embarrassed about that display. “Thank you Yuka.”
“We are going to help you with this plan, right Yuka?” stated Sayuri definitively.
Yuka nodded excitedly. “You are a girl, have always been a girl, and you have been our friend ever since you have gotten here.”
The topics of discussion turned to happier things, the girls had some fun before Ranma, and Akane had to get going in order to see Mrs. Saotome before they had to return home. After a round of hugs, the two girls walked down the street, greatly relieved about how things had turned out. Akane said, “Well that went well.”
“It did and I think they will be a big help at school.” replied Ranma, actually glad that things had worked out. It was one less thing to beat herself up over and now she had two more friends.
“Thank you Ranma. I would never thought of getting their help, thinking that we needed to keep everyone out. Thank you.” gushed Akane, still bowled over that Ranma had thought about letting the secret out a bit more just to make sure that Akane didn’t lose her friends over it. Her redhead constantly surprised her and it made life interesting in a less than crazy way.
Ranma looked like he was going to answer until a voice shot through the air and chilled both girls. “Airen, you here take Shampoo on date? Violent girl too violent for Airen.”
Ranma was glomped and she sort of thrashed about some trying to get free. Shampoo was hugging the redhead tightly, like a python. “Getoffme!”
Akane had an almost overwhelming urge to mallet her fiancé when she saw this, but was aware of the plan and the somewhat transparent mallet that had begun to form faded out of view. This particular encounter had been talked about and would probably be the hardest of these to pull off. Akane struggled to keep her voice light when she said, “Shampoo, please get off Ranma. You know she doesn’t like that.”
The Amazon warrior turned to look at the short haired girl confused, “What violent girl say? Ranma not girl.”
Ranma managed to shove the purple haired girl off her and she stumbled back a few steps. “Shampoo, do I look like a guy to you?”
Shampoo blinked and took a closer look at Ranma. What she saw shook her. This Ranma did not look like her Airen normally did. There was no braided pigtail, no Chinese clothes. This Ranma looked like a girl, with her hair hanging down, loosely tied with a ribbon, and clearly wearing a bra. There was something strange going on here and it worried the Amazon. She nervously asked, “Airen, why you girl type?”
Ranma growled, it having been decided that it would sound better in this instance. “Am I wearing a sign that says to ask me that? I… am… a… girl Shampoo. I thought you knew that?”
Shampoo shifted some, feeling as if the earth beneath her was becoming unstable. This didn’t make any sense. “Shampoo know Ranma boy with Jusenkyo curse.”
“What are you talking about Shampoo? Ju — whatsit?” asked Ranma, her irritation turning to confusion. Trying to pretend that the cursed springs didn’t exist was a bit of a risk but they had chosen to at least try it.
“Di… did Ranma hit head? Did too too violent girl hit you into rock again?” Shampoo was clearly growing more and more uneasy with this conversation. This was definitely not how things were supposed to be going.
“Akane did not hit me into a rock. Honestly, why would she do that to me? She’s my best friend Shampoo.” Ranma looked exasperated.
“You Shampoo’s Airen.” She sounded a little less sure now. Ranma wasn’t making any kind of sense to her at all. Ranma was not a girl… right?
“I don’t think so Shampoo.” Ranma said that gently, as if trying to keep from hurting the girl’s feelings. This was where things were going to be tricky. “I am a girl and I have certainly not been asked if I wanted to be your Airen, which I don’t. You’re my friend, and I care about you but you are not my fiancé.”
Shampoo stared at Ranma, eyes wide, her mouth fallen open, shock visible about everywhere in her body. What had been said had been so unbelievable that the Amazon girl sort of shut down. Ranma waved a hand in front of the girl’s face. “Shampoo?”
When there was no response from the Amazon, Ranma frowned a little and then said, “Sorry Shampoo, but we were going over to see my mother. Uhm… talk to you later. Take care. Dzaijyan.”
Ranma and Akane turned and continued on their way to Mrs. Saotome’s house, leaving Shampoo standing there, wide eyed, and slack jawed, stunned as if she had been hit in the head with a sledgehammer.
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 6 By poetheather Ranma now has to face something that scared her. How was she going to explain this all to her mother? And was it going to involve seppuku? |
Ranma cowered behind Akane when they reached her mother’s house. While it was true that Akane said that her mother knew all about the curse but that didn’t make her any less nervous about the possible consequences of this part of their afternoon. The fact that he was now a she for an indeterminate period of time might just tip the scales back to seppuku and Ranma really didn’t want that. Akane just rolled her eyes at her idiot fiancé and rang the doorbell. “Grow up Ranma, she’s not going to kill you.”
Ranma remained safely behind her fiancé. There were some things that she would rather not endure over seppuku, but they all involved Happosai in one way or another. The redhead was sure that this might result in her death so was naturally scared of her mother. Maybe that stupid panda had a point?
The door opened shortly and there stood Nodoka in her usual kimono. She seemed surprised to see the two of them standing there. Of course that may have had something to do with the fact that her son was in girls clothes with his hair down. “Oh my. Hello Rank… Ranma and Akane. What brings you two here?”
Ranma was busy looking at Akane’s back, afraid of what she might see if she looked into her mother’s eyes, so Akane said, “We need to talk to you Mrs. Saotome.”
“Please, come in.” This was said with a slight bow which the girls returned.
Ranma and Akane entered the house and removed their shoes, putting on some of the guest slippers that were there. Nodoka led the girls to a very traditional style living room and said, ‘I’ll be right back with some tea.”
Akane took that moment to talk to Ranma, who was simply dancing along her last nerve. “Look Baka, stop hiding behind me.”
“I’m not an idiot. Look ‘kane, that seppuku pledge still has me freaked out, okay.” There was no way that Ranma was going to lose this argument, as it was too important.
“Do you even listen to me when I tell you things? That was taken care of before Jusendo, remember? Look, stop being a coward and just deal with this like a man, okay.” Akane was getting much more worked up over this and was having a harder time controlling her own temper. Right now her mallet hand was itching and she just wanted to smack some sense into the redhead.
Ranma just blinked a few times, as if trying to make sure what it was that Akane had said and then looked down at herself and then back up. The tomboy caught the movement, followed the train of thought and then started chuckling, which grew to laughing when Ranma cocked an eyebrow at her questioningly. Ranma started joining in, when what had happened completely registered and she realized why that had been funny.
When Nodoka came in with the tea on a tray, the two girls were just beginning to quiet down. She smiled at her son and asked, “Ranma, did you want some hot water to change back?”
Ranma seemed shocked by how casual her mother was about all of the crazy gender changing that was her curse. Was she really okay with this? She cut her eyes over to Akane and the girl just looked smug. This sort of shook Ranma some, as she came to some sort of realization. Maybe she should just listen to Akane sometimes instead of just believing what she wanted to believe, because otherwise she was no better than Kuno. “Uhm… actually that is kind of why we are here, to talk to you about that.”
“Son, I know about your curse but let me assure you that doesn’t not make you any less manly in my eyes. Yu have always proven your manhood to me and I am satisfied.” Nodoka was calm when she said this and had a sip of her tea. Ranma had grown up to be a wonderful man, a bit odd but still a man you could count on.
Ranma swallowed heavily. She was still afraid it was not going to work out well, but trusted in Akane. “Mom, you might change your mind when you hear this.”
“Ranma, I have seen the truth of who you are and I know about your fight with Saffron. That is very manly in my eyes and little will change that. I am very proud to have you as my son.” Nodoka shook her head slightly. Sometimes her child confused her.
Ranma grumbled quietly, “I hope this don’t change that.”
Akane jumped in, as she could tell that Ranma was beginning to have some troubles. “Actually, part of the reason we came here today is to get your help.”
“My help?” Mrs. Saotome was clearly surprised by that. Her child and his fiancé needed her help?
“Yes. We have a plan going and in order for it to really work the way we hope it to we really need your help to make people believe it.” explained the short haired girl. It was beginning to look like Ranma’s mother was getting intrigued, which would certainly help.
Ranma found her voice again and joined back into the conversation, “Mom, I just want my life to be normal and for me to be able to marry Akane without all the insanity that happened at the last time we tried to get hitched. This plan is the only thing I have been able to come up with to fix the problem.”
Nodoka looked thoughtful. The fact that these two were unable to get married had bothered her. However, she had to admit it was nice seeing them work together for a change. “Alright, what is this plan of yours?”
“…and that’s basically what the plan is.” Ranma blushed some at her mother.
Her mother sat there, obviously digesting what she had just heard from the two girls. This time, between Ranma and Akane, they had filled her in on everything that had happened to her child ever since Genma had spirited the two of them away, to give her an idea of the true scope of the problem. Akane hadn’t quite told her all the details apparently when Ranma had saved her from falling off the cliff and into the ocean. In so many ways, what he had gone through only made him more manly in her eyes. He had endured and survived so much.
Her son, or rather daughter, was looking down, clearly nervous about what was going to be said. She knew now that if she ever said it was time for him to commit seppuku that he would do it. Ranma was truly a man among men, a person with a strong sense of honor and duty. It made her so proud that her child had turned out so honorable despite her husband being an idiot all the time. If only she had been there, would Ranma’s life been less hard?
“Ranma, I am sorry.” Nodoka bowed to her child.
That had been the last thing Ranma had expected to hear. She snapped her head up and her blue eyes bored into her mother. Her mother was sorry?
“I never knew everything you endured since your father took you from me. I had no idea what you were going through or how much of that I inadvertently put you through a well. I will, of course, help you with this plan. It would be dishonorable for me to do anything less.” She bowed again to Ranma, who was still clearly surprised to her words.
The redhead shook her head to clear it, boggled by what he mother was saying. When her thoughts cleared, she smiled in relief and then bowed to her mother. “Thank you mother, you have no idea how much that means to me.”
“Now that you have explained this plan I have a few questions, are you serious about getting married to Akane?”
Both of the teens blushed and looked everywhere but each other or Mrs. Saotome. Ranma swallowed heavily and, almost afraid of this particular response, said faintly, “Yes.”
“Good.”
Now the two teens both snapped their heads up and stared at Ranma’s mother. Their own nervousness about this issue had ill prepared them for that response. They both blurted out, “Good?”
“Well now Ranma, she is still your fiancé, is she not?” Her mother quirked an eyebrow at her daughter.
“She is.” admitted Ranma, still nervous.
“And are you serious about marrying her?” This question was also important to Nodoka.
Ranma blushed again, the tips of her ears glowing. Akane was blushing as well but did notice the quick nod that Ranma gave. Her heart swelled happily and all was right with the world. She couldn’t hold back the smile if she had even tried.
“And this plan isn’t forever?”
Ranma nodded. “Once life has calmed down for a while I want to marry Akane and turn back then. Less chance of a relapse.”
“Then we will just have to make sure this plan works. I do want to see my son marry his beautiful fiancé. And to do that I will help my son be my daughter.”
The three of them turned the discussion to how best to make this plan work, given the huge mountain of problems that faced them. They covered a few of the different ways this could play out and how to ensure things moved smoothly in the direction that was desired. A good bit of time was devoted to the Amazon issue, as they were well aware that was the source f most danger. Nodoka then realized something as they talked. “Ranma, how are you able to avoid the curse changing you back?”
Ranma smiled, just happy that her mother was okay with this. “Well, there are several different ways you could do this. Yesterday I used some of the waterproof soap that I had gotten before from the old ghoul, but it doesn’t last as long as other things. I remembered something else I had gotten and that is what I am using. Let me tell you about…”
* * * * *
“Tadaima!” called out the girls as they arrived home. As they were taking off their shoes, Kasumi called out from the kitchen, “Okaeri. Did you girl’s remember to pick up the vegetables I asked you for this morning?”
Nabiki looked out of the living room and spotted Ranma and Akane. They both looked embarrassed at having forgotten the vegtables. “Sorry nee-chan. We can go now if you want us to.”
Kasumi gave them her third best smile and they put their shoes back on. She came up and handed them a longer shopping list and some cash. “Could you pick up a few more things for me?”
Ranma smiled this time and said, “Sure, nee-chan. No problem.”
Nabiki almost fell over when she heard that. Why the hell was Ranma calling her sister nee-chan? They weren’t related. This whole thing was strange and confusing and it was beginning to make Nabiki crazy. She had to follow them to figure out what was really going on because she was almost certain that it wasn’t vegtables. “Kasumi, I just remembered I have to check on something. I’ll be right back.”
“Please don’t be late for dinner.” called Kasumi from the kitchen.
“I won’t.”
As Nabiki tore out of the house in pursuit of the two girls, Kasumi smiled to herself. Sometimes making her middle sister do things was pretty easy. The girl had such a narrow focus in her way of thinking that Kasumi had long been able to make her sister do what she wanted.
Knowing that her reputation as an information broker was probably on the line, Nabiki did her best to get them back in sight. She caught sight of them as they were entering the market area and she redoubled her speed. Sometimes getting good information required some effort. When they turned into the grocery store, Nabiki hustled to follow.
Watching them was pretty boring overall. They were picking up some vegetables, some more garlic and ginger, more Poccari Sweat for themselves and a small cake for desert. It was when they turned down the feminine hygiene aisle that things began to get surreal again. Nabiki was an aisle over, doing her best to listen in.
“Ranma, could you hand me those tampons?”
“Sure Akane. Here you go.”
“Oh, did you need anymore pads?”
At that question, Nabiki began to go green. Ranma needing feminine products?
“I suppose. Say, do you really like those tampons?”
“They are pretty nice. I definitely like them better than pads.”
“Can I borrow some to try them out? Usually the Panda just stole me some pads and I hadn’t thought about that until now. He wasn’t good at teaching me anything about being a girl.”
Wait, Mr. Saotome had stolen pads for Ranma? When? Where? Why? There was no reason for that since Ranma was a guy. What the hell was going on? This whole thing was making her head hurt and se began rubbing her forehead. Were they under some sort of Amazon memory thingy or had blows to their head or something?
“Sure. I have some that you can borrow.”
Nabiki just stood there and stopped following the girls, this wasn’t getting her anywhere. There had to be some sort of plan. There had to be. Wait, hadn’t one of her minions told her that Akane had almost put Sayuri through a wall? Maybe what Nabiki needed to do was talk to her to find out what had happened? If Akane’s best friend had gotten into a fight with her, surely she would be willing to talk. With a grin, Nabiki dashed out of the store, unaware that she had been noticed.
Ranma shivered. She felt dirty. “I can’t believe that you asked me that? Ick.”
Akane rolled her eyes. “Ranma, you know, if you stay in your girl form long enough it could happen. You might just need those products for real.”
Ranma turned green at that and Akane thought that looked pretty funny in contrast with the girl’s red hair. The redhead squeaked out, “For real?”
Akane took the girl’s hand and tugged her along, trying to get Ranma off a subject that was amusing. They did have other things to do. “Come on Ranma. Let’s get home.”
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 7 By poetheather The stress is starting to get to Ranma and she is close to snapping. And problems begin to mount as the Amazons decide to get involved. |
Shampoo blinked her eyes in surprise and found herself looking up at the ceiling of her room, which confused her. Hadn’t she been outside talking to Ranma just a second before? Ranma had looked funny and had said funny things to her, things she couldn’t quite remember. Hadn’t he been there with the violent girl?
“Welcome back great granddaughter.” Cologne leaned into Shampoo’s line of sight.
“What happened?” Shampoo was still trying to put pieces together about what she last remembered as she very slowly sat up, her head spinning some as she moved. She felt drained, as if she had just gone through an epic battle.
“Mousse found you and brought you back. He said you were standing in the street paralyzed. Do you remember who did this?” Cologne was concerned about who could have paralyzed her daughter and not leave a mark on her. It was a tremendous skill and one she wanted to know about. She certainly hoped that Son in Law had not learned this skill.
“Ranma…” Shampoo’s thoughts turned back to that moment there in the street, when Ranma seemed so different and so the same.
“Ranma did this to you! That cad! I will crush him for daring to get close to my beloved Shampoo!!” Mousse postured bravely and then fell over. Cologne had used her stick to strike one of the sleep points. She did not need to be bothered right now by the boy and shutting him up was the most effective way that she knew of. Well, turning him into a duck was a close second.
“Ranma… is dressed like a girl, great grandmother, with her hair down and in a dress but more than that thinks he has always been a girl. That stupid violent tomboy seems to believe it as well. Airen said… said… I was his friend but not his fiancé.” The lavender haired girl trembled some as she replied in Chinese, as the shock had worn off and the emotions hit her.
Cologne narrowed her eyes thoughtfully, “Do you think this is some plan to fool Ryoga? You know how Ranma likes to dress up for that.”
Shampoo shook her head. “They were going somewhere together. Great grandmother, Ranma really thinks he is a girl, like that time the violent girl knocked him into a rock.”
Cologne stood there and thought about things. Yes, head trauma could have done this, but Son in Law had gotten much, much tougher ever since that incident. His fight against Saffron had proved that. “So Son in Law thinks he is a girl? Hrrmmm… do not fear great granddaughter, I will find him and get to the bottom of this.”
* * * * *
“Kasumi-neechan?” The voice was sweet and cute, in the hopes that it would have a greater chance to succeed.
“Yes Ranma-chan?” The elder sister’s voice was filled with tolerant amusement.
“How much longer until dinner? I’m hungry?” whined Ranma, somewhat playfully.
“Ranma, just help Akane finish setting the table.” Kasumi kept busy with the final parts of the meal, making sure that it was all going to come out right. She was not going to rise to the bait.
Akane bopped Ranma lightly on the head with a fist playfully. “Don’t be a jerk Ranma. Let’s just finish the table and wait.”
Ranma pouted some but complied. It really felt good to be able to play as opposed to fight with Akane.
Over by the shogi table, Soun lamented, “Oh Saotome, our families will never be joined. Your daughter and mine can never have children!”
Genma rolled his eyes and took the momentary distraction of Soun’s crying to rearrange the board some. He picked up one of his own pieces and set it down confidently. “Ha, looks like I win Tendo!”
Soun looked down at the board, confused. “I could have sworn that I was ready to win.”
Once the table was set, Ranma and Akane sat down next to each other and started talking about Akane’s favorite Shoujo Manga, and the plot line. Nabiki came in while they were discussing part of the long drawn out romance and was surprised that Ranma actually seemed to know what Akane was talking about. This didn’t strike her like the kind of information you could pick up in a day and she was positive that Ranma would not have willingly gotten within a mile of girl’s manga. And to now be able to talk about character interactions… that shouldn’t be possible. Nabiki’s head started hurting again and she got up and headed into the kitchen, “Kasumi, could I get some aspirin?”
“Certainly Nabiki.” Kasumi got out the bottle of pain meds and handed it over. “A headache?”
Nabiki nodded slightly, wincing at the movement and dry swallowed the pills. They tasted nasty but it got the job done. Besides dinner would be ready in a moment and that would kill any taste that remained. “Yeah.”
“Are you worried about something?” asked Kasumi, well aware of what was giving her sister the headaches.
“Not worried so much as confused. I know there is something going on and you seem to have joined with Ranma and Akane in making it happen. I don’t know why yet, but I will figure it out.” Nabiki rubbed her temples.
Kasumi gave her sister a worried look. “Nabiki, perhaps you should go to see Dr. Tofu over these headaches?”
Nabiki sighed. Kasumi was just ignoring her and trying to redirect the issue. “Maybe I will.”
Once her sister left the room Kasumi smiled. She had a brilliant idea about how to deal with her sister. It wasn’t the nicest thing she had ever done but it would get even with Nabiki for some of the terrible things she had done to both Ranma and Akane.
Dinner was somewhat quiet, with Ranma and Akane now talking about a movie they wanted to go see and Kasumi occasionally joining in. Nabiki watched carefully to see if there were any clues as to what was going on, but there was not hint of anything that she could make heads or tails out of. Genma sat there glowering at his son and Soun fretted, still upset over the fact that it seemed as if the two families would never be joined.
As they were about midway through the meal, Genma pounded his fist on the table, making the several fish bounce. “Damn it boy, stop acting like a damn sissy! Get out of that dress and turn back.”
“So, you want me to sit here and eat in my underwear?” snarked Ranma right back, not wanting to give in to her father.
“Fine, if you want to act this way…” Genma’s cup of hot tea was tossed into Ranma’s face and nothing happened. The three who were not aware of the plan gasped while the others reacted as if it were simply thrown tea and not a major mystical mess up.
“Mister Saotome!” Both Kasumi and Akane called out in shock.
Ranma grew red faced and angry. The anger built and just when everyone expected Ranma to launch into an all out fight with her father it spilled over into something else, which left everyone at the table surprised. Ranma began to cry. Between sobs, Ranma choked out, “Pops, why do you treat me like this?”
“You are my son and you have been acting disrespectful! You need to shape up before your mother comes and we have to die! Did you forget that?” Genma’s anger was slowly getting replaced with some nervousness. His boy… crying? His boy would never cry but then again his boy didn’t look like a boy right now.
“Dad all I have ever done is to try and do what you wanted me to do and now you give me grief because I am doing something I want. I am just trying to have a life outside the Art and you won’t let me. I am trying to stay friends with Akane but you won’t let me. You just want me to be unhappy and practically your slave! Why do you hate me!? Why do you hate me?” Ranma turned and ran upstairs. They all could hear the door to Akane’s room open and slam shut.
Slowly all eyes turned to Mr. Saotome, angrily looking at him. His mouth was open like a hooked fish’s and it was clear that the words had some sort of an effect on him. He gaped there like the idiot he was. “I… uh… I… uh…”
Akane glared at him and if looks could kill, and Genma had heard of training where you could learn how to do just that, he would be well and truly dead right now. She stood up from the table and stated. “I’m going upstairs.”
Kasumi shook her head sadly as her younger sister raced upstairs to console her fiancé. Parts of this plan seemed harder than others and this outburst had been unexpected. “Mr. Saotome, that is no way to treat your daughter.”
Genma was still shell shocked and staring at the empty space where Ranma had been sitting. “B… b… bu… but… I ha… ha… had a son.”
“I think your daughter just might disagree with you.” She began to get Ranma and Akane’s food, taking it into the kitchen to keep it safe, in case they were hungry later. When she came back in and knelt down to finish eating she said, “Maybe you just need to give your daughter some space right now.”
He nodded dumbly, his mind frozen with what had jut happened, repeating softly, “But I had a son.”
Nabiki was flabbergasted. Ranma was nowhere near that good of an actor, so that outburst had to be genuine. However, if it was, what did it all mean? Did it mean that Ranma really was a girl and not a boy? How could it, since she had pictures of Ranma’s male form and had made a nice profit with them? Was this some sort of Amazon trick? Had Shampoo used some sort of potion on people to make them all think that Ranma was a girl? Moreover, why hadn’t hot water worked? And since when did Ranma and Akane care about each other? Nothing was making any sense and all that told her was that she didn’t have all the pieces she needed to figure out what was going on. This certainly didn’t help her headache. Maybe some more aspirin after she ate?
Meanwhile, upstairs, Akane was holding a crying Ranma in their shared bedroom. While surprised by Ranma’s reaction to her father, she could understand where all the stress and frustration that had gone into that outburst had come from. Ranma had been barely dealing with it for years and it had only taken just a little more to set it off.
Akane ran a hand down Ranma’s red hair, soothing her, whispering to her over and over, trying to reassure the petite girl. “It’s alright.”
After a while, Akane succeeded in calming the girl down and Ranma continued to sit there, holding Akane. “Do you want to take a bath? It might help you relax more.”
Ranma nodded and Akane helped the girl up. She grabbed their pajamas and they walked to the bath, with one arm over the smaller girl. Ranma mostly sat there as Akane washed her hair and back, taking the puff and washing her front when it was offered to her. The cold water of the rinse helped to bring her back some. She looked so sad and lost that Akane’s heart went out to the girl. She leaned down and kissed her fiancé.
Ranma returned the kiss and the girl relaxed more. Akane pulled back and smiled, “Can you wash my hair?”
Ranma nodded and rubbed the shampoo into the tomboy’s hair. After a quick rinse, the two of them found themselves in the tub, luxuriating in the warmth that penetrated their bones. Akane pulled Ranma between her legs and began to knead the girl’s shoulders, her strength enough to work the tension out. “Thank you ‘kane.”
“You’re welcome. You know I think your father is smarter as a panda than as a man.”
Ranma giggled. “You’re probably right.”
“Don’t let him bother you. We are taking care of you right now so don’t let him get to you.” Akane held her comfortingly, her eyes closed and letting the hot water work its magic on her as well.
“I’ll try.” The response was hesitant and worried. “Oh, ‘kane, I just wanted to say thank you.”
Akane kissed the redhead on her head. “For what?”
“For helping me with this.”
“No problem. How could I not help you? You are my fiancé and I love you. After you admitted that to me I would do anything for you.” It felt nice to hold the slender girl in her arms and Akane was happy.
“Two days, two days without a fight. I don’t really know how to deal with that. I hoped it would work, but this…” Ranma was amazed by how well it was working but she was still worried.
“Hush, Ranma. You worry about relaxing, we’ll let the days take care of themselves.”
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 8 By poetheather Another day dawns on the Saotome household and things seem to be getting back to normal, with Ranma's girlhood becoming slightly less than an issue. Or had it? |
Ranma opened her eyes a little and sighed, content. She was warm and comfortable in a way she had never really been before and it wanted to lull her back to sleep, so she didn’t fight it and let her eyes close again. A familiar voice called out from right next to her. “Ranma, we need to wake up.”
“Unh..’kane, fivmrmints.” She snuggled closer to the warm body she was being held by, resting her head on the other person’s shoulder.
There was a sigh and then, “Fine, a few more minutes.”
Ranma’s mind began to process everything slowly as it was growing more awake by the minute. There was a warm, soft body next to hers and then Akane’s voice was right next to him. Warm body… Akane’s voice… warm body… Akane’s voice…?
Ranma was suddenly standing against the far wall shaking, hands over her head to protect it. “I’m sorry, I’m sorry, I’m sorry.”
She heard the creak of the bed and kept muttering her apologies, hoping that might have her life spared, crouching down to make a smaller target. Akane’s pace was measured and she stood in front of the cowering redhead. Ranma whimpered slightly. This was going to hurt.
She took her arms and pulled them away from her head. Ranma winced in preparation of the Malleting of Doom that was sure to be on the way. There was another sigh and then Akane said, “Ranma, I’m not going to hit you for something I did. Now come on. I want to run before all the excitement starts today.”
Ranma blinked a few times, her brain trying to reboot and make sense of what had just happened or rather not happened. “You… You’re not going to hit me?”
Akane shook her head and she pulled on her running clothes. “Ranma you were having nightmares last night and you needed the comfort. So I got you into my bed and that seemed to help.”
Ranma couldn’t recall that but then she was often glad when she couldn’t remember her nightmares. Akane had been there for her, had taken care of her and had kept her safe. She said softly, “Thank you.”
Akane turned and hugged her fiancé. “You’re welcome. No hurry up and get dressed. We have a big day and I want to have finished our work out before your mom shows up.”
Ranma smiled and got dressed quickly.
Their run did her a lot of good and she felt invigorated. Akane certainly had something with this whole running thing she did every morning. Maybe she needed to do this in the morning because waking up with the panda wasn’t any fun. She really hated it when she woke up and was flying through the air, not really knowing if she was up or down, or even where the ground was. It scared her a little each time it happened, not that big tough Ranma Saotome would ever have admitted that to anyone. There had been so many things he had to pretend didn’t bother him all the time because he would look soft and it seemed as if violence and anger were the only feelings his father didn’t call soft.
Ranma sighed. All of that crap her father had given her to believe in, that girls were worthless and weak, that the Art was the only thing that mattered, the whole way she had been asked to live with the constant attacks, the fighting for food, all of that was making him a caricature of a real person. Thankfully, her mom seemed to have gotten over the man’s man nonsense and was trying to help her. Why wasn’t she allowed to just be Ranma? Why did it have to take wearing a dress to be allowed to feel what she felt and act the way she wanted to act? Why did she have to be a girl to have a means of escape from that nonsense?
At least he had been able to tell Akane before this all took place that she loved the tomboy. That had been the most important thing she had ever done and she was quite aware of that. After almost losing her during the fight against Saffron, she just couldn’t bear not telling her. The crap at the wedding spooked him, making him angry and nervous, so he had blurted out his insults like normal, protesting everything. That she had gone and done that really embarrassed her. She knew she had hurt Akane’s feelings and she was trying to make up for that.
Akane put on her gi and Ranma her Chinese clothes, ready to get some forms and sparing practice in before breakfast. They walked outside and could hear Genma still snoring upstairs. The two girls giggled and got into the dojo, ready to work.
After they bowed at the small shrine in there, they started first with some of the kata, to warm and stretch their bodies. As they went along in the forms, Ranma did less and less of her own form and more and more helping Akane with getting her katas correct, helping her to adjust small problems here and there. They went through three of the forms and Akane was starting to autocorrect some of the problems by the time they were on the last one. The two girl’s smiled at each other and bowed once they were finished.
Akane got into her fighting stance and Ranma stood there, hands behind her back, the whole thing reminiscent of when the two had met. Ranma giggled as she recalled that and asked, “You do Karate don’t you?”
With narrowed eyes, Akane was trying to figure out what Ranma was doing. She hesitantly answered, “A little.”’
“Then let’s have a match. Just for fun. Don’t worry. I won’t hurt you.” Ranma grinned broadly.
Akane finally caught on to what Ranma was referencing and smiled back happily. Ranma loved that smile. He would do most anything for that smile.
They launched into their attacks and the match got more and more serious, going from the simple sparring to more what Ranma had done everyday with her father. After a bit, Ranma stopped things and gave Akane some pointers on how to make her attacks more effective and her defense stronger. Then the fight was back on. It went back and forth like this for a while before they called it quits. They bowed to each other, bowed to the shrine and headed out. Ranma said, “Akane, do you want the first bath?”
“No, we’ll bathe together like we have been. It’ll be okay.” Akane was beaming happily. She had missed that sort of instruction, that type of help with her fighting and it made her feel good, like Ranma was giving her respect for being a martial artist.
When they came downstairs for breakfast, with both of tem wearing skirts and Ranma again having a ribbon in her hair, everyone was sitting there but the mood was a bit tense, as if a black cloud of tension hung over the table. In fact, it looked as if Genma was trembling for some reason. The two girls sat down, a bit confused, and waited, knowing it wouldn’t be long for food to arrive. Sure enough, Kasumi came out with the bowls of miso soup on a tray. And then, Nodoka followed her out with the rice.
Ranma remembered the conversation yesterday and leapt to her feet, calling out excitedly, “Momma!”
Nodoka and Ranma hugged and the older kissed the younger on the forehead, clearly happy to see the redhead. All around the table there were people who had face faulted over this display, who had all been quite sure that this encounter would end in fire and destruction and seppuku. Nodoka held Ranma out at arms length, “And how is my daughter today?”
“Just fine. I missed you.” Ranma beamed happily at her mother. Once she had found out that she was still alive, Ranma had really tried to reunite with her and was glad that she had finally succeeded.
“I know that the training trip was long and hard, but look what a beautiful and strong woman you have become. I am so proud of you, daughter.” Nodoka hugged Ranma again.
The sound of brains breaking was almost audible. Genma was the one thrown most of all and he started looking back and forth between Nodoka and Ranma as if that would help him figure out what was going on, as if this were some sort of strange action free tennis match. Did he actually have a daughter? Had he always had a daughter? Surely Nodoka would have made him commit seppuku for dressing like a woman if he were actually a boy, right? And he did actually have a son, right? It was too early for this and he needed sake.
Nabiki was trying to sort this out as well. If Mrs. Saotome was in on it then there was little chance of finding out what was going on as having Kasumi and her working together was a frightening proposition. She had to wait for one of them to screw up and she was beginning to get an idea about how unlikely that was. She gritted her teeth in frustration, trying not to let it show. There was something going on here and she wanted to know about it. Not knowing things made her feel incompetent, like she had utterly no clue about anything going on around her, like she was a failure and she hated that. Ever since her mother had died, Nabiki had been focused on making money for the family and on knowing everything that she could about everything going on around her. If she had known what to do, she might have been able to save her mother.
Ranma sat down again and they all called out before eating, “Itadakimasu!”
Genma sat there uncharacteristically quiet and not eating. He just sat there and stared at his wife and his son… daughter… child… whatever he had. Why were they not committing seppuku? This didn’t make any sense. At this point, he was positive that he needed a lot of sake just to barely cope. What had he done in his life that justified this?
Nodoka smiled at the two girls sitting next to each other, “So girls, what did you have in mind for today?”
Akane smiled back, enjoying getting to know her eventual mother in law. “We were going to maybe do some shopping, get Ranma’s haircut again, watch a movie, something fun and relaxing.”
“That certainly sounds like fun.” replied Nodoka. “Do you need any money daughter?”
“Yes please.” Ranma gave her cute look and Nodoka and Kasumi chuckled. “I usually don’t get any as Pops is stingy.”
“Here you go sweetie. Just don’t spend it all on ice cream.” chided her mother.
“But Mom… I like ice cream.” Ranma whined a little.
Akane laughed. “Aunt Saotome, I’ll make sure she doesn’t spend it all there.”
Ranma blushed at that and looked down. Was it her fault that she liked ice cream so much? She had never had anything like that when she was on the road with her father. It had all been camp rise and occasionally some sort of stolen food. She was making up for lost time. There were years worth of no ice cream that had to be made up.
“Oh, girls, can you go to the store for me first and bring back what I need for dinner?” asked Kasumi. “It isn’t a large list.”
“Sure. I guess we do that really quickly and then get to our fun.” said Akane.
“I wanted to make something special for dinner tonight and I have other things to do with the housework. This really would be a big help for me.”
“No problem Neechan. Since we don’t really have any plans that should be just fine. Well run off and get that taken care of.”
The two stood up, got the shopping list, and said their goodbyes to everyone. They headed out and when they had turned around the corner, out of sight of the Tendo Dojo, Ranma sighed, her shoulders slumping a little. Akane looked over and asked, “Are you okay?”
“It is kind of hard to play like a girl all the time. It exhausts me some times and I have no idea if I am doing a good job. It is good to get to a place where I don’t have to be as on all the time, like I am around the family.” Ranma hung her head a little at that.
Akane reached over and hugged the girl, her fiancée who she really loved. “It’ll get easier Ranma and you have been getting better, acting more like a girl.”
The look that Ranma gave her was full of hope. “Really?”
“Yes. You should be fine. I believe in you.” Just hearing that made the redhead smile broadly.
“Thank you Akane.” Ranma skipped a bit ahead and turned around, walking backwards, facing the tomboy. “You have really been more help than I could ever have imagined. Thank you for everything.”
She bumped into someone and instantly turned to apologize. “Gomen nasai.”
The face she looked into was very, very familiar and stole Ranma’s voice away. The muscular boy she had walked into turned, his hair held back by a yellow and black bandana. He looked apologetic until he saw who he had bumped into, “Gomen. I didn’t… see… Ranma?”
Ranma smiled at the Lost Boy nervously, unsure what to do here. “Hi Ryoga. Where have you been?”
The Lost Boy stared at him and he grew slowly angrier. “Why are you dressed like that? Are you trying to trick Akane? You jerk. Ranma Saotome, prepare to die!”
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 9 By poetheather Ryoga is clearly upset and Ranma is at a loss for how to respond. Nabiki is sneaking around some more, trying to get to the bottom of this and only ice cream can save the day. |
With a slide to the side, she dodged the attack Ryoga launched with his umbrella, which was a simple thrust. Given how Ryoga normally reacted, there was almost no way she could get out of this without a fight. She was so tired of this and she wanted to stop fighting Ryoga. Wasn’t he her friend? Why did he always attack her? Surely, they had dealt with the damn bread issue and the accidental knocking of him into Jusenkyo. Ranma dodged again, propelling herself into the air, trying to get some distance. She had no idea what to do. Was everything going to fall apart right now? “Ryoga, stop!”
“Not until I have killed you. I live in Hell all because of you, Ranma!” Ryoga stretched his arm back and flung his umbrella at her, spinning it quickly towards the redhead. She shifted to the side and it flew past harmlessly.
“Ryoga, please stop.” Ranma kept fighting the urge to attack back and it was getting more and more difficult the angrier that Ryoga got. She dodged an attack of bandanas and the return of the umbrella, wanting to punch pig boy in the face. Maybe just this once it would be okay?
Akane ran up and stood in front of Ryoga, holding her arms out to somewhat block things. It got the larger boy to stop. Akane yelled out angrily, “What are you doing?!”
“I am getting rid of this pervert for you!” Ryoga’s eyes bored into Ranma and the redhead remained in stance, ready to move. She had gotten a lot better at dodging ever since Happosai had entered her life, not that the skill helped much with the freak.
“Leave Ranma alone! She doesn’t want to fight you!” Akane’s eyes flashed dangerously and her fists were clenched. She couldn’t allow this to go on or everything would be ruined.
“He is such a… wait, what did you say? She?” Ryoga looked dumbfounded and let his body relax completely, turning to face Akane entirely.
Ranma relaxed a little, but she did breathe a sigh of relief that Akane was able to keep this from escalating further. She watched the scene unfolding in front of her between her tomboy and P-Chan, wondering how that was going to play out. The relief started her crying and she sniffled a little. She didn’t fight it because it would work for her right now and so the embarrassment was worth it.
“Yes she you idiot. Ranma is a girl. I know you get lost all the time but I never thought that you would lose your mind. You know she’s a girl.” yelled Akane, pointing towards the crying redhead.
“Uhm… Akane… Ranma’s a guy.” replied Ryoga, wondering what Ranma had done to Akane to make her forget something so basic. It had to be all Ranma’s fault because everything was somehow Ranma’s fault. It had to be Ranma’s fault that Ranma was crying right now, right?
“Honestly Ryoga, what is it with people believing that? Have the Amazons gotten to you?” Akane looked at him worriedly.
The Lost Boy blushed slightly and looked down. This was making him confused. This might not be Ranma’s fault? It might be the Amazons fault? Surely not, as Ranma was the ultimate source of suffering and pain. But there she was, standing there crying, wiping the tears from her face and he felt sheepish.
“Look Ryoga, we are going off to go shopping for Kasumi so we can’t stay. Talk to you later, if you can get your act together.” Akane walked forward and took Ranma’s arm and led both of them off towards the market and away from the Lost Boy.
Ryoga stood in the street, watched the two girls walk away from him, and tried to figure out what the hell was going on.
* * * * *
Nabiki knew she didn’t have a large window of opportunity here so she raced over to Sayuri’s, desperate to get a better idea of things from a direct source. She made it there in record time, at least for her, and was soon standing on Sayuri’s front porch, panting slightly. When she had caught her breath she rang the doorbell and waited.
After talking to the girl’s mother briefly and waiting again, Sayuri came down and looked surprised to see the middle Tendo sister waiting for her. Nabiki smiled in her best friendly manner and called out to her, “Good morning Sayuri, may I speak with you?”
“Certainly Sempai. How can I help you?” She asked the upper classman.
“I was just trying to figure out what had happened between you and Akane the other day? I heard that she attacked you. Did my sister really do that?” Nabiki smiled, trying to come across as a confidant.
“Well, I guess I upset her when I was teasing Ranma.” Sayuri looked down, as if embarrassed by what she was saying.
“You were teasing Ranma?” asked Nabiki carefully. Now they were getting somewhere. This could turn out to have been a good plan after all. “About what?”
Now Sayuri blushed and couldn’t meet Nabiki’s eyes at all. It was clear from the girl’s body language that this embarrassed her. “I… I was teasing Ranma and calling her a freak because… because she is afraid to use tampons.”
Nabiki swallowed, trying to keep the surprise off her face. This was not what she had expected. This was something completely different. “You were teasing her over tampons?”
After a quick nod as an answer, Sayuri replied, “I know it has to do with her Dad, but since most of us in our class use tampons I figured that it was an easy way to tease her. I had no idea it would upset Akane so much.”
“Wha… what did you say?” Nabiki was sure that it had to have been over something else but she had nothing to prove it one way over another. This was frustrating.
“Do I have to tell you? It’s so embarrassing and I feel bad about it.” Sayuri was a bit pink in embarrassment.
“Please.” Nabiki had to know. There might even be a clue her in what had to be a lie.
“Well… I asked her if the reason that she was afraid to use tampons was that she was too embarrassed to have sex.” Sayuri mumbled the last bit.
Nabiki blinked. Sayuri had asked that? Really? But that didn’t make any sense because Ranma was a boy, so there was no reason to ask that question. It wasn’t like he was going to have sex with a boy. “Surely you didn’t ask that?”
Her voice was quiet when Sayuri answered, “I… I did. Akane got pissed off and slammed me against the wall. I guess I was just afraid of Ranma taking away my best friend. They have gotten so close lately.”
Nabiki was frustrated. This wasn’t helping at all. It was only confirming what she knew wasn’t true and that did her no good. She was trying to get things to make Ranma tell the truth, not to get things that twisted the truth into this lie. She was certain that Ranma was a boy and she would find out why he was doing this. “Well, I think she might be over it. She didn’t seem angry this morning. You wait and see. I’ll try and make sure that it is all okay. Thank you.”
Nabiki bowed and left, rubbing her forehead, as her headache was coming back with a vengeance. She took two aspirin and headed home, desperate for a new plan.
* * * * *
After dropping off the vegetables and stuff that Kasumi wanted, Ranma and Akane headed over to Sayuri’s, where Yuka was waiting for them. The plan, at the moment, was to go get ice cream and to do some shopping. Ranma was a bit worried about that, as it did embarrass her to look at girl’s clothes but maybe this would help her get used to that? She didn’t know if that would actually work but she was willing to try. It wasn’t like she had any real idea how long this plan was going to take to work, so she wanted to have enough stuff to last.
So far, this girl thing was mostly working the way she had hoped. It hadn’t stopped Ryoga from attacking her, but then again, very little did. It did seem to be working on Pops and Nabiki, which would help a lot and she was a lot more worried about the Amazons than she was with Ryoga. Cologne was far too tricky and on top of things than most anybody else in Nerima. Then she realized that at some point Happosai would have to be dealt with as well. Would she ever get this insanity calmed down enough to ever go back to being male all the time?
Once the four girls were seated in their booth at the back of the ice cream parlor, Akane turned to Ranma, “Why didn’t use what we discussed on how to deal with Ryoga?”
“I didn’t have time to. He attacked so quickly that there really wasn’t time for me to fall to the ground and start crying. He could have really hurt me if I hadn’t have dodged.” Ranma defended her actions, even though they hadn’t gone according to the plan.
“It’s just that Ryoga is such a sucker for tears that it should have stopped him.” stated Akane.
“I know, but he also doesn’t think about things and just dives right into action. Those first few attacks would have hit me if I hadn’t done it the way I did. And the umbrella is heavy.”
“What is his deal anyway?” asked Yuka.
“I don’t know.” shrugged Ranma. “At first I thought it was about bread, then it was about something else, but we have fought together so many times that I kind of thought that he had gotten over the whole wanting to kill me thing.”
“It sounds to me like he is jealous of you.” Sayuri looked thoughtful when she said that.
“You think?” This surprised Ranma, who would never have thought about Ryoga that way.
“It makes sense to me. For all we know, he could have the hots for Akane and is jealous that you have her.”
Ranma thought about that and about how Ryoga was in love with Akane. His big reason for being pissed today had to do with Akane. Was it really that simple?
“Ryoga is sweet, but I’m just not interested and attacking Ranma isn’t going to help him get into my good graces.” stated Akane. “I think we’ll have to come up with a plan to deal with that.”
The other girls then nodded. Then Sayuri informed everyone about what had happened with Nabiki that morning and what she had said. Ranma turned as red as her hair when she heard that and buried her face in her arms on the table. The idea that she might have to… to actually use those things made her stomach turn. But if she was a girl, then wouldn’t that actually be something she would be used to. That was not a pleasant thought. “Uhm…”
Talk at the table stopped and everyone turned to face Ranma, her face still buried in her arms down on the table. Akane asked, “Yes Ranma?”
“Would… would I actually have to use those… things?” She didn’t even look up to speak. And the word itself seemed dirty so she couldn’t bring herself to say it.
There was silence for a moment and then Akane asked, “You mean, tampons?”
Ranma nodded her head, still face down, feeling her cheeks burning. He had been so embarrassed ever since this whole thing started.
“Well, last night we did say that your father bought you some pads and you said that you wanted to try tampons this time.” explained Akane, trying not to enjoy the girl’s embarrassment.
“Oh Kami-sama!” groaned Ranma. “I’m not sure I can do this.”
Yuka said, “Ranma, I am sure you can do this. It is just something that happens for a few days each month and that’s it. No real worry. Don’t dwell on it or you’ll blow it out of proportion.”
“Ranma, think of all your fights, all the things you have done and try, try to tell me that a little blood over the course of a few days is really that bad?” asked Akane forcefully. She then lowered her voice and added. “I thought that Ranma Saotome never lost?”
Ranma snapped her head up, her eyes intense and was about to make a retort when the ice cream arrived. That put a hold on the conversation and everyone focused on their bowl of creamy goodness in front of them. Ranma calmed down by the time she finished her large gooey chocolate hot fudge brownie desert and so was able to say something polite. “Okay, I can do this. It is just disturbing, okay?”
Sayuri reached a hand over and rested it on Ranma’s. “It does bother us as well at the beginning, so you’ll just be going through something else all girls go through. That’ll just make you more of a girl.”
When Ranma winced, she continued and said, “I thought this was what you wanted?”
Ranma took in a ragged breath, her heart beating quickly as her body wanted to deny everything that was being said and everything she was doing. She swallowed and sighed, “I do want this. So far, this has been a successful plan and I like that. With the exception of Ryoga today I have avoided any combat except for sparring Akane. Things do seem to be calming down as far as I can tell.”
“Then just relax and go with things. We will be here to help you through it all. That what girls do. Guys seem to think they have to tough it through alone, or it wouldn’t be manly. But girls try to stay together and help each other through things. Guys try it alone, girls do it in teams.” said Yuka.
Ranma nodded. That did make sense to her based off what she had seen. Even the three fiancés would team together faster than Ranma would with Ryoga and Mousse, unless a cure was on the line. She was so used to having to fight about everything on her own that turning to anyone else for help seemed odd. But then again, her idiot father thought that Ranma should be able to deal with everything all on his own. So maybe she could go against her father and do this with a little help from her friends? “Okay. Can you help me through this?”
Akane snickered a little and said, “What’s this? The great and powerful Ranma Saotome, man among men, is asking us poor weak little girls for help?”
Ranma narrowed her eyes and glared at Akane. “Hey! I’m just Ranma right now and I am most certainly not a man.”
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 10 By poetheather Ranma 1/2 is owned by Takahashi Rumiko and they have no connection to this what so ever. These characters are used without their permission and include a plea not to be sued as I have no money. |
“You know, this color really brings out the blue of your eyes?” said Yuka, as she held up a V necked shirt next to Ranma’s face. The particular shade of blue really did make the girl’s blue eyes pop.
Ranma looked in the mirror thoughtfully, trying to see the difference herself. “Really?”
Akane nodded. “It really does. You should wear more of that color.”
“Okay. If you think so.” The shopping had been going well and the new haircut they had insisted that she get made the redhead look even more feminine than before. Akane was feeling a bit jealous about how Ranma looked but she had been mostly used to the fact that Ranma’s girl form had a better shape than her and larger breasts. This was only a twinge compared to what it used to be. She had gotten better dealing with Ranma after all of this time and she was grateful for it.
Ranma looked at the massive amount of stuff they seemed to have bought, a good amount of it consisting of bras and panties since she really didn’t have very many pairs. Kasumi had managed to pick him up some stuff but three pairs of panties and one bra didn’t quite do it. Besides, Akane had insisted that the sports bras would help a lot with the jogging and the sparring practice. She had noticed the amount of bouncing that occurred and it was a bit irritating.
After some more looking around the store for stuff Ranma needed, Akane came up to Ranma and looked at the girl nervously. There was something going on and the redhead could tell that it wasn’t good. Akane’s voice was a bit apprehensive, “Do you trust me?”
“You know I trust you Akane.” stated Ranma. “Why?”
Akane’s hands came around with a shirt, the front still facing her. “I have something that will really screw with everyone, but I am worried about your reaction to it. The thing to remember is that once it is on you don’t have to look down at it.”
Ranma felt a chill roll through her whole body, as if a marching band had tromped over her grave. “Wha… what is it?”
“Please don’t scream or anything. There is a cute picture of a cat on this.”
Ranma recoiled as if Akane were now holding a deadly viper. Surely the girl wasn’t serious. “C… c… c… c… cat… t… t?”
“Yes. It is just a picture. Touch the shirt to see that there is nothing there besides the shirt.” asked Akane, calmly, knowing that this would be good for her fiancé and would really mess with the others. The girl’s extreme fear of cats was well known and this would certainly screw with anyone who knew that.
Ranma reached out her hand tentatively and touched the shirt. It was soft and she thought it might feel really nice on her skin. There was no lump in it that could be a c… c… c… animal.
“Okay. I am going to turn the picture around now so you can see it. Nothing is going to hurt you. Okay?” Akane was gentle with Ranma in a way she had never really been before. The pale faced, trembling Ranma was obviously still there simple because he trusted her and that made her feel special. She didn’t want to upset him.
The picture on the shirt was of a cute little kitten lying on his back next to a daisy. The shirt had a caption that said, ‘Love me’ in kanji. Ranma started at the image and sweat started beading on his forehead. He began to tremble, his fear slowly ramping up.
“Ranma, this isn’t a real cat. It’s just a picture. It can’t hurt you.” assured Akane.
Ranma nodded. It was just a shirt, that’s all it was. It wasn’t one of those evil animals that stalked his nightmares, clawed his flesh, took bites out of him, and licked his blood. It was just a picture with no life in it at all. It was not possessed, magical or anything. It was just a t-shirt. She exhaled in a controlled manner and ever so slowly, she reached out and took the shirt from the girl she loved.
She went to the dressing room, feeling like she was going to her death, awaiting the moment when the picture came to life and attacked him. She changed into the shirt with her eyes closed tight and with a deep breath she stepped out of the dressing room.
Akane was so proud of Ranma that she could barely see. Before anyone said anything, Akane rushed up and hugged Ranma. The short haired girl whispered in his ear, “I am so proud of you.”
Ranma blushed, some of her tension draining.
Yuka grinned at her. “That shirt looks really cute on you.”
Sayuri agreed. “It does. You should wear it for the rest of the day.”
Ranma shivered some at that. She could do this. She could face her fear. This was a small step, a tiny step, almost imperceptible in the overall scheme of things, but to take it was to start on a journey to get past this problem. She nodded her head. “Okay. I will.”
Akane’s pride in Ranma grew. She wasn’t sure she would have been able to face a fear like that in her whole life and to see the person she loved do so overwhelmed her. She knew quite well what an important moment this was for her. “Remember to try to keep from looking down, okay.”
With a shaky smile, Ranma said, “Thank you Akane.”
Plans changed, as it was determined unanimously that Ranma had been so good over the shirt that she had earned herself some more ice cream. Ranma, of course, did not argue with the motion.
* * * * *
Kasumi was happily cooking in the kitchen, occasionally singing, which showed just how happy she was. Things were seemingly going well and it was something she really appreciated. Nabiki was up in her room fuming and her father was busy playing shogi with Genma. Auntie Nodoka was finishing the last little bit of cleaning and the house practically shone after all that attention. The house seemed as normal as it ever got.
“Tadaima!” called out two voices.
“Okaeri.” Nodoka called out as Kasumi was really singing happily and must have missed the entrance of the two girls. When the girls walked into the living room Genma reacted as if he had been slapped, propelling himself away from the redhead, for safety reasons of course. When the boy went into his cat place, he was aware that he wasn’t safe.
Nodoka smiled at the girls and then turned to stare at the wide-eyed Genma. The man was starting to wibble which was not very attractive. “Genma?”
“Pops? What’s wrong?” asked Ranma, as she moved closer towards her father dragging Akane with her as they were holding hands.
“C… c… c… cat!” One shaky hand was pointed towards Ranma.
Akane’s nearly crushing grip managed to keep her fiancé from reacting in the usual manner, as they had discussed this possibility. Ranma took a calming breath and asked, “What’s the problem? I think the shirt looks really cute.”
Nodoka smiled as well. It did look good on her daughter. “It does look cute, and the color really brings out your eyes.”
“Thanks mom. I really like it.” Ranma smiled at her mother, but it was a bit strained because of the whole cat thing. Trying to stay chipper was tiring.
“Bu… bu… but the Neko-Ken? Wh…?”
“It’s a cute shirt Pops. It’s okay. I don’t think a shirt is going to make me go into the Neko-Ken.” There really was no other choice in accepting that the Neko-Ken was there, but by making it seem like Ranma was dealing with it would certainly throw the stupid panda. Genma was not dealing well with the number and speed of the changes that were occurring in his world.
“I… uh… I…” It was clear the bald headed man was at a loss for words, however he did manage to find something. “I think it is good that you are getting over this silly little fear. Time to man up about this cat business.”
“Genma, what is this Neko-Ken our daughter is speaking of? What cat business” asked Nodoka, her eyes narrowing and steel creeping into her voice.
“I… uh… I… What in the world can that be!!” When the ladies turned to look behind them, Genma took off running, trying to escape from what he figured would be certain doom. He had no intention of committing seppuku over this.
Akane and Ranma both looked out the doors where the man had bolted and said, “Figures.”
“Oh?” asked Nodoka, a bit curious over the comment.
“Yeah, Pops is not a big believer in taking responsibility for things. I kind of figure that when you do finally corner him he is going to start groveling. It is a move called the Crouch of the Wild Tiger, and Pops is very good at it.” commented Ranma disdainfully.
Soun just watched this spreading madness from his seat at the shogi table. He casually reached out and rearranged some of the pieces. He didn’t have to move all that many because Genma had been distracted the last few days.
“Well, sit down girls. Dinner should be ready soon. I’ll get us some tea and check on how Kasumi is doing.” Nodoka stood and headed that way.
“We’re going to drop off our bags in our bedroom and be right down Auntie Saotome.” said Akane, as she began dragging Ranma in that direction.
“Okay.”
The two girls got into their shared bedroom and Ranma slumped into a chair. She did look exhausted, now that she wasn’t using her Chi to stay controlled and look calm. Maybe the t-shirt wasn’t the brightest of ideas? “That is harder than it looks.”
Akane looked over at her fiancé worriedly. “Are you okay?”
Ranma nodded. “Can I take this off yet?”
The smile that Akane had would have looked more at home on Nabiki, which certainly go the point across. “We should wait for Nabiki to see it. I am sure it will have a good result as well.”
* * * * *
The eye twitching was a new development and Nabiki couldn’t stop it. Ever since she had seen Ranma in the t-shirt with the kitten on it, the twitching of her eye had just started up. It was as if she was seeing a completely different person hanging out with her sister and she was at a loss for what to do. Ranma wasn’t acting like Ranma and that was skewing her whole world. She hadn’t figured out yet how to make any money off of this girl, besides photos, which Kuno had already shown an interest in. What was she going to do and when was the damn eye twitching going to stop?!
Ranma and Akane were chatting happily about their day as were Kasumi and Mrs. Saotome. Her father was crying over some imagined slight or other, which she ignored as usual. This plan that Ranma and the others had going was working a little too well and she couldn’t get her eye to stop. Maybe she should just call it quits? Just admit defeat and do something else. But that would mean that another main source of income from Ranma, information, would be dried up, potentially for good. That would severely hamper her income and she wasn’t a big fan of that. No, she had to get at least something out of this. “So, Ranma, where did you get the shirt?”
“You like it? Akane got it for me. She said it might help me with my cat phobia.” remarked Ranma, as she leaned back to give Nabiki a better view of the t-shirt.
Nabiki’s ears perked up at that. Helping with the cat phobia? Ranma was trying to get past the cat thing? Well, that was certainly interesting. She could certainly get 5000 plus Yen for that bit of news alone from Shampoo and if she spun it just right from Ukyo as well. Her eye slowly stopped twitching and she rolled the information around in her head, trying to figure out the best way she could present it.
If the cat phobia was being admitted to than the Neko-Ken was still there. That meant Ranma was of course still the martial artist he was as opposed to this frail flower of femininity he was playing at. Maybe she could get some extra money out of Kuno baby by implying that this change in the redhead’s look was all part of some plot by the evil sorcerer Saotme? Yes, she knew that Ranma was behind this so she wouldn’t be lying. That was easily another 5000. 15,000 yen all thanks to an off-handed comment. Yes, she still had it and even though she didn’t quite know what was going on she had information she could work with. Maybe she should thank her sister for getting the shirt for Ranma? After all, that shirt had given her enough of a toe hold to not just give up in despair.
Both Kasumi and Akane noticed the change in demeanor of the middle Tendo sister. This was not a good sign as it meant that things hadn’t worked out the way they had hoped. Nabiki had figured out something, something that would make their lives a bit crazier and that was not what Ranma needed. The calm was addictive and they both craved it as well. They had to figure out some sort of way to stop Nabiki before there was a repeat of the wedding and the destruction that had occurred then. This whole instigation thing that she did was causing too many problems.
Once dinner was finished, Akane dragged Ranma off to the bath with her. The redhead hadn’t argued and followed along. She really liked it when Akane shampooed her hair and washed her back. While they were sitting in the furo, encased in the hot water, Ranma again held between Akane’s legs, the youngest Tendo broached the subject. Quietly she said, “Nabiki might have figured something out.”
“What?” Ranma started some and Akane had to pull the redhead back against her.
“I can’t think what it was she figured out but the twitching of her eye stopped and she looked thoughtful, not worried. We may need to be prepared for something crazy.” Akane was not happy about being the bearer of bad tidings.
“Do… do you think we could get her onto our side?” quietly asked Ranma.
Akane was silent for a while, thinking about the answer to that question. It used to be that Akane would know that answer instantly and have full faith in her sister. However, things had changed after her mother’s death. “I don’t know Ranma. I think she makes more money off you than she ever did off of pictures of me. I’m not sure she would be willing to go along with it.”
Ranma sighed the sigh of long-suffering, “I just thought that if we could trust her we could have her sell the information we wanted her to sell and not have her trying to figure this out.”
Akane rolled that over in her mind. Maybe she should bring that up to Kasumi? Her oldest sister would have a better chance of getting the mercenary girl to go along with things, especially since it meant that Nabiki would still be making money, but not stirring up trouble. It might just work, she hoped, but it would be a long shot. “I’ll talk to Kasumi about it and see what she thinks.”
“Good. I just want to be happy and here with you Akane, not dealing with the normal Nerima madhouse.”
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 11 By poetheather What is Nabiki up to? And Ranma realizes he had forgotten another major thing... gym class. |
Since Nabiki left for school a good bit ahead of the others, Akane took the opportunity to talk to Kasumi. Akane joined her sister in the kitchen, to make sure that there was little chance that their father could overhear them. “Neechan, what are we going to do about Nabiki?”
Kasumi stopped as she was filling the bowls with miso and looked thoughtful. “I don’t know Akane. I honestly don’t think Nabiki cares about the fact that she has caused Ranma a great deal of pain. She probably hasn’t realized how much pain that she has caused you. Simply asking her not to do what she has been doing won’t help in this case.”
“Ranma had an idea and I’m not sure if it is a good one. What if we brought her in and let her know about the plan? We could let Nabiki make money with the information we approved.” Akane sounded skeptical of the whole idea and it showed in her voice.
Kasumi picked up the tray of bowls and bit her bottom lip slightly. “Let me think about this.”
Akane nodded and followed her older sister out. Time for breakfast.
Meanwhile, the Tendo in question was skipping happily towards the Nekohatten café to make the first sale of the day. She knocked on the door and waited patiently until Mousse opened it. She beamed at him and said, “Good morning. Can I speak with Shampoo?”
“Akane Tendo, why have you come here?” He replied angrily, his body tensing.
Nabiki reached up and lowered the boy’s glasses back onto his face. She looked a good bit more serious now. “Just get Shampoo.”
Mousse was grumbling something non-flattering about her when he left that Nabiki couldn’t quite make out, but she was okay with that. As long as she got paid she really didn’t care what people called her. Making money was the important thing and being seen as the Ice Queen had it’s advantages.
Shampoo came down shortly and stood in the doorway, arms crossed under her breasts. She looked over at the middle Tendo curiously and said with some heat in her voice. “What mercenary girl want?”
“I happen to have some information for you… if you are interested.” Nabiki put just the slightest bit of taunting in her voice. She had found that it drew out customers really quickly.
Shampoo brightened. Nabiki always had the best information in Nerima. “Tell.”
Nabiki held out her palm, curling her fingers rhythmically. “Cash up front. A girl’s gotta eat you know.”
“How much?” Shampoo’s eyes narrowed. Sometimes the deals were not in her favor and she wanted to avoid that.
“For you, only 5000 Yen. I think you will find that a favorable deal.” Nabiki radiated confidence and smiled.
Shampoo rushed back inside and Nabiki could overhear the conversation, which was in Japanese. Even if it had been in Chinese, she would have been able to follow it. Eavesdropping on people when they thought their language was safe yielded plenty of money and information. “Great Grandmother, Shampoo need 5000 Yen.”
“What for child?” It was clear that Elder Cologne was surprised by the request.
“Mercenary girl come with information.” added Shampoo, as if that explained everything.
There was some grumbling and then Shampoo was back with five one thousand Yen bills in her hand. Nabiki took them, pocketed them, and then said, “I just thought you should know that Ranma is trying to get over his cat phobia.”
“AiYah! Airen do this for me?” Shampoo’s eyes widened excitedly. This was the best news she could imagine. Her cursed form scared her husband and this was a weakness, yet if he was working to fix that problem then maybe her Airen was trying to get better so they could head home to the Amazon Village together.
Nabiki just nodded and headed off to school, humming happily. That had been nicely profitable and if she were lucky she might be able to get Kuno baby to buy this before school. If not, lunch would be soon enough. Her profit margin was looking up.
Ranma was getting nervous. Lunch had been pretty quiet, with the girls eating in peace outside, but at this school the quiet often meant that something was on the horizon, waiting to collapse on top of her. She wasn’t sure what it could be. Maybe the Principal and another stupid plan to cut everyone’s hair or Kuno or Kodachi or someone would show up and demand to fight? After a short bit of thought, she realized what was looming ahead and her face went red in embarrassment. Since the pondering had taken so long, lunch was over and they were back inside. Akane looked over from her desk questioningly at the flushed redhead. Ranma gestured that she would let her know later and went back to hiding behind her book.
Between classes, Akane leaned over and whispered, “What is it?”
“We have gym today.” stated Ranma, color rushing back into her cheeks.
“So?” replied Akane, not sure what was the girl’s problem. So they had gym, what was the big deal?
Ranma just gave her a hard look, as if to call her an idiot and then Akane got what the redhead was talking about. Her eyes went wide and her hand went to cover her mouth when she said, “Oh my.”
Akane got up from her desk and quickly went over to Yuka and Sayuri. They huddled and spoke quickly, occasionally glancing at the redhead. Then Akane came back, sat down, and smiled. Ranma was worried, what was the plan now? Before she could get that the next teacher came into the classroom and they had to be quiet.
All too soon, it was time for gym class. Ranma followed Akane down to the locker room, trembling inside, bracketed by Yuka and Sayuri, almost as if they were trying to keep her from running. Sayuri leaned in and said conspiratorially, “Just get changed with the rest of us. Talk with us and don’t look around too much. Act like this is no big deal. You can do this.”
Ranma nodded and then there they were, inside the girl’s locker room. It wasn’t her first time into the room. She had been there several times for one screwed up reason or another and it almost always ended with a beating of some kind, so there was some natural trepidation. It wasn’t like the room was even all that different from the guy’s side, but the fact that she wasn’t completely a girl worried her. What would the other girls think? Had they done enough to confuse things that this would be a non-issue? With a heavy swallow she joined into the causal discussion so nervous that she couldn’t recall what was being said even as they were speaking.
There was an empty locker next to Akane’s and Ranma began changing, taking off her uniform and only occasionally looking at either Akane or Yuka, who was on the other side of her, to make some ort of comment on the conversation. She was pulling on her buruma when some one spoke up, “What’s he doing here?”
Ranma and Akane looked around confused, trying to find the guy in question. The short haired girl replied, “He who? I don’t see any guys here.”
“Ranma.” accused another girl.
“What do you mean? Ranma’s a girl.” countered Akane.
“We know all about that curse of his and that pervert has peeked on us before. Why are you defending him?” Several other girls joined in on that one and a small mob was growing.
“Curse?” Ranma asked. “What curse?”
A number of the girls growled and tensions were clearly rising. Ranma pulled on her t-shirt and tied her shoes as another girl called out, “Your Chinese water curse, baka!”
Ranma stood and looked at Akane, as if she had all the information. “My what?”
“You know that whole cold water girl, hot water boy thing some people have mentioned.” explained Akane, a bit exasperated.
“Is that all? You all think that… Fine, come on then.” Ranma headed into the bathroom and got the tap water nice and hot. Steam was rising from the stream of water. “Everybody watching?”
When she noticed that the doorway was filled to max capacity, she thrust her hand under the steaming water and winced at the heat. She held it under there for about ten seconds and then pulled it out. The skin was all red. “See. There was hot water and I’m still a girl.”
One of the other girls came over and tested the water, just to make sure that Ranma wasn’t pulling a fast one. The water was really hot and she pulled her hand back quickly. “Gah!”
Ranma looked worriedly at the other girl, “Are you okay?”
The girl nodded, almost as stunned by the concern in the girl’s voice as she had been by the temperature of the water. Ranma turned off the water and looked at the crowd. “Is this stupid joke done now? Can we go to class now?”
Ranma walked past the girls who were staring at her, their minds all a whirl, confused over things. Ranma was a boy, right? Everything stopped making sense when Ranma arrived at Furinken but this was a bit strange even for the usual.
Ranma found that gym with the girl’s was a lot of fun. Instead of having to be the best all the time all she had to do was play with the other girls and not try to show off all that much. She thanked Akane for that tip after class, as playing volleyball with the others had been different from games with the guys and she had liked it. With classes over for the day, Ranma and the others got changed and headed home.
Ranma looked over at Akane as they were strolling home, “Uhm… ‘kane, do you think we can head over to Uchans? I could really use an okonomiyaki. All that worrying made me hungry.”
“Do you think that Ukyo will be okay with that?” Akane sounded worried, knowing just how tough the chef could be in a fight. “She might not deal well with this.”
“I don’t know, but she makes them so good and tasty that I Need one right now. Please Akane?” Ranma tried to use the puppy dog eyes that she had seen other girls use with near lethality. It was not a successful technique yet for her.
Akane rolled her eyes at the attempted display of cute. “Fine.”
They made it to the restaurant just in time to see Konatsu opening the store. Ranma and Akane were still amazed at how feminine and graceful the man was in the flowered kimono. It would have come across as weird if the crossdressing man didn’t honestly seem to consider himself a woman, for the most part. The way he had been raised made him a girl for all intents and purposes and if they didn’t remind themselves of his physical sex they would never have been able to tell by his actions.
When the kunoichi looked up and spotted them heading his way, he bowed slightly in greeting. “Good afternoon Ranma and Akane.”
“Afternoon Konatsu.” They walked in and headed for the counter. Ukyo was just finishing getting everything set up for the day’s business and ready for the customers when she looked up and spotted the redhead. She began to scowl at the girl. “Ranma…”
“Yes?” Ranma was confused. Why did she seem so angry? She hadn’t said anything yet and usually people only got angry at her when she spoke, for the most part.
“What’s this I hear about you trying to get over your cat phobia?” growled the chef, eyes ablaze.
Ranma winced at the word, as it surprised him. As Ranma searched quickly to ensure that there were no cats there in the restaurant, Akane just sighed and said the one word that made sense of everything, “Nabiki.”
“Well!?” demanded the irate chef, who was now clutching her battle spatula menacingly.
“Uchan, I am just trying to get past this problem. Why should that be a problem?” asked Ranma, a bit confused.
“Surely you are doing that for Shampoo, right?” Ukyo was getting quite worked up and was ready to attack the redhead, to show her Ranchan what she felt about this.
“Uhm… Ukyo… I am doing this because I don’t like the fact that c… c… cats scare me. Akane has been helping me with that. I don’t get why my trying to get over a fear is a bad thing? I don’t like having such a weakness.” Ranma was really getting confused now. Had cats now ruined her relationship to Ukyo?
Ukyo paused, not sure what was going on. This wasn’t how this conversation was supposed to go. Akane joined in at this point. “Let me guess? Nabiki told you that Ranma was doing this in order to grow closer to Shampoo?”
Ukyo nodded slightly, a bit impressed that the tomboy had been able to figure that out so easily.
Ranma shivered over her whole body in a very visual reaction to the idea of her and Shampoo. “Ugh… no thank you. She is nice but she turns into a c… c… c… one of those things. Bleagh…”
“So you’re not doing it for her?” Ukyo was not really sure what was going on. Was the information that Nabiki had sold her over lunch wrong?
“No. I am doing it because I don’t want to be afraid of them any more.” explained the redhead, a bit exhasperated.
Ukyo put down her battle spatula and said sheepishly, “Oh.”
“So, Uchan, can I get a combination? Akane?” Ranma changed the subject as her stomach was complaining that it hadn’t gotten any food yet.
“Can I get a shrimp with Udon?” Ukyo had just started making the more modern pancakes and that made her happy. She really liked the mix of flavors.
Back on familiar ground, the chef smiled at the two. At least Ranma honey still thought of her as a friend. Maybe when whatever was wrong with him went away he would remember this and decide that he wanted to be with her. After all, she was the cute fiancé who could cook. “Okay sugar. Two okonomiyaki coming right up.”
Ranma sighed in contentment as she walked back towards the Tendo Dojo with the girl she cared about. Her belly was happy now. “That was so good.”
Akane shook her head. If there was anything that Ranma did better than fighting it was eating. The petite redhead had eaten two of the combination pancakes and it had taken Akane reminding her that dinner would be waiting for them later to make the girl stop trying to decide what she wanted for her third. “You always say that.”
“Well, it’s true.” Replied Ranma as if it were a great cosmic truth.
Akane sighed heavily. With the way she cooked, there was no way that she would ever get that sort of response from Ranma. All she wanted to do was be able to cook for the one she loved. Was that really too much to ask for? She really had no idea how her food turned out the way it did, how it became a weapon of mass destruction. It bothered her and she wanted to get better at it. Maybe she needed to ask Kasumi or even Auntie Saotome for help? Surely it couldn’t hurt.
With that resolved in her mind, they walked down the street, just enjoying the quiet together. Akane wanted to hold the girl’s hand, but they had decided that things needed to quiet down more before they could do that. She wished things would hurry up, unaware that next to her Ranma was thinking the same thing.
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 12 By poetheather The question about how to deal with Nabiki was looming and there had to be some sort of way to get through to her so she wouldn't find out the truth about ranma's plan and expose him. |
Kasumi and Nodoka had chatted all day as the two of them cleaned the house. The subject of their discussion was of course Nabiki. Nodoka had asked earlier about Nabiki’s history and was aghast at how mercenary and unfeeling so much of it was. The girl seemed like she would do anything for money. It had already been almost an hour of story and Nodoka wasn’t sure she could take anymore.
Kasumi finally reached the end and said, “And there is the fact that even though she does share some of that money to help us, she keeps most of it for herself. She does help out more when things get more destroyed rather than less. She really is a good person underneath that cold exterior.”
Nodoka frowned. From everything that Kasumi had been saying, Nabiki sounded nothing like a good person. This was not the sort of person an honorable family would want in it. “It strikes me that she is little more than Yakuza. Her activities could be reported to the police as it sounds like she uses extortion and occasionally blackmail to achieve her goals. And selling pictures of Akane and Ranma in various stages of undress is a form of pornography. No, Nabiki should probably be reported to the authorities.”
“Please don’t Auntie Saotome. I don’t want to lose my sister.” Kasumi was worried, absolutely certain that the older woman would follow through with her threat. Auntie Saotome had rather old fashioned ways of looking at things and this certainly seemed like one of them. “She has problems but I am sure she won’t always be this way. Please.”
Nodoka rested a hand on Kasumi’s arm to calm the girl down. For all that she seemed like an adult, Kasumi was only a young woman who had taken on her families burdens and putting her own life on hold. “Kasumi, if something isn’t done, and soon, your sister will make herself into a criminal without any interference from anyone else. If we don’t do something there will be no saving her from herself.”
Kasumi hung her head in defeat, letting the cleaning rag drop from her hand. Auntie Saotome was right and there was no use arguing it. She had seen Nabiki change since Ranma had gotten here and it was not for the better. “Very well Auntie Saotome, what do you think we should do?”
Nodoka smiled sadly, aware what this was costing the young woman who stood before her, “I am sorry about this Kasumi. I wish this weren’t necessary. What I have in mind is…”
Kasumi nodded as Nodoka explained her plan. It might work. She hoped it would as it seemed as if it might be her sister’s last chance before Ranma’s mother took a much harder approach to the issue.
* * * * *
“Tadaima!” called out the two girls as they took off their shoes to change into their house slippers.
“Okaeri.” called out Kasumi from the kitchen, where she was finishing putting away the groceries she would need for dinner. There was still some time before she needed to start the preparations. “How was school?”
“It was fine. There was a bit of a problem during gym, but we took care of that.” replied Akane, smiling happily at her sister.
“Oh my. What happened?” asked Kasumi, concerned for both her sister, Ranma, the other girls and the building. Those two could cause an amazing amount of damage easily.
“Some of the girls were giving Ranma grief over the really stupid Ranma’s a boy joke and Ranma had to show them that their joke was stupid.” Akane got her and Ranma some tea and sipped it happily. “We’re going to get our homework done, okay sis.”
“Sure thing.”
Akane and Ranma headed up the stairs to the room they shared and once in the safety of the room Ranma fell onto Akane’s bed, sighing heavily. “I thought I was a gonner for sure.”
“That could have gone so much worse, you have no idea. Those girls could have made your life pretty miserable. I’m glad an easy solution came up.” Akane fell onto the bed beside Ranma after setting the tea down. In the silence after that, the two grasped hands and intertwined their fingers. They lay there like that for a little while.
Akane broke the silence, wanting to tell Ranma something that had been bothering her for a bit. “Ranma…”
Ranma turned her head and looked at her tomboy, “Yes Akane?”
“I… I… I wanted to let you know it is okay to hug me and… stuff even though we are both girls.” Akane’s face got red quick and she couldn’t even look at Ranma when she said that as she was embarrassed.
“You won’t think I am some sort of pervert?” asked Ranma a bit worried about the answer. The whole pervert thing had been a huge source of their problems and Ranma dearly wanted that to fade.
“No, I won’t. I know you aren’t a pervert. Look, we take baths together now and I hold you in the water so why would you holding me make me react like that? I… I want you to hold me.” replied Akane, a bit nervously since she had been a major factor in the pain she had endured here in Nerima. She knew her temper and sense of what was perverted had not worked in the redhead’s favor.
“I guess I still feel like all of this is surreal and that at some point the real world is going to interfere and you’ll go back to malleting me. This could even be a mallet induced dream.” Ranma’s voice was quiet and she was looking up at the ceiling.
Akane felt like she was at a crossroads. Many responses stretched before her but only one or two were going to lead her to the happiness she craved with Ranma. She had to get through to the girl. She turned towards Ranma and touched the girl’s face, cupping her cheek. “Ranma, I love you and you love me. We’ve kissed, even since this began. Have I once called you a pervert since then?”
Ranma turned and her blue eyes glistened wetly with potential tears. Her worry was starting to brim over. “No.”
“Than why don’t you relax and know that I am here for you. I want to keep kissing you and maybe even more and I don’t care if you are a boy or a girl when it happens. We are going to make it through this, get married and everything will be good. Okay?” said Akane, drawing the shorter girl’s face towards her’s, Ranma almost rolled on to her side to make the connection.
Ranma looked over at Akane and smiled, tears trickling down her face, pooling slightly between her nose and one eye. She bit her bottom lip nervously and then leaned over and kissed the girl she had loved and still loved. She scooted closer until their bodies were touching. Akane kissed back hungrily and wrapped her strong arms around the petite redhead, holding her close. They stayed like that for a while before Akane broke the kiss, both of them panting for air. “Is that enough proof for you?”
The redhead blinked dazedly at the tomboy. “Wha?”
Akane snickered at the effect her kissing had on Ranma and patted the flushed girl on the cheek. “I love you, baka. So never fear touching me, okay.”
Ranma nodded and kissed Akane again. They held each other for a while before Ranma said, “Shouldn’t we be doing our homework?”
The two giggled, climbed off the bed, and got out their textbooks. There were a few assignments they had to do for history class and Akane was working hard to help Ranma actually catch up. Since Ranma’s dad had been pretty anti-education, Ranma was trying to hit the books to achieve something else her father was against. It was giving her plenty of motivation to succeed.
* * * * *
Dinner was again subdued, as the only two talking were Ranma and Akane, talking back and forth about ideas of things to go do for fun later in the week, their topic almost always coming back around to ice cream. Nabiki was paying rapt attention to the conversation while doing her best to not pay attention. It was a trick she had learned that had helped her eavesdropping abilities quite a lot. She was managing fairly well because of all the practice she got every day, overhearing a large number of things. However, once dinner was over, she goggled when Kasumi slid over to her what looked like a bill, a very large bill from the total at the bottom.
Nabiki was trying to make sense out of this whole bill issue and looked over at Kasumi, missing what the other girl had been saying. “Excuse me?”
“I said this is your bill for all the work that is done for you as well as the cost of your meals. I have tallied it all up since Ranma has gotten here and everything should be noted right there. I know you have made money off her with pictures, information and the like. You have also done this with Akane and because that is not how family should treat each other, it is only fair that if you do such activities that you pay the full cost of your upkeep.” replied Kasumi calmly.
Nabiki looked shocked at her older sister’s words. This had completely hit her out of left field. “What is this Kasumi? You know I have helped this family out a lot. When the house has been damaged because of that baka Saotome, I have managed to get the money we needed to pay for the repairs. I have taken care of things!”
“You mean like how you took care of Akane’s wedding?” Kasumi’s voice was soft but the effects of her words were like a gunshot.
Nabiki flinched back some, stung by the accusation and the truth behind it. Her mind began rushing quickly to find any foothold, anywhere to turn this arguement. “Kasumi… I…”
Soun began to cry, huge tears flying out threatening to soak the tatami. “My daughters are fighting. What a sad day!”
“You mean like how you sell inappropriate pictures of your sister to a madman? Like selling information about private things to other people, so that they know all of our business? Is that how you are taking care of things?” Kasumi’s words were measured and reasonable, completely ignoring her father’s words.
“I… I didn’t want Akane to end up in a loveless marriage to that jerk! I hate him and that stupid fat panda! What good are they? They are a couple of freeloaders who have only taken advantage of us!” Nabiki lost it, getting to her feet, and pointing accusingly at the two.
“So are you saying that all that you have been doing is to protect Akane and us, is that your point?”
With a growl Nabiki replied, “I have been protecting this whole family ever since mother died. It was my responsibility!”
Kasumi looked at her younger sister sadly. “And who asked you to?”
Nabiki recoiled as if struck. “I…”
“It is father’s job to protect us and provide for the household, not yours. It is true that you have gotten money for us when necessary but the majority of what you have collected has gone to yourself and not us. You claim that you have been protecting the family, when it is closer to say that you have been using the family and our guests for your own gain.” Kasumi said with a note of finality to it. “And since that is the case, you can pay for your upkeep as if you were no more than a guest at an inn.”
Kasumi took up the dishes and headed into the kitchen with them.
Nabiki had her head down, stunned by what had just happened. The room was silent and everyone was watching her. She burned with shame at Kasumi’s words, as bits of their truth clung to her, making her shift uncomfortably. She was aware that she had been using her family some. Kuno paid good money for the pictures of Akane and Ranma, and she had managed to get some risqué pics of both of them that had sold for ten thousand Yen a pop. How was this a bad thing? How was she doing wrong? Nabiki had been trying to take care of her family, trying to make sure that they had enough money for a comfortable cushion in case of emergencies. Wasn’t that a good thing? So she kept a good chunk of it, was that really bad?
As she sat there thinking, people drifted away from the dining room. Genma and her father moved to the shogi board to hide in their game as usual, bringing along some sake to drown their sorrow in. Ranma and Akane, who were embarrassed about what had occurred, had quickly changed and gone to practice in the dojo. Mrs. Saotome remained, sitting there calmly in seiza, her legs under her, and the Saotome honor blade at her side.
Nabiki looked up, her eyes flicking to the katana and frowned. “Is it your turn now?”
“Nabiki Tendo, you have violated my daughter and you expect me to do what to you now, chastise you? No Nabiki Tendo, I will not chastise you. You have dishonored yourself and your family through your actions. You are well on your way to becoming nothing more than Yakuza. There is naught I can do for you except offer to be your second.” Nodoka’s voice was calm and steady, as Kasumi’s had been.
Nabiki’s hand rushed to her throat protectively. Was her honor and her families honor tainted so much that seppuku was the only option left to her? What had she done that warranted such an action? All she had done was to take pictures and sell information. How was that bad?
Ranma and her damn father were to blame. Ever since they showed, the family had needed more money to feed the gluttons and so she had gotten more. Sure, she had all but blackmailed Ranma into several photo shoots but the jerk had gone along with it and he deserved her derision. He was nothing more than a means to make the two of them pay for their upkeep. She had done nothing wrong.
But still, she had sold her sister out to Kuno and others several times. But the thing with the wedding… she was just looking out for her sister, wanting to make sure that her sister didn’t make a mistake and marry a lazy, arrogant, good for nothing jackass. She knew that Ranma didn’t like her and she didn’t like him. It was clear what they were feeling by watching them fight and bicker. She was just looking out for her family.
The honor blade sat there threateningly and Nabiki knew things were worse than she had thought.
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 13 By poetheather Ranma and Akane spar, Nabiki is given an offer she can't refuse and has her world shaken. Basically another typical day in Nerima. |
In the dojo, Akane was really putting herself whole-heartedly into her workout. Now that she was sparring and training with Ranma, she knew she was getting better. As a matter of fact, so was Ranma. Her girl form was a good bit shorter than his male form, and she had lost almost 15 centimeters in height when she had gone through with this. Ranma preferred to fight in her male form, as it gave her more reach and power, so her trying to compensate for the shorter reach was an interesting thing to watch.
“Damn, I’m still misjudging my punches just a bit.” grumbled the redhead, clenching and unclenching her fists.
“Ranma, relax. You body has different strengths and weaknesses now. How many times have you learned that? Fighting Mousse should have shown you that, or when Herb soaked you with the water from the Chisuiton and you didn’t have a male form. Each time you had to compensate and each time you did.” calmly replied Akane recalling all of those misadventures and several others like the full body Cat’s Tongue.
Ranma hung her head. Akane was right. Huffing, Ranma complained, “Yeah. I think the hardest thing for me to change so far is how I fight. My mind is still having trouble switching, so I still make some mistakes. It irritates me.”
Ranma relaxed at the feel of her touch and he leaned into her hand. Akane said, “It’ll be okay. Hopefully you will never need to fight again.”
With a nod Ranma asked, “Shall we spar now?”
“Sure. That should be fun.” Akane settled into her stance and got ready. Ranma, as usual, was in a neutral stance, arms hanging by her side. She felt better seeing that. At least they weren’t held behind her back.
Akane didn’t make the same mistakes she usually did when sparring against Ranma. Her moves were much more controlled and less haphazard. She wasn’t throwing everything she had into each punch or kick, sacrificing power for much needed speed. Ranma had been trying to get her to understand that and it made a tremendous difference in her skill. She might not learn as fast as Ranma when it came to the Art, but she was close and apparently she had been paying attention.
The fight was going well and as Ranma began to use more of the aerial moves that her family style was more skilled at, Akane did what she could to follow. She tried her best to throw punches and kicks while being airborne but it was difficult, as she couldn’t get nearly the height she needed. What she did enjoy was the feeling of joy that was filling her. Ever since the fight on Phoenix Mountain where she had almost died more than once, their relationship had shifted. Ranma now had no problem training her and taking her seriously as a martial artist. That made her happy, which made her relax more, which in turn made her fighting better. Maybe there was hope for her yet.
One difference Ranma noted happily was that Akane was smiling while she was sparring. She recognized it for what it was because it was the same grin she had when she was fighting, an expression at the complete joy at having your entire being focused and moving as one. It was her favorite part of the Art and it was clear that maybe it was Akane’s as well. Besides, it made her look beautiful.
That slight distraction almost allowed Akane to land a punch and Ranma refocused on what she was doing. It wouldn’t do to get tagged because she was dreaming about Akane. The fight ended as expected, when Ranma took down Akane with an arm bar that the girl couldn’t just muscle out of. After their bows, Ranma looked a bit guilty and said, “I am so sorry that I ever thought that you weren’t a real martial artist. I was being an idiot and listening to my father. You are one and I am sorry for ever doubting you.”
“Uhm… thank you Ranma.” Akane was a bit stunned by his statement. It was one thing to know she was being accepted but it was entirely another to be apologized to. Her warm feeling was spreading.
“I just wanted you to know that you really are an excellent martial artist and with more training I am sure you will be able to take Shampoo.” stated Ranma, feeling a bit more confident with her words.
“Do you really think that I would be able to beat her?” asked Akane, stunned by the statement. She had only really been able to fight at that level when she had been wearing the magical suit. However, to be able to do it on her own and with no magic… just the thought itself was heady.
Ranma nodded, her ponytail bouncing. “Absolutely. Your biggest issue has always been your anger and that you tend to fight harder and not smarter. You’re working on dealing with that and that is a good thing. You will be able to beat her in time, trust me.”
Akane felt her emotions well up inside her. Ranma really did respect her as a martial artist. This was almost better than being told that he loved her. She grabbed the redhead, pulled Ranma towards her, and kissed the girl soundly on the lips. Surprised, Ranma opened her mouth to say something when Akane took advantage of that. Soon the protesting stopped and the two were holding each other tightly, their kisses grew more passionate with each moment. Akane tightened her hand in Ranma’s hair and the girl moaned, a new sensation rolling up and down her spine. She liked this, she really liked this.
Akane was taking charge of things, her mind was spinning, and part of her truly enjoyed that in a way she had never felt before. They fell to the ground and rolled until they were in a more comfortable position, neither of them noticing the impact. Ranma didn’t want the kissing to end and she didn’t want Akane to stop holding her hair like that. Akane pulled back and rested a hand on Ranma’s face. Her eyes were soft and she had that smile the Ranma loved so much. “I love you.”
Ranma’s response was to pull her back down, their lips merging again. Mushy talk later. Kissing now.
* * * * *
Nabiki looked at the blade uncomfortably and she swallowed heavily. Think, She had to think and quickly. How had thing gone so very wrong so quickly? It was so unlike her to have been this blindsided by anything. Nodoka was clearly serious about this and that was a dangerous thing. She was honestly expecting Nabiki to kill herself to restore the Family Honor. The woman had to be crazy. There had to be a way out of this. “What can I do to make amends?”
“Amends? Nabiki Tendo, you became a criminal through your own actions. Do you really think that entitles you to a chance to make amends?” There was steel in Mrs. Saotome’s voice and the woman’s eyes narrowed. Nabiki had seen that same look several times from Ranma, just before a challenger lost painfully.
“What can I do?” repeated Nabiki, struggling to keep her voice from wavering.
Mrs. Saotome sat there and looked at Nabiki as if she were figuring how her head might look mounted to a wall. The middle Tendo sister wriggled uncomfortably under that gaze, positive that running wouldn’t help. Her older sister was also looking at her sadly, as if she had failed the family in some basic way. “Kasumi, please.”
“Nabiki, think about all that you have done. True, you have supplied us with more funds to repair various things or to take care of larger than usual bills, but you basically made money for yourself through extortion, information brokering and by selling pictures of Akane and Ranma. If they were your models, why didn’t they get any money? You have used this family, treating it as if it were not your own.” Kasumi’s words were cold and her tone filled with disappointment and regret. It was the worst sound that Nabiki had ever heard next to being told that her mother was dead.
Nabiki lowered her head. Had she really done something this wrong? She wasn’t sure but due to this reaction it was clear she had. She didn’t want to lose her family and it seemed like this was the moment when everything in her life fell apart. “Kasumi please, what can I do to fix this?”
Kasumi pursed her lips. “What are you willing to offer to make amends?”
Nabiki’s mind raced. There was a way out? “Ten percent?”
Kasumi frowned and Nabiki’s hope dimmed. Nabiki hurriedly said, “Twenty five?”
Kasumi looked over at Mrs. Saotome, whose gaze had never wavered, whose stare felt like it were piercing her soul. The older woman nodded her head slightly. Kasumi replied, “That should work for the family. What about your sister?”
“Ten percent?” she asked hopefully, her mind rolling down the numbers of what she was losing.
“And for Ranma?” Kasumi arched an eyebrow and Nabiki began to sweat.
“Uh… five percent?” She didn’t want to give the bastard anything but it looked like she didn’t have a choice. Why did she have to give money to a free loader?
“Five?” asked Mrs. Saotome, quirking an eyebrow.
“Uh… ten… will ten work?” Again the two women shared a look, again the slight nod.
“That will make amends. Now as for your behavior…” Kasumi looked a bit more relieved and her eyes softened.
Nabiki sighed. She just might make it out of this alive. She could always make more money. “What do you need me to do?”
Mrs. Saotome reached into her kimono and pulled out some white paper that had some writing on it. Nabiki recognized the papers. They looked just like the seppuku pledge that Ranma had signed and had been held over him. She gulped audibly. Ranma’s mother was playing hard ball and she could think of no other option available. She really saw no other way out. She was trapped.
Nodoka unfolded the prepared document and slid it over to Nabiki. The Ice Queen of Furinken High looked at the paper and shook a little. It was a seppuku pledge. The thing spelled out the conduct required by her quite clearly and any deviation meant death. She was scared. Signing this would hamstring her and basically ruin her empire. Then she got to the last condition in the list and her head snapped up, eyes wide in disbelief. “Are you serious?”
Nodoka just stared at her without emotion, her eyes focused in a way that she was familiar with. It was the same look Akane got just before she broke bricks. That meant her gaze had softened. Nabiki took that gaze as an answer and stammered, “So… I can… and… and you mean you won’t…?”
“This pledge is meant to be fair and to keep you from falling deeper into this life of corruption you have found. It is meant to help you with your family. It is also meant to punish you some for your actions. Towards that end, this was a compromise. Will you sign?” Nodoka’s hand rested on the honor blade. With the way her hand rested, the woman could draw the weapon and score a hit in the blink of an eye. Nabiki looked between the paper, her older sister, and Ranma’s mother a few times as if measuring something. She swallowed heavily and reached for a pen and her stamp.
* * * * *
Nabiki walked towards the dojo, rubbing her temples. Now that she had signed her life away, she had to apologize to her sister and Ranma and it galled her to do so. It looked like that bastard won again, like he almost always did. She stopped and closed her eyes, clenching and unclenching her fists. Did she really have to do this? Her thoughts turned to the paper she had just signed and she sighed, continuing to walk.
She stepped up onto the building and slid open the door. The sight that met her made her stumble backwards and almost fall off the little porch. Ranma and Akane were in there and they were making out, seriously making out. Akane was holding Ranma’s hands down and her gi had apparently fallen open, the girl’s bra clearly visible. The redhead’s Chinese top was open as well and it looked as if the cup of her bra had been pulled down. Were those Akane’s lips on her Ranma’s breast? Nabiki’s world spun and she flumped onto the wooden floor loudly.
Inside, the two teens heard the sound and both of them registered what was going on. They eeped in surprise and quickly got themselves situated, with Ranma having to do the most. Akane walked out first, wiping her lips with the back of her hand and saw her sister sitting there, dazed. “Nabiki?”
“I… I… came out here to apologize and you were… uh… making out with him.” The notion that she had so misread that relationship was upsetting. Today was just not going her way.
Akane blushed. “I was kissing her and making out with her and enjoying it. I love her Nabiki.”
Nabiki nodded, a bit numb. Too much had happened today and she needed to just take her bath and go to bed, pretending today never happened at all. “I am sorry Akane for using you. Here.”
Akane took the envelope her sister held out and looked inside. It was filled with rather large Yen notes. “Wha… Nabiki?”
The mercenary girl turned to face Ranma, who was standing in the doorway unobtrusively, as if trying to give them some privacy. She bowed and said, “Ranma, I am sorry for using you.”
Even though her voice wasn’t as sincere as it had been when she had said it to Akane, it was still a true apology. That much was clear in her voice. Ranma bowed back, smiling faintly, “Apology accepted.”
Nabiki held out an envelope that was of a similar thickness to Akane’s. Ranma hesitantly took it and was surprised to find that it was also filled with money. Nabiki just giving her money with nothing in it for her? Was the world coming to an end and no one had bothered to tell her?
The girl spoke again and was unable to meet either of their eyes. “I will also be giving the two of you cuts of whatever I make with your pictures from now on.”
The two girls goggled at this. Akane crouched down next to her sister and looked her deeply in her eyes, “Is this for real?”
“Yes, it is.” Nabiki got to her legs and was a little unsteady when she headed back towards the house. It was clear that the girl seemed a little bit dazed by events.
When Nabiki entered the house and was no longer in sight, Akane turned to Ranma and whispered, “I can’t believe that worked.”
Ranma just nodded, still too stunned to speak. All of this was a bit overwhelming and unexpected. Were they really free? Had someone actually beaten Nabiki at her own game? The notion defied all reason but the envelopes spoke for themselves.
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 14 By poetheather In Nerima, some of the psychos won't let you dream... |
Akane could hardly believe the good fortune that was now in her life. Ranma was asleep in her bed with her, it seemed like Nabiki was no longer a threat, and all was right with the world. She gave a slight smile at that. She had dreamed of this. Of course, in her dreams, Ranma had been a man and not a woman, but truth be told she wasn’t all that picky anymore, especially after almost dying on Phoenix Mountain. That was not to say that she was attracted to girls in general, as she wasn’t it was more that she was just attracted to Ranma. Male or female her fiancé was hot.
Ranma was currently cuddled up against her, this time on the inside of the spoon, where Akane could hold her. Ranma’s girl form was small enough that it was easy pretty easy for Akane to cuddle the redhead against her and still be comfortable. She did wonder what it would be like to be cuddled this way in Ranma’s strong arms. The thought made her smile and her mind drifted through the image happily. After things had calmed down for a while, Ranma would fix things with her curse and would go back to being male again, at least for part of the time. That would be nice. Akane had to admit that she loved his broad shoulders and muscular chest. The only real constant between forms were her blue eyes.
She nuzzled the back of Ranma’s head, smelling the clean and slightly flowery scent of her hair. It was soothing. The chamomile shampoo was helping to keep the redhead much calmer than usual and that was indeed a good thing, given the stress the girl felt with acting a girl and fighting against all the macho bullshit that Genma had put into her head for all those years alone on that training trip. Any little bit would help. With a gentle kiss, Akane closed her eyes and drifted to sleep.
The gentle rasp of something making an unfamiliar noise woke her and Akane could immediately feel the danger. She didn’t see anything when she scanned the room quickly but when she looked up at the ceiling there was Kodachi, that idiot Kuno’s sister, looking down at them, dressed in her usual leotard. Akane rolled out of the bed as the Black Rose dropped to the mattress with two spiked clubs in her hands, destroying the pillow.
“Hohohohohohoho… so peasant, we meet again. Once I remove you and this red haired tramp from my life I will have my darling Ranma all to myself. Bwahahahahahaha!!!!” Madness danced in the girl’s eyes, which was sadly a normal thing. The martial art rhythmic gymnast went into speedily into the attack.
Akane easily dodged the spiked clubs that were rushing at her as the speed training she had been getting from Ranma was helping immensely. To Akane, the attacks were no longer the blur they had seemed like before. This fight was easier than she had expected and Akane smirked confidently at the insane gymnast. As that attack didn’t seem to be working, Kodachi switched to the ribbon. Ranma snored softly.
As the ribbon snapped at her, aiming for her eyes, Akane flinched away and hooked her food under one of her barbells. She held her ground and the snagged the ribbon with one hand. The tension the ribbon was enduring was immense and it stopped Kodachi in her tracks as the girl pulled back, trying to fling Akane. All the woman did glare at her and laugh, “Ahahahahahaha!! Soon Ranma will be all mine!”
It took some effort to remain balanced but Akane managed to kick the barbell into Kodachi’s face. The girl stumbled back towards the open window from the force of the blow. A quick slide step sidekick launched the woman out and almost to the Koi pond. Ranma shifted some in the bed. Akane shook her head and took a moment to pull the covers back over the redhead and run a hand down the girl’s hair lovingly. Then the tomboy growled and launched herself out the window after the Black Rose.
Kodachi was shaking her head to try to clear the daze she felt from hitting her head on the ground really hard. Akane flew down towards her in a flying sidekick, the fabric of her yellow pajamas flapping. Kodachi rolled backwards away from the attack and then executed a handspring to get some more distance. The ribbon was back and she was twirling it in a circle, a few petals of black roses swirled about. “Because of my brother’s love for you I will no slay you Akane Tendo, but I will ensure that you cannot be near my darling Ranma!”
With a deft flick of her wrist, Kodachi wrapped her ribbon around a large hunk of rock in the yard and began to whip it towards Akane. She dodged the attack, trying to figure out what to do in order to get past that weapon as Kodachi was flinging it around in a rather controlled whip motion. The strikes were getting closer.
With a swift back and forth motion she had picked up from watching Ranma fight, she managed to get inside the effective reach of the ribbon and thus neutralizing that attack. Kodachi dropped the ribbon and switched back to spiked clubs and Akane dodged those as well, occasionally managing to slip through the attack and punch or kick through the veritable wall of spikes. Suddenly as Kodachi was being driven back, there was a burst of gas and Akane got a face full of sleep dust.
Akane had to fight this off. Otherwise, Ranma would be attacked and she didn’t want that to happen. Her limbs were becoming heavy and her movements sluggish, Kodachi just stood there and laughed that insane laugh of hers. As Akane fell to the ground unconscious while reaching for the gymnast, Kuno’s sister leapt up to the second floor room.
Kodachi stood over the snoring Ranma, her eyes wide with her madness. This was the moment she had been waiting for, “Now you devilish fox, I shall slay you and free my beloved Ranma from your clutches!”
The spiked club came down towards Ranma’s head, but the sleeping girl turned over and the club missed her, slamming into the pillow, feathers flying into the air. The Black Rose growled, narrowed her eyes, and slammed the club down again, missing Ranma again as the girl shifted away from the attack still clearly asleep. Kodachi screamed in frustration.
Ranma awoke to someone screeching above her. She opened her eyes to spot Kodachi standing above her, holding her spiked clubs. Her heart went into overdrive and Ranma’s hands flew out, one pulling and one pushing. With one hand behind Kodachi’s knee and another on her thigh, Ranma shoved her backwards and made the gymnast fall off the bed and away from her.
The girl made a less than graceful flip in order to land on the floor while Ranma scrambled out of bed to face her attacker. She looked at the gymnast a bit surprised and asked, “Kodachi?”
The insane girl growled angrily at her. Ranma quickly realized that there wasn’t enough room in this room for her to fight the way she usually did. A quick glance at the open window provided her with more options. Even though it would give Kodachi more room to fight her way she dove backwards out the window towards the backyard.
While flying back, Ranma spotted Akane lying face down on the ground. Her eyes went wide in panic and she rushed over to her fiancé. Since Kodachi was known to use various poisons and powders in her fighting Ranma got really worried. She grabbed the tomboy, turning her over, “Akane! Akane!”
Kodachi landed gently on the grass her ribbon twirling again. Thankfully, there were no petals this time. “Hohohohoho, I have removed her from this battle so I can kill you in peace. I want my beloved Ranma back and you are standing in the way.”
Ranma gritted her teeth. This idiot Kuno just never seemed to get it through her thick skull. She clenched her fists and growled, “I am Ranma you baka! How many times do I have to tell ya?”
“You are not my beloved, witch. He is dark haired and muscular and very attractive and loves me shyly.” Kodachi was momentarily lost in her own fantasy of her imaginary relationship with the young martial artist. Ranma tried not to gag.
“I don’t love you!!” screamed Ranma. “And what the hell are you doing attacking me at night?!”
Both Kasumi and Nabiki had woken up from the sounds outside and they both headed downstairs, thinking there might be a burglar or something going on. Nabiki had a baseball bat in her hands and was leading the way, Kasumi hanging back behind her. They got to the living room and looked outside, seeing Ranma in her pajamas facing off against Kodachi. They spotted Akane lying on the ground behind Ranma and were startled. Kasumi brought one hand to her mouth and said, “Oh my!”
“I will attack you whenever I want peasant, until I get my beloved back! He loves me and wants to be with me but you are stopping him.” Kodachi threw her razor hoop at Ranma as she yelled this.
Ranma hopped over the hoop easily and landed lightly, turning the move into the lead in to a near sprint over to the psychotic gymnast. Ranma growled out angrily as she dodged the spiked clubs Kodachi was protecting herself with. To her they were slow moving objects that were painfully easy to evade. Her anger swelled inside her and burst out, “I! Do! Not! Love! You!! I love Akane and she is my fiancé, not you, nor anyone else. Get that through your thick head and fuck off!!”
Ranma punctuated that expletive with a powerful punch to Kodachi’s gut, specifically her diaphragm, slamming the leotard clad girl back fifteen feet into the wall surrounding the property. The wall cracked some under the powerful impact. Kodachi dropped face down onto the grass, gasping for air desperately. She spotted two feet standing in front of her and she looked up at a very angry Ranma, the girl’s immense battle aura blazing around her strong enough to cast shadows and flickering lights about the yard. The force of it was strong enough that the Black Rose shrank back from this display of pure power.
Ranma’s words were cold, as she seemed to be filled with the Soul of Ice, as if that were the only thing keeping her from killing the girl. “If you ever attack me or the woman I love again I will kill you. Do you understand?”
Kodachi just stared at the girl, this interloper into her love life surprised by the words that she said. Nabiki narrowed her eyes in thought at what Ranma was saying and Kasumi gasped at Ranma’s words clearly shaken by their intensity and truth. Ranma just stood there, her aura crackling around her like an untamed fire glaring down at the crazy girl who had attacked them. After a moment of silence, the black haired girl spoke, “I… I… cannot accept that my beloved Ranma is affianced. I know he loves me and wants to be with me.”
Ranma’s stare intensified, as if she was measuring something within the girl. Her response was abrupt. “Very well. Sasuke, pick up your mistress and go home.”
The loyal ninja retainer of the Kuno family popped his head up over the wall and looked on the scene, Ranma standing over his fallen mistress. He frowned and hopped to his mistress’s side, concerned for her safety. He offered her a hand and said, “Come Mistress Kodachi, we should leave.”
Ranma glowered at them as they left, her battle aura never wavering nor weakening. When they were gone and out of the range of her ki powered senses, it winked out, leaving the area dark again. The redhead rushed to Akane’s side and knelt to pick her up. Hugging Akane tightly to her, Ranma began to cry from the stress of the fight and the worry she had for the girl she loved. She felt a hand gently touch her shoulder and there stood Kasumi. “Come on Ranma. Let’s get her inside.”
Ranma stood up with Akane in his arms and she walked inside. Nabiki was staring at the scene intently, processing everything that had occurred. She was certain that this was not how the world was supposed to work. Ranma and Akane were supposed to bicker and fight, clearly disliking each other, not making out in the dojo and for Ranma to cry when Akane is wounded. Moreover, Ranma had clearly yelled out that he loved Akane not just once, but twice in that conversation. The two of them were acting like a couple, not just best friends.
Ranma laid Akane down on the couch and hovered worriedly while Kasumi looked her fiancé over. After assessing her sister’s condition, she sat back and smiled up at the fretful redhead, “She is fine Ranma, just asleep. There should be no lasting damage from what happened.”
Ranma let out an audible sigh of relief and a great deal of tension visibly was released. “Thank you Kasumi.”
Kasumi just laid a hand on Ranma’s shoulder as she got up. “It’s late and I’m going back to bed. You can take Akane?”
Ranma nodded. Kasumi left the room and headed back upstairs to get back to sleep.
Nabiki stood there looking at Ranma, as if trying to decipher the puzzle that the aquatranssexual was presenting her. Ranma looked over at the middle Tendo and asked, “Yes Nabiki?”
“You really love her?” asked Nabiki, her tone serious.
“I really do.” Ranma bent down and lifted her tomboy.
“And you’re really a girl?” followed up Nabiki, sensing that this might be her one chance to piece together the rest of this puzzle.
Ranma just sighed, shook her head, and headed towards the stairs. “Good night Nabiki.”
The middle Tendo girl stood there and watched one of the idiot freeloaders carry her younger sister upstairs close to her chest. The redhead had fought for her, which was usual and then had threatened Kodachi quite clearly, which was not usual. This only added to the puzzles complexity and Nabiki tried to figure out how she could profit from this in a way that went around the seppuku pledge she had made earlier that evening. The pledge had been very specific on the nature of information selling, what she could and could not make money on, but perhaps she could spin it in such a way as to sell information on Kodachi and her actions that in reality related to Ranma and this situation. Something was going on between her sister and Ranma and it was connected to whatever was going on. She headed upstairs pondering this issue and it kept her up for a few hours before she drifted off to sleep.
Meanwhile, Ranma had carried Akane upstairs and laid her gently in bed, pulling the covers up over her. She looked down at her uncute tomboy who always seemed to get in trouble and smiled softly. This was the girl she loved and the reason behind this whole life-changing charade. The most difficult part of this plan was to avoid crap like what had happened tonight. That fight had ruined what had been a pretty good couple of days. The peace was a bit addictive.
When the two of them had managed to go without the usual Nerima madness plaguing them for a month she would change back to her male form and the two of them would get married, like they wanted not what their fathers wanted. She wanted that more than anything she could imagine and it helped her motivation. She wanted it so much that she would fight for it, if that were what it took. She wanted peace in her life and would fight for it without hesitation.
Ranma bent over and kissed Akane on her cheek. This girl was why she was doing this, this girl that she deeply loved and who loved her. It would all be worth it at the end.
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 15 By poetheather The fallout of the evenings activities are quite unexpected and both Kuno and Ukyo find themselves in uncomfortable situations. |
Ranma was still annoyed the next day about everything. What had occurred last night just told her quite clearly why she needed to stop all of this insanity and why she needed to stop pulling her punches. She was a girl, they were all girls, and that freak had wanted to kill her in order to ‘save’ her male side. Shampoo was also probably willing to kill in order to win, seeing Akane as nothing more than an obstacle to her happiness. Ukyo, well she wasn’t sure of what Ukyo might do. Hurting Akane, sure, but killing… that seemed a bit extreme.
Akane hovered worriedly next to Ranma as they walked to school. The redhead was clearly upset about something and it worried her that Ranma hadn’t confided in her as to exactly what it was. She wanted to know what Ranma was thinking as she was concerned what it might be. Her biggest worry was that it had something to do with the plan, because in her eyes it was working for the most part, with a few hiccups here and there. Ranma just walked, with her head down, inwardly focused.
When they reached the gates to the school, there stood Kuno in all his foolish glory with two bouquets of roses and his bokken, the light breeze rippling the legs of his hakama. He posed heroically, so that his loves could see his best side as they approached and be in utter awe at his manliness. Akane sighed the sigh of long suffering at the sight while Ranma growled quietly in her throat. Suddenly, Akane felt worried for the health of the annoying upperclassman who was about to have his world broken if she knew Ranma.
“Ah… this glorious day when the radiant sun beams down upon my twin loves, the beautiful but strong Akane Tendo and the delicate yet ever so feisty pig-tailed girl. I, Tatewaki Kuno, known to all as the Blue Thunder of Furinken High and the rising star of the Kendo world, shall date with both of you, for the love the pours forth from me is as boundless and untamed as the seas and can encompass both of you in my white foamed waves. Come to me my loves; let us spend these magnificent sunlit hours together, hand in hand, roaming freely along love’s glorious course unhindered by mortal worries. Let us depart forthwith, the cupids await!” The boy posed dramatically, trying to show that his other side was equally as handsome.
Akane had stopped, somewhat stunned at the amazing thesaurus skills and idiocy that was Kuno, however Ranma had kept going, not even looking at the stick waving moron. Kuno reached out and grabbed his redheaded love’s shoulder to stop her departure. When Akane saw this, she winced. Given Ranma’s mood this was really not going to be pretty.
Ranma stopped, however her body was tense with incipient violence, still looking towards the school, ignoring the hand upon her shoulder. “Upperclassman Kuno, unhand me. Now!”
The Blue Thunder simply smiled the pure smile of the touched, saying. “My Goddess, you have come to me of your own accord. What a magnificent day this is as you have proven clearly that you love me unreservedly. My Love!!”
Before Kuno could glomp her, Ranma rolled inwards along the arm that held her shoulder, turning that momentum into a powerful scissors block at the elbow joint, with a forearm on either side of the joint. There was a wet snapping sound from the elbow, which caused several students stomachs to churn violently and Ranma continued the roll, until her back was against his torso. She leapt in the air, carrying the upperclassman and as they fell back towards the ground, she threw Kuno over her shoulder and into the pavement, holding onto the arm until the shoulder dislocated with a wet pop. Once done, the girl released him and continued on her way to the front of the school.
The shock of the brutal attack was so great that it was at least a thirty seconds before the pain that seared his body registered. The redhead entered the school at the moment the blood-curdling scream occurred, the closing door shutting off the sound as she left the area.
Akane shook her self out of her shock at what Ranma had just done and sped to the school, no one else in the courtyard moving yet. After throwing open the door, she got to Ranma as the girl was casually getting her shoes exchanged. Akane swiftly followed and apprehensively asked, “Ranma?”
“I don’t want to talk about it.” Was all the girl said in response to the unspoken query.
Sayuri and Yuka were hustling down the stairs and that enabled the three of them to drag Ranma into a bathroom swiftly. Since there was no one else in there, Yuka locked the door to give them some measure of privacy. Sayuri looked at the irritated redhead, put pieces together in her head and asked, “What’s wrong?”
“Look, okay, I don’t want to talk about it.” argued Ranma, lowering her head in order to avoid looking at anyone. If she met Akane’s eyes she would cave.
Yuka reached out and rested her hand of Ranma’s shoulder comfortingly, saying, “Ranma, part of being a girl is sharing what you are feeling with your friends. We help each other through things both good and bad. Please trust us. We just might be able to help. What is going on?”
Ranma shook a little with the strain of holding in her emotions and then suddenly broke down crying, almost as much as Akane’s father did. The three other girl’s looked at each other confused and concerned over this display. Akane had an idea about what the source of this tension was and ventured a guess, “Is this about last night?”
Ranma nodded, the crying slowing only marginally. Yuka and Sayuri looked at Akane and Ranma a bit puzzled, as they had no idea what could have happened the night before. Akane decided to fill them in on what had happened, at least as far as she remembered everything. Yuka and Sayuri looked worriedly at Akane when she finished. The tomboy waved her hands and said, “I’m fine. I really am. She only used sleeping powder.”
“I… I know that… it’s just that I hate this. I don’t want to fight, I don’t want to be attacked, I don’t want you to be attacked. Killing Saffron was more than enough fighting for me for a lifetime. Even fighting Pantyhose was easier than that. I love you and nobody wants to leave us alone and that just irritates me. Last night was the last straw. I’m tired of this.” Ranma growled some at the end.
Akane grew even more worried as the girl talked. Kasumi had told her exactly what had happened after she had been drugged and how Ranma had hit Kodachi into the wall in a way that he had never hit girls before. Sure, she had hit girls a few times but not that powerfully before. “Ranma… what do you mean that was the last straw?”
Ranma was quiet a moment as she was clearly gathering her thoughts. After a few moments of silence, she took a deep breath, let it out slowly and said, “Remember how I never hit girls unless I absolutely have to?”
The girls all nodded. Everybody knew about that.
“That thinking was tied into the whole manly man thing and my pops whole girls are weak thing. Because of that, I know a lot of people have taken advantage of me and gone after you Akane. They counted on the fact that they could beat you and that I wouldn’t really want to fight them. Well, I’m done with that. I’m a girl now and they’re girls and if they threaten me and mine again they will have to deal with the consequences.” Flickers of her battle aura flared around Ranma, which showed just how upset the redhead really was.
Akane’s eyes widened and her hand went to her mouth as she took a step back from her clearly angry fiancé and said, “Oh my.”
Ranma just nodded, consciously pulling back her battle aura. “They raised the stakes Akane, not me. I don’t want to fight but if I have to I am not pulling my punches any more. If this is what they want then they deserve what they get.”
“So that thing with Kuno?” asked Sayuri, her voice wavering a little.
“I broke his arm to get the message through.” The other girls shivered at that pronouncement. This was a much colder Ranma than they were used to and it was clearly unsettling.
Akane looked at her fiancé and could still see tension within her, but she had calmed down quite a lot. After a quick hug she said, “Let’s go to class. I don’t want to have to hold buckets because of this.”
* * * * *
Ranma sat with her girlfriends for lunch like usual. Since very little had happened during class she had managed to calm down a great deal and had even fallen asleep for a little while. She was almost back to normal but nothing good lasts forever. While the four girls ate and talked about mostly everything, Ukyo, dressed in her boy’s uniform with that giant spatula on her back, came towards them a bit nervously.
The four girls stopped talking and turned to look at the chef as she neared. Because of the sheer violence of what had happened to Kuno earlier that day Ukyo had passed on her usual angry fiancé approach and was going to try something new. Because of this, Ukyo tugged at her collar and hesitantly asked, “Is it true that Kodachi attacked you both last night and that she got knocked into a wall?”
Akane was angry just hearing that. There was only one possible source for that information and she growled out, “Nabiki….”
Ranma sighed in resignation and answered, “Yes.”
“Are…are you okay Sugar?” Ukyo asked Ranma, worried about him.
“I’m not hurt but Akane was drugged.” stated Ranma.
Ukyo glanced briefly at the youngest Tendo and her rival, then she turned back to her love, smiled happily and said, “Well, as long as you’re not hurt.”
Ranma growled, her hands clenching, and her battle aura beginning to leak out again, showing her irritation. “Look Ucchan, I am tired of this. You say you are my friend and I appreciate that, but if you can’t be friends with all of my friends I don’t need you. Understand?”
It was very clear that Ranma was deadly serious on this point even without the battle aura. Ukyo also noticed that Ranma wasn’t looking at her like the confused boy she had known, no this was the look of someone who would fight to the end with no quarter given. This look only made the information Nabiki had sold her even more disturbing. This was not the same Ranma she was used to.
This Ranma was clearly a girl and a lot of people seemed to be backing that reality up, as if it were true. Ukyo wasn’t sure how she could have been so mistaken about things and had way too many memories of Ranma the guy but at the risk of losing Ranchan forever she figured that it might be best to simply go with things. And if Ranma was really a boy, doing this would keep her in his good graces. That might be good for her chances of becoming the winning fiancé. “Sorry Ranchan, it’s just that I thought you didn’t like her all that much.”
“She is my friend Ucchan and I want my friends to be nice to each other. She is the first real and true friend I had since you and that makes her important to me. Ryoga only sort of counts because… well… he’s a boy.” Ranma sighed. She really didn’t want to fight Ukyo and she just wanted things to be right with them. This whole fiancé thing with her only got in the way and kept them from really being friends. She had to find some way out of that entanglement. Not having any easy answer, she looked up at the chef nervously and sort of shyly, embarrassed that she really hadn’t done this earlier. “Ukyo… I am sorry for what Pops did to you back then. If I had known what was going on, I would have done something to stop it. You are my friend, the first real friend I ever had, and you will always be my friend and I would never have left you if it had been my choice. Take it out on the stupid panda’s hide. He’s the one that deserves it.”
Ukyo listened to that and sighed. She hated it when Ranchan made sense, mostly because it happened so rarely that it would throw her. This was no exception. She was stuck and there really was only one way to answer that. “I’ll do that. I’ll make Genma pay for what he has done.”
Ranma smiled at her and relaxed more. Maybe she wouldn’t loose Ukyo after all. “Great.”
Once that issue was settled, Ukyo undid her portable grill and got things set up for cooking. This was a much safer area of discussion. “So anyone want some okonomiyaki?”
Ranma just smiled at her, happy that things were working out. Akane was nervous as Ukyo was one of the other fiancés and the girl was smart and a strong fighter. Not in Ranma’s class to be sure but she was pretty close. There was a distinct possibility that this could turn into a disaster, especially if the girl figured out what Ranma and she were actually doing. Akane struggled to figure out how to turn this development to her advantage rather than the liability that it could be. She had to think like Nabiki. “Ukyo, what is the vow your father made you take?”
Ukyo frowned as she began making some lunch for both her and Ranchan, pouring the batter onto the griddle. She disliked thinking about that whole situation, as she felt hopelessly trapped by it unless she married Ranma. “I had to vow that I had to come back with the Saotome name or have killed them. Until then I have to be a boy and am listed on the Clan Rolls as a boy.”
Sayuri frowned at that, having only heard the most basic story about Ukyo’s past. “Your father actually made you make that honor vow?”
Ukyo nodded. “Yep.”
Yuka frowned. Was the answer really that easy and obvious? “Well if all you need is the name, then get Ranma’s mother to adopt you into the clan? Then you and Ranma would be sisters and you wouldn’t have to worry about the vow. You two would be close forever and there goes the tension.”
As Ukyo blinked in surprise at that statement, Ranma smiled again, her heart buoyed by that idea. “And you can still beat on my father everyday as ‘practice’ and not have any problem with it. In fact, it would be encouraged.”
“I don’t know…” If she did that, she would have to give up on Ranma forever. If she were his sister they could never be married and all of her dreams of them together, raising a family and working at the restaurant would vanish. She was the cute fiancé, the one who could cook without poisoning anyone. Would she just be satisfied with just being his sister? “Let me think about this.”
Ranma moved around the grill and hugged Ukyo. “I would love to have you as my sister, Ucchan. We could be there for each other and take care of each other, forever.”
Ukyo smiled some. Ranma did treat her more like a sibling than a romantic interest, so would she actually be losing anything in the long run? Was that fact itself proof enough that they would never be a couple? “Let me think about it, okay. Here, you can have this one that’s slightly burnt. That’s what you get for distracting me when I am cooking.”
The others laughed as Ranma took the sad pancake anyway and bit into it with a frown on her face. She whined, “But Ucchan… it’s all crunchy.”
Ukyo and Akane rolled their eyes at that and both girls noticed that they had the same reaction to the baka, which made them giggle, pause to stare at their one time rival in surprise and then giggle again.
Ranma ate the okonomiyaki quite happily, as it looked like there just might be a way for Ukyo to be taken care of without needing to marry her. She prayed to Kami-sama that this plan of Yuka’s worked, as the only fiancé problem she would have left would be Shampoo and that was certainly a large enough problem all on its own. What the hell was she going to do with the Amazon?
She was sure that Cologne had probably figured out her ruse, if not already figured out the means to counter it. That dried up old ghoul was way too smart and that made Ranma nervous, as she was well aware that she did not have the smartest plan ever going on right now. It wa all too easy for things to fall apart on her. She knew what her strengths were and coming up with cunning plans was not one of them.
While everyone laughed and had a good time over lunch, Ranma was busy sitting there trying to figure out how to deal with the biggest threat to her happiness and make it out alive.
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 16 By poetheather Ranma is worried. Shampoo is set on upsetting the balance she has achieved. And what's going on with Ukyo? |
Walking home from school, Ranma was pensive. Things were still bothering her from earlier and she had no idea how to get out of them. Her thoughts kept rolling over and over, replaying several moments. She had really hurt Kuno, in a way she never had before, and would have no problem with raining that sort of pain down on any of the jerks that constantly screwed with her. What part of she had killed a freaking god had they missed? And yet she had used her skill against someone weaker than her and that almost made her feel like some sort of bully. Things needed to calm down some more before she snapped on everyone else.
So when Ranma heard a familiar bicycle bell ring a few times, growing closer, she groaned and moved out of the way, so she wouldn’t get hit. Akane also dodged to the side just to be safe, letting Shampoo land the bike and skid to a stop, her delivery box of Ramen balanced on one hand. “Ni hao airen!”
“Shampoo.” Ranma’s voice was flat, with no emotion in it. She really, really did not need this right now.
“Why Ranma with too too violent girl? Come with Shampoo to date.” The lavender haired girl smiled happily at her own suggestion and Ranma couldn’t deny that the Amazon was beautiful. Ranma honestly had no interest in the girl however, regardless how she looked, besides the whole Jusenkyo Curse where she turned into a cat really killed things.
“Sorry Shampoo. I need to go home and do my homework before training. Besides, I am not your airen.” Ranma liked the girl as a friend but everything else was a figment of the girl’s demented mind.
“Great Grandmother say Ranma not really girl, that Ranma lying to everybody.” stated Shampoo, staring directly at Ranma, with something violent dancing in her eyes. Ranma could discern the threat in the look as easily as Akane could and he wanted to try an head things off before she had to hurt someone else.
“So you believe the stupid story about hot water making me a boy? Do you? Fine, Shampoo, pour hot water on me. See if I change into a boy.” Ranma was getting somewhat nervous. If Cologne had actually figured things out than she would be screwed and this whole plan to fix her life would fall to pieces. That old ghoul was way too dangerous and smart for Ranma to feel comfortable around her, and being around Shampoo upped the odds of encountering her.
“Great Grandmother also say that if Ranma really girl, Kiss of Death on again.” Shampoo’s grin was not friendly, as if she relished passing on the threat. Akane inhaled sharply at that.
Ranma’s eyes narrowed and her body was instantly ready to launch into an attack, her battle aura barely suppressed. This was not an idle threat that she could blithely ignore. This was a direct challenge and she had to take a stand, to do anything else would be to allow the Amazons to control her life. Her voice was cold and measured as she replied, “I don’t want to fight you Shampoo, but if you come after me I will stop you. And if that happens, I will not just stop at you, I will deal with Mousse, your Great Grandmother and then your village. You come after me and I will come after your people. There will be no Amazons left. Are we clear?”
Akane could hardly believe what Ranma was saying. Was she actually straight out threatening Shampoo? Would the girl really go after the Amazons? Based off the look that she was giving Shampoo there was no question in her mind that she would do it. Ranma really would do that, she would destroy the Amazons. It made her shiver.
Shampoo cocked her head as if somewhat confused by what her airen was saying. Why was he threatening her? “Why Ranma talk that way? Ranma Shampoo’s Airen. Shampoo be good wife, Ranma give her strong daughters. Shampoo no understand.”
Ranma stood there, staring at the lavender haired Amazon warrior, the urge to attack coiling up her back like a snake. She knew exactly how she could take Shampoo out in a move or two and it didn’t make her happy, but rather filled her with sadness. Her mind was filled with violence and at times, she hated it. She turned away from the girl and started to walk back towards the Tendo’s house. Her voice sounded immensely tired, “Bye Shampoo.”
The girl just stood there for a moment, watching as Akane and Ranma headed back towards the dojo without her. Ranma’s threats had registered to her, as they were not subtle in the least but they seemed so unbelievable to her that they didn’t seem real, but the person who had killed Saffron of the Phoenix people would be able to carry out such a threat. She was at a loss. Perhaps attacking Ranma would not be in her best interests right now, as the boy could easily destroy whatever he wanted.
Maybe she should go after Akane instead? Use some sort of memory potion on her like she had before? It hadn’t worked that well last time, but maybe she just needed to use something stronger, to completely wipe Ranma from the girl’s mind. Shampoo wasn’t sure exactly what she wanted to do to the girl, to remove the roadblock to her happiness but Great Grandmother was sure to have some ideas. And it wasn’t like Ranma cared about the girl.
* * * * *
“Taidama!” Two voices called out from the front door.
“Okeari!” called Kasumi from the living room, which threw the two girls. They were much more used to hearing her voice come from the kitchen.
When they got there, Ranma’s mother and Kasumi were sitting in there at the table with some tea and the men were nowhere to be seen. It was strangely peaceful. “Mom… where’s Pops?”
She smiled took a sip of her tea as Kasumi filled glasses for them. She answered as they sat. “They became very interested in going on a training trip right around the time Kasumi and I were discussing the need for the two of them to actually do something that resembled work.”
The two girls snickered at that. What a great way to drive them out. Kasumi smiled and said, “It is doubtful that father will be back anytime in the next week or so.”
Akane looked quizzically at her, as that was a bit specific. “Why’s that Neesan?”
“They only took enough food for a week.” She replied, then taking a sip of her tea.
Ranma sighed happily, “Good.”
Akane snickered. Ranma really didn’t like her father, but she couldn’t really blame the girl after hearing about her history. The man had screwed up so much it was amazing that Ranma was as together as she was. Genma was so selfish and self-centered it amazed her that the worst thing about Ranma was her ego, but she was working on that. She loved her fiancé.
“Oh, Mom… I have something to talk to you about. It’s kind of important.” Ranma sounded a bit nervous when she said that, as this was trying to problem solve in a new way for her. Not using her fists to deal with things wasn’t quite as easy.
“What is it sweetheart?” Nodoka had switched from thinking of Ranma as a boy to as a girl fairly easily and it showed. In her eyes, Ranma was incredible in many ways and she just loved her child regardless of gender.
“Well, you remember me talking to you about my friend Ukyo?” Ranma reached back and scratched the back of her head nervously. It was a familiar habit.
“One of the fiancés, correct?” checked Nodoka, wanting to ensure that they were on the same page.
Ranma nodded and nervously said, “Well, we talked about what the vow was that her father made her take and our friend Yuka realized that if you and Pops adopted her that would fulfill the terms of the honor pledge. What do you say Mom? Want another daughter?”
Nodoka paused in thought. She was trying to avoid rushing into things but this idea sounded like a great way to deal with the whole fiancé thing in this situation. Ranma said she didn’t see Ukyo as anything but a really good friend and this would fix the problem for good. That and she would have another child to care for, which appealed to her. “What has she said about this?”
“She wanted to think about it some.” said Ranma, smiling hopefully.
Nodoka nodded. A determined look grew in her eyes. “I think tonight we are going to go out to eat. What do you think daughter?”
Ranma realized what her mother was offering and her heart soared. She hugged her mother tightly and said, “That would be great Mother. I love you.”
* * * * *
The four women headed off to eat, as Nabiki had made other plans for that evening, which was okay with Nodoka. The girl had just managed to make the beginnings of amends and there was no need to tempt her with old ways of doing things. Having Nabiki be elsewhere was a good thing in most everybody’s minds.
They entered the restaurant and noted how busy it was, even though it was toward the end of dinner time. Standing at the door and watching, Nodoka was impressed by the speed and technique that the girl behind the stoves had. The girl was completely centered in her actions and she moved as if her cooking were an extension of her soul. Another woman came up to them and bowed politely, “Good Evening, welcome to Ucchans.”
“Good Evening Konatsu.” replied Akane and Ranma at the same time, smiling at the familiar waitress.
“Please follow me.” The male kunoichi led them towards a table in the back of the restaurant that had a degree of privacy. Konatsu had figured that it would be needed at some point.
The women settled themselves as Konatsu rushed about, getting them some hot tea. Ranma’s mother was also impressed by this beautiful girl who waited on them. She carried her self with a great deal of feminine grace. It was nice to see in someone close to Ranma’s age. After they gave their orders, they waited a short while for them. Ukyo looked over at them at one point and waved. Ranma and Akane both waved back. The table was hopeful that this whole situation would end well.
Once the food was in front of them, they all put their hands together and before they dug in said, “Itadakimasu!”
The okonomiyaki were excellent as always and everyone enjoyed their meal. Afterwards, while they sat and waited for the crowd to thin out more, they had some more tea and had some red bean ice cream. All in all, it was a very satisfying meal. They sat there, waiting for the dinner throng to pass just enjoying the time together. As Konatsu was busy cleaning tables after customers left, Ukyo came over to the table. “Hey there sugar, enjoy the meal?”
“You bet! You really are a great chef Ucchan.” replied Ranma, gushing over her friends skill. Akane had to fight down the urge to smack Ranma for praising the girl but she was getting slowly better about things.
“Ukyo, can you join us?” asked Nodoka politely.
Ukyo swallowed worriedly and took a seat. She had a pretty good idea about what this was all about, as this had been all she had been able to think about all day. Ever since Akane’s friend Yuka had offered that solution, her mind had been arguing back and forth over the idea and she had only been able to escape it by focusing on her cooking. So far, her mind was tied, with half thinking it was a great idea as her father didn’t care for her as much as he did his lost cart as well as Ranma acting more like her friend and less like a fiancé, while the other half was insisting that honor be upheld and that Ranma was her fiancé regardless of how he acted. This whole issue was a battle for her very identity and it shook her to her core.
Nodoka smiled kindly, trying to set a positive mood to the conversation, “My daughter told me about the suggestion of her friend Yuka and I find that it is an excellent proposition. I am disgraced by the fact that my husband treated you so poorly in the past, failing to uphold his personal honor and I wish to make amends. My daughter told me how close you two were as children and how happy it has made her to have her best friend back in her life. I believe that adopting you into the Saotome clan would be the best solution in terms of honor and keeping you two close.”
“I… I… Mrs. Saotome, I have no idea what to say. Ever since I was abandoned on the side of the road my focus has been on vengeance, but when your son treated me kindly and said that I was cute I wanted nothing more than to be his wife.” Nodoka looked as if she was about to say something so Ukyo kept going, not wanting to be interupted. “I… I just want things to work out, more than anything I don’t want to lose Ranma.”
“My daughter could not have married you, you do know that… right?” asked Ranma’s mother, as if trying to explain something basic.
Ukyo looked at her funny. “But Mrs. Saotome, Ranma is a boy, right?”
The older woman shook her head. “Genma had always wanted a boy and apparently took advantage of the fact that I wasn’t around to raise our daughter as his son. I am sorry that you had to endure such a story.”
Ukyo blinked a few times. Ranma’s mother was saying he was a girl, the woman he was deathly afraid would find out about his curse and make him commit seppuku. This didn’t make any sense. She knew that Ranma was a boy. However, if Ranma’s mother said that and believed it, then maybe it might be best for her to get adopted as there would be no way for her to marry another girl. All she would have then is failure. She looked down a bit ashamed, blushing fiercely and said, “I… I am not sure what to do. Part of me wants to agree but another part does not.”
Nodoka reached across the table and took one of Ukyo’s hands. The chef looked up into a face that clearly showed caring and concern for her. It was a look that she was unfamiliar with. “Ukyo, I know my husband is an idiot who has caused you harm but I would be honored to have you as my daughter. Know that I would be proud to know that you had the Saotome name. You are a remarkable young woman who any one would be proud to have as theirs. Please Ukyo, be my daughter.”
That broke the damn and Ukyo began to cry, years of tension breaking in words that she had longed to hear from her father which were spoken to her by someone else. Someone else showed her the concern and care that she had not gotten since she was six. Nodoka hurried to the chef’s side and hugged the girl, running a hand down the girl’s hair softly, trying to soothe her. “Hush now, it’ll be alright.”
Ukyo was going to take a chance at what had eluded her for years and she said between crying, “Can… can… I call you mother?”
Nodoka was filled with happiness at the thought that she was going to be able to get another child for her to love, something she had so dearly wanted for years. “Of course you can sweetheart.”
The others at the table were crying as well, touched by what they had seen. Ranma and Akane were both breathing sighs of relief at the fact that one fiancé was going to be out of the running but were also excited by the fact that Ukyo was going to become Ranma’s sister.
Nodoka said, “Why don’t we head down and take care of this in the morning, get your name added to our family’s rolls. Then you can go to school and then we can all celebrate tomorrow night, to welcome you to the family. Does that work for you?”
Ukyo nodded, too emotional to speak, sniffling against her soon to be mother’s kimono. She might not become Ranma’s wife but this way she would always be around him or rather her.
Konatsu looked on this scene and smiled happily for his love. He loved her and seeing the hopeful and happy look on her was the best gift he could have imagined. It only made the chef even more beautiful in his eyes. He cared about her and this happiness she showed was enough that he felt content with his choice to not inform her of the truth about Ranma. That truth would only have caused her more harm.
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 17 By poetheather Can they manage to sort out the Ukyo issue? And what new crisis looms for our heroine? |
There was a small procession moving down the street, heading downtown to where the Family records were held. The five women walked calmly but were broken into two groups. One with a woman in a kimono and another dressed nicely. The other group was three schoolgirls. Ukyo was actually dressed in a Furinken girl’s uniform, looking a bit embarrassed, as she was somewhat uncomfortable in these unfamiliar clothes. Ranma could completely sympathize with what Ukyo was going through though she didn’t say anything. Until they were siblings, she was going to keep her big mouth shut for a change. Talking too much had caused her nothing but trouble in the past and she did want to change things. The redhead cared a great deal about Ukyo, but a misstep could cost her everything and she knew it. Better to be safe than sorry.
Akane was walking on the other side of the chef, her bookbag held behind her. She looked over at the brown haired girl who was soon going to be her fiancés sister and asked, “Nervous?”
Ukyo nodded and then yawned. “Yeah. I barely slept last night as I couldn’t get my mind to shut up. I… I think this is the right thing for me to do even if Ranma is a boy.”
Akane cocked her head. This was a bit unexpected and she was not quite exactly sure what to do, so she fell back to a classic default. “Hunh?”
“I mean, I know that some people are dumb enough to buy the whole act sugar, but I clearly remember Ranma as a boy and I don’t doubt those memories. I remember as a kid and since I got here to Nerima. I know that Ranma is a boy.” Ukyo’s smirk was filled with melancholy and she did look a bit sad.
“What do you mean? Ranma’s a girl.” stated Akane, knowing that things were shifting under her feet but had no other option yet to follow the plan, at least until she had a better handle on things.
Ukyo shook her head sorrowfully. It was nice of Akane sticking to the lie. “Thank you for that. It gives me at least a little dignity.”
Ranma who had overheard this whole exchange was unsure what to do or say right now. She frowned and was pensive over the issue. She didn’t know what to do and the plan kind of stated that she shouldn’t say anything at all about the actual truth. She bit her lower lip and was at a complete loss over what to do. Due to the nature of this trip, she really had no opportunity to talk to anyone for their advice on how to deal with this, since her mother and Kasumi were a few steps ahead and Ranma felt really uncomfortable, more so with each step they took. It was almost enough to make her scream.
Before more denials or even screaming began, Mrs. Saotome cut through the conversation with something important, “Girls were almost there.”
Thankfully distracted from previous lines of thought, the group of them entered the government building and headed for the correct office. It was on the third floor and the group rode the elevator in silence both Ukyo and Ranma fidgeting nervously. Akane felt fidgety as well, but she was having a better time containing it, since this wasn’t as life changing as it was for the other two.
There was no line at the office at this time of day so the group was seen right away. The process of filling out paperwork and checking documents was finished quickly and efficiently, as the clerk was very focused as he worked. Once Mrs. Saotome affixed both her and her husband’s official seals onto the documents making them completely legal, the process was complete. Nodoka put them away, turned, and opened her arms to Ukyo, happily saying, “Daughter.”
Ukyo went unresistingly into the hug, emotion choking her. This whole situation that was making her head spin, but in a god way and she cherished it. She was legally Ukyo Saotome now, female. No longer would she have to pretend to be a man for her father’s pride. No, now she could live her own life her own way. She felt like she weighed twenty kilos less, as the huge weight of family honor was lifted from her. It was almost dizzying.
Ranma grabbed her when her mother let go and held Ukyo tight. She could feel tears of happiness fill her eyes and threaten to spill. This made her very happy and she smiled happily because of it. Holding her new sister tight, she whispered into the girl’s ear, “I am so glad you are my sister. I love you Ukyo and you have always been my best friend.”
The chef cried a little but smiled softly. This ending wasn’t what she had been after for the last year of her life or so, but this was still better than she had honestly expected to get in the end. It didn’t take a genius to see that Akane had been winning the battle for Ranma’s heart and in all honesty had probably won it before she or Shampoo had even showed. Ranma had not even tried to go through a wedding with any of the rest of them, with the near exception of the reversal jewel. No, after she had seen what had happened at the failed wedding and then had sat down to think it over, Ukyo had consigned herself to the fact that if she didn’t do something different she was going to lose Ranma forever. Better to be his sister than some stranger he couldn’t tolerate to be around. She wouldn’t have been able to stand that.
Ukyo swallowed. Now that she had crossed the bridge, she wanted to dive into her new life with no regrets. There were things she had to say, “Ranma.”
The red head turned around and was walking backwards, facing her new sister. “Yes?”
“I am sorry for all that I have done to make your life crazy. I… I just wanted to have a happy life and since you were the first boy to talk to me in that way, I sort of latched onto that. Sorry.” Ukyo bowed formally and this stopped the whole procession.
“Uh… thanks Ucchan.” Ranma rubbed the back of her head nervously, at a complete loss for anything else.
The chef then turned to face Akane. “I am sorry for all of the trouble I have caused you and your family. Please forgive me. I just want to be friends.”
Akane nodded, words failing her as well. One of the fiancés apologizing to her? Was it the apocalypse?
Nodoka stared thoughtfully for a moment at the scene going on in front of her and then nodded, coming to a decision. If Ukyo was making things right than Nodoka was going to take that chance. “So Ukyo, you are going to take care of your sister, right?”
Ukyo looked startled at that, as the question seemed to come out of left field. “Of course Mother.”
“Even with this stupid plan of hers?” Nodoka’s eyes were very focused and caught everything. She was at the edge of her battle awareness and wanted to be aware of everything that was going on with her new daughter.
Ukyo balked and held her breath in surprise. She had known it! It had been a trick! But no one was laughing at her and Ranma had hugged her and it did sort of feel freeing to let go of the past. She had decided last night that this was what she wanted, even if it meant giving up on Ranma as her spouse. It fulfilled honor and set her free, did she need to fight over this? She took a deep breath and let it out slowly, calming her heart and her building battle aura. “Well, the Baka makes a lot of stupid plans.”
With a gentle smile, Nodoka nodded her head approvingly. It seemed as if Ranma had again made an excellent choice. This might just work out for them in the long run. “I am glad you will protect your sister. I am proud of you daughter.”
It had been so long since she had gotten any type of parental approval that Ukyo actually preened under it. She felt a strong connection to Nodoka at that point and vowed to herself that she would do what she could to not upset her mother. “Now run along you three. You still have classes today. I will see you girls after school. Perhaps we can go shopping and have a girl’s day out?”
Akane, Ukyo and Ranma all waved and headed off to school, armed with notes to excuse them from the classes that they had missed, not that they cared. They traveled along in silence for the most part. Along the way, when they were nearing the school itself, Ukyo pulled ahead to the front and then turned around, stopping. The other two girls stopped and stoop in front of the spatula wielding chef a bit nervous, unsure what was going on. The brown haired girl just stood there, stared at the redhead for a second, and then sighed, shaking her head.
“What?” asked Ranma, growing uncomfortable under her gaze. This made her start to fidget.
“Your plan was to pretend that you have been a girl the whole time? Are you mental sugar?” growled Ukyo.
“Hey! I was doing the best I could. I hate all the crap you and the others put me through over the last year or so. You guys ruined a lot of things and got me into fights that I never wanted to be involved in anyway. And I’ll have you know that there is more to the plan than that.” Ranma harrumphed and looked away, pouting.
“Fine. Enlighten me.” Ukyo was having trouble staying focused as Ranma looked more cute than anything else.
Ranma turned and faced her, some what irritated. “Listen Ukyo, my whole life I have had Pops spout his idiot beliefs at me over and over and over and they have made my life hell. I believed them for a while but living here has shown me what a moron he is. I am also trying to act differently, opposite of what my father does. I figure that way I can’t help but be a good person. That’s the other part of the plan.”
Ukyo looked thoughtful as Akane bit her lip nervously. The tomboy knew that these things tended to dissolve into fights more often than not and was a bit afraid of how it would turn out. Ranma could tear the chef into little tiny pieces if she was really pissed. She wanted this to end well but was smart enough to stand off to the side and let them deal with it themselves.
“That part makes sense, but the other… Ranchan you really are a baka sometimes if you think that plan is going to work.” Ukyo shook her head disapprovingly.
Akane chuckled as well. Her love was a baka. Her baka.
Ranma was about to retort when she paused and thought about things. Things clicked over in her head and began to fall into place. She tentatively asked, “You’re not angry with me?”
Ukyo smiled gently at her friend, her sister and said, “I’m hurt that you didn’t tell me about this and sad that it had to come to this but no, I’m not angry with you.”
“So… so you are done pursuing me? Like for good?” Ranma’s voice trembled.
“Yes sugar, that’s over. I can’t marry my brother, sister, whatever you are so relax. Besides, I realized that you had given your heart to Akane completely a while ago. The wedding kind of drove that home as you weren’t fighting against it.” Her voice was tinged with sadness but she was smiling.
Ranma and Akane came up and gave her a hug. Akane whispered into her one time rival’s ear, “Thank you.”
The three of them were crying a little over everything, letting the tension and pain of the last year out. It was a good cry. Ukyo wiped her eyes and smiled, leaning in and kissing the redhead on the cheek. “I’m on your side Ranma. I always will be. Sisters forever.”
* * * * *
They had gotten to the school close to the end of the third period. Lunch was great, since they all had the bentos that Kasumi had made them and fresh, hot okonomiyaki from Ukyo. The girls talked about class and other things of interest and Ranma drank it up. This was what the damn plan was for, to make her life calm and comfortable, different from everything it had been. This was nice and she cherished it. If only she wasn’t so sure that another shoe was going to drop on her.
“So Ranma, what are you going to do now, since Ukyo is your sister?” asked Sayuri.
“I have no idea, but like I ever have an idea.” replied Ranma.
Ukyo nervously asked, “Would you and Akane like to work at the restaurant? I could use some more waitresses to let Konatsu have a bit of a break.”
Both Akane and Ranma grinned at that. “We get paid?”
Ukyo nodded. “And some okonomiyaki for dinner.”
The mention of food was enough to make sure Ranma thought well of the idea.
The school was abuzz with the fact that Kuno was in surgery to get the multiple breaks properly set in order to allow the kendoist the use of his arm. Ranma had really done a number on the Blue Thunder and the fact that there had been so much damage caused worried some people. After lunch, the Principal came on the speakers with his terrible fake Hawaiian accent, “Aloha! Da Big Kahuna needs to see Ranma Saotome. If da kekki does not show, haircuts for everyone! Dat is all. Aloha!”
Everyone in the class turned and looked at Ranma, who did not look happy over the pronouncement. The Principal was an idiot and she was a bit worried about what was going to happen. Whenever she had to interact with the palm tree wearing pineapple head trouble happened. Whatever it was now, she was going to be ready to fight. Akane and Ukyo both leaned over at the same time and whispered, “Do you want me to come with you?”
Ranma bit her bottom lip in thought. Did she want anyone else to get caught in that crossfire? “Better not. I don’t want you to get in trouble.”
Akane nodded, not looking pleased. Ukyo shared the sentiment. They hated the idea of Ranma going near that fool without backup.
With that settled, at least to her, the redhead stood, bowed politely to the teacher, and left the room. She took her time, using the soul of ice technique to keep herself calm as she moved through the halls towards what could be her doom. She would find out soon enough what the Hawaiian obsessed fool had in store for her and that didn’t make her feel any better.
She reached the bottom floor, headed into the school offices and stopped before the Principal’s door. Ranma was pretty sure that the palm tree wearing nimrod had something terrible planned, something that might even involve cutting her hair to match the morons ideas of women’s hair fashion. Bowl cuts just looked terrible and she was against the whole buzz cut for boys as well. She absently stroked her hair, almost as a form of confirmation that it was all there.
She reached out her hand and knocked on the door.
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 18 By poetheather The Principal is up to his old tricks and what is Ranma going to do in the face of such insanity? |
She reached out her hand and knocked on the door.
“Come in kekki!” called out Principal Kuno.
Ranma opened the door and walked into the office. It was all done up in tropical tacky and had several palm trees about the place. The smell of coconut oil was heavy in the air and hula music was playing faintly in the background as if setting the mood. There behind a desk that seemed to be made of bamboo and palm fronds sat the Principal, the small palm tree on his head adding slightly to his height, bobbling slightly with each move of his head. “Yes Principal Kuno? You asked to see me.”
The plan was to continue the use of the plan, by having Ranma try to be polite and respectful to the psycho, regardless of how difficult that would be. Hopefully the abnormality of it all would throw pineapple head enough that this whole situation would diffuse itself. Hopefully.
“My daughter and son be both injured cause of you kekki, I tink you should be suspended fo’ tree days, unless you let me cut your hair.” The grin was filled with the usual level of Kuno madness and some of Ranma’s hopes were dashed.
Ranma blinked at him. He was serious? Why would anyone agree to something so ridiculous? “Uhm… no. I’m sorry Principal Kuno but you can’t cut my hair.”
“Than you be suspended kekki!” The grin of victory grated on Ranma’s nerves and she had to suppress her instinctual need to start pummeling the fool. It would make her feel better but would it actually deal with the issue?
Ranma stood there thinking quickly trying to come up with some better response to this problem. What should she do? Maybe she should just go along with the suspension and let her mother know about it? Normally she would have fought against the Principal, but what if she simply accepted things and left? It would be very different from the way she usually responded to these sorts of things.
“Of course, if you can get dis note from me before the end o’ the day, you will not be suspended fo’ tree days.” The man cackled and dropped down a hole in the floor, probably to his underground jungle.
Ranma stood there, shaking her head in disgust. Even though most of who she was wanted to chase after the fool in order to beat him into submission, leaving was sounding better and better. If she left than she would at least avoid the usual Principal insanity for a few days and it would certainly confuse Pineapple Head. Maybe that would be the best choice? The fact that her father would call avoiding this running from a challenge made up her mind for her.
She pushed the desk down the hole, turned and left the room, telling the Secretary, “I need to get my stuff and head home as I have been placed on suspension. Can I get a pass?”
The woman nodded and prepared the note and the letter to the girl’s parent’s about the three-day suspension the girl was facing. She had expected the redhead to go after the Principal, as that was what Ranma normally did all the time. That Ranma was still here was a bit confusing and the fact that he was a girl wasn’t helping matters.
Ranma took the notes the secretary handed her and headed back to class, humming happily to herself. In a lot of ways, things were looking up. She bowed as she came in to the class and showed the note to the teacher. The teacher looked at the girl, a bit confused and said, “Gather up your things.”
Ranma bowed, headed back to her desk, got her bag, and put her books in there. “Akane, could you make sure that you get all of my homework assignments for me.”
Akane nodded. She could easily take care of that. “What did he want?”
“I’ll tell you when you guys get home. I want to get out of here before Pineapple Head realizes that I am not chasing him.” Ranma smiled and left the classroom, almost skipping from the building.
She enjoyed the walk home, thinking about all of the stuff that had happened recently. So far this plan of hers was working, mostly. Her life had calmed down, Ukyo was her sister, Nabiki was not instigating stuff, and she had gotten better at staying out of the chaos that seemed to follow her as a matter of course. Walking away from the Principal and that challenge had not been easy. She had wanted to get that letter, so she wouldn’t look bad at home and she could stay out of trouble, but this way she avoided all the insanity of running through a fake jungle, having pineapple bombs thrown at her and who knew what else. Anytime she had gone after the Principal it had been almost more trouble than it was worse. The Kuno family was just a few straightjackets shy of a nut house.
Ranma then came to a realization and froze in place, standing in the middle of the road. Since this whole crazy mess had started, this was one of the few times she had ever been alone. There was no one else around her and she was checking, half expecting the old ghoul or Sasuke, the Kuno’s ninja to pop out. Ranma chuckled and spun in a lazy circle, her slight smile turning into a full blown grin.
Why couldn’t her life be relaxed? Her whole life had been nothing but excitement piled on excitement and she was done with that level of insanity. She had killed a fricking God! Well, granted he had only been dead for a little bit as Saffron had just been reborn from another egg, but still she had killed an Immortal being. Her fights had been getting more and more desperate ever since Jusenkyo and she hated that. Her friends and fiancé always seemed to end up in danger and all she could do was fight to save them. She didn’t need that. They didn’t need that.
The Tendo dojo was coming into sight and she sighed, happily. She had a home and a family and life was good. She really was content. Now if she could only keep it that way, things would be perfect. She knew it couldn’t possibly stay that way for long but it was a pleasant thought. Maybe she just might get lucky this time.
She opened the door, came inside, and called out, “Tadaima!”
“Okaeri!” called out both her mother and Kasumi, each from different places in the house. Ranma cocked her head, trying to place her mother, as Kasumi was where she normally was. She shook her head and tried not to worry about it. Ranma took off her shoes and slid on her house slippers. She then headed inside with her letter, somewhat amused by the way things had fallen out that morning. Hopefully her mother would see it that way as well.
Kasumi came out of the kitchen and spotted Ranma heading deeper into the house. “Why are you home early Ranma?”
“I got suspended for hurting both Kodachi and Kuno. Pineapple Head almost made me chase him for a letter excusing me but I just ignored him.” explained Ranma. “It’s a bit unfair but what can you do.”
“Oh my. Well, put your stuff upstairs and I will get you some tea. Your mother is going out to the dojo to practice right now.” Ranma nodded and headed to the room she shared with Akane and changed into much more comfortable clothes, namely the China overalls that she had gotten from Akane. She adjusted her ponytail and smiled at her reflection. It was odd realizing that she was cute. Of course she was still a guy, but that didn’t change the fact that she was cute.
With a toss of her hair, Ranma left the room and leapt over the railing, dropping to the middle of the stairs. Once she made it the rest of the way downstairs, she spotted where Kasumi had left her some tea on the table and Ranma picked it up, heading outside, sipping the warm beverage.
She had never seen her mother practice and it intrigued her. Her mother was really comfortable with the sword and despite her apparent clumsiness the sword never touched the ground regardless of what happened. It was clearly an extension of who she was. Her mother even tripped from her center, as if it were an act of some sort rather than being truly clumsy. While it was true that her father disdained all weapons, but there was no denying that the sword was intriguing her. The Saotome Honor blade was beautiful and it was quite telling to her that only her mother carried it or used it. Naturally, her father only had a vague idea of what true honor was. This was something Ranma wanted to get to know better and she looked forward to having an opportunity to do so.
When she got to the dojo building, her mother was sitting in seiza, with the sword through her obi. She was sitting there calmly, serenely; palms resting on her thighs, looking like a statue. Ranma could tell that her mother had noted her presence, as the woman’s battle awareness was tangible. This was certainly a side of her mother that she had never seen before.
Suddenly, her mother exploded out of that seated position into action, the blade flickering through the air in a speed that was near that of the chestnut fist, first in a cross body cut and then into a series of diagonal cuts and occasional thrusts. Sure, the sheer number of hits were not the same as she could achieve, but the lethality of them more than made up for that. It was stunning and the kata held an intensity she herself had only felt in combat.
The flurry of action slowed. Nodoka swung the blade in an arc and then snapped it down, as if slinging blood from the steel. Then she gracefully sheathed the katana and bowed, the pressure Ranma had felt winking out in an instant. The woman took a few breaths and then turned to face her daughter. The redhead’s eyes and mouth were wide in surprise from what she had seen. “Wow!”
Ranma’s mother smiled at her, clearly pleased that her daughter had witnessed her Art. “Did you like that?”
Ranma just nodded, still too busy soaking in what she had just seen. Words could not describe what she had just witnessed. She was used to martial arts and after having met Kuno had believed she had known about the uses of a katana. She had been very wrong.
“I’m glad. Now, why are you home early young lady?” Her mother grew stern.
Ranma gave a quick recap of the morning’s events, handing over the letter, still a bit amazed by her mother. While her mother was scanning the contents of the letter, Ranma asked nervously, “Mother, can you teach me?”
Nodoka looked up from the letter, most of what it had said forgotten in that instant and stared surprised at her daughter. “Really Ranma? You would like to learn this?”
“Absolutely. That was amazing Mother. Please teach me.”
The smile Ranma got in response dazzled the girl, her mother looking years younger. “It would be my honor Ranma. Your father always disparaged my skills with the blade, saying that a true martial artist needed no such crutch like a weapon.”
“Pops is a baka, through and through. I really want to learn this. Please?” Ranma put on her cutest face, her lots of free ice cream face. She was quite serious about this and had thus pulled out all of the stops. This was something she wanted to learn and would do anything she could to make that happen.
Nodoka looked into her daughter’s face and thought about her child’s male form trying to make the same look work. That got her giggling which made her daughter look crushed, as if she had been denied this. That only made her giggling turn into full blown laughter. She laid a hand on Ranma’s slender shoulder and said, “Of course I will teach you Ranma. This is after all part of your legacy.”
Ranma grinned happily at that and jumped up and down in excitement. It was a girl thing she was starting to make sense out of. “Does this mean I get a sword as well?”
“At first a practice blade, but then we’ll see. You do know that the Saotome Honor blade will be yours, don’t you?” asked Nodoka, wanting to make sure her child understood what was going on with the blade she always carried with her.
Nodoka gathered the answer to her question from the surprised look on Ranma’s face. “Really?”
“Yes. Honestly, it’s like your father had completely forgotten about what his responsibilities were in raising you.” The annoyance was clear in her voice.
Ranma started a little, taken aback by that, “Pops knew about this?”
“Of course he knew. He was the Heir to the Saotome Anything Goes School, I was the head of my family’s school of Iaido and other weapons, and the plan had been to teach you both styles, to give you both weapon and non-weapon training, in order to make a truly complete school. Of course he screwed even that up.” Nodoka hugged her daughter. “Come on, we need to help Kasumi some, and after lunch we will start you with the sword. Sound like a plan?”
Ranma nodded eagerly, grinning in anticipation.
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 19 By poetheather Ranma's mother teaches her daughter something new. Ukyo is propositioned by two girls and more of the usual Nerima insanity descends upon the girls. What exactly is this about fish? |
A/N: Sorry for the delay. Real Life has been rearing its ugly head as of late and another project has consumed my time. But here it is, so enjoy.
A/N 2: If you can figure out how to translate something in this chapter, you may get an extra laugh or two.
Ranma was using a bokken to practice some of the cuts she had been taught, working through the eight-fold cut practice form. Her mother first taught her how to cut, almost as if you were swinging a hammer and then drawing back, in order to prepare her for how to do the draw and cut the was traditional for iaido. As always the basics we the most boring parts of the whole thing, as apparently she wasn’t cutting yet, but merely bashing. That and trying to make sure her cutting did not get stopped by her breasts.
Ranma was grumbling to herself about the fact that Akane would have been better at this whole thing because she was not as endowed as Ranma was. Ranma had large breasts and she was already having fun compensating for them in unarmed combat as they seriously restricted her ability to do several cross body moves. Now she had to do that for armed combat as well and it was yet another annoyance. Having breasts could be a real pain she decided.
She ran through the pattern over and over and over until her mother told her that her cuts looked fine and were much cleaner. Nodoka looked over at her daughter and smiled, “Now you need to find a way to make this training a part of your normal fighting technique.”
“How should I do that?” asked Ranma, trying to figure out how to tie the two arts together. They seemed so very different to her and unlike her mother she didn’t carry around a sword all the time.
“Well, I am not sure. The Anything Goes moves you use should be able to work with the sword if you change some punches and kicks for sword strikes. It is something that you will have to play with. I can teach you some of the formal Katas so you can get an idea of how it works formally and then you can tinker with it as you want. That way you can create a style that works for you.”
“Thanks mom. I will try that.” Ranma nodded, trying to figure out the best way to do this. Maybe fighting Kuno with a sword would help? Or Mousse, he used swords and stuff.
Then they heard a pair of familiar voices call out, “Taidama!”
Ranma grinned and bowed to her mother, the altar and then off the mat before rushing towards the living room happily. She was sure that they wanted to hear what happened at school and she wanted to tell them about her mom teaching her sword. Then maybe some ice cream? That would be a good idea. She and the other two almost collided when they rounded the same corner at the same time. The three of them all pulled up short and eeped in surprise.
Then the three girls giggled at each other, seeing just how funny this was, as three skilled martial artists almost had a pileup. The giggling turned into laughter as the three girls dropped to the ground. Every time one of them looked at the others the laughter redoubled. Nodoka looked over fondly at her two daughters and Akane. Girls will be girls, she thought.
Akane slowed back from laughter to giggling first and managed to ask between giggles, “So what happened with Pineapple Head?”
Ranma grinned. That had been amusing. “Well, I have been suspended for a few days for hurting both Kuno and Kodachi. There was a way out of that though. He wanted me to chase him into his stupid little trap filled jungle to get a letter absolving me of any wrongdoing. I didn’t. I just came home.”
Akane blinked in surprise. Ranma showing that kind of restraint, what was the world coming to? “Wait, you actually were able to not go after him when he taunted you that way? Now I am impressed.”
Ranma looked affronted.
“I agree sugar, you have a hard time backing down from casual challenges not to mention obvious things like this.” Ukyo chuckled a little. “So that is actually kind of impressive.”
“I’m not that bad… am I?” asked Ranma, worried that she might be that easy to manipulate. Had people really been using that to make him do things?
The two girls nodded emphatically, stating, “Yes, you are.”
Ranma frowned. Yet another thing he really didn’t need. “I… I need to get better at that, I guess. I’ve been getting better but it isn’t easy. Damn Pops, making me so easy to manipulate.”
“Relax sugar, you managed to stay out of trouble this time and as long as you think things through you should manage to continue to stay out of trouble other times as well.” Ukyo laid a hand comfortingly on Ranma’s shoulder. “I think the chaos is starting to calm down and that will help as well.”
Ranma looked up at her hopefully. “You really think so?”
She nodded and smiled at her new sister. “Yeah, I do.”
Akane nodded in agreement. “Think about it Ranma. Things have been getting quieter and that is all to the good. We haven’t really had anything crazy happen from the usual suspects and nothing completely whacked has occurred. Your dumb plan is working. Kamisama alone knows how though.”
“So what should we do today?” asked Ranma, smiling at them. She felt bouncy and happy and wanted to go do something to sort of celebrate.
Ukyo frowned a little, as she did have responsibilities. “I need to get to the restaurant and get ready for tonight.”
Ranma’s eyes lit up as if she had just had a brilliant idea. “Uhm, sis?”
Ukyo rolled her eyes and looked at the redhead. Being called that was going to take some getting used to. “What?”
“Akane and I can both come help out if you want.”
Both Ukyo and Akane looked surprised by this. Ranma? Offering to work? Ukyo blinked a few times, smiled and asked, “Really? That would be great. The work is almost too much for Konatsu to do alone and so more help would be a good thing.”
Akane agreed happily, glad things were getting better with the chef who was now no longer a rival. Then a look came into her eyes that was a little too Nabiki for the other two to feel safe, making them both take a step back nervously. Akane’s smile looked very similar to that of the middle Tendo sister. “You know Ukyo, we could both use after school jobs.”
Ranma looked excited at this, as it could get her some money to buy more ice cream with and maybe other things as well, like burgers, sushi, curry bread and the like. “That’s a great idea Akane. What do you say Ukyo? Can we work for you?”
The okonomiyaki chef narrowed her eyes in thought. That would be a big help for her restaurant, as Ranma was a big help as a waitress and as long as Akane wasn’t cooking she would be helpful as well, but they would almost certainly require more money than Konatsu did, which might not be fair to the really devoted male kunoichi. Maybe some of it could be offset in food? However, she generally fed Ranma for free and it might be a bad thing for her to change that now, as she didn’t want to create a wedge with her new sister. “Let me think about it some. It might be a big help or it might not. I’m not sure. Tell you what, come help today and I’ll let you know what I decide tomorrow. I want to look at my books first to make sure I can afford to be paying you two and to give Konatsu a well deserved raise.”
Nodoka came up behind the girls and said, “That sounds fair daughter. And Ranma, I think you and Akane helping your sister succeed is a good thing. You girls run off. Do you want me to have Kasumi hold any dinner for you girls?”
Akane and Ranma shared a look. Even though they were sure that they were going to get something to eat at Ucchan’s there was no doubt whose cooking really made their mouths water. “Yes please.”
* * * * *
Ukyo headed off for the restaurant running all the things that might change at the restaurant with another waitress or two, while Ranma and Akane rushed upstairs to change into something more appropriate. Once they were out of their workout clothes and school clothes respectively, the two girls rushed downstairs to make sure that there wasn’t anything they needed to do around the house before they headed over to Ukyo’s place. Kasumi assured them that everything was fine and that there wasn’t anything they needed to worry about.
As they were walking towards the okonomiyaki restaurant, Akane smiled at her fiancé and said, “I really am proud of you Ranma, for how you dealt with the Principal. I know it couldn’t have been easy to not chase him.”
Ranma blushed a little at the praise and looked down at her feet, hands clasped in front of her. “Thanks Akane.”
“It is hard to believe everything that has happened since you started this. As of right now you have a new sister, we might have jobs, you may have taken care of Kuno and Kodachi, no Ryoga issues, your dad has escaped and all seems right with the world. And to think that I thought that your plan was stupid.” Akane skipped a little, happy with the way that things were turning out. Once Shampoo was finally dealt with, Ranma would be all hers. Her baka had managed to do something right.
There was the sound of a horse galloping their way and Ranma groaned as she leapt out of the way. Surely, the usual was not going to happen… right?
Akane was taken a bit flatfooted on this one and she didn’t get completely out of the way. This enabled the rider to reach down and scoop her up onto the horse, riding off with her still at a gallop.
Ranma watched for a moment stunned. This was seriously happening to them again? Kamisama must surely hate her. She shook her head and then growled out, “You have got to be shitting me.”
She quickly bounded onto the near by rooftops and gave chase. The horse was very fast and the rider was extremely skilled in order to be moving at such speeds through the streets of Nerima. From what Ranma was able to see, Akane looked like she was not in a good position to struggle free, as she was awkwardly draped over the horse. It couldn’t be a comfortable position to be in.
Cursing her luck, Ranma tried to run faster, but the horse was slowly gaining speed and drawing away from her. Ranma just struggled to keep up with the horse enough to see where it was going and her vantage point from the rooftops really helped that. After a fairly short chase, being that it had only been ten minutes, it galloped into a fairly large compound through a set of large double doors, with a high wall surrounding it.
Ranma could clearly hear various voices rising up in a cheer from beyond the walls, “The Master found a Bride!! The Master found a Bride!!”
Ranma groaned and pounded her head against the wall a little bit when she heard that. Why did it always have to be another one of these crazy guys? They always showed up at the wrong times and always made trouble for them, never for any really decent reason. Now she had to rescue Akane, yet again, as she was not going to let the woman she loved be married to anyone else but her. There was no way in hell she would just let this slide.
Getting in to the place was easy, as the walls were nowhere near high enough to keep Ranma out, being a paltry ten feet tall. She hopped to the top and then dropped down into the perfectly manicured and maintained garden, watching warily for anyone who might catch her. Even if someone did catch her, they would certainly not be in any shape to report her presence after she would be through with them.
The garden was pretty but it somehow felt sterile and not very full of life to her. None of the plants were plastic but some of them did look that way, to which Ranma made a face. She crept up towards the traditional style house, avoiding the various gardeners and workers, using cover as best she could and when she was not able to move closer unseen, Ranma sighed and decided to use the Umisenken. Her baka father’s thief technique would be sadly perfect for this.
With the techniques help, Ranma walked into the house through an open door in the garden area and listened closely for any sound that might help her find her fiancé. She could hear some sounds of a struggle deeper in and she raced that way, hoping it was Akane. She was getting closer and closer to the center of the building, the sound getting louder and Ranma was a bit worried if she would have to fight her way out. The place was fairly confined, all things considered and not suited for the Saotome style of Anything Goes. There was no room for her to fight in the way she was used to. She could hear voices ahead becoming more distinct and stood next to a sliding panel, listening.
“…and that is why you, my short haired maiden, have been chosen to be my, Lord Ikaketsunoana, heir to the Anything Goes School of Indiscriminate Fish Slapping, bride. Your formidable strength will give me strong children that can be raised to carry on the noble art of Fish Slapping.”
Ranma grew madder and madder the more she overheard. What the hell was it with people kidnapping Akane and wanting to marry her? Akane was her fiancé and she was not going to share the woman she loved with some damn fish slapping moron with delusions of grandeur. With a low-throated growl, Ranma released the Umisenken and flung open the door, knocking it off the hinges with the force. Her battle aura blazed around her brightly, making her hair move under it’s power. Lights flickered around her as her eyes scanned the room and noticed that some sort of squid or octopus was holding Akane tightly. She then spotted Lord Fish Slapper.
At first glance, he looked like some sort of ugly blend of fish and man wearing traditional Japanese clothes made from some sort of horribly patterned fabric. The sight was only worse on the second glance. The man’s eyes were set farther out on his head, filled with a familiar madness and his lips looked weird, sort of thin. His skin was fish belly white and glistened wetly, his kelp green hair slicked back. Ranma shuddered inside. He looked truly repugnant and she didn’t want to have to touch him. There was no way she was going to leave her love with someone who looked worse than Pantyhose Taro. “Let Akane go!”
“Ranma!” cried out Akane in surprise, not expecting Ranma to come here to get her alone.
Lord Ikaketsunoana looked disdainfully at the red headed girl who stood frames in the ruined doorway. He raised one wild eyebrow and curled his flat lips, “Oh? I take it from your statement that you wish to have the privilege to be my, Lord Ikaketsunoana, heir to the Anything Goes School of Indiscriminate Fish Slapping, bride instead? Well, you are indeed comely, strongly built and have good birthing hips like this one. I find that you might be a suitable mate for me as well.”
“Listen up fish face; let Akane go before I destroy you and everything else here! She is my fiancé!!” Ranma was not joking about this even remotely. She fully intended to bring this whole house down on this idiot’s head if she had to. There was no shame in admitting that she would probably enjoy doing that as well. This guy was just pissing her off.
“Very well my fiery one. If you manage to defeat me, Lord Ikaketsunoana, heir to the Anything Goes School of Indiscriminate Fish Slapping, I will release the dark haired girl and let her go. Then you may have the honor of being my bride instead.” With that, he reached into his hakima and pulled free two salmon that hung limply in his hands. “Come at me, fair maiden, if you dare.”
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 20 By poetheather Ranma is prepared to fight for Akane but will she be able to deal with the heir to the Anything Goes School of Indiscriminate Fish Slapping? Life as only Nerima can make it ensues. |
Lord Ikaketsunoana stood there with two salmon that hung limply in his hands and he smirked, sure of his martial superiority. “Come at me, fair maiden, if you dare.”
Ranma looked at the two salmon disdainfully. Fish? Seriously? She was going to show this bastard what a real martial artist could do against some deluded twit. “Fine. Your funeral pal.”
Ranma sped in, trying to move faster than fish boy though unfortunately it seemed as if Lord Ikaketsunoana had been expecting that attack and he had his counter attacks already in motion. One of the fish slammed into her abdomen as she blocked the other. She oofed from the quite solid impact of the fish and was a touch impressed. Ranma took two more hits before she leapt back to better appraise the situation.
She dodged several thrown sardines and her mind raced in order to figure out a way to beat this guy, whose fish skills were pretty over the top. She rushed in and dodged around the swinging salmon. She blocked one strike with a kick and then used a sweep. Lord Ikaketsunoana was not able to jump over it in time and he slammed into the floor, dropping his two fish. He rolled away just in time as Ranma dropped an elbow into where his head would have been, tearing a hole in the tatami.
More sardines came her way, and she evaded most of them, since she had a lot of practice evading Ukyo’s spatulas. He rushed over to one wall, plucked a large fish off a wall mount, and threw the swordfish at the redhead. Ranma evaded that fairly easily but the attack had given Lord Ikaketsunoana time enough to retrieve another weapon. He held a tuna in his hands, like one would a sword, his eyes gleaming with a madness that was creepy in its familiarity. His grin stretched a little too far to be human and that kind of scared Ranma. “Yes… yes… you, my feisty maiden, will bear me strong children who we will raise up to help spread the glory of the Anything Goes School of Indiscriminate Martial Arts Fish Slapping!! Come my redheaded beauty, let us embrace our destiny.”
They closed again and Ranma was looking for an opening, as she ducked and dodged the swings of the much larger fish. Unlike Kuno, this fool had a better sense of defense and left fewer openings for her to exploit. She needed to figure out a way to deal with him without weapons. Akane, meanwhile, struggled some more against the cephalopod but it was strong and her arms were in an uncomfortable position, given that it held her hogtied, or rather in this case octopustied. All she could do was watch the battle going on before her and fume angrily. “Get him Ranma! Beat that damn Fish face into sushi!”
Ranma smirked cockily at the bound girl and moved swiftly in, launching into Chestnut Fist speed in order to beat the Tuna into meaty bits that flew through the air and scattering all over the floor, rendering Lord Ikaketsunoana weaponless. The fish boy leapt backwards to get some space and was now on the defensive. Ranma kicked him a few times and then threw him into a wall. Lord Ikaketsunoana smiled at the fortuitousness of his placement, pulled free something, and began to spin it, like one would a chain weapon. It looked eerily familiar to the redhead.
He lashed it out and trapped one of Ranma’s arms, as that weapon spun around both arm and torso. Ranma froze when she realized what it was that she was being attacked with, Fish sausage. Her pause allowed Lord Ikaketsunoana to wrap her even more tightly with more of the sausage, making her immobile. A slight smile crossed the pale fishy face as he was mentally congratulating himself, and he chuckled, “Now Ranma, time to face my final attack, the ultimate move in the Anything Goes School of Indiscriminate Fish Slapping…”
“Ranma!” screamed Akane, worried about the look on her fiancé’s face. This was not good. The girl looked scared and was trembling as she gazed fearfully at the sausages. Things were not looking very good for them.
“…the Neko Horde!!!” With that, Lord Ikaketsunoana slid back a section of wall and what looked like a tsunami of forty or fifty cats or more rushed out towards Ranma, who was covered in fish sausage, tuna bits, and salmon juice.
Ranma shook violently, her blue eyes wide as the cats pounced her. She screamed in pure abject horror as her nightmares of the Nekoken training were brought to life. Several of the animals clawed at her, trying to get at the tasty fish that coated the girl, nipping flesh in several places. Ranma’s trembling stopped and things seemed to pause. Then, in the quiet, she yowled. Suddenly the cats looked wide-eyed at the bound fish covered human and then turned tail and ran for their furry lives. Ranma stood there slightly hunched over, with a strange aura emanating from her and she yowled again, shaking herself free of the sausage as it burst asunder.
Lord Ikaketsunoana quirked a kelp green brushy eyebrow at the scene before him. This development was certainly unexpected. He turned to her and held his two salmon threateningly, spinning them slowly, to ensure he would have proper momentum when he struck back. Then he saw her eyes, and a cold non-human intelligence glared at him from the girl’s face. He gulped and inched away as something primal was telling Lord Ikaketsunoana that this was not a time for fighting but rather it was a time for flight.
Ranma hissed and leapt for her opponent. The chi claws of hers glittered brightly as she shredded the salmon with one swipe of her hands. The girl who thought she was a cat narrowed her eyes angrily at him and tried to bristle the fur she didn’t have. Lord Ikaketsunoana gulped heavily and rolled out of the way of the follow up attack. It didn’t help as with a simple swish of a hand from several inches away his clothes were shredded and fell from his body like confetti. His fish belly white skin jiggled slightly as he shook in fear. As Ranma raised a hand, to swipe again in order to remove this threat to himself and his mate, Akane yelled sharply to distract her, “Ranma!”
The redhead turned and saw her mate lying on the floor, tied up. In one jump, she was beside the dark haired girl. Ranma removed the octopus binding her with a swipe of her claws. Once her mate was free, Ranma rubbed against her, purring loudly. Akane skritched Ranma behind an ear, and turned to look at the trembling man collapsed on the floor. “Look Lord Ikaketsunoana, if you try to mess with either of us again I won’t stop her next time. She will shred you as easily as she did the fish. Do you understand?”
The man gibbered in fear as he nodded. This had not gone the way he had planned it at all. The part about losing bladder control wasn’t helpful either.
Akane stood, holding Ranma in her arms, as the redhead was still in the throws of the Cat Fist purring. She walked out of the stupid Fish Slapper’s compound, smiling softly as her fiancé nuzzled against her. They had to go home and change, as Ranma reeked of fish, thanks to that fight and hopefully the bath would pull the girl out of the Cat Fist. It was at least the hope.
* * * * *
“… and that’s how Ranma beat Lord Ikaketsunoana. Sorry we were late Ukyo. We both really needed to bathe after that adventure.” explained Akane.
Ukyo rolled her eyes, just amazed by that story. Only Ranma could manage to get trapped into something that insane. It seemed like his normal luck to her. “That’s fine. Okay, so, here’s what were going to do for tonight. Akane, could you work in the back, cleaning plates and such? I have a machine that does most of the work, so it shouldn’t be too bad and that way there won’t be the usual pause for clean plates towards the end of the evening. Ranma, you will wait tables with Konatsu. He will get you dressed. You’ve done this before so that will help. Any questions?”
The two girls shook their heads, comfortable with the tasks assigned. They smiled at each other, squeezed their hands together, and parted to get things started. Akane put of an apron and rubber gloves to protect her clothes from the plates and the water. As she looked around the kitchen she thought, ‘This shouldn’t be too bad.’
The industrial dish washer seemed really easy to use once Ukyo explained it. All she had to do was load a tray, slide it in, close the doors, and push a button. The machine would quickly clean and sanitize the dishes so she could stack them to go out to Ukyo at the grill. ‘This might not be a bad job after all.’ thought Akane as she surveyed things.
Ranma came downstairs, dressed in a similar fashion to Konatsu and with her hair up and out of the way. Given the way he had smiled at her when he had finished putting her hair up and doing her makeup, Ranma was still stunned that Konatsu was really a guy. The ninja was the most feminine person she knew next to Kasumi. It was a bit wild to think that those women had raised the boy to be a girl for some strange reason. At least Konatsu was comfortable with himself and how he looked in a kimono. The two of them headed out to the front just in time for the first wave of customers to come in from the doors.
The work was not really too difficult a task for either Akane or Ranma but it did occupy all their time and thus the night flew by in a haze of work. Soon they were all seated at a table, the restaurant closed, with okonomiyaki in front of them and some tea. Ukyo seemed pleased by the way the evening had gone. She smiled happily and remarked, “I think we may have sold more okonomiyaki than ever before. Thanks to you guys. I don’t think we could have done it without your help.”
Akane smiled at her, pleased with the implied praise and asked excitedly, “So, does that mean we have the job?”
“Let me look at the books, but if I can afford it you are hired. More nights like this one would certainly help with that. And Konatsu?” Ukyo faced her friend and waitress.
“Yes Miss Ukyo?” He replied, looking at her with frank adoration.
The chef smirked slightly when she said, “You are getting a raise.”
The look of complete surprise on Konatsu’s face was priceless. They all chuckled over the look which was one of complete and utter gratitude with a fair helping of devotion that had replaced the adoration. He even started to cry happily, “Oh Thank You Miss Ukyo!”
Konatsu moved quickly and hugged the chef, not even thinking about the action, just simply giving in to his instinct. Ukyo blushed brightly and Akane and Ranma tried not to snicker as Konatsu sniffled a little. They got up and bowed politely to the chef. Ranma’s grin was full of implications when she said, “We will see you tomorrow Uchan.”
Ukyo only blushed brighter at that and then hugged she nervously Konatsu back. It felt good and she certainly felt desired. She could get used to this really quickly.
Akane and Ranma walked back home through the mostly empty streets of Nerima mostly in silence, listening to the faint sounds of traffic or a dog barking at something. They were walking quite close to each other and their hands came together, brushing each other lightly at first, with fingers gently intertwining. Their hands were warm and they shared a soft smile with each other. They continued to walk hand in hand back towards the Tendo dojo, wishing they could do this all the time.
When they passed the park, Akane tugged on Ranma’s hand, dragging the short redhead into the darkness. They moved behind a group of trees and once shaded from view, Akane put her arms around the shorter girl, brushing a thumb across Ranma’s cheek and bent down to kiss her.
Their kissed deepened, with their tongues sparring for dominance and they pulled each other closer still, as if trying to become one by sheer force. Akane tangled her fingers in Ranma’s bright red hair, tightening her grip occasionally and pulling an extra moan from the girl. They broke apart briefly, enough time for them to catch their breath and for Akane to whisper, “I love you.”
They began kissing again and Akane ran one hand down Ranma’s back to cup her ass, gripping it slightly. This elicited another moan, which pleased the tomboy to no end. She broke the kiss and kissed her way slowly down Ranma’s neck. She sucked gently on the pulse point by the collarbone. She wanted to mark her love, to clearly claim the girl for her own.
Once she had finished with that, she again took Ranma’s lips. Ranma was growing lightheaded and her heart was beating a mile a minute. When they parted again, the two of them were both panting with the lack of air and Ranma made this disappointed almost mewling sound. Akane stared fondly at the former boy. Ranma looked deeply up into Akane’s eyes and softly, in a voice full of emotion. “I love you.”
“Good.” replied Akane, with a smirk. “Even though I would rather stay here and keep doing what we were doing, we really should get home before Kasumi starts to worry about us.”
Ranma nodded and the two reluctantly detangled themselves. Ranma ran a finger across Akane’s lips, trying to wipe some of the lipstick she was wearing off of her fiancé’s face. As they wandered off back towards the dojo, again hand in hand, they both occasionally smiled at each other shyly. They were so caught up in the rush of their emotions that the two of them never noticed that behind them a small figure detached itself from the darkness, watching them intently.
For all any observer could tell, it was a small, wizened figure of a woman, based only on the long hair, carrying a long wooden staff, taller than she was. Her beady eyes followed the two girls as they headed back to the Tendo Dojo, so focused on each other that they had never noticed the Amazon Matriarch. Elder Cologne had a bit of a frown on her face as she watched them go. She was not pleased. She chuckled to herself, menacingly. “Well Son-in-law, this is an unexpected change of events. Perhaps Shampoo no longer has a chance to win your heart as you finally made up your mind? However, I will find a way to tame this wild horse and bring him into the tribe. For the good of the tribe, I would do anything. Oh, yes… I will certainly break you Ranma, never doubt that and then where the wild horse be?”
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 21 By poetheather Things have calmed down some but Ranma is still worried because the Amazons have not made their move yet. She is worried that Akane and Ukyo might not have the strength to survive what is coming. The only solution? Training Trip. |
Ranma was lying on the roof of the house in her usual spot, just thinking about things. So far it seemed like things were working out for her and her life was getting less insane, but she knew there were a couple of other things to worry abut, namely her idiot father and the Amazons. She was sure both of them were plotting something, she could almost feel the tension in the air around her and she didn’t like it. She wasn’t worried about Shampoo or Mousse but the old ghoul was tricky and had a box full of tricks she could use on her.
With the mind wipe shampoo and all the other crazy love potions that they had used on her, it made her really paranoid about the Chinese group. What could she do to deal with them once and for all? Maybe she could ask Nabiki for help? The Ice Queen of Furinken would certainly have the cunning to fight against Cologne in a battle of wits. But what would it cost her to get that help? Maybe she should talk to Akane and see what she thought.
That made her realize that Akane would become a target in this fight because of how close they had gotten. So would Ukyo. Ranma needed to help them get better so they could survive before things came to a head. She needed to do something as she couldn’t stand the idea of either of them hurt. She had an idea but wasn’t sure if it was a good plan or not. With tremendous ease, she swung down off the roof and made a controlled stop by Akane’s window. She tapped on it to get Akane’s attention, as the girl was busy doing homework. Akane looked up at the noise and spotted Ranma. After a heartwarming smile for the redhead, she opened up the window and asked, “What is it?”
“Can you come to roof with me?” Ranma seemed a touch embarrassed to be asking for help.
Akane managed to get onto the roof with a little bit of a struggle and sat next to the smaller girl who was clutching her knees to her chest. “What is it?”
“Well… I know your fighting is getting better but there is the threat of Shampoo and Cologne, maybe even Mousse are going to come against us. They are strong and dangerous opponents.”
Akane growled, “I’ll kick that purple haired trollop back to China if she tries anything with you.”
Ranma sighed. This wasn’t looking so good. If she was this uptight about the issue what would she do when she got to her plan. “The thing is Akane, that isn’t going to be what happens and you know it. Shampoo will probably hurt you. What you need is some intensive training and I kind of had the idea of going on a training trip to help you with that.”
What Ranma was expecting was not what Ranma got. “Really? A training trip? Oh Ranma, thank you! This means so much to me.”
The kiss was brief but powerful. When Ranma’s brain started working again, she smiled happily, in a bit of a daze. She deftly swung down into the room she and her fiancé shared and took a seat on a bed post, watching what was going on. Akane had pulled out a backpack and was trying to figure out what she was going to be taking. Ranma cleared her throat to get her attention. Now the harder part.
When the girl with the short dark hair turned, Ranma said, “I want to invite Ukyo as well. Maybe even Konatsu. I have a feeling that we will need to be at our best for this.”
Akane frowned slightly, until her mind reminded her that Ukyo was now Ranma’s sister and thus no longer a threat to her future happiness. That allowed her to smile. “I think that should work out fine. When do you want to go?”
“Tomorrow. The sooner we take off and disappear, the safer I think it will be. I really don’t want the Old Ghoul catching us off guard, because she is really good at that. I also don’t want Pops or your Dad knowing about it until we have left, because who knows what they’ll do.”
Akane nodded, conceding her love’s points. It made sense. “Okay. I’ll talk to Kasumi then if you can call Ukyo.”
Ranma nodded, relieved that this had gone so well. “I can do that.”
They left the room together and both headed downstairs, where Kasumi was in the kitchen and to the telephone in the hallway. Akane walked into the kitchen as Ranma picked up the phone and dialed. “Ucchans, how can I help you?”
“Konatsu? Can I speak to Ukyo?” asked Ranma politely.
“Certainly Ranma.” Ranma looked around for her father while she waited. He wasn’t anywhere near.
“Ranchan?” came a familiar voice on the line.
“Ukyo, do you think you can take some time off from working?” asked Ranma quietly.
“Maybe. Why do you ask sugar?”
“Training trip. Your waitress too.” Ranma could tell the coast was clear, as her father and Mr. Tendo were both still at the shoji table, playing yet another game. The old man was in his panda form and thankfully this ears weren’t twitching, as if her were trying to listen to something.
“Why?” And before Ranma had a chance to answer, Ukyo came back with, “Oh… Amazons. Right, so we leave tomorrow?”
“Yes. Thank you Ukyo. Yeah, I figure that we can take the ten thirty train north and move from there.” Ranma’s voice was filled with relief that this plan was not being balked at by the two people who needed it most. If they hadn’t agreed then this whole idea would not have gone well. If this is what it took to ensure their safety than she would do that even if she had to drag them with her.
“Sounds good and don’t worry Ranchan, I got the food. Can’t have Akane poison us while we train, now can we?”
“Thank you.” If anything, the relief was even more evident in her voice, which made Ukyo giggle.
“See you tomorrow Oneechan.”
“Goodnight Ukyo.”
Ranma sighed happily, as she hung up the phone, content that the call had gone well and her plan was coming together. Noting that the old man seemed clueless, she turned to head upstairs and stopped abruptly as she came face to face with Nabiki, who had been standing calmly behind her. The information broker had an eyebrow raised questioningly and that made Ranma begin to sweat. “Planning a little vacation Saotome?”
“Uhm, hey Nabiki… how are you doing?” Ranma tried to keep her nervousness from coming out in her voice but was failing miserably.
“Just fine Ranma, just fine. Now what was this I heard you tell Ukyo about a training trip?” Nabiki’s grin would have looked natural on a shark, all predatory and confident.
“Uhm… yeah… training trip… just a little trip to improve some skills, that’s all. Nothing important enough to trouble yourself over.” Ranma looked over her shoulder hopefully. Where was Akane to come save her? If her Tomboy showed up then maybe this whole thing could be stopped.
“That sounds nice. I assume that there is some reason you were talking quietly and glancing at your dad. I take it you want to keep this information from dear old dad?” The smile grew larger, as if she could smell blood in the water.
Ranma blanched at that. If Nabiki told the meddling fathers what she had in mind, this plan would never work out, as they would be burdened by two busy bodies that had no respect for any of them. One of them if not both would insist on joining them and there went the whole trip. Either Panda Butt would complain loudly about wasting training of girls or Soun would cry over every little pain that Akane needed to learn to deal with. As that thought ran through her mind, Nabiki stepped back from the fretful redhead and said calmly in a voice that expected compliance, “My room Saotome.”
Nabiki sauntered up the stairs with a bounce to her step that she had lost lately and Ranma watched her go, her own blood turning to ice. What the hell was she going to do? What was this going to cost? This particular bit of screwing over was sadly something allowed by their bargain with the Ice Queen and now she regretted them not completely muzzling her. Seeing no other possible option to make this plan of hers succeed, Ranma walked up the stairs as if to his doom.
The door to Nabiki’s room had been left open so she walked right on in. Nabiki told her to close the door and sit with just her eyes. Ranma complied, the fight almost taken out of her as the redhead knew that there was no way out. Once seated, Nabiki smiled at the redhead and said calmly, but with some cheer in her voice, “Okay Saotome, spill. I won’t tell them about your training trip but you need to tell me what the hell you have been doing since this whole pretend girl bit has started. And don’t try that lame excuse of you always being a girl. I won’t buy it as I know it isn’t the truth and I certainly have the facts to back that up. Now, talk.”
Ranma hung her head, feeling near tears due to being trapped into this position. All she could really do was tell her the truth and hope this didn’t end poorly. “Fine… I’ll tell you. After the wedding disaster that you masterminded, I was at my wits end with how to deal with all this madness. I kept thinking of a way out and I thought that if I was a girl and tried not to fight and stuff, that it might help cut down on things, or at least give me a little breathing room t actually think. I talked to Akane about all of this, told her I loved her and we came up with the plan together.”
“Wait a second… you told my little sister that you loved her?” Nabiki’s eyes were dangerous, flashing in the light of the room and Ranma began to sweat.
Ranma nodded quickly, hoping that would calm Nabiki down. “Yeah, I did. I love her Nabiki and in a way this crazy plan has helped to make it happen. I have her, Ukyo is dealt with and that’s where things stand.”
Nabiki groaned. Of all the important pieces of information to miss out on or misinterpret, it would have to be the crux of the issue. “So the rest of this I know. Honestly Saotome, if you had just told her that earlier that you had cared about her, I wouldn’t have put you through such hell. I didn’t want Akane to have her heart broken by some idiot who couldn’t make up his mind and decide who he cared about. All you did was play around with Shampoo and Ukyo and a few others but did nothing but give my sister crap, day in and day out! And now you tell me you told her that you love her. Honestly Saotome, you have got to be the stupidest man alive. And no, don’t count panda head as a man, not even I would go that far.”
Ranma tried to defend herself but all that came out of her mouth was meaningless sounds. What the hell was Nabiki going on about? Was this a good thing or a bad thing? She was at a complete loss for how to deal with this.
“All that work to make you leave, all because I thought you had no balls and had no interest in my little sister. Kamisama, what a fool. All this time I have tried to get rid of you and your father because you were freeloading jackasses and I thought for sure that you and Akane were never going to work out. What a jackass you are.”
Ranma’s brain had all but short-circuited through this rant. Nabiki was stayed with the revelation that she loved Akane? Had it really been all that easy to get the scariest person in Nerima on her side? Did this mean that she didn’t have to worry about Nabiki anymore? What the hell was going on?
“So how did you manage to lock the curse to keep the hot water from getting you? Not the soap, as that could wash off at a bad time and ruin your whole plan. The Locking Laddle?” mused Nabiki, watching Ranma closely.
Ranma nodded, wide eyed. How had the girl figured that out?
“I take it you got some from Herb before he left? That also probably means you have Kettle water as well, for when you wanted to end this. Clever Ranma, really clever and with the forethought. It is the kind of thing I would have thought of. Nicely done.”
Ranma blinked a few times but her brain was still not rebooting. She had never even considered the possibility of something even remotely like this occurring.
“You dealt with the Kunos for the most part, Ukyo’s your sister now so the only real threat left is the Amazons, hence the training trip. I am glad you are finally taking my sister’s love of the Art seriously Saotome. So are you going to marry her?”
The nodding just carried across just how dumbfounded she was at this point. Nothing was making any sense in the world anymore.
“You had better or I swear I will leave you broken, homeless, and penniless.” Her eyes glowed evilly with the threat, but then she sat back, took a sip of tea and visibly calmed, “Now what do you need from me?”
* * * * *
Ranma still looked a bit shell shocked as the group of them boarded the train. Akane had been surprised that morning when Nabiki had come up, hugged her, and given her the envelope filled with money, enough that it would cover all of their travel expenses and then some. This was going to make parts of this trip easier. They pulled out of the station safely, with no sign of the Amazons any where about. When Konatsu joined them, after they had left the borders of the Tokyo area, they all relaxed. He wouldn’t have returned if there had been anyone watching.
“So where are we going?” asked Ukyo curiously.
“Well, there is a nice training area up in the mountains that my Pop took us too a long while ago, maybe when I was eight or so. It has hot springs, a waterfall, trees, boulders, the works. It is perfect for the kind of training I had in mind and the hot springs will let us relax afterward.” stated Ranma, growing more animated as they were safely away. Maybe this plan of hers would work out?
“What kind of training is that?” asked the chef, wondering just what they were going to be doing over the next week or so. She was excited by this opportunity.
“Several different things actually. The point is for everyone to be better than Mousse and Shampoo by the end of this, so that we can focus on our real threat, Cologne.” explained Ranma.
“Surely you can beat her since you defeated Saffron?” asked Akane softly.
Ranma had a pained expression on her face as she remembered that fight. “I don’t know. Saffron had a lot of raw power but not a lot of training. He fought just to squish you and he had the power to do that. The old ghoul has been around forever, knows moves I have never even dreamed of, and so I have no sure idea if I could take her or not. I mostly want us to all make it out of this alive.”
Konatsu looked up surprised, his eyes blinking widely, “Me too?”
“Well, yeah. You have been a great friend to Ucchan and I appreciate that.” replied Ranma nervously, scratching the back of her head.
“So any ideas on how to improve things?” asked Akane, trying to contain her bounciness. She was going on a real training trip and that made everything good in her opinion.
Ranma nodded her head. “Yep. I have a few things in mind. Akane your gift lies along a path similar to Ryoga’s, with lots of strength and durability, so I am going to help you get tougher. We are also going to work on technique, s your moves become more effective and you get faster. Ukyo, we are going to work on your unarmed skills. You are great with the weapon but if you are disarmed, things go south quickly. I don’t want that to happen.”
“And me?” asked Konatsu, worried at being left out.
“Actually, you honestly don’t need more training but I could use the help training the others. Can you do that?” asked Ranma, a bit embarrassed to admit that.
He bit his lip and looked painfully cute. “I think I can do that.”
“Good. Then we have a plan and I bet we can beat those Amazons at their own game.”
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 21 By poetheather The trip went off well so far and they have reached their training site. What are they going to do now with three girls and one sort of boy? |
The four of them stood and stretched, ignoring the stares that were turned their way as they exited the train station. Ukyo looked around to get her bearings and said, “Konatsu and I are going to go get the foodstuffs we need. We figured that getting out of Nerima with no clue we were departing was more important than shopping.”
Ranma nodded. She had to agree with that sentiment as that had been her idea as well. She just hoped that Nabiki did nothing with that information that could get them followed. “Okay. There is a bus we can take that will get us closer to the mountains where the training site is. Akane and I will grab the tickets and meet you back here?”
The chef nodded. “Sure thing sugar. This shouldn’t take too long. See you soon.”
As the Chef turned to go, Konatsu skipped along with her and that got Ranma thinking. Akane noticed that particular look and asked, “Ranma? What do you have in mind?”
“I’m not sure yet but maybe I can do something nice for Konatsu, to thank him for everything.” said Ranma, as various things ran through her head.
Akane blinked a few times at that, “Like what? He is practically a girl in most every way but one… oh? Really?”
Ranma nodded, letting Akane know that she had hit the nail on the head. “My only worry is if Ukyo is interested in him as he is now or what.”
“You think Ukyo is interested in Konatsu?” asked Akane, a bit confused. She hadn’t exactly gotten than feeling but she was aware that she occasionally missed things.
“Well, we both know that he is really interested in her so all we need to find out if that particular feeling goes both ways and in what form she prefers him. That can let us know what to do for both of them.” Ranma smiled, pleased that her idea seemed to be going over well.
“How are you going to make it happen? Do you have some packets of Instant Nyanniichuan?”
Ranma nodded, her smile getting bigger. “I filched a couple of packets from the Old Ghoul a while ago. You never know what is going to turn out to be useful. I figured that it might be a handy thing to have along.”
Akane hugged her fiancé tightly. “I love you.”
“I love you too. What was that for?” asked Ranma, clearly confused over how these things were linked. How was helping the crossdressed ninja and her being loved by her Tomboy connected?
“For being clever and doing whatever you have to in order to win. That may very well give Konatsu the happiness he deserves. He really has been a good friend to her.” Akane was smiling brightly and it sort of dazed Ranma, who started to have a goofy smile in response.
Akane giggled at the sight and that allowed Ranma to get her mind back together. “Uhm… right, let’s get the bus tickets.”
Akane kept giggling as Ranma and she headed to the ticket office to buy the bus tickets for the four of them to get deeper into the valley and closer to the training area that Ranma had in mind for them to use. If they managed to get up there quickly it would probably be a much more relaxing day.
* * * * *
It was late afternoon when they reached the campsite. Everyone was tired from the continuously uphill hike with the exception of Ranma, who insisted that they get the campsite set up before it got dark. Bodies complained loudly but they got the tents up, the fire pit dug, rocks lining it, the food stored safely so a bear couldn’t get at it, a latrine dug and firewood gathered. By that point, even Ranma looked a little wrung out and in need of some rest. She smiled at the rest of them and said, “Come on.”
Akane whimpered some, as her body only wanted to fall over. Did the redhead seriously expect them to go on another hike? The group of them followed Ranma out of sheer pride and determination not to fail, despite their bodies complaining every step of the way. They climbed some more, rounded a boulder and then the three of them sighed in happiness at what they saw. There before them was a natural hot spring; one of many that dotted this region and steam was rising from its surface. Ranma was grinning at them and was already stripping, laying her clothes on a dry boulder that was near at hand. Ukyo and Akane quickly followed suit but Konatsu hesitated and was looking away, clearly blushing, “Uhm… I can keep watch if you want.”
Ukyo colored in realization as to why her waitress had not joined them in getting ready for the hot spring. Ranma noted that and smiled, saying, “Konatsu, come on in. I am sure you are sore from that hike and everything. You need this soak just like the rest of us.”
“But Ranma, I don’t want to… expose myself.” Konatsu was blushing furiously and he almost sounded close to tears.
“Then leave your fundoshi on. That should be fine. We all know you are not trying to upset us so it really is a non-issue.” explained Ranma.
Konatsu nodded and nervously undressed, his blush covering more than just his face as he folded his clothes and set them down on the boulder. Once down to his red fundoshi that matched his other clothes, he covered his chest with his hands and stepped gingerly into the water, eyes too afraid to look anywhere. Both Ranma and Akane had seen the glances that Ukyo had been casting her waitress and smiled at each other. They had a plan now.
Soon enough the four of them were sighing in contentment, as the warm water soothed their sore bodies. Ranma said, “Okay, after dinner I think it should be right to sleep because we have lots of training to do in the morning. We are going to work on three things while we are here, toughening you up, getting you faster and getting your fighting stronger.”
Everyone just nodded, having expected something along these lines. Ukyo asked, “And that’s all we’re going to do?”
Ranma shook her head, her wet red hair hanging in clumped strands. “Nope. You and Akane need to practice fighting together as a single unit as that will help you be able to face any of the Amazon’s better, more so Mousse than Shampoo. I can handle either of them just fine and Konatsu is a ninja, so he will be fine as well, since he can attack from hiding. Does that work for you guys?”
The other three nodded, seeing the beginnings of a battle plan. Akane asked, “Do we have a plan to fight them yet Ranma?”
Ranma shook her head. “Nope. I would prefer if we didn’t have to fight them at all but I am aware that we just might. It really has me worried as they are some of the toughest opponents. If we can just get the Old Ghoul to leave me alone when we get back things should work out.”
Akane grumbled something just under her breath. Ukyo asked, “What was that sugar?”
“I said fat lot for that happening.”
Everyone nodded, agreeing with the youngest Tendo girl. There was little doubt in anyone’s mind that things were going to come to blows.
Soon, once the group of them had relaxed enough, everyone got out, dressed, and headed back to camp, walking slowly. Ukyo started the fire and then cooked food for everyone, which was a simple but filling meal of vegetable and pork okonomiyaki. Ukyo clearly wanted to save the other ingredients for when the fresh stuff ran out, which seemed like a good plan to everyone else, besides everyone knew just how good Ukyo’s cooking could be.
Once the meal was over the whole group of them were fighting off yawns, their bodies dragging them to sleep. Everyone changed into their pajamas, with Ranma and Akane sharing one tent, while Ukyo and Konatsu the other. They all called out their good nights to each other and then Akane snuggled against her girlfriend and kissed her softly on the lips. “Good night Ranma.”
Ranma kissed her back, turning it into something deeper and more passionate than the short haired girl’s kiss. They broke apart with a slight gasp from each of them as they had kissed until they needed air. Ranma looked deeply into Akane’s eyes, her blue eyes soft. “I utterly love you Akane Tendo and I cannot wait for this to be over so you and I can get married and begin working on our happily ever after.”
Akane rested a hand lovingly on Ranma’s face, stroking it with her thumb. “I love you two Ranma and I cannot wait to be Mrs. Saotome. We are going to take care of this… yes?”
“You better believe it Akane. I just want the Amazons out of our hair so that we can just deal with each other without any of their madness spreading to our lives.” stated Ranma. “I chose you a long time ago and there is no way I am going to spend the rest of my life married to that nutcase Shampoo. And that isn’t even counting the fact that she turns into a c-c-c-c-c-one of those things.”
Akane grinned wickedly and replied with, “Don’t worry Ranma. I will make sure that the purple pussy isn’t able to hurt you.”
Ranma groaned, rubbing her eyes with a free hand. “Akane, please, no more. I think that joke almost killed me.”
She bopped him lightly on the head with her fist, saying lightly, “Jerk.”
“Tomboy.”
The two of them came together again in a deep kiss. Akane’s hands roamed over Ranma some before they broke the kiss, caressing the body of the woman she loved so much. She smiled and leaned forward, kissing Ranma on the tip of her nose. “I love you Ranma.”
“I love you Akane. Let’s get some sleep so we have enough energy to deal with tomorrow.”
In the other tent, Konatsu and Ukyo were lying next to each other, each feeling a bit uncomfortable in their own bedrolls. The kunichoi broke the silence first, nervously saying, “Miss Ukyo, if this makes you uncomfortable I can go sleep outside.”
“Don’t be silly Konatsu. There is no need to do that. We can just be adults about this.” It almost sounded as if Ukyo were trying to convince herself of this fact, which she was.
“I don’t want to make you uncomfortable Miss Ukyo. You know I love you and I would do anything to make you happy.” replied the ninja, sitting up some so he could better face her.
Ukyo could tell that he was wearing a very feminine pajama set and it did look good on him. I t was in stark contrast to the fact that he really was a boy beneath it all. She bit her lip, trying to figure what to say. “The only thing that is making me a bit uncomfortable about this is the fact that you are a boy.”
There was a deep sigh and Konatsu said in a voice that was clearly tired and sad, “I know. I wish I wasn’t but I am.”
“You wish you were a girl?” asked Ukyo, a bit surprised. This had not been a point of view she had even thought of.
“I… I… I don’t know. I think like a girl and feel like a girl but I know my body isn’t a girls. I would beg Ranma for some Drowned Girl water if it weren’t for the fact…” his voice faded, slightly scared about what he was revealing.
Ukyo asked softly, trying to relax her friend. “What fact?”
“You. I love you Miss Ukyo, utterly and completely. I want to spend the rest of my life with you, making you happy any way I can, but you need a man in your life, not a screwed up gender freak like myself.” It was clear that Konatsu was coming close to tears by the way his voice hitched.
Ukyo reached over and cuffed him to the back of the head, upset with him. She hissed out, “Don’t you ever call yourself a freak ever again. You hear me!?”
“Yes Miss Ukyo.” He replied contritely.
“Besides, Akane is the only one here who isn’t screwed up gender wise. Ranma is well, Ranma and I have been raised as a boy. So who cares if you were raised as a girl? It is no big deal so just relax, okay?”
Konatsu’s eyes got really big at this. “Do you really mean that Miss Ukyo?”
“Yes. I do believe it. I…” her voice faded, as she realized what she was admitting to and she closed her mouth with a snap.
“You really are the best Miss Ukyo.” gushed Konatsu girlishly.
Ukyo sighed, trying to settle her jumbled thoughts. “If you could, would you want to turn into a girl?”
Konatsu bit his lower lip nervously, looking up at the ceiling. “I don’t know. I think it all depends on what Miss Ukyo wants me to do. I just want to make you happy.”
Ukyo was silent for a few minutes and then rolled onto her side, facing away from the male kunichoi. Is the boy saw her face he might be able to figure out what sorts of thoughts were running through her head. “Good night Konatsu.”
“Good night Miss Ukyo. Pleasant dreams.”
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 23 By poetheather Now the training begins and Ukyo and Akane get a taste of the kind of training Ranma did while growing up. |
With a touch of a finger in a specific spot, the boulder exploded, showering the area with rock and dust. Once the area cleared of falling pieces and the dust had been whisked away by the wind, Ranma smiled at the small group. “Breaking Point. It is far more useful for destroying objects and cannot really be used on a person. This is a great skill to help you get through walls and the like or to destroy things thrown at you. The secret of this training though is that it will toughen you up, by repeatedly hitting you with boulders and then the exploding rock, until you get it.”
“Okay, we know this already Ranma. Ryoga uses this technique all the time.” grumbled Akane, still unhappy for the earlier than usual start. The Sun hadn’t even been up when Ranma woke everybody up and began getting ready for the day. They had stretched until breakfast was ready and as they ate their food and drank their tea, the Sun came up. This did not make her happy.
“Akane… learning this technique is your task, because you are still working on your skills, you are the most vulnerable of us. This will help you take more damage and be able to last longer in a fight, giving you more opportunities to hit your target. Once I get Ukyo started on what I have planned for her, I will come back and we’ll start.”
Akane yawned as she nodded. It did make sense, much as it galled her that almost everyone seemed t be a better martial artist than her.
Ukyo looked a little worried when she realized that she probably had something equally insane waiting for her. Being hit repeatedly with boulders didn’t sound like fun to her and she just knew something equally evil was in the works. She did not have to wait long. Ranma took her into a different part of the forest, farther away than Akane was. “Okay Ucchan, you are going to have fun today. Today we are going to be working on your speed. Konatsu, I need to find beehives and whack them. Ukyo, you need to swat the bees that are going to swarm you before they sting you. I figure Konatsu can hide from them and be alright. Just keep doing this until you get faster or it gets to be lunchtime.”
Ukyo groaned and nodded. This made her yearn to be hit by boulders. “Is this how you trained for speed?”
Ranma nodded, smiling evilly at her. “Yep, and once you are faster we’ll work on the chestnut fist. No weapons allowed though. That would be too easy.”
The redhead wandered back to Akane whistling happily. This training would allow her to get even with Akane for all those mallet hits over the years and would still be training and even for Akane’s benefit. In addition, Ukyo would get paid back as well for her part in screwing with Ranma’s life. She did not want them seriously hurt, but the pain they were going to go through should balance out the pain they caused her. This would help them both become better martial artists and manage to balance out their debt of pain caused. This was going to be so much fun!
* * * * *
Ukyo and Akane lowered themselves into the water of the hot spring, groaning appreciatively at the heat that was soaking into their sore and bruised bodies. The wounds of their morning activities were still on their bodies, as Akane had various small scratches from the impacts that had bled for a while and Ukyo still had a few places on her face and arms that were still swollen from where she had gotten stung. They had each helped the other wash before getting into the hot spring, as neither of them could move well and certainly not well enough to get their backs. Konatsu had hovered worriedly, wanting to help his beloved Ukyo but Ranma called him back to the campsite to work on dinner.
“’kane?” The Chef’s voice was tired and slow, her eyes closed, focusing on the warmth.
“Yes Ukyo?” asked Akane right back, her head resting on the edge of the hot spring, her eyes also closed.
“I am sorry for all the fights we had.” apologized Ukyo softly.
“Same here. I was getting tired of them and at least you weren’t like Shampoo and completely psychotic.” stated Akane, sitting more upright to better face the chef.
“Well, I knew Ranchan didn’t need any more of that kind of grief. I just wanted him and that was it. Hating you was never really a part of that. I just wanted what you had. I wasn’t even able to manage that.” Ukyo was looking down at the water when she said that, her shoulders slumped forward in defeat.
Akane moved across the spring and hugged the chef and one time rival. “Try to think of it this way Ukyo… you got the Saotome name before I ever did. You are a Saotome first.”
Ukyo looked up at the short haired girl in surprise, a that thought hadn’t really registered completely and she began laughing. Akane joined in and their laughter filled the area. Konatsu down by the fire helping Ranma with whatever needed to be done for the meal was smiling, commenting, “It is nice to hear Miss Ukyo laugh.”
“Yeah. She has a good laugh and it is nice to know that the two of them are becoming friends.” commented Ranma and she stirred the stew she had been cooking that was filled with chicken, vegetables and wild mushrooms. It was a fairly basic meal, that had lots of good stuff for the body and would help the two girls in keeping their strength up.
Konatsu was watching the rice cooking in another pot as well as getting the tea ready, two tasks that he could manage without destroying anything. “Do you really think this training is necessary?”
Ranma nodded, looking a bit sad. “Yeah, I do. Cologne is pretty smart and probably figured out my plan really quickly. I figure I am looking at having to fight Shampoo over the Kiss of Death or something else. The old ghoul knows how I feel about my friends and I’m fairly sure that she won’t hesitate to use hostages if it is to her advantage. I don’t want Ukyo or Akane to get hurt, so I want them as prepared as I can get them.”
Konatsu nodded in agreement. “Well, the training will help then.”
Ranma chuckled. “It’s not like it can really hurt them.”
Konatsu nodded. Ranma looked things over and then told the ninja, “Go get the girls. Food is almost ready and I am sure they will appreciate it.”
The kunoichi leapt to his feet and sped off, reaching the girls in a moment. He got next to the pool and said, “Dinner is ready.”
The two girls nodded and stood, groaning in pain. Despite the heat, there were still a number of muscles protesting. Konatsu helped them out of the water and handed them their towels, trying not to look too much. The two girls just wrapped them around themselves and walked barefoot back to camp, almost stumbling due to their lack of energy. They all but collapsed on the blanket, leaning against each other to stay upright. As they began to close their eyes, Ranma chided them, “You both need to eat something before you sleep or you will regret it. Your body needs the fuel. Besides, if you make it through the meal awake I think you will have earned a massage.”
This perked up the two girls. Akane asked hopefully in a little girl voice, “Massage?”
Ranma nodded at the two of them, grinning happily. “Yep. Now, eat up. You want to have enough food to have the energy to make it through training, right?”
The girls nodded and began to eat, slowly and carefully, clearly not wanting to strain over strained muscles. Akane had some trouble gripping her chopsticks and instead was using a spoon to eat, as eating stew with your hands is not a good option. Ranma almost felt sorry for them, but the beginning was the hardest part of any training and things would get better the more they got used to this, just as they were going to get better at the particular tasks. At least she wasn’t going to use any of her dad’s really stupid training ideas, these were all the ones she kind of agreed with and saw the point of. If only she could find some really good sized bee hives for the training. The ones that were used today were kind of on the small side and so didn’t have a really large number of bees to come after Ukyo. And if they could find some wasps, that would be good as well as if you didn’t swat them they would keep stinging you.
She pondered working on tree running, but was not sure it would be a needed skill in what was coming. Akane was basically ready for roof hopping, as she had the strength and focus for it, if she could just better control her ki. However, would they need to roof hop for this fight? Ranma bit her lip in thought. It might possibly be needed. Ranma would save that training for the end, as he didn’t think that it would be a major stumbling block for Akane.
Once the girls finished eating, Ranma smiled at them and asked, “Ready for your massage?”
Both girls nodded their heads eagerly.
Ranma and Konatsu stood and helped the two sore girls to their feet. As they had discussed over the dinner preparations, the two not sore ones helped the other dress for bed and then began the massage. Konatsu was using more of a shiatsu technique on Ukyo, hitting specific points to get her muscles to relax. Once they relaxed, he began to use his strong hands to knead the chef’s muscles into a jello like state that made the chef blissful. Ukyo simply moaned happily, peaceful under the male kunoichi’s hands. She really needed him to do this more often.
Ranma, in the other tent, had used her ki to warm her hands and pushed healing energy into Akane. She knew that she was not all that skilled at this particular trick but was sure every little bit would help the girl she loved. Akane moaned happily, “Oh Ranma… your hands are so warm.”
“Just relax now Akane. I’ll make sure your body is taken care of.” She started on the back with some long slow strokes, making sure to get the major muscles to soften and release some of the trapped tension. Then she moved and worked from Akane’s feet up to her lower back, making sure all places felt her warm touch, kneading certain areas with pleasure and trepidation. Ranma then worked the back again, focusing on the muscles of the lower back and the shoulders, knowing that a lot of the tension was stored there.
There were more soft moans of pleasure when Ranma began to work on Akane’s hands, working out the smaller muscles that had taken a great deal of damage today. She lifted each hand after she was done and planted a soft kiss on the palm of each. A happy sound was the response. The arms followed and then Ranma said softly, “Akane, you need to roll over.”
After a moment, the tomboy rolled over, her eyelids fluttering as if trying to open, her body almost boneless. It was clear she was thoroughly relaxed by the massage to this point. Ranma worked the feet again and then the front of the legs. She could feel the knobby bone calluses on Akane’s shins, from blocking kicks and kicking other things. It was like a ridge line of mountaintops under her hand. Her hands pressed gently on the girl’s abdomen, her hands moving in a clockwise pattern, trying softly to work out some of that tightness.
When she began working on the upper chest and digging into the tender muscles under the breasts, Ranma was completely nervous and half expecting a beating. She just wanted to give the most through massage she knew how to and that included working this area. Akane’s response surprised her and almost made her stop in surprise. The tomboy, instead of malleting, softly murmured, “Hurts…”
Once Ranma finished that area, she moved to the girl’s neck and began to work that tension out. There was a lot, as the anger Akane had often had had tightened those muscles considerably until they stood out like tight cords. The redhead pressed on several muscular knots in an effort to loosen them and then directed a lot of energy to getting things there relaxed. Akane moaned appreciatively as his fingers kneaded the muscles.
Taking a bit of a chance, Ranma then began to massage Akane’s face, working out the tension held in the various smaller muscles. The girl was enraptured by her beloved’s face, thinking about how beautiful her tomboy was and how much Ranma loved her. She bent her head down and whispered, “I love you.”
She kissed Akane gently on the lips.
Akane’s response was to snore in her face.
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 24 By poetheather Old Perverts, Hot Springs and Pressure Points. Can the training trip get any stranger. |
Akane and Ukyo were definitely getting stronger and faster, making the evening sparring sessions harder on everyone and Ranma was amazingly pleased at their progress. The two of them had focused on the training and were picking it up fairly quickly. Not as fast as she did, but that was t be expected. What was a good thing was that it looked like they just might survive the coming battle against the Amazons. She just had to smile at that. The idea of her love and her sister surviving whatever the old ghoul had in store for them was a happy one.
Her stupid plan she had come up with was working. She was actually happier overall, things with Akane were good, she didn’t know when the last time she had been malleted, her father was completely confused, and the Ukyo situation had been disarmed. Being a girl was really very helpful with this plan, so much so that she didn’t mind this body anymore. What a difference this made, her not acting like a macho asshole and screwing everything up. She had gotten over her aversion to this body and was even coming to enjoy it. Maybe she should stay this way? She shook her head in surprise at her own train of thought. No, despite everything that had happened she wanted to get back to being a guy, because that was her real form, but she certainly wasn’t as bothered by her female form anymore. That was a great side effect of this plan. The misogyny that her father had pounded into her was gone.
The training up here in the mountains had been lots of fun and the changes in Akane and Ukyo were pretty amazing. They had gotten a lot better, due to the training and perhaps the sparring that they had done every night. The change was pretty impressive, as the two girls had blossomed under this focused and intense training. Ranma had not been pulling her attacks during sparring as much as she usually did, pushing the two girls to fight smarter and harder. That was coming together nicely as well. One more day left and they could head home and things like Kasumi’s heavenly cooking and a soft bed.
Ranma’s grin faded as she felt a disturbance in the wa, the spirit of the forest. There was something heading their way, something evil, something dangerous. She turned in a circle, trying to get a better bead on the fast moving threat, got into a ready stance, and waited. Akane stopped what she was doing and looked over at Ranma, noticing her stance, “What’s wrong?”
“I don’t know. Ukyo, Akane, be ready. Something is heading our way.” Ranma tried to feel the energy of the thing coming closer. It was familiar but she couldn’t narrow it down and that was frustrating her to no end.
There was a rustling in the bushes near them and suddenly a tiny figure burst from the bushes and leapt out towards Ranma, yelling, “Hotcha!”
Ranma flailed a little when Happosai latched onto her chest, nuzzling her breasts lovingly, with the letch whispering sweet nothings to them. The red head yelped and tried to punch the wizened old pervert off of her. The letch dodged over to the other breast and looked up at the girl with tears in his eyes, “Oh Ranma, I heard how you became a woman completely just for your Master. Oh Ranma, you don’t know how happy you have made me.”
Ranma barely managed to knock the pervert off her and before she could counter Happosai yelled, “Akane!”
She tried to smash him with the mallet as he was flying towards her and failed. The letch groped her all over and said, “Wow, you have certainly firmed up. Very nice. Cute panties.”
Akane punched as fast as she could and Happosai dodged, moving out of the way and bouncing backwards, evading her attack. Ukyo tried to hit him with her throwing spatulas and Konatsu tried with his shuriken but the pervert dodged around them, managing to fondle Ukyo several times, and then moved to fondle Konatsu, yelling, “Lovely ladies!”
As Happosai tried to grope Konatsu, the aged master realized that something was wrong. This beautiful girl did not feel right under his hands. In fact, this girl didn’t feel like a girl at all but felt more like a guy! That pause in shock was his undoing.
Konatsu kicked Happosai over to Akane who smacked him over to Ukyo who batted him over to Ranma with her battle spatula who punched him back over to Akane who slammed him into the ground with her mallet. Akane hit him a few more times to be sure that he stayed down. Ranma quickly ran to grab the flattened Grandmaster of the Anything Goes style but the old man popped back up, an evil gleam in his eyes, and he shouted, “Happo Daikarin!!!”
All of them leapt away from the huge firecracker that Happosai had pulled out of nowhere and flung towards them. When it exploded, dirt rained into the air, along with fallen leaves and branches. Ranma ignored that debris as she sped through, going into full Amiguriken speed. Happosai grinned as he evaded the attacks, bouncing hither and yon. Ranma focused on driving the short freak back towards the others, to try to box him in some more and limit his moves. It was the only way to beat Happosai.
Akane’s unexpected mallet moving faster than expected drove him to the ground again, with the follow up strike from Ukyo’s battle spatula right behind. The chef then managed to catch the short pervert with both her sticky udon noodles and batter. Happosai flung another Happo Daikarin at them but Ranma managed to return it, so that the explosion managed to cook the batter at least a little. The irritating dwarf’s movements were now slower, constrained by the glop that covered him and it became far, far easier to hit him.
That didn’t stop the old perv, who with a grope here and a fondle there managed to gain back some of his strength that had been sapped from the damage he had taken. He managed to burst out of the batter and noodles, gaining some distance from the four youths. “Lovely ladies, don’t be this way. Share hugs with Grandpa Happi! Can’t you do that for a poor old man?”
“Shut up freak! You just want an excuse to fondle us!” returned a very agitated Ranma, pissed over what was the worst part of her new body.
“Why Ranma, you know I don’t need an excuse for that.” Suddenly, Happosai again leeched onto Ranma, fondling and nuzzling her breasts happily. His tiny hands seemed to be everywhere at once.
Ranma screamed and tried to punch the freak, or at least grab him. She had felt the attempt to take the sports bra off her but figured that the freak had given it up due to the difficulty. At Chestnut Fist speed, she finally managed to pluck the wizened Grandmaster off her and slammed him into the ground, causing a small crater to form and the ground breaking in small lines.
Akane managed to get there fast enough with her mallet to whack Happosai good and as he bounced up from the ground a bit stunned, Ukyo hit him with a very powerful swing from her battle spatula that sent Happosai flying away, up through the trees and into the distance. The three women shuddered, feeling dirty from the encounter with the supreme pervert in the world. Akane screamed, to let out her frustrations and Ukyo nodded at the sentiment.
The redhead was still shuddering a little and felt a bit off. What the hell had the little freak done to her, for there was really no other possible source of that. This feeling was familiar, something the old ghoul Cologne had done. She sighed and wanted to check something, since this feeling was familiar. Without saying anything to the others, she heading off to where the hot spring was, hoping that she was wrong. This was something she really didn’t want to deal with and if that old freak had done this to her she would hunt the freak down and make him pay. She reached out to touch the water and jerked her hand back, as the water was clearly too hot and felt almost scalding, the that was just the air above the water. Ranma closed her eyes and screamed out, “You Bastard!! The Cat Tongue? Are you serious? The fucking Cat Tongue, again?! GAH!!!”
Akane rushed up and hugged the pissed off girl from behind, the red head trembling angrily in her arms. “Shh… it’ll be okay Ranma. I am sure Doctor Tofu will be able to fix this.”
Ranma dropped to the ground sniffling, and whined, “But I wanted to sit in the hot spring and relax tonight. I hurt and I just wanted to soak for a while. Damn it, it’s not fair.”
“How about if I give you a nice massage? Would that help?” asked Akane, running a hand soothingly down the red hair. She was trying to get her girlfriend to relax enough to stop vibrating.
Ranma nodded, slumping some more and her twitching stopping. “Yeah… that’ll help. I just don’t want you to be too tired for tomorrow. I have something special planned for you two and I wanted us all to be rested and relaxed for it.”
“Oh?” Akane raised an eyebrow in question, wondering what the slight girl had in store for them.
Ranma of course didn’t give anything away. “Yeah. It should be fun. I think you guys will like it.”
* * * * *
Akane slammed into a tree and tumbled to the ground, leaves and loose branches falling on her, groaning from the force of the kick she had barely managed to block. It had been a really powerful kick and hurt so much and she shuddered to think of how much she would hurt if she hadn’t blocked it. However, there was something she did notice as she scrambled to her feet: Ranma had actually kicked her pretty hard and had not been holding back like he usually did. Some of the other blows that had made their way through had not hurt but that one had. She narrowed her eyes and launched herself back into the fight, eager to see if she was right.
Ukyo was swinging her battle spatula with great speed, trying to keep some distance from the pursuing redhead who was harrying her like a wolf. Ranma was grinning at her as she tried to close with the chef, to get in range for some of her more devastating attacks. Akane rushed in from behind, hoping to be able to flank Ranma and gain some sort of advantage over the red head. Her strikes were blocked and Ranma shifted her stance so that she was able to easier fight the two of them simultaneously.
Ranma blocked punches, kicks, and strikes from the battle spatula, focusing on things closely, moving at Chestnut speed to ensure success. The two girls had gotten nicely faster, they were both better able to take harder hits than ever before, and this was a good thing. This would certainly surprise the Old Ghoul and the rest of the Amazons when they fought, as who would really expect Ukyo and Akane being even more dangerous than before. Ranma moved in order to shift the flow of battle to better get the girls in place for her next major attack.
Once he had been able to maneuver the two girls there, the redhead grinned and spun, grappling the two, and throwing the girls into each other. Just before impact, Akane was barely able to leap to the side and avoid the hit with the chef, straining her back and legs in the process. They both spun and faced their opponent, ready for anything.
Ranma held up a hand to stop the sparring. It was clear that the long battle they had engaged in proved the girls improved skills. “Good. You guys have gotten a good bit faster, stronger, and harder to hurt. I am so impressed with your improvement. I think this was a very successful training trip.”
Akane and Ukyo grinned at each other, happy at the pronouncement. They really had done far better than they had expected to against Ranma in that battle, though neither had really expected to win. The red head had killed a God after all, or something close enough to a God to count. Akane was giddy, as Ranma really had been taking her very seriously in her martial arts. Konatsu then came over and handed out the cold water to the girls. Ukyo held up her glass as for a toast and said, “We need to celebrate.”
The shorthaired Tomboy nodded in agreement, thinking that a celebration would be perfect after what she and Ukyo had managed to do in a full on fight against Ranma. “I agree, I think we should pack up and head back to town. We should stay at a hot spring for a few days and have some fun.”
The mischievous grin that covered the redhead’s face was a bit disconcerting. This may not be a good thing for them. Ranma chuckled a bit and then said, “I suggest a race then, to the nearest hot springs to us. The last one there has to scrub everyone’s back.”
Akane stiffened slightly at the idea and then exhaled, letting herself relax. Part of her wanted to whack her girlfriend for making such a suggestion. It was perverted. However, Ranma was not a pervert and that suggestion was not even all that perverted, since they were all girls, with the exception of Konatsu. Some issues died really hard and thankfully Ranma had been doing really well since this whole being a girl plan started. She then thought of something that worried her a bit. “Ranma, how are you going to enjoy the hot spring? Since you have the Cat Tongue thing again will you be able to get into the hot spring to soak?”
Ranma frowned slightly at that. “I sort of remember there being a spot called the Old Man spot or something like that. Basically, I think it is the counter to the Cat Tongue spot or at least one of the counters. I am trying to remember where it is so I can hit it and try to fix this. Hopefully, by the time we get there I will have remembered it. Otherwise it will simply be a lukewarm shower for me. Now… let’s get going.”
She raced off back to camp to pack her gear up. The others followed, laughing happily. This should be fun.
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 25 By poetheather Hot Springs, confessions and smooches. All in a fun days work. |
Ranma had naturally been the first of them to reach the onsen, with Akane reaching there right behind her. Ukyo and Konatsu were bringing up the rear, with Ukyo barely managing to stay ahead of the kunoichi. Akane’s last minute sprint managed to get her far enough ahead of Ukyo that she was able to win fairly easily. Ranma grinned at her fiancé. “Good effort there Tomboy.”
“Thanks Baka.” huffed Akane, working on catching her breath.
Ukyo shook her head, in mock disgust with the two girls who were just grinning at each other like idiots. “You are both Baka.”
Both Akane and Ranma pulled one eye down and stuck out their tongues at the chef. Ukyo laughed at them, glad to be a part of the teasing. Konatsu chuckled as well, finding the whole situation pretty funny as well. It was a much better thing to see the two playing together rather than fighting all the time.
Akane turned as she remembered something and asked worriedly, “So Ranma, did you remember the spot?”
“Yeah, I did and I hope it works, as a good long soak in the hot spring sounds so good right now.”
The group of them headed inside, still wearing their backpacks and Ranma found the owner, an older gentleman dressed in an older style, and asked him, “May we have two rooms?”
“I am sorry, we only have one room left, but I am sure the four of you ladies can share it.” He smiled politely and bowed in slight apology.
Ranma shared a look with the others, silently conferring on the subject. Looks were passed and everyone just shrugged as they came to a consensus. Ranma looked back at the owner and answered, “One room will be just fine.”
The older man nodded and led them down a hallway, pointing out the hot springs, dining area, bathroom, and the like. He gave them some tea as well, as a welcome gesture. The girls grinned when they passed the hot springs area, knowing that Konatsu would be the one scrubbing their backs for them when they finally got in there. Even though the ninja was a boy, he came across as a girl in every other manner, so that they were not bothered by that one fact. He was girlier than all of them after all.
Once they were safely in their room, Ranma took off her blouse and asked Akane, “Could you press right here, really hard, count to ten and then do a quarter turn clockwise.”
Akane nodded and did as Ranma asked, doing her best to follow the directions exactly. Ranma sighed and smiled weakly when Akane pulled back, “Well time to find out if that worked.”
She stuck a finger into her cup of tea and grinned happily when the tea felt hot but not burning. She had remembered the spot correctly. That or the strike by Happosai had not effected her as much as she had thought. Regardless of the reason why this was working, Ranma was pleased. “Yes!”
Akane hugged Ranma and kissed her on the cheek, happy for the girl. “That’s great. Let’s get going. I really want a nice long soak.”
Soon the four of them were relaxing in the hot water, with Konatsu wearing a towel around his body for modesty sake and as a great disguise from the other female guests. They all sighed contentedly, letting the heat seep into their muscles and Ranma for one closed her eyes. Akane snickered and asked, “So, what do you think the Amazons are up to?”
“I have no idea actually. I am just afraid that the Old Ghoul is going is going to do something to you and that worries me. I figured that training was better safe than sorry.” Ranma frowned some.
Akane leaned over and hugged Ranma, to try to cheer the shorter girl up. “Don’t worry so much Ranma. With your help, I can fight a lot better then before and I might even be able to hold my own against Shampoo. With Ukyo’s help, I should even be able to hold off Mousse.”
Ranma smiled faintly, still worried about the possibilities. “I know you can, but I worry.”
Ukyo chuckled, “That’s what I love about you Ranchan, always so worried about everybody else.”
Ranma blushed and looked down at the steaming water. The others chuckled at the girl’s reaction, knowing that Ranma had a huge heart and hated for any of her friends to get hurt. When the laughter died down and relaxation took over again, the group of them just lay there and sighed, feeling the tense and sore muscles relaxing. This hot spring was much hotter than the one at the camp and was far better at getting them to loosen. Several minutes later, Ranma broke the silence, speaking softly, almost as if she were afraid to say what she was going to say. “Guys?”
“Yes Ranma?” asked Akane a bit dreamily, as she had been floating away in pleasure. The warm mineral water was making all the little aches and pains she had gotten during the training fade away.
“I… I have something I… uh… wanted to talk to you guys about.” The hesitancy in her voice got the others to open their eyes and look over. There was something different in Ranma’s voice and this sent up warnings to the others.
Ranma had kind of curled up, hugging her knees, and resting her chin on them, curling in on herself protectively. Akane scooted over and put an arm over the girl’s shoulders comfortingly, asking her fiancé, “What is it?”
Ranma blushed, getting redder than she had been earlier as she worked to manage to speak. “I… well… you know… uh…”
“Ranchan, just spit it out.” commented Ukyo, wondering what was bothering her ‘brother’ and wanting to find out what this was, in case she had to do something to fix the problem.
“Well, you guys know… since this whole… thing has started, I have been thinking about my life and ways to make it better and everything and I think… I think I kind of sort of want to, you know, maybe, stay a girl.” The short redhead then flinched, as if she was expecting some sort of violent response from the others. The response she got from them was not what she expected.
Ukyo and Akane simply shared a glance and then looked back at Ranma as if confused. Konatsu simply smiled, as if he had been expecting this result all along. Akane shook her head and then pulled Ranma closer to herself, saying softly, “If that is what you want Ranma than that’s okay. But, you know… can you occasionally be a guy for me?”
Ranma looked up at her a bit confused, wondering about this particular condition, “Why?”
Akane giggled and blushed, finding it a bit difficult to look into her favorite pair of blue eyes. “Well, that way I can get married to you and we can start a family.”
Ranma’s eyes grew large in surprise and she seemed a bit stunned by what Akane had said, as if that was completely out of the blue. “You… you really mean that?”
Akane leaned down and kissed Ranma gently on the lips, a kiss with more love in it than passion. “Of course I mean it Baka. If you staying as a girl makes you feel better, so long as you can be a man for me every once in a while, things will be good. I can live with this.”
Ranma turned and pulled Akane into her arms, tears threatening to spill over. “Thank you Tomboy.”
Ukyo and Konatsu shared a smile and then Ukyo remarked, “Feel better now Ranma?”
Ranma just nodded, clutching Akane to her as if afraid that the Tomboy would disappear into the steam.
Konatsu chuckled at the whole situation, which drew stares from the other three, breaking the lovey dovey moment. The male kunoichi looked at them and in a voice filled with merriment, asked, “What?”
“That was what I was going to ask sugar.” replied Ukyo, with some consternation in her voice.
“Oh. I was just thinking about what Ranma was like before this, how macho he had been and how that is very different from how she is now. That macho… uhm… jerk? Would have never asked anything like that.”
While Ukyo and Akane shared a laugh over that, Ranma blushed. Sure that was true, but it really was rude to point it out like that. Ranma did the only thing she could think of to retain her dignity and stuck her tongue out.
* * * * *
Ranma lay on her back on her futon and grinned up at the ceiling, pleased with life. In so many many ways she was happier than she had ever been before she had put this plan in motion. That made her so glad that she had actually followed through with this crazy idea instead of chickening out like she probably would have done if Akane had actually made a fuss about this situation. So much of this plan had gone against everything she had been raised to believe in and that in turn had only made her feel better about things now. In a way, this only served to prove what an utter idiot her father was. She was really excited about this new idea, about this idea of living as a woman. Her father had to be going crazy already and staying this way would only make that worse. That greatly appealed to her.
Her whole life she had been pretty well beaten and abused by her father under the pretense of training. She had barely been able to make friends with Ukyo and Ryoga and her father had ruined both of those friendships because of his stupidity. Ryoga still had issues with her and it had taken a hell of a lot of fancy footwork in order to fix things with Ukyo. If her mother had not agreed to the adoption, there was no other idea that Ranma had that might work. Ranma was just so tired of her whole life being one giant fucked up mess thanks to her father and the simple fact that one little change and pretending like it was her real life made such a huge difference was staggering. She had been so afraid of this whole girl thing before, of even doing anything that might even be remotely connected to femininity and now… now it was making her life bearable in a way she had never would have believed possible. In addition, what was even better was that it did not require her to be all into frills and stuff.
Ranma sighed contentedly and realized that she was still very much awake. She turned her head and looked over at Akane, who was in the futon next to her. She rolled closer and said, “Pssst… Akane.”
“Wha? Ranma?” asked the shorthaired girl in a bit of a daze.
“Want to come outside with me?” asked Ranma, hope clearly in her voice.
Akane blinked a few times, as if she were trying to figure out what she was being asked, since she was not really awake yet. “Outside?”
The redhead nodded her head, grinning at the youngest Tendo excitedly. Akane smiled faintly and crawled out of her futon, thinking that the idea had some merit. Hand in hand, the two of them walked out the sliding door to the gardens outside. They wandered through the Gardens for a little bit in silence, occasionally smiling at each other. Once the short walk was over, Ranma and Akane leapt to the roof. They lay back on the sun warmed tile and looked up at the stars. Ranma reached out and took one of Akane’s hands with one of her own, their fingers intertwining. They both shared a shy smile before looking away.
The silence was there a while longer before Akane rolled onto her side and looked at her fiancé. “Did you want to talk or something?”
Ranma smiled slyly at her and said, “Or something.”
She rolled over, on top of Akane and began to kiss her, passionately. Akane started in surprise from the move but then sighed, relaxing into the kissing, wrapping her arms around her. They kissed for a while before Ranma pulled back, smiling lovingly at Akane, eyes bright, “Thank you.”
“What for? I haven’t really done anything that deserves any kind of thanks?” Akane was clearly a bit confused by what the redhead was saying and she cocked her head.
“The fact that you can accept me for this, for me deciding to stay this way is amazing. That just blows my mind that you can do that and I am so thankful that you care for me.” said Ranma softly, her voice thick with love.
Akane blushed lightly at that and replied, “I love you Ranma… why wouldn’t I accept you?”
Ranma shrugged, looking a bit embarrassed. “I just figure that this decision of mine has to be weird.”
Akane turned away and spoke softly, but still loud enough for Ranma to hear, “I have liked you since I first met you. I know I freaked out when I saw you after you transformed in the bath. I… I just wasn’t able to deal with you then, as I had been getting all that grief from Kuno. But I have gotten over that and I am sorry for my getting mad at you.”
With a very slight tug, Ranma pulled Akane into her arms, turning her so that they faced each other. “It’s okay Tomboy, I know what you had to go through before I got here. I did not then but I know now. We love each other and are together now so that’s all that matters.”
They resumed kissing, until Akane had to break off for a yawn. Ranma giggled at Akane’s jaw almost unhinging and asked, “Tired?”
“Baka, you woke me up to make out with you. Yes I am tired.” stated Akane with some heat.
Ranma snickered at that and asked, “Sorry I woke you?”
“Not on your life. Kiss me some more and then we can go back to bed.” replied Akane, almost more of a command.
Ranma happily obliged.
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 25 By poetheather The return to Nerima where Ranma and company are faced with Elder Cologne of the Amazons. What can Nabiki do for them now? |
The train ride back to Nerima was calm and uneventful, which made the four travelers happy. They had gotten enough excitement when Happosai had shown up at their campsite and had to be fought off. None of them really wanted anything like that to happen now that they were back. They all just wanted to return home without mishap. However, this being Nerima, things did not go according to the plan.
As the four of them were heading down the street that would take them to the Tendo Dojo, Ranma stopped and began to look around worriedly. Akane asked, “Ranma, what’s wrong?”
“Something’s coming.”
The four of them got back to back, watching in all directions, waiting for whatever had triggered Ranma’s danger sense. There was a blur of movement and then Elder Cologne was there, ten feet in front of Ranma, balanced on her staff. The redhead’s eyes narrowed as she glared at the old woman who stood there slightly smirking. “What do you want old ghoul?”
The wizened old woman chuckled as her eyes trailed over Ranma’s very female form. “So sonny boy, what exactly are you up to now. Shampoo has told me all about you claiming to be a girl and to have always been a girl? Is this true?”
Ranma was sweating slightly in nervousness, as she so totally did not want to fight the Amazon Elder right now but if things did not play out well it looked like it was going to happen. “Of course I am a girl. I was a girl when I came to your village. Don’t you remember?”
The Amazon Matriarch raised an eyebrow at the redhead, the look clearly saying that she was not buying whatever it was that Ranma was selling. “I see. So Son-in-Law, why this sissy plan of yours? It seems a bit out of character for you.”
The reaction the Amazonian Elder got was not the one she was expecting. She had been expecting the loud, brash defense of manhood, not Ranma blushing a little and saying, in a fairly embarrassed tone of voice, “I was tired of being a Tomboy all the time so I decided to have a change in things. Mom, Kasumi and Akane have all helped me try something different.”
Cologne cocked her head, curious as to this development. Son in Law’s Chi was still the same, still clearly that distinctive mix of Yin and Yang energy that she had come to know intimately, so she was at a loss as to why he was acting this way. What was also interesting was that he had not lied to her with his answer. This did not make any sense and it did not seem like he had gotten hit really hard on the head as of late. This had to be a trick; she just had to figure out why Ranma was doing this. His motivations would go a long way in determining how to respond to this. “So you are admitting to me that you are just playing at being a girl, that this is all an act?”
Ranma narrowed her eyes in anger, some of her usual fire coming back into her voice, her fists clenching. “I have always been a girl you old ghoul. I am not playing at anything.”
Cologne just stared at the redhead, her eyes impenetrable, weighing the young woman in front of her, trying to see past the girl’s thoughts and into her soul. Something had clearly changed in the boy but she was at a loss at to what it was exactly. Her gaze flickered over Akane and Ukyo as well, briefly sizing them up. Something had changed there as well and it looked as if the girls had been training hard with Ranma. Again something new. Things were not right in Nerima and she still had no idea why. This required more investigation. However, maybe she should first poke Ranma and see his response. That might tell her a few things. “I see. Well, if you have always been a girl then the Kiss of Marriage that my great granddaughter has given you is potentially invalid. All that just leaves is the Kiss of Death she gave to you when you visited us.”
Ranma only seemed to get angrier at that statement, taking a step forward, leaning forward in a threatening manner. The red head’s gaze did not waver as she growled out in her girly voice. “Fine. But if Shampoo tries to come and kill me I will send her back to you in pieces. Just leave me and mine alone!”
Cologne’s grin was cold and calculating. Now this was the Ranma she knew and loved. Perhaps this was not exactly a bad development after all. Maybe she could get some mileage out of this and turn this development into her favor. She did not get to be her age without learning a thing or two about such trickery. Something was wrong with the boy but in a way that she was familiar with. The Elder grinned, disturbing everyone and said, “Very well Ranma… I will leave you alone… for now.”
The old woman pogoed away on her staff, cackling maniacally as she went. Ranma stood there clenching and unclenching her fists, growling in the back of her throat, her battle aura crackling lightly around her. Akane rested a hand on Ranma’s arm and pulled her in the direction they had been heading in the first place, “Come on. Let’s go talk to everyone else and figure out what we can do.”
Ranma followed along, clearly annoyed with what had just happened. Amazon meddling was the last thing that she needed while she was trying to make this all work. Cologne was too skilled to fool for long, though even Ranma had to admit that her ruse was becoming less lie and more truth as things went along. Things were better for her and clearly several things had gone into making that possible. Actually talking to Akane, being open with her, asking for her help in this, which made the largest difference in this situation. Being able to fix things with Ukyo also was a bonus. Those changes were what she had needed and had not been able to get as a guy. She had been too proud; to stuck on being a manly man, like her father had made her and her mother had wanted. Now, as a girl, she had managed to fix some of the chaos in her life and it looked like the Amazons were going to try to screw things up for her.
Soon the small group reached the Tendo Dojo and came inside. As the four of them were taking off their shoes, they called out, “Taidama!”
“Okeari!” called out Kasumi, coming out of the kitchen, wiping her hands on her apron. She took one look at the redhead and her grin faded some as she asked, “Ranma, are you okay?”
Akane shook her head and said the one word that would explain everything as completely as possible. “Amazons.”
“Oh my.” Kasumi brought a hand to her mouth. She lowered it and continued, “Well, is everything okay?”
“Oh sure.” grumped Ranma. “Cologne just said that the Kiss of Death was back on.”
“Oh my! Well, perhaps we should talk to Nabiki and see if she has any ideas.” Turning to go she stopped at the next question.
“Kasumi, where are the Fathers?” asked Ukyo, clearly wanting to avoid seeing that fat panda.
“They are out drinking.” There was a tone of distaste in her words that spoke volumes, a tone that no sane person wanted directed their way.
“Pops is back? This can’t be good.” grumbled Ranma, mood dropping even more with that revelation. “Did he have anything with him when he returned?”
Kasumi looked thoughtful. “I believe so, but I can’t remember for sure.”
Ranma groaned, lowering her head into her hands, “Why me.”
Akane and Ukyo both hugged Ranma. Ukyo whispered reassuringly, “It’s okay Ran-chan, whatever he has in store we will deal with it.”
“He’s gonna want to turn me into a boy.” whined Ranma, clearly tired of all of her father’s antics.
“Don’t worry so much Ranma. You are my girl and that is that.” Akane sounded utterly sure of herself and Ranma had to admit that she liked that. Akane was really sexy when she was self-assured.
Akane kissed her on the cheek and they headed into the living room, where Nabiki was sitting at the table, drinking coffee, and reading some papers. She looked up when they all came in, eyes narrowing when they took in peoples expressions. Putting her cup down, she asked casually, “Amazons?”
Akane nodded.
Nabiki sighed and put down what she had been reading. This was clearly more important than the stock market reports. “So what seems to be going on?”
Akane and Ranma explained their encounter on the way home, each interrupting the other with some comment or other. Ukyo snickered a little at the interplay. Ever since this whole insane plan had started the two girls had gotten closer and closer and they began to really talk together or at least nearly at the same time. It had been one of the clues to show her that Akane had clearly won.
Nabiki sat back and looked thoughtful, taking all of that in. There was something she was sure she was missing in this situation but she was not sure what. “I am not sure that Cologne is going to enforce the Kiss of Death. No it sounds like she has something else in mind.”
“What do you mean?” asked Ranma worriedly.
“I am not sure but I think she has seen through your ruse. So something else has to be done about her. This plan could fool Shampoo and Mouse but not her. She is far too wise to fall for this. No, we have to expect her to try most anything. I’ll try and come up with something but in the meantime, stay on your guard.” advised Nabiki, taking a sip of coffee at the end.
The group of four martial artists nodded. They then headed upstairs, so Ranma and Akane could drop off their bags. The group of them sat on the floor and sighed, clearly bothered by the fact that they had not even been home an hour before crap started all over again. Kasumi brought them up some tea and cookies, which were greatly appreciated. They nibbled on them in silence before Ukyo asked, “So, what are we going to do about the Panda?”
Ranma sighed, “I don’t know. I bet he found some Pool of Drowned Boy water somewhere and plans on soaking me with it. I just don’t want anyone else to be caught in the splash. I kind of like everyone as you are.”
Ukyo nodded, agreeing with her sister. At one point that may have been an interesting option, given how the Kunoji family had registered her but now she was very happy at being the woman she had always wanted to be. Akane was having similar thoughts, with images of a pregnant Ranma carrying hr child dancing through her head while Konatsu was horrified at the mere idea of having to become just a man. The idea was very foreign to him despite his body thanks to his upbringing. He would not mind having some of the water Ranma had been hit with back in China but not any other.
“I guess this means we need to stay on our toes, just in case.” replied Ukyo.
“Absolutely.” joined in Akane. “I don’t want to be a guy even part time. I am happy with the way I am.”
Ranma nodded. “From what I understand, the water from the ladle should keep my form locked, not letting the water do anything to me. I kind of hope that works. I would ask the old ghoul, but that would mean I would have to tell her the truth.”
“Well, sugar, you are the target so hopefully you will be able to keep the damage to a minimum.”
Ranma nodded. “That’s what I am hoping.”
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 27 By poetheather The Panda is up to his usual fun and games but is not quite ready for this fallout. In the immortal words of Kasumi, "Oh My!" |
The figure crept along the side of the house silently, a small bundle wrapped in cloth tied on it’s back. It was nearly invisible, nothing more than a shadow that brushed against the house. Slowly it reached the corner window that was it’s destination and it paused, listening. The only sounds were the faint sounds of the garden, the distant late night traffic noise of Nerima and two sets of breaths moving deeply and smoothly within the room.
With great care the window was opened, undoing the latch and then easing the window slowly to ensure silence and just enough so that the figure could slip its considerable girth in without knocking anything over on the desk underneath it. The figure froze as the petite red head turned in the bed and clutched the girl with the short blue hair. The image of the two girls together was so cute that it warmed his heart. Through all the fighting and arguing and violence they had finally come together. The schools would be joined!
No! Genma shook his head to clear his head of such thoughts. He needed his daughter to be the man of his memories or else all hope of that dream would vanish like smoke. This wave of people saying that Ranma had always been a girl almost had him doubting his own mind, but he was a Martial Artist and had survived training under the feared Happosai, he knew without a shadow of a doubt that his daughter Ranma was a boy! Genma stopped his train of thoughts at that point and blinked a few times as he rolled things back. His daughter was a boy? Had she really been a girl the whole time? Was his memory of the cursed springs wrong? Did he need to rethink his plans?
No! Genma shook his head to clear his head of such thoughts. He was a man of action, a man of purpose. A Martial Artist without peer! He could choose the right course for his daughter and the girl she loved. He would make sure that the two girls would be happy together. Again his thinking hit a brick wall.
Ignoring his thoughts as useless things that all good Martial Artists abandoned, Genma unwrapped the bundle carefully and quietly. Despite all his attempts at intimidation, bribery, extortion, groveling and purchasing there was no water from the Spring of the Drowned Boy to e found anywhere. However he had found something, something that should serve his purpose well.
The plan was so simple, so elegant in its construction that even he would have trouble messing it up. His thinking ran like this, if he poured this container of Drowned Boy water on Ranma and nothing happened, then clearly she was still a boy. But if it turned her into a boy she was still a girl. The problem was, to spray the girl without triggering her unusually skilled defense.
The masterful part of his plan was that it was only the temporary water that one hot water dousing would fix, so if Akane got hit he would still be in the clear. There would be no harm caused by this act. The plan was foolproof. What could go wrong?
Carefully, oh so carefully so as not to make a mistake, he unscrewed the container, trying to make no noise. The best plan was to throw it onto the girl and see what happened. A fight would surely ensue, but that would not be all that important in the scheme of things. Knowing the truth would be the important thing. This precious water that he had done everything he could to obtain would reveal the truth and make his daughter be a boy again.
Genma tossed the water and immediately used one of his forbidden techniques to become invisible merely for safety reasons of course. In his haste to fade from sight, his aim shifted slightly. Also, at that exact moment Akane rolled over Ranma, shielding the girl’s body entirely from the water. The transformation was immediate and Genma almost groaned as he heard the sound of fabric tearing. Soun was large but this male Akane had broader shoulders and looked far, far more muscular than his friend had in his youth. Add that new muscle strength onto Akane’s existing strength and Genma decided that he really, really did not want to be on the receiving end of that one. His plan had failed utterly and it looked like he had only succeeded in making his beating more painful. This was not a good development.
In typical fashion he used the Saotome Secret Technique and fled into the night.
The responses from the bed were different however,. Splashed by the water, Akane woke with a yelp of surprise. The deep male voice surprised her and woke Ranma, who went wide eyed and eeped in surprise. Before Akane had a chance to explain anything, Ranma punched her in the chest, slamming her into the ceiling. The now naked and very male Akane was falling back towards the bed when Ramna noticed that Akane’s pajamas were ripped to shreds and jumped to the wrong conclusion. Her eyes burned with flame and her eyes narrowed.
The training she had just gotten helped Akane endure the Chestnut Fist that exploded into her torso but unable to stand and speak she merely collapsed in the corner, pummeled into near unconsciousness. Kasumi and Nabiki burst into the room, Kasumi holding a shinai in the ready position, ready to defend the two girls. The older sister took one look at the scene, with Ranma standing on the bed growling, the torn pajamas, and the naked young man groaning in the corner and she said the first thing that came to mind, “Oh my!”
Nabiki looked carefully at the young man lying there, as if taking his measure and then as realization hit she sighed in frustration, “Saotome.”
Ranma spat back indignantly, “I didn’t do nothing!”
“Not you, your baka father.” returned Nabiki with some heat.
After Nabiki said that, the room was utterly silent except for the occasional deep groans of pain from Akane. Ranma’s left eye began to twitch, her hands clenched and unclenched and her battle aura blazed around her brightly as she finally screamed out, “I’ll skin that panda alive!”
Genma ran faster.
Soun burst into the room, eyes wild, “What is going on here? Why is there a naked man in the corner? Where is my Akane?”
Nabiki turned and leveled her gaze at her father.She was clearly not amused. Soun flinched slightly from the steely glare but was doing his best to remain manly and in charge. He had an illusion to maintain, at least to himself. Nabiki spoke with very even tones so she would not be misunderstood, “That naked man is Akane father. Your so called friend doused her with Jusenkyo water.”
Soun snapped his head back and forth between Nabiki, Ranma, Kasumi and the still unconscious Akane, his face a mask of incredulity. Finally he stopped, gazing out the open window and did what he did best, burst into tears, founts arcing off him as he bemoaned his fate to the gods, “Oh Kamisama, my dearest Akane, cursed to be a man forever!!”
“Father.” Kasumi’s soft and sweet voice cut through the caterwauling like a knife through tofu. “Please tell me this was not your plan.”
Soun snapped his head over to Kasumi and blanched at the specific smile that graced her face. He had seen it before, but not on his daughter and when his wife had worn it, things never ended well for him. It had been that gaze that had saved him from Master Happosai. It was a gaze to be feared. There was no other recourse, he would have to forsake all his dignity in order to survive. It was the only way.
The tears burst forth like a damn giving way, he dropped heavily to his knees, hands clasped together in prayer, and he blurbled out, “I swear on your dear mother that I had no part in this plan!”
The smile changed ever so slightly at that and Soun knew he would live. He wept thankfully.
Ranma stepped down from the bed and bit her bottom lip, looking at Kasumi and Nabiki worriedly. What Nabiki had said was finally penetrating her sleep addled brain. She blinked at them and then turned to the lump in the corner. “Wait... I just beat up Akane?”
Both girls nodded.
Ranma frowned and rubbed the back of her head worriedly, “Man, what am I going to do to apologize to her?”
Just then signs of life came from the Akane lump, and he slowly straightened himself out, trying to rub the pain away from his chiseled chest. “Oh... what hit me?”
Akane’s eyes went wide when he heard his now deep male voice. Instantly his hands snapped to his throat. With a stunned look on his face he looked up at the ceiling and then down at everyone in the room and then registered their looks: Ranma was blushing a red almost as bright as her hair trying to keep her eyes from his groin, Nabiki was giving him the appraising look that clearly said ‘I can make money from that’, his father had a hand over his eyes and Kasumi had her face turned away and the tips of her ears were red. His older sister’s cough got him to realize how he was currently dressed, or rather how he wasn’t dressed. Akane blushed and dropped his hands to cover his chest and groin, crossing a leg over.
Kasumi took things in hand, saying, “Father, why don’t you take Akane and get him something to wear. Nabiki, go back to bed. Ranma, I will help you remake the bed.”
As that began to happen, amd naked Akane had left the room, Ranma began to seethe again. “I’m gonna kill him. I’m gonna kill him.”
Kasumi laid a hand on Ranma’s arm, stopping her before her rant built up too much steam. “Ranma, perhaps we should wait and see if this change is permanent. We do know there is temporary water out there, so this might not be as major an issue as you fear.”
Ranma slumped some, as the adrenalin from the fight began to fade. She yawned widely. “I hope so Kasumi. I am not sure if I can love a guy but I will certainly try if it is her... uh... him.”
The smile Kasumi gave her made her feel better. They finished making the bed and Kasumi said gently, “I am going to put Akane in your old room Ranma, as it would not be proper for the two of you to sleep together right now.”
Ranma blushed again, and looked away. While she hadn’t thought about it yet, she was thinking about it now and the idea of a larger, more muscular Akane holding her held great appeal and her body responded positively to the idea. Kasumi left, a soft mischievous smile on her face, shutting the door and turning off the light.
More and more the idea turned through Ranma’s head, the image of a naked, male Akane lying there burned into her retina. The image of a naked, male and upright Akane lying in her bed giving her that smile she so loved. She was growing aroused as the vision took life in her mind and her breathing quickened. After she climbed under the covers, she loosened her pajamas and let her fingers play as her mind danced over the studly Akane.
Meanwhile, in another room of the house, Akane was lying there on the futon that Ranma used to sleep on, eyes wide, still stunned over what had occurred. He been as tall as his father and muscular, more so than even Ryoga. There was no way to deny the fact that he was a guy now, completely, with all body parts just dangling there. It was freaking him out. What if he remained this way? Would Ranma still love him? Would he become a pervert like those boys at school? What were they going to tell the school? What was he going to wear, Ranma’s old clothes? Did they even have shoes for his size feet? Would Ranma still love him? Would Ranma still be attracted to him as a male? Would he still be attracted to Ranma?
Akane decided to put that idea to the test. He thought about Ranma, about her lithe body, about how she moved, how gentle her hands were, how her hair smelt, how her body felt, how it felt to move his hands over that tiny but powerful frame, how amazingly she kissed, how they had done more than kiss. The direction of his thoughts were rather steamy and growing more so and more graphic.
There was a predictable response as his most recent body part rose to the occasion, spurred on by the train of thought. Akane’s eyes went wide in surprise and curiosity. He wanted to touch it, to feel that part of him, to see what it was like. It had always been a scary threat to girls and now he had one of his very own to play with as much as he wanted. Nervously Akane reached down and began to explore this new part as images of Ranma, clothed and unclothed danced in his now very male imagination. He almost began to drool in lust as he could see things so clearly.
Akane began to murmurer, as his breath got faster and faster, his voice gasping out, “I’m a pervert. I’m a pervert. I’m a pervert.”
All night the two horny teens were tortured with dreams of each other and neither slept much.
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 28 By poetheather The aftermath of the night before. And what is Ryoga doing disturbing their discussion of parfait? Doesn't everyone love parfait? |
The morning came to Nerima early and painfully. With a groan, a bleary eyed Akane blinked himself awake, reaching up to rub his head.” Given how he felt h”¬e needed to wash his face and go for a run to clear his head,” ”¬of that he was sure. He stretched, feeling the muscles in his back and arms move. A yawn split his face and he exhaled, his chest rolling slightly inward.
Akane then realized that something was wrong with his body and that everything that had happened last night had not been some sort of drug induced nightmare. She shuddered in disgust at the memories.” ”¬Two large, strong hands grabbed his now muscular but flat chest in hopes of finding something that should have been there and then they explored downward and discovered morning wood which was not supposed to be there.” ”¬This was too much for Akane,” ”¬who had been hoping he had been sick or delirious or something,” simply ”¬hallucinating this whole thing.”
His stomach churned and he threw up in his mouth a little. With effort born of desperation he scrambled to his feet and bolted downstairs to the bathroom,” ”¬blazing past Kasumi who had been exiting the kitchen who let out a startled,” “”¬Oh My”!”
After dry heaving several times,” ”¬Akane said a prayer to Kamisama and shakily held his hand under the faucet until the water ran hot,” ”¬returning her to her proper form.” ”¬She shook and stripped off her father’s now baggy clothes,” ”¬tossing them at the hamper, repulsed by the fact that she had worn them.” ”¬She felt dirty,” ”¬unclean and needed to wash herself, to scour this incident from her.” Looking over her body, she noticed that t”¬here was a small,” ”¬slightly yellowish crusty patch matting part of her pubic hair and she shuddered,” ”¬gagging slightly in realization of what it had to be.” She retched slightly as she dumped the first bucket of cold water over herself. ”¬Bucket after bucket of cold water were dumped on her,” ”¬each one bringing a sigh of relief at her body remaining her own, at her body not transforming back to what it had been.” ”¬She nearly scrubbed herself raw as she soaped up, desperate to remove all traces of the event from her flesh.
Some of her stress fled as she rinsed,” ”¬again the cold water failing to transform her body back to that...” ”¬that form, and Akane leaned her head against the tile.” Being able to see her breasts and the joining of her legs where nothing dangled was a balm to her jangled soul. ”¬Once clean, she lowered herself into the water of the furo,” ”¬the heat burning slightly on the abused flesh.” ”¬Akane looked up at the ceiling and sighed as the heat untangled her muscles.”
Was the lust guys felt really as powerful as what she felt last night”? If it was, h”¬ow did they do anything? How did they stop themselves”? ”¬She couldn’t see how they didn’t rape everything or masturbate everywhere.” How did they manage that? ”¬The feelings that rose up in her when she saw Ranma had overwhelmed her senses and she had almost felt drunk under its influence.” ”¬Could that be why boys were perverts”? Because”¬ if it was, even she had to admit most of them showed incredible restraint.
That led her thoughts fairly naturally to how Shampoo and Ukyo had thrown themselves at Ranma, well more Shampoo than Ukyo in all honesty.” ”¬Kodachi as well,” ”¬truth be told.” ”¬Shampoo and Kodachi had certainly tried for arousal and overwhelming of his senses and he had not given in.” Ranma”¬ had restrained himself every time when those trollops rubbed themselves all over him.” ”¬Her anger over the perversion of boys spilled onto Ranma and she had blamed him rather than believe that he could resist their advances. Akane hadn’t realized how much he had resisted them,” ”¬how hard it had to have been.
She blushed when she realized what she had thought and hid under the water,” ”¬in case someone had been around who could have read her mind.” ”¬It took some effort but she calmed herself and she rose from the water with a gasp, sucking in air as her lungs had begun to ache.” ”¬Feeling a bit lightheaded,” ”¬Akane got out of the tub and reached for her towel.” ”¬As the bathroom door slid open,” ”¬she froze,” ”¬eyes wide in surprise and with a touch of fright.” ”¬Ranma stood in the doorway,” ”¬a towel held in front of her,” ”¬barely protecting her modesty.” ”¬She also froze, her eyes wide.
A bright blush filled the red head’s cheeks and Ranma closed the door to the bath, nearly silently.” ”¬Akane was still blinking trying to process what had just happened. It seemed so familiar.
Ranma turned her back on the bathroom door and sighed.” ”¬Seeing Akane naked had a powerful effect on her in light of the... activities that had filled her evening last night.” ”¬Male Akane had majorly struck a chord” w”¬ith her, the muscles and build, the planes of his face, making such a familiar visage stronger, and once the panic and surprise had settled down,” ”¬the lust had arrived in a big way.” ”¬But this Akane,” ”¬this naked young woman was the Akane she had fallen in love with and this was the one she wanted even more than the powerfully built man of last evening.” ”¬She splashed some cold water on her face to bring down the burning in her cheeks. They felt so hot as if the skin was going to crack.
As the door to the bath slid open,” ”¬Ranma eeped in surprise.” She had been so focused on what was going on in her head she had failed to pay attention to her surroundings. ”¬Akane was blushing as she stood there in the doorway, wrapped in her towel.” ”¬She smiled at Ranma and playfully stated,” “”¬That was really cute.””
Ranma looked down at the tile floor,” ”¬her face burning again.” Surely the skin on her face was cracking and charring from the blaze. ”¬She could not get thoughts of last night out of her mind,” ”¬thoughts of her,” ”¬of him,” ”¬of them together. She had spent a while playing those fantasies out in her head and on her body and there was no way she could meet Akane’s eyes.” “”¬Th... thanks.””
Akane giggled, finding this embarrassed Ranma rather adorable. She wanted to hold and cuddle the girl.” “”¬Who would ever have thought that the great Ranma Saotome would ever be shy”?”
Ranma lifted her head to protest and then dropped it back down,” ”¬unable to think of anything to retort with.” ”¬She simply scampered past Akane and into the bath,” ”¬shutting the sliding door.” The red head”¬ shuddered and then shook her head,” ”¬trying to clear it.” ”¬She couldn’t afford to be this distracted by anyone or anything.” ”¬If the Amazons came after them now then the fight would not be in their favor.” ”¬They would lose and she might lose Akane in the process.” ”¬That was not an option she was willing to entertain. She had to clear her head and stay focused.
Once clean and out in the dojo, the two of them began training with a great deal of focus,” ”¬Ranma trying to get Akane completely caught up to where she felt her love needed to be.” ”¬Since the Tomboy did not use a weapon like Ukyo,” ”¬her hand to hand skills had to be greater than they already were in order to survive.” ”¬Weapons were great to have and Ranma had to admit she was loving the sword training her mother was giving her,” ”¬but weapons were almost easier in a way, almost a cheat.” ”¬Unarmed combat took greater skill, especially unarmed versus weapon and she valued that sort of skill highly.” ”¬Adding the sword to her already impressive skills was not a bad thing,” ”¬but Akane had no weapon skills of her own and she really needed to gain more proficiency in her unarmed skills before figuring out what weapon would work best.” ”¬Though Ranma did suspect that the mallet might be the chosen weapon, but memories of her aching head hoped that something else would be chosen instead.
Akane’s form was getting better in her katas, her movements surer and more precise and as a result her power was actually growing.” ”¬She was getting stronger as her form improved and her body moved more efficiently,” ”¬and that was almost scary when she thought about it.” ”¬In a little while, if her strength continued to grow at the same rate she would probably be as strong as Ryoga if not a touch stronger,” ”¬which gave her pause.” ”¬But then the image of Akane and Ryoga fighting as equals entered her mind and she smiled.” It made such a pretty picture.
Akane noticed the smile and the slightly goofy look on the red head’s face.” ”¬That made her pause in her practice as stare at the girl.” ”¬She waved a hand in front of the girl’s face, trying to get her attention, which got no response.” A small trail of drool began to flow out of Ranma’s mouth. ”¬With a roll of her eyes,” ”¬she swatted Ranma in the back of the head saying,” “”¬Baka.””
Ranma rubbed the back of her head as she was jolted from her daydream and looked at Akane sheepishly, blushing instantly,” “”¬Sorry.””
Before they could get into any more trouble Nabiki came in to the dojo and said,” “”¬Breakfast is ready.””
Without Genma there to devour everything not nailed down, the meal was peaceful and happy,” ”¬with pleasant chattering going on.” ”¬Soun sat there,” ”¬a bit dazed,” ”¬almost mechanically eating.” He seemed to still be in a state of shock from last night. ”¬Once they were done eating,” ”¬Ranma and Akane excused themselves, ran upstairs and quickly changed into their school uniforms.” ”¬Ranma decided to do something different with her hair, putting it into twin tails,” ”¬giggling as she did so.”
Akane giggled as well when she looked at her girlfriend. It looked juvenile, but with Ranma’s body everything balanced out.” “”¬That looks cute.””
Ranma grinned, “I thought it might be fun.””
“I think the others will like it.”Ž ”Now come on,” ”¬we gotta get going. We don’t want to be late.”” ”¬The two of them took off and raced to school,” ”¬grabbing their bentos on the way out from an always prepared Kasumi.” As they hustled down the street together, t”¬he two girls talked about their plans to see Yuka and Sayuri that afternoon in order to chat and get some ice cream.” ”¬They agreed that it would be just the thing to erase last nights misadventure.
School went well once Akane kicked Kuno into LEO, as he had again tried to accost the both of them as they entered the school grounds.” ”¬Ranma took plenty of notes in her classes as she really did want to do better on her tests.” ”¬Besides,” ”¬if she could beat Akane on a test she would feel pretty great.” ”¬This was an art she had yet to master and she was determined to do that or die trying.” ”¬Besides,” ”¬her father hated school and to do well in it would make the panda squirm uncomfortably.” ”¬Of course,” ”¬the next time he showed might just be his last given what he had done last night.” ”¬Between the severely irritated Tendos,” ”¬her, and well once she told mom,” ”¬Pops was going to be lucky to avoid being turned into a rug. That made her giggle some.
She was kind of on edge though,” ”¬expecting Shampoo or Mousse to attack them while at school, but nothing happened.” ”¬That was nice but it was a constant distraction to her.” ”¬Every time there was a loud noise Ranma,” ”¬Akane,” ”¬and Ukyo all spun from their seats,” ”¬ready for anything, expecting the Amazons to burst through the walls with violence in mind.” ”¬Thankfully they never got bucket duty for it as they sat back down equally as fast when they realized that there was no danger.” ”¬Yuka and Sayuri just giggled at their antics.
As they were leaving school once the very long feeling day ended,” ”¬the five girls were talking about which ice cream parlor to go to,” ”¬as different ones were better at different at different things.” ”¬The talk had turned to parfait when a familiar voice called out angrily from behind them,” “”¬Ranma Saotome,” ”¬prepare to die.””
Ranma dodged to the side,” ”¬taking Yuka and Sayuri with her,” ensuring that the two of them”¬ were safe from any possible fallout.” ”¬Ukyo and Akane squared off against a clearly upset Ryoga,” ”¬glaring angrily at him.” ”¬Ukyo narrowed her eyes and spat out,” “”¬What do you want”?”
Ryoga growled, showing his fangs and snapped out, I am going to pound on Ranma until he takes back what he said about me.””
All the girls shared a look,” ”¬trying to figure out what Ryoga might be talking about.” This was news to them. ”¬Ranma looked at the ground and muttered to herself,” “”¬Why does this always happy to me”?”
Ukyo held her battle spatula ready, unwilling to give Ryoga an opening and asked,” “”¬Just what was it that Ranma-chan supposedly said”?”
“Ranma’s father told me that you said that even as a girl you were more manly than me.”Ž” ”spat Ryoga.
There was silence that hung between them for a moment as the various combatants processed that sentence.
Ranma stepped forward,” ”¬put her hands on her cocked hips and asked in a very frustrated voice,” “”¬Ryoga,” ”¬just how is a girl like me supposed to be manlier than you”?”
Ryoga looked like he was about to reply angrily, when everything stopped and he looked suddenly confused looking between Ranma and the other girls and the ground.” “”¬Uhm...” you know... ”¬I'm not really sure.””
“You do know that it is never a good plan to believe anything my crazy father says”Ž?” ”continued Ranma,” ”¬hoping that this tactic would work,” ”¬as she really did not want to fight Ryoga.” ”¬She had other worries on her mind and a fight with pig boy was not one of them.
“I... uh... er...”Ž” ”Ryoga blushed brightly and looked really sheepish, scuffing the dirt with his shoe.” ”¬He looked between the girls and his embarrassment only grew almost to the point of his cheeks glowing red.” He tried desperately to hold onto his dignity, “I”¬...” ”¬uhm...” ”¬Ranma...” ”¬I...” ”¬know this is your fault...” ”¬somehow.””
Ranma gave a very dramatic sigh of exasperation that had Yuka and Sayuri giggling at the melodrama of it all.” “Honestly Ryoga, h”¬ow is it my fault”? ”¬I was at school and had not talked to you in weeks. Now I am now going to get ice cream with my girlfriends.” ”¬You attacked me...” ”¬remember”?”
Ryoga was unable to meet the eyes of any of the girls.” ”¬It was clear that his thoughts had gotten all turned around somehow and he had no idea what was going on. It seemed eerily similar to his trouble with his sense of direction.” “”¬Ah...” ”¬uh...” ”¬sorry Ranma.” I... erm... I guess ”¬I'll be going now.””
The Lost Boy turned away from the girls and headed out, heading towards the school. They just watched him go,” ”¬just in case a surprise attack was planned, still ready to defend.” ”¬Once Ryoga turned a corner and was out of sight,” ”¬Ranma began shaking her head in disgust while the others giggled.” ”¬Ranma moaned,” “”¬It's not funny.””
The others only laughed harder at her expense.
Ranma harrumphed and headed off towards one of the ice cream parlors,” determined”¬ to drown her sorrow in hot fudge and maybe caramel but definitely sprinkles regardless of other toppings.” ”¬Right now she wanted the girliest and tastiest sundae there was in the whole shop just to show them.” ”¬She was a little vague on who she was showing what to but was steadfast on the ice cream. There was no deterring her on this point.” ”¬Ice cream solved most everything.
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 29 By poetheather Thoughtful Ranma is thoughtful, which is quite disturbing for all concerned. |
Ranma moved through the most difficult form she knew, trying to keep the necessary balance of precision and power that it required. It forced her to leap high in the air and do some very intense ground work as well, managing to make her break a sweat. She was still irritated with her father for using Jusenkyo water on Akane. That had been uncalled for. Sure it was temporary water but still. Even just the act of dumping it on her was uncalled for. Maybe she needed to have another talk with her mother about the Panda before things got even more out of hand. She was supposed to come over today and Ranma was looking forward to that. She really had come to love her mother fiercely.
The red head continued moving, trying to lose herself in the movements, letting the form take her away so all that remained was the kata. Given her irritation and worry it was not surprising that such peace eluded her. Too many things were making her life crazy at the moment, well really only two but they were huge, her father and the Old Ghoul. Siccing her mother on her father would deal with one but dealing with Cologne was tricky. The Amazon Elder was clever and crafty, with more tricks up her sleeves than Nabiki on a good day and a mind as twisty as Happosai was perverted. The woman pretty much always seemed one step ahead at all times. How was she going to deal with this?
Talking to Nabiki had occurred to her, but she doubted that having the middle Tendo sister talk their way out of this stupid Kiss of Marriage would work. Maybe Nabiki could help her figure out a battle plan, an idea of how to face Cologne and some contingency plans. Not a rigid plan but something more flexible and more suited to the way Ranma worked. That idea gave her a smile and she finished her form in peace, bowed to the altar in the Tendo dojo and went to get cleaned up, wiping the sweat from her face with a hand towel. A hard workout always seemed to help clear her mind.
Nabiki was sitting in the living room watching something on TV when Ranma came in after rinsing the sweat off. It sounded like some sort of variety or game show. “Nabs? Are you busy? Can we talk real quick?”
The middle Tendo looked over at the red head who was still a bit flush from the exercise and nodded. “Head on up to my room. Once I get something to drink I’ll be right up.”
Ranma did just that, her mind filled with issues in dealing with the Amazons. There were so many things that worried her. Fighting Cologne was fine with her but would Akane get dragged into the fight? Would the Tendo Dojo get nearly destroyed again? She was biting her lip nervously when Nabiki walked in with a soda. The brunette took one look at the Martial Artist and asked, “What's up Ranma?”
“I am worried about how to deal with the old ghoul. I have no idea what to do about her besides fight and I want to avoid that. I know she knows the truth about me, because she's like that and can read my aura. This may have fooled everyone else but I know it hasn't fazed her. I just want some help.” Ranma sounded rather plaintive as she talked to Nabiki.
The middle Tendo looked thoughtful, taking a drink of her soda as she mulled over the issue. “If she already knows the truth of your ruse then we need something else to throw her. Hmmm....”
Ranma perked up some, this looked good. Nabiki always rose to these sorts of challenges. “Yes?”
“The Amazons are a matriarchal culture. Maybe if I can arrange a meeting between Elder Cologne and your Mother then we can get this settled. After all, if your mother is set against this there is no way that Elder Cologne can change your mother's mind.” mused Nabiki.
“You really think so?” Her voice was full of hope. This was the best idea she had ever heard of for dealing with Cologne.
“It's worth a shot. The worst that will happen is that nothing will change. I'll try to get that set up. You need to avoid her until I do. Okay?” Nabiki glared at the red head, hoping to drive that idea home.
Ranma bobbed her head like a bouncy doll, grinning widely. “Absolutely. Thank you Nabiki.”
Nabiki smiled slightly, almost smirk like at the red head. “Anything to help Saotome.I'll put it on your tab.”
Ranma was just fine leaving the details to Nabiki. She had to admit to herself that while she was amazing at tactics in combat, outside of combat her plans were more likely to blow up in her face, well all of them had except this most recent one and that was clearly a fluke. It was going okay and doing what she wanted it to do for the most part. Maybe she would be able to feel better about her life soon, with no other issues hanging over her head except the usual teenager issues. Once her father and the Amazons were dealt with she would be free to be herself, with nothing left to really hold her back. Of all the things that had been denied her by her upbringing that was the one she most wanted, to simply be.
She had never had a chance to simply be her or him or whoever she was. There was always something else shoved in the way and used to keep her from being who she was. No, her baka Pops had made her a man amogst men and wouldn't let her do anything except train in the Art. While the Art was great, giving her a happiness and peace that the rest of her life often lacked even Ranma was aware that the Samurai did things other than just fight, stuff like write poetry, flower arranging, painting, things that were not directly connected to fighting in order to help quiet their spirits. She kind of wanted that, wanted to find things she liked doing that had nothing to do with how hard or fast she could punch. When had she had a chance to do nothing but listen to music or read a book for fun or draw or something? No, she wanted to find out who she was and that could only happen when the other problems were dealt with.
All her life felt like it had been one big never ending fight, ever since she could remember. She couldn't remember anything from before the training journey, before her father took her from her mother. If they had stayed at home, she was certain that she would not be the martial artist she was today, but she was still not sure if that was a good reason to drag a kid from her mother. And all she did was train. She did not even remember anything she used to like before this trip and she hated that. There had to be more to life than Martial Arts... right? Even Akane liked to do other things besides simply train. Outside of eating ice cream Ranma was not sure if there was anything else she liked to do. Well, besides kissing Akane.
Of course it did not help that every time she discovered some new thing that might be fun, there just happened to be some psychopath who was a Master at the Martial version of it with a grudge. Thanks to idiots like that she just could not relax anymore while ice skating, doing a tea ceremony and many other supposedly normal and fun activities. Karaoke was fun and so far she hadn't gotten involved in a duel involving Martial Arts Singing, but she was sure it was out there, waiting for the right moment to strike. That was her life after all.
There was always reading. Both Akane and Nabiki liked to read, so it had to be fun somehow. She had even seen Kasumi with a book on those times when she was not working so hard. Maybe she could try reading some manga and seeing if she liked doing that. Akane had some that did look fun and the few she had flipped through a couple of times seemed enjoyable. That might be a place to start and if she did not like reading there was bound to be something else she could try. After all, there was a whole huge world out there of things she had never experienced.
Ranma just sat on the porch overlooking the garden and daydreamed about fun things to do, thinking about a number of things that might be enjoyable and running them through her mind to see how they fit. Thinking about collecting dolls or cute stuff got her snickering. Acting like Azusa would make the Panda crazy. Being all cutsey and flouncy would make the baka twitch uncomfortably. Of course, it might also make Akane crazy as well, given that the cute obsessed skater was irritating kind of as a rule. She blinked suddenly as she was aware that someone was waving a hand in front of her face.
Akane was grinning at her, “What are you thinking about Ranma?”
“Believe it or not, Azusa and how insane acting like that would make Pops.” replied Ranma, smiling happily at the girl she loved.
“I figure that she would make you crazy as well?” said Akane as she took a seat.
Ranma nodded. “You're right, but the look on the Panda's face if I wore that stuff and acted that way would be priceless.”
Akane nodded and smirked at the red head, “Yeah, but we all got to see that already when you thought you were a girly girl for a while. You were pretty much that bad.”
Ranma blushed, as vague memories of that time after she had hit her head flashed across her mind's eye. “Okay, you have me on that one. But this time I would be able to really enjoy watching Pops squirm.”
“If that's what you really want Ranma.” Akane sounded really noncommittal.
“I'm not sure. I'm just trying to think of something to do for enjoyment besides practice the Art. There is surely more to life than just training in the Martial Arts.” said Ranma, looking off into the distance.
Akane clutched at her chest, her eyes wide I shock, “Gasp! The Great Saotome is looking for something beyond Martial Arts? Surely the world will end soon.”
Ranma punched Akane lightly on the arm, growling softly, “Damnit Akane, I'm serious.”
“I am too Ranma. You have been practicing for so long that I am not sure you know how to do anything else. Finding something else to do would probably be kind of tricky.”
“I know, but I want to try and have a life and pleasures outside of the Art for a change. The way I see it, this is very different from how my life used to be but I just have no idea where to start.” Ranma kicked her legs idly.
Akane looked thoughtful. “You're right. A lot of things most people enjoy doing for fun would either make you crazy or are an extension of your practice in the Art. You are already a pretty good cook, so you could always do that? You did Martial Arts eating but not cooking.”
Biting her lower lip in thought, Ranma replied, “That is possible. Maybe doing baking instead of cooking, because I haven't done that a lot so it will be different. I was also thinking about doing some reading. Maybe I could borrow some of your manga?”
“That would be fine. I think I have a few series that you would really enjoy. You know... baking would be nice. I like cookies.” replied Akane with a smile.
“Is that a hint?” Ranma quirked an eyebrow at her fiancé.
“Maybe...”
“Tease.” remarked Ranma.
Akane leaned down and kissed Ranma on the cheek. A dry chuckle filled the air and the two girls spun to their feet, sliding into their ready stances. Ranma narrowed her eyes and felt the energy around them, sensing who it had to have been. There really was only one opponent who would do this.
“My my Son-in-law... you really do sound like a girl.”
Not relaxing her guard for an instant, Ranma growled out her response, “What do you want Elder Cologne?”
“I was just checking up on you. Surely a young woman, such as yourself, might understand why an old woman like me would want to see how you were getting on.” The tone was clearly teasing and slightly insulting. It was also moving slightly to her right. Her stance shifted slightly in response.
“I am fine. Thank you for your concern.”
“Ah... it is good to see that your manners have improved Son-in-law.” The chuckle helped Ranma better figure out where her opponent was.
Cologne was still quite invisible but this was not like what her father did. Ranma could feel the edges of the Amazon Elder's chi as this technique was not as good as the Umisenken. While the Amazon Elder was skilled, the Panda was an incredible thief who had created an incredible technique. This was but a pale imitation of that. While not as good as using her eyes to track her enemy, Ranma was able to follow Cologne with her chi sense as the older woman circled the two girls. “I am not your Son-in-law, as you have to be a boy first for that to happen.”
Again the dry chuckle. “Sticking to the story as well. Very good Saotome. It seems as if you can be taught. And it also clearly appears as if you used the Locking Ladle to lock your curse. Very clever. The traces are quite clear now that I have had a better look at your chi. Yes, this is very interesting indeed. I am also impressed with how you dealt with Ukyo. Very inspired.”
Ranma's eyes narrowed angrily and her growl deepened, “What do you want with my sister?”
“So very protective, just like you are with Miss Tendo here. Very good Ranma... very good.” The voice seemed to be judging her, which was of some concern. Mostly Ranma was still trying to focus on Cologne.
The feeling of Elder Cologne's energy faded, but Ranma did not move from her stance until several more minutes had passed. Her guard was still up and she scanned the yard with her eyes and her chi. The red head frowned in consternation. What game was the old ghoul playing?
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 30 By poetheather Ranma is worried. Akane helps. Cologne makes a move. |
“I swear Nabiki, I have no idea what she is up to.” grumbled Ranma, her irritation sounding kind of cute with her higher pitched voice. That caused Nabiki to smirk slightly. “Cologne surely has something planned for me, something I know I am not going to like. I don’t want to get trapped by her and I don’t want to end up married to pork bun head.”
“Calm down Ranma. Honestly, you get so worked up sometimes over the smallest things. Do you really think I am going to let you and Akane get screwed over by the Amazons? That I am going to let my sister’s fiancée get dragged off to China to breed a new generation of Amazonian women?” Nabiki raised an eyebrow and stared at him, gauging her reaction.
Ranma sat down on Nabiki’s bed and rested her head in her hands, her face a bit pale. She was shaking slightly and Nabiki could not tell if it was in fear or anger. “No, I do think you are going to let that happen. Not if you can help it.”
“Well, then let me work something out with your mother and Kasumi, since we are the brains in this operation. I do think we should get together and plan this out so we are all on the same page. We may want to be proactive here and maybe go to her first. I’m not sure. You go get everyone together and I’ll get some information from my contacts. Don’t worry your pretty little head.” Nabiki grabbed her phone and started making calls, ignoring Ranma’s growl.
Ranma left Nabiki’s room, closing the door behind her and headed for the dojo. This whole situation was really making her tense and she just needed a release, something physical. Once she walked into the dojo and she looked around, seeing as she was alone, she decided to break some bricks, as the pile in the corner sort of called to her. It was actually a good stress relief though she rarely did something so static. In this case it was just what she needed.
After breaking her third stack of eight bricks, a rather amused voice called out from behind her, “Isn’t that actually what I usually do when I’m upset?”
Ranma turned and smiled at the short haired girl she deeply loved. “Yeah, it is, but I am so frustrated right now I thought I would give it a try.”
Akane smirked at Ranma, her eyes drifting over the piles of rubble that lay around the stack of bricks. “Is it helping?”
Ranma turned and looked at the destroyed masonry then back at the girl she wanted to marry. “No, it’s not.”
With a chuckle, Akane came up and hugged Ranma, her muscular arms enfolding the smaller girl. She leaned down and kissed the girl on the forehead. “I love you. So, what’s wrong? Is it still Cologne that has you so wound up that you’re breaking bricks?”
A slight pink tinge colored Ranma’s cheeks and she looked down, twisting one foot in an unconscious nervous movement, “Yeah.”
Akane let her go and stepped back, appraising her intently, looking her right in the eyes. “Ranma, if you let her control things you are only going to be messed up in the head. You need to make up your mind and do something. Aren’t you the one who is always saying that you shouldn’t let the enemy control the fight, that if you let them do that you are going to lose?”
“Yeah. I know. Nabiki is planning something.”
Akane sighed happily. This was progress. Since this whole thing had begun Ranma had been able to get past a lot of her issues and her irritating belief that she could do everything better than everyone was nice to see gone. “Good. Your plans rarely work out the way you want them to. I have no idea why this plan is working but I… I like how we are getting along and that people are not trying to cram a marriage down our throats all the time. So, if Nabiki is planning this we might actually survive and make it through together.”
This was the last thing the short, red headed martial artist wanted to hear. Ranma pulled one eyelid down and stuck out her tongue.
Akane followed suit and the two girls began giggling, finding it difficult to stay mad at each other. Akane moved back over and hugged the smaller girl. Ranma sighed and relaxed into the embrace, laying her head onto Akane’s shoulder, saying softly, “This is so much better than fighting all the time. Sometimes it’s fun but not all the time.”
“Yeah, it is. I am worried about what the Amazons have in store for us but I also believe in you. You really are the most amazing martial artist ever. If it comes down to an actual fight I am sure that you will win. You are my savior.”
“Thank you.” Ranma blushed, something that had been occurring more and more, not that she minded since it did not really affect her ability to fight. It’s just that it was so different than before. Sure she still felt awkward but this wasn’t as bad as it had been when she had tried to stay a guy all the time.
With a giggle, Akane hugged him tighter and said, “This is so much better than what we had before. I love you Ranma.”
“I love you too Akane.” Her voice was heavy with emotion and she looked up at Akane with heavy lidded eyes.
Akane’s gaze softened and she leaned down to kiss the red head again. This was more than a peck and Ranma’s mouth opened invitingly. Her chest rose, searching for a more intimate touch but all Akane did was hold the girl close, letting one hand drift down the shorter girls back to cup a butt cheek and squeeze. Ranma moaned appreciatively into Akane’s mouth. The kiss broke apart and they looked at each other, with a degree of hunger in their eyes.
“Good.” Akane said hungrily. “Now, we don’t have time for this so let’s cool off and go get Ukyo. I figure your mother can handle making it to the house on her own.”
Ranma nodded, panting slightly, clearly distracted. “Yeah, she’ll be fine.”
When their heads had cleared some, the two girl headed for Ukyo’s restaurant, waking instead of roof hopping in order to keep the illusion they had going about Ranma. Both looked slightly frustrated by this but there really was not a lot either of them could do about it. They were trapped in the lie that Ranma was nothing more than a simple girl and on the modest side. This was one of many flaws in the plan that seemed to becoming more problematic as things went along. It was an aspect of things that Ranma had not realized when the idea had come to her back when this whole thing had started.
Ranma shook her head in order to clear her thoughts, as she could see the okonomiyaki restaurant ahead that was their destination. This plan had gotten far too complex for her to follow any more, with too many people involved and too many twists and turns. It had achieved most of its primary goals and now all that was left on her list of obstacles was to deal with the old ghoul. If they could deal with Cologne and somehow neutralize her, then maybe, just maybe Ranma’s life might begin to return to normal, whatever that actually was.
Walking through the front door and under the half curtain, the two girls smiled happily at Ukyo and Konatsu, who were busy working. Ukyo called out, “Hey there sis, want the usual?”
“Please!” Ranma moved quickly to the seats in front of the grill and sat down. Akane took her time and sat next to her. Konatsu quickly got them plates, utensils, and drinks, setting them all down perfectly and e moved quickly but gracefully through the restaurant.
Ukyo was very quickly fixing the pancakes for Ranma and Akane, working with a skill the was incredibly, deftly working the spatulas to ensure that the food was not burned and evenly cooked. Once the food was tossed casually but accurately onto the plates, she looked at them and asked, “So what’s up?”
“Nabiki wants to have a meeting tonight about the Amazon issue. Everyone is supposed to be there so we can all agree on the plan or something. You know how Nabiki is.” said Akane, as she cut her first bite of the okonomiyaki.
“I guess we will close up early.” said Ukyo,, as she cleaned the grill, making sure it was ready for the next order. “This is a major issue.”
“Yeah it is.” said Ranma, already halfway through her food. “I really want to find a way to deal with this whole thing without having to resort to what I had to do to Saffron.”
At the somewhat haunted look Ranma had, Akane hugged the slight framed girl. “It’ll be okay. I am sure it won’t be that bad. I doubt Cologne would push it that far.”
“I hope not. The old ghoul is really cunning and she knows me. That is a dangerous combination. Of all my opponents she is the best at manipulating me. And on top of that, I’m not even sure if I can take her in a fight, not unless I take it too far.” admitted Ranma, looking down at the last few bites on her plate.
Ukyo snorted derisively, “Please. Save that for people who haven’t fought you. If Saffron was a God or even a godlet like everyone has said, then taking out Cologne should be no issue. If it comes down to a fight, you can take her. You are the best sugar, no doubt in my mind.”
Ranma shrugged. “I guess. She is the Elder in charge of training the warriors for her tribe. I am sure she has tricks I have never even thought of up her sleeves, just waiting to spring them on me. I just hope that Nabiki has a good plan, so we don’t have to fight. It would be pretty.”
“Here’s hoping sugar.” replied Ukyo. “Want another Ranma special?”
The girl blushed again and looked down at the counter a bit embarrassed, “Please. I’m still hungry.”
The others chuckled over this and Ukyo poured the batter.
Meanwhile across the town from where the girls were, Nodoka was walking towards the Tendo Dojo from the bus station. It was a bit of a drive from where she was now living to the Ward. Until Ranma and Akane married she would happily live in the small place she had. Once they were married however, she was sure that there would be little problem with them letting her come stay with them in the Tendo Dojo. She did not want to intrude on the girl’s marital bliss but wanted to help Akane with the house, as she knew the girl was not as skilled with wifely chores as her elder sister. Perhaps Kasumi would be staying as well? There was a lot about the future that was still up in the air. Hopefully, the two could get married and live together happily. That would be for the best.
Despite all her musing, Nodoka was a highly skilled martial artist and thus was prepared for most anything. When Elder Cologne dropped down into the street in front of her from the top of a nearby building, her hands went immediately to the hilt of her blade, her mind clearing and focusing on the threat ahead of her. Her own battle aura raised and her eyes narrowed, aware of the primary threat. The old Amazon woman’s eyes twinkled with mischief as she observed this. “Calm yourself, Mother of Ranma Saotome. It is time we talked. If you resist me, this will not go well for you.”
“You threaten my child and now you threaten me? How am I to take your words?” hissed Nodoka. “If you come at me, Elder Cologne, you will not find me easy prey.”
The wizened woman looked at Nodoka for a moment quietly and nodded slightly, clearly making her mind up about something. “If that is what you wish, then I will face you warrior to warrior rather than matron to matron. I would prefer words but I will meet your blade. Prepare yourself.”
With her thumb, Nodoka edged the blade of her katana forward, her eyes concentrated on Kuh Lon and the older woman’s aura, her body quivering in preparation. The Elder blurred into motion and the sword leapt out of its scabbard, Nodoka pivoting on over foot, the other sweeping behind her as she tried to keep up with the Amazon. The arc was crisp and direct but the sword connected with nothing. Kuh Lon was nowhere in sight anymore.
The staff poked her on the back of the neck and Nodoka slumped to the ground, unconscious. Kuh Lon stood over Nodoka and nodded, a pleased look on her face, “That is perhaps where Ranma truly got his more remarkable skills. Certainly the foolish Panda is not the sole source of the boy’s skills. That was closer than I had expected. You are truly skilled Nodoka Saotome.”
She picked up the unconscious Nodoka, and the honor blade, sliding it back into the sheath. With a grin, the old woman bounded away towards the restaurant, snickering to herself. This was going better than she had thought. Now onto the next phase of her plan. Soon Ranma would be an Amazon and bound firmly to the tribe, with no hope for escape.
Nabiki looked over the whole group sitting comfortably in the living room and frowned. While most everyone was assembled, there was one glaring omission. A cold weight settled in her stomach and she hoped that she was wrong. “Kasumi, do you have any idea where Mrs. Saotome is?”
Kasumi shook her head and said calmly, “I think she was planning on getting here before dinner to help me with cooking. Oh my, perhaps something happened to her?”
“This is not a good. I was counting on her help with this.” Nabiki frowned. This really was not going the way it was supposed to. Nodoka was a very smart woman and was a very good strategist. If she were gone that was not a good thing in the slightest.
Ranma turned from where she was talking with the other girls, only barely catching the mention of her mother. “Is something wrong?”
Nabiki looked over, her eyes guarded as she said, “I don’t know. It’s not like your mother to be late.”
Ranma sort of froze when she heard that. Something inside of her reacted to that on a primal level. She knew, without any doubt, that the Amazon’s had her mother. Sitting up straighter, she was about the say something when her eyes cut over to the garden, sensing something. She snapped to her feet and got into a ready stance, with Akane, Ukyo, and Konatsu leaping to their feet mere moments behind her. The house was ready for war.
Shampoo landed in the garden a moment later, alighting on the grass, standing a distance from the house, no weapons in her hands. She stood there, non-threateningly, hands open. “Airen, Greatgrandmother said tell you that she have mother. If want her back, you will stop foolish lie and come see her. I know you too too sorry over silly trick.”
Ranma growled and took a threatening step towards the lavender haired girl, pure menace radiating from the red head. Shampoo looked a bit shocked at seeing that and then she left, quickly, leaping easily over the wall surrounding the garden, pausing on top of the wall with a worried glance behind her. Ranma watched the girl go and then she screamed in frustration. Akane came up and hugged her comfortingly. “It’s okay. You’ll save her. We have your back when you go and do this.”
Nabiki came outside, looked over the yard, clearly calculating things and then said calmly, “So, are you going to rush off blindly stop this or are you going to stand there and listen to me?”
The look Ranma gave her almost made Nabiki take a step back in fear. This was an angry Ranma, a face she had never seen before, and the air crackled dryly as the girl’s aura burst out around her. She growled out, “I will make them pay.”
Akane bopped her on the top of the head lightly, making the red head blink and turn away from Nabiki. “Dummy. It’s not just you that’s involved in this. We are all here to help. We all care about you and your mother. You either accept that or you have to get past us. What do you want to do?”
Ranma stared at Akane for a long moment that seemed to stretch for a while, then she sighed, the tension leaving her body, her shoulders sagging. “Fine. We can all do this. I won’t rush off like normal and I will actually listen to what someone has to say. What is your plan Nabiki?”
Nabiki’s grin was predatory. This was a nice change of pace and she was going to relish it. Ranma was actually listening to her in one of these situations. Maybe the girl could be taught. There was hope yet. “Well, since there is only three of them and four of you. I am thinking that it should work out fine. If you are facing Cologne one on one, the other three should easily be able to take out Shampoo and Mousse. They won’t have a clue what hit them. Now… here’s what I am thinking…”
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 31 By poetheather The Epic Final Showdown between Ranma and Cologne begins! |
The door to the Nekohaten restaurant flew across the room to splinter against the wall in a number of pieces. Ranma could barely be seen as she lowered her leg and walked into the dining room, her battle aura blazing visibly, fists clenched and her face a mask of anger that had last been seen on Phoenix Mountain. She glared at the Amazons and her voice was cold, heartless, “Where is my mother?!”
The customers froze in fear, looking between Ranma and the Amazons who ran this place, noodles halfway to mouths. Being trapped in a battle between Ranma and anyone was never high on their lists and clearly they had gotten used to the quiet. Some shrunk down in their chairs hoping not to attract attention. None of them wanted to be here, with front row seats for a fight between Ranma and the Amazons.
Shampoo turned to face Ranma but her words died on her lips as she looked not at her Airen but at the Godkiller, who had fought her on Phoenix Mountain. True she had been under a spell but this was not a face she would ever forget. Unconsciously, she took a step back, holding up the tray in front of her chest for protection. Mousse took a step closer to Shampoo to offer a bit of protection for the girl he loved, even though he was having his doubts now about being able to win this fight. Cologne hopped forward and stared at Ranma, seemingly unaffected by this display of power and anger. She smirked at the red headed girl and said calmly, “Ah, Son-in-Law, you received my invitation.”
“Give me back my mother ghoul or I swear on the honor of the Saotome Clan that I will end you and yours.” Ranma growled this out and took a step closer to the Amazons, her foot sliding closer, always ready to spring into combat. This was not lost on Cologne.
This was too much for the customers. Their will broke and they fled, bowls of ramen flying everywhere, a few screams puncturing the tension, Chairs and tables getting shoved out of the way. In mere moments the Nekohaten restaurant was empty except for those four. The silence held for a few moments before Cologne spoke, “Here’s the deal whelp. I am tired of all these games we have been playing and I want to go home. You end this deception, marry Shampoo or I will drop your mother into a vat of water from Jusenkyo and her curse will not be an easy one to bear. Do you understand me, Boy!”
Ranma glared at Cologne and then flicked her eyes over Shampoo. Her lips twitched in a cruel smirk and she countered with, “So you want your great granddaughter to be married to someone who will kill her at the first chance she gets? That’s a bright plan you old fool.”
Shampoo gasped at this and began to tear up. This was not her Airen. Ranma was never like this. He never treated her like this before, ever after the destruction of the wedding. Had they done something wrong? Had they pushed Ranma too far?
Cologne narrowed her eyes, weighing the boy standing there in his female form. It was clear in his aura that he was telling the truth. This was not how she wanted things to play out. “I see. Then perhaps instead of Shampoo being your bride, maybe Mousse is more to your liking?”
The Amazon in question started at this, turning in shock to face the Elder and was about to respond when Ranma said, “Same result. Granted, it’s not like you would mind the death of a lowly male as much as your precious Shampoo. Now give me my mother before I tear this whole building down around your ears.”
“Heh… you are two hundred years too young to be any threat to me child. But I will indulge your little tantrum. Let us fight over this issue. If you win, we will leave Nerima and bother you no more. However, if you lose, you are mine to do with as I will.” Cologne stood there still, eyes boring into Ranma’s, unflinching.
Ranma narrowed her cold blue eyes and the flames of her aura burned brighter. The moment stretched and then she said, “Deal.”
Cologne headed out the back of the restaurant, hopping swiftly away and Ranma followed, ignoring the others. The two of them bounded out of the populated areas of the city, speeding towards the more run down industrial areas on the fringe of Nerima. Cologne stopped in an open area, balancing on her stick. Ranma landed before her, sliding naturally into her fighting stance, ready to attack. The old woman chuckled, “Here I thought you were supposed to be a young woman who was not that skilled at combat Ranma. What happened to that story?”
“And what good is it playing games with you when I know you can see right through them? You know I am still me. I’ve always been me.” Ranma’s voice sounded tired but resolute.
“I do indeed. I do not know the reason for this deception but it certainly has confused both Shampoo and Mousse. Last time I saw Ryouga he was thoroughly confused. I doubt your father saw through the deception as well. It was excellently done. However, your Chi gave you away as you cannot mask that from me.” stated Cologne.
“Are we here to fight or jabber?”
“I am content to jabber, as you say, for now. Tell me Ranma, do you hate the Amazons?” asked Cologne.
“No, I hate you, Shampoo and Mousse for constantly trying to ruin my happiness, my life, and for taking my mother.” Ranma shifted ever so slightly closer, trying for a better starting position.
Cologne raised an eyebrow at him and smiled, “But what of the skills I have taught you? Surely I have taught you more than your idiot father has?”
Ranma growled, unsure where this was going. This was not what she had expected when she had challenged the Amazon Elder. “Yeah, you have. But you put me through hell to learn it.”
“As a Martial Artist, haven’t you been willing to eat the bitter for the sake of training?” Cologne asked, quirking an eyebrow.
Ranma paused before answering, as a few wisps of her red hair blowing across her face. “I have. Are you saying that all of this, all of your attempts to marry me to your granddaughter, all of this has been for the sake of training me?”
Cologne chuckled, a disturbing sound, “Well, not all, but yes. It took little time to see that you are the greatest of your generation. I had hoped that would be my granddaughter, but alas it is not. I wanted to see where you could go with the training and I have been amazed.”
“So that’s why you tortured me and drove me to this. So, did you want to know the why?” asked Ranma in a voice that Cologne had never had heard before.
With a raised eyebrow, she replied, “Yes, what is the purpose of this deception?”
“I did this to confound people to get some peace in my life. And it really was working until you took my mother.”
“You think lying to yourself and others can bring you peace?” asked Cologne, trying to follow what passed for Ranma’s logic.
Ranma gritted her teeth at this and roared out, “Screw this! Where is my mother!”
“Quiet boy, do not interrupt your elders when they are talking!” spat back Cologne. “I am interested in figuring you out!”
“All you are doing is talking and making no sense. Give me my mother or we continue this after I beat you!”
“Very well then.” Cologne flicked her staff upwards and the manhole cover she had been balancing on flew right at Ranma’s head in a blur.
Ranma shifted to the side, allowing the manhole cover to just miss her head, trying to stay on line in her attack on Cologne. At Chestnut speed she attacked Cologne with punches and kicks which the old woman blocked with her staff. She started striking back with her staff as well, forcing Ranma back as she was trying for pressure point strikes.
“Like I am going to let you win this that easily you old prune.” She taunted, evading the strikes and continuing the attacks against the old woman.
“Little whelp. Are you really going to risk the safety of your mother for this?” Cologne spun her staff, creating a tiny cyclone that threw Ranma back into some exposed metal pipes, a few rivets bursting along some of the scenes.
“You would never risk harming someone like that for no reason and if you did that to my mother I would kill you.” Ranma’s aura blazed cold, as she used the soul of ice to a greater intensity. The small puddles on the pavement froze under the force of her aura.
Cologne kept her smile to herself. Surely Ranma was aware that there was no way she was going to teach a non-Amazon something that she did not know how to defeat. That the red head would try for the Hiryu Shoten Ha against her was this early in the fight was just foolish. To counter the teenagers assault she generated her own cold chi with the soul of ice; there was nothing Ranma should be able to do with that.
The air grew colder and colder, icicles starting to form on the various pipes that surrounded the area as the aura of cold spread. A few of the pipes burst under the strain that the cold chi put on them. Frost began to cover the two opponent who were circling each other, taking what shots they could.
Suddenly Ranma’s aura switched from the soul of ice to the blazing furnace of her anger with a shout. The result was that a powerful burst of air that was easily at typhoon force threw Cologne up and into one of the metal warehouse buildings faster than she could react to. The air held her in place briefly and then she dropped to the ground, barely managing to land on her feet. Ranma was on her, attacking with punches and kicks before the older woman was able to hit the floor, with a smirk on her face at her success. “What’s the matter Cologne? A bit windy for you?”
Muttering a curse under her breath, Cologne redoubled her efforts, spinning her staff, managing to deflect Ranma’s attacks, and then driving a finger into the ground at one of the visible breaking points. “Bakusai Tenketsu!”
Shrapnel from the ground erupted into Ranma, driving her back away from the Amazon Elder, rock and ice cutting her arms and face some, tearing her clothes. Cologne was panting slightly when she said, “Interesting variation on the Hiryu Shoten Ha Ranma. Too bad you used it too early.”
Ranma snorted in derision, dismissing the opinion. “You think that is my only trick old woman? As if! Moko Takabashi!”
The blast of Ki lashed out from Ranma and Cologne barely managed to avoid it. The corner of the warehouse was torn off under the assault and the groan of metal strain began to fill the air as strips of the siding began to come loose. Ranma grinned and said, “Willing to follow me inside?”
Ranma dove into the building and immediately used one of the techniques her father had sealed, needing it for what she had in mind. Cologne followed along behind and scanned somewhat dark room carefully. There was no sign of the boy pretending to be a girl anywhere. She raised an eyebrow and then scanned the room with more than just her five senses. This technique was very useful and something that made it tough for her to feel where her opponent was. Suddenly she dove to the side, as the air rippled. She taunted the boy, “Taking lessons from your father I see.”
“I ain’t nothing like him!” yelled Ranma, blinking into sight as her concentration wavered, losing concentration on her father’s invisibility technique.
Cologne smirked and thrust forward with her staff, catching Ranma in her right shoulder, in a vital nerve plexus. The arm dropped lifelessly to her side, all sensation ceasing. Leaping backwards to give herself some better space, Ranma was a bit panicked, hoping that she would be able to turn the tide of this fight while she still had the chance.
Cologne chuckled and slowly advanced, well aware that the cornered animal was the more dangerous. She began to build a ball of chi in her own hand, ready to attack, chuckling cruelly, “So Ranma, what tricks do you have now?”
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 32 By poetheather The Final Battle reaches it's surprise conclusion! |
Ranma grimaced as she cartwheeled over the compact but powerful ball of ki that sped her way, her bruised ribs protesting the movement. Her numb right arm was throwing her movements off, but she was able to compensate with shifts in other parts of her body to alter the spin. All of her various battles had prepared her for this one and there was no skill unused.
The wall behind her practically exploded as the sphere of ki hit the wall and caused the metal to burst. A few of the shards tore her clothes, cut bits of her hair and gave her a few small lacerations. She returned a moko takabashi blast that narrowly missed Cologne, knocking a fire hydrant off its mooring, and sending hundreds of gallons of water spraying into the sky. Both of them were quickly soaked.
This did not faze Ranma, as this was a far too common occurrence in her battles. It did seem to be irritating Cologne some which made Ranma smirk, “What’s the matter ya dried up old mummy? Is the water a little too uncomfortable for ya?
“Insolent whelp!” She moved in, but Ranma managed to use the debris effectively, to keep the Amazon Elder from closing by kicking some into Coloogne’s path.
They exchanged a few more ki blasts as Cologne maneuvered slowly to close for hand to hand, despite the obstacles. Ranma did everything in her power to maintain space between them until feeling returned to her arm. Already she could feel the pins and needles, running up and down the skin and it was a bit maddening. She just needed some more time. But that was not something she had plenty of as she had just closed within staff range.
Cologne beat her around a turn and suddenly there was a barrage of kicks and punches, with Ranma at a distinct disadvantage. A twisting blow from the staff caught her alongside her head and Ranma flipped through the air seeing stars and her stomach lurching. She managed to get her feet under herself and land well, bringing her guard up as best she could.
The staff impacted her in the abdomen, causing her to fold over that blow and then a vicious knee to the head flung Ranma back. Hitting the ground hard, Ranma had some trouble rolling to her feet as her head was throbbing. She was able to just barely flex the fingers of her right hand so she needed to get some space. She flipped backwards just as Cologne came in hard, leaving a small impact crater under the tip of the staff. Her landing was sloppy.
“Not so cocky now are we boy.” taunted Cologne.
“Fight’s not over yet ghoul.” Focusing more on getting use of her arm back and less on wordplay, Ranma channeled her ki some more, trying to burn through the blocked channel in her arm that was keeping the limb paralyzed. It was helping but not fast enough. There was some movement in her arm but not enough. She was really starting to worry and beginning to think that maybe it was time for the Saotome Final Technique.
Cologne came after her as she worked hard to maintain more than weapon distance and Ranma had a difficult time evading the old woman’s strikes. Finally, when they were again near some of the pipes, Ranma was able to spin around a larger pipe one handed and managed to catch the woman with a well-placed kick to the torso that drove her into the wall, crumpling the metal around her.
“Ha! Trapped you now Ghoul!” Ranma hoped that bought enough time to manage to get her right arm to begin moving some. The limb was not in any condition for fast movements but it did help her balance immensely and enable her to think about returning to the offensive. She was better on the attack than on the defense and she was sure that Elder Cologne knew that. That certainly explained why she was currently under attack.
With a groan of metal, Cologne worked herself free of the metal, stood and smirked at Ranma, seemingly unharmed. “Come now boy, do we really have to do this? You already know how this is going to end.”
Ranma smirked and replied with a great deal of confidence, “You’re right. I do.”
Cologne quirked an eyebrow quizzically at that, sure that something was up. She the thrust a finger forward and called out, “Bakusai Tenketsu!”
A fount of debris erupted from the floor, blocking Ranma’s vision and she had to shield her face one handed to protect it from the flying shards of concrete. She dodged to her right out if instinct and felt the air move as Cologne swung her staff through where she had been standing. Cologne kept pressing her, using the Breaking Point to keep blinding her so she had to rely purely on instinct.
Ranma was taking more hits but her arm was coming back, allowing her to block more effectively. She now had several cuts on her face and arms from the shrapnel and she could tell that some of the hits she had taken were more than growing bruises, from the way she was breathing that there was at least one broken rib.
Cologne looked injured as well which gave Ranma some satisfaction. The teenager had given as good as she had gotten and she also had minor cuts and was favoring one leg. It was clear that the staff was being used for more than show at the moment. The two of them were panting and staring at each other, each trying to find some opening in the others defense.
As Cologne started to move again, trying to flank the redhead, a voice out of the line of combat called out, “I think we should talk.”
Cologne glared at Ranma and then turned to look at Nabiki Tendo, who was standing a short distance away with her hip cocked and looking quite pleased with herself. Standing next to her was her sister Akane, who looked injured, limping some, and a similarly injured Ukyo and Konatsu. The last one there was Nodoka Saotome, looking as unruffled as ever but her sword was not in wrappings, clearly ready for use. Akane and Ukyo were both holding animal carriers, with feral grins on their faces. Cologne relaxed her stance a hair wondering what was going on.
“What is it you wanted to talk about, Nabiki Tendo?” growled out Cologne, her primary focus never leaving Ranma.
“I just wanted to let you know that Shampoo and Mousse are in these cages.”
“That I figured Miss Tendo.”
“Then you might also want to know that they are also locked into their cursed forms.” Nabiki’s grin was predatory.
Cologne turned and stared, her guard dropping, “What? How?”
“The Ladle.” To prove this Nabiki took out a squirming lavender cat out of the carrier that Akane was holding and poured hot water over it. Nothing happened. This caused the cat to freeze as well.
Cologne turned back to face a grinning Ranma. The redhead smirked at the Elder and winked, “Gotcha.”
The old woman’s shoulders slumped and then they started shaking. Then she started to laugh, a deep belly laugh. This caused everyone to stare at the old woman as if she had lost her mind. She leaned on the staff and then looked up, wiping the tears from her eyes, “Well done, girl. Well done.”
“Wait… girl?” Ranma was confused and looked over at Nabiki for clarification.
Nabiki snickered and put Shampoo back into the carrier. The cat was no longer squirming but quite still with eyes wide with fright. “It seems as if Elder Cologne has finally made a realization, concerning you.”
“Yes. Yes indeed.” Cologne limped over towards Nabiki. “I take it that this ends the fight?”
“It does. We did this so we can talk.”
Cologne nodded, seeing the reasoning behind the middle Tendo’s actions. “Water from the Locking Ladle. Very clever Ranma. I suppose you got this from Herb?”
“Yes. And water from the Kettle.” confirmed Ranma.
“This was a very clever plan Ranma, I must commend you. And to get all the Tendo women involved, and your mother. Well done.”
“Uhm… yeah.” Ranma again looked over at Nabiki for help.
“Planning something and counting on others like this… that is so very unlike Ranma Saotome, Man among Men. Heh… no this was much more of a woman’s plan than a man’s. This was something that an Amazon would plan. I am impressed.”
“Uh… this was Nabiki’s plan.” explained Ranma.
Cologne looked at the middle Tendo and then back at the redhead. “Yes, but you started this ball rolling. This is your plan that has brought us here to this moment.”
Nabiki smirked, clearly happy with the success of the plan. “You have a point, Elder Cologne. This is all your idea Ranma, I just made some enhancements to it.”
“So, let me guess, you change Shampoo and Mousse back for my agreeing to leave Ranma and the rest of you alone?” asked Cologne, with a big smile.
“That is the planned trade off.” stated Nabiki flatly.
“Let me toss out a counter offer. The kiss of marriage is canceled as is the kiss of death. After Jusendo and what Ranma did to Saffron, the Elders decided that truly aggravating you was not in the best interests of the tribe. But I would like to offer you a place in our tribe, as a warrior.”
Ranma looked thoughtful, “Give me a moment.”
She walked over to Nabiki and her mother. They leaned in and Ranma asked, “What do you think?”
Nabiki pursed her lips, “This might be in your best interests. Think about it… Amazon training and you don’t have to worry about Shampoo anymore. I am not sure what the bad is, unless you have to move to China.”
“You are a wonderful woman Ranma and this is an opportunity that might be a blessing.” said her mother.
Ranma turned back to Cologne. “What about Ukyo and Akane? They defeated both Mousse and Shampoo.”
Cologne looked at the other two girls holding the animal carriers. “Yes… they clearly are warriors. I have no problem extending this offer to all of you. You have clearly demonstrated your worthiness. This was a cunning plan after all.”
“So the fighting is over? No more attacks from Shampoo or Mousse?”
“Correct. Can you live with that?” asked Cologne.
Ranma nodded absently, a bit stunned. “Uhm… let me think about this some more.”
“Why don’t we go back to the restaurant or the dojo, sit down and have a talk. Then we can deal with all of this. Are you amenable to this?”
Ranma nodded again.
“Good. Then shall we.”
The group headed out. Konatsu took both animal cases and Ukyo and Akane helped Ranma, the three of them hobbling together. Nodoka offered to help Elder Cologne and the old woman rested her hand on Nodaka’s arm. Nodoka said, “The Dojo is closer. We can relax and discuss this in a civilized manner.”
The walk was only ten minutes or so and then they reached the dojo. Kasumi seemed shocked by the damage that Ranma and Cologne had caused each other and returned to the living room bearing a tray of tea and the first aid kit. The various fighters allowed themselves to be fussed over, as they all knew that there was no arguing with Kasumi when she was in this state. Once the medical affairs were in order, the tea was served.
Elder Cologne bowed over the warm cup. “Thank you Kasumi.”
“You are welcome Elder Cologne.”
“Now what was this about you wanting me to become an Amazon?” demanded Ranma, a bit flustered by the whole idea. It was terrifying and so strange to even consider.
“Could you return Shampoo and Mousse to their natural forms first? I would prefer that prior to us talking even more. If you please.”
Nabiki looked over the rim of her tea cup with narrowed eyes, “We naturally have assurances that there will be no violence on your part if we do?”
“Absolutely. I said as much earlier. I am quite content with the fact that the battle is over and that you are the victors.”
Nabiki nodded and Ranma got up and headed out of the room with Kasumi. Akane and Ukyo opened the animal carriers and got out Shampoo and Mousse. The small cat and the duck moved closer to Cologne, nervously looking at the others. Akane looked a bit smug as she glared at the cat, even though she was developing a pretty good black eye.
Kasumi came in with a steaming kettle, followed by Ranma, who tossed a couple of bathrobes over to the Elder. With a happy smile, the eldest Tendo poured the water on Shampoo and Mousse, returning them to their human forms. The kettle was now empty.
Once the two were now covered, every one sat there at the table calmly, though it was clear that Shampoo was struggling with her anger. Cologne did not spare her a glance when she spoke. “As I said before Ranma,that was masterfully done. It was a battle plan worthy of an Amazon.”
“Uhm… thanks.” replied Ranma, shifting nervously in her seat.
Nabiki elbowed the redhead gently in the side, to get her to still. “She was talking to me baka. Thank you Elder Cologne. I could not have planned it if it were not for the fact that Ranma had the foresight to have obtained both the locking water and the kettle water and had them on hand. The fact that she did and no one knew about it astounds me.”
Ranma blushed some as Nabiki praised her some.
“Yes. That was excellent foresight Ranma. And I must admit the use of the locking water is the one thing I would never have expected you in this ruse. I did not think you had the courage and determination to do something so… permanent to an opponent or to yourself.” stated Cologne.
Ranma nervously rubbed the back of her neck, “Uhm… well… I figured that with my luck with water to do anything less would mean that my plan would fail right at the start.”
The Amazon Elder nodded in agreement. “Very insightful. Yes, I do believe any other method that you could have used to change your form would have failed you at some time. It is just like the curse to draw the water you are most trying to avoid to you. That is what we have seen in the village.”
“That’s what I thought. So I just used some ladle water and poof… safe.”
Cologne looked thoughtful a moment before asking, “How long have you had this water in your possession?”
Ranma appeared a bit startled by the question and then sheepishly answered, “Uhm, ever since Herb was here. I got it before he left, you know… just in case I would ever need it.”
“Very clever. And no one suspected?”
“I know I had no clue.” admitted Nabiki. “And trust me, I would have used them if I had known about them.”
Cologne nodded. “I am sure you would have. You are a fierce defender of your family, Nabiki Tendo. Seeing how you and yours did today I would like to offer you membership into the Amazons, as full members of the Tribe with all rights and privileges.”
Shampoo and Mousse both bounded to their feet protesting. “Grandmother!” “Elder!”
“Hush! You two were clearly defeated in combat before you were locked into your cursed forms and Ranma kept me away long enough for that plan to work. That and she held her own against me. You tell me how that does not warrant full membership?” replied Cologne. “Besides, I do not want to irritate the destroyer of Jusendo over your mistaken quest for love.”
Shampoo’s face turned purple with rage and she spat out, “Husband is mine! Not stupid violent girl’s!”
Akane smirked and replied lightly, “Actually, she is mine.”
Both of the Amazons looked at Akane questioningly, unsure of her answer. Mousse had taken off his glasses and was looking over at a potted fern. Cologne asked calmly, “Explain.”
Ranma sighed and Akane patted her girlfriend’s hand lovingly. She looked up at the Amazon Elder and said, “Just so you know, she had three doses of the ladle water but only two from the kettle.”
The Amazons were quiet staring at Akane in shock. Shampoo and Mousse shrunk back to their seats at this news, stunned by what they had heard. In a tiny voice Shampoo asked, “Ranma give only water for Mousse and Shampoo?”
Ranma looked down at her hand clasped with Akane’s and nodded. In a soft voice, filled with emotion she replied, “Yes. Yes I did. Because this plan was the best way I heard of to end all of my, all of our issues with you and the others. The threat of you two being stuck as animals would be stronger than me stuck as a woman. Cologne would really have no choice but to yield if you two were locked. So I had to decide, did I want an out for me or an out for my whole family. Family comes first.”
Kasumi had tears in her eyes that had not fallen and Shampoo’s eyes looked wet as well. Akane looked so proud of Ranma that she might burst as did Nodoka. “As for me… being a girl has not been a bad thing. I have been happy and my life has been calmer. I have Ukyo as my sister. Kodachi is gone. Ryoga is leaving me alone for the most part. Pops is going crazy which I am fine with. My life is stable and I have friends. I do things outside martial arts. Yeah, giving up the kettle water for this was not much of a choice in my mind.”
Cologne smiled. “You are indeed a wonderful warrior and not a mere man. You truly would have been wasted as a simple husband. My offer to you all stands. Will you join the Tribe as warriors, you and yours, for your family is clearly one of warriors of the highest caliber, in many areas that would enrich my people.”
Ranma looked at Nabiki who had a calculating look on her face. The middle Tendo finally came to a conclusion, nodded and Ranma said with a grin, “We accept.”
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Chapter 33 By poetheather Alas... all good things come to an end and as Ranma deals with the fallout of the decisions she realizes something she had never thought before. |
Chapter 33
Yuka and Saiyuri were sitting at their desks doing their class work when they noticed that Ranma seemed a bit quieter than usual. While Akane and Ukyo were clearly proud of their battle scars and were happily showing them off to everyone else, the red head was not showing off or telling her tale of battling Cologne. She seemed to be letting the other two girls shine but it just didn’t seem right. They knew they had to find out what was the source of her problem. It made them sad to see their friend so clearly out of sorts.
Their chance to get answers came when the red head took off for the bathroom. The two girls followed behind her and stopped Ranma after the girl got out of the stall. She looked up at them a bit confused, her blue eyes a bit wide and before she could say anything they both bracketed her and gave the martial artist a tight hug.
This action startled Ranma at first but then she relaxed into it and sighed. After a few moments of just accepting the hug, she asked, “Thank you, but what was that for?”
“What’s wrong Ranma? You don’t look okay?” asked Saiyuri, her eyes open and caring.
The red head was even more surprised by this and looked between the two girls, as if trying to figure this out, why they had shown up and asked her these things. “I… I don’t know what you mean.”
Yuka sighed and rested a hand on her friend’s arm as she spoke, “Ranma, honestly, you’ve always been a terrible liar. Something big happened with the Amazons and Akane and Ukyo are all excited and proud about beating Shampoo and Mousse but you don’t look happy. This is not how fights with you often happen, so something is clearly wrong. What is it? What’s wrong? You can let us know.”
Ranma opened her mouth to say something in response and then closed it again as if words failed. She looked clearly uncomfortable as she fidgeted nervously. With a frown at the door to the bathroom Saiyuri caught on and figured something out, “Come on; let’s go up to the roof.”
The three girls hurried up to the roof, avoiding wandering teachers and hall monitors. Once up there and they could see that they were alone Saiyuri turned, pointed a finger at the redhead, and said, “Okay… spill.”
Shaking her long red hair, Ranma said, “I had to do something this weekend that… that was pretty… final and the results are just starting to hit me.”
Yuka gasped, hand rushing to cover her mouth and she whispered as she asked, “You didn’t kill anybody… did you?”
Ranma rolled her blue eyes, “No! Honestly Yuka. Sheesh… no I had to use the water I had set aside to turn me back as part of a ploy to get Cologne to back down. So now I am stuck this way forever.”
Yuka blinked again, as if she was having trouble processing all of this. “I thought the plan that we had come up with was that you were a girl and always had been?”
Saiyuri sighed and patted her friend on the head as she shook her own. “I understand Ranma. So, your only way out of this is gone?”
“Yeah. To get more I would have to go back to China. And I kind of want to and kind of don’t.” said Ranma, turning to look out across Nerima, not willing to meet anyone’s eyes.
“Kind of don’t?” asked Yuka.
“I like being a girl. It’s nice. My life has been quieter, calmer, less insane, especially since all the fiancé problems have been solved as well as the Amazons. I mean… things are pretty good. I also like how the body feels most of the time. There are a lot of positive things that make me not care about the water.” said Ranma a bit dreamily, gazing off at the endless horizon.
“But…” prompted Saiyuri, knowing there had to be more to all of this. It was Ranma, there always had to be more. There was nothing about her that was ever simple.
“But you know… I kind of wanted to be able to change back occasionally, so I could marry Akane at the very least and so that we could have kids. You know, it’s not like I originally wanted to stay this way forever, just long enough to calm things down in my life.” Ranma looked even more down, her gaze turning down to the base of the building.
“Have you told Akane this?” asked Saiyuri worriedly.
“Yeah… she knows. I think she knows. She should know. She knows that was my plan way back at the beginning. But she knew also that this was the best plan to stop the Amazons. So now we are trapped in the same place and I’m not sure what to do.” Her eyes were getting wet with tears as she turned to face the friends she had made with Akane’s help.
Saiyuri hugged the redhead again. “Well, then all you can do is live as a girl until we can get you to China so you can get the water. It’s not the end of the world Ranma. It’s just a little setback. Your dreams can still happen. Don’t give up on your happy endings.”
Ranma sniffled a little and then smiled, “Yeah, you’re probably right. Besides, we’re Amazons now, so it’s not like we’re going to get in trouble this time around when we head into China. No one hunting us, no kiss of death or marriage. That will be a great relief.”
“That would be a nice change of pace.” commented Yuka. They all laughed at that. “We should head back now that we know that you are okay. Will you be fine?”
“Thanks guys. You two are both great friends. I think I can keep going. It’s just that this has all been so overwhelming.”
After another hug the three of them set out back down the stairwell. They got back to their room fairly quickly, avoiding one of the Principal’s haircutting traps and sat back in their seats. Akane looked over at her girlfriend and flipped over a note. Ranma snatched it from the air, unfolded it, and smiled over at Akane after she read it, warmed by her concern, mouthing, ‘I’m okay.’
Akane relaxed, the tension clearly fading and gave Ranma a small smile of relief.
At lunch, as the group walked outside to the tree covered area where they usually sat, Akane asked what was up and because Ranma seemed a bit tongue tied and emotional Saiyuri explained things to the other two, such as what Ranma had admitted on the roof. The five girls were quiet as they sat down under a tree to eat.
Ukyo slowly got her grill together and absently made everyone some okonomiyaki, her skill such that even distracted as she was they turned out great. Ranma was busy looking at her shoes, the grass, anything but the other girls and she was clearly embarrassed by all of this. After Akane finished her pancake, she looked at Ranma, lifting her head and asked, “Is there anything I can do to help make you feel better?”
“I don’t know.”
“You know I love you, right? Whichever form you are in you are my Ranma and that is all that matters to me.” declared Akane, is a strong and sure voice.
Ranma could feel the truth of it through Akane’s aura and it made her smile. “Really?”
Ukyo rolled her eyes and chided the girl, “Honestly Ranma, you are like the dumbest sister ever. Of course she loves you. One of the only reasons I am okay with how everything turned out between us is because of how much she loves you and how much you love her. So don’t be act the idiot like boy Ranma the super dope. Girl Ranma is far smarter than that.”
The smirk that was on the redhead’s face was very familiar and the girls realized that they hadn’t seen it in several days. Perhaps this problem had been worse than they had thought. “Smarter than that, hunh?”
Yuka chimed in at that point. “Yep. Boy Ranma had severe foot in mouth disease and always seemed to stumble into trouble because he never bothered to think before he did anything. Girl Ranma is much smarter in that respect.”
Ranma shook her head, “You all really believe this?”
“Absolutely!” stated Saiyuri. “Boy Ranma was great and all but honestly, he caused himself over half the trouble he found himself in. You, young lady, have managed to fix all that. So yeah, you are stuck in this form, for the moment, but so what? I thought you keep saying that Ranma Saotome don’t lose?”
That earned them another chuckle. “Yeah, I guess I do say that.”
Akane looked at him a bit funny, as this also seemed a bit… off, “You guess you say that?”
“Well, honestly I’m not so interested in winning all the time. Yeah I want to be the best, but I realized I haven’t gotten where I am now by winning all the time. Actually, come to think of it, I lose a lot, sometimes several times before I figure things out and then I go after them again to win. I guess it really isn’t that I don’t lose as much as I don’t quit.” mused Ranma, as she thought about what everybody was saying.
“Then if that’s the case, don’t stress out over not being able to change back right now. Don’t quit. It’s not over. We just have to go to China at some point. See, easy solution.” stated Akane, as it were the simplest thing in the world.
Ranma chuckled, and then began to laugh until tears began to pour down her face. The others looked at each other worriedly as this whole display was somewhat disturbing, though this was not the kind of maniacal laughter they had heard from Ranma before that always led to bad plans and embarrassing defeats. Ukyo looked a bit scared as she tentatively asked, “Are you okay Ran-chan?”
The laughter slowly reduced to chuckles and Ranma wiped her blue eyes, which seemed to sparkle happily, “Yeah Uk-chan. I really am. I am fine. For once, I think I can honestly say that I really am okay. I mean think about it. Right now, at this moment, all of the problems I used to have are solved, are gone. Poof! I did it! I DID IT!!”
Ranma leapt to her feet, jumping up and down a few times before posing heroically, with her fingers in the classic V sign. The other girls just stared at her as if she had lost her mind. Saiyuri looked at the others and asked carefully, “Have you finally lost it?”
“No… don’t you get it… it’s over. I’ve won. I’ve beaten them all. I’ve defeated all of my opponents! There are no more barriers to my happiness!! You and I are great Uk-chan and the rest of them, the rest of them are leaving me alone. I can finally have some peace!” Ranma grinned broadly.
There was a collective long slow blink as what Ranma said penetrated everyone’s heads and they all started to smile one at a time. She smiled back at them and nodded vigorously. “Yep yep yep. My plan worked.”
Akane blinked a few times, still kind of bowled over by this assertion. “Your plan worked?”
“My plan worked.” stated Ranma confidently.
“Your plan worked?”
“Well… you did help me with it so I guess it is more our plan, but yes it worked.” Ranma corrected what she had said, to more accurately reflect what had actually happened, which also seemed to surprise people.
“Our… plan worked?”
Ranma smiled softly at the short haired girl, clearly showing the love she felt for the tomboy who had once beaten her all the time with a mallet and pieces of furniture when she had said lots of stupid and hurtful things, who had helped her time and again through various challenges, who wanted to become as strong a martial artist as she was, who had died and come back to her all for love. “Yes love, our plan worked. I think this means I’m free, really and truly free.”
Akane whooped, was on her feet in an instant, plucking Ranma up and swinging her around before kissing the redhead soundly in front of everybody in the schoolyard. “We did it!!”
The others laughed at the two of them, though Ukyo looked slightly melancholy. Ranma noticed this and got Akane to put her down. She pulled Ukyo to her feet and hugged her, “We are good, right sis?”
Ukyo looked into the blue eyes of her adopted sister and saw love there, not the love she had so wanted for so long but in the end far more than she had expected. She reached up and wiped a tear away before smiling. “Yeah sis, we are good. And when we can make it happen, you can be my brother as well.”
Ranma tightened her hug and Akane followed suit, the three of them holding each other tight. Yuka and Saiyuri looked on smiling. Akane whispered to Ranma, “So baka, feel alone and stressed now?”
With a look at the friends that she had never expected to meet and at her sister and her love, she grinned happily, saying excitedly, “Nope. I think in the end, my life is just about perfect.”
![]() |
The Journey is the Destination
Epilogue By poetheather So... Ranma mugged me today and she had a bit to say about her life since the end of the story. The final conclusion. |
Epilogue
Ranma was sitting in the warm sun in the back yard, feet dangling over the engawa looking out over the garden. She had gotten a little taller in the last seven years and amazingly enough filled out even more, which only made Akane, her sister and all her girlfriends laugh at her. Even she had to admit that it was kind of funny. Her Tomboy had also grown more beautiful, letting her hair grow a bit longer, but not too much, and her body while still strong was much more feminine and filled out. She couldn’t even teasingly be said to be built like a brick anymore. Ranma could happily stare at her wife for hours.
The warmth made her thoughts drift as she was just so happy. Once the situation with the Amazons had been resolved life had simply gotten so much better as there really were no dangers in the same category. Nabiki had used her considerable power against Pineapple Head and for some reason he decided that moving back to Hawaii was in his best interests. There had been great rejoicing for that one and Nabiki had become a bit of a hero once it had been made known who was responsible for it.
Kuno had tried to grope both her and Akane downtown while they had been shopping and they had him arrested. True he hadn’t been held long, but it was just long enough for a mental evaluation to be held. It really couldn’t have happened to a nicer guy. That got the city council involved so they could work behind the scenes to avoid the dishonor to the whole of Nerima if it got out that such a “prominent” citizen were such a problem to the community as a whole. Without their father there to help bully the council, Nabiki’s files on the Kunos had leashed them when that had happened. The end result was that the former Mercenary girl had actually blushed and complained from the excessive hugging she got from a lot of people. She was not used to getting all this positive attention and it had shaken her about as much as Nodoka and Kasumi threatening her had. Working with non-profit organizations was a big change from what she had done before but she was using her powers for good now, protecting the little guy and that was what mattered.
Ryoga had vanished. That was kind of sad really as he wasn’t all that bad when he hadn’t been trying to kill her or was trying to sneak into her wife’s bed. She actually kind of missed the pigheaded blockhead. Occasionally Akane woke him with shouts of “Ranma Saotome prepare to die!” to bring a nostalgic smile to her face. She had even bought Ranma a stuffed pig that looked really close to Ryoga’s cursed form that they kept around the house for amusement, occasionally throwing it at each other. For all that he had bugged them Porkbreath had also been a friend when needed. Ranma really missed him and wished that the Lost Boy could be found.
Ukyo and Konatsu’s wedding had been something else. The couple had gone through a lot in the past seven years, a lot of ups and downs, and in the end the ninja had decided to stay male. Ukyo still dressed very masculine on the whole as that was how she was most comfortable and Konatsu very feminine for the same reason and they were happy with the roles they played in each other’s lives. Occasionally they asked Ranma for packets of instant Jusenkyo water and she was happy to give them over so long as she didn’t have to think about her sister and brother-in-law that way. There were some things that were too intimate. But she did admit that Ukyo had looked really good in that Tuxedo and Konatsu had been a stunning Bride.
Kasumi had moved out and had gone to school, which made her very happy. She had picked up her life from where it had stopped when Mrs. Tendo had died, trying to get back to the way she had been before. It was tough work after being a housewife for so long but she had excellent in her classes. In fact everyone’s life seemed to be going better, except for her fathers. Genma had never accepted the very obvious fact that she was a she. There had been all sorts of plots and lame stratagems to “correct” this “misunderstanding” and the continuing beatdowns had been incorporated into Akane’s training. The Tomboy had been so happy to oblige. Her wife had gotten very, very good in the last seven years.
Closing her eyes, Ranma lay back against the wood and sighed, stretching out against the warm wood. This felt so good and the abdominal stretch felt lovely. This was what she needed, rest and relaxation. Early last year she had finally achieved her Grandmastery in Anything Goes and it was a long time coming. It felt like it had taken her forever to finally get there, what with learning the sword, a number of Chinese weapons, various Amazon techniques thanks to their status as members of the Tribe and a lot of things she had come up with herself. The fight that she had with Happosai had been one of the hardest she had ever fought because he hadn’t held back at all. After a half day of fighting she had brought him down with one of her techniques that really had surprised him. The old pervert actually had tears in his eyes when he had conferred the title on her. She had as well and let the slight groping pass as they hugged. Complaining so wasn’t worth the fuss at that point as she had been too tired to really move at that point.
Life was good, better than it ever had been. The dojo held classes. It was doing well thanks to the knowledge she and Akane had gained in college plus Nabiki’s help with the books and advertising. Their family was doing well. She couldn’t remember the last time she or her wife had been attacked out of the blue by some lunatic or anyone had been kidnapped. Their life at this point was simply calm and filled with happiness. Ranma had to admit that it was hard to believe that all of this had come about because she had been tired and frustrated about her life and was determined to change it. Sayuri and Yuka still teased her about how clueless she had been at the start of things. She really had no clue how to be a girl and yet somehow they had survived. It was amazing that they had managed to pull things off long enough to get Kasumi, Nodoka and Nabiki involved. Their help had been invaluable in insuring that the ridiculous plan worked. She had been such a loon to think that she could pull that off stupid thing off with only Akane’s help.
Now though, at the other end of that craziness, with all the love and support of her friends and family, she couldn’t be happier. A voice called out from inside the house, “Ranma?”
“Yes love?” Ranma remained where she was. The warmth of the sun was too nice to warrant moving for most any reason.
“Someone’s being a bit fussy. I think she’s hungry.” Akane walked out onto the veranda carrying their baby, who was wriggling in her blankets.
Ranma chuckled and sat up, loosening her top as she did so. “I swear she had to have inherited the Panda’s hunger. It seems like she always wants more.”
“You can eat like that as well Ranma, so don’t talk bad about my daughter like that.” huffed Akane, giving the redhead the pre-mallet eye.
As Ranma shifted her daughter into position so the little girl could start on her meal, she said with a slight smirk, “Mommy’s little girl, hunh?”
“Well, she can’t very well be Daddy’s little girl now can she?” pointed out Akane with a bit of a chuckle.
“An excellent observation Love, a very good…” She winced slightly and looked down at her daughter. “No biting Akemi.”
Akane smiled at them fondly. “The great Ranma Saotome hurt by a baby girl. That’s funny.”
“She’s as strong as you Tomboy.” retorted Ranma, glad her child had gone back to suckling and not gnawing. “How would you like it if someone started biting on your nipple?”
“Okay… fair point. I’m glad she takes after me a little. She certainly has your eyes and those wisps of hair certainly look reddish.” Akane ran her hand gently down her daughter’s head, across the downy hair.
“Yeah, she’s beautiful, just like you.” Ranma was looking up at her wife with soft eyes and a warm smile.
Akane leaned down and kissed her wife, smiling happily. As she stood back upright she said, “Oh, I wanted to let you know we got a package from China.”
“We did?” asked Ranma curiously. She had clearly been caught up in her thoughts enough to have missed the mailman.
“Yep. I opened it and it seems as if Cologne finally took care of something for us.” The Tomboy’s grin was full of mischief and promise. It was one of Ranma’s favorite looks.
Ranma quirked an eyebrow at his wife. “Oh?”
“We have more ladle and kettle water.” Akane’s eyes twinkled happily.
The grin on Ranma’s face was slow to build but it grew nonetheless. She looked at Akane so excitedly. She struggled to keep from bounding to her feet or yelling out as their daughter was quieting down and eating peacefully. That was not a state that needed to be disturbed. “That means that…”
“Yes.”
“And you and I…”
“Yes.”
“And you can finally…”
“Yes.” Akane’s grin was so bright and blissful that it made Ranma’s heart soar to see it.
“I love you.”
“I love you too. Just think, if we do this right, our little princess Akemi here can have a brother or sister in a year or so. I can become pregnant and then you can get back to normal. No more worrying about wanting to be a guy so I could have your baby, it would all be taken care of.” Akane crouched down and hugged her wife.
Ranma was sniffling a little, tears collecting at the corner of her eyes. It had been Akane’s dream to have her child for the longest time now and it had only gotten worse since she had gotten pregnant. Akane had enjoyed getting Ranma in that state, coming to terms with the fact that the form could be fun and had some pleasurable uses, but as Ranma had started showing she had gotten a bit melancholy. She had taken to watching Ranma, clearly wishing this had been her and not the other way around. This simple present of water from the Musk would undoubtedly solve all of that, that in and of itself was reason to celebrate. “I would love to make you happy Akane. I think you being pregnant would be wonderful. I kind of like the idea of you carrying my child. It is rather exciting. And while the first three months are less than pleasant or they can be, I pretty much enjoyed the whole thing. The rest of the pregnancy can be lots of fun, until the end when you’re ready to pop. Then you just want it to be over. But in between… it’s lovely. You know, when this happens, I can show you the Saotome school of Anything Goes Pregnancy arts.”
Akane started snerking, leading into a full chuckle before saying, “Only you Ranma… only you.”
Eric had been walking a long time, going on Walkabout as part of his magical training. Thankfully he had found some money that might allow him to take a break. Up ahead he spotted a water park, Bikini Beach. Maybe this would be just the vacation he needed, after all the Tao provided. If only drama and demons would stay away.
Bikini Beach:
The Wanderer
Based on the Bikini Beach stories created by Elrod W.
By poetheather
Eric stopped walking and took in a deep breath. When his Master had told him that he had to go Walkabout for a while as part of his training he wasn’t sure what that would entail. Now three months and several hundred miles later he had a better idea.
Master Shinju had told him that this part of his training would help him develop his understanding of the Tao, of virtue and of the use of the magic he was learning. After four years of training he had finally gotten a chance to do something other than meditate, practice, eat, meditate, read, meditate, etc… He was glad of the break.
He had actually done a number of fun things on this Walkabout. He smiled as he remembered helping that teenage runaway. She had been so scared and alone and so very pregnant. The magic had helped him find her the place where she needed to go to be best taken care of. It had all worked out. On the other hand, that fight in Atlanta hadn’t been so fun.
Eric just shook his head to clear it. No need to dwell on bad stuff. He pulled out his ID pouch again from his shirt. Something was up for sure. Finding three hundred dollars by the side of the road this morning had been a sign, but of what? He was sure the Tao would show him.
Forty minutes of walking later showed him a very possible what. Ahead lay the entrance to a water park. The sign read Bikini Beach. His eyes widened. Surely rest and relaxation was not on the agenda for him? But Master Shinju was very clear that sometimes in goofing off you did the most growth. So that was what the three hundred dollars was for. Rest. It didn’t hurt that he would get to spend some time with girls. Four years was a long time for a twenty-year-old boy to be without any female companions. Besides, if he got lucky he could finally use some of the sexual techniques he had been taught. He smiled broadly and walked into the parking lot.
It was fairly full for this late in the spring. Surely school hadn’t let out or anything. He had no idea. But he didn’t worry; he was sure everything would work out all right. He spotted the condos up on the hillside next to the park. It looked as if they were easily accessible from the parking lot. That might mean a bed and air conditioning. Despite all his training Eric still liked to be spoiled. This could end up being a fun diversion.
* * * * * * * * * *
Anya spotted the boy with the backpack fairly easily. She had trouble believing that someone had just walked to their park. She had gotten used to a number of odd things happening while she had lived and worked with Grandmother, but even this was unusual. It was exceedingly rare for someone to walk to the Park and for someone to have a trailpack, was unusual. As he drew closer she tried to get a read of him. ‘Might as well find out what he was up to before he gets here.’
She then got here second surprise. She couldn’t get anything from him. She could tell he was there, but it was almost as if he wasn’t there. She frowned a little in concentration. Still nothing. She was still frowning when he got up to the booth.
“Hello there. I was wondering does this water park have a room deal with that place over there?” Eric smiled charmingly; the girl behind the counter was really cute.
“Uh, yes we do. Why do you ask?” Anya liked the look of this boy, he was neat and dressed well, but something about him did not make her feel too confident. She just wished she could get a good read off of him.
“Well, if possible I would like to visit your park and get a room as well.”
“We do have package deals. But this is a member’s only park. We don’t sell tickets, only passes good for a number of days.” Anya wished Grandmother would get out here and help her figure out this man. Why couldn’t she get any thing from him?
“Okay. How long would two hundred dollars go for one of those packages?”
“We have a special going on as a welcome to summer package. A week’s pass and a week's stay at the condos. Would that do?” Well, if she couldn’t read him might as well see how he deals with a week as a girl. And if she couldn’t get a read she would use the last male’s magical set up for the ticket. That sounded like the right thing to do. It might be better to go with the basic package plus mind alteration and memory erase. That would be the better plan.
“Cool. One pass please.” Eric handed over the two hundred dollars happily. A week’s vacation from walking. That would be great. And a week straight in a real bed. He wished he knew what the Tao had in store for him.
She handed him the ticket. “There you go. Now if you just go and shower before you head out to the pool area. Health code regulation. When you want your key and room number just come and get me. My name is Anya.”
Eric said his thanks rather absently as he headed towards the changing area. There was something odd about the ticket but he couldn’t figure out what it was. Almost as if it were…magic? He shook his head in disbelief, magic? At a water park? Right. But still…there was something about that ticket, and come to think of it, about Anya as well.
He changed into his swimming trunks still running this over in his mind. Eric was sure it meant something, but he didn’t seem to be getting any closer to an answer. Perhaps he could meditate on it while he was in the park.
He stepped up to the shower and turned the water on. Eric was surprised that the water was actually warm. With a smile he stepped under the water and let its warmth relax him. The water had an almost massage like quality to it. With his eyes closed and letting the slight aches of the miles of walking pour out of him he never noticed the slight pink tinge the spray took on. His body felt warm and relaxed.
His eyes snapped open as the changes began to affect his body and his mind. His lessons told him quickly that the magic was going to warp his body but he could defend his mind. Eric began chanting and moving his hands in the sacred patterns immediately. The water still poured down on him as his magic fought to retain full control of his mind. He turned everything inward for this and thus didn’t notice what had become of his body. After a few minutes of intense focus he felt the invading magic fade and his mind remained his.
Eric looked around for the source of the attack. The warm water still poured down over his body, but it now felt different. He looked down at himself as he spotted no one around him. He was shorter, and less muscular and had longer hair, and two rather graphic changes. His breasts moved with his breath and he could tell something else had changed by its conspicuous lack. He stepped from the water and looked at himself in the mirror. He looked like Master Shinju’s niece, Michelle, from Hong Kong. His eyes were the same green they had always been, but now his hair had gone raven black like hers and hung down past his shoulders. He had feminine curves and the chest to go with them. He was really glad that they weren’t utterly huge. His swim trunks had changed as well to a bright blue pair of bikini bottoms that went well with his now Asian coloring. As he moved to the mirror to get a closer look, he could feel the shift in his remembered center of gravity. He worked to adapt to that and to the different alignment of his hips. ‘This will take some getting used to.’ He mused. A close inspection of both him and his new reflection both yielded the same information, he had been totally changed, with the exception of his mind.
‘The showers had to be the activating agent,’ he thought. ‘With the ticket being the catalyst. The fact that I look like Michelle could be due to the fact that I really find her attractive, so she is the female most often on my mind. Workable starting place, now as to whom? Anya?’
The cute look on his new face as he worked this out caused him to laugh out loud at the sheer craziness of it all. The delicate sound of his voice only fueled it more. This whole situation was ludicrous. He was still laughing as he walked out of the changing room to find some answers.
“Young Lady! We do not allow that kind of thing at this park.”
Eric turned at the voice. There was an older lady of medium height and build holding a blue bikini top that matched his bottoms. He looked closer at her and could get a touch of her influence in all of this. “Don’t allow what? Top less bathing, or men?”
Grandmother’s eyes opened a little wider at this and then narrowed. There was something about this one. He had only laughed at this, and there was also the fact that she had felt the use of magic briefly in the changing rooms. “To answer your questions, yes. While you put this on could you answer one of mine?”
Eric took the two blue triangles of cloth with strings hanging out and nodded. How was he supposed to put this on? He was much better at taking them off.
As he struggled to put the top on Grandmother realized that somehow this boy had kept the magic from affecting his mind. And that meant…”You practice magic?”
“Yes, ma’am I do.” Eric finished off getting his breasts covered. The support from the bikini top felt nice. At the ladies question he recovered the manners his master had taught him. He bowed with the ease of long practice. “My name is Eric Summers. I am a student of the arts under Master Shinju Kwai.”
“Who?” She had never heard the name before, but that wasn’t too out of the ordinary. A lot of the oriental Masters never joined the Wizards Guild.
“Master Shinju Kwai. Taoist Alchemian Sorcerer. I have been his student for four years.”
“I see. I guess we will need to talk in my office.” She turned and led the cute Asian girl into her office. Eric seemed to be taking this better than most of the other first timers who didn’t know what was going on. But than again if he weren’t a magic student it wouldn’t be as much of a shock as it would be to others. They sat after she handed him a bottle of water. “So you are a magic practitioner.”
“Yes ma’am. I am in western terms on my Journeyman excursion. This morning I found three hundred dollars. So when I found your park I figured that is what it was for. It works like that for Master Shinju and his students.”
“And your ticket? Can I see it please?”
Eric handed it over smiling. ‘Well, I guess I can say that my day can’t get much weirder at this point. And here I thought Master Chuang-tzu’s dream was mere metaphor.’
He was still trying to make sense out of all of the new information that his changed body was giving him. He was sitting differently with the wider hips and the extra padding on his rear. It also seemed as if his body was more sensitive to things. The feel of his skin was different as well. These new sensations were rather distracting. Nothing seemed to fit anymore. He focused on the here and now to keep from being lost in the new sensations.
Grandmother looked at the ticket for a few moments. She could tell that the magic of the ticket was set to the boy across from her but that the mind alteration and memory erase aspects certainly had failed. “Anya, could you come to my office please?” she sent.
After a short delay Anya walked into the office. “Yes Grandmother?”
“You sold a week long pass to this person?” Grandmother gestured to Eric.
Anya looked at him and barely got the recognition that the spell was supposed to give. She still couldn’t get anything from him as he…she sat there. “Yes.”
Grandmother sighed. She had been afraid this might happen. “I am sorry Eric. I usually don’t let anyone who practices magic into my park without prior arrangements. You made it in because the style of what you have learned is so different. I had no protections against it. So I guess you are our guest for the next week.”
Anya’s mouth dropped in surprise. He was a magician? But he didn’t feel like one. They were usually so easy to spot. The magic literally poured through their auras.
Eric smiled up at Anya. She seemed to be genuinely surprised at this. So was he, but he had been taught to roll with everything like that is how it had been planned. It was one of the secret Taoist teachings. Act like it was meant to happen the way it had, even if it was a surprise to you. Kept other people off their guard and made them think you knew more than you did.
Grandmother kept talking. “The spell that you were undergoing would have given you a female mind and fairly high libido, but would have altered your memories of the week to keep you from knowing what actually happened. It would also give you the body of the girl you thought of most. Nothing really malicious.”
“That would explain that then. I take it then that I don’t have that mind set?”
“No you don’t. But the libido on the body is keyed a bit high. You will have physically driven urges, not mental.” Grandmother sighed. “I am sorry about this.”
Eric laughed again. “Tell you what. I get my money back and you guys treat me to a good week and we’ll call it even. This should be fun. It is certainly going to be a different point of view. And the Tao hasn’t really led me astray yet. An odd sense of humor, but still led me right.”
Anya and Grandmother were again confused. He wasn’t mad? Grandmother thought about it for a second. Why not? He got his money back, they took care of him and no problems. And now she had an idea what that style of magic looked like so she could add that into the wards as well, to prevent another mix up. “Fine Eric. That would be a good idea. Anya, please take our guest around. Show him around and get him some lunch. You did this to him so you get to help him. I assume you are hungry, Eric?”
The cute Asian girl smiled brightly. “You bet. Breakfast was at sunrise.”
Anya led Eric out of the office and into the park. Eric looked around, interested. There were only women and girls here. No men at all. He took his fill of women in their suits, being polite not to stare too much in his appreciation. There was a good view anyway he looked. So there was no need to stare at any given girl in particular. Even his companion was well worth looking at. Life was good.
The two of them got a light lunch and chatted. They had a lot in common with being students still. The differences in the way the magical energy was put together made for plenty of chances to explain each other’s styles.
“You know, if you're going to be here a week looking like that I can’t just call you Eric. People will stare.”
“Good point. I’ll need a name that fits this body and I’ll actually answer to. How about Erin? It’s close.” replied Eric after a little bit of thought.
“Sounds like a good name to me. Come on Erin; let’s go have some fun. We can talk more about this other stuff later. Like tonight over dinner.”
“Sure. It’ll be my treat. After what else am I going to do with my money?”
The two girls laughed as they walked into the park. Anya showed Erin her favorite of the slides and they rode that a few times. And Erin lost her top only once before she got the hang of it. They swam a little in the wave pool and then drifted lazily on inner tubes along the river.
Erin was having more fun then she had had in a really large portion of her life. Her studies never really left her too much time to do something fun. Her life had been school and martial arts for as long as she could remember. In fact, Master Shinju had commented on that fact before. So now she was making up for it.
Erin was fascinated by the interplay between Anya and her. They were discussing things in a much more relaxed fashion than she had ever done with a girl before. It was more emotional and more intimate. She liked that. It was a nice difference. True most of that was on Anya’s part and not his, but it was still nice.
She also got a thrill out of how her body was reacting to everything. It almost felt as if he was a walking bundle of nerves. Her skin was more sensitive and the feel of her body in the water was amazing. It still felt out of place and she was having a difficult time adjusting to it. Staying out of these sensations enough to be company took work.
She wondered about what things would have changed if the rest of the process had been allowed to continue. She furrowed her brows in thought. What else could be different? Would these feelings stop being so distracting?
“Erin, what’s wrong?” asked Anya, concerned about the look of thought on Erin’s face.
“Anya, … I was wondering what other changes would have occurred if I had allowed them to. I mean talking to you is great, but you are being more intimate and emotional than I seem willing to be. Is that a mental thing? Is that a thing that would change? All of my urges still seem to be mine, another mental thing? And these sensations coming from this body are almost overwhelming. I wonder if it would be possible to alter this?” Erin spoke haltingly, trying to get this out without feeling to embarrassed. She was still a guy in her mind, and while this experience was novel and fascinating it was rather disturbing.
“The answer is usually yes. So long as the time period doesn’t expire it is possible to change things. But with what you know? I don’t know. If you wanted to give it a try we could.” Erin was still being a different sort of customer/guest of the park. She was actually working on trying to make this an experience and not a trial.
“Well, I figure that if the Tao guided me here I might as well get the most out of this that I can. Let’s just talk out the changes before we try them.”
“Sure. What did you have in mind?” Anya sat up a little more to get a better look at Erin.
“Well, your Grandmother said I stopped the mental portion of things. The information and the different thought patterns and the like. And I would like to change this body. I don’t want to be Michelle. If I’m going to do this I might as well be me with differences.”
Anya nodded in thought as Erin spoke. “I think that can be done. You won’t be fighting the change and it will be a bit more controlled this time. Changing how you look should also be easy but different magics could have some unexpected results, some of which are really bad. I’ll be with you to make this easier.”
“And if it doesn’t work, we’ll talk to your Grandmother?” asked Erin.
“Sure. Though for all I know she may even meet us at the showers.”
Erin and Anya made their way through the park back to the entrance. Anya led Erin to the much larger Ladies changing room. The room was mostly empty as the crowd was all in the park. They went to the farthest back shower. Anya turned on the water and opened herself to the magic putting the spell in the water into the matrix that Erin wanted. She really concentrated, not wanting any mistakes. “In you go Erin.”
Erin stepped into the water a little apprehensively. Now that she knew what was going on she was a bit nervous. She altered her breathing to help calm her. She saw the pink mist forming as the massage like feeling pounded into her muscles. With effort she refrained from reacting as the fabric of the spell rewove parts of her brain. After that she felt the body begin its shift.
The Asian body reverted back through Eric’s original make up and became the female him. He was taller again, but not as tall as he had been. His red hair grew out to the same length his had been as Michelle, just past his shoulders. He was still not as muscular as he had been, but now he looked like the athlete he was, unlike how he had in Michelle’s body. His breasts were about a full B cup on this body, with quite noticeable nipples and areola. His hips filled out more, as did his rear. This body felt closer to his remembered sense of balance. But even that shifted until the sensations were all registering as normal. That in itself was comforting, as the disparity of knowledge to reflex he had in the other form had been giving him some problems.
His suit had gone from blue to a rich hunter green. It also switched to an even more modest cut, which felt right somehow. Eric smiled at that, the suit looked quite striking against his skin. This pleased him in a way that his clothes never had. He smirked as he stepped out to greet Anya again. Erin responded in her now natural alto as she posed playfully. “Think it worked?”
Without a thought Erin hugged Anya. It felt like the natural thing to do at this point. “Thank you. This feels some much better. I was going a little crazy in the other body since things didn’t really fit.”
Anya smiled at this, hugging Erin back. She responded sheepishly to Erin. “I’m glad it helped. I’m sorry about doing this to you. I toned down your libido to something more like a natural woman’s.”
Erin giggled at that. “Anya, don’t worry about it. Let’s just have fun. This is my vacation from wandering about. You just helped to make it a bit more… memorable.”
Anya was surprised at the change in Eric…uh…Erin. He…she didn’t seem as reserved or as quiet as he…she had been before. It was an interesting change from how he had been earlier. Sometimes the changes the park created surprised even her. He did look cute as a female Eric though. Kind of an Irish beach bunny. “Then let’s go meet some other people and have some fun.”
The two of them went back out to the park and had more fun. Anya introduced Erin to Elizabeth and Jenny, making plans for the four of them to go out that night for dinner. That done, Anya left Erin for a while to get some work done. Erin just enjoyed the park. Lounging around and having a nice cool drink was really nice. Her aching feet appreciated the time spent in the hammock, as she laid back and hummed.
She had never really hummed before, but it felt right. A lot of things felt right at this point. She wasn’t as worried about making it through his journeyman test as he had been. She didn’t feel the same drive for success that had been pushing him. She was happy with the world as it was, everything just felt right. She smiled to herself; that was what Master Shinju always said to be on the look out for. And now here she was, just basking in the rightness of the world.
The announcement that the park was closing in fifteen minutes brought Erin out of her meditative daze. Fifteen minutes? She couldn’t really remember how long she had been in the hammock. She got up and stretched. That felt really good.
People were moving through the park towards the exit and a number of the employees were already hard at work cleaning up things. The Sun was still quite visible in the sky. Then he remembered something about the park closing at six that evening for some maintenance. Erin smiled at that.
She walked back towards the entrance, relishing the roll of her new hips. Everything felt so different and so the same that it was really cool. She was impressed with the park and the magic that had so fully transformed him to her. She was really beginning to look forward to the rest of the week. Between this and the first actual vacation in well over four years, she was bound to utterly relax for a change.
She walked into the men’s locker room and back into the shower. This time she washed herself and her hair with the nice smelling soap from the wall dispenser that she hadn’t noticed earlier. Probably showed up at the end of the day. The warm water again massaged her shoulders and back. She sighed contentedly and gave herself over to the wonderful feeling of the shower jets. After a while she turned it off and got about getting herself ready.
After drying herself with the Park Logo towel that the old woman had given her earlier, she opened her locker to get at the stuff in her backpack. Her traveling clothes were still folded on top of her pack as she had left them; only her clothes had been changed to fit her new body.
A sports bra and white cotton panties lay on top of her clothes. She pulled them on, turning her attention to her other clothes. Her hemp drawstring pants were still mostly unchanged except for the size. Her top had changed to a lightweight three quarters length sleeve top with a hood in hunter green, to contrast with the natural beige of her pants. Her boots had changed fairly well though. These were lighter, much lighter. As were her hiking socks. She pulled them on and laced up her boots. She looked at herself in the mirror.
A cute, athletically built redhead looked back at her, smiling mischievously. Her green eyes sparkled some. Her cheeks shone with the color that the sun had given her and her hair gleamed, even under the fluorescents of the locker room. She looked ready for a day on the trail. ‘Wow, I look great. Did I look this good as I guy?’
She chuckled at the thought and grabbed her backpack. The weight hadn’t changed considerably, though now it was a green pack, the same color as her shirt. She lifted it to her shoulder easily, though with a bit more effort than before. She whistled to herself as she walked out to the front of the park.
Anya waved at her from her booth, as she seemed to be counting something. Erin waved back and headed over. Anya smiled brightly. “I’m almost done here Erin. I am sure Jenny and Liz are almost done as well.”
“Fine. Where should I wait?” She looked around, hoping to put her bag down. It wasn’t too heavy, but if there was no reason to hold it….
“Over there, just outside the gate. We’ll come around to pick you up. It shouldn’t be too long.” She smiled again and returned to her counting as Erin headed towards one of the tables by the parking lot. She put down her bag and hopped up onto the table. If she had some time she might as well meditate. She folded herself into lotus and slipped out of her mind.
Her eyes opened as she heard Anya call out to her from the parking lot ahead of her. Anya was there in a four-door car with Jenny and Liz, waving to get her attention. Erin hopped off of the table and grabbed her bag and headed toward them.
Anya popped the trunk and gave Erin a chance to store her bag. Erin pulled out the little pouch she had kept her ID and money in from one of the zippered pockets and got into the car. She slid into the back seat with Jenny. “Thanks. So where are you taking new little me to eat?”
The other girls giggled at that. Liz spoke up. “There is a really nice all you can eat soup and salad place by the mall. Does that sound good?”
“That sounds great. I can actually eat all I want for a change, instead of usually going to sleep a little hungry. Life on the road hasn’t been too easy. It was rare to actually get a full meal regularly. So this break should be nice.” Erin chatted away happily.
“Really? What was it like?” asked Jenny.
“Well, mostly I have walked everywhere. I rarely got rides except when the weather was bad. So the physical exercise has been rough. It wears you out. I’ve been wandering about for about three months now. At some point my Master is going to let me know I can stop. Then, I get to study on my own until I feel I have achieved mastery. But sometimes, I had small or no meals; sometimes I ended up between towns, with whatever I had happened to have, which was never much. Between that and what I could scavenge at that point I never could eat much. Being a Vegetarian on the road is not an easy thing to do.”
Liz spoke up, a little surprised. “You’re a Vegetarian?”
Erin nodded. “Yep. Have been for the last six years. My body doesn't do well with meat. I got a little sick whenever I ate it. Just some nausea, but it got old fast, especially when I didn’t feel that way if I didn’t eat meat. But I did get some grief in high school though. A couple of the schools wrestlers gave me some grief about it once. That was the first time people at my school found out about the fact that I had been training in Martial Arts since I was six.”
“How old were you then, Erin?” asked Jenny. She was looking over at the red head interested.
“Fifteen. I met my current Master the next year. After…after my parents accident.” Erin’s heart still ached when she thought about that. She always wished that the magic could bring them back, even though she knew it was impossible. “He…he took me in and that is when I began to learn magic. It’s been fun, interesting and tough all at the same time.”
Liz and Jenny started at that. “You do magic? Like Anya?”
“Didn’t Anya tell you? Uh…yes. But a very different style of magic than either her or her grandmother uses. That caused some…issues earlier.” She smiled at the memory of the old woman looking confused at her, as she had exited the locker room laughing.
“Anya?! Why didn’t you tell us? At least some warning?” asked Liz.
Anya looked sheepish at that. “It kind of slipped my mind as I was busy working. Sorry guys. I didn’t mean to leave that out.”
The two others chuckled at that. Soon enough the four of them were pulling into the parking lot of the Soup and Salad place Liz had mentioned. They piled out and headed inside, to grab trays and plates so they could load themselves down with salad.
As they were making their way through the line Erin felt eyes staring at her. She was confused for a moment, and then turned to look. A couple of college age guys were looking her over, smiling and chatting to themselves. She seemed to be the subject of their conversation. Their eyes stayed on her till she joined the others at the table. She felt cold and dirty inside due to the feel of their eyes. It didn’t even remotely seem like a friendly leer.
Erin was blushing from embarrassment and some irritation at being treated like an object. The other girls looked confused for a second, and then spotted the guys, who looked away at that point laughing quietly. Jenny reached out and touched Erin on the arm. “Don’t let it get to you Erin. Guys are often like that. You get used to it after a while. They don’t know how rude they’re being.”
“What got me was that I felt like I was a piece of meat, an object. Ugh. Is that normal?” Erin was trying to get the feel of their eyes off of her. She managed to not head off to the bathroom and scrub herself clean. There was something about those two that didn’t sit right.
“No, that’s not normal. Most guys aren’t aware that they are looking you over and judging you. But those two? I think they did know and just didn’t care. Most guys aren’t like that,” remarked Anya. “How I would love to get my hands on them at the park.”
Erin decided that she needed to change the topic to get her mind off of those two jerks. “So tell me about the park. I got the shower thing, but I don’t know the why?”
Jenny and Liz chuckled a little at that. Their looks shared something that Erin wasn’t able to catch without trying to intrude into their thoughts. She didn’t want to do that. Anya rolled her eyes at those two and started her explanation. “The park was my grandmother’s idea. She made it as a refuge for women. It’s a place where a woman can go to have fun and not get worried about guys like those two. Most women can’t stand being looked at like that either. So the park is some place they can go to have fun and sunbathe and play and definitely not have to worry about guys like that.”
“The park also does something else. Because of the magic we can insure that no man who enters the park is going to really ogle women. But there is another thing we do.” Anya paused at this point. She took a deep breath and continued. “If a guy, or a group of guys come to the park, insisting on coming into the park, to gape at women in their suits we…deal with them. The showers can be set to all manner of things. We have changed a number of men into a fitting punishment for their actions. We have made sex starved bimbos out of frat rats who only wanted to pick up a girl for their frat to screw. We have used the magic to teach lessons to thieves and trespassers. We have even changed some men into little girls. One time we did it because it was right, once to save another little girl’s life. The park has helped a number of people and punished others for their actions. I am much more into the whole ‘teaching them’ part of things.”
“What do you mean helped?” Erin was trying to follow that part of the explanation.
Liz spoke up. “I got a new lease on life thanks to the park. Alzheimer’s had trapped me in my own body with my memories of friends and family dying. My own kids couldn’t really cope with me anymore. I was a burden to them and that hurt. Anya and Grandmother gave me another chance, in another younger body. I accepted and never looked back. I have all my old memories, but with new ones joining them.”
Jenny spoke up as well, “She gave me a job when no one else would. I also got some years added onto my new life as well. A jack-of-all-trades just isn’t in much demand these days. Especially if you don’t have the documentation to back you up. But the Boss, she gave me a place and my self-respect back.”
Erin began nodding at this. “Okay. I can see that. That makes sense. Not all good, not all bad, a little bit of everything. I like that.”
Anya brightened. “So what do you want to do now, Erin?”
“Actually?” She responded sheepishly. “Get some rest. I’m tired. Before I walked to the park, I had been on the road since sunrise. About seven hours hiking just today. I’m tired and could use the rest. Besides, tomorrow I can get some clothes that are better for going out in. Hiking chic just isn’t the look I think I want to be wearing when you three drag me around town. So, maybe one of you can take me shopping tomorrow?”
“Well…if one of the three of us can’t do it, I am sure we can find someone to go with you," replied Liz. “There are a couple of girls who work there who would be happy to drive you to go shopping.”
“Thanks. You three can still go out tonight. No need to let me dampen your evening. Just drop me off at my room and let me get my beauty rest,” Erin remarked with a smirk.
Anya smiled again. “Actually you are going to be staying with me. That will be a lot easier than trying to get a room out of Ronnie for the week. So we’ll get you settled and then go out. But tomorrow were going clubbing. So be ready to dance and have fun.”
The trip back was filled with the four of them chatting happily about all manner of things. The talk continued up to Anya’s apartment. Anya showed Erin around quickly. The rooms were fairly big and it was really nicely decorated. A porch opened up to a balcony that over looked the park. It was a great view.
Erin dropped her backpack on what would be her bed for the next week. Clean sheets and everything. She even liked the pretty flower sheets.
“Erin, do you have anything to sleep in?” asked Anya from the doorway of the room.
“Uh…no I used to sleep in a pair of shorts. My swim shorts.” replied Erin.
Anya chuckled at that. “Can’t have you sleeping in your bikini. Let me give you one of my nightgowns. Will that work?”
“Great. It’ll give me something to wander around the condo in.”
Anya returned quickly with a white nightgown with some nice lace trim around the neckline and the hem. Erin liked it. The cotton was soft and felt good. “There you go. Have a good night Erin. See you in the morning.”
Anya and the others said their goodbyes again and headed out again. Erin turned to her backpack as the door closed. Now to see what all changed. All of his clothes had become a feminine equivalent. Underwear, shirts, pants, sandals, everything. The rest of her stuff was unchanged. Her important books and items were intact. She had gained several sports bras and some feminine hygiene stuff, but that was all.
Erin chuckled about that. For all intents and purposes there was nothing that could connect her to Eric. When she looked at her Driver’s license it showed her new face and new information. She was impressed at the thoroughness of the old woman’s spell. It must have taken her a while to put things together into a format that would alter so much. This was really high level magic.
A yawn broke her train of thoughts. She was tired. With another yawn she padded into the bathroom and changed for bed. The release from the sports bra felt really good. She unconsciously rubbed her breasts to relax. She pulled Anya’s nightgown over her head as her panties joined her sports bra on top of her other clothes.
She took them back to her room and laid them down on the rest of her stuff. She reached into her shaving kit and found the brush she thought would be there. Another of the old woman’s changes. She smiled and began brushing her hair. It felt so good and relaxing. She just drifted with the sensation of the bristles moving over her scalp and through her hair. It was a sensation she didn’t ever remember from being Eric. It was nice, almost meditative. Her thoughts just flowed away.
She stopped brushing after a while and climbed under the sheets. She thought about all the stuff that had happened that day and laughed quietly to herself. It would be weird if it didn’t seem so normal for her. It was more tiring than anything else. She sighed and closed her eyes. Shortly her breathing slowed and she was asleep.
* * * * * * * * * * *
A hand shook her awake. Anya was standing next to the bed, in a baby doll nighty, “Hey, Erin. Want some breakfast?”
“Hummph? Uh…sure. Give me a minute to get up and I’ll be out.” Erin stumbled into the bathroom, with eyes mostly closed. The clean sheets and the comfortable mattress caused her to sleep deeper and heavier than she thought she would. She sat down on the toilet and took care of business. That in itself tickled her awareness, pulling her more awake.
Her feminine face gazing blearily at her from the mirror woke her up a whole lot more. “Wow, it was real. I still got most of a week left. Cool. At least I don’t have to shave this morning.”
She was chuckling to herself as she entered the kitchen area, where Anya was busy making some food. “There is coffee in the pot and the toast should be ready in a minute.”
“Thank you Anya. I hope you guys had fun last night?” She asked as she poured herself a cup of coffee.
“Yep. We went dancing for a little while. Lots of fun. There were some cute guys but mostly Jenny flirted with them, I danced with Liz. We’ll probably go there again tonight, after we have dinner. So you might want to get yourself some nice clothes today when you go shopping.” Anya grabbed the toast and headed to the table with the food.
Erin took her plate with a smile. “That sounds fun. I have never really danced before, mostly because I always felt that I looked stupid. Hopefully I won’t feel that way now.”
“We’ll see. When we get to the park, I’ll try and find you a ride to the mall. I am going to be busy today and the other two will be as well. One of the girls that works at the park loves shopping so I am sure I can get you a ride. Probably at around two.”
“Sounds great. I’ll just relax and lounge for a while. A nice change of pace. I guess I’ll do my morning exercises there as well. Take the time to go through the long forms for a change.”
“Long forms?” Anya wasn’t sure what she was talking about.
“You know, T’ai Chi. It’s a Taoist exercise, good for building and regulating your internal energy. It’s fun and so relaxing. The long form is over 108 moves.” Erin smiled at Anya as she talked around mouthfuls of breakfast. “If you want I can show you the short forms. They’re only about 30 or 40 moves long.”
“I’ll think about it. I could always use some more exercise. I don’t get to many chances to do that at the park. I guess that’s why I go dancing so much whenever my boyfriend hasn't been visiting the park, that is.” She smiled brightly as she thought about Greg.
“So when does the park open?”
“In about an hour and a half, at ten. I need to get there an hour early, to get everything set up, money counted. Magic only keeps the park safe; we got to do all the work ourselves.”
“Awww…poor baby. Has to work for a living. Well, I feel for you. Do I come in with you?”
“If you want. If not, you can hang out here and then walk to the park when you are ready. It’s your vacation.” They both laughed at that.
They finished up breakfast quickly. Erin washed the dishes while Anya got her shower. Erin slipped back into her bikini, courtesy of the old woman’s spell. She pulled a pair of her hemp drawstring pants on and her sandals. That done she grabbed her towel, a shirt and a change of underwear to pull on when she went shopping, and she was ready to go. In a way it felt odd to be wearing pants and the bikini top only, but in another way, it felt right.
Anya exited a moment later in shorts with a pink Bikini Beach staff shirt. She also had on a pair of sandals. Her hair was pulled back into a ponytail threaded through a ball cap. She had her purse and a pair of sunglasses ready on hand. “Coming in with me?”
“Seemed easiest. Besides I get the feeling that your Grandmother would like to talk to me. So here we go.”
Liz and Jenny were waiting in the lobby for them. The four of them chatted brightly on the short walk. They all dispersed when they reached the park. Erin went to the office building and knocked on the door. She heard a faint come in from the other side.
The old woman was seated at her desk going over some paperwork and what looked like maps or blueprints. She looked up with her penetrating eyes at Erin, who seemed really comfortable in her new body. “Yes Erin. Can I help you?”
“I figured that you had some more questions for me. At least that’s what it felt like you wanted.” Erin shrugged.
The old woman chuckled a little at that. “Well, you’re right. I did want to find out about your style of magic, so I can keep a mishap like this from happening again.”
“Sure. What would you like to know?” Erin sat in her chair, bright eyed and earnest. The old woman couldn’t help but smile.
“First of all, what sort of things do you do with your magic?”
“All sorts of things. We get rid of demons, we help out those in trouble, and we fix problems in our community, all sorts of things like that. We just try to do it in a way that keeps us from being recognized as the ones who did it.”
“And how do you do that?” The old woman steepled her fingers as she leaned towards Erin.
“Well, you first learn how to feel and follow the flow of the Tao. When you feel the need to alter something you tap the flow with your chi, or internal energy and shift the current into the channel you want. It is sometimes slow as a trickle, sometimes as fast as rapids. For really tough work you prepare prayer sheets.”
“So why didn’t Anya feel your magic?”
“I guess because I was taught to keep that power close in. Taoists want to blend in, be a part of the environment, not something outside of it. Someone magic sensitive might feel you and then you are no longer just out of view. So we keep all that in close, keeping our energy and thoughts to ourselves. Less chance of being spotted.”
“Well, I guess we can safely say you learned that lesson well. Anya told me she didn’t feel or sense anything from you. Anything. You might as well have been invisible. I don’t know why she didn’t call me though?” The old woman pursed her lips as that thought ran across her mind.
“I guess this is something that the Tao wanted me to do, so it touched her and made it happen. You probably would have not let me in, right?”
“Probably. I like to know whoever comes into my park, if they have the training. That way I get no surprises like yesterday.” She grinned up at Erin with that. “So, let me get a feel for your magic so I can strengthen the wards. Did you have to do anything?”
“Not really. Here we go.” Erin opened herself fully to the Tao. The current of the energies that moved about in the earth and the heavens danced about her. She felt the rightness of what she was doing now and sensed the strength of the old woman burning like a fire next to her. The wards in the office glowed and she could feel Anya also burning off in the distance. She relaxed and lost herself to the current.
When she could tell that the old woman was done feeling the flavor of her magic she returned to a more normal energy state. She blinked owlishly, adjusting to the shift in senses. “Wow. That was a bit clearer than before. It felt good. I wonder how the Masters manage to stay in that awareness all the time.”
The old woman smiled again at the girl. “You did really well, Erin. I can now understand why she didn’t see you. Different. You don’t impose yourself on the fabric of reality. But you can make some of the changes I can without as much of a ripple effect.”
Erin shrugged. “Like I said, we want to be inconspicuous. Did that help?”
“Yes it did. Thank you. Now why don’t you go off and find your self a place to sit and rest. The weekend deluge is about to begin.”
“You’re welcome.” With that Erin left the office. She found a nice shady area by the Junior Lifeguard Academy. Liz waved to her, as her post for today was within that area. Erin waved back. This looked like a good place to spend some time. As little girls came pouring down the path towards the Academy, Erin decided to get her morning exercises done. She began to do her stretching, limbering up her whole body, warming the muscles.
After a few breathing exercises to warm the chi and get it moving, she started going through the slow progression of the T’ai Chi long form she had practiced daily for four years. Erin concentrated on keeping her breathing steady and letting her chi flow through her body. She focused on letting go and letting the energy move her. All thought left as she merged with the energy.
When she finished she noticed she had an audience of young children from the Academy. They were all looking at her kind of funny. One of them got shoved forward by the others, obviously chosen to make first contact with this odd adult. “Uh…hi. My name is Sarah. We were wondering what you were doing? It looked so graceful. Can you teach us?”
Erin smiled. “It’s called T’ai Chi. It’s an exercise from China. If you want me to teach you I can, but I’ll only be here a week.”
A dark haired girl stepped forward at this. “Why?”
“Because I am on vacation. And after that I’m not anymore.” Erin loved kids, even had as Eric. She thought their questions were funny for the most part.
“Oh. So you can teach us?” The sadness of the first statement was replaced by the excitement of the last part.
“Sure. Ready to start? First you stand like this.” For the next hour Erin took the group of preteens through the first parts of the short form. They followed along, trying to coordinate hands, feet, bodies and breathing, usually poorly. Erin finally called a halt. “Enough ladies. It’s lunchtime. Go eat and practice that. I’ll show you some more tomorrow.”
They squealed happily, yelled out their thanks and rushed off to get food like a pack of wild animals. Liz had walked up to Erin at that point. “I see you met my trouble makers.”
“Troublemakers? They all seemed like good girls?”
“Oh, they are. But they still cause me lots of grief. When they are all together they are a pack of hellions, egging each other on. I need to keep an eye on them all the time to try and curb their exuberance.” She laughed lightly. “Still, it is fun watching them. You did well, keeping their attention.”
“Teaching is not too bad if you remember to teach at your students’ level and not your own. I had fun. Helps me to remember all of the basics.”
“Well, I’m on break for lunch. Want to come with me to get some food?”
“Sounds good to me Liz.” Erin grabbed up her towel and shook the sand off. Liz led her over to one of the other eating areas. They both got lunch salads. Erin got iced tea while Liz got a diet coke.
“So Liz, you really like it here?” Erin was interested in Liz’s experiences. The admission last night that she had been a he, but had gotten rejuvenated to Liz was fascinating.
“Oh absolutely.” Liz beamed with happiness. “I have my health back, my mind back, good friends, a fun job and interesting experiences every day. That keeps the depression that helped wear me down before at bay. I remember everything from before, but now it’s not as important. Besides I enjoy being a girl. It’s fun.”
“Fun how?”
“The way my body feels is really different. And I like the way I feel when I am comforted or held by a guy I like. It is mostly the little things that get me. How about you? What do you think so far?” Liz turned the tables on Erin, putting her on the hot seat.
“It’s different. Really different. But I like it. Things feel different in a way that is hard to describe. There are also subtle things. The way energy moves through me now is different. And the way I feel the world around me is altered, almost deeper. The breadth of emotions and how physically I feel them is interesting. I’m looking forward to the rest of this week. It’s been eye opening.” Erin admitted how she felt; it felt right to do that. There was a rightness about sharing intimate thoughts and feelings now that she hadn’t felt before.
“You know if you really like it, I’m sure the Boss will make it permanent.”
“I’ll have to think about that. Two days is not a larger enough experience base to make my choice. By the end of the week I’m sure I’ll be able to answer that.” Stay this way? Erin wasn’t sure. This body felt really good and different, things seemed natural, but did she want to stay this way? Two days was not nearly enough of a base to choose.
“Oh, that reminds me. I couldn’t find anyone to take you to the mall. I can let you borrow my car if you want?”
“Sure. That should be great. I am sure I can find it and get back if I have directions.”
“I can get those to you easily enough. Let me go get my keys and the directions. I’ll meet you by the front gate. That way you can change and go, if you want. Besides I need to check in with the Boss.”
“Sure Liz. See you there.” With that she hurried off leaving Erin to clean the table of their lunch remains. After that Erin headed towards the front gate. Going shopping sounded fun. Eric had never really been shopping much except for the bare basics. Erin really was looking forward to it. Besides it had been almost four years since Eric had been to a mall. His studies had kept him too busy to do much of anything else.
Now she had a chance to see if the mall could be fun. Up ahead by the gate she spotted Anya waving. She waved back and picked up her pace to get there faster. “Hey Erin, Liz told me you were going to go to the mall in her car. Grandmother vetoed that idea and told me to escort you. Up for that idea?”
“That sounds good. Company would be nice. By and large my last couple of years have been just my Master and I. Besides you know the really nice places to go.”
“True enough. Get changed and I will meet you out by my car. Okay?”
“Okay.” With that Anya disappeared into the office. Erin turned and walked into the changing room. She was using the ladies locker room, which was quite a bit bigger. She did note that though some things had changed she still liked looking at women. Erin wasn’t sure if she could handle being totally into guys, even if it did fit the body better.
She pulled on her underwear, still amazed how nice a bra felt, when she first put it on. It held her breasts nicely. True, the sports bra was a bit confining but it gave her great support. Once she pulled her pants and top on she was ready to go. Erin slipped on her sandals and headed out of the gate. She beat Anya to the car by about a minute.
Anya walked up whistling a tune. Erin joined in when she recognized it. She did get a kick out of whistling Beethoven. The whistling soon turned into humming and noise making as they drove out of the park’s lot, belting out the Ode to Joy.
They giggled a bit over that as Anya headed towards the mall. They then sang along with the radio until they pulled into the mall parking lot. Anya managed to find a spot near the front entrance right as she pulled up. Anya smirked and stated. “Sometimes it’s good to be a witch.”
Again they giggled. Erin had forgotten how big malls were in the four years without them. This one was actually of average size, but to Erin it seemed immense. Anya headed off in one direction, all but dragging Erin along. “Okay. The way I see it, you need clothes for something other than hiking, right? Underwear, shoes everything. So we get to buy a little of everything. So let’s start from the inside out. Off to Vicky’s.”
Once they reached Victoria’s Secret, the rainbow of color that was displayed, the mixture of materials and the variety amazed Erin. Anya helped by getting a number of bras of different styles for her to try on and herded her into the changing room.
These bras felt quite different than the sports bra. The feeling of compression was gone and these held her gently but firmly. The push up bra gave her a great amount of cleavage, which she took well. Anya helped with comments as to how well they seemed to fit and look. Erin nodded to herself and grabbed three of them, including the push up bra. They then got matching underwear for all of the bras. Erin liked the smooth cool feel of the silk, the cotton ones felt nice as well.
Erin spotted a green silk nightgown that caught her eye. She didn’t want to borrow one of Anya’s nightgowns again. So after pointing it out to Anya, who agreed that it was really nice she added that to her pile as well. The paid for everything at the register and Erin was stunned at how much that little amount cost. Anya just looked at her. “Erin, that’s the way things are. Women pay top dollar for anything they get, not because they want to but because they have to. Now go change into some of your new underwear. It should be better than the sportsbra.”
Erin complied and got into her Satin bra and panties to match in green. They looked really good against her pale skin and her red hair. She posed in the mirror. She really liked how she looked. In a way she turned herself on by how sexy she looked. She felt kind of fluttery inside.
She smiled at herself and got dressed. Suddenly she filled out her shirt more than she had in her sportsbra. She shook her head, amused. Erin went out and joined Anya, dumping her sportsbra and plain cotton panties into her bag. “So where to next?”
Anya grinned at her. “Now we get you some dance clothes.”
Erin narrowed her eyes suspiciously. “Why do I suddenly feel worried?”
Anya laughed aloud. “No worries Erin. I’ll get you about what the others and I wear for dancing.”
Erin chuckled a bit at that. “Now I really am worried.”
Anya laughed some more and dragged Erin from the store. “I got a rather radical idea for you, if you let me. I think you’ll look great in it.”
“What?” Suspicion tainted Erin’s alto.
“Well, I had in mind a blue bodice I had seen at Hot Topics and a black mini skirt. Get you some low heels to go with it. I think you’ll look great in it.” Anya’s enthusiasm for the outfit showed through.
“Let’s see what it looks like first. Then we’ll decide.”
Anya dragged Erin into another store to try on different mini skirts. Apparently the choice was being made on how well they flared when Erin spun in them. Erin felt a bit self-conscious in the one they had chosen. It came to mid thigh and flared a lot when she spun, all but exposing herself to everyone. Anya said it was perfect, so she took it at that. Erin thought that changing her mind would have changed her knowledge of clothes, but it hadn’t really. So Erin found herself relying on Anya for this.
At Hot Topic Anya headed for the back of the store where the most gothic clothes Erin had ever seen in her life were hanging. Anya had gotten one of the sales people to get down a blue and black bodice that laced up in the back for her. Erin found herself ushered into another dressing room.
“Now take off your bra, put on the skirt and the bodice. I’ll lace you up.”
Erin complied with the orders. Her breasts were pushed together and up in the bodice, giving her lots of cleavage. The bodice was laced tightly and was much more confining than even the sportsbra. Erin had a little trouble getting air into her lungs, as she was unable to breathe as she had done before. It was a bit distressing.
But Anya had been right. It looked wonderful. The way her body tapered to her skirt and then flared out. It looked really good on her. Her cleavage and her legs were both displayed rather prominently. Erin was amazed at how she looked.
Anya grinned like a cat that had eaten the canary. “Like it? I thought it might look good on you.”
Erin still looked a little stunned by the effect of the clothes. “Wow. I look great.”
“So I guess we’re going to get it?” asked Anya mischievously. “I mean if you don’t want to you don’t have to.”
“Oh hush you.” Erin changed back into her hemp pants and three quarter length sleeve top with the hood. She slipped on her sandals and headed out. She bought the bodice and a t-shirt that had the words Bad Kitten on it. She thought that looked cute.
After a trip to get shoes that went with the outfit the two of them headed back out of the mall. As they neared the exit Anya looked over and looked pleased at a store that hadn’t been there when they entered. It was filled with all sorts of weird and magical looking things. Anya waved to an old man wearing a robe, who seemed to be tending the store. “Hey, how have thing been? I was wondering where you stashed your apprentice? If she was free I was going to invite her with me and the girls tonight.”
The old man’s eyes sparkled when they met hers. “Ah, Anya, no she is going to be busy tonight. But I will let her know you asked about her. And who is this?”
“My new friend Erin.”
“A customer?”
“Not really. An associate of sorts.”
He nodded sagely at that. “Well you girls be careful. Something doesn’t feel right. It is almost as if there is a malevolent storm brewing here. So keep your eyes open.”
Anya looked suddenly serious. “Anything more than that?”
“Unfortunately not. I already told your Grandmother. So she is on the lookout as well. I hope it passes but I am not sure. So stay on your toes. Now get going. I am going to have a customer soon.”
They waved bye and walked from the store. A nervous looking middle-aged businessman walked in, after giving them a quick once over. Anya shook her head as she chuckled. Erin looked over at Anya questioningly, but the other girl never answered.
Erin was surprised how much time they had actually spent in the mall. They had been shopping for about two and a half hours. And it had been fun. Eric had never had fun shopping. Ever.
“What you have will work for day wear, unless you want to wear a skirt. And then if you want we can go shopping again.”
Erin grinned toothily. “You just want another excuse to go shopping again.”
“Me?” questioned Anya, in mock innocence.
Erin shook her head. Anya was funny at times. Anya glanced over at her as she turned on the car. “Back to the park for a bit? The others get off after six.”
Erin liked that idea. “Sure, why not. And then we go out?”
“Yep. Dinner about 7:30 or 8, depending on the wait. And then to the club for some after dinner dancing.”
“Sounds like a plan to me. I can get some more exercises done.”
“What is it with you and exercise?” asked Anya.
“What! How else do you think I do my magical exercises? Taoist magic relies on a lot of physical work. It is just how it is.” Erin shrugged.
Anya just shook her head as she pulled into her parking spot. The two of them split up after the gate. Erin changed back into her bikini and took a quick shower. She then headed out towards where she had done her exercises that morning. Now it was time to do her Chi Gung work. She could even do a long set, as she wasn’t on the road. It would be nice to get back to doing the longer forms. She always felt so refreshed and revived after them.
Again she noticed she had gathered the same set of on lookers, but she didn’t stop as she had already begun. Stopping at this point would not be a bright idea. She did cut it short however. Erin took the deep centering breaths to bring her back to the now. “Yes, ladies?”
“What was that?” asked their spokes girl. “Was that more Tai Chi stuff?”
“Not really. It is called Chi Gung. They are breathing exercises.”
Another girl looked confused at that. “Why do you need exercises to breathe? Can’t everyone breathe?”
Erin smiled. “This is a way to build energy and health. You do this for long enough and you never get sick anymore. But it is too hard to teach you in a week. It would take much longer than that to get it down correctly. Besides, if you did it wrong you could hurt yourself.”
They looked wide-eyed and a bit skeptical, not sure if they could believe it or not. Erin didn’t wait for the next round of questions. “So have you practiced what I showed you earlier?”
A chorus of yeses rung out from the girls. They then began to show her what they had learned, all at different times and speeds. Erin let that go on for about a minute and then broke in. “Girls, you need to do it together and at the same speed. It looks better that way. You practice, and I will see you here tomorrow. Bye.”
The girls waved and said good-bye as Erin headed towards one of the wave pools to do some swimming before it was time to get ready to go. The water felt good and the waves gave her enough resistance that she got a good workout in a very short period of time. It felt good to strain her muscles in something other than walking. She lost herself in the swimming until the waves stopped. She looked up and saw that it looked like the park was in the process of closing. She stroked to the front and walked from the water. She dried off with her towel and headed towards the front, hoping to catch someone.
Elizabeth was heading from the Junior Lifeguard academy at that point. Erin was wondering if they were going to change at the park or rather at the condos. She hoped that Liz would have a clue. When she asked Liz she smiled and replied. “Definitely at the condos. That is where my makeup is at any rate. And I want to do my hair. And I haven’t decided what to wear yet. So condos it is.”
“That will work. I can change into what I bought today there and do something with my hair at the same time.”
“So what did you buy?”
“You’ll see soon enough. It looks really nice. Anya picked it out for me. Different but nice.” Teased Erin.
“Fine, be that way. So you soon.” Liz split off and headed off to the office.
Anya was waiting for Erin in the locker room. “Here are the keys. I’ll meet you at the apartment once I get done here. That way you can get the first shower.”
“Okay.” Erin took the keys and headed off. She got her stuff out of the car and entered the condos. She got into the shower and shampooed and conditioned her hair. She used one of Anya’s scented soaps, one that smelled of lavender. There was also a body lotion that smelled the same, so she would use that after she got out. She checked her legs and decided that she needed to shave them. That didn’t take her too long as she didn’t have very much hair growth yet. As she finished up in the shower, rubbing in the last of the lotion on her arms Anya came in.
“Done yet Erin?” Anya called out as she moved down the hall.
“Just finished. I boworowed some of your lavender lotion if that’s okay?”
“Sure. Like you have a lot of stuff to take care of yourself in your pack.”
“Well…there is that.” Erin walked out with a towel wrapped around her as Anya walked in.
“I’ll be out in a minute. You get dressed. I should have some makeup you can borrow.”
Erin went into her room to get dressed. She pulled on a pair of blue panties she had bought and worked herself into the bodice. Once she had pulled on the mini skirt and slipped on her heels, she heard the shower shut off.
Anya exited a short bit later in a short robe. Erin liked the look, as apparently her original sex drive hadn’t been altered. In a way she was fairly thankful for that. So far she hadn’t discovered anything too different from how she had been as Eric. But she also knew that she hadn’t really been in too many positions to check. Tonight would be the test.
Anya chatted from the other room as she got dressed, telling Erin all about the club they would be going to, the music and the guys. Finally she called Erin in so she could do her makeup. Erin had only put on her foundation, as her new memories didn’t include the wearing of very much makeup.
Erin paid attention as Anya did her blush, and eye shadow. She followed directions for her eyeliner and mascara. Then she used a lip liner and brushed lipstick onto her lips. When Anya moved from in front of her she could see how good she looked. Erin was stunned. She looked gorgeous. Anya smirked at that shocked look on Erin’s face and pushed her out of the way so she could do her own makeup.
Erin was still a little stunned when she saw the total effect in the full-length mirror on the back of Anya’s bedroom door. Eric would have definitely gone after her. Not a question in her mind at all about that one.
Anya walked out to find Erin still staring at herself. “You look really hot Erin. For a bit of a jock you clean up really well. You would probably look great in a cocktail dress as well.”
Erin turned towards Anya, the disbelief and doubt was clear in her voice. “You really think so?”
“Erin, sweetie, you look fabulous. You really do. Trust your eyes, not what your mind is saying. You look great.” Anya emphasized the last sentence to get it into Erin’s head completely. “Now, let’s get going. I am sure the others are waiting for us downstairs. Liz and Jenny are going to die when they see how good you look.”
With a quick hug for reassurance Anya and Erin headed to the lobby where the others were waiting. When they got down there both of the girls’ complimented Erin on how good she looked and how nice the outfit was. They piled into Liz’s car and headed back to the soup and salad place they had eaten at before. Soon the four of them were chatting freely at their table. Erin began to relax, as things just felt so totally normal. Here she was, just one of the girls.
All too soon they were back in the car and heading to the club where the three others liked to hang out and dance. They could hear they music as they neared the door and readied their ID’s. The bouncer didn’t even look twice at Erin’s ID. That let here breathe a sigh of relief and Anya caught it. “Don’t worry. Grandmother and I do good work.”
Erin looked pointedly at herself, Liz and Jenny before she spoke up. “So I see.”
Anya slapped her playfully on the arm. “That’s not what I meant.”
“I know, but it is still true.”
They found a table with easy access to the dance floor. Erin wasn’t too sure about that but the others were. She wasn’t about to argue too much as she had no experience at all in clubs. The music was really loud and she had to raise her voice to be heard over its noise. Jenny went up and got them all drinks. She returned quickly with them all tangled in her hands, requiring help to get them all placed on the table smoothly.
Once that was accomplished they sat a few minutes longer until the music changed. The dance tune filled the air with its beats and hard pounding rhythm. The other three dragged her onto the floor and they began to dance to the music. Erin just let herself move to the music, not really trying to look graceful or anything. With her years of martial arts and T’ai Chi looking graceful came easily. She did have to agree that it was fun to just let go and move with the current of the music.
And let go she did and felt the energy of the room begin to move and swirl within her. She opened her eyes and noticed that there was a good-sized grouping around the four of them. Anya was staring at her as if trying to tell her to stop whatever it was that she was doing. Erin smiled apologetically and mouthed sorry to her. She reigned in her energy, separating it from the current of the room. Erin and Anya made their way out, back to their seats. The energy changed a bit but with all the other people involved it kept moving.
Once they got back to the table Anya looked at her and hissed out, “What were you doing?”
“Sorry. I just let go and moved to the energy of the music. I didn’t know it was going to do that. Sorry.” Erin sipped at her drink, the cool liquid helped. This was the most vigorous activity she had done in months.
“You managed that by just letting go?” Anya looked disbelievingly.
“Yes. And that embarrasses me. Master Shinju would chide me for influencing people like that without purpose. It just felt good to let go however.” Erin blushed a little and sipped some more of her drink. “We manipulate energy in that sort of fashion, by letting ours flow out, merge with and change the currents around us. The results are usually fairly unexpected, until you have been doing this for years. My Master can alter what is going on in a room with a mere turn of a finger.”
“So that is what you do with your magic? Change the current of things?” Anya seemed interested in this. It was different from what both she and Grandmother did, which was much more direct.
“Yep. For situations, people, pretty much anything you want to effect. It just takes an understanding of the nature and flow of the Chi around you and how to shift the flow.”
“That sounds like something from a movie. You know the one with the little green wizened Muppet.” She laughed at that.
Erin joined in as well. “Well, I was told some Master wanted to get people more involved in this so he spoke with a young director and the rest as they say is history.”
This got them both laughing. Liz and Jenny made it back in time to see them laughing heavily. “What?”
Anya waved aside the question. “Nothing.”
Further conversation was stopped by the arrival of the first batch of men for the evening. They asked the ladies if they wanted to dance. They agreed with smiles and headed back to the dance floor. Drinks got refilled on the men’s tab and the evening progressed. Erin was amazed by how much attention she was getting. It was definitely not something she was used to. But it was fun.
The night wore on and one of the guys stayed with Erin more than any of the others. She liked his attention; it made her feel warm inside. The feel of his arms around her as they slow danced was nice as well. When his lips met hers she was a bit surprised but let herself go with the moment.
His lips were a bit rougher than hers and they pressed into hers with a fair amount of force. She sighed with the feeling and this parted her lips a little. Taking it as an invitation he began to french kiss her. The whole thing felt wonderful and she felt as if a fire had kindled inside of her. That warmth filled her body. Her breasts tingled and yearned to be touched with her nipples crinkling tightly. Her arms pulled him close as she drank in the feel of his kiss.
When they broke he smiled at her and said good night. She watched him walk away, noting how he filled out his jeans. When Jenny touched her arm she let out a little squeak of surprise. Jenny smiled and motioned for her to come back to the table where the other two had broad smiles on their lips. “Having fun Erin?”
Her only response was a smile. “I guess you could say that.”
Erin enjoyed the feel of the kiss and the odd sense of security that being held brought. She was kind of confused since she had never had any feelings for men when she had been Eric mere days ago. She still felt warm inside; her heart was still beating fairly fast. It had been racing happily during the kiss. This was going to take some time getting used to. Part of her was even wondering what sex itself would be like in her new body. She smiled a little to herself as the thoughts went a bit graphic. After all, she mused, she had been trained in the sexual arts.
They returned home shortly after that and Erin got ready for bed. Anya came into her room after she slid the silk nightgown on. Anya was also in her nightgown. “You looked a touch confused and I wondered if you wanted to talk about it?”
“A little. This is all so different from before. I felt comforted in his arms, and I have never felt that way before. And I have never been interested in guys before.”
“Well, right now you are a woman, totally. Like able to get pregnant and the whole works. So you felt an attraction for a man? So what? It is a part of who you are right now. I like being held. It is one of the most wonderful feelings. I think women are just hardwired for touch.” Anya shrugged and sat down next to Erin. She pulled the other girl into a hug and held her for a few minutes.
Erin relaxed into it and enjoyed the feeling. She felt her desire beginning to stir as she nuzzled against Anya’s neck. She just let the feeling sit, as she had no intention to try anything that might upset Anya. But Erin felt a bit better knowing that she was still interested in girls. It felt more normal somehow.
Anya broke the hug and kissed Erin on the forehead. “Do you want me to wake you in time to get to the park early?”
“Please. I can do my forms again. It was nice.” They shared smiles and Anya let Erin slide into bed and drift into sleep.
* * * * * * * * * * *
Erin woke before Anya had come in because her sleep had been troubled. Between the erotic dreams of her and Anya and her and that guy from last night as well as some sort of foreboding she had not slept very well. She sat against the headboard with the covers tucked about her. She was not very sure of things, as her mind seemed to be in a bit of turmoil with the dreams. She was unsure how she should feel. Was she Eric still or was she now Erin? Her memories of being Eric were still there, but somehow they felt less real right now. And that was giving her some problems.
She padded into the kitchen in her bare feet and fixed herself a cup of tea. Her Master usually recommended using tea to help work out problems. As she sat on the balcony sipping her drink, watching the sunrise she realized that her teacher probably had a good idea there. She just sat and relaxed, letting her thoughts drift free for the time being. Her confusion and unease faded as she just watched the world wake up.
Anya found her there several hours later. “Erin? Are you okay?”
“Sure. Just watching the sunrise and thinking.”
“About what?”
“Do you really want to know or are you just being polite?” Erin said this politely and not at all bitter. That was a nice trick.
“I want to know. Honest.” Anya sat down in a chair next to Erin, who continued to sip her tea.
“Okay. All of this is confusing me quite a bit. Between erotic dreams of you and I and that guy from last night and I, as well as the fact that I am not sure who is real Erin or Eric? So I was out here watching the sunrise and trying to figure things out.” She related thing easily, as she was not nearly as emotionally tangled as she had been upon waking up.
“Well, technically, you are Erin right now. And that is basically Eric in a female body more keyed to doing things as a woman. As for the sex dreams, I don’t know what to say. Are you enjoying yourself right now?” Anya asked.
“That is part of the problem I think. I am really enjoying myself, more so than I ever have as Eric. And that is rather confusing. The sex thing is frustrating and I don’t know what to do there. I really like you and I would enjoy making love to you, but I don’t know how you feel about the whole thing and then there is the fact that I am interested in trying things with a man.” Erin opened up. Talking with Anya might help her thoughts to gel and make some kind of sense.
“I really like you Erin but I am in a committed relationship. However, if you want to play with girls, try Jenny. As to the other, why not give it a try? It would at least be a change of pace for you. But first come here.” Erin moved over and Anya gave her a hug. “Relax some more. Just have fun. You are already moving through this fairly well. Counting today, you have five days left. You may not want to turn back or maybe you will want to. Why not make that decision after this is over, when you actually have some perspective?”
Erin hugged her back. They smiled at each other and hugged again. Anya stood and looked down at Erin. “Want some breakfast? If we get going now we can go get bagels and get back to the park just in time for me to get to work on time. Sound good?”
“Sure. Let me grab my stuff and I’ll be ready to go.”
Shortly the two of them were on their way back with bagels and coffee. Anya parked and the two of them walked into the park. Anya waved bye as she entered the women’s bathroom and showered and got ready for another day in the park. She pulled on her bikini and wrapped her towel about her waist. She decided that she was going to get a different suit today from the suit store in the park and maybe a cover-up.
As she headed out the first of the days customers began to filter in. One of the girls from the other day spotted her and waved. Erin waved back and headed for the spot where she had done her T’ai Chi yesterday. She would go through another long form today she thought. She began her stretching, adding some of the yoga she learned. She was amazed at her new level of limber. It was rather nice.
Once again, after she finished her workout the girls were there watching her. She smiled at them. “Ready to learn some more?”
They all nodded and lined up behind her, with only a little jostling and playful pushing. Erin led them through the first things they had learned. They all mostly had it remembered. She made minor corrections to their forms and went through it a few more times to make sure that they had learned it. Then she led them into some more of the form. She ended the class when it was about lunchtime. They complained but she told them that they would keep going tomorrow.
After they left she headed to one of the places to get some food and had another salad for lunch. It was fairly good and she enjoyed it. Then she went and bought herself a one-piece suit that she figured would be easier on her when she swam laps later today. She also grabbed a cover up that went with both her bikini and her one piece. She took the bags to her locker and then went to laze about on the inner tube river that flowed about the park.
After a while she had enough relaxing and wanted to do some laps in the wave pool. She went and changed and headed out there. She waved to Elizabeth, who was working the wave pool today. She did her laps and enjoyed the feeling. The new suit was easier to do laps in as it held her breasts in unlike her bikini top. She decided to lounge in the hammocks again. So after toweling off and putting on her cover-up she laid down again.
In the comfort of the shade she turned her thoughts to all the events that had been happening to her since this transformation. What would Master Shinju say with her turbulent thoughts? He would probably smack her lightly in the head and ask her to simplify. But in this how could she?
As she let her thoughts drift an idea came to her. It was one of the first exercises the she had ever learned. A way for the student to begin to feel themselves. It was a little bit of T’ai Chi, a little bit of Chi Gung and a bit of visualization and meditation. By focusing on the Tan Tien energy center below the belly button and delving inside it the student could find their true center and true selves. It was not an easy exercise but it was a way for her to simplify her problem.
She got up and stood out of the way of the hammock and began to move, letting her chi simply flow out, with no restraints on it. As she could feel it moving about her, with its own currents and eddies she began the process of focusing it inside. Her hands slowly pulled the energy inside her till it was centered in her Tan Tien. As she slowed her breathing more and moved her hands in the correct circular motion, stirring her energy he continued the visualization that would lead her inside herself and into her core.
As the whole thing deepened she felt herself centering tighter and tighter until she was at the core of her being. She relaxed into that and felt herself then, whole and complete. The feel of her energy was different in this form, as she had noted before, but there was a depth and change in the timbre of the energy. It flowed through her much more naturally and easier than it ever had. The feminine body she had felt more true than her masculine body had. Erin let herself get lost in that feeling before her confusion and surprise threw her out of her focus. She just let herself just be for a bit before she let her energy flow back out into the body and then beyond.
She blinked back into the real world and found the old woman looking at her. Erin almost started but only smiled. “Yes, can I help you?”
“Actually you can. I need you and Anya in my office. I came to get you.”
Erin to tell the seriousness of the tone and it was rather alarming. “Is something wrong?”
“Yes. I want to tell you both at the same time so I do not have to repeat myself.” She turned on her heels and headed to her office. Erin followed, almost dragged along by the force of the old woman’s resolve. Soon enough both her and Anya were seated in the old woman’s office.
Anya asked the first question. “Grandmother, what is this about?”
“Do you both remember the warning, that something was afoot in the area. Something powerful and not exactly kind?”
The two girls looked at each other and then at the old woman and nodded. She continued. “It has become a bit clearer. What ever it is, it is preying on young women. It is rape, blood magick and feels fairly demonic. I found out that one of our clients was brutally raped last night and cut up fairly bad. She is currently in the hospital. I want the two of you to go out and try to find what ever is the cause of this and try and stop it. I will be busy trying to protect what women I can, but I am afraid it will probably only extend to those who have come to the park. Do you two think you can do this?”
They both nodded. Anya asked, “Where was she picked up from?”
“From a popular singles bar. That is all I was able to get. But it does give you two a number of places to start with. Catch them and get rid of them.” The old woman’s voice was cold and held no pity for whomever they caught.
They got up and headed outside. They stood next to the door to the office building and looked at each other. “So I guess we are going to clubs tonight. I think your miniskirt and your t-shirt will be fine. It is more playful than alluring but who cares. Is there anything you need to do to get ready?”
Erin thought briefly. “Yes. I need to make up a couple of prayer sheets and I think we need to calm down and get some food first. The sheets should take me about an hour.”
“Okay. That will give me time to clean up and then once you are done you can get cleaned up. Then we can go and find whoever this is and deal with them.”
Erin grabbed her stuff from her locker and headed back towards the condo. She met Anya on the way and the two of them entered the apartment. As Anya was busy showering and getting ready, Erin grabbed her calligraphy brushes and her rice paper. He centered and let her chi flow into the characters she was brushing onto the sheets. She made both anti-demon and anti-demonic objects prayer sheets. It never hurt to be ready for whatever circumstances would arise. She also grabbed her brush pen and several sheets of rice paper just in case she had to write anything in a hurry.
Once she was done, Anya walked out looking fairly sexy but still practical in her outfit. The miniskirt was nice and her top showed a lot of cleavage. Her perfume also hung nicely in the air, smelling of roses. Erin took the time to shower and wash her hair, using Anya’s shampoo again. She rubbed in the same lotion she had used before, letting that scent mingle with her own. She dressed quickly and headed out to where Anya was pacing like a wild animal, ready to hunt.
“Ready to go, Erin?” she asked after she stopped.
“As ready as I will ever be for this.” Erin grinned weakly. “I had hoped for a vacation, but instead get all of this. Lovely.”
Anya linked arms with Erin and headed towards the door. “Hey, we have been having fun and after we deal with this we can have fun again. No problem.”
Erin smiled as well and the two of them headed to the car and from there to the first club to go hunting for the disturbance. They did not stay long as nothing there felt out of place. They had both wanted to stay as they music was nice and a couple of guys had already smiled at them. They also had no luck at the next three clubs they went to. The evening felt like it was going nowhere.
Anya sighed in frustration from the front seat of her car. “This does not seem to be getting us anywhere. Do you have any ideas?”
Erin scratched her head in thought, running her hands through her long red hair. “Tell you what, you drive and I will give you directions. I mean at this point can it really hurt?”
Anya thought about it for a moment. “Not that I can think of. Let’s give it a shot.”
Twenty minutes later the two of them pulled up to a small club by the local college. They opened the doors and stood there for a moment. The feel of the air itched their skin and they did not feel all that good. The two of them shared a look and nodded to each other. “I guess this is the place.”
The two of them took several deep breaths and centered themselves to be ready for anything. They walked in the club, noting that them bouncer did not really seem all there. The inside of the club seemed darker than was usual, the music beating out louder. They could not see very far.
A wave of nausea and blackness rolled over the two of them and they found that they seemed unable to move. Anya reached out with her magick and tried to affect her surroundings. The bouncer knocked her in the back of the head with a sap, knocking her unconscious. Erin started chanting lightly, under her breath, so that the vibrations filled her chest. She regained her freedom of movement but did not move. When the command to move forward was felt she complied.
Due to her focus and control she was able to keep from gasping in shock as she could see what was occurring on the small dance floor. It seemed to be some kind of orgy, with men and women embracing each other and others of their same sex. They all had they same terrified and haunted look in their eyes. Erin could feel the same compulsions that were working to try and compel her working on the crowd.
The only two seated, and watching the events unfold turned to look at her. The bouncer laid Anya down next to her. As she looked over at them she noticed that it was the two college boys that had stared at her at the soup and salad place her first day in her new body. They apparently recognized her as well. “Hey, isn’t that the bitch from two days ago?”
“She looks it. Shall we have her join the show or have something more private?” the second took a drink from his beer.
“Maybe something private. The show is nice and I like letting them know what is going on. Let her mostly go and let’s she what her response will be. That should be fun.” He took a pull from a bottle of whiskey as he finished. They both laughed.
The second pulled out some sort of gold talisman from under his shirt. “I like that. Talisman let this red head before us be free.”
She felt the magical grip on herself fade. Erin figured she would have to act this out well or they would really try to use the talisman against her. She gasped out in what she hoped would be fear. She looked to both sides rapidly, as if looking for a way to escape. She took in her surroundings better and the beginnings of a plan began to form in her mind.
Things had gone bad quickly and she wanted to have her wits about her. The talisman was probably the source of the power these two seemed to wield as it reeked of the demonic. It was probably beginning to take control of them as well. That would be both good and bad. If she could just get one of her prayer sheets to hit the talisman… but right now she was going to play their little game until her moment to act arose.
The two of them laughed. “Hey there. I think it is time for us to play a game. Yo, muscles. Come here.”
The bouncer complied and headed over. “Grab the girl you brought in by the throat. Good boy. Now…do we have your attention, Red? You are going to strip for us or muscles there will kill your friend.”
Erin cursed inside. She could take out the bouncer easily enough and maybe get them as well, but she was not sure. They would be able to use the talisman if she did. It would be difficult for her to try and accomplish both actions. She hesitated for a moment. “Well, if you are not going to play I guess we will just have to kill your friend…”
The malice in the voice convinced her that they were not kidding. She knew she had to act. She slowly laid down her purse so that the opening was wide. She could try to get at her prayer sheets if she had the chance. She then began to pull her t-shirt off. “What…no dancing. Can’t have a striptease without dancing.”
Erin began to sway after glaring angrily at the two. This could actually work to her advantage. She used the movement to build up some more power. She pulled her t-shirt up and over, letting it drop next to her. She then slowly began to work her mini-skirt down. She turned her back on the two as she bent and stepped out of them. She was left in her white bra and panties. She figured her moment for action would come when she flung her bra off. At least that was her plan.
She unclasped the bra and held the cups in place with her hands, trying to act shy and hesitant. The two of them were leering and drinking and seemed to be really enjoying her show. She saw her opening and flung her bra right at the one wearing the talisman. As his eyes tracked it she pivoted on one foot and shot a hand into the throat of the bouncer who was holding Anya. The bouncer’s gasp and stumble backwards let her use her chi to augment her push. The bouncer flew back ten feet and slammed into the wall.
She spun, dove down and plucked out one of her prayer sheets. Erin flung it, backed by the force of her chi. The rice paper sheet flew straight for the one with the talisman, but he dodged and sprinted from the building, cursing. His friend was not so lucky. It struck him in the chest and burst with white light. That one fell to the ground. She turned and watched the door close. By the time she made it to the door the screech of tires let her know he had gotten away.
Erin cursed in her frustration and turned, rushing back to Anya who was starting to come out of things. As Anya shook her head to clear it, apparently the others under the talisman’s control were coming to as well from the sobs and screams coming from the dance floor. Anya used her magic to put them all into a sleep so she could recover more. Erin ran behind the bar and grabbed some water for both of them.
Anya took her bottle and began to drink, as Erin began to get dressed. She pulled her miniskirt on first and then brushed off her bra. She quickly put that and her t-shirt on. Anya looked at her. “What happened? I remember feeling that thing when I blacked out.”
“The bouncer hit you. They let me go and made me strip for them, using the bouncer to threaten you to make me comply. All those people out there were not enjoying the orgy. I saw a chance to deal with things and I took it. I only stopped one of them. The other took off.” Erin sat down heavily, the adrenalin of the fight draining out of her. She drank deeply from her own water.
“Thanks. I guess I should better deal with all of these people. Do you know how they are doing this?” Anya stood and began to frame her mind around what she wanted. She figured that they would all appreciate not remembering the events of tonight. She set it in her mind, along with them all being clothed in what they wore at the start of the evening.
Erin watched as Anya cast her spell, noting the differences between what she did and her own style of magic. She felt the power build, stretch out, settle and then in the next moment the club was alive again as if nothing happened. All Erin could respond with was “Wow!”
Anya smiled and the two of them grabbed their prisoner. They carried him out to their car with the help of the now conscious bouncer with the story that their friend had gotten a little too drunk. The two of them headed back to the park, wanting a break from the night’s excitement.
Erin spoke into the silence. “They have some sort of talisman. That seems to be what is giving them the power to do these things. I would say it is probably demonic. It seems to be changing them as they use it.”
Anya nodded. “Lovely. So unless we can manage to get the drop on the other one he can use it to do whatever he wants. Grandmother will really love this.”
When they pulled up to the park’s employee entrance, the old woman was there waiting for them. They hauled the guy out of the back and carried him into the office. He was quite heavy. They dumped him into a chair and the old woman bound him with magic. “Erin, could you please wake him. It was your spell that knocked him out so I guess you should be the one to wake him up.”
Erin shrugged and walked up to the man. She jabbed her thumb into the soft spot just behind the ear. With a yelp he awoke. His eyes were full of panic when he noted where he was. He struggled but was firmly bound. He lashed out with his words. “What the fuck are you doing!? Let me go, you dumb bitches!”
Erin whipped her hand out and slapped him forcefully. His head rocked under the hit and his eyes grew even wider. She turned to face the old woman and smiled at her. “I think he is ready to talk.”
Grandmother arched an eyebrow at her, but Erin merely shrugged. “You and your friend have some sort of Talisman. What is it and where did you get it?”
“I don’t have to tell you anything. I know my rights. Where is my lawyer?” The boy looked about frantically.
Grandmother leaned in closer at that point, locking eyes with him. “What makes you think that we are the police? What makes you think you have any rights with us?”
His face grew white with fear and the realization that he was not being held by the police. “Uh…I don’t know what you are talking about? If you let me go…uh… I won’t press charges.”
Erin smiled coldly at him. She was getting tired of this guy already and they just started. She figured she would try and scare him into talking. “Tell you what sport. Let me see if I can make this easier for you to understand. If you cooperate, we will let you live. If not, well they would have to work to identify your body.”
If anything his face grew whiter still. As the fear peaked through his body, Grandmother wrapped him in a spell that worked its way through what protections the Talisman had placed on him. He slumped a bit as the energy hit and his eyes half closed. “So, as I asked earlier young man, tell me about this talisman you and your friend have.”
His voice was slow and thick, almost as if he was drugged. “John found this guy the next town over who sold all sorts of weird things. So he came and got me and we went. John saw the talisman and thought it was cool. The owner of the shop said that it would let you control other peoples thoughts and that the longer you had it the stronger it would be. So we came over to this town and decided to give it a try. It barely worked the first couple of times, but the old guy had been right the next day it was stronger. We could get people to do as we asked. Then we could do small groups. Today we tried a slightly larger group.”
Grandmother looked over at Anya and Erin worriedly. “So where are the two of you staying in town?”
“We moved out of our motel today. John said we would find someone’s house to take over tonight. That was the plan.” He slumped deeper into the chair.
Anya shrugged. “I guess we have to keep hunting him, but we know what to look for. That should make it easier. If we had known earlier it would have made the search a bit easier.”
The other two nodded. Erin gestured with her head towards their prisoner. “So, what are we going to do with him?”
Grandmother’s smile was cold and her eyes hard when she answered. “Give him a shower.”
* * * * * * * * * * *
Anya and Erin headed into the park, towards the hot tubs. After everything that had gone on that night the two of them wanted to soak and let their tensions float away. They had grabbed towels and left the unconscious prisoner with Grandmother, who had told them that she was going to figure out the best punishment for him.
They both slipped out of their clothes and into the hot water. Erin had glanced appreciatively as Anya had undressed and found herself becoming a bit aroused. She recognized the effect from other fights and wondered if Anya was feeling it as well, if she did this was going to be a fun evening. The two of them laid back against the sides of the tub, letting the heat and the jets do their work.
Just as Erin was contemplating doing something Anya sighed contentedly and muttered, “I wish Greg were here.”
“Greg?” asked Erin as she tried to relax from being ready to do something.
“Yeah. He’s my boyfriend, the reason I didn’t want to play with you. But right now he and a friend of his are doing some sort of photo shoot, so I don’t get to see him until he comes back next weekend.” Anya sighed. “By the way, thank you for saving me. I had my guard down when I got hit. Thanks.”
Erin blushed a little and shrugged slightly. “That’s alright Anya. What was I going to do, leave my new best friend to some demonic thug?”
They both smiled happily at each other. Anya broke the silence. “So, are we going to find the other guy tomorrow?”
Erin nodded. “I think that would be a good plan. My guess is that he will be holed up until nighttime, when he will probably be trying to find someone to play with. We should be able to find him then. So I was going to spend another day goofing off in the park.”
Anya splashed her. “What! And leave me to work in the salt mines all day. You are such a cruel heartless bitch at times.”
Erin splashed back. “So what. This is my vacation. A girl’s got to enjoy the time she has.”
They both laughed and pulled themselves from the tub. The dried quickly and pulled on their clothes. Once back at the apartment they had a cup of herbal tea and went to sleep.
Erin woke early again so she could watch the sun rise. She did some of her Chi Gung exercises to pull in some of the strength of the sun. It helped her to feel even more revived than the sleep had. She fixed her self a bagel and a mug of tea for breakfast and thought about the situation she was in now. This fight against the demonic talisman was going to be rough but it should be workable. No, it was really the fact that she was utterly enjoying herself in the body she wore now that was getting to her.
She had not really expected to be enjoying the body she now had as much as she was. Her connection to the currents of the Tao seemed easier in this form and she enjoyed the way she now moved. She also found the occasional glances she had been getting from both women and men to be nice. It felt nice and to a degree right. She was beginning to think about possibly making this change permanent after her other pass expired.
She saw Anya pad into the bathroom and begin the process of waking up, showering and the like. Erin finished drinking her tea, put the cup in the sink and went to get ready for the day ahead.
She pulled on her bikini and pulled on her pants. Erin liked how she looked and that in itself was confusing. She was supposed to be a man, or at least that was what she had started out as. Now she was not that sure. Erin figured that meditation and lying in a hammock thinking would be good ways to find the answers.
Anya came out dressed for work, in her shorts and park t-shirt. “Ready for another day of sun?”
Erin smiled back, “You bet. I figure that tonight I might be able to find the guy based off of the impressions his friend has of him and the demon taint on him.”
Anya nodded as the walked towards the elevator. “That sounds like a good plan. And since we have a better idea of what we are dealing with we can fight against it better. Hopefully it will all work out alright.”
“It should. We know what we are going against and he doesn’t. He is probably under the thrall of the talisman and so is even more limited. So we have that going for us as well. If we had a third with us we could really do a number on him. But we already outnumber him as it is. I only hope we out power him.” Erin shrugged. “But we can worry about that later. I am going to have some more fun before I have to worry about that, so I can recharge.”
They split up as they reached the park, with Anya heading towards the office and Erin heading towards the spot where she had been doing her Tai Chi. She had about an hour before the park would open up. Plenty of time for her to go through the really long form she had been taught. That would help recharge her internal batteries and get her ready to face the demon.
She pushed all of that out of her mind as she breathed in deeply and began her form. She would at least have an hour of total peace today. She lost herself in the movement and began to pull out of the meditation when she heard the first sounds of the crowds beginning to enter the park. She finished up and then sat, waiting for the troupe of girls to show up. She did not really have to wait long.
“Ready to learn some more?” she asked.
The chorus of girls made her smile. Erin led them through the series of exercises easily, correcting their moves, as was necessary. After a short while, she stopped and ushered them off; it was time to take care of herself. She still needed to do some work to recharge her energies for the hunt tonight. That and she wanted to review everything she knew about demons and the demon tainted. There was actually a lot that her teacher had gone over.
She found a place in the park where she could sit in meditation under a steady stream of water. It wasn’t as good as a waterfall, but it was a fairly good second place. She folded herself into lotus position and let the water drift her away.
She felt Anya approach after some length of time. She opened her eyes and saw her through the water. “Hey, Erin, lunch time. If you’re done let’s go.”
Erin unfolded her legs and walked over to where Anya stood while wiping the water from her face and hair. “What’s with the sitting under the water?” asked Anya.
Erin shrugged. “It’s easier to clean your energy this way and it is great at helping clear your thoughts away. I just needed to take some time away from things and think.”
“About what? Tonight?” Anya had grabbed some salads and drinks and brought them to a bench nearby before grabbing Erin. They headed over and sat down to eat.
“No. I wish it were something that simple. It’s about the fact that I am really happy and comfortable in this body, almost more so than I was in my original form. I like this body and that is making me a little bit confused. Do I want to stay this way or not? I don’t know so I am trying to find the answer.” said Erin as she picked up her drink.
“Any luck so far?”
“Nope. But hey, I don’t need to hurry yet. Still have a couple more days to dwell on it before I really need an answer. In all truth, we have some more important things to worry about. But it is always there, in the back of my head. I just wish I knew what the best course of action is?”
Anya chuckled a little at that. “Aren’t you the one who keeps telling me that you should go with what feels natural and right?”
Erin chuckled as well. She felt a little embarrassed to have had that pointed out to her. The way of the Tao was in subtlety and natural sensations unhindered by any blocks. She was still trying to work on that. “Your right. I am rushing things again. I just need to let the answer reach me in its own time. Thanks Anya. You’re a real friend.”
“Hey, it’s what I do.”
After lunch, Erin went back to the apartment. There were a few more things she wanted to do before she had to deal with the demon. She got out her calligraphy supplies and made a few more of the prayer sheets. Those would come in handy. She also reached in the backpack and pulled free two bundles. She first unwrapped her sword and looked it over. The deep rich wooden scabbard seemed fine and the forge marks on the blade rippled in the light. The other bundle was her sacred texts. She read several passages from the Tao Te Ching and then cast an augury.
The coins clattered against each other as she cast them out. Once she had the pattern, she consulted the I Ching respectfully. It comforted her fretting and gave her some more insight as to the nature of the demon they were facing. It was much more familiar with the workings of the western magicks and would be confused by the workings of the more eastern. He would also use the amulet to get more people to protect the wielder, that or find some place of power. The biggest weakness it was facing was the wielder, and his drives and urges.
If they could keep that in mind, Erin and Anya could use that to their advantage. If not, she had her sword and was ready to do whatever had to be done to stop this thing. She had been forced to use her blade before and would have no qualms using it now. She nodded and placed her sacred texts away. She began to get ready for tonight.
* * * * * * * * * * *
When Anya made it back to the apartment, Erin was dressed for the evening. She was wearing a black pair of Yoga pants and a tight patterned tank top, with Indian and Chinese motifs printed on it. She also had an amulet around her neck that didn’t seem to sit in any pattern long, but kept changing fluidly. Anya liked it.
“Well Erin, you look ready to go.”
“I wanted to be completely ready for whatever got thrown at us tonight, which is why I got out my sword.” Erin brought forth her sheathed sword from behind her back. “It ends tonight, and hopefully I won’t have to use this, but I will be ready.”
Anya nodded and went to get ready herself. Erin had a mug of tea, from a bag of leaves that she had been given by her teacher. The subtle flavor of the leaves, combined with their scent cleared her head and settled her nerves. There was a mug steeping for Anya. After all, it couldn’t hurt.
Anya accepted her glass when she got out of the back. She had dressed similarly to Erin, ready to fight if needed. She had a dagger in her left hand. “If you were going to bring out the big guns, I figured I should as well. It does feel more comforting than I thought it would.”
They both smiled and finished their tea and headed out to the car. Anya drove while Erin was searching for the energy feel of the talisman. “Anya, don’t let him touch you with the talisman. It could pass the taint on to you. If it tries to go physical, let me fight it while you support me. I have training in how to fight these things. If it has minions, deal with them and I can deal with the talisman and its host. I do not think it is one of the greater powers but if it is than I will have to kill the host. Without the host the talisman will be inert.”
Anya nodded. “You seem to know what you are doing. No problem.”
Erin led them away from the city to a tree filled park. Anya stopped the car and turned off the engine as they both looked out at the deeper dark under the trees. “This is not going to help,” muttered Erin.
“Why would it choose some place out of the way? This doesn’t make sense.”
Erin thought for a moment but could think on no easy reason for the choice. Perhaps it had found its place of power. She tapped into the current around her. The earth dragon energy let her know there was no special power here. “Might as well find out what it wants.”
They both got out of the car and began to head into the trees. They were eerily quiet. Neither could hear any sound. Erin’s perception of the talisman began to fade and then vanish the deeper they went. She held up a hand to stop Anya. “Careful, the Talisman has altered the woods, to mirror its own realm. If there is anything you can do to counter that please do.”
As Anya began to shape her will to that purpose, the trees came to life. Erin snapped her blade out and tried to protect Anya from the reaching branches and roots. She sliced through several when some roots began to wrap her legs. Anya seemed to finish when she too was entangled in branches and roots. They were both lifted off the ground and held spread-eagled. Erin sighed, “Great, the host is a Hentai fan. Tentacle sex from trees, how unoriginal. Get ready Anya, this is sure to be unpleasant.”
A figure stepped into their vision. He was holding the talisman securely. He chuckled evilly. “I am sure it is going to be unpleasant. I figured you two bitches would come looking for me, so I made us a little place to have some fun. But, Erin is it, I will start with you. You have been giving me a hard time.” He rubbed his crotch suggestively as he chuckled. “You will be the first one dealt with. If she is good, Anya will not have to suffer, as you will. She may even tell me where my friend is.”
With a gesture, the branches began to tug down Erin’s pants and tear the shirt from her restrained body. She struggled, trying to get free with little success. Her mind raced, grasping for any way to get out of this violation. She was trapped completely. Nothing seemed to come to mind as she heard the fabric of her pants tear. Left in only her panties and bra, she had little options. Something drifted across her thoughts and she began to chant in Chinese. “Yielding, like ice about to melt. Yield and overcome.”
Her more supple body began to give way to the advances of the branches. They were unable to gain any ground on Erin’s underwear; her body seemed to give way like water. She writhed and moved against their attempts. The man with the talisman growled deeply and stalked towards her angrily.
Anya took the time from the distraction to finish the shape of the spell that she had been forming. She let it loose and began to feel the edges of the forest begin to return too normal. Anya hoped that it would work fast enough.
The man had picked up Erin’s sword and thrust it at her belly. Erin’s chant changed when he picked up her sword. If she could get him angry enough he might not notice Anya’s spell at work. “She will not be wounded in battle. Tigers no place to use their claws and weapons no place to pierce.”
Erin writhed sinuously as the man thrust at her, narrowly missing her, occasionally nicking her stomach so that blood began to trickle out and stain her panties. She kept chanting and moving and the man began to shriek in frustration. He began to thrust the talisman at her with even less success. He screeched and had the trees begin to pull her tighter.
But Anya’s spell had finally reached them. The trees were released from the grip of the talisman and the branches dropped the two girls. Anya tore her dagger free, ready to stab him if he would not stop attacking Erin.
Erin however rolled to her feet and threw the man by his outstretched arm. As he tumbled against a tree, she pulled two prayer sheets from her purse and hit both him and the talisman with them. The air was rent with a terrible sound and the air filled with burning brimstone. A horrid cracking sound snapped and the man’s body began to convulse. Erin dove onto him and struggled to keep him from breaking his body. “Anya!! Help!”
The two women rolled around on top of him as the convulsions contorted his body. Finally they trembled to a stop and his body hung limp. Anya checked his pulse and found a faint, thready one. “He is still alive, but barely. He needs either a hospital or Grandmother.”
Erin crawled to her knees. “Your Grandmother. He is suffering from severe magic backlash. It had almost managed to take him over completely. He must have used it a lot since last night. We might be able to save him if we hurry.”
“Why should we? Look at all that he has done, that we know of.” Anya’s anger slashed out.
Erin used the tree to help her get to her feet. “Because he was the thrall of the demon. He is as much the victim as the others. It removed the blocks to his urges and gave him the power to make his darkest fantasies real. Surely, he can be redeemed, isn’t that what you and your Grandmother do after all?”
Anya nodded. “True. But I don’t have to like it. Are you okay?”
Erin grabbed her sword and resheathed it. It snapped home with a sound of finality. “I’ll be alright. Just drained and sore and... and bleeding?”
“He nicked you with your sword, several times. Let’s go.” After they gathered up all their things they picked up the man and half dragged him to the car. He was unceremoniously dumped into the back seat. Anya drove to the park quickly, using her magic to pass by several police cars unnoticed.
Erin swayed uneasily in her seat, trying to pull some more energy in. She had used a lot more of her own energy than she had expected. She placed her hands on her bleeding belly and began to stir the Chi within herself. It grew slowly and she felt something deeper stir and pour energy into her body. It began to mend the cuts and welts from where the trees had held her. This source was deeper and fuller than she was used to. A quiet, peaceful sensation spread warmly from her Tan Tien as she breathed her strength back in.
Anya pulled up to the side entrance to the office and the two of them managed to get him into the building. Grandmother raised an eyebrow at Erin’s state of undress and gestured towards the couch. They dumped his body heavily and the man moaned. “I take it this is the second one, girls?”
Anya nodded. “Erin broke the talisman and we stopped it from killing him. So, we brought him here. I figured you might want to do something about him.”
Grandmother looked him over. “I am not sure we can save him. He is almost dead. He might not survive the transformation of the showers. I am sorry.”
Erin felt the growth of the energy coil in her body. “I think I can help.”
Grandmother nodded and moved away from the man on the couch. Erin looked down at him. His skin had gone grayish and his breathing was labored. She could feel his Chi bleeding out of him from where the talisman had locked into his spirit. She slapped her hands to bring a rush of Chi to her palms and rubbed them to raise the focus of power to her hands. She placed them on his Tan Tien and exhaled, pushing energy into him. She guided it to the tear and worked at mending it, slowly helping him to reweave his energy back into himself. The wellspring of energy she had tapped seemed to have no intention of running dry. She filled him with enough energy to sustain him until his own energy returned. She stopped pushing and filled whatever empty spaces she had with the energy. She stepped away.
The man’s skin was back to a normal color, just a little pale. His breathing was less ragged and all marks of pain or discomfort had faded. He slept on as the three ladies looked at him. A knock at the door broke the moment.
The three each looked at each other with some confusion on their faces. Anya walked over and hit the intercom button. “I am sorry but the park is closed right now. We will be open in the morning.”
A very cultured man’s voice spoke with even tones and a faint accent. “I am here to see my student, Eric Summers. My name is Shinju Kwai.”
Erin’s eyes widened in a slight panic as he spluttered, “Master Shinju here?”
Anya opened the door as Erin wrapped a towel about herself hurriedly. A late middle-aged Asian man, in a suit entered the room and bowed politely to them. “Forgive my intrusion. Eric, you look good. The towel goes with your eyes. You have done well on your Walkabout. When I sensed that the wellspring of the Tao awakened in you I came to let you know your Walkabout is over.”
Erin blinked. “I’m done? Wellspring of Tao? What?”
Grandmother and Anya moved back as the Asian gentleman glided smoothly over to Erin. With one hand, he reached out and placed his hand over Erin’s belly, over the Tan Tien. “This sensation you feel now. You have connected to the Tao and it has become a part of you in a way it had not been before. Thus, you are done with your training. The Tao is your teacher now.”
The smile grew slowly across Erin’s face as understanding dawned on her, starting in her green eyes. She bowed deeply to him. “Thank you Master.”
“There is no need to thank me. Fighting a demon and saving the host gave you the impetus to tap into the Tao. It has been achieved by your work not mine. You can now choose to do, as you will. You can let me know what you are going to do when you return to the temple. Good night ladies.” With that, he bowed and left. The door closed softly.
Erin stood there stunned. Grandmother guided her to a chair and sat her down. Anya picked up the man from the couch and headed towards the showers with a nod from Grandmother. She looked at the boy wearing the girl’s form and appraised him. “So, Eric, what do you intend to do now?”
Erin shook her head and blinked back to the here and now. “Uh, I don’t actually know. Can I take the last few days of my holiday to think about things?”
Grandmother nodded and smiled. “Of course. I think you have earned it. I may even let Anya have a break as well. I hope you can find the answers you want.”
* * * * * * * * * *
Erin rocked lazily in the hammock, sipping her iced tea. Now that the demonic talisman was gone, the two responsible dealt with and all the victims helped she finally had the time to sort out her answer to what she was going to do. The Walkabout had given her a lot more insight into people and the way they worked. She tried to turn that knowledge to herself.
She felt right and complete in this form. Her meditations and energy exercises only confirmed that idea. She felt more herself than she had before and it was a difficult fact to get used to. But the Tao spoke of following the flow of life, wherever it led. While Eric never had any urges to be like this, the transformation had given her some sense of wholeness that she had never felt before. She was not quite sure what to make of that. She felt more complete now than before.
Erin rested her right hand on her Tan Tien and felt the pulse and current of the energy flow. She was tied to the Tao now. She had opened herself to the current and as long as she didn’t fight the flow, she would continue to be that way. Would changing be fighting the flow?
She rocked in the hammock slightly and watched the few clouds through the trees. The slight breeze felt good one her smooth skin. The suit was almost dry from her swim earlier. With a sigh, Erin took another sip of iced tea. The cool, slightly lemony flavor soothed her throat. It wouldn’t be a bad life as a woman. Lots of people seemed to manage it. It would just be different. She felt that she could handle different.
She finished her ice tea and lay in the hammock, swaying slowly. She would stay like this. All she had to do was tell Grandmother and it could be done. She headed for the office. Hopefully this wouldn’t take long, she was getting hungry.
Grandmother seemed to be waiting for her when she reached the office. “Are you sure this is what you want Erin. It is a one-way trip. This sort of magic is not easy to change once set into place.”
“I don’t have anyone who would miss me. My parents died when I was fifteen and I have been living with Master Shinju since then. No girlfriend. Few friends outside of everyone here and Michelle in Hong Kong. No difficulties in my life that would require untangling. So yes, I am sure.”
The old woman thought about things for a while. “Alright. Go out front and pay Anya. I will have your ticket waiting.”
Erin bowed respectfully and headed for the changing rooms. She got out her money and headed for the entrance. There was a short line waiting to get in, including a number of guys. Some of them looked sure of themselves, others greeted Anya warmly. Apparently, coming to the park to transform was a common thing.
Erin finally made it up to the window. Anya smiled warmly, her eyes wet with happy tears. “One lifetime pass please Anya.”
She pushed the money across the counter. Anya held the ticket for a moment and handed it to her. “There you go Erin. I hope you enjoy it.”
The shower was warm and the pink mist swirled up as she relaxed into the pulse of the water. She could feel the magic shift things in her energy pattern a little finer, a little more in alignment with who she was now. The energy spun around her and flared into the world beyond the park making the necessary changes everywhere. As the energy of the spell drifted off, she turned off the water, letting droplets fall from her body. She had chosen her life.
She toweled off and went to her things. Lunch would help about now. Maybe tonight she would just stay in and rest. The last few days had been rather hectic.
* * * * * * * * * *
Anya had decided to stay in as well. The two of them were in their nightgowns cuddled against each other more for comfort than for anything else. They had a movie on and they were only mostly paying attention to it. The mugs of tea they both sipped on were soothing to their spirits.
The phone rang. Erin started. She had not been around a phone in a while. Anya got up and answered it. After a short pause Anya looked at her, “Here Erin, it’s for you.”
With a look of puzzlement on her face, she took the phone. “Hello?”
“Sweetie? It’s Mom. Mister Shinju told us you would be at this number. He said you had finished your hike. How are you?” The voice was painfully familiar.
“Mom?” her voice started to break with recognition.
“Yes honey. What?”
“It’s really you?” Erin’s voice was soft and child like.
“Of course it is. Your Dad and I are so proud of you. Your teacher said you passed this last part of the course with flying colors. We can’t wait for you to come home. The last three months have been so quiet without you. There is a ticket waiting for you.”
“I can’t wait to come home mommy. I missed you so much.” Erin started to cry, her voice catching. “I missed you both.”
“I know sweetie. But you’ll be home soon and we can have a party to celebrate. See you soon.”
“See you soon.” Erin’s tears blurred her vision as she hung up the phone. She turned to Anya, who also had tears in her eyes. She was smiling broadly at her new friend. “It was the least we could do Erin.”
“How? I thought it wasn’t possible to bring people back from the dead.”
“It isn’t. Grandmother worked the spell to shift your life from almost the beginning to give them back to you. They never died, but you still went and trained. You chose that over finishing High School. According to things, you now are a Doctor of Oriental Medicine. You just finished the last part of that, or at least that is the cover story. You have been apart from them, just not as completely as before.”
The two hugged fiercely. Erin’s tears soaked the shoulder of Anya’s nightgown. “Thank you. From the bottom of my heart, thank you.”
“What are friends for?”
The Wanderer: Eating Dreams
By poetheather
Erin Summers has been enjoying her vacation but all good things come to an end and when a girl who feels like a boy needs her help she must fight against Hungry Ghosts for the dreams of street kids.
Eating Dreams
Erin Summers laid in the sun, basking in the warmth, the feel of the sand under her towel warm from where it had pulled in heat earlier. The beach wasn’t overly crowded, but the sound of children playing filled the air. She smiled as she watched them, brushing strands of her red hair from her face. In the last few years she had gotten a good bit more maternal, ever since her adventures at Bikini Beach transformed her utterly. Watching kids gave her this soft wanting that warmed her heart and she had to admit she liked that feeling.
She didn’t miss being a guy anymore, as she felt totally at home in her female body. Becoming a woman had helped her finish her walkabout and finally become a Sage and Sorcerer. It had also given her back her parents. Grandmother’s spell when she had gotten a life time pass shifted the world, making Eric into Erin forever. She still kept her lifetime pass in her backpack and returned to the park whenever she could. It was nice and always a great reunion with Anya, Elizabeth and all the others at the park. The little girls she had taught Tai Chi had been growing up, becoming young adults. It was pretty cool.
Now, however, instead of relaxing at Bikini Beach she was enjoying the sun and surf in Monterey California. The roll of the waves breaking on the shore was nice, soothing. Not quite the crash of waves she could get if she went to the seaward side of Pacific Grove, but still quite pleasant. Even the barking of the seals was nice. She liked it here and was considering staying in the Bay area. San Francisco was only an hour and a half away by car and she liked the feel of the place. It had a soothing energy that she certainly had been relishing.
Yesterday she had gone kayaking in the bay, watching otters lounge on the fields of seaweed that seemed to be everywhere. The trip had been enjoyable, especially when an otter had climbed onto the boat and chattered at her happily, as if telling her something very important. The fur had been very soft and the otter had been a pleasant companion for that five minute experience.
Certainly a bit more pleasant than her companion last night had been. The Marine was training uphill at the Defense Language Institute, learning Chinese. She had caught him muttering in Chinese at one of the Coffee houses just off the main drag and had snerked at his mispronunciation. They started talking and one thing led to another.
He had certainly been a fit and generous lover. Erin knew it had been only a one night deal and so did he, and that had been okay. But what a night it had been. She had certainly orgasmed several times, but it had felt hollow and that had bothered her.
Her reverie had broken her out of her basking. She now felt like she wanted to move. She sat up and looked around the beach, trying to figure out where to go. Maybe she should head back to the hostel she was staying at and do some meditation? Once she decided, she nodded her head and stood.
She shook out her towel, the sand flying off. Once at the sidewalk, she knocked the sand from her feet before slipping her sandals on. She put on her coverup and began to stroll back towards Fisherman’s Wharf and then onto Cannery Row.
Erin liked the town. It was nice and had a good vibe to it. The area was beautiful and had a lot of geomantic power flowing through it. This energy was renewing her strength and she needed that. She had come down from San Francisco after helping a group of witches fight off a nest of Dybeck. It hadn’t been a pleasant fight and a few of the witches hadn’t made it out. Staying for the funerals had been tough but she had done it. Fights like that were sad and she was regretful that they had occurred. It was almost as bad as Atlanta had been… almost.
She shook her head, tossing her long red hair, trying to clear the dark images from her thoughts. There was no need to call back tainted Chi. A long slow exhalation followed by a deep breath of Yang charged air helped. The Sun did its job so well, making her smile
When she reached the pier, by the Custom House Museum, she was wondering about what would be good for dinner. She would probably go back to Tillie Gort’s for another All-in-one plate. The food was phenomenal, especially with the veggie burger. She was looking forward to having yet another good meal in this town. There were plenty of good restaurants to choose from and that made her happy. Eating well seemed to be so easy here.
Lighthouse Avenue took her back to the Cannery Row area. It was geared heavily to the transient tourist crowd, which filled the area; however there were still some nice places to go. Her hostel was in this area, a few blocks up at Hawthorne and Irving. Everything she wanted to do or where she wanted to go was all within walking distance.
She paused on the jogging trail, to figure out what seemed to draw her. Did she want to head out to Asilomar Beach again, to watch the sunset? Maybe head to the much closer Lover’s Point, to look out across the bay? She headed back to the hostel to clean up from her day of activity while she thought. She was looking forward to going out tonight and was sure the Tao would guide her to something nice. The Tao always provided.
* * *
Dinner had been great, as expected, and it had been fun flirting with that young Airman. Ike had been studying Farsi and was so proud to be doing so. Over a few drinks they had chatted and even kissed some. This being a girl thing was certainly different and she enjoyed it much more than she had expected. Anya and the other girls at Bikini Beach had shown her how much fun it could be as a girl, and she appreciated it.
Suddenly, she felt an urgent pull, as if someone was in danger nearby, danger that was not natural. Erin broke into a sprint down the pathway; breathing in a way to pull in more. She wanted to make sure that she had the energy to deal with whatever she came across.
The wrongness she felt was coming from the train cars area, near the main part of Cannery Row, by the Carousel. Several street kids were scattering from them like a flock of birds, almost pointing to the danger. It was just ahead. There!
There was a young boy being dragged behind the old freight cars, back into the shadowed area. Power could be felt keeping the screams from going anywhere. It felt to Erin as if the sound itself were being consumed, sucked into the dark figure. She ran faster, using her Chi to make it possible. She focused her energy in preparation for this. What ever it was that had dragged the boy was going to be very sorry.
The flying kick caught it in the back, causing them to stumble forward, releasing the kid. As expected, the boy took off running, getting away from this whole situation. Erin centered herself and closed with whatever it was, hands at the ready for either spells or strikes.
The face that was turned her direction had empty eye sockets and a large mouth that was wide, breathing in Erin’s Chi. She quickly cut that line of pull with a brisk motion of her hand. The creature stumbled back some, as if the release of tension were unexpected. She thrust her hand into her purse for one of her prayer sheets. If she pulled out either that or a Talisman, it would be good. She recognized the creature for what it was, a Hungry Ghost.
The Ghost moved towards her, arms wide, to grab her in its powerful grip. Erin spun past the arm and threw the ghost to the ground with a one handed flip. The wrist lock would hold a normal human, but not a Hungry Ghost. She hurriedly pulled out a prayer sheet. She could feel the energy inside the rice paper, waiting to be brought forth with her Chi. With a breath she charged it and flung it at the Ghost.
It had tried to dodge, but it was clear that the creature had not been expecting resistance of this nature. The sheet caught it on the shoulder and then the creature stiffened, there was a muted flash and then internal flames consumed it, until only ash remained. Erin scanned the area, looking to see if there were any others. It was rare but sometimes Hungry Ghosts worked together.
The area was clear. Nobody in the white building with the carousel had noticed anything. She exhaled slowly, letting the adrenalin flow out leaving her with that tired feeling. The boy wasn’t anywhere in sight. So much for getting more information about this whole situation. She headed towards the hostel and hopefully to a goodnights sleep. She certainly could use it.
* * *
The pancakes were incredible and the other food was tasty as well. This restaurant at one end of a little mall complex was wonderful. Supposedly this was the best breakfast spot in town from what one of the locals had told her. She could easily believe that given how good the food was and how big the line was to get in. Once done and while savoring her mug of tea, she turned her thoughts to the day and what she should do. Maybe go SCUBA diving? That might be fun. Or maybe head to the farmer’s market that evening. She could even do both.
She had dressed casually in a green dress she had gotten. It had no sleeves and a hood on the back. As far as she could tell, the hood served no purpose but it did look cute. She pulled her hair back into a ponytail and she slipped on her Chacos. The sandals were comfortable and would be easy to walk in. Once she hefted her purse she was on her way back to the downtown area where most of the things she liked to do were.
Erin was wearing her swimsuit under her dress, the same one that had magically appeared with her transformation. It was comfortable and it did make her quite nostalgic for that transformative week. She did miss her friends from there, but her walkabout continued, despite her elevation to Sage. She was actually quite used to it. She would eventually find her home. Her Master had told her that with a little smile.
As she walked down the jogging trail past the Coast Guard pier, she noticed that there was someone waiting for her a little farther down. It was the young boy from last night. She headed straight for the young lad, noticing that the boy was fidgeting nervously. As she closed she asked, “Can I help you?”
“I…could you…I mean…I need your help.” stammered the boy. He couldn’t be more than eleven or twelve. Erin noticed that there was something interesting going on with his Chi and she cocked her head.
“Alright. What can I do for you?” Erin was getting intrigued and this felt so right, as if the Tao had guided her here on purpose, which it probably had. The Tao was tricksy that way.
“A bunch of my friends have been attacked by that thing you fought and no one has believed us. It hasn’t killed them, but they aren’t the same anymore.” The boy really couldn’t meet her eyes.
“Why ask me?”
“Because you kicked that things ass. I just felt that you might be able to do something.”
“What’s your name?”
Erin could see the boy blush, even with the face turned downwards, as it reached the ears. The kid’s energy was roiling, as if considering lying or something. The answer was soft, almost to the point where she had to strain to hear. “Melissa. My name’s Melissa.”
This caught Erin by surprise. A boy named Melissa? The energy was male, as far as she could tell casually, so how could this boy be a girl? “Okay Melissa. Why don’t you tell me what’s been going on and I can see if there is anything I can do to help you.”
Erin and the boy-girl headed downtown. When they reached Alvarado Square, Melissa let her towards a small park area by the Customs House. They sat on a small bench and Erin waited for the story.
“About three months ago all this shit started happening. Some of the local kids were showing up all drained, like their light had gone out. I mean going from goth to blah in a day is pretty hard to believe. It was like they all lost their joy, their dreams, their everything. About a month ago, a few kids had noticed that there had been this somewhat shabby looking guy nearby the day before this had happened to them. Well now we try to stay away from the dude, but he has been setting ambushes for us and stuff. Thank you for saving me, last night by the way.”
Erin nodded. It certainly sounded like a Hungry Ghost. She knew how to deal with those, and besides, she may have already solved a big part of the problem. “You’re welcome. I think I might be able to help you. What attacked you was something called a Hungry Ghost. They are creatures who have been reborn to this life with an insatiable hunger. They get this due to an excess of desire. They consume people’s life force, dreams, hopes, things like that. They are very powerful but they can be fought.
She thought for a moment, unsure of what to say next. “As for your friends… I won’t know for sure until I take a look at them. There may be nothing that can be done for them, so don’t think I can solve everything. Oh, by the way, my name is Erin Summers.”
“You mean like Buffy Summers?” asked the boy-girl wide eyed.
“Well, we do share a last name but it has nothing to do with her. I’m not a Vampire Slayer.” Erin sighed, wondering why Joss Whedon seemed to hate her so.
“I don’t know. You looked a lot like a Slayer to me, the way you fought that thing.” replied Melissa.
After a sigh filled with the sound of long suffering, Erin continued, “Can I see one of your friends who was affected?”
“Sure. Come on.” Melissa led Erin uphill, towards the Military Base. After cutting down a side street they reached a house that looked similar to all the other houses in the neighborhood. Melissa rang the doorbell and the two of them waited.
The door opened and this boy, about the same age as Melissa, said emotionlessly, “Yes.”
“Aaron, hi! Can we come in?” replied Melissa brightly.
“Sure.” With that, the boy turned and went back inside, apparently not caring if they followed. They followed him into the living room, where the boy just sat down in front of the Television set, watching it blankly, watching some daytime talk show.
Erin watched the boy closely, trying to read the boy’s Chi signature. It seemed frayed, as if something had been torn out, eaten. She frowned. This raw wound of the spirit was not a good thing. The boy just sat there and stared at the television while Melissa struggled to pull him into conversation. The boy would say short, direct answers that held no life to them, utterly monotone and then just stared.
She closed her eyes and opened herself to the universal Chi. She reached out and could feel that the boy’s Shen had been ravaged. The boy’s spirit, power of mind, had been the particular focus of this Hungry Ghost. She would try to repair it but Shen was the toughest of the Three Treasures to repair. She looked closer and noticed that it was even more specific. It had gone after the boy’s Meng, or dreams. What the hell? Usually Hungry Ghosts went after Chi or Jing, the less rarified energies, so this was unusual. Just looking at this whole mess, Erin wasn’t quite sure she could fix this.
She stretched out her energy and struggled to close the gaping energetic wound. It was bad and she felt like she was only able to staunch the wound rather than fix it. Maybe her master could fix this, or one of the Immortals, but it was currently beyond her meager abilities. Once she stabilized things she stepped back and took deep breaths, reenergizing.
Erin shook her head at Melissa and the young boy-girl realized what that meant. She frowned, not saying anything. Melissa said her good-byes and the boy grunted a response and didn’t look away from the screen. They left the house and headed downhill. Neither spoke on their way down.
“I’m sorry Melissa. That was more damage than I am able to deal with. I can check with one of my teachers to see if they have an idea, but there is nothing else I can do at the moment.”
Melissa shrugged her shoulders and said, “Thank you for trying and for taking care of that thing.”
“Tell you what; if you can take me to the various attack sites I can try to figure out what’s going on. Is that okay?” After failing to help her friend, Erin really wanted to help and this was the best she could do at this point.
“Okay. Want to go now?” The boy-girl seemed to be much livelier at the prospect. Erin smiled slightly.
“Sure. Lead on.” They wove through the streets on their way back down to the water.
“Most of them have been just off the Row and by Customs House. There have been a few outside of that, but seven of the nine have been in those places.” Melissa explained that carefully, making sure that Erin followed her statements. “One was by the pool and the park and the other one near the Community College. I think those two were the first though.”
“That is a bit strange. Usually they eat and move on, not stay in one area. That makes them a target and easier to hunt. This is atypical behavior for a Hungry Ghost.” Erin tightened her eyes as she thought through this. The behavior was telling her something but nothing was clicking yet. It bothered her.
They walked as she thought through this, trying to figure out what the story was telling her. Why would a Hungry Ghost be eating dreams and Shen? What was there in Spirit and Dreams that wasn’t in Chi or Jing? Both of those were the usual meals of choice for those creatures and not Shen, especially since it wasn’t that fully developed in most people, especially for teenagers.
The first place they stopped at was near where they had been sitting earlier. Erin walked onto the spot and opened up her energy, to try and feel the movement of the thing. The first she realized was that the Hungry Ghost who had gotten someone here was not the same one she had destroyed. “Oh shit.”
“What?!” spluttered a worried Melissa.
“There is more than one in the area.” Erin went back to the slight energy traces, trying to go deeper into the energetic residue. It seemed as if there was some sort of pulsing, like a beacon, about where the Ghosts felt things. Was something drawing Hungry Ghosts here, or an even worse situation, someone?
She opened her perception up, trying to see if she could follow the pulse, to see if she could figure out where it was coming from. She got nothing, as it got lost in the energy of the city. “Melissa, we need to go back to where you were attacked to see if we can get more information. Is that okay?”
“Yeah, that’s cool.” It was still hard to believe that this person with the very masculine internal energy was a girl. Maybe she should ask about it? But first, she needed to check on something much more basic.
“Won’t your parents worry?”
“Nope. They are both professors at MIIS, so they are pretty busy. And besides, it’s summer, so I would be out and about anyway. This thing has been the most dangerous thing happening in the area and since no one has died or been hospitalized, no one has noticed anything.” Melissa sounded a little bitter through that answer. Something else to pursue?
“Alright. Let’s go then.” Erin lead off, keeping her pace moderate so that Melissa didn’t have to run to keep up. After walking thousands of miles, Erin could really cover some distance when she wanted to.
“Wait, hold up. Richard! Hey Richard! Come over here.” Melissa was yelling at this tall, thin boy with long black hair who was wearing a black leather trench coat.
The boy lanked his way over to them, his limbs gangly. He brushed the hair out of his eyes. “Hey Mel, what’s up?”
“Not much Dick. I just wanted to ask you about Jose? How’s he doing?”
“Not too bad, I guess. He mostly goes out and then right back home, staring at things. He can’t play Halo for shit anymore though. Who’s this?”
“Richard, this is Erin. Erin this is the six foot dick of Alvarado.”
“Pleased to meet you.” The tall kid stuck out a hand, with a big grin on his face, clearly proud of his name.
Erin took it and shook it. “Pleased to meet you.”
“Well, see you later Richard and watch you’re back.”
“You too Mel.”
The boy headed off, and Erin and Melissa headed off back towards the spot of the attack Erin stopped. “So, Richard?”
“One of us kids. Everyone calls us the Alvarado Rats, since we usually hang out on Alvarado or in the plaza. He is one of the kids who has always managed to get away from those things, I guess those long legs are good for something.” Melissa explained, hoping to clear up the issue.
Erin nodded. “So, Mel, tell me about yourself. So far all I know is that your name is Melissa and what your parents do for a living. That and what your Chi is like is all I know.”
“Chi? You mentioned that before. What the hell is that?”
“It’s your internal energy. It’s what grows with your breath and keeps you alive. When it depletes, you sicken and die. Each person’s Chi has a slightly different feel to it and that information can tell you a lot about the person. I’m not as good as my Master is at reading this but I can tell several things about people by their Chi alone.” Erin watched Melissa’s face out of the corner of her eye when she said this.
Melissa looked worried, like she had just been found doing something naughty. “Wh- what sorts of things?”
“You know basic things like age, gender, cultivation of internal energy, that sort of thing.” replied Erin, noting the worry.
“Oh.” The laugh was nervous, like she was trying to cover something up. If so, it wasn’t working very well.
“Yeah. So, tell me about yourself?”
“Uh… I… you see… uhm… Middle School. Uhm… like sports. Uh…”
“Melissa, it’s okay. What are you nervous about?”
“My energy… is it… I mean… is it…”
“Masculine energy?” asked Erin kind of off handedly, as if it were a non-issue.
Melissa blushed brightly and stopped in her tracks. Erin turned to face the girl. She just stood there and started to shake. Erin pulled the boy-girl into a hug. As the teenager started to cry, Erin ran her hand down the boy-girl’s hair, trying to soothe them. “Shhh… it’ll be alright, Mel.”
The boy-girl shook with tears, and then slowly quieted. “I… I’m a boy. I know I am, despite my body. I hate having to wear dresses and skirts. I just want to be one of the guys but I can’t. I can’t take it but I don’t know want to do.”
“Mel, it’ll be alright. Honestly. This sort of thing can be dealt with. Do you want me to call you Mel, will that help?”
The boy shook his head yes.
“Okay. Then I’ll just treat you like a boy and call it a day. So, let’s go Mel. We have things to figure out and this isn’t the time to really worry about this issue. Besides, if you help me figure this out then I will do what I can to help you out. Deal?”
Mel looked up at her, with hope in her/ his eyes. “Deal.”
“Okay. So, how about after we check the next site we get some lunch. Sound good to you?” Erin worked to keep things from going too far out of control. Mel was at a point where his emotions and hopes could make this a bit messy. They were powerful and kids weren’t used to dealing with such power. Maybe that was the reason for the targets? At this age the dreams would be very strong, very powerful. That could make a rich target for something like a Hungry Ghost. And with Mel’s dreams… she needed to make a talisman for Mel before things got too out of hand. She was a prime target.
The site of the attack she had interrupted had energy signatures that were much clearer to read, being fresher. From what she could tell, there was something that seemed to be working like a beacon summoning Hungry Ghosts here. How many were in the area, she didn’t know. What ever was causing the summoning had to be found and destroyed and whatever Ghosts were in the area destroyed. It was the only way to make sure this problem got resolved. This was a nightmare issue for anyone to have to face.
Erin was quiet as Mel led them down to the Wharf for food. The food was sure to be good, since the catch was brought up from the boats and into the restaurants. Erin ordered the clam chowder and a fish filet, as she had decided that the energy she got off the fish was worth modifying her vegetarianism for it. Mel got fish and chips. The conversation was slight as they were busy enjoying their food. The freshness of the Chowder was wonderful and Erin rolled her eyes and moaned in contentment. It really was quite good, much better than she had expected. Mel had dived into her fish and chips and had yet to come up for air.
Once they had finished and Erin had paid, they had walked back out to the plaza, near the Maritime Museum. “Let me take you home.”
“I don’t need you to take me home. I can look out for myself.” countered Mel.
“Mel, I don’t doubt you can take care of yourself in most cases, but these Hungry Ghosts are something you can’t really fight. Think about what you would be like if I hadn’t come to your rescue? You would have lost your light, your dreams and gone blah.” said Erin, trying to get through to the young man.
Mel paused and thought about what the older woman had said. She grimaced and then nodded. “You have a point.”
“Come on. I’ll have something for you tomorrow that can give you some protection from them. Then you can worry about yourself. I can’t stop these things without someone to help show me around this area and if you get grabbed then there is really nothing I can do.” Erin hoped that Mel didn’t think of the obvious flaw in what she had to say.
The two of them walked back uphill, heading up from the other end of Alvarado, near where the busses circled. It was a bit of a walk, but after Erin’s experiences, it was hardly exhausting. After about a mile or so, they reached the house that Mel said was her’s. Erin said her goodbyes and headed right back the way she had come. Her thoughts turned to what she needed to do in order to take care of this problem.
She let the Tao guide her feet and she located a few more spots where attacks had happened. While it was clear that the energy signature of the Ghosts changed, there was still that underlying pulse which troubled her. If only she knew who or what the hell was causing this. If she knew, she could take action.
Walking out to Asilomar beach, she watched the sunset, letting her thoughts roll free like the tide. The crash of the waves and the cry of the seagulls were soothing. Erin had to make a protective talisman for Mel and then maybe consult the I Ching for information. She was kind of at a loss for a plan for what to do and that was the best way she could think of to get some guidance. The I Ching had never guided her wrong before and she seriously doubted that it would now.
On her way back to the hostel Erin stopped for some dinner. Since she was deep in thought she ended up waving away a few people who probably would have been good partners for the night. There was also the fact that she didn’t have the time for sex with the other things she had to do tonight. Once she finished her meal she headed back to her room to take care of the business at hand.
When she got there, she discovered that her roommate was gone and she was all alone. Erin smirked, amazed at how the Tao influenced everything. This would certainly make everything a whole lot easier. She pulled out her more magical stuff from the bottom of her backpack. In order to make a protective talisman she would need a lot of things to make sure it was powered correctly. No need to exert the effort unless you were serious about it.
Once everything was in front of her, placed correctly, she slowed and deepened her breathing, dropping into meditation. She let herself drift away and enjoyed the sensation of the Tao beginning to fill her. The slight tiredness she had been feeling left her as the wave of energy filled her to overflowing. She opened her eyes and began to make the talisman, using herbs to help get the particular energies placed within the metal octagon.
She wove the energy into the metal carefully, making sure that it would hold its power as well as the charm empowering it. The work was slow, but the metal began to glow softly as the power meshed with the metal itself. The characters on the back shone clear as day and the T’ai Chi and the hexagrams on the other side glowed as well. It felt good, strong. She exhaled as the wave of energy left her. She had finished the Talisman.
Erin sat back on the bed after cleaning up all the things she had used to make the item for Mel. She knew that there were more than one Hungry Ghost in the area and that something seemed to be calling them there. The whole situation was getting out of hand and out of her ability to deal with. Her Master might be able to deal with all of this, but she certainly couldn’t. She needed help and guidance.
The problem was that this was something much more Eastern than Western and though Grandmother and Anya were very talented this wasn’t their sort of battle. Master Kwai was currently in China, somewhere in the mountains meditating and thus unavailable. She was out of options and she knew it.
The I Ching might have some advice. Erin realized that and shook her head, sad that she didn’t think of it earlier. It could certainly tell her what was going on, or at least give her some guidance in dealing with this. She had everything she needed for that in her backpack. The spell of expansion was really useful at times like these and it allowed her to carry her entire library with her. That and all of the clothes she had gotten. And shoes.
She spread out the Yarrow stalks on the floor in front of her. The coins were faster but less accurate when things needed to be exact, and she needed things to be as accurate as possible. This situation was certainly too dangerous for anything else but the greatest degree of accuracy available. She deserved to give those kids, those Alvarado Rats, the best she could, especially the ones who had their dreams eaten away. Those were the ones that really needed the healing and the vengeance for what had been taken from them.
She cleared her thoughts and ran all the information about this situation through her head. When it seemed like she had hit everything about this situation she reached out and sorted the yarrow stalks, going through the pattern of sorting and then figuring out how many were left, the numbers slowly falling out into the individual lines, broken and solid, yin and yang. She finished and looked at the hexagram that had formed. Without looking Erin grabbed her copy of the I Ching and got to the appropriate section.
* * * * *
After she woke up she headed towards the shower. Erin took her time, letting the warm water loosen stiff muscles. She loved the feel of the goat’s milk soap on her body. It got her clean and moisturized in one step. She liked that. Besides it was all natural.
She grabbed a nicer pair of panties for today, hunter green satin. She had a matching bra and put that on settling herself in the cups. The color looked good on her and she had always liked it. She didn’t care for the yellow that was a more traditional Taoist color, since it did nothing for her skin tone, but she really couldn’t help that. She looked terrible in yellow.
She pulled out a pair of capris and a nice light peasant blouse. They would be comfortable and more importantly, she could fight in them. She considered over shoes. Her Chaco’s were comfortable but maybe today was a day for boots? She got out a pair of socks her mom had knitted for her and got her boots on. Sure they were a few years old, but they were quite broken in and very comfortable. Erin liked this look and smiled at herself in the cheap back of the door dorm mirror that was there. She looked cute.
With a quick turn of the hand, Erin had her red hair up in a twist. That would keep hair off the back of her neck for now, held up with a butterfly barrette. She grabbed her purse and made sure to grab the Talisman she made for Mel. Forgetting that would make her feel really dumb and she wasn’t a blond. After giving the room a quick once over visually, everything looked tidy and in place so there was no need to clean anything before she went anywhere. Time to get to work.
Or at least breakfast. She walked over to the breakfast place by the aquarium and got in line. This place was certainly worth the wait. Once she had been seated outside on the patio, she ordered a coffee and an omelet, with rye toast. The sound of the seagulls filled the air, since the place was only a block from the beach and it was kind of soothing.
She had certainly come a long way from Bikini Beach both in distance, time and experience. Who would have thought that becoming a girl would have freed her? Certainly not her. Such things had never crossed Eric’s mind way back when. Now she was totally comfortable with who and what she was. Of course having her parents come back from the dead had certainly helped with that. It had been the best surprise that anyone had ever gotten her.
And her life really wasn’t all that different overall. Sure her clothes were different and she used a different bathroom, but otherwise things were pretty similar to when she had been a guy. The only things that had changed were the trappings of her life. Well, that wasn’t totally true, but it was true enough in the ways that really counted.
What would the same experience do for Mel? Would it bring the troubled girl some solace? It was something to consider, but Erin didn’t know any spells that would accomplish that. Well, that was neither here nor there at the moment, as there were larger problems right now that she had to deal with.
If Mel wasn’t along Alvarado then she would head up to the girl’s house to get her. She did not know the area as well as she needed to right now and Mel could certainly get her to where she needed to go. She needed to get to Big Sur and she only had a rough idea of how to get there. That and it was more than was easily accomplishable on foot. Erin needed a car. Mel might know where to get one of those as well. Otherwise it would take her a few days to get there.
She was almost at Alvarado when a paper bag caught her eye. It was filled with money, various 10’s and 20’s. It should be enough to get a rental car and maybe a few other things. She smiled and put the money in her purse. The Tao certainly provided here. That was certainly appreciated.
Mel was in the park by Fisherman’s Wharf, sitting on the edge of the fountain. He looked bored and a little skittish. Erin called out his name and waved. Mel waved back and got too his feet. With one hand Erin drew out the Talisman, “Here you go. This should take care of you.”
Mel took the talisman and looked at it quizzically. “This will keep me safe?”
“Yep, as long as you wear it you will be safe. See, really easy.” Erin smiled at the boy in progress. “Hey, do you know where Big Sur is?”
“Yeah. Why?” Mel looked a bit confused.
“Well, I found out there is a Taoist Temple I can go to out there. I can get some help in solving this problem and maybe in helping your friends get better. I just need to rent a car and then we can head out there.”
Mel looked thoughtful. “Why don’t we ask someone in the hotel if we can get to a car rental? I have no idea where one is.”
The Concierge at the Portola Hotel was very helpful and gave them directions both to a car rental place and for the easiest route out towards Big Sur. After about twenty minutes the two of them were in a blue Honda heading out towards Carmel and then to Big Sur. Erin drove quietly, focusing on the traffic and the road, since she was an infrequent driver. Mel was busy scanning the radio channels trying to find something decent to listen to. It all sounded like loud crap to Erin, but she let the boy have his way.
The drive was beautiful, with the mountains, trees and the ocean. Carmel was shaded by plenty of trees and seemed a bit too commercial for Erin’s tastes. They drove on, over a hill and across some fenced in grazing area as well as the local lighthouse, far out on a point away from the road. Erin reached out with her chi, hoping to find whatever guide marks had been chosen to help hide the temple. It took a while, but as they were weaving around the curves of the road something called to her. She smiled and followed the directions that were there for the truly initiated.
Mel turned to look at her as she turned off the road on to this all but dirt road, mulch everywhere. They drove up, through and around the trees following the narrow path ever upward on a road that got progressively better. Suddenly, after fifteen minutes of weaving around terrain they came out to an open spot at the top of this particular mountain. There before them stood the temple.
The building was in the classical design, with red and gold being two of the more commonly used colors. Dragons, Kirin and Phoenix decorated the walls. The slate tile roof was also classic Chinese architecture. Erin smiled as she parked the car near the front gates. She stepped out of the car and took a deep breath, the air here was much better than she had expected and she filled her lungs deeply with air that held some of the ocean’s tang as well as the forests loam. It was rich with powerful Chi.
Mel got out of the car and looked around a bit confused. If something this cool had been this close to the city, how come he had never heard about it? This was something that was unexpected and took his breath away. It was like that antique store down by the Catholic Church, by the park, but this was much, much cooler. The only other pagoda that he had seen was in Chinatown up in the City. Of course they had the Japanese Tea Garden in Golden Gate Park as well, so they kind of had an unfair advantage in the cool stuff department.
Erin turned to Mel and asked, “What do you think?”
The boy/ girl shrugged, trying to maintain the teenage aloof cool. “It’s okay.”
“Let’s go.” As the two of them neared the structure the doors opened, seemingly by themselves. They made their way through the demon barriers and stood inside the temple. A few priests or nuns in training swept the walkways, making sure the pine needles stayed where they were being asked to stay. The place was quiet and serene and called deeply to Erin. She hadn’t been this peaceful just due to place in a long time, honestly since she had left Bikini Beach.
Mel had grown quiet and internal. He seemed to be doing a lot of thinking and Erin gave the boy his time. Besides, so long as he followed Erin then everything would be fine, hopefully. Erin stopped one of the workers to ask where the Geomancer was. Mel was obviously trying to follow the Chinese words and failing. Once she had directions she led them deeper into the temple complex.
The smell of incense was thick in the air and Mel was obviously not used to it, sneezing occasionally. When they reached the area in question, Erin knocked politely on one of the pillars. She waited for a response before heading in.
“Enter.” The deep, masculine voice filled the air, making it sort of thrum.
Erin entered and bowed to the robed individual. “Greetings from my Master Shinju Kwai. I am Erin Summers, Scholar and Sage and this is my companion Mel Russel. We have come to you for aid in fighting Hungry Ghosts who seem to be drawn to the Bay area. I have already checked the area and while I can feel the pull of some sort of object, I cannot identify it. We need your aid.”
The late middle aged Asian man sat there, running his hands over his thin beard as he concentrated. His hair was still dark and long, in a much older style. “It is possible that something is acting like a beacon for them. The Dragon Lines have been restless these last few months, moving oddly around the Bay area. Perhaps that is in response to some demonic object that is in town.”
“I was thinking the same thing, but I cannot narrow down where to search for such a thing. It seems almost masked.” replied Erin, unhappily. “Geomancy is not a skill on mine and so I request your aid.”
The old man turned and looked at his Lo Pan compass, there on the floor in front of him. He frowned and then stroked his beard a few times in thought. “I cannot narrow it down from here. However I can send my Apprentice with you, and perhaps they will have better luck closer to the item in question.”
Erin bowed deeply and Mel followed suit, not sure what else to do here. This place looked like a museum. The old man clapped his hands twice and in walked this gorgeous Asian woman, about the same age as Erin dressed in these robes. Erin was unable to take her eyes off of the girl.
The girls midnight black hair was up, being held in place by several jeweled hair sticks. Her eyes were a rich blue and her skin glowed like morning dew off of Jasmine. Her lips were full and smiled slightly at them as she bowed in greeting. The old man smiled and said, “This is Xiao Li, my apprentice.”
“A pleasure, I am Erin Summers, student of Shinju Kwai. This is Mel Russel, my guide.” Erin was really hoping that her racing heart couldn’t be heard. This woman was stunning and she could not take her eyes off of her.
“A pleasure to meet you.” There was a music to the woman’s voice that matched her looks. Erin sighed.
“Xiao Li, I need you to travel with this Priestess for a while. There is a problem down in Monterey and they need our assistance.” stated the Geomancer, “I think we can accommodate this request.”
“As you say Master. I will change and gather my things. I will see you both outside.” With that she bowed again and left the room.
Erin had been all but struck dumb by the presence of the girl. There was something about her that drew Erin in, something that would not be denied. This worried and intrigued her. What could she do? What should she do?
She bowed and said her farewells to the Geomancer, following all the courtesies. The man was giving them a great deal of help, in the form of his apprentice. She should be able to help them narrow down their search and get to the bottom of things. It would be nice to have some help in this.
When she walked out, Erin was shocked again. Instead of wearing a qipao or cheongsam or any other traditional Chinese dress, she was wearing tight jeans and a light red t-shirt, with a pair of sandals, looking very similarly attired to Erin. She looked really hot. Mel smacked Erin and she blushed, certain that she had been staring at the woman. She just hoped that she had not been drooling.
Xiao Li smiled and said, “So, where to first?”
Mel chimed in at this point. “Why don’t we talk things over at lunch that would be good?”
Xiao Li laughed at that and replied, “Well then, lead the way young sir.”
Erin loved her laugh. It reminded her of the clear sounds of tinkling bells. She shook her head to clear it of fantasy. Yet the images of her and Xiao Li together kept distracting her. Nothing was going on and she just needed to focus on the mission at hand. Thinking that had little effect.
Thankfully driving took her focus away from the woman sitting next to her. Mel had dived for the backseat and watched the events with great amusement. It was clear to the boy/ girl that the two women were besotted with each other. He was wondering how long it would be until the two figured things out. From his point of view, adults were stupid about things like that.
Once they turned onto Pacific Coast Highway heading back towards Carmel and Monterey talk turned to food, as Mel’s stomach was growling audibly. “So, where do you want to eat Mel?”
“Uhm…anywhere is really fine with me.” Mel was unsure of what to say around the Asian girl, after the woman had developed such a rapport with Erin. “Food would be good.”
Xiao Li smiled broadly. “Well then, what level of food are you interested in?”
This took both Erin and Mel off guard. At nearly the same time they said, “Level?”
Xiao Li giggled softly, “Okay let me explain. The first level is food you would rather not eat, but you’re really hungry. The second level is food that you unwrap, like most every fast food place. Third level is food people unwrap for you. A lot of the lower end chain restaurants are like this. The fourth level is food people bring you. Most restaurants fall into this category. Waiters are usually a dead give away. The last level is food you really want to eat but don’t actually have the cash for. Like those expensive places where you are paying fifty dollars or more for a meal. See…levels.”
Mel consulted his stomach and said, “Level two food would be fine.”
She smiled, “Alright. There is a Jack in the Box by the Mall. We can get food there. Okay?”
Mel smiled happily. She was going to feed him and he was quite alright with that. Erin was amused and just shrugged at the idea. Maybe later today, when they had gotten Mel dropped off the two of them could have a quiet dinner somewhere. There were several nice sushi places out there which might be nice to share with someone. She shook her head to clear it. She was not here to date this girl; she was here to hunt down Hungry Ghosts and save these kids. She tried to focus and turned into the restaurant.
After they picked up their meals at the drive through they dropped off the car at the rental agency. They sat just outside of the place, finishing their meals. The fish sandwich wasn’t the greatest, but it was the closest thing she could find to what she wanted to eat. If only they had veggie patties.
“So, what do we do now?” asked Xiao Li.
“Well, let me take you to the spots where the attacks happened and after you hear the story you should be able to find what it is that we’re looking for. Then we get it, destroy it and hunt down the remaining Hungry Ghosts. And that’s that.” explained Erin, between sips of her iced tea.
“Sounds like a simple plan and the sites certainly should enable me to track the energy source back. I can help some against the Ghosts but not much. That part I’ll just leave to you. I can fight but mostly I could delay them.” She smiled at Erin and the redhead’s heart beat faster.
Mel looked back and forth between the two women. They were giving each other a look that Mel had seen before. Whenever that look was passed between his parents, it meant an early bedtime and loud music. “You don’t need me for this part, do yah?”
Erin looked confused for a moment. “No, not really. Why do you ask?”
Mel shrugged. “Not much. I just want to go do something, see some friends. I have the talisman and will be home before dark. Honest.”
Erin thought about it and gave a surreptitious glance towards Xiao Li. The Asian girl didn’t seem to notice but Mel certainly did. She blushed slightly when she realized that the boy/ girl had caught her. “Okay. Just stay safe and run if they come after you. The Talisman can only do so much. Don’t count on it for your safety if you can run.”
Mel nodded and hustled off. After Mel had gotten out of sight, Xiao Li asked, “Has he always been a boy? His energy is masculine battling feminine. Perhaps one of those who wish to change. I’m just not sure he’d make a pretty girl.”
Erin started laughing. Xiao Li stared at the woman for a few moments until Erin was able to catch her breath. She then asked, “What is so funny about that?”
“Xiao Li, Mel is short for Melissa. She wants to be a he.”
Xiao Li blushed and looked away. Erin found it terribly cute. “I’m trying to help him and find a way for her to be a him. She is the one who really brought this situation to my attention. So, that’s the situation with Mel.”
Xiao Li nodded. “I guess that makes sense. I mean you can tell that the poor boy is suffering. Correcting things will certainly settle the flow of Chi around him.”
Erin started and looked at Xiao Li more intently. “Wait, what did you say?”
“Uhm…correcting things will certainly settle the flow of Chi around him.” replied Xiao Li.
“The Hungry Ghosts are perhaps being drawn to teenagers with these sort of issues, gender or some other issue, that has their Chi all roiled up. The Ghosts see it as a meal boiling over and they can’t resist it. The kid’s issues are a part of the draw. We need to find that item fast and get rid of it.”
The two of them hustled down Alvarado Street, into the Plaza and over to the Park. Once at the first site she reached into her backpack and pulled out a very complex Lo Pan. The Feng Shui compass was three dimensional, able to spin on multiple axes. Erin had never seen anything so cool.
Xiao Li stood there, with the compass spinning wildly and then slowing down to a stop. She looked at it, reading the different markings, trying to figure out what was being said. She turned to Erin and said. “The energy touch at this site is too weak. I can’t really get a good read, but I do have a feel for it. We need to go to another site.”
Erin nodded and they headed out along the path towards Cannery Row. A group of soldiers ran past, huffing, their shorts clinging to their butts. The presence of the Military in this town was more décor rather than anything else. They both paused to enjoy the view of very fit young men and women. The smile they shared clearly spoke of their pleasure and seeing all those fit soldiers run by.
They kept walking, with the occasional jogger passing them until they came to the trains by the carousel. “This is where I stopped an attack on Mel, just a few days ago. It should be a much easier read. I think this is the freshest attack.”
Xiao Li nodded absently and pulled out her compass. It spun under her Chi, trying to find the traces she was looking for. After a few minutes it stopped and she could read it. She pointed off in the direction of Alvarado Street. “It’s over that way, but it’s masked somehow. I can feel it though.”
“Okay, then we need to head that way and see what we can find. Maybe we’ll be able to figure out what we’re dealing with?” replied Erin, shaking her head. “Do we have an idea how far from here it is?”
“Not really. Maybe a few miles away? The compass doesn’t give me a distance but it does show that it is near water.”
They walked back that way, with Xiao Li checking her compass and them adjusting their course. When they spotted Mel on Alvarado Street they called him over. He sighed and asked, “What?”
“We are looking for something in this direction that is near water. Do you know of anything like that?”
It was clear that Mel was trying to figure things out, running through things in his head. “There is a lake surrounding Dennis the Menace Park, which is that way. Does that help?”
Erin thought a moment, trying to recall how the road looked when she had gotten here. There was that lake with the island in the middle which had a park on one side and a cemetery on another. A strange mix but it seemed to work. There were buildings on either side of the park with the beach and community college on the other sides. That did narrow down the search. There had been an attack near that park as the first attack and near the Community College for the second. “Xiao Li, if we get closer will you be able to find the spot?”
“I should be able to. Do we want to do this now?”
Erin stood there pondering over things. While she was ready to battle Hungry Ghosts, she was not ready to deal with a potentially powerful talisman of evil right at this second. The item the boys had used when she had been at Bikini Beach had not been as powerful as this item seemed to be. She needed to be ready for dealing with something like that and she wasn’t. It would be at least a day before she could do something. However, they could go and find the source. They didn’t need to go in, just find which building housed it. That would surely help. “Let’s go.”
It didn’t take them too long to find the site. Along the main street into Monterey was this Asian antique store. The architecture was traditional and that could explain some things as well. The fact that it backed against the Catholic Church also explained why they hadn’t been able to get a lock on it from where they had been. This helped some but also not a lot. They were a bit worried but they had also done what they had set out to do.
Erin and Xiao Li walked with Mel back up the hill to drop him off at his house, with admonitions to stay in for the night. They hoped the boy would actually listen to them.
As they were on their way back down, Xiao Li smiled over at Erin and asked, “So, Erin, would you like to go out with me tonight?”
Erin blinked in surprise. “Excuse me?”
“You. Me. Out. Go. Tonight. Like.” teased Xiao Li, almost giggling.
“Uhm… sure?” replied Erin, more than a little surprised by things. This was not what she had been expecting. “Really? You want to go out with me?”
Xiao Li looked at her through lidded eyes. “Yes. Absolutely yes. I am really attracted to you. I want to do this.”
Erin smiled. Things were looking up. “Well then, why don’t we go some place semi-private, have some food and talk.”
“I can agree with that.” The smile she gave Erin lit up her face.
Once they reached the hostel where Erin was staying the two decided to wander around some. The two walked next to each other, looking at the different buildings and trying to relax, figuring that things would get crazy soon enough. “So what got you into being a Taoist priestess? You don’t see a lot of white girls getting involved in Chinese magic. It’s not a usual Caucasian career path.”
“Fair enough. I met my Master when I was in my teens. I had been studying martial arts and learning everything I could about Taoism. It was pretty cool really. And then my parents died.”
Xiao Li reached out and rested a hand on her upper arm. “Oh Erin, I am so sorry. That had to have been difficult.”
“It was, but things got better, here’s how everything went down…” with that Erin began to retell her story of learning to be a Taoist Alchemian Sorcerer, Bikini Beach and getting her parents back.
“Wait? You used to be a guy? For real?”
“Yeah, but I got better.” joked Erin. “I am much happier this way and have no regrets.”
“Wow… that’s some story.”
“Well, it’s kept me off the streets.”
Xioa Li hip bumped her and laughed. “So do we have a plan yet on how to deal with this item?”
Erin was quiet for a moment, thinking things through, trying to find the right words. “I guess it depends on the item itself. If it is salvageable, good, if not then we need a way to destroy it.”
Xiao Li quirked an eyebrow at that. “So just destroying it to start with won’t work?”
“Well… destroying it was rather the plan but I don’t know what specifically will do it.”
“A hammer?”
“Stop being a dork.”
“Well, you could indeed use a whale penis to break it but that might be excessive.”
Erin grabbed her and began to tickle. Xiao Li squealed happily as she worked to wriggle free. A few people stared and gave them indulgent smiles.
“Run!!” yelled Mel, shoving Nick in the back, away from the Hungry Ghost that neared them.
Nick stumbled some, but managed to get away from the hand reaching for him. Mel dodged out of the way and ran, trying to keep between Nick and the empty eyed creature coming after them. It moved quickly, faster than either kid was expecting.
With a trip, Nick fell onto the ground, rolling on his back. Mel grimaced, got in front of Nick and felt the creature grab her. Nick ran, screaming in fear and did not look back.
The Hungry Ghost grinned evilly, and dragged Mel towards its gaping jaw. With a shriek, she closed her eyes and then there was a bright flash of light. Her skin itched, hairs stood on end and the skin on her neck grew tight. The thing had let her go and she took that moment to run herself. Her skin twitched and her heart raced and she sprinted. What happened to the creature she did not bother to find out.
* * * * *
“This is where you have been having breakfast every morning?”
“Yep. The food is great, its right by the aquarium so I can go in for quick visits pretty easily and I can either head to Pacific Grove and Asilomar or back to Monterey really easily. Positionally it is rather advantageous." replied Erin as she put butter on her croissant. This morning she was having a spinach and mushroom omelet.
“So… tactical breakfast?” asked Xiao Li with a smirk.
“Exactly.” Erin’s grin was very mischievous and playful. She really enjoyed the time she was spending with Xiao Li and was happy that they were spending more time together. Maybe this thing could go somewhere? After all, Xiao Li did like her sense of humor.
“Well then by all means enjoy the perfect fang shui of this breakfast, though let me have that pineapple spear, it is ruining the energy flow of your plate.”
Erin chuckled.
Once they were done, they walked hand in hand back towards Monterey. There were joggers and bicyclists on the wide trail they shared adding to the flow of humanity through the area. The Coastal Oak trees were lovely and were scattered here and there along the walking path. They just relaxed and felt each other’s energy, quiet and calm. All seemed right with the world.
When they got down by the Alvarado area Mel rushed up to them, his eyes a bit wide and he looked shaken. Erin rested a hand on his shoulder and asked, “Are you okay?”
“No. My friend Nick got attacked last night and I managed to save him. It grabbed me but something shocked it and it let me go. But it grabbed me. It could of…” Mel’s voice trailed off.
Erin pulled him into a hug, holding him safely. “It’s okay. What you did was very brave. And you are okay now. We were on our way to get the item and destroy it. Want to come with?”
Mel stepped back, shifted uncomfortably and then nodded. “Yeah, that sounds good.”
“Okay then. Let’s go.” Erin checked her purse to ensure that the paper and ink she would need for ofuda were in there. If she needed to use the prayer sheets in order to magically shut down the object it would be really dumb to find out they were back at the hostel. She was as prepared as she could be to make this happen.
The walk took a bit as it was about a mile or so away. The tension did grow however, as Erin and Mel both clearly expected to get jumped by Hungry Ghosts as they neared the source of the call. They walked along past the McDonalds on the trail and then crossed near the park, down toward the antique store. There was not a lot of foot traffic near the store and that did not make Erin feel better, as she could feel the increase in dark Yin energies as they drew closer.
Since the store was open they walked inside, through the traditional opening which had the wall in front of the door, to stop demons from rushing into the house. That probably kept the Hungry Ghosts out and away from possession of the item itself. The open court yard had some beautiful sculptural pieces, and if it weren’t for the fact that they had come here for a purpose, Erin would have enjoyed browsing. The building itself had the actual furniture pieces.
Finding the vase was very easy as Erin could practically see the waves of energy coming off it. She and Xiao Li came over and looked at it. It was a wide jar with a rounded cap on it that had a lustrous black glaze on it. There were flecks of gold on the surface and indistinct images painted across its surface, like ghosts. On the cap were the characters for containment. Erin carefully reached out and jiggled the cap slightly and the cap moved easily, making her frown. She lifted it off. Inside was written a short Taoist spell of protection. It was also clear that some sort of seal had been broken that had kept the jar shut.
Xiao Li smiled and said, “Oh darling, I really like this piece. We must have it.”
Erin smiled as well, seeing where this was going. It looked like there was going to be some acting now. Maybe it was the right approach, just in case the seal had been broken on purpose. “Sure.”
She looked for the proprietor, who had been hovering nearby. “How much is this vase? It is really an intriguing piece and we must have it.”
“Well, it is an early Qing Dynasty piece, from the late 1600s. The history says it was some sort of magical jar, but that is clearly just a fairy tale. I got it in an estate sale three months ago from an elderly Chinese man whose son had no interest in these things and had tried to see if there had been anything inside. It had apparently been sealed before I obtained it and that would have increased the price. As it is the price runs about twenty-five thousand dollars for this interesting piece of Chinese history.”
Mel goggled at that. Erin nodded and pulled her wallet from her purse. The good thing about her job was that she did get money and it did have occasional use, but she mostly put it into a bank account. Living frugally meant that things like this never fazed her in the slightest. She handed over her card with a smiled and said, “We’ll take it.”
Once it was put in its lined, protective travel box, the little group headed back for the center of town. Mel asked, “So now what?”
Erin looked thoughtful, “I’m not sure. I kind of want to have a coffee or maybe some tea, sit down and think about this. But first things first.” She stopped, set the bag down, pulled out her ofuda and made some sealing sheets, to contain the power. She put one on each surface of the box, activating them with a push of her chi. Once that magic was in place she felt a bit safer to be toting around such an object. “Well, that should ensure that we can have lunch and a drink in peace while we figure out what to do.”
Mel said, “What about Old Fisherman’s Grotto on the Wharf? I like their food and it’s not far.”
Erin and Xiao Li grinned at the suggestion, “That sounds great.”
Once they reached the restaurant, got seated and were halfway through their Monterey style clam chowder, Erin said, “So, I have no idea what someone could have done to contain the Hungry Ghosts. I never learned anything like that; besides, it doesn’t seem to be working like a containment device anymore.”
“I think when the seal was broken, something happened and the energies were reversed. The person who did this was very upset. Their chi had to be very angry in order to reverse the polarity of such an object.” added Xiao Li.
“Do you think we need to find him?”
“No. What he did was probably not done consciously. I doubt he was a threat and if he was, my guess is that he was one of the first that the ghosts ate.” said Xiao Li.
“What if you just destroy it? Would that work?” added Mel, who was eating some fried calamari.
Xiao Li and Erin shared a look and then turned to face Mel. Erin smiled and said, “You know, that just might work. If we break it up and then toss the pieces into the ocean then the summoning part would be taken care of. That just leaves the ghosts already here, and we can hunt them down.”
“Do you really think you can do that?” asked Mel hopefully.
“Sure. I have hunted down a lot of things, so that part is not so bad. As for breaking the vase, get a hammer, turn it into a talisman, and then boom. Toss the pieces into the water and were done.”
“That easy hunh?” asked Xiao Li a bit incredulously.
“Sure, why not?” replied Erin, as if the whole prospect were merely a walk in the park.
“While I am aware that you are a Taoist Priestess and all, I am sure that the object was made by a master craftsman, and a master glazier, using their chi to toughen the object for the sole purpose of holding multiple Hungry Ghosts inside it. That is going to make it a very strong vase and hard to break.” stated Xiao Li.
“That’s why I was going to make the hammer a talisman and use my chi to help my swing. I can do this. Really.”
Conversation died down as their main courses arrived and eating began. After they had gotten a little way into their food talking resumed. Mel asked worriedly, “After we break it, then what?”
“I guess we can dispose of it in the ocean. We just need to arrange a boat to take us out into the bay.” replied Erin.
“Won’t that just mean that the ghosts go into the ocean?”
“If they do, the power of the water will wash the dark yin power right out of them and they would pass away. That much water is not the friend of the Hungry Ghost.” explained Xiao Li. “Water is a powerful cleansing force and the movement of the ocean would scrub them clean quickly.”
“Then why not just throw the thing in whole?”
“These things have a slight tendency of returning and that would just start this whole problem over again. By breaking the object and throwing it in, the power of the object is broken and then it can get cleansed. Problem solved rather than put off so someone else can deal with it later.” Erin took a bite of her food and sighed happily. “I would rather fix the problem rather than put it off. This way no one can get hurt later when I am not here to take care of this..”
“Okay. I don’t know anything about this stuff and you do. I’m just worried because those things have been hurting my friends.”
“I know Mel, and I am trying to help. Once the Urn is taken care of then we go after the Ghosts. It may or may not bring back your friends but it will at least save the others.”
Mel nodded sadly and returned to his fish and chips. Both women were astounded how the girl with the boys energy clearly had a male appetite.
They bought a hammer on the way back to the hostel, making sure to get one with a nice solid head. Once there Erin spent some time turning the hammer into a talisman dedicated to breaking, blessing it in several different ways. That took at least fifteen minutes, while Mel fidgeted and Xiao Li sat patiently.
Once that was done Erin sat up, stretched, and said, “Alright, let’s get this show on the road.”
She grabbed the top sheet from her bed and laid it on the floor. She then took out the vase and laid it in the center of the sheet. She began to gather up the sides and said, “Could I get some help?”
The others helped her get the sheet collected up, leaving room for her arm. Erin picked up the hammer, closed her eyes and centered herself. She felt her energy calm and everything deepen as she connected to the Tao. Once there, she extended her energy through the hammer, activating the energies she had put in it and stepped forward. She slid her arm through the hole, gathered the ends, so no fragments could escape and focused on the vase.
She could feel the dark Yin energy pulsing from the object, trying to overpower the ofuda she had placed on it to try and dampen its call. That worried her, as the amount of power it would take to overpower one of her spellsheets was pretty immense. This made removing this object forever even more imperative. With a final inhale, she brought the hammer down as she exhaled, slamming it into the object with her chi flaring through.
There was a blast of energy that rocked her back on her heels. Mel and Xiao Li almost fell to the ground, thankfully not dropping their parts of the sheet. Now crouched down, she brought the hammer down a few more times, smashing the vase into smaller and smaller pieces. She dropped the hammer and pulled her hand free, wiping the fragments off her arm. Falling backwards onto the floor, she lay there panting.
After a few moments of quiet, Erin said, “Okay, let’s bag it and get a boat.”
“I think you need to rest.” said Xiao Li, a bit worried as Erin was a bit on the pale side.
“I can do that once we have taken care of the vase.” It was clear that Erin was a good bit more exhausted than she had been a few minutes earlier.
“Fine, but once that’s done it’s time to rest.”
“Deal.”
It took them a while to find a charter, as many of those boats were already booked and out on the bay. Once they were able to find the boat they agreed on a price and off they went. Erin sat there holding the bag in her lap, an ofuda on it to try and keep the energy and pieces inside. While Mel and Xiao Li stood at the sides, watching the water. After an hour of heading out into the bay, while Erin had remained focused on keeping the dark Yin contained in the bag itself, the boat stopped. The captain called out, “Okay, we are over the trench where you wanted to be.”
Xiao Li walked up to him, distracting him some as she said, “Thank you very much sir, you really have done us a great service. Or friend, this young man, has never really been out to sea before and we wanted to take him out to the bay where he could see land from a distance and get a feel for the waves. What do you think Mel?”
“I think this is pretty awesome. You do this all the time?” asked Mel, getting into the part of an excited boy.
“Well, yeah. I do Charter tours and a lot of fishing trips. I got away from straight fishing years ago as I could see that there could be more value in working with the tourists than going after the fish themselves. If my engine hadn’t had a problem this morning I wouldn’t have been available for your all this afternoon. I guess it is just your luck.”
Erin walked up, now empty handed, “Indeed it is. Thank you for this. So Mel, maybe the Captain can show you more about the boat and stuff on the way back in?”
“That would be my pleasure. Come on; let me show you the bridge.”
As the Captain led Mel off, Xiao Li turned to Erin and asked, “Taken care of?”
“Yes. It is overboard and I watched it sink. It is gone and no longer a threat to anyone.”
The boat started up again and headed back towards Monterey. Erin slumped against a seat, fairly exhausted. That whole process had been more draining than she had expected. It had taken a lot of energy to break the thing and more to contain it and she was tired. She sat next to Xiao Li and they chatted on the way back about a lot of nothing, and it was nice. The conversations were pleasant and engaging.
Erin even fell asleep for a little bit waking up when the boat docked. She sat up from Xiao Li’s shoulder, clearly a bit confused, “Hunh?”
“Were back in Monterey.”
“Oh. Right. I must have dozed off. Sorry.” said Erin, wiping the sleep sand from her eyes.
Mel actually looked excited and a bit happy as they got off the boat. He gushed, “That was so cool. That boat was awesome. I even got to pilot it a little.”
“Do you want us to escort you back home?” asked Erin.
“Nah, don’t worry about it. I’ll head back now. You get some rest.” It seemed clear by Mel’s tone that he was not expecting them to simply rest.
“You to. Tomorrow we hunt Ghosts, so it may be a bit of a late night.” said Erin, quirking an eyebrow.
“Okay. I’ll clear it with my mom. Thanks for today. I hope this helps.”
“Me too Mel. Me too.”
The women headed back towards the hostel slowly, Xiao Li reaching out to take hold of Erin’s hand. This surprised the red head and she turned to look at the Geomancer. The Asian girl just smiled a bit shyly and walked on. Erin tightened her grip a little and smiled. They took their time, as Erin really was wiped out. She yawned a few times. “Oh, excuse me.”
“For what? You have used a lot of Chi today so it makes sense that you would be tired. Let’s get you back to the hostel and get you some rest.”
“You know… I would love to do more than rest.” Erin waggled her eyebrows suggestively.
Xiao Li laughed lightly, delight clear in her voice. “I would to, but if there is to be any chance of defeating the Ghosts tomorrow you need to conserve your chi and strengthen it, not spend it in the happy pursuit of clouds and rain.”
Erin blushed a little. “Well, there is that, but I just want you to stay and be close to me.”
“Well, we can sleep together tonight I guess, but just sleeping. When you no longer need you chi to battle these things then we can…revisit this matter?” Xiao Li grinned happily.
“I would like that. I really do have feelings for you Xiao Li.” admitted Erin.
“Same here. There is just something about you that pulls me and warms me. So I am quite open to revisiting this, should we succeed.”
Erin tightened the grip of her hands and Xiao Li tightened right back.
* * * * *
In the morning, Erin woke to Xiao Li kissing her forehead, “Time to wake up sleepyhead.”
She blinked her eyes open and asked, “What time is it?”
“Nearly nine o’clock. You were a lot more depleted than you thought. I hope the rest did you good?” Xiao Li was already fully dressed and looked ready to go.
Erin sat up and stood, stretching. As her tank top rode up, Xiao Li poked her lightly in the belly button, causing Erin to drop her arms in protest. “Hey!”
Xiao Li laughed and said, “Hurry up or we’ll miss breakfast.”
Erin hurried to get ready and she was caught up to Xiao Li very quickly. “You said something about breakfast?”
She laughed and said, “Yep. We have just enough time to get to your tactical meal place before it closes.”
“Okay then. Off we go.” They took off hand in hand towards the restaurant.
After a good meal Erin figured she needed a good dose of nature to finish the recharge, so they headed out towards Pacific Grove and Asilomar Beach. The walk was fairly long, but it was along the ocean and very scenic. The salt air was very bracing and Erin took a number of deep breaths, trying to build the amount of Chi she had in her stores in order to be prepared for the Hungry Ghosts.
They paused for a while at Lover’s Point, enjoying the view from there. They sat and listened to the waves for a while. It was nice and Erin needed to rest at this point. Her energies were rebuilding and that was a good thing. After a bit they walked on. Instead of heading completely to Asilomar Beach, Erin walked out on the rocks near the Point Pinos Lighthouse, towards where the waves were breaking, spume flying into the air tossed by the wind.
Two of the elements were clearly present here, in both Earth and Water. She had Metal and Wood on her, so she was mostly set. From her experience, even Zippos did not do so well in wind this strong so she did not have a stable source of Fire. That would be fine, but not perfect. That was not a problem though because she could feel Fire just fine, as it was summer, the weather was a bit hot, though it was cooled off by the wind, and the heat of her new relationship was building and slowly blossoming. Yes, she could feel Fire just fine.
Xiao Li checked the space with her compass and she said, “This would be a good spot for you do to some energy work. There is an interesting confluence of energy here that should work well for you to regain your energy.”
“Thanks. That helps. I knew it would be good on one level but to know it is good on deeper levels helps as well. That means that I can recharge more fully than I had expected.” said Erin.
“Good. I want you to succeed tonight, so you fully charged is in my best interest.” Xiao Li came up and hugged her.
Erin smiled brightly and kissed her. “Thanks. Well, let me get to that. We have a lot to do today.”
Erin began to sway, and then move in a much loser form of Tai Chi than she usually used, even looser than Tai Chi dance, just losing herself in the flow of energies. Her eyes closed and she just let herself go, drifting into the tide of the Tao. It enveloped her like a warm current, buoying her and it filled her with comfort and surety. It sustained her and let her fully gather her energy, her dan tien began to overflow with pure chi.
The depths in which she swam allowed her to get a better feel for the Hungry Ghosts that were closer to Monterey than where she was. And she could truly See Xiao Li, see her chi glowing and burning inside like a bonfire, see the light it cast around her and see the link that stretched between the two of them that seemed to be growing in brightness with each new beat of her heart. It was something that Erin had not expected to see and it made her happy.
Erin smiled, and slowly her movements stilled as she drifted out of the flow and back into the real work, the crash of the waves filling her ears. She turned and smiled at Xiao Li, noticing the effect it had on the young woman. It almost made her glow. She walked across the rocks, her eyes locked with Xiao Li’s and took the woman in her arms. She dipped her and kissed her soundly.
Once she was let up Xiao Li swayed a bit, looking a touched dazed and a bit breathlessly asked, “What was that for?”
“I just had to do that.”
“You had to do that?”
“Yes. It was the will of the Tao.”
Xiao Li looked at her skeptically.
Erin grinned mischievously and said, “Well, I’m as ready as I’m going to be.”
“So we should head back?”
“Yeah. Let’s find Mel and get this thing started.”
Mel was at the Taco Bell on Alvarado with a bunch of his friends just sitting around, eating a plate of nachos when the two women walked in. “Hey, what’s up?”
“Not much. So, you ready for the plan?” asked Erin.
“No” replied Mel.
“What plan?” asked one of his friends.
Mel looked at his friends and said, “You know those things that have been coming after us and fucking up our friends and how no one will listen to us? Well Erin here listened to me and she has been helping me go after them. She sort of figured out what they are and why they have been after us. Yesterday we took care of one part of the problem but we are making a plan to take care of the rest.”
“Really? No joke?” asked one of his friends.
Erin smiled. “No joke. I figured out what it was and my friend and I have a plan to stop them.”
“What are they?”
Erin looked at Mel, who shrugged and said, “Their called Hungry Ghosts and they eat your dreams.”
“Like what got Aaron, and Dave and Jose?”
“And Sarah and Mouse and Jaime. Yeah, that’s the things.” said Mel, his voice a bit sad.
“So what’s your plan?”
“You might not like it, as its potentially dangerous.” said Erin.
“And?” said the six foot Dick of Alvarado. “If these things are hunting us it’s just a matter of time before they get us. I figure your way at least gives us a chance.”
“Well, I hope it does. Here’s how my plan works…”
* * * * *
The group of eight teens was congregated near the Customs House, on the side away from Fisherman’s Wharf. They were talking loudly, and even had some music playing. There were few people to be annoyed by the music because the tourists had faded away and very few people were crossing the Plaza. It was things like that which kept the police from hassling the Alvarado Rats in the first place. That and they were good kids over all.
While they were partying, things seemed to be going fine when something changed. Coming from several different directions, five slightly ragged looking people headed towards the group. They moved directly towards them and were gaining speed as they drew closer. When the figures had almost reached the teens a voice yelled out, “Now!”
Several things happened simultaneously. Six of the eight scattered, running as if their lives depended on it. There was a flash of pure white light that caused the Hungry Ghosts to recoil and cover their hollow eyes. This allowed the others to escape and gave Erin time to decapitate one of them with her jian. Xiao Li was using a three section staff and had dropped one of the Ghosts to the ground.
Erin raced over and attacked another, trying to decapitate it before the thing recovered from the flash. The creature, sensing her more than seeing her, shifted and the blade cut through empty air. The three section staff whistled through the air, knocking a second creature from its feet and Xiao Li spun and scorpion struck the first one she had attacked in the head, putting it back on the ground before it could get back to its feet.
One of the Ghosts rushed Erin from the side and she managed to side step the open arms and slap an ofuda on its back. There was a muted flash of light and a groan of pain and the body lay still, consumed by an inner fire. She kept moving toward the other Ghost and hissed as sharp nails scratched across her left arm, drawing blood. She kicked out, giving herself more space to move, followed by a slash of the sword. They began to circle each other. She fought against the chi drain.
Xiao Li centered herself and dropped to her knees, slapping an ofuda that Erin had prepared on one of the downed Hungry Ghosts. She pushed her chi in the way that Erin had showed her and after a long pause there was a muted flash and then the body which had started to struggle stilled, burning from the inside. She turned just in time to be struck in the face by a Ghost.
Erin slid closer to her target, wary of the longer nails on both hands, the burn in the gashes growing stronger. The Ghost hissed at her and moved in, swiping both low and high. She slid backwards, one foot still forward, thrusting the blade forward. The Ghost batted it aside and continued in.
With a controlled tumble, Xiao Li rolled to her feet, three section staff flying, catching the Ghost against the knees, dropping it to the ground again. She closed, holding the two ends in her hands and starts pummeling the Ghost in the head, blocking occasional slashes with the central part of the staff.
With a twist, Erin came around, arcing her sword up and around, bringing it down across the Ghosts neck. The creature fell before it was able to reach her. She then hustled over to where Xiao Li is hitting her Ghost but she grabbed an ofuda, slapped it against the creature’s forehead, and with a muted flash the Ghost fell to the ground, defeated, burned to ash.
“Are you okay?” asks Erin.
“I’m fine. What about you?” Xiao Li gestured to Erin’s left arm.
“I should be okay. I don’t think that its poison was in the scratch. I don’t feel woozy or weak, so that is good.” replied Erin, flexing her arm, to make sure it didn’t stick.
“We should still clean this.”
“No time. We need to check to see if there are any more Ghosts and hunt them down. These kids aren’t safe until we do.” replied Erin, a touch frantic. She was clearly emotionally worked up over this. The chi drain had weakened her emotional control a bit.
Xiao Li pulled out her Lo Pan and checked it. Erin stood by, clearly wanting to move but not rushing Xiao Li while she worked. If she wanted to get a good reading she had to wait. Xiao Li pointed up hill. “That way.”
The two women took off towards the Presidio, along the overpass over Pacific. One of Ghosts was there closing in on one of the teens. Erin rushed forward, sword held high. The sound of cars speeding past underneath could be heard as she reached the creature. It was so focused on the teen that Erin had no problem cutting its head off. She looked down at the six foot dick of Alvarado and asked, “Are you okay?”
“Yeah. Thanks!”
“Xiao Li?” asked Erin.
Xiao Li checked her compass again. “Yes, there is another cluster, a bit farther away.”
She turned and sped off, with Erin right on her heels. The two girls were running towards Cannery Row, along the foot path. A scream alerted them to the specific spot and they closed in.
There were two Hungry Ghosts, coming in on a boy and a girl. The boy had tripped and the girl was standing over him protectively, waving a chunk of iceplant like a weapon, yelling “Stay back!”
Xiao Li said, “I got the near one.”
Erin raced past the first Hungry Ghost as the three section staff shot out and struck the creature in the back of the head, distracting it from its prey. It spun and attacked Xiao Li, as Erin came in and blocked the teens with her own body, catching a claw swipe across her ribs from the other one. She grimaced in pain, bringing her sword around to make the thing back off and give her some room to maneuver. The teens, seeing an opening, took their chance and fled running back towards Monterey as fast as their feet could carry them.
Holding her own, Xiao Li was keeping her Ghost from pursuing the teens, trying to buy them as much of a lead as she could. She was under no illusion as to what would occur if the Ghost got to them. Erin managed to take the creature’s left hand off, only to catch the right claws down her back. The cut was deeper this time and she cried out in pain. She dropped to her knees, barely managing to bring her blade up to block the follow up strike.
“No!” screamed Xiao Li, seeing Erin go down.
This moment of inattention was enough for the Ghost she was fighting to connect with a strong backhand that broke her three section staff and slammed her six feet away into one of the buildings. She hit very had and slid down dazed.
Erin meanwhile, was fighting nausea, as the pain roared through her. She weakly blocked another attack, fighting more on willpower alone than anything else. She tried pushing her chi, but the problem with fighting Hungry Ghosts, was that a lot of chi powered things did not work around them, as they sort of ate the energy. The more she tried the weaker she got. This was really starting to look bad.
A savage kick knocked the jian from her grip and the two Hungry Ghosts closed in on her. Xiao Li’s weak, “No!” was drowned out by a much louder “NO!” as a small figure raced over and grabbed Erin protectively, putting his small body between Erin’s and death.
The Ghosts grabbed Mel and there was a bright flash of light, and the foot path rumbled with thunder, shaking all of their chests. The two Ghosts dropped, lifeless, breaking into ashes when they hit the ground. Mel didn’t notice, crying and chanting, ‘no, no, no’, over and over again.
Xiao Li stood with some difficulty, holding her side where she had gotten hit. Checking her compass, she noted that there were no more signs of Ghosts in the area. She smiled faintly as even if there were, it wasn’t like there was anything she could do about it. Walking slowly, she reached the other two and laid a hand gently on Mel’s shoulder. The boy curled even more protectively around the red head. Softly she said, “It’s alright Mel. It’s over.”
The boy uncurled and looked up at Xiao Li, his face streaked with tears. His voice was tight when he said, “It’s over?”
“Yes. The talisman the Erin made for you did the trick. You killed the last two Ghosts.”
Erin groaned and Mel eeped, quickly releasing the older woman. He began to fuss, “Are you okay? Is there anything I can do?”
“I need bandages and rest, that’s all Mel. Thank you. That was very brave.” said Erin, smiling at Melissa, the girl that clearly had the spirit of a boy, a very brave and wonderful boy. No wonder she made such a juicy target for these Ghosts.
“Want me to help you to the hostel?”
“Please. That would be awesome. Wait… what’s that?” Erin pointed to a worn looking fanny pack that was all but invisible except from the angle she was leaning.
Xiao Li followed Erin’s finger and got what she was pointing at. She opened it and started laughing. “You have got to be kidding me. Erin Summers, is this a fucking joke?”
“Hello, wounded girl here, what’s so funny?”
“This thing is packed with hundred dollar bills and there does not seem to be any sort of ID in there at all.”
“Cool. I guess this means I can get a better room. Maybe we should get my stuff, grab a taxi and go to the Portola?” replied Erin with a smile.
Mel looked at her confused, “Wait does this happen to you all the time?”
“More often than you would think. Now help me up… the ground isn’t very comfortable.”
* * * * *
The room service breakfast was not bad. Erin rather enjoyed it as she was propped up in bed, with the tray across her lap. Xiao Li was waiting on her hand and foot, occasionally using chi gung to help encourage healing, and doing anything she could to ensure that Erin was resting. “Your chi was really depleted. They were doing a number on you and they hadn’t really started feeding.”
“I know, I know. Look at me… I’m being a good girl. I am in bed, eating and enjoying this beautiful view. Can I get the phone pretty please? I need to make a call. I have an idea how to repay Mel.”
“And it’s going to take a phone call?”
“Absolutely. I want to help Melissa become the boy she feels she is. She, no he was absolutely incredible in all of this. He really helped us out and I feel he deserves having his dream come true. The biggest problem is that I don’t know exactly how to do this particular spell so I will need help to make sure I can do that.”
“And a phone call will let you know?”
“Yep. Can you get something out of the top pocket of my backpack, it is a lifetime pass to a waterpark.” said Erin.
Xiao Li stared at Erin like she had a chicken on her head, but complied. She went over to the closet and dug through the backpack. Once she found the ticket, she took it and cocked her head, a bit confused, “There is a lot of magical power here.”
“Yes there is. This is the Lifetime pass that changed my life.”
Xiao Li came over to the bed, handed over the ticket. “So you were thinking of doing something like this for Mel? Trying to recreate this particular spell?”
“Yes, but with the way the spell worked Eric never was except in my own memories.”
Xiao Li shook her head and murmured, “Chuang Tzu’s Butterfly.”
Erin heard this and laughed. “Yes, I suppose that is a very true way of looking at it. At first I was Eric, flitting and floating about and now I am Erin dreaming I was once Eric. That is a good way to look at it. But the thing is, this Lifetime Pass, changed the Universe, giving me a new backstory as Erin. I want to do the same for Mel and I am not sure how, hence the need for the phone.”
With a nod, Xiao Li grabbed the phone and brought it over. She moved the food and brought over stuff so Erin could take notes. Erin gave her a smile of thanks. Dialing the number of the park from memory, Erin waited until a familiar voice answered, “Bikini Beach, Anya speaking. How may I help you?”
“Hey Anya! It’s Erin. I have a really technical question and I need to know if it would be best if either you or Grandmother would be best to answer it.” Erin was quite animated when she talked, happy to be speaking to her BFF.
“What’s the issue?” asked Anya, clearly interested in Erin’s query.
“I want to make something like a lifetime pass that alters reality like was done for mine, but female to male.”
The line was silent for a moment and then Anya said, “I think this is Grandmother territory, but I am totally going to listen in. Why do you need to know?”
Erin filled her in on the details, about her vacation, running into Mel, the whole kit and caboodle. “So you see, he really deserves to have his dream come true but I am not sure how to do it. That is one damn complex spell and comes at magic from a direction I am not familiar with.”
Grandmother chimed in with, “I understand. He does sound like a very brave individual. I can see why you want to do this.”
“Is there anything we can do to help?” asked Anya.
“No, I’m afraid not but I sense that Erin actually has the knack for the spell. You did not have it before but you do now.” said Grandmother with a bit of a smile in her voice.
“I do?” Erin was clearly surprised.
“Yes. Something has changed in you, where you have grasped the nature of how the spell is woven into reality. I can feel that, so you should be able to manage this spell on your own. I am proud of you Erin, you really have grown with your magic.”
Erin could hear the pride in Grandmother’s voice and it made her smile. “I miss you guys. After I am done here and done healing up, I am going to come back there so you can meet my girlfriend.”
Xiao Li quirked an eyebrow at her and Erin grinned.
“Girlfriend?” asked Anya. “Really? Okay, you gotta dish.”
“Can’t. She’s sitting right here staring at me.”
“Oooohhh… really? Okay. I’ll give you that one. You have got to hurry back here. I can’t wait to meet her.”
“You girls have fun. I have someone to greet. And remember Erin, you can do this and you have the ability to make this happen.”
Erin smiled and said, “Bye Grandmother. Talk to you later Anya. I think I am about to get attacked.”
There was giggling on the line before she hung up.
“What was that?”
“Uhm… the people I needed to call.”
“I gathered that. Girlfriend?”
“Uhm… is that a problem?” Erin looked really worried, like she might have overstepped some sort of boundary. She had really hoped that she hadn’t as she wanted this. Quite a lot.
“No, but you might have asked me first before telling these other people on the other side of the country.” growled Xiao Li.
Erin let out the breath that she had been holding, afraid that she might have screwed up. “You’re good with being my girlfriend?”
“I am really interested in seeing where this leads. So yes, I am good with being your girlfriend.”
It was a while before Erin got back to work on the spell.
* * * * *
Mel knocked on the door of the suite. Xiao Li opened the door and smiled, “Come on in.”
Erin was sitting in a chair, using a brush pen to finish up a very complex ofuda. Once she was done, she looked up, spotted Mel and grinned, “Right on time.”
“You said you had a surprise for me?” said Mel, a bit confused by everything. The phone call had been very cryptic.
“What if I said I could make your dream come true, and turn Melissa into a real boy?”
Mel blinked a few times and then said, “Really? You can do that?”
“Yep. Xiao Li helped me figure out how to do it. I can make you a boy if you want me to.” said Erin calmly, blowing gently on the ink to help it dry.
“But what about my family, won’t my parents freak out to find out I’m a boy?”
“Are you willing to take that chance? Is it worth them freaking out some to be the boy that you are?” asked Erin.
Mel started to tear up, clearly overwhelmed by the idea. “Yes… yes I am willing to take that chance. I just don’t want my parents to freak out too much.”
Xiao Li hugged the tomboy from behind, saying, “If they love you, they will love you regardless.”
Mel nodded, wiping the near tears from her eyes. “What do I need to do?”
“I am going to give you this ofuda. You are going to hold it in both hands, then go into the bathroom and take a shower, that’s it. Then you just need to hold on to that ofuda for the rest of your life.” said Erin, explaining the process.
“That’s it? I take a shower?” Melissa clearly seemed a bit incredulous at the simplicity of the process.
“Trust me.” Erin held out the ofuda.
Melissa eyed it warily and then took it with both hands. She held it to her chest and walked to the bathroom. The two women sat and drank tea as they heard the shower turn on. It wasn’t long before they felt the rush of power and heard the whoop of surprise. They shared a look and a pleased smile over the rims of their cups.
Mel rushed out of the shower, still mostly dripping, towel clutched around his waist, his slightly muscular chest flat with tiny rivulets of water moving down it. “Oh My God!! I’m a Boy!!”
He rushed over and hugged Erin, letting go of the towel, which gravity dragged to the floor. Xiao Li turned away, laughing, while Erin blushed, eyes closed tight, yelling, “Naked boy! Naked boy!”
Mel blushed a bright red, plucked up his towel from the floor and scampered back into the bathroom. Erin began laughing as well, clearly amused by the boy’s excitement.
A somewhat more subdued and bright red Mel emerged from the bathroom fully dressed, his clothes sticking to him as he apparently hadn’t fully dried himself before pulling them on. He shuffled over to where the women were still sipping their tea and snickering. Sitting down heavily in an open chair, he asked, “How did you do this? This… this is amazing.”
“Chuang Tzu’s Butterfly.”
“Hunh?” was the elegant reply.
“Chuang Tzu’s Butterfly refers to this dream that the Great Sage Chuang Tzu had, where he could not tell if he were a man dreaming he was a butterfly or a butterfly dreaming he was a man. I just set things up so that in this world you are Mel, dreaming you were Melissa.” explained Erin, trying to keep the concepts simple so as not to confuse the freshly minted boy.
Mel blinked a few times and then said, “Wait… does that mean that my family and friends only know me as Mel, not as Melissa?”
With a smile and a nod, Erin replied with “Yes. To them you have always been a boy.”
“So no confusion?”
“No confusion.”
This earned her another hug and she had to move her mug of tea out of the way to avoid getting it all down her front. When the boy released her, Erin said, “It was the least I could do. You fought so hard to save your friends and to save us. How could I not make your dream come true?”
“Thank you Erin, from the bottom of my heart. If there is ever anything I can ever do to repay you just ask.” replied Mel, sincerity clear in every word.
She reached out and cupped his cheek, “Live and be happy. That will make the biggest impact on the world. Now go, see your friends, have fun. You have a whole day to explore.”
He stood up and grinned at her, clearly happy for the first time since they had met. When he reached the door he paused and turned back, looking at the two women. “Thank you, both of you. Thank you.”
Mel opened the door, waved goodbye and was gone.
Xiao Li looked over at Erin and snickered. Erin furrowed her brows and asked, “What?”
“You. Look at you. You’re glowing.”
“I am not.”
“You are so. You are totally glowing.”
“I am no such thing.”
“You totally are. Goddess, if this is what you are like after helping someone what are you going to be like after sex?”
“Oh my God, shut up!”
“No it’s so true! You’re a little lightning bug. You’re brighter than a fucking Kincade painting.”
“You take that back!” snapped Erin with some heat.
“What the Kincade crack? Fine. You’re more of a lighthouse light anyway.”
Erin chased her into the bedroom and they fell onto the bed tickling each other. They wrestled for several minutes and tickled each other, contorting all over the surface, before Erin managed to pin Xiao Li under her. Xiao Li struggled some and then stilled. She smiled up softly at Erin and said, in a voice husky and full of emotion, “I love you.”
“I love you too.” Erin leaned down to kiss, and it felt so good that her wounds did not even hurt once, not even as they threw their clothes to the floor and snuggled under the covers, playfully teasing and kissing each other as they grew a lot closer.
This is a Keynote Address that I gave at a banquet last night for the Tennessee Vals. I just wanted to share it with you all.
I have been asked to speak to you all and I am very honored to do so. You know, there are a couple of things that bind us together as a community. All of us transgendered individuals, of every possible variation are dealing with two separate but interconnected ideas: Transformation and Revelation. So, what does that mean? Well, one of the symbols I have seen used time and time again for us is a butterfly. I think it is a very elegant and apt metaphor for us. The caterpillar state is us pre-Revelation. We haven’t had that moment of awakening where we realize that things aren’t quite what they seem and we are not exactly who we thought we were. That awakening, that acceptance of Revelation is what allows us to become who we are. Something magical.
The moment of my actual, truly life-changing Revelation came to me in June 2000, when I was at a pain management clinic in San Antonio, Texas. They were going to help me to get a handle on my chronic pain due to my injured shoulder. The thing that made this moment truly special for me was that for a month, the length of time I was there for, I was alone. I spent a lot of time crossdressed, because there was no one there to make me feel embarrassed and no one there to catch me. I had brought my wig with me, lingerie, some clothes, all for the purpose of relaxing after going through the treatment. Even though I was certain that I was just a crossdresser, a partial Revelation that I had years prior, things did not stay that way.
During that month I came to realize something, something that I felt completely screwed up my life to that point. I wasn’t simply a crossdresser, I didn’t just get a feeling of relaxation from dressing, instead I got a feeling of rightness. Through that time of introspection, I realized that I was TS and not CD. This realization was not welcome for several reasons. One was that I was still in the Army at that time and crossdressing was tremendously illegal. Because of this, I could have been arrested, brought up on charges if they really wanted to, and tossed out of the Military. This really did not appeal to me.
Then there was the fact that I knew Fort Campbell was a terrible place to come out. In the summer of 1999, Barry Winchell was murdered on post, killed by another soldier. The feelings about that whole issue, about Calpernia, and about everything trans made things uncomfortable as hell on that base. Getting found out could result in physical violence as well. So you can see why that Revelation, that I was TS and that I had to deal with it, was completely unwelcome. This was something far more terrifying than anything I had ever faced.
As I was trying to come to terms with this and what it meant to me, my marriage fell apart. When your spouse threatens to shoot you in your sleep, it is pretty clear that the relationship is over. So right when I needed support the most, I lost what support I had. I lost my wife and I didn’t really have any friends. You know, the thing about butterflies, is that they need something to build their cocoon on, something to support the weight of that chrysalis or else the caterpillar cannot change.
However, as I was trying to keep from killing myself over this grief and my gender Dysphoria, needing something or someone to give me some support, I found the Vals. In November of 2000 I went to my first meeting. It was on makeup I believe, I’m not really sure. I felt awkward and out of place while I was on my way there and it was anything but comfortable. Marissa and Stephanie made me feel welcome and made me feel like things were okay. Through them and other members, I found the support I needed to get things started in my Transformation. I helped out with the IFGE conference that the Vals sponsored here in 2001 and I still have fond memories of playing a narcoleptic Dr. Ruth. Standing there in front of a huge crowd, which included someone who worked with Dr. Ruth, and saying, “Zho, tell me about ze penis,” and then falling face down on the floor was a hell of a lot of fun.
I also had the chance to go to Southern Comfort that year on scholarship. It was fabulous and a bit frightening. I ran into a lot of people there that I had met casually at IFGE and made friends with a number of new people. These friends and the Vals gave me a hell of a lot of support and it allowed me to sit in my cocoon and Transform myself into who I am today. It wasn’t easy but I did it.
I transitioned while going to graduate school up at Austin Peay. I got my Master’s Degree with a thesis that was a collection of poetry entitled I Tiresias. It dealt with my transition and life and I really thought it was some of my best work ever. I still think that. I am published online in a number of spots, stories about Transgirls of all types dealing with a number of different issues. I joined a collaborative writing group to write trans superhero stories set at a high school for mutants that has become popular outside of the TG community. You can look it up online if you are interested or ask me about it later.
I am an educator as well, giving talks at various Universities on Trans issues. I am even in a Human Sexuality textbook, presenting the truth about Transgender issues to hundreds if not thousands of students Nationwide. I helped my community first as Secretary of the Vals and second during the time I spent as the Special Projects Director for the Transgender American Veterans Association. Through all of this I have worked at paying my debt forward, passing on the help given to me by people like Marissa, Stephanie, Holly, Yvonne, Chrysis, Pamela, Laura Beth, Kelly Lynn, Rachell and others. They gave me more than I can ever repay. And because of that help, most recently I have been talking online with a girl who has few friends and little support in North Carolina and also helping a twenty-one year old local trans girl who has basically no support. I am paying this debt forward one person at a time.
In the years since that first T Vals meeting, I have Transformed into an entirely different person. I smile, I laugh, I have fun. All these Transformations and Revelations in my life all came about because I was able to relax and listen to my heart, and I was able to do that because I knew that someone had my back. All of us Transform, some more than others. I wore this nice dress tonight while usually I wear clothes not that all different from what I wore before when I was a guy. I wear skirts occasionally but jeans are a common clothing theme for me. I guess that just makes me an ordinary woman and I find that I am okay with that.
And at the core of things we are all ordinary people, trying to find our way in this world. There are bright spots here and there, where your true brothers and sisters are, the people who care about you and help no matter what is going on. But at the beginning, trying to reach out of the darkness to connect with someone is a scary thing. True Transformation is scary as hell and isn’t for the faint of heart. There are some of us here who only felt safe changing here at the hotel, where no outsider could see us. There are others that didn’t care, but were scared driving their car, afraid of what would happen if a cop pulled them over. All of us faced that same fear to one degree or another as we tried to take those steps out of our comfort zone. And all of us here did something amazing and something to be proud of. We are all here, despite any fears that stood in our way.
Everything Transforms, people, places and organizations, the Vals now are not quite the Vals of then, but a lot of things also stayed the same. They are still there for you and work to help support any of us who come to them. That says a lot about a group of people. The Vals have consistently been there for each other and for anyone in the community who has needed their help. I have always liked that about the group. Some support organizations don’t really support you all that much, but there is no reason to name names.
So here we are, all of us connected to this group in one way or another, a group that helps us to Transform ourselves into something more than what we were before. Crossdresser or Transsexual, Male to Female or Female to Male, Gender Queer to Drag Queen, Friend, Lover, or Spouse, we all have had a realization that our lives were not what we thought they were. We have all gone along for a while, hiding from our own truth and when it does finally come out we have little chance of stopping it. Sometimes the need is so strong that we Transform whether we want to or not. Sometimes we become ourselves despite our denials. I remember fighting against it when I was in my last few months of being in the Army. I kept saying no and things changed regardless of my desires. Hell, I remember wearing panties and a bra to work once or twice. I could have been court marshaled but like that part of me cared. I was scared each and every day that occurred and I didn’t need more stress at that time.
Our lives are not like other people’s lives. We often have problems that other people don’t. Not a lot of people have a greater chance of dying due to murder or suicide. Not a lot of people have to face severe legally sanctioned discrimination. Not a lot of people run the risk of losing their families all because of being themselves. We live in very different worlds compared to the average person. Now, not to say that it is all grim and dark, but a lot of times the loss and pain is worth it in the end when we can live our truth. We have to struggle to Transform ourselves but like with butterflies, our wings are far brighter than the lowly caterpillar we come from.
I have a number of friends who come to me for advice because I have been through hell several times because of this gender nonsense. I can relate to a number of problems because I have lived a rollercoaster of emotions and troubles. I figure that is the same with a lot of us. Our struggles with becoming ourselves give us a strength and a perspective that can help so many people if we just share what we have learned. Our support groups can help us reach higher as we have a huge range of experience to pull from. At our best, we reach out to each other and try to give each other the wings to rise up from our burdens.
I had the support from friends and chosen family to Transform my life and many of us have also gotten the support to Transform, to live the lives we feel we need to live, to let the feelings inside come out. This is true of mtfs as well as ftms. We both have some of the same roads to travel, just moving in different directions. I know there are times I wouldn’t have made it without the strength of some of my trans brothers. It’s easy to get caught up in your own issues and forget the people around you if you don’t watch it. It is easy to let the stress and pain of Transforming pull us under into darkness. It is so very easy to give up because Transforming is an experience of madness. We all are crazy at various points, staggering around until someone helps us to make it out of ourselves.
When I look around this room I realize that there is a lot of support right here, enough to help everyone to have the time and space to make their own cocoons in order to Transform. We are a flight of butterflies, dancing about to our own rhythm, pulling each other out of our cocoons and into the light. We all strive to be more than what we are, than what we were, and that is what is so amazing about our Trans brother and sisterhood. To a degree, we are all sitting in our cocoons, maybe it’s time to come out.
Thank You.
I felt like sharing some more poetry with you all to tell another story. Just like my last one this one has a beginning middle and end. Enjoy.
Warning: The first Poem is pretty intense and graphic. FYI
What am I Here
What am I, here, naked before the mirror
trapped in a dream of becoming and being,
written as some dime store rag
of breasts, of cock, of hips, hair
all curving and confused in the glare of a bulb
dangling by a braided wire, shadows blanket fled,
leaving me abandoned to the folly of what I have done
and the regrets of what I have yet to do
hanging semi-erect between hairless legs,
taunting me with genitals’ manifest destiny,
always yearning for that shore out beyond the horizon
where answers lie thick as blood, thick as the delusion
I was fine where I was or fine where I am,
screaming for something to unchain me,
weeping in time with my budding breasts
that alter once familiar landscape
into some half finished mixing, neither one nor the other, yet,
reaching out towards the glass in a question and,
tears falling, awaiting the answer.
Masks
I am tired of masks
playing a part
reciting someone’s lines
letting others tell me who I am
so that now, at the moment of defiance
I don’t know
never sure of the face
that daily looks back
heart aches
the weight of despair
dragging me down deeper lower
trapped by the tyranny of others,
who am I without someone’s guidance
to scare me into silence?
which mask I am supposed to wear?
what would best suit you?
won’t you tell me?
I turn to you
to find me
have trouble finding my own face
among the panoply of false fronts
dumped upon me,
blind touch tracing new lines
without patina stain paint
closing the lid on that box of masks
that game of compliance
that tires me
I will play another game today.
Crying Soul
When a part of your soul
You thought was most carefully hid
Cries out simply to be
What do you do?
I figure the standard response
Is to fight it down and burry it deeper
Till all that remains
Is a ghost of a memory.
Yet when that voice arises
Immortal from its grave
Do you continue in your combative folly
Or perhaps, rather embrace it warmly
Letting its voice sing unhindered?
I found I did neither
When my chance came
But rather took tentative, fearful steps
Trying to come to amiable terms
With a resurrected song
That denied the mirrors truth.
Folly or wisdom it may be,
But I find myself too tired to fight
And too afraid to be free.
Fragile Wings
Slowly, the miracle of emergence begins
hidden dark among leaves.
Ill-fitting confines tested,
throws itself against the once protective,
the struggle to break free.
The shell contorts
color streaking against the membrane
until…at last…
something shoots free.
The agonizing process,
prying out of the old form
to stretch wet wings
sparkling in the sun like dew,
lift gently into the fiery blue
spun of dreams,
strengthened by strife
fills me again with wonder
at the miracle of their bright rebirth.
Feminine Speech
For Stacey
Furtively
I watch her
certainly for her beauty
yet also
to learn
the delicate interplay,
the body’s language
of feminine speech,
so I can with
stuttering actions and
breaking gestures
begin to speak
in the quiet voice
of the little girl
awakening
inside.